Creative Activity Educational Resources 2023

Education 

Educational 

Resources 

shop online at creative-activity.co.uk 

2024/25

Our Frameworks 

We are delighted to be approved 

on a number of framworks with 

government bodies 

Welcome 

EDR-21-001 

Educational Play Equipment & 

Art + Craft Materials 

FAE-22-007 

Specialist Furniture & 

Equipment for Pupils with 

Special Educational Needs 

EDR-22-012 

Science & Technology Equipment 

& Resources 

EDR-22-020 

Timber Materials 

FAE-22-006 

Outdoor Educational Play Equipment 

DSS8-PLAY 

Supply, Delivery & Installation 

of Outdoor Playground Equipment 

FAE-20-001 

Classroom Furniture, including 

Assembly Hall Chairs & Trolleys 

FAE-23-003 

Library Furniture, Shelving 

and Accessories 

FAE-20-027 

Furniture for School Dining Areas 

& Staff Canteens 

We at Creative Activity are thrilled to have 

been recognised as a “Premier Provider 

of Childcare & Educational Equipment” in 

Ireland. We are excited to introduce our 

all-new Educational Resources 

catalogue for the 2024/25 academic year. 

We offer an extensive selection of resources 

that cover all aspects of the curriculum, 

so you can trust us to provide you with the 

materials you need. Our products are all 

rigurously tested to ensure they meet our 

high quality standards, ensuring they are 

safe for the classroom and built to withstand 

a busy learning environment. 

Our commitment to you does not stop at 

providing high-quality resources. We are 

dedicated to delivering exceptional customer 

service as well. Our team is available 

to answer any questions you may have, 

and as part of our dedication to meeting 

your needs, our sales team is thoroughly 

trained and can visit your school to discuss 

your specific requirements. 

We have been approved by the Education 

Authority for 11 contracts, allowing you to 

place orders through the EA i-procurement 

system with confidence. 

We look forward to working with you. 

The Creative Activity Team 

FMM-21-009 

Supply & Delivery of 

Cleaning Materials 

2020/S 252-638069 

NHS - Medical 

Healthcare Furniture

CONTENTS 

Office & Stationery 

5-78 

Furniture & Storage 

79-192 

Early Years 

193-356 

English & Literacy 

357-410 

Maths & Numeracy 

411-480 

Science & Investigation 

481-534 

Design & Technology 

535-559 

Computing & ICT 

560-595 

PE & Sport 

596-655 

Music Equipment 

656-665 

Art, Craft & Design 

666-725 

Languages 

726-735 

Humanities 

736-757 

PSHE & Wellbeing 

758-773 

Special Needs 

774-797 

All prices are exclusive of VAT 

CREATIVE-ACTIVITY.CO.UK 

SALES@CREATIVE-ACTIVITY.CO.UK 

+44 (0) 7134 6767 

@CREATIVEACTIVITYGROUP 

@CREATIVEACTIVITYGROUP 

CREATIVE ACTIVITY GROUP LTD

Multi-Sensory Rooms & Equipment 

Contact us to 

arrange your free site survey 

Liquid Floor Tiles 

Infinity Wall Panels 

Projectors 

Completed Project - Lakeview Hospital 

Outdoor Play Areas & Equipment 

Contact us to 

arrange your free site survey 

Outdoor Classrooms 

Freestanding Play 

Completed Project - Early Years Montessori 

Slides & Trails

office & stationery 

contents 

10-21 excercise books & paper 

22-23 academic diaries & planners 

24-26 flipcharts & notebooks 

27 copier paper & card 

28-29 envelopes & labels 

30 sticky notes 

31-34 adhesive & tapes 

35-43 pens & pencils 

58 clips, pins & fasteners 

59-61 staplers & tackers 

62 pencil cases, calculators & rulers 

63 clipboards 

64-71 filing & storage 

73 clocks & security 

74-75 laminating 

76-78 shredders & trimmers 

44-45 pencil sharpeners 

46-52 highlighers & markers 

53-55 whiteboards & accessories 

57 scissors 

centred around life and learning +44 (0) 28 7134 6767 

5

Exercise Books & Papers 

Exercise Books 

Get the best deal – choose from 

our CLASSIC and CHOICE range 

of exercise books 

CLASSIC 

Our CLASSIC range of exercise books 

provide superb quality at a very 

affordable price - these books are up 

to 70% stronger than many of our 

competitors and are bound with 3 

staples for added strength. Available in 

a choice of 7 coloured 225gsm* manilla 

covers which can be personalised with 

overprinted logo. See pages 12-20 for 

the full CLASSIC range. 

OVERPRINT WITH 

YOUR LOGO 

ONLY 

£10.60 

PER BOX OF 

50 BOOKS 

SIZE 

PAPER 

QUANTITY 

COLOURS 

RULINGS 

7 sizes available 

225gsm 

overprintable 

pressboard cover 

with minimum 

75gsm white paper 

Packs of 35 

and 50 

A choice of 

7 mottled 

vibrant 

colours 

A choice of 12 

different rulings 

CHOICE 

CHOICE exercise books offer great 

value to help stretch your budget 

further. See pages 22-25 for the 

full CHOICE range. 

SIZE 

PAPER 

QUANTITY 

COLOURS 

RULINGS 

3 sizes 

available 

225gsm cover with 

75gsm white paper 

Packs of 25, 

50 or 100 

A choice of 6 

pastel colours 

A choice of 3 

different rulings 

6 

E: sales@creative-activity.co.uk W: www.creative-activity.co.uk

Selecting the right exercise books 

1. SELECT YOUR PAGE RULINGS 


We have a huge variety blue rulings - select from the options provided for each product. 


Rule-8mm 

Rule-8mm 

with Margin Rule-12mm Rule-15mm Squares-7mm Squares-10mm 

Rule-8mm / 

Rule-8mm / 

Rule-Plain/ 

Squares-20mm Squares-20mm Alternate Plain 

Alternate Plain 

15mm 

Plain 

2. SELECT YOUR BOOK SIZE 

Our range offers a choice of: 

• A4+ Portrait 

• A4 Portrait & Landscape 

• 9" x 7" Portrait 

• 8" x 6 1 / 2" Portrait 

• 5" x 6 1 / 2" Portrait 

Handwriting books are also available. 

3. SELECT THE PAGE VOLUME 

We can provide a choice of 24, 32, 40, 48, 

64, 80, 96 and 120 pages according to the 

size of the exercise books. 

4. SELECT YOUR BOOK COVER 

We offer a range of colours to choose from: 

blue, red, yellow, green, purple, orange 

and pink. 

5. SELECT YOUR QUALITY 

A minimum of 75gsm quality paper is used 

in all our exercise books. High quality paper 

minimises ink showing through the pages. 

All our exercise books feature 3 staples 

making them very durable. 

We offer 2 cover styles, Classic, with mottled 

pressboard covers, and Choice with 

traditional manilla style covers. 

6. SELECT YOUR FORMAT 

Depending on the size and number of 

pages, the choice of page format includes: 

• Feint/ruling 

• Margin or no margin 

• Plain 

• Alternative page 

• Half page plain/ruling 

• Squares and size of squares 

A page is a single side of the sheet of paper. 

centred around life and learning +44 (0) 28 7134 6767 7



Our online Exercise Book 

Selector makes buying easy 

Choose your style 

Select your preferences 

Add it to your order 

Exercise 

book type 

Size 

Orientation 

Colour 

No. of 

pages 

Ruling 

8 


Personalised Logo Overprinted 


Personalise our classic exercise books with logo overprinting 

complete with your school crest/logo, along with your 

school name. 

Your school logo needs 

to be black and white 

and a high resolution 

(min 300dpi) in one of 

the following formats: 

JPEG, EPS, TIF or BMP. 


OVERPRINT WITH 

YOUR LOGO 

ONLY 

£11.24 

PER BOX OF 

50 BOOKS 


Print Areas 

The maximum size available to print 

your school name and logo varies by 

book size. Print areas are as follows: 

A4 and A4+ books: W140 x H140mm 

9 x 7” books: W100 x H80mm 

8 x 6.5” books: W60 x H60mm 

With a minimum order 

of 10 boxes required, we 

offer you the complete 

flexibility with the ability 

to mix and match your 

10 boxes from our range. 

All you need to do is add £10.60 per 

box of 50 exercise books for the 

cost of the logo overprinting. 

To order your personalised overprinted exercise books: 

a) Choose the books you wish to order. 

b) Choose the size required; A4+, A4, 9”x7”, 8”x6.5”. 

c) Add £10.60 per box of 50 exercise books in available sizes for the cost of 

the logo overprinting, minimum order is 10 boxes of exercise books. 

d) Contact our customer services team with your requirements, who will be 

able to provide a quote and help you with placing your order. 




1 

What makes our books great? 

All A4+, A4 and 9” x 7” 

Classic range books have 3 

staples for added strength 

and protection. 

Eco-friendly 

The paper in these exercise books is 

made from bagasse, the dry stalks 

remaining after sugar cane juice has 

been extracted. We’ve selected this as 

a quality, sustainable alternative to tree 

pulp. 

50 

1. A4+ Classic 40 Page Exercise Book 

The Classic range of exercise books feature a bright, mottled 225gsm 

pressboard cover with 3 staples on long side. Available in a selection of 

rulings and colours. Length 320mm. 40 pages. Portrait. Pack of 50. A4+. 

75gsm. Width 240mm. 

Code Colour Choice Price 

EE11086PI Pink 8mm Lined with Margin £30.46 

EE11087YE Yellow 8mm Lined with Margin £30.46 

EE11086OR Orange 8mm Lined with Margin £30.46 

EE11087RE Red 8mm Lined with Margin £30.46 

EE11087PU Purple 8mm Lined with Margin £30.46 

EE11080BL Blue 8mm Lined with Margin £30.46 

EE11085GR Green 8mm Lined £30.46 

EE11085RE Red 8mm Lined £30.46 

EE11085YE Yellow 8mm Lined £30.46 

EE11082BL Blue 12mm Lined £30.46 

EE11083BL Blue 15mm Lined £30.46 

EE11079YE Yellow Plain £30.46 

EE11079BL Blue Plain £30.46 

EE11079RE Red Plain £30.46 

EE11079GR Green Plain £30.46 

EE11079PU Purple Plain £30.46 

EE11088BL Blue 7mm Squared £30.46 

EE11081YE Yellow 10mm Squared £30.46 



Exercise Book Rulings shown on this page 

Plain 

Rule-8mm 

Rule-8mm 


10 


1. Classic Project A4+ 80 Pages Exercise Books 

The Classic range of exercise books feature a bright, 

mottled 225gsm pressboard cover with 3 staples on long 

side. Available in a selection of rulings and covers. 

Length 320mm. 80 pages. Portrait. Pack of 50. A4+. 

75gsm. Weight 75gsm. Width 240mm. 


EE10958 Purple 8mm Lined with Margin £41.06 

EE10959 Blue 8mm Lined with Margin £41.06 

EE10952 Yellow 8mm Lined with Margin £41.06 

EE10968 Orange 8mm Lined with Margin £41.06 

EE10969 Pink 8mm Lined with Margin £41.06 

EE10966 Green 8mm Lined with Margin £41.06 

EE10951 Red 8mm Lined with Margin £41.06 

1 



EE10950 Green 8mm Lined £41.06 

EE10949 Yellow 8mm Lined £41.06 

EE10948 Red 8mm Lined £41.06 

EE10973 Purple 12mm Lined £41.06 



EE10961 Blue 12mm Lined £41.06 



EE10996 Blue 7mm Squared £41.06 

EE10970 Yellow 7mm Squared £41.06 

EE10971 Purple 7mm Squared £41.06 


50 



EE10953 Blue Plain £41.06 

EE10956 Green Plain £41.06 

EE10955 Yellow Plain £41.06 

EE10963 Purple Plain £41.06 

EE10954 Red Plain £41.06 

EE10975 Pink Plain £41.06 

2 

A4+ Books 

• A4+ books are great 

at saving time as A4 

work and worksheets 

can be stuck straight in. 

• Improve neatness as 

there is no overlapping 

when sticking in A4 

work. 

• Ideal for using as 

learning journals. 

35 

2. Project Book A4+ 96 Pages 

225gsm pressboard cover, 75gsm paper, 3 staples on 

long side, A4+, Box of 35. Ideal for school use. 

96 pages. Portrait. Pack of 35. A4+. 75gsm. 


EE10978 Green 8mm,8mm Lined £51.66 

EE10984 Yellow 8mm,8mm Lined £51.66 

EE10979 Orange 8mm,8mm Lined £51.66 

EE10980 Pink 8mm,8mm Lined £51.66 

EE10983 Red 8mm,8mm Lined £51.66 

EE10982 Purple 8mm,8mm Lined £51.66 

EE10981 Blue 8mm,8mm Lined £51.66 













Plain 

Rule-8mm 

Rule-8mm 





1 

50 

2 

50 

3 

1. Exercise Book A4 Landscape Plain 24 

Pages 


short side, A4, Box of 50. 24 pages. Landscape. Pack of 

50. A4. 75gsm. 


019718 Blue Plain £23.84 

019719 Red Plain £23.84 

2. A4 Classic 40 Pages Exercise Books 


mottled 225gsm pressboard cover with 3 staples on 

long side. Available in a selection of rulings and colours. 

40 pages. Portrait. Pack of 50. A4. 75gsm. 


















EE10859 Red 10mm Squared £29.14 



4 

50 

50 

3. Classic A4 48 Pages Exercise Books 


long side, A4, Box of 50. 48 pages. Portrait. Pack of 50. 

A4. 75gsm. 


EE10871 Blue 8mm,8mm Lined £33.11 

EE10872 Red 8mm,8mm Lined £33.11 

EE10873 Yellow 8mm,8mm Lined £33.11 

EE10874 Green 8mm,8mm Lined £33.11 

EE10875 Purple 8mm,8mm Lined £33.11 

EE10876 Orange 8mm,8mm Lined £33.11 




4. Classic A4 Landscape Plain Green 48 

Pages Exercise Books 

The Classic exercise book range feature a 225gsm 

pressboard cover with 3 staples on short side. Featuring 

a green cover and no ruling. 48 pages. Landscape. Pack 

of 50. A4. 75gsm. 




Plain 

Rule-8mm 

with Margin 

Rule-12mm 

Rule-15mm 

Rule-Plain/ 

15mm Squares-7mm Squares-10mm Squares-20mm 

12 


1 

50 
















EE10921 Purple 12mm Lined £33.11 







EE10924 Red 8mm Plain £33.11 








EE10911 Orange 5mm Squared £33.11 





EE10935 Red 10mm Squared £33.11 





Eco-friendly 

The paper in these exercise books is made from bagasse, 

the dry stalks remaining after sugar cane juice has been 

extracted. We’ve selected this as a quality, sustainable 

alternative to tree pulp. 


Plain 

Rule-8mm 

with Margin 

Rule-8mm / 

Alternate Plain Rule-12mm Rule-15mm Squares-5mm 

Squares-7mm 

Squares-10mm 

Squares-20mm 




1 

Eco-friendly 

The paper in these exercise books is 

made 

from bagasse, the dry stalks remaining 

after sugar cane juice has been extracted. 

We’ve selected this as a quality, 

sustainable alternative to tree pulp. 

1. A4 Classic 64 Page Exercise Book 



long side. Available in a selection of covers and rulings. 

64 pages. Portrait. Pack of 50. A4. 75gsm. Weight 75gsm. 



50 

2 

50 

















3 

50 




long side. Available in a variety of colours and rulings. 








EE10947 Red 8mm Plain £41.06 









long side. Variety of colours and rulings. 120 pages. 

Portrait. Pack of 50. A4. 75gsm. 









Plain 

Rule-8mm 

with Margin 

Rule-8mm / 


Rule-Plain/ 

Rule-15mm 

Squares-7mm 

Squares-10mm 

Squares-20mm 

14 




1 2 

Eco-friendly 

The paper in these exercise books is made from 

bagasse, the dry stalks remaining after sugar cane 

juice has been extracted. We’ve selected this as a 

quality, sustainable alternative to tree pulp. 

1. Choice Exercise Book A4 64 Pages 

225gsm manilla cover, 75gsm paper, 3 staples on long side, A4. 64 pages. 

Portrait. A4. 75gsm. 

Code Colour Choice Pack Size Price 

EE10714 Blue 8mm Lined 25 £11.91 



EE10716 Yellow 8mm Lined 25 £11.91 



EE10715 Red 8mm Lined 25 £11.91 

EE10722 Red 8mm Lined 50 £22.51 

EE10729 Red 8mm Lined 100 £45.04 

EE10717 Green 8mm Lined 25 £11.91 



EE10718 Purple 8mm Lined 25 £11.91 



EE10719 Orange 8mm Lined 25 £11.91 



EE10720 Yellow 10mm Squared 25 £11.91 




2. Choice A4 80 Pages Exercise Books 

The Choice range of exercise books feature a 225gsm manilla cover with 

3 staples on long side. Available in a selection of rulings, colours and pack 

sizes. 80 pages. Portrait. A4. 75gsm. 








EE10736 Red 8mm Lined 25 £13.24 

EE10745 Red 8mm Lined 50 £25.16 

EE10754 Red 8mm Lined 100 £49.01 










EE10741 Blue 7mm Squared 25 £13.24 









Rule-8mm 

with Margin 

Squares-7mm 

Squares-10mm 



Choice 9” x 7” Exercise Books 

Choice Range 

Choice exercise books offer great value to help stretch your budget further. 

A choice of 6 pastel colours, available in two of the most popular book sizes: A4 and 9” x 7”, both in 80 page with A4 also 

available in 64 page. 

All are available in 8mm with margin with 10mm squares also available in A4 64 and 80 page and 7mm squares available 

in A4 80 pages. 

Our paper is made from bagasse, a form of agricultural waste that is eco-friendly and sustainable. Exercise book covers are 

made from responsibly sourced pulp. 

• Plain, pastel colours • 225gsm cover • 75gsm white paper • Available in 25, 50 and 100 to match your budget 

• Overprinting is not available on this range 

1 

Eco-friendly 

The paper in these exercise books is made from bagasse, the 

dry stalks remaining after sugar cane juice has been 

extracted. 

We’ve selected this as a quality, sustainable alternative to 

tree pulp. 

1. Choice 9” x 7” 80 Pages Exercise Books 

The Choice range of exercise books feature a 225gsm manilla cover with 3 

staples on long side. All 8mm lined and available in a selection of colours 

and pack sizes. 80 pages. Portrait. 9”x7”. 75gsm. 

Code Colour Pack Size Price 

EE10696 Blue 25 £11.60 

EE10702 Blue 50 £22.51 

EE10708 Blue 100 £43.40 

EE10700 Purple 25 £11.60 

EE10706 Purple 50 £22.51 

EE10712 Purple 100 £43.40 

EE10698 Yellow 25 £11.60 

EE10704 Yellow 50 £22.51 

EE10710 Yellow 100 £43.40 

EE10697 Red 25 £11.60 

EE10703 Red 50 £22.51 

EE10709 Red 100 £43.40 

EE10701 Orange 25 £11.60 

EE10707 Orange 50 £22.51 

EE10713 Orange 100 £43.40 

EE10699 Green 25 £11.60 

EE10705 Green 50 £22.51 

EE10711 Green 100 £43.40 

16 


1. NEW Choice Exercise Books A4+ 80 Pages 

The new range of Choice exercise books, offering great quality, no frills and 

good value to help stretch your budgets further. Featuring a 225gsm manila 

cover with 3 staples on long side. Paperback. 80 pages. Portrait. A4+. 


ST45194BL Blue 8mm Ruled 50 £34.44 

ST45195BL Blue 8mm Ruled 100 £66.24 

ST45194GR Green 8mm Ruled 50 £34.44 


ST45194YE Yellow 8mm Ruled 50 £34.44 


1 

Choice A4+ Exercise Books 

Eco-friendly 





50 

FROM 

£34 .44 


ST45194RE Red 8mm Ruled 50 £34.44 

ST45195RE Red 8mm Ruled 100 £66.24 

ST45198BL Blue 7mm Squared 50 £34.44 

ST45199BL Blue 7mm Squared 100 £66.24 

ST45201BL Blue Plain 50 £34.44 

ST45202BL Blue Plain 100 £66.24 

ST45201GR Green Plain 50 £34.44 

ST45202GR Green Plain 100 £66.24 

ST45201OR Orange Plain 50 £34.44 

ST45202OR Orange Plain 100 £66.24 

ST45201RE Red Plain 50 £34.44 

ST45202RE Red Plain 100 £66.24 

ST45201YE Yellow Plain 50 £34.44 

ST45202YE Yellow Plain 100 £66.24 



ST45205OR Orange 12mm Ruled 50 £34.44 

ST45206OR Orange 12mm Ruled 100 £66.24 




Plain 

Rule-8mm 

Rule-8mm 

with Margin 

Rule-15mm Squares-7mm Squares-10mm Squares-20mm 



Classic 9” x 7” Exercise Books 

1 

Eco-friendly 





1. 9” x 7” Classic 48 Page Exercise Books 




48 pages. Portrait. Pack of 50. 9”x7”. 75gsm. 










EE10807 Green 8mm Lined with Margin / Plain £19.86 


50 




long side. Extremely durable. 64 pages. Portrait. Pack of 

50. 9”x7”. 75gsm. 













80 pages. Portrait. Pack of 50. 9”x7”. 75gsm. 









EE10833 Green 8mm Plain £23.84 









Plain 

Rule-8mm 

with Margin 

Rule-8mm / 


Squares-10mm 

18 


1 

Classic Small Exercise Books 

2 


50 50 

3 

Eco-friendly 

The paper in these exercise books is made from bagasse, 

the dry stalks remaining after sugar cane juice has been 

extracted. We’ve selected this as a quality, sustainable 

alternative to tree pulp. 

1. Classic 5” x 6.5” 24 Pages Exercise Books 


mottled 225gsm pressboard cover, stapled on short 

side. Available in a selection of rulings and colours. Blue. 

24 pages. Portrait. Pack of 50. 5”x6.5”. 75gsm. 


019847 Blue 8mm, 8mm Lined £12.25 


019849 Orange 10mm Squared £12.25 


50 

4 

2. Classic 6.5” x 4” 48 Pages Exercise Books 

The Classic range feature a bright mottled 225gsm 

pressboard cover with 3 staples on long side. 8mm 

ruled with no margin. Blue. 48 pages. Portrait. Pack of 

50. 6.5”x4”. 75gsm. 



3. Classic 6.5” x 4” 64 Pages Exercise Books 


mottled 225gsm pressboard cover, stapled on long 

side. 8mm ruled paper. 64 pages. Portrait. Pack of 50. 

6.5”x4”. 75gsm. 




50 




mottled 225gsm pressboard cover, stapled on long side. 

Available in a selection of rulings and colours. 32 pages. 

Portrait. Pack of 50. 8”x4”. 75gsm. 






Plain 

Rule-8mm 

Rule-12mm Rule-15mm Squares-10mm 




Classic 8” x 6.5” Exercise Books 

1 

50 

2 

50 

3 

4 

1. Handwriting Book 6.5” x 8” Landscape 

40 Pages 

225gsm pressboard cover, 75gsm paper, 3 staples 

on short side, 6.5” x 8”, Box of 50. Red. 40 pages. 

Landscape. Pack of 50. 8”x6.5”. 75gsm. 


EE10766 Red Lined £15.89 

EE10767 Purple Lined £15.89 

2. Classic 8” x 6.5” Handwriting Books 

The Classic range feature a bright mottled 225gsm 

pressboard cover with 3 staples on long side. Portrait 

handwriting book inter-ruled with 7mm blue and 19mm 

red. Green. 24 pages. Portrait. Pack of 50. 8”x6.5”. 

75gsm. 


EE10793 Green Lined £15.24 

3. Classic 8” x 6.5” 48 Pages Exercise Books 


mottled 225gsm pressboard cover with 3 staples on long 

side. Available in a selection of rulings and colours. 48 

pages. Portrait. Pack of 50. 8”x6.5”. 75gsm. 


















4. 8” x 6.5” Classic Exercise Book 8mm 

Ruled with Margin 80pg 50pk 


long side, 8” x 6.5”, Box of 50. 80 pages. Portrait. Pack 

of 50. 8”x6.5”. 75gsm. 






50 

Eco-friendly 


bagasse, the dry stalks remaining after sugar 

cane juice has been extracted. We’ve selected 

this as a quality, sustainable alternative to tree 

pulp. 


Plain 

Inter Ruled- Inter Ruled- Inter Ruled- 

Rule-8mm 

4mm Blue 6mm Blue 7mm Blue 

with Margin Rule-12mm Rule-15mm 16mm Red 21mm Red 19mm Red Squares-7mm Squares-10mm Squares-20mm 

20 


1 2 

FROM 

£57 .64 

Exercise Book Covers & Paper 


100 

1. Slip On Clear Exercise 

Book Covers Plain 100pk 

Clear slip on covers with rounded 

corners to protect your exercise books 

Non-adhesive and re-usable. Protect 

books from becoming damaged by 

water or paint, or ensure decorated 

books stay untampered. Clear. 

Portrait. Pack of 100. 220micron. 

EE00550 W178 x L229mm £57.64 

EE00549 W210 x L297mm £63.59 

2. Clear Book Covering Film 

Adhesive covering film, perfect for 

protecting exercise books, maps, 

posters, photographs and other 

documents. Clear. Made from 

plastic. Portrait. Single. 

EE00100 W25cm x L25m £13.24 

EE00101 W33cm x L25m £16.57 

EE00104 W33cm x L50m £23.84 

EE00105 W45cm x L50m £34.12 

EE00102 W50cm x L25m £23.19 

EE00106 W50cm x L50m £37.09 

EE00107 W1 x L50m £73.87 

3. A4 Choice Exercise Papers 

Punched writing pads.with 8mm 

lining and margin. 500 sheets per 

pad. White. Portrait. A4. 75gsm. 

LI01412 8mm Ruled 500pk £10.59 

000273 8mm Ruled Unpunched 2500pk £33.11 

10mm Squares Unpunched 

000271 

500pk 

£13.24 

10mm Dot Lattice Squares 

000264 

500pk 

£2.96 

000282 1, 5 & 10mm Squares 2500pk £37.09 


016265 

2500pk 

£26.49 

10mm Dot Lattice Triangles 

000265 

500pk 

£13.24 

000283 2, 10 & 20mm Squares 2500pk £37.09 


016266 

2500pk 

£41.06 

4. 9” x 7” Exercise Paper 

75gsm 

75gsm punched exercise paper 

printed on both sides. Supplied as 

5 reams of 500 sheets each. White. 

2500 pages. Portrait. 9”x7”. 75gsm. 

000279 8mm Ruled £34.12 

016264 1/5/10mm Squares £52.99 

000267 5mm Squares £26.49 

000285 1, 5 & 10mm Square £52.99 

000258 10mm Squares £41.40 

000268 6mm Ruled £35.76 

016263 2/10/20mm Squares £52.99 

000270 7mm Squares £41.06 

3 

4 

FROM 

£2 .96 



Diaries & Planners 

1 2 

1. NEW Academic Year Wall 

Planner 23/24 

Academic year planner running from 

July 2023 until August 2024. Height 

610mm. Width 909mm. 

ST45318 £3.32 

2. NEW Academic Year Diary 

Black 23/24 

Academic diaries which feature 

week to view for listing all of your 

appointments and important 

reminders. Single. 

ST45319 A4 Week to View £5.97 

ST45320 A4 Page to Day £6.56 

ST45321 A5 Week to View £5.97 

ST45322 A5 Page to Day £7.29 

3 4 

5 6 

7 8 

3. NEW Academic 18 Month 

Diary 23/24 

Academic desk diaries which cover 

an 18 month period from July 2023 

until December 2024. They are 

supplied with a hard cover for extra 

protection.A5. 

ST45323 Week to View £4.30 

ST45324 Day to Pag £5.97 

4. NEW Academic Year Diary 

A5 Week View 23/24 

Desk diary perfect for both personal 

use and for leaving in the office. A5. 

ST45325BL Blue £4.30 

ST45325BU Burgundy £4.30 

ST45325GK Lime Green £4.30 

ST45325GU Mauve £4.30 

ST45325PI Pink £4.30 

ST45325YE Yellow £4.30 

5. NEW Desk Diary 2024 

This week to view diary is ideal for 

meetings, appointments, deadlines 

and other important plans. 

ST45326 A4 £4.97 

ST45327 A5 £4.30 

6. NEW Teachers Academic 

Planner 23/24 5 Period 

This extensive planner is designed 

for teachers and contains 5 periods 

per page with sections for duties, 

meetings, expenses and timetables. 

ST45310 A4 £17.21 

ST45311 A5 £15.89 



This planner contains extensive 

sections including calendars, 

planners, timetables, parents 

evening comments and much more. 

ST45312 A4 £17.21 

ST45313 A5 £15.89 



This extensive planner is designed 

for teachers and contains 9 periods 

per page with sections for duties, 

meetings, expenses and timetables. 

A4. 

ST45314 £19.86 

22 


1. Handwriting Book 

With standard handwriting ruling in 

blue and purple, this book is perfect 

for capturing the handwriting 

journey. 32 pages. Landscape. 

Pack of 30. A5. 75gsm. 

EE00125 Level 1 £19.22 

EE10000 Level 2 £19.22 

EE10001 Level 3 £19.22 

2. Primary Dictionary Book 

Dictionary with A-Z and plenty of 

space to write new words, including 

curriculum high frequency words. 

Pack of 30. 

EE00122 £27.81 

1 

30 

Record Books & Planners 


3. A5 Homework Diary 

This perfectly sized homework diary 

covers the whole academic year. 

Consists: week to view over 2 pages, 

personal details section, space for 

signatures, useful information table, 

full year planner and timetable on 

the reverse. Pack of 20. A5. 

2 

3 

EE00117 £33.11 

4. Homework Diary and 

Reading Record Book 

Consists of space for 5 headed 

blocks of homework per spread and 

5 block of reading record adjacent 

to homework. Orange. 32 pages. 


EE10005 £31.14 

30 

4 5 

30 20 

5. Reading Record Books 

Key Stage reading record books with 

space to record books read with 

comments and periodic reviews. 

Space for 58 records including titles, 

authors and favourite books and 

comments with ruled lines 

to encourage more writing. 

Orange. 36 pages. Portrait. 

Pack of 30. 75gsm. 

EE00120 KS1 £31.14 

EE00121 KS2 £31.14 

30 

30 

6. Reading Record Book 

Ruled with date, title, page number 

and remarks column, ready for 

students to record their reading 

history. Yellow. 40 pages. 


Weight 125gsm. 

6 7 

EE00123 £9.94 

7. School Attendance 

Register 

A4 Attendance register with capacity 

for 3 terms and 40 pupils. 

Pack of 10. A4. 

EE11006 £25.16 

8. Register & Mark Book 

A4 mark book with space for 25 

marks for 45 pupils per page. 315gsm 

blue manilla cover with space for class 

and date details. Pack of 10. A4. 

25 10 

8 9 

EE11005 £19.86 

9. A4 Cornell Notebooks 

This notebook has 48 pages in the 

Cornell style notes system ruling and 

features a blue cover. 48 pages. 


EE11137 £32.47 

10 

25 


Papers, Envelopes & Labels 

Notebooks & Pads 

1 2 

5 10 

3 4 

56 5 

5 6 

1. Spiral Bound Pads 

Spiral bound note pads with front 

cover and rigid board back. They 

are filled with 8mm ruled paper and 

easy to tear out perforated pages. 

80 pages. Pack of 5. Weight 75gsm. 

900146 A5 £6.56 

000733 A4 £10.59 

2. Polypropylene Bright 

Notebooks 

Semi rigid polypropylene covers to 

protect your important notes. They 

have 80 pages of white paper that 

is lined with 8mm ruling. 80 pages. 

Pack of 10. 

EE10312 A5 £11.27 

3. Budget Essentials 

Notebooks 

Budget friendly wiro spiral bound 

notebooks with card covers. Ideal for 

school, home or office. 200 pages. 

Pack of 6. Weight 60gsm. 

000021 A4 £11.60 

000022 A5 £3.96 

4. Project Books 

A must-have for anyone that wants 

to combine the benefits of a good 

quality notebook with organisational 

features such as dividers 200 pages. 

Pack of 5. 

028418 £17.21 

5. Shorthand Notebooks 

This notebook features a durable 

cover, spiral binding at the head 

and feint ruled pages for neat 

notes. White. 150 pages. Pack of 10. 

Weight 75gsm. 

001482 £18.54 

6. Budget Essentials A4 

Sidebound Refill Pads 

This pad features hole-punched 

ruled paper with a margin, making 

it perfect for a number of uses. Tear 

out the pages and add them to a 

ring binder file, or simply use as a 

stand-alone notebook. White. Pack 

of 5. A4. Weight 75gsm. 

10 

7 8 

5 

000070 100 Sheets £10.59 

000056 200 Sheets £17.89 

7. Budget Essentials A4 

Headbound Refill Pads 

4-hole punched headbound pads 

with front cover and stiff board 

backs. Refills are ideal for taking 

notes and using alongside binders 

and dividers to keep work organised. 

White. 80 pages. Pack of 10. A4. 

Weight 75gsm. 

000053 £13.24 

10 

8. Spiral Bound Revision 

Cards 

Twin wire bound revision cards, ideal 

for keeping all your notes together. 

Length 101mm. Pack of 50. Width 

152mm. 

034704 White £1.31 

042538 Multicoloured £1.65 

24 


1 

Flipchart Pads 


1.A1 Literacy and Numeracy 


Excellent value packs of A1 specialist 

flipcharts for literacy and numeracy. 

Flip pads filled with 40 sheets (80 

pages) of 56gsm white paper. 

Literacy pad is ruled and numeracy 

pad is gridded for a range of 

learning activities. 40 pages. 


028416 Literacy Flipchart £34.44 

028417 Numeracy Flipchart £34.44 

2. Educational Numeracy 

Flipchart 

30 sheet A1 flipchart marked with 

squares for numeracy or lines 

for literacy. Printed cover and 

perforated. Pack of 5. A1. 

EE10681 Numeracy £64.91 

EE10682 Literacy £64.91 

3. 100% Recycled Things to 

Do Pad 

The perfect tool for organising your 

busy day. Featuring 120 sheets of 

quality 100% recycled paper, printed 

‘things to do’ and ‘appointments’. 

It includes sections for date & tasks 

with ‘priority’ and ‘completed’ 

check boxes. It is wire bound and 

perforated so pages can either be 

removed or turned over and the 

book will still lie flat. Length 280mm. 

Pack of 5. Width 150mm. 

EE11146 £19.22 

4.A1 Presentation Flipchart 

Pads 

High quality paper, ideal for 

presentations. The pad is perforated 

at the top for easy tearing from the 

pad. Will fit most flipchart easels. 

40 sheets per pad. Length 841mm. 

40 pages. Pack of 5. A1. 56gsm. 

Width 584mm. 

002657 £33.11 

5 

2 3 

5 5 

4 5 

5.A1 Recycled Flipchart Pads 

High quality recycled paper, ideal 

for presentations. Fits all standard 

flipchart easels and is perforated at 

the top for easy tearing. White. 

40 pages. Pack of 5. A1. 

002656 £34.44 

5 5 


ea art & craft tender 

ea tender edr-21-001 

supply and delivery art & craft 

materials and educational 

resources 

even better pricing available on your iproc store! 

plus free delivery! 

26 


1. Copier Paper 

High quality white copier paper. 

Ideal for day to day copying or 

printing this paper will work for 

creation of posters, presentations 

or print outs this versatile paper can 

be used with inkjet, laser, copiers or 

fax machines. 1 box contains 

5 reams of 500 sheets. 

EE01050 75gsm 5pk £26.49 

EE11232 80gsm 5pk £28.49 

2. Explorer Brand Copier 

Paper 

Premium quality copier paper 

for high volume office or school 

printing. White. Single. 80gsm. 

027789 Ream of 500 A3 sheets £13.19 

027788 Box of 2500 A4 Sheets £30.46 

1 

Copier Paper 


3. Report Brand A3 Copier 

Paper 

Quality and economical A3 copier 

paper, priced especially low to give 

you the best quality paper at the 

lowest possible price! 

EE11043 75gsm 5pk £51.66 

003009 80gsm 5pk £59.61 

EE11235 80gsm Single £55.64 

4. Report Brand A4 Copier 

Paper 

High quality white copier paper, 

guaranteed for trouble-free, high 

speed and high volume applications. 

A4. 90gsm. 

003027 5 Reams £33.11 

2 

3 

5. Coloured Copier Card 

Coloured heavyweight card 

guaranteed for use on mono, colour 

laser and inkjet printers, copiers and 

fax machines Ideal for eye-catching 

posters, mounting students work or to 

make notices and presentation covers 

stand out. 250 sheets. A4. 160gsm. 

4 5 

000292 Red £9.94 

000294 Green £9.94 

000295 Yellow £9.94 


000293 Blue £9.94 

000296 Orange £9.94 

6. White Copier Card 

High quality heavy weight white A4 

copier card. Pack of 250. A4. 

79163 120gsm £5.97 

012174 160gsm £7.29 

7. Coloured Copier Paper 

Vivid coloured paper packs in a 

range of bright shades. High quality 

paper that is guaranteed for use on 

mono and colour laser and inkjet 

printers, copiers and fax machines. 

Ideal for posters, presentations and 

enhancing communication. Suitable 

for high speed, high volume and 

double-sided applications. Ream of 

500 sheets. A4. 80gsm. 

000286 Red £9.26 

000290 Orange £9.26 


000288 Green £9.26 

000289 Yellow £9.26 

000287 Blue £9.26 

6 7 



Envelopes 

1 2 

250 

125 

3 4 

500 250 250 100 

5 6 

1. Manilla Pocket Self Seal 

C4 Envelopes 

These self seal envelopes are a great 

choice for your office or school 

needs. Manila. Pack of 250. 

EE11035 80gsm £15.57 

013888 115gsm £20.87 

2. Gusset Envelopes 

The hot melt peel and seal adhesive 

has a 5 year shelf life and provides 

tamper proof security. Depth 25mm. 

Height 229mm. Pack of 125. Width 

324mm. 

013876 C4 Envelopes Manilla 125pk £29.48 

910486 C4 Envelopes White 125pk £33.11 

013875 15 x 10” Envelopes 125pk £35.45 

3. C5 Manilla Self Seal 

Envelopes 

Quality manilla envelopes made 

from recycled material using a 

minimum of 70% post consumer 

waste. Manila. Pack of 500. 80gsm. 

Weight 80gsm. 

EE11036 £17.21 

4. Gusset Envelopes 

15 x 10” 

Made from premium manilla, these 

are great quality gusset envelopes. 

Manila. Depth 25mm. Height 

254mm. Pack of 100. 140gsm. 

Weight 140gsm. Width 381mm. 

013875 £35.45 

5. Envelopes 

White. Height 110mm. Pack of 1000. 

90gsm. Weight 90gsm. 

Width 220mm. 

013884 DL Wallet - Window 1000pk £29.48 

EE11003 C4 Pocket - No Window 250pk £19.86 

013892 C4 Pocket - Window 250pk £17.21 

024027 C5 Pocket - No Window 50pk £4.64 

EE00293 C5 Pocket - No Window 500pk £19.86 

EE11037 DL Wallet - No Window 1000pk £25.16 

013880 C6 Wallet - No Window 1000pk £23.84 

024026 DL Wallet - No Window 50pk £3.96 

910452 DL Wallet - Window 80gsm 1000pk £25.16 

910450 DL Wallet - No Window 80gsm 1000pk £23.84 

940011 C5 Pocket - Window 500pk £20.20 

7 8 

6. White Envelopes C5 

Made from sustainable forest 

resources. They are 90gsm and self 

seal for easy, quick and safe posting. 

White. Height 162mm. 90gsm. 


024027 50pk £4.64 

EE00293 500pk £19.86 

7. Self Seal White Envelopes 

C4 

The C4 format allows you to place 

A4-sized sheets whole, without 

having to fold them to fit them 

in. White. Pack of 250. 

EE11003 Plain £19.86 

013892 Window £17.21 

250 1000 

8. Wage Envelopes 

Wage envelopes that are made from 

a minimum of 70% post consumer 

recycled waste. Manila. Height 

102mm. Pack of 1000. 80gsm. 


EE11038 £29.48 

28 


1 2 

Labels 


100 

1. Avery QuickPEEL Laser 

Addressing Labels 

Quick to peel and quick to stick! 

White labels to use with laser 

printers. Made with paper from 

well-managed forests and recyclable 

as part of paper waste. Same great 

labels now Eco Friendly. White. 

3 

EE01366 H34 x W64mm 100pk £43.71 

064606 H34 x W991mm 100pk £43.71 

040907 H139 x W991mm 100pk £43.71 

064562 H212 x W381mm 100pk £43.71 

064605 H381 x W991mm 100pk £43.71 

EE01367 H381 x W635mm 100pk £43.71 

064607 H466 x W635mm 100pk £43.71 

064603 H677 x W991mm 100pk £43.71 

064601 H891 x W1996mm 100pk £43.71 

004602 H931 x W991mm 100pk £43.71 

2. Avery Recycled Laser 

Addressing Labels 

White self-adhesive permanent 

labels for use with laser printers. 

These labels are 100% recycled and 

come packaged in 100% recycled 

cardboard, a great choice for being 

more environmentally friendly. 

White. 

EE11027 14 Per Sheet £48.70 

EE11028 16 Per Sheet £48.70 

EE11029 21 Per Sheet £48.70 

3. Multi-Printer Labels 

An extensive range of white labels, 

developed specifically for use on 

plain paper copiers, desktop laser, 

inkjet and bubble jet printers. They 

have rounded corners and offer a 

permanent adhesive. Box of 100 

sheets. White. A4. 

014058 H68 x W99mm £5.29 

014061 H47 x W64mm £5.29 

014060 H34 x W100mm £5.29 

014059 H38 x W99mm £5.29 

014063 H34 x W64mm £5.29 

014064 H21 x W38mm £5.29 

014057 H144 x W200mm £5.29 

014062 H38 x W64mm £5.29 

100 


Stationery 

Sticky Notes 

1 

Budget 

Essentials Sticky Notes 

Yellow notes that now have greater 

stickiness and easier pad tear off. 100 

sheets per pad. Yellow. 

2 

2. Brilliant Sticky Notes Mini 

Brilliant sticky notes are ideal 

for messages requiring that 

extra strong, stand out effect. 

Multicoloured. Pack of 12. 

000105 40mm x 50mm 12pk £2.64 

014618 H75 x W75mm 12pk £3.32 

032466 H75 x W75mm 120pk £30.46 

014617 H40 x W50mm 12pk £1.99 

032465 H40 x W50mm 120pk £16.23 

032467 H75 x W125mm 120pk £43.40 

014619 H75 x W125mm 12pk £4.64 

12 

3. Super Sticky Message 

Notes Rio 

Brightly coloured message notes. 

Rio inspired Super Sticky Notes are 

fantastic at making your notes stand 

out and help express your personal 

style. Height 76mm. Pack of 6. 

3 

034102 H76 x W127mm £19.81 

034101 H76 x W76mm £15.89 

4. Budget Essentials Spring 

Rainbow Sticky Notes 

High quality, brightly coloured 

sticky notes. 80 sheets per pad. 

Multicoloured. Height 75mm. 

Pack of 6. 

74539 75 x 75mm 6pk £5.29 

74540 75 x 125mm 6pk £6.56 

74538 40 x 50mm 12pk £2.64 

12 6 

12 

4 5 

5. Antimicrobial Sticky Notes 

No impact on writability and 

recyclability and will stick on paper 

and various other surfaces. 100 

sheets per pad. Yellow. Height 

75mm. 100 pages. Pack of 12. 

EE11126 H75 x W75mm £8.95 

EE11127 H75 x W125mm £13.19 

6. Neon Sticky Notepads 

These neon sticky notepads that are 

ideal for messages that require that 

extra strong, stand out effect. 

EE10252 W50 x L50mm Single £1.31 

EE01029 W50 x L50mm 12pk £14.56 

EE01028 W75 x L75mm 32pk £66.19 

6 7 

8 9 

12 

7. Recycled Pastel Sticky 

Notes 

Sticky notes in pastel colours that 

are eco-friendly to make your office 

or classroom a brighter place. High 

quality sticky notes made from 100% 

recycled paper. 100 sheets per pad. 

Multicoloured. Height 75mm. Made 

from paper. Pack of 12. 

EE11060 H75 x W125mm £7.62 

EE11059 H75 x W75mm £5.97 

8. Coloured 360 Adhesive 

Notes 

These pads are sticky over the 

whole back and can be attached 

securely in any position. Lies flat so 

holds stronger to more surfaces. 

Approximately 100 sheets per pad. 


EE10485 W76 x L76mm £8.95 

30 

12 

9. Lined Sticky Note Pads 

Light yellow in colour and with 

approximately 100 sheets to each 

pad, these useful notes, come in two 

sizes: small (150 x 101mm) and large 

(203 x 150mm). 

EE00723 Large Single £1.31 

EE01032 Small 12pk £16.23 


1. Pritt Glue Sticks 

Pritt glue stick provides a quick, 

clean and accurate way to glue 

paper, cardboard and photos. The 

Pritt glue stick is solvent-free and 

made from 90% natural ingredients, 

including water. Making it suitable 

and safe for children. 

1 

Glue Sticks 

Stationery 

81845 11g - 10pk £10.59 

047218 11g - 100pk £95.39 

004142 22g - 6pk £10.59 

610979 43g - 5pk £9.26 

AR00639 43g - 24pk £39.74 

AR00638 43g - 34 + 4pk £54.31 

AR00637 43g - 100 + 4pk £135.14 

EE01048 43g - 200 + 8pk £259.69 

2. Eco Lid Saver Glue Sticks 

Our innovative glue stick features 

a unique barrel and lid design 

removing the issue of lost lids and 

costly waste! Children can easily slot 

the lid into the base keeping it safe 

and twist to reveal the glue. High 

quality, non-toxic, solvent and acid 

free glue. Weight 40g. 

EE10457 40g - 12pk £9.94 

EE10596 40g - 48pk £37.77 

AD46437 40g - 100pk £72.86 

AD46438 40g - 200pk £132.49 

EE10597 40g - 400pk £238.49 

• Child-safe adhesive - 

Non-toxic, solvent and 

acid free. 

• Made from 90% natural 

ingredients. 

• Airtight cap to prevent 

the glue stick drying out. 

• Washable at 20°C. 

3. Medium Glue Sticks 

Our quality glue stick is ideal 

for various applications, such as 

paper, cardboard and photos. A 

perfect office and school glue stick. 

Medium. Pack of 100. Weight 20g. 

2 

002444 20g - 100pk £42.39 

4. Medium Pritt Glue Stick 

The classic Pritt glue stick in a smaller 

size - perfect for little hands! Ideal 

way of sticking paper and card 

because of its quick, clean accurate 

application. The simple design allows 

smooth application and sufficient 

time to allow repositioning of the 

object being stuck before drying to a 

fixed finish. Pack of 24. Weight 22g. 

EE01378 £41.06 

• No more glue sticks that dry out 

• No more lost lids and wasted glue 

• Barrels 100% recyclable 

• Safe and washable 

3 4 

100 24 


Stationery 

Adhesives & Sellotape 

1 2 

1. Blu Tack 

Reusable adhesive, supplied in 

the form of rectangular slabs and 

packed in individual wallets. 

003500 60g 1pk £1.00 

EE10007 120g 12pk £14.56 

2. Reusable Adhesive Tack 

re-useable and repositionable blue 

adhesive tack provides a quick and 

strong hold. Pack of 6. Weight 120g. 

6 

EE10558 £7.29 

3 4 

3. Blu Tack White 

Clean and economical to use. 

Holds up posters, cards, paintings, 

decorations etc. For use on non 

porous surfaces: painted, glass and 

metal. Pack of 12. Weight 60g. 

EE10010 £17.55 

12 

5 6 

4. All Purpose Glue 

It is quick drying, clean to use and 

provides strong, water-resistant 

bonds with excellent ageing 

properties. Single. Volume 50ml. 

EE10359 £2.64 

5. Masking Tape 

Paper backed adhesive tape for 

joining a variety of materials 

together. 

TE00520 W19mm x L50m 30pk £49.01 

TMASK W25mm x L50m Single £1.99 

TMASK10 W25mm x L50m 10pk £16.57 

TMAW W48mm x L50m Single £5.29 

6 

6. Brown Parcel Tape Rolls 

Economical tape for art & craft 

activities in the classroom. 

Brown. Length 66m. Pack of 6. 

Width 50mm. 

AR01415 £10.93 

7 8 

7. Sellotape Hook & Loop 

Strip Combi Box 

Strong self-adhesive backed strips 

that stick together and detach as 

often as required without loss of 

grip. Ideal for classroom or office 

fabric display boards. Length 6m. 

Single. Width 20mm. 

EE01383 £33.45 

9 10 

100 

125 125 

8. Hook and Loop Adhesive 

Discs 

The perfect solution for displaying 

work or important information on 

the walls. Simply peel and stick! 

Diameter 25mm. Pack of 100. 

28120 £9.94 

9. Sellotape Hook Spots or 

Strip 

Great for general mounting and 

display. For use with loop fasteners. 

610096 125 Spots £14.56 

AR01216 12m Strip £35.12 

10. Sellotape Loop Spots 

and Strips 

Permanent, self adhesive range 

which sticks to most stable surfaces. 

610097 125 Spots £14.56 

AR01217 12m Strip £35.12 

32 


1. Sellotape Original Golden 

Tape 

This tape is clear when applied and 

provides a neat and tidy finish to any 

bonding job. An easy tear roll lets 

you cleanly break off a piece of tape, 

without the need for scissors. 

EE10388 24mm x 33m 6pk £7.62 

EE10391 24mm x 66m 6pk £9.26 

EE10390 18mm x 33m 8pk £7.62 

EE10389 18mm x 66m 8pk £11.60 

2. Tape 

Clear, self-adhesive polypropylene tape. 

Bonds strongly to your materials to 

ensure they stay stuck. Pack of 6. 

005624 W18mmxD25mmxL33m £1.99 

015023 W18mmxD75mmxL66m £2.64 

005622 W48mmxD75mmxL66m £7.62 

015024 W24mmxD75mmxL66m £3.65 

005623 W24mmxD25mmxL33m £2.64 

005629 W24mmxD75mmxL99m £6.30 

1 

2 3 

Adhesives & Sellotape 

Stationery 

3. Chrome Tape Dispenser 

With a non-slip and sturdy base, 

Sellotape Chrome Dispenser allows 

easy refilling and dispensing with 

one-hand. Large dispenser fits rolls 

of tape up to 25mm wide and 66m 

long. Made from coated metal. 

015015 Small £12.25 

EE01377 Large £10.27 

4. Rapesco Heavy Duty Tape 

Dispenser 

Large heavy duty tape dispenser 

ideal for everyday packaging jobs. 

Heavy and rubberised base avoids 

slipping. Sharp cutter makes using 

it easy. Compatible with 33m and 

66m tape length, in 25mm width 

tape reels. 

EE01374 £3.96 

5. Sellotape Zero Plastic 

A totally plastic free ultra clear 

general purpose stationery tape. 

Made from natural, plant based, 

renewable ingredients. Easy to tear 

with the same adhesive strength 

as Sellotape Original. Length 30m. 


EE11017 £3.96 

6. Clear Adhesive Tape Roll 

Economical clear tape, ideal for 

school and office use. Excellent value 

sticky tape for many uses. Clear. 

Length 66m. Width 25mm. 

AR01402 6pk £6.30 

EE01017 18pk £13.92 

7. Double-Sided Tape 

Ideal for all your stationery, craft and 

display projects. The overlapping 

backing strip is easy to remove from 

the tape and the tape is easy to tear. 

Ideal for attaching labels, or creating 

collages. White. Length 33m. Single. 

AR01223 W12mm x L33m £6.95 

610098 W25mm x L33m £10.27 

6 

4 5 

6 7 


CLASS PACKS 

Superlight Mini Whiteboard Portrait Lined Kit 

See page 55 

Price from £17.21 

Budget Essentials Portable 

Lapboards Class Kit 

See page 55 


Show-Me Whiteboard Pens & 

Accessories Class Tray 

See page 54 


Show-Me Original A4 Plain Dry 

Wipe Boards 

See page 54 


Mini Rigid Whiteboards 

See page 55 


34 



Ballpoint Pens 

Great value, non-retractable 

ballpoint pen with ventilated cap. 

High quality at an excellent price. 

They have a medium point nib that 

measures 1.0mm that creates a 

0.7mm line width. 

910512 Green 50pk £2.98 

017440 Black 50pk £2.98 

027859 Pink 50pk £2.98 

017442 Red 50pk £2.98 

017441 Blue 50pk £2.98 

027858 Purple 50pk £2.98 

023779 Green 100pk £5.63 

023776 Black 100pk £5.63 

029890 Pink 100pk £5.63 

023778 Red 100pk £5.63 

023777 Blue 100pk £5.63 

029889 Purple 100pk £5.63 

1 

Ballpoint Pens 

FROM 

£2 .98 

Stationery 

2. BIC Cristal Ballpoint Pens 

- Medium 

Hexagonal shape biros a classroom 

or office classic. Easy to grip and 

write or draw smoothly with they 

have a quality carbide ball the flows 

easily across your page. Pack of 50. 

950103 Red £11.27 

EE00689 Green £11.27 

EE00686 Black £11.27 

EE00687 Blue £11.27 

3. S2 Ballpoint Pens 

High quality stick ballpoint pens in a 

value pack of 50 in 5 colour options. 

Clear barrelled biro pens with 

tungsten carbide ball and ventilated 

cap. The ballpoint smoothly applies 

ink to page, for easy writing, 

drawing or marking! Pack of 50. 

2 3 

910527 Green £4.30 

910526 Red £4.30 

910524 Black £4.30 

910525 Blue £4.30 

032288 Purple £4.30 

4. ECO Friendly Earth Pen 

Eco-friendly ballpoint pen that can 

be composted or recycled. Eco 

pens that are a sustainable option 

for office or school. Made from 

biodegradable plastic the cap, barrel 

and end closure can be composted 

in approximately 6-9 months. Pack 

of 50. 

EE11018BL Blue £3.65 

EE11018BK Black £3.65 

4 5 

50 50 

5. Ballpoint Pens 

Inexpensive ballpoint pens with 

ventilated caps. Classic ballpoint 

pens for home, office or classroom 

use, they have a medium 1mm nib 

with and line width of 0.7mm. 

018196 Red 50pk £2.64 

018195 Blue 50pk £2.64 

018024 Green 50pk £2.64 

018194 Black 50pk £2.64 

023775 Red 250pk £12.59 

023774 Blue 250pk £12.59 

023772 Green 250pk £12.59 

023773 Black 250pk £12.59 

50 


Stationery 

Ballpoint & Gel Rollerball Pens 

1 2 

1. Pilot Frixion Erasable 

Rollerball Pens 

These rollerball pens contain heat 

sensitive ink. Just rub the end of the 

pen over the lettering and the ink 

vanishes! 0.7mm. Pack of 12. 

EE10439BK Black £35.45 

EE10439BL Blue £35.45 

EE10439PU Violet £35.45 

EE10439GR Green £35.45 

3 4 

12 12 

40 40 

5 6 

7 8 

100 20 

2. BIC 4 Colour Ballpoint 

Pens 

A high quality retractable ballpoint 

pen that allows you to write in 4 

different colours. Pack of 12. 

023754 Purple Barrel £34.12 

910329 Blue Barrel £34.12 

3. Staedtler Purple 

Ballpoints 

A high quality writing instrument 

with a triangular barrel. Pack of 40. 

EE10496 £14.56 

4. BIC Round Stic Grip 

Purple Ballpoint 

Designed for teachers - make your 

comments stand out when 

marking with these vibrant purple 

ball point pens. Purple. Pack of 40. 

EE00695 £14.56 

5. Bic Cristal Medium 

Ballpoint Pen 

1.0mm tip gives a line width of 

0.4mm. Includes four FREE Fashion 

Colour Pens. Pack of 100. 

EE00941 Blue £23.84 

EE00940 Black £23.84 

6. Cristal Fun Ballpoint Pens 

A large tip ballpoint pen available in 

four vivid colours. Pack of 20. 

034061 Orange £7.94 

028036 Green £7.94 

EE01385 Pink £7.94 

034062 Purple £7.94 

7. Pilot G-2 0.7 Retractable 

Gel Rollerball 

Retractable gel pen with a tungsten 

carbide tip for precise, blob-free 

writing and a contoured rubber grip 

for comfort. 0.7mm. Pack of 12. 

950175 Green £28.15 

023747 Purple £28.15 

950174 Blue £28.15 

950172 Black £28.15 

950173 Red £28.15 

8. Pilot V5 Rollerball Pen 

The V5 contains pure liquid ink for 

smooth writing performance and 

a tungsten carbide tip for blobfree 

writing. 0.5mm. Pack of 12. . 

910442 Black £28.49 

910443 Blue £28.49 

910445 Green £28.49 

910444 Red £28.49 

12 12 

36 


1. edding 89 Office Fineliner 

This fineliner has a metal framed 

0.3mm nib with a very fine stroke. 

Ideal for extra fine and precise 

writing and signing on paper 

surfaces. Water based ink. Pack of 

10. 

1 2 

Fineliner Pens 

Stationery 

000190 Black £7.62 

2. Fineline Pens 

An economical yet great quality 

fineliner pen with finger grips to aid 

pen control. Durable nylon tip for 

fine precise writing with a 0.3m line 

width. Pack of 10. 

027861 Pink £5.29 

027860 Purple £5.29 

900152 Red £5.29 

020562 Black £5.29 

900151 Green £5.29 

10 10 

3. Colourworld Assorted 

Fineliner Pens 

Excellent value fineliner pens, ideal 

for detail work and drawing. Metal 

encased 0.4mm fibre tip. Water 

based ink with ventilated cap. 


3 4 

002069 £4.64 

4. Edding Fineliner 

These pens include innovative 3 day 

‘cap off’ technology to prevent pens 

drying out. Ideal for right and left 

handed writers. Line width 0.4mm. 

Black. Pack of 12. 

EE10320BK £5.97 

5. Stabilo point 88 Assorted 

Fineline Pens 

The fine metal-enclosed tip is 

perfect for writing precise notes on 

flash cards when every bit of space 

matters and it won’t smudge or 

smear if you’re using a ruler. 

017075 Black 10pk £9.26 

EE11047 Assorted 20pk £17.89 

10 

12 

5 • Pack of 20 comprises: ice green, 6 

ultramarine, green, red, blue, 

light green, yellow, brown, black, 

crimson, turquoise, orange, violet, 

pink, azure, lilac, olive green, dark 

ochre, light grey, dark grey 

6. Pilot Frixion Erasable 

Rollerball Gel Pens 

These rollerball pens contain heat 

sensitive ink. Just rub the end of the 

pen over the lettering and the ink 

vanishes! Featuring a fine 0.7mm 

tip and removable cap with clip. 


84416 £19.22 

5 

7. edding 2185 Crystaljelly 

Gel Pens 

Rollerball pens with special, waterbased 

gel ink for precise and smooth 

writing with its metal-framed roller 

tip. Rubber grip for extra comfort 

with a medium line width - 0.7mm. 

Pack of 10. 

7 8 

• Colours 

include; 

Gold, silver 

and white. 

000195 Black £10.59 

000198 Green £10.59 

000197 Red £10.59 


8. Pilot Metallic Gel Pens 

Water resistant when dry and has a 

line width of 0.7mm. Multicoloured. 

Pack of 3. 

910286 £6.61 

10 

3 


Stationery 

Handwriting Pens 

1 

1. Berol Handwriting Pens 

A classroom classic, Berol 

handwriting pens in black or blue 

and in 2 pack sizes. Perfect for 

children learning how to write. These 

handwriter pens help develop better 

writing control and letter formation. 

015497 Blue 42pk £17.21 

015498 Black 42pk £17.21 

EE00266 Blue 200pk £76.84 

EE00264 Black 200pk £76.84 

2 3 

4 5 

2. Edding Handwriting Pens 

High quality black or blue 

handwriter pens. This pen is ideal 

for developing handwriting in both 

right and left handed learners due to 

its ability to write at any angle. Gives 

smooth and effortless writing on 

paper surfaces. 

013578 Blue 42pk £23.84 

013577 Black 42pk £23.84 

029223 Black 200pk £92.74 

EE10036 Blue 200pk £92.74 

3. Staedtler Handwriting 

Pens 

The hardwearing tip on the 

STAEDTLER handwriting pen 

withstands pressure and provides 

resistance against paper. The grip 

encourages more comfortable 

writing and the pocket clip provides 

a practical solution for teachers 

and pupils. 

EE10497BL Blue 50pk £37.09 

EE10497BK Black 50pk £37.09 

EE11067BL Blue 100pk £66.24 

EE11067BK Black 100pk £66.24 

4. Stabilo EASYoriginal 


The first ergonomic rollerball for left 

or right-handers, uniquely designed 

for children as they learn to write. 

Non-slip grip prevents muscle 

fatigue and writing pain, enabling 

an optimal writing experience. Blue. 

Pack of 36. 


5. Move Easy Pens 

This fun pen is the first ergonomic 

rollerball for left or right-handers, 

uniquely designed for children as 

they learn to write. It has been 

designed to help children take their 

first steps towards clear, legible 

writing. The ergonomic, non-slip 

grip prevents muscle fatigue and 

writing pain, enabling an optimal 

writing experience. Blue. 

LEASYL Left Handed 3pk £25.16 

LEASYR Right Handed 5pk £37.09 

LREFL Refills Blue 6pk £6.61 

36 42 

38 


1. Handwriting Pens 

Comfortable triangular grip helping 

children develop a correct writing 

posture from an early age. Tough, 

pressure resistant plastic tips. 3 day 

cap off time. Rapid drying, smudge 

resistant water based ink, ideal for 

left or right handed users. Ventilated 

safety cap. Made from plastic. 

1 


• Pressure resistant nibs 

• Triangular easy grip barrel 

• Available in 2 colours 

• Rapid drying smudge 

resistant water based ink 

Stationery 

EE01174 Black 36pk £15.89 

EE01173 Blue 36pk £15.89 

EE01176 Black 96pk £34.44 

EE01175 Blue 96pk £34.44 

EE01178 Black 300pk £105.99 

EE01177 Blue 300pk £105.99 

2. Handwriting Pens 

Triangular grip handwriting pen 

packs. The handwriting pen is 

designed to provide smooth, easy 

writing from the 0.3mm plastic tip. 

The triangular shaped barrel design 

includes finger grips to aid pen 

control. 

034122 Black 50pk £10.59 

034121 Blue 50pk £10.59 

034602 Black 100pk £20.54 

034601 Blue 100pk £20.54 

028142 Black 200pk £39.74 

028141 Blue 200pk £39.74 

2 3 



Budget friendly nylon-tipped 

handwriting pens in value packs. 

Featuring a simple round design 

barrel, non push-through nib for 

increased durability for student use. 

They have easy flowing non-toxic 

ink for safe use in the classroom. 

Helping students get to grips with 

writing carefully and neatly the 

pressure resistant nibs aid them in 

finding the correct writing posture. 

024004 Black 50pk £13.24 

024005 Blue 50pk £13.24 

024052 Black 300pk £59.61 

024053 Blue 300pk £59.61 

4. NEW Edding Essentials 

School Pack 1 

Save time and money with this 

quality essentials pack. Enough 

essentials in this kit for 4 classrooms 

or 120 students. Content 120 x 361 

Fine Tip Black Whiteboard Markers, 

120 x Blue Handwriting Pens, 

840 x Broad Tipped Colouring Pens 

(20 pots of 42 pens / 5 pots per class), 

120 x UHU 40g Glue sticks. 

4 5 

ST45306 £596.24 

5. NEW Edding Essentials 

School Pack 2 

Convenient ordering solution 

enabling you to save time and 

money without compromising on 

quality. This pack contains enough 

for 4 classrooms or 120 students. 

Contents 120 x 360 Bullet Tip Black 

Whiteboard Markers, 

120 x Blue Handwriting Pens, 

840 x Broad Tipped Colouring Pens 

(20 pots of 42 pens / 5 pots per class), 

120 x UHU 40g Glue sticks 

ST45307 £596.24 


Stationery 

Felt Tips 

1 

FROM 

£3 .32 

2 

3 

FROM 

£3 .32 

ONLY 

£1 .99 

1. Triangular Colour Broad 

Pens 

High quality water-based broad 

fibre-tip colouring pens perfect for 

colouring large areas or detailed 

designs. With a triangular ergonomic 

comfort grip and ventilated caps for 

child safety. Fully washable and a 

14 day cap off time. Multicoloured. 

Diameter 1.7mm. 1.7mm. 

610255 Assorted - 12pk £3.32 

610256 Assorted - 36pk £8.28 

610257 Assorted - 288pk £62.26 

2. Colour Fine Pens 

High quality water-based fine 

fibre-tip colouring pens perfect for 

colouring large areas or detailed 

designs. With a triangular ergonomic 

comfort grip and ventilated caps for 

child safety. Fully washable and a 

14 day cap off time. Multicoloured. 

Diameter 0.8mm. 0.6mm. 

610260 Assorted - 12pk £3.32 

610261 Assorted - 36pk £8.28 

610262 Assorted - 288pk £62.26 

610263 Black - 12pk £3.32 

4 

144 

FROM 

£1 .65 

3. Budget Essentials Colour 

Marker Pens 

Great quality broad tip water-based 

pens supplied in twelve bright 

assorted colours. Use for bold mark 

making and large area colouring 

activities. Ideal for younger artists. 

Multicoloured. 

001447 12pk £1.99 

001448 20pk £3.65 

001449 144pk £25.16 


Medium Colouring Pens 

Great value water-based fibre tip 

medium pens supplied in twelve 

bright assorted colours. Excellent 

colouring pens for school use. Ideal 

for colouring, writing, drawing and 

sketching. Multicoloured. 

001444 12pk £1.65 

001445 40pk £5.29 

001446 288pk £35.76 

40 


1. Staedtler Noris Colour 

Colouring Pencils 

Durable, high quality colouring 

pencil packs in rich, vibrant colours. 

Traditional hexagonal colouring 

pencils which won’t roll off tables. 

With ABS - Anti-break-system 

coating that protects leads up to 

30% more from breakage. 

1 2 


FROM 

£1 .65 

Stationery 

AR02409 12pk £2.98 

AR02410 24pk £5.29 

EE01071 144pk £23.84 

AR00719 288pk £45.04 

2. Colouring Pencils 

Superb value for money colouring 

pencils in assorted colour packs. 

With vibrant colours and quick 

coverage, these colouring pencils 

are great for blending and can be 

used to create excellent depth, 

tone, line and shade on artwork. 


017894 Assorted 12pk £1.65 

017896 Assorted 24pk £2.64 

AR03222 Assorted 144pk £12.25 



AR03225 Assorted 1500pk £92.74 

3. Staedtler Noris Tri 


High quality triangular colouring 

pencils. Ergonomically designed, 

comfortable and easy to use. 

Features non-slip surface in stars and 

stripes design. 

3 4 

FROM 

£3 .32 

AR11315 144pk £30.46 

AR11314 288pk £65.59 

4. Chunky Triangular Easy- 

Grip Colouring Pencils 

Great quality triangular pencils 

ideal for developing colouring skills, 

perfect for small hands. Jumbo sized 

pencil barrels, make these easy to 

hold and help develop fine-motor 

skills. Excellent colour laydown and 

blend easily. Multicoloured. 

84268 12pk £3.32 

85904 144pk £42.39 

5. Giotto Elios Giant 


Highly pigmented, break resistant 

chunky pencils in 12 bold colours. 

Perfect for not only little artists 

but artists of all ages! High quality 

10mm thick pencils with soft, highly 

pigmented break resistant cores. 


5 6 

FROM 

£3 .96 

ACP144 £48.70 

6. Chunky Hexagonal 


Jumbo hexagonally shaped colour 

pencils. In a range of vibrant colours 

these are ideal for small hands 

and developing colouring skills. 

Multicoloured. Diameter 10mm. 

Hexagon shaped. 

86109 12pk £3.96 

AR03232 36pk £11.60 

85817 72pk £21.53 

AR03233 156pk £41.06 

144 


Stationery 

Pencils 

1 

1. HB Pencils 

A great range of general use HB 

pencils without eraser tips. Ideal for 

home, office or school, excellent 

pencils for drawing or writing. HB. 

017775 12pk £1.31 

017759 144pk £8.62 

950151 500pk £24.52 

950152 1500pk £70.21 

2 

3 

4 5 

36 

6 7 

12 

8 9 

48 

12 

2. Stabilo EASYgraph Pencils 

These pencils are great for childr 

en learning to write and those who 

need help with correct grip. 

SD11059 6pk £19.86 

EE01127 48pk £72.86 

3. STABILO EASYgraph HB 

Graphite Pencils 

These pencils are great for children 

learning to write and those who 

need help with the correct grip. 

The classpack contains 42 right 

handed pencils (colour coded red) 

and 6 left handed pencils (colour 

coded yellow). 

EE10348 Mixed 48pk £50.34 

4. Lyra Half Length Graphite 

Pencils 

The large diameter graphite lead 

and triangular grip help improve 

children’s mark making, drawing 

and writing skills. Graphite. Pack of 

36. 2B. 

AR01044 £42.73 

5. STABILO® Exam Grade 2B 

Pencils 

High quality 2B pencil with a soft 

dark lead. Perfectly designed for 

school use. 

EE01312 12pk £4.30 

EE01313 36pk £11.60 

6. Staedtler Triplus Jumbo 

Pencils 

High quality triangular shaped black 

lead learner pencils. Pack of 12. HB. 

017749 £11.27 

7. Noris Triangular Pencils 

High quality pencil in ergonomic 

triangular shape for relaxed and easy 

writing and drawing. 

040554 12pk £5.63 

AR03095 48pk £19.22 

8. Staedtler Tradition HB 

Pencils 

Ideal for use in classroom, office 

or home these are a high quality 

pencil that can be used for writing, 

drawing or sketching. HB. 

STHB 12pk £4.30 

025206 144pk £37.09 

9. Staedtler Tradition 

Pencils 

Manufactured from cedar-wood 

from sustainable sources with an 

ergonomic hexagonal shape for 

easier grip. Pack of 12. 

ST2B 2B £4.30 

ST4B 4B £4.30 

42 


1. Staedtler Noris Pencils 

Classpack 

The Staedtler Noris HB pencil with its 

distinctive black and yellow stripes 

remains a firm favourite in schools. 

With a hexagonal high polished 

barrel and break resistant 2mm HB 

lead. Graphite. HB. 

1 2 

Pencils 

Stationery 

AR01245 150pk £19.86 

EE01070 600pk £79.49 

EE00259 1500pk £185.49 

2. Triangular School Pencils 

Jumbo triangular HB pencils, ideal 

for teaching correct pencil grip and 

for improving writing. Can also help 

reduce hand fatigue. HB. 

950136 12pk £3.96 

024296 144pk £34.44 

FROM 

£3 .96 

3. Eraser Tipped HB Pencils 

A great range of general use HB 

pencils with eraser tips. Suitable for 

writing and sketching with smooth 

leads. A pencil case or student pack 

essential. HB. 

FROM 

£19 .86 

900105 12pk £1.99 

017699 144pk £16.23 

3 4 

4. Premium Hexagonal 

Jumbo Pencils 

Premium quality chunky hexagonal 

pencils. With a large, chunky shape, 

that is ideal for easy gripping. They 

have a 10mm diameter and are HB 

grade. HB. 

85252 12pk £5.63 

85922 72pk £23.52 

5. Premium Graphite Pencils 

Premium quality pencils, ideal for 

office and school use. Draw, write or 

sketch with these pencils, they have 

hexagonal black barrels and silver 

tips. Pack of 144. HB. 

85999 £14.56 

6. Staedtler Noris Graphite 

Pencils 

Superb quality graphite pencils 

perfect for writing, drawing and 

sketching. A classroom classic for 

over 40 years, Staedtlers distinctive 

black and yellow striped pencils. 

Pack of 72. 

5 6 

017853 2B £11.91 

017857 2H £13.24 

017855 HB £11.91 

017856 H £13.24 

144 72 


Stationery 

Erasers 

1 2 

45 20 

3 4 

60 45 20 

5 6 

• Phthalate and latex free 

• Minimal crumbling 

• High quality erasing 

performance 

1. White Pencil Erasers 

Great value pencil erasers. Effectively 

eliminates pencil marks without 

leaving smudges. White. Depth 

10mm. Small. Height 32mm. Width 

23mm. 

950189 45pk £2.64 

032460 450pk £32.47 

2. STABILO White Erasers 

Highly effective at cleanly erasing 

on a variety of papers. Made 

from phthalate free PVC, ideal for 

school use. Each eraser comes with 

protective sheaths to help prolong 

their use. Pack of 20. 

EE01314 £8.28 

3. Helix White Erasers 

These Helix erasers are the 

economical choice for offices, 

schools and home. They’re solventfree 

and ideal for erasing soft grade 

and HB pencils. Depth 2cm. Length 

8cm. Pack of 60. Width 2.8cm. 

EE10493 £4.97 

4. Staedtler Noris Erasers 

Suitable for school, colleges and 

office, a classroom classic ideal for 

erasing mistakes. Part of the iconic 

STAEDTLER Noris brand, these 

erasers are comfortable to use and 

ensures high quality erasing. Pack 

of 20. 

EE10500 £9.94 

5. Erasers 

Economical, high quality, soft 

erasers which lift graphite from 

paper without damaging the 

surface. Budget erasers for rubbing 

out mistakes, ideal for schools 

or colleges. White. Small. Height 

12mm. Length 32mm. Pack of 40. 

Width 15mm. 

EE11063 Large 20pk £4.30 

EE11064 Small 40pk £5.29 

6. Coloured Pencil Eraser 

Brightly coloured large plastic pencil 

erasers. Brighten up your classroom 

or student packs with these funky 

coloured rubbers for erasing 

mistakes. Ideal for home, school or 

office, they leave no marks behind. 


900134 £4.30 

20 

44 


1. Assorted Plastic Pencil 

Sharpeners 

Plastic pencil sharpeners in a variety 

of bright colours supplied in a handy 

storage tub. Multicoloured. 

1 2 

Pencil Sharpeners 

Stationery 

930116 50pk £4.97 

930139 100pk £7.94 

2. Metal Pencil Sharpeners 

Sharpens pencils up to 8mm 

(regular) and 11mm diameter (large). 

Made from metal. Pack of 20. 

930122 Double Hole £12.92 

EE11041 Single Hole £7.29 

3. Jakar Electric Pencil 

Sharpener 

Fast and easy to use with built in 

auto stop to prevent accidental over 

sharpening and sensors to prevent 

overheating.. 

3 4 

20 

EE01198 £53.33 

4. Swordfish Trio Electric 

Pencil Sharpener 

Perfect for busy schools and offices. 

Suitable for all standard 8mm, 

9.5mm and 11mm diameter pencils. 

Sharpens up to 15 pencils per 

minute.. 

EE10155 £107.65 

5. Staedtler Noris Tub Pencil 

Sharpener 

A single hole pencil sharpener 

with a distinctive barrel to catch 

pencil shavings. For standard-sized 

blacklead pencils up to 8.2mm with 

a sharpening angle of 23° for clear 

and accurate lines. 

50 

5 6 

000340 £2.98 

6. Swash Heavy Duty 

Electric Pencil Sharpener 

This powerful heavy-duty sharpener 

powered by mains electricity, it also 

has added safety feature. Features: 

fingerguard for child safety, autostart/stop 

mechanism and a safety 

switch that cuts power when 

shaving tray is removed. 

AR00627 £112.61 

7. Rapesco 94 Desktop 

Pencil Sharpener 

Top of the range, the Rapesco 94 

sharpener fits 8mm-11mm round, 

hexagonal and triangular pencils. 

Supplied with a desk clamp and a 

non-slip pad on the base for stability 

along with a transparent fitted 

shavings tray. 

7 8 

014341 £23.84 

8. Swash Heavy Duty 

Electric Pencil Sharpener 

Powerful motor with auto thermal 

cut out system. Auto start when 

pencil is inserted and auto stop 

when the pencil is sharpened. Single. 

EE10024 £92.74 


Stationery 

Highlighters 

1 

1. STABILO BOSS® Pastel 

Highlighters 

Europe’s No. 1 highlighter now 

in candy coloured pastel shades. 

Perfect for use in the classroom and 

school office to write, highlight, 

underline and colour with. Longer 

writing length, odourless ink and 

a 4 hour cap-off time. 

040445 6pk £9.26 

040446 48pk £38.41 

2 

2. STABILO BOSS Deskset 

Highlighter Pens 

Attractive and well organised 

desk set pack of Stabilo Boss 

highlighter pens. These STABILO 

BOSS highlighters feature incredibly 

bright, beautifully coloured water 

based ink. With an even longer 

writing length and 4 hour cap-off 

time. Pack of 15. 

EE10502 £22.20 

15 

3. Stabilo BOSS Chisel Tip 

Assorted Highlighters 

Water-based ink suitable for most 

papers, including fax and carbonless 

copy paper. Improved longer writing 

length and 4 hour cap-off time. 

017332 Assorted 4pk £3.96 

017323 Assorted 6pk £6.61 


EE10344OR Orange 10pk £7.94 

EE00303 Yellow 10pk £7.94 

EE10344PI Pink 10pk £7.94 

EE10344GR Green 10pk £7.94 

EE10344BL Blue 10pk £7.94 

EE00306 Assorted 5 Colour 48pk £38.41 

EE01113 Assorted 8 Colour 48pk £38.41 

3 

• STABILO Anti-Dry-Out 

technology: 4 hours 

dry-out protection for 

concentrated work 

• Water-based ink 

• Strong build quality 

means the tip will last for 

a very long time 

46 


1. Pastel Highlighters 

Chisel tip gives 2-5mm line width. 

Water based ink suitable for most 

paper types. Multicoloured. 

Pack of 6. 

1 2 

Highlighters 

Stationery 

EE11019 £1.99 

2. Highlighters 

Colourful selection of highlighter 

marker pens featuring a chisel tip for 

accurate highlighting on letters and 

work documents.Smudge resistant, 

quick drying water-based ink. Pack 

of 4 includes yellow, green, pink and 

orange. Pack of 6 includes yellow, 

green, pink, blue, orange and red 

016606 Green 10pk £2.64 

041003 Purple 10pk £2.64 

016605 Yellow 10pk £2.64 

016607 Pink 10pk £2.64 

016603 Assorted 4pk £2.32 

016604 Assorted 6pk £2.98 

910373 Assorted 48pk £10.59 

023770 Assorted 96pk £18.54 

6 

3. Budget Essentials Mini 

Highlighters 

Brightly coloured mini highlighters. 


3 4 

012189 5pk £2.64 

012191 30pk £13.19 


Highlighters 

Great value highlighters with bright, 

non-toxic, fadeless ink.Pack of 6: 

yellow, green, pink, orange, blue 

and purple. Pack of 60: 10 each of 

yellow, green, pink, orange, blue 

and purple. 

910380 6pk £1.65 

023769 60pk £13.24 

5. Highlighter Pens 

Easy grip highlighter pens featuring 

chisel tip for precise highlighting. 

Use the dual featured tip to 

underline or highlight complete text. 

Pack of 10. 

016606 Green £2.64 

041003 Purple £2.64 

016605 Yellow £2.64 

016607 Pink £2.64 

5 6 


Highlighter Pens 

High quality chisel tip highlighter 

pen ideal for underlining or 

highlighting important notes so 

they can be found and referred back 

to easily. 

023740 Orange 10pk £3.96 

023739 Pink 10pk £3.96 

023737 Yellow 10pk £3.96 

023738 Green 10pk £3.96 

023741 Assorted 20pk £7.62 

024780 Assorted 50pk £15.89 

10 

• Choice of single colours and 

assorted packs 

• Single colours in packs of 10 

• Pack of 20: 5 each of yellow, 

green, pink and orange 

• Pack of 50: 20 yellow, 10 each 

of green, pink and orange 


Stationery 

Flipchart & Permanent Markers 

1 2 

3 

6 

4 5 

10 

1. Staedtler Lumocolor 

Flipchart Marker Pens 

Staedtler flipchart markers are ideal 

for use on paper as ink does not 

bleed through, ink dries in seconds 

so suitable for left handed users. 

Colour intensive, low odour ink that 

is xylene and toluene-free. 2mm line 

width. Pack of 6. 

041061 £11.27 

2. Edding 31 EcoLine 

Flipchart Marker 

Round nibbed flipchart marker with 

no bleed through manufactured 

from 90% recycled plastics. Low 

odour with several weeks cap off 

time and 1.5 - 3mm line width. 

Pack of 10. 

EE10636BK Black £14.90 

EE10636BL Blue £14.90 

EE10636GR Green £14.90 

EE10636RE Red £14.90 

3. Sharpie Permanent 

Marker Pens 

A fine tipped permanent marker 

for precise lines. Dries quickly, 

smudge, water and fade resistant. 

The intensely coloured ink adheres 

to most surfaces including plastic, 

glass, wood, metal and fabric. NB. 

Do not use on whiteboards. 

Pack of 12. 

AR01731 Black £15.89 

AR01732 Multicoloured £15.89 

4. Assorted Flip Chart 

Markers 

Safe and fast-drying water-based 

flip chart markers in an assortment 

of colours. 14 day cap-off time 

prevents drying out. Bleed-proof 

ink formula gives maximum impact. 

Bullet tip. Pack of 10. 

EE00222 £6.30 

5. Flipchart Marker Pens 

This marker pen contains waterbased 

ink. The ink dries quickly, 

avoiding risk of smudging or fading 

as you continue to write. 

032297 Black 10pk £9.26 

016532 Assorted 4pk £4.30 

10 6 

6 7 


Permanent Marker Pens 

Good quality and value marker pens. 

They have black, xylene-free ink, 

which is ideal for marking on most 

surfaces. With a bullet tip for fine 

marking. Black. Pack of 10. 

017309 £6.30 

7. Permanent Markers 

Premium quality permanent marker 

pens. With a triangular barrel shape 

for easy grip, they have a bullet 

shaped tip and non-toxic ink ideal 

for classroom use. Black. Pack of 10. 

025175 £8.28 

10 

10 

48 


1. Dry Wipe Pens 

Wipes off easily with a dry tissue. 

Nib size: 1-2mm. Bullet tip. 

EE10189 Black 12pk £4.64 

EE10190 Multicoloured 12pk £4.97 

EE10408 Black 96pk £33.11 


1 2 

• Available in either black or assorted 

colours 

• Removable ink that can be easily wiped off 

• Same great quality as the brand leaders 

Dry Wipe Markers 

Stationery 

2. Dry Wipe Markers 

For use on whiteboard and dry erase 

non-porous surfaces. Wipes off 

with a dry tissue. Nib size: 1-3mm. 

Bullet tip. 


EE10407 Black 96pk £38.41 



Drywipe Pens Medium Tip 

Exceptional value drywipe pens with 

slim barrels, ideal for use by smaller 

hands in the classroom. 

3 

910374 Black 10pk £4.30 

900098 Black 100pk £33.11 

920888 Black 200pk £59.61 

024985 Blue 10pk £4.30 

900097 Assorted 4pk £1.99 

4. Drywipe Markers 

Great quality and value drywipe 

marker pens, excellent on all makes 

of whiteboard and drywipe surfaces 

017233 Assorted 4pk £2.32 

012186 Assorted 8pk £4.30 

016588 Assorted 4 Colour 50pk £19.86 

032965 Assorted 50pk £20.54 

016746 Assorted 100pk £37.09 

024086 Assorted 200pk £70.21 

017235 Black 10pk £4.64 

016577 Black 50pk £20.54 

016745 Black 100pk £39.74 

024085 Black 200pk £70.21 

016334 Blue 10pk £4.97 

016333 Red 10pk £4.97 

016335 Green 10pk £4.97 

4 

5. Premium Drywipe 

Whiteboard Markers 

Excellent quality bullet tip wide 

barrel whiteboard markers in 

assorted colours. 

84452 4pk £3.32 

024018 12pk £5.29 

024021 36pk £16.57 

024192 72pk £31.14 

024194 144pk £52.99 

5 6 

6. Premium Drywipe 

Whiteboard Marker Pens 

Classbox 

High ink content for a longer write 

out length and a medium 2mm 

bullet tip nib. Pack of 36. 

035693 £25.16 

36 


Stationery 


1 2 

1. Show-me Drywipe Pens - 

Medium Tip 

Top quality whiteboard pens ideal 

for students. With a slim barrel ideal 

for smaller hands and a standard 

sizes bullet tip nib, these are perfect 

for students to use in the classroom. 

Black. 

021076 Black 10pk £8.62 

EE01185 Black 100pk £75.51 



3 4 

36 10 

5 6 

• Pack of 8: black, blue, red, green, purple, lime, 

pink and orange. Pack of 48: 8 black, 

5 each of blue, red, green, orange, lime, purple, 

pink and brown. Pack of 96: 

16 black, 10 each of blue, red, green, orange, 

lime, purple, pink and brown. 

2. Write Mark Classroom 

Drywipe Markers 

Premium quality drywipe markers 

designed specifically for children to 

use. Write Mark drywipe markers 

pens have slim barrels, making 

them easy for children to hold, and 

premium hard-wearing nibs that 

prevent splaying. 

040953 50pk £30.46 

040954 100pk £46.36 

3. Staedtler® Drywipe 

Markers 

A dry wipe marker that has a low 

odour so perfect for the classroom. 

Cap off time of up to 4 days. Easy 

to wipe off board marker that can 

also be used on glass and OHP 

film. Available in packs of black or 

assorted colours. Pack of 36. 

AR00780 Black £23.84 

AR00779 Multicoloured £21.19 

4. Berol Drywipe Markers 

Bullet Tip 

Chunky bullet tip drywipe marker 

for creating big, bold colourful lines! 

Ideal for use by children, they are 

erasable from most non-porous 

surfaces, dry wipe and white boards. 

They create 2mm line with a round 

nib. Multicoloured. 

035201 8pk £9.94 

EE10163 48pk £30.46 

035207 96pk £59.61 

5. edding360 Colour Board 

Marker Bullet Tip 

Bullet tip whiteboard marker pens 

Assorted colourful drywipe markers 

with low-odour pigment ink. Can 

be used on virtually all non-porous 

surfaces, can be used on enamel, 

glass and melamine. Multicoloured. 

Pack of 100. 

EE10039 8 Assorted Colours £66.24 

029221 4 Assorted Colours £66.24 

100 

• Assorted pack of 8 contains: 1 each of black, 

blue, red, green, yellow, orange, brown and 

purple. Assorted pack of 50 contains: 10 each 

of black and blue, 5 each of red, green, yellow, 

orange, brown and purple. 

6. edding360 Board Marker 

Bullet Tip 

Black drywipe markers with a bullet 

tip. With a low-odour pigment ink 

and the ability to be used on a wide 

range of non-porous surfaces these 

pens are ideal for home, office or 

classroom. 

000176 Black 10pk £9.26 

EE10038 Black 50pk £26.49 

000175 Assorted 8pk £9.26 


50 


1. Slim Barrel Black Bullet 

Tip Drywipe Pens 

Drywipe pen designed to be used by 

smaller hands with a triangular grip 

and slim barrel for added control. 

Featuring a strong durable nib to 

reduce splaying and nib stop to 

prevent being pushed in ideal when 

used by smaller children. Easy fitting 

ventilated lid for safety. Classbox 

of 200 includes: 200 slim drywipe 

pens, 10 whiteboard erasers and a 4 

litre Really Useful Box. 

037121 10pk £4.30 

037388 50pk £19.22 

037122 100pk £34.44 

037389 200pk £59.61 

037387 Class Set 200pk £62.26 

1 2 

FROM 

£4 .30 


Stationery 

2. Triangular Drywipe 

Whiteboard Markers 

Ergonomic premium quality bullet 

tip whiteboard markers. With a 

triangular barrel shape, these pens 

are easy to grip to make your mark. 

They have a medium 2mm bullet nib 

tip. Black. 

84432 10pk £6.61 

025176 50pk £29.14 

84462 100pk £52.99 

3. Washable Whiteboard 

Markers 

High quality, washable, whiteboard 

marker pens. They give excellent 

results on most boards. Ideal for 

classroom or office use. They are 

washable from skin and most 

washable fabrics and carpets. 

Erasable from boards with a damp 

cloth. They have a 2mm bullet 

tip ideal for making bold lines 

and shapes. Assorted colour pack 

includes 2 each of black, blue, 

red, green, 1 each of purple, pink, 

brown and orange. Pack of 12. 

3 4 

ONLY 

£38 .41 


910521 Black £9.26 

4. Triangular Whiteboard 

Marker Pens 

Premium quality bullet tip 

whiteboard markers in black. 

Triangular shaped barrel pens 

that are easy to hold, they have 

a medium sized 2mm bullet nib. 

Includes a clear polypropylene box 

for easy access and storage. Pack 

of 50. 

035692 £38.41 


Drywipe Pens Fine Tip 

Black 

Fantastic value drywipe pens with 

slim barrels, ideal for small hands. 

Whiteboard marker pen features 

a bullet tip with a line width of 

0.7mm. Textured grip for comfort 

and to stabilise the drywipe pen. 

Includes a ventilated cap for safety. 

Ideal for use in the classroom on 

individual whiteboards. Black. 

5 

12 50 

FROM 

£3 .96 

023120 10pk £3.96 

024984 100pk £34.44 

920889 200pk £59.61 


Stationery 


1 

3 

FROM 

£7 .94 

1. BIC Velleda Black Drywipe 

Marker Pens 

These whiteboard pens are ideal 

for teachers and pupils alike, 

making them a must have for every 

classroom. 

EE11129 Black 100pk £52.99 

100 

2. edding® 361 Fine Tip 

Board Marker 

Can be used on virtually all nonporous 

surfaces. Fine 1mm line 

width. Ventilated cap. 

EE10037 Black 200pk £86.11 

EE10313 Black 50pk £30.46 


2 

3. Berol Drywipe Slim Pens 

Berol fine tipped drywipe pens with 

a slim barrel. The slim barrel is easier 

for small hands to hold. Ideal for use 

with portable whiteboards. Fine tip 

pen nib gives a 1mm line width for 

neat and clear writing. 

017054 Fine Tip 12pk £7.94 

EE10048 Fine Tip 192pk £105.99 

017070 Broad Tip 12pk £7.94 

EE10046 Broad Tip 192pk £105.99 

4 

4. edding363 Board Marker 

Marker pens with low-odour 

pigment ink that can be used on 

virtually all non-porous surfaces. 

Chisel tip so width of lines can be 

easily varied to create different 

shapes and lines. 

5 

000183 Black £35.76 


5. Staedtler Lumocolor 

Compact Whiteboard 

Markers 

High quality dry-wipe markers 

ideal for classroom and portable 

whiteboards. . 


EE11076 Black 36pk £21.19 


50 

6 7 

• Wipes off easily and quickly 

with a dry or wet cloth 

• Blocked nib to stop fraying 

and damaged tips 

• Plastic lightweight barrel for 

better writing control 

• Easy-fit cap with safety air-flow 

cap in case of swallowing 

• 24 hour cap-off time prevents 

drying out 

• Low odour xylene-free ink 

6. BIC Velleda 1721 

ECOlutions Drywipe Pens 

The Bic Velleda whiteboard pens 

have a fine nib marker uses low 

odour alcohol-based ink. The soft 

tip for smoother writing has a line 

width of 1.5mm and has good 

erasability immediately and after a 

few days. 

EE11129 Black 100pk £52.99 


7. Show-Me Black Drywipe 

Pens Fine Tip 

Ideal for students, these fine 

point pens are ideal for slightly 

more detailed work. Top quality 

whiteboard pens designed 

specifically for educational use. 24 

hour cap off time. Black. 

L-MARK 30pk £22.51 

EE11048 100pk £79.49 

52 



Drywipe Erasers 

Great value and ideal for small hands 

these mini whiteboard erasers are 

made from EVA material Specially 

designed to be used with magnetic 

whiteboards and a perfect size for 

use with portable whiteboards. 

Depth 70mm. Height 20mm. 

Width 50mm. 

910390 10pk £7.94 

910419 30pk £23.84 

1 2 

Dry Wipe Boards & Accessories 

Stationery 

2. Show-Me Wooden Board 

Erasers 

Small sized wooden handle board 

erasers. Traditional, wooden-handled 

erasers with shaped handles in 

natural wood finish for ease of use. 

Small. Pack of 30. 

EE00242 £25.16 


Foam Drywipe Erasers 

Great value drywipe erasers made 

from EVA foam. Ideal for small 

hands and use with portable 

lapboards or mini whiteboards. 


Width 50mm. 

910392 10pk £5.29 

910417 30pk £14.56 

032464 100pk £46.36 

3 

5 

30 

4. Whiteboard Renovating 

Spray & Cloths 

Whiteboard renovator and cloths 

is the perfect solution for bringing 

your board back to new! Effectively 

removes all ink residues and 

‘ghosting’ marks from whiteboard 

surfaces to leave a crisp white 

surface. 

099125 Spray & Cloths Set £11.27 

014778 Cloths 100pk £7.62 

014777 Cleaning Spray 500ml £6.61 

4 

• Kit contains 

1x 500ml bottle and 

100pk of cloths. 

5. Whiteboard Spray 

Cleaner 

Pump action whiteboard cleaning 

spray. Cut through the grey mess 

and restore your board to its original 

state. Volume 250ml. 

EE11049 Single £4.30 

032463 10pk £39.09 

6. Magnetic Whiteboard 

Eraser 

Specially designed magnetic 

eraser to be used with magnetic 

whiteboards. Ideal for office or 

classroom use. Blue. Depth 55mm. 

Width 105mm. 

900148 Single £1.65 

000901 10pk £10.59 

6 


Stationery 

Dry Wipe Boards & Accessories 

1 

2 

1. Show-me Magnetic 

Framed Whiteboard 

These boards are both magnetic and 

drywipe on both sides to give pupils 

more space to work. White. Magnetic. 

MA10535 A4 10pk £64.91 

LI00236 A3 Single £21.87 

LI00238 A2 Single £33.11 

041469 A3 5pk £70.21 

4 

6 

6 7 

8 9 

Contents 

Includes 8 magnetic whiteboard pens & magnetic eraser. 

Contents 

Supplied in classpacks of 35 or 100 sets: each set 

consists of 1 x Show-me® board, 1 x mini foam 

eraser and 1 x dry wipe pen. 

3 

5 

10 

10 

Contents 

Each set consists of 

a Show-me board, 

a mini foam eraser 

and a dry wipe pen. 

2. Show-Me Original A4 

Plain Dry Wipe Boards 

Original Show-me plain A4 lap 

boards which are double-sided – both 

sides plain. White. Non-magnetic. 

EE01186 35pk £105.99 

930052 100pk £225.24 

3. Show-Me Supertough A4 

Plain Whiteboard Kits 

A4 whiteboard kits that include 

boards, pens and erasers. 

Supertough Show-me boards are 

85% thicker than the original. They 

are semi rigid solid plastic board 

which are virtually indestructible. 

White. Non-magnetic. 

930041 35pk £162.32 

930042 100pk £398.17 

4. Show-Me Magnetic Boards 

Boards are marked with feint 18mm 

squares one side, plain on the other 

with excellent erasability. Magnetic 

surface both sides. Length 350mm. 

Magnetic. Pack of 6. Width 250mm. 

MAGBD £66.58 

5. Show-me Rigid 

Whiteboards With Lines 

Show-me whiteboards with the 

additional feature of one side 

printed with light-blue lines at 

20mm intervals, plain reverse side. 

A4. Pack of 10. 

032302 £52.99 

6. Wedge Whiteboards 

A great value resource with a double 

sided, dual purpose surface both 

magnetic and dry-wipe. 

MWEDGE A3 £119.24 

047774 A2 £125.86 

7. Show-me Rigid Plain Boards 

High quality A4 plain, double sided 

rigid whiteboards. Featuring premium 

hard wearing glossy surface for great 

erasability. A4. Pack of 10. 

032301 £52.99 

8. NEW Tabletop Magnetic 

Whiteboard Kit 

Write on and wipe off this white 

magnetic board on both sides! 

Perfect for use with magnetic letter, 

numbers or shapes. Write of with 

any dry erase whiteboard markers. 

Magnetic. Single. 

ST45302 A4 £23.84 

ST45301 A3 £26.49 

9. NEW A4 Whiteboard With 

Handle And Pocket 

One side is a large A4 whiteboard 

with a handy handle & the other side 

has a clear pocket folder. Wipe clean 

and reuse! A4. 

ST45335 £17.21 

54 


1. NEW A4 Double Sided 

Whiteboards 

They are double sided and feature 

one side lined and the reverse 

gridded for multipurpose use! 

Pack of 30. 

1 

2 

Whiteboards 

Stationery 

ST45305 £60.29 

2. A4 Superlight Mini 


Kits have everything you need to get 

started, they include th whiteboards, 

drywipe erasers and slim barrel 

drywipe marker pens. 

099128 Whiteboards Kit 10pk £21.19 


012529 Whiteboards Only 10pk £18.54 



3 

3. Superlight Mini 


The hardwearing A4 whiteboards are 

printed on one side with 3 black lines 

at 50mm intervals, plain on the back. 




4. A4 Superlight Whiteboard 

Class Kit 

A4 whiteboard kit containing plain 

superlight whiteboards, which are 

67% lighter than the standard version. 

032514 £68.89 

5. Mini 

Whiteboards Kit 

Great quality complete whiteboard 

user kit. 







Portable Lapboards Class 

Kit 

Contains 30 plain rigid lapboards as 

well as 30 drywipe erasers, 30 slim 

barrelled drywipe pens and 1 750ml 

board spray cleaner. 

007899 £86.11 

7. Portable A3 Plain 

Whiteboards 

Great quality durable, smooth, 

rigid A3 whiteboards. White. Nonmagnetic. 

Pack of 10. 

007539 £27.81 

8. Mini Rigid Lined 

Whiteboards 

To encourage neat handwriting on 

straight lines, these are printed on 

one side and the reverse is unlined 

for freestyle use. White. Pack of 10. 

032298 £25.84 

9. Mini Magnetic 

Whiteboards 

Great value portable magnetic 

whiteboards with a colourful frame. 

910389 10pk £26.49 

910415 30pk £66.24 

4 

6 

8 

30 

30 

10 

Contents 

30 x A4 plain double sided superlight 

whiteboards, 30 x mini drywipe erasers, 

30 x medium bullet tip black drywipe 

pens, 1 x 4 litre clear storage box 

Contents 

30 x superlight A4 750 micron landscape lined 

whiteboards, 30 x mini whiteboard drywipe erasers 

and slim barrel black drywipe pens 

centred around life and learning +44 (0) 28 7134 6767 55 

5 

7 

10 

9 

• Kit includes lap boards, 

erasers and slim barrelled 

black drywipe pens.

GO 

GREEN 

Our range of eco-friendly education products are designed to help schools go green. 

You’ll find everything from pencils to washroom paper – all at the same great quality you can trust 

from us. It’s all part of our commitment to encourage a mote sustainable future. 

To make it easier for you, all our more environmentally friendly products have a green Eco icon 

in the catalogue and on our website. We have selected them according to our Eco principles of 

reduce, re-use, replace and recycle. 

Reduce 

Re-use 

Replace 

Recycle 

Limit the amount of plastic 

and chemicals used. 

Don’t throw your plastic 

items away, repurpose and 

use them again. 

Swap plastic items for more 

eco-friendly materials. 

Discard items that are 

no longer needed in a 

sustainable way, so they can 

be used again. 

Classic Exercise Books 

See from page 12 


Recycled 


See page 25 


Eco Friendly Earth Pens 

See page 35 


Recycled HB 

Pencils 

See page 42 


56 


1. Go Green Recycled 

Scissors 

Go Green school scissors created 

using recycled materials for the 

blades and handles. Cuts cleanly 

through a wide variety of materials. 

Made from recycled. Single. 

1 2 

Scissors 

Stationery 

910179 6” Sharp £2.64 

910177 5” Craft £2.32 

910181 8” Left Handed Multipurpose £3.32 

SS-SS6 8” Multipurpose £3.32 

2. Left Handed Ruler 

Scissors 

Rounded tips and 13cm ruler 

blades make these perfect for the 

classroom. Suitable for cutting paper 

and card. Specifically designed for 

left hands. Pack of 6. 

6 

AR10185 £4.97 

3. Classroom Scissors 

Classroom scissors packs for cutting 

and chopping. Stainless steel bladed 

scissors with colour coded plastic 

handles. They are 130mm long with 

60mm blades. They have 50mm rule 

marking on blade or precise cutting. 

014912 Left-Handed 12pk £5.29 

014906 Right Handed 12pk £5.29 


AR10186 Right Handed 30pk £15.89 

4. Scissor Tidy and Scissors 

This wooden scissor block comes 

complete with 32 pairs of 13cm 

scissors. The scissors have a metric 

rule engraved on the blade. Includes 

six left handed scissors (with green 

and yellow handles). Pack of 32. 

ABLOCK £28.49 

5. Rubber Grip Scissors 

Excellent quality plastic handled 

scissors with rubber inserts for 

greater comfort. They have a 

160mm (6 1/2 “) long plastic handle 

and 75mm (3”) stainless steel blades. 

82910 Single £2.64 

032473 20pk £47.69 

4 5 

3 

6. Grip It Scissors Pack with 

Storage 

The soft grip handles give little 

hands extra comfort and less fatigue 

when cutting. Suitable for use on 

a range of materials. Set includes 

24 x right-handed, 8 x left-handed 

scissors, dual purpose stand/tray, 3 x 

free paper shapers. Pack of 32. 

32 1 

6 7 

AR01268 £34.78 

7. Wooden Scissor Rack and 

Scissors 

This scissor block comes with 32 

pairs of scissors; 26 red for right 

handed users and 6 yellow and 

orange for left handed users. They 

have a rounded, blunt tip for safety. 

Red. Pack of 32. 

014923 £29.82 

32 

32 


Stationery 

Clips, Pins & Fasteners 

1 2 

1. Paper Fasteners 25mm 

013508 500pk £9.26 

2. Tub of Paper Fasteners 

Pack includes two sizes; 19mm and 

13mm. Pack of 400. 

PRFAST £6.30 

500 400 

3 4 

5 6 

500 200 

500 100 

3. Paper Clips Multipack 

013487 L22in 1000pk £5.29 

013488 L33in 1000pk £5.29 

013489 L50in 1000pk £9.26 

025678 Wavy 73mm 100pk £5.29 

4. Paperclips 

Silver. Length 33mm. Pack of 500. 

013514 £4.30 

5. Multi-Coloured Paper 

Clips 

Assorted bright coloured paper 

clips that measure 33mm long. 


013502 £4.97 

6. Treasury Tags 

Pack of 100. 

015291 L25mm £2.98 

015290 L51mm £2.98 

015286 L76mm £3.32 

015285 L102mm £3.32 

015283 L127mm £3.65 

015280 L152mm £3.96 

7. Foldback Clips 

032294 Assorted 19mm 50pk £5.97 

013506 Black 19mm 50pk £5.97 

8. Assorted Rubber Bands 

Made from rubber. Weight 454g. 

014800 Assorted £5.29 

014820 80mm x 1.5mm £4.64 

014830 100mm x 6mm £5.29 

80861 160mm x 3.2mm £5.29 

7 8 

9. Rubber Bands 

Made from rubber. Weight 245g. 

TE00836 Coloured £17.21 

TRB Plain £14.90 

10. Drawing Pins Assorted 

013500 Coloured Drawing Pins 1000pk £6.61 

013504 Brass Drawing Pins 1200pk £7.62 

11. Push Pins Assorted 

Multicoloured. Pack of 200.. 

013510 £4.97 

9 10 11 

58 


1. Rapesco Eco Less Effort 

Hole Punch 

Make hole punching easier with 

this innovative hole punch achieve 

more with less effort. Power assisted 

punching means 60% less force 

required. Reinforced plastic handle 

and robust metal base. Single. 

1 2 

Hole Punches 

Stationery 

EE10666BK Black £13.19 

2. Heavy Duty Hole Punch 

Two hole heavy duty metal hole 

punch with a punching capacity of 

40 sheets. Comes complete with 

paper guide to get the holes lined 

up. 40 Sheets. 

024100 £7.62 

3. Rapesco Single Hole 

Punch 

Traditional all metal plier type crunch 

with a punching capacity of 10 

sheets. Ideal for extra control when 

punching sheets, the single hole 

punch features all metal working 

parts with a metal paper chamber. 

Single. 10 sheets. 

3 4 

014430 £5.29 


This classic punch is rear-loading 

to deliver maximum leverage and 

punching power – to use simply 

place the paper stack into the punch 

from the back. A classic, retro, allmetal 

quality punch with 35 sheet 

(80gsm) punching capacity. 35 

Sheets. Single. 

014421 £13.24 

5. Rapesco Heavy Duty Hole 

Punch 2-4 Holes 

A hard-working hole punch that 

makes effortless work of punching 

up to 200 sheets (80gsm). Made 

with a high level of recycled plastic 

(handle base and cover). P1100 can 

punch up to 100 sheets and P2200 

up to 200 sheets. 

5 6 

EE10372 P1100 Hole Punch £79.49 

029303 P2200 Hole Punch £132.49 

029304 P1100 Cutters £44.39 

029305 P2200 Cutters £58.97 

6. Rapesco Medium Duty 

Hole Punch 

Two hole metal punch complete with 

paper guide and handle lock-down 

switch for easy storage. 25 Sheets. 

Single. 

014422 £10.59 

7. Light Touch Hole Punch 

This small hole punch has a light 

easy to push spring, making it 

perfect for KS1 children starting to 

use tools. Ideal for both the school 

office and the classroom. Pack of 10. 

7 8 

TMHP £19.86 

8. Rapesco Extra Heavy Duty 

Hole Punch 

Two hole metal punch with 

adjustable paper guide with a 

complete aluminium alloy casting 

body. Black. 63 Sheets. Single. 

014426 £25.16 


Stationery 

Hole Punches & Tackers 

1 2 

3 4 

5 6 

7 8 

Contents 

Z T-Pro Tacker- metal die cast body Steel working 

parts and driver blade Takes 13/6,13/8, 53/6 and 

53/8 staples Includes 4000 staples Staple remover 

tool Margin edge adjuster Wrist strap Storage case 

1. Rapesco T8 Lite Staple 

Tacker 

Lightweight and powerful ABS 

tacker with contoured edges and 

lock-down handle. Supplied with 

a wrist strap and a unique stand/ 

margin edge adjuster. Uses 13/4mm 

and 53/4-8mm staples. Blue. Made 

from plastic. Single. 

930130 £9.94 

2. Rapesco T8-Lite Duo 

Staple Tacker 

Features premium steel working 

parts and driver blade and its 

handy staple refill indicator lets 

you know when it is time to reload. 

Multicoloured. Made from metal. 

Single. 

930131 £17.21 

3. Rapesco TACWISE Z1-53 

Metal Staple Tacker 

Powerful metal and polymer bodied 

tacker offering performance, 

comfort and safety. Comfortable 

ergonomic grip with lockdown 

switch for safety. Multicoloured. 

024099 £21.19 

4. Rapesco Mini Due Staple 

Tacker 

A lightweight, bottom loading 

tacker with lock down handle. 

Supplied in a pack of 3 attractive 

transparent colours. Takes 13/6,13/8, 

53/6 and 53/8 staples. Staple refill 

indicator Multicoloured. Made from 

abs plastic. Pack of 3. 

930083 £29.48 

5. Budget Essentials Staple 

Tacker 

Great value, lightweight and 

powerful tacker with handle locking 

for safety and storage. Takes 23/6 

and 23/8 staples Blue. 

014534 £5.97 

6. Rapesco Z T-Pro Staple 

Tacker Kit 

The Rapesco Z T-Pro staple tacker kit 

provides a secure and convenient 

means of keeping tacker items in a 

storage case. Premium steel working 

parts and driver blade for increased 

durability 

015072 £39.74 

7. Rapesco T8 Alu Staple 

Tacker 

Features a unique detachable clip-on 

margin guide and is supplied with a 

removable wrist strap. Silver. 

Made from metal. Single. 

930132 £26.49 

8. General Purpose Metal 

Tacker 

A well-built staple gun for everyday 

use. Robust ABS body with metal 

handle. Internal parts made from 

high quality steel. Takes 23/6 or 23/8 

size staples. Single. 

AR00625 £13.19 

60 


1 2 

Staplers, Staples & Staple Removers 

Stationery 

1. Rapesco Eco Full Strip 

Stapler 

Full strip, top loading stapler, nonslip 

feet and metal chassis plate. 

With a casing made from 100% 

recycled materials, this stapler is 

ideal for home, office or classroom. 

Sheet capacity of up to 20 pages. 

Takes 26/6 and 24/6 staples. 

Black. Single. 

3 4 

016082 £6.61 

2. Skippa Full Strip Stapler 

Practical, full strip, top loading 

stapler allowing you to get through 

office tasks without having to 

replenish staples as often. Full strip, 

top loading stapler with a 20 sheet 

(80gsm) capacity. Single. 

EE01419 £4.97 

3. Heavy Duty Metal Stapler 

Exceptionally robust tacker ideal for 

high volume use. Maximum stapling 

capacity up to 14 mm depth, uses 

23/6-13 or 53/6-14 staples and 18 

gauge brad nails up to L16 mm. 

Features jam removal function. 

Three year guarantee. Single. 

AR00459 £27.81 

4. Rapesco Full Strip Stapler 

Holds a full strip of staples enabling 

you to get through large piles of 

stapling faster. A top loading value 

stapler with 25 sheet capacity 

compatible with both 26/6mm and 

24/6mm Staples. ABS top cap and 

full rubber base. Excellent value for 

money high quality stapler. Black. 

Made from plastic. Single. 

EE01416 £5.97 

5. RAPESCO Staples 

Offering optimum performance for 

the most accurate stapling time after 

time. Suitable for most staplers and 

tackers. 

Staple Size Pack Size 

EE00189 23/6 Box of 1000 £2.32 

930141 23/8 Box of 1000 £2.32 

018138 923/8 Box of 1000 £5.29 

018139 923/10 Box of 1000 £5.63 

84065 53/6 Box of 2000 £3.96 

84066 53/8 Box of 2000 £4.64 

015170 13/6 Box of 5000 £3.96 

015150 26/6 Box of 5000 £2.32 

015130 24/6 Box of 5000 £2.64 

004558 13/8 Box of 5000 £4.64 

EE00188 24/6 Box of 1000 £0.67 

EE00414 26/6 Box of 5000 £2.64 

5 


Stationery 

Pencil Cases & Calculators 

1 2 

12 12 

3 4 

SAVE 

£3 .98 

1. Clear PVC Pencil Case 

Clear pencil case ideal for use in 

exams. Keep all your pens, pencils 

and stationery together. Clear. 

Pack of 12. 

EE11001 H125 x W300mm £22.51 

EE11002 H140 x W200mm £17.21 

2. A4 Clear Pencil Case 

The see through zip wallet is also 

ideal for stationery, pencils, rubbers, 

rulers, colouring pens etc and is 

perfect for use in exams. Colour of 

zip may vary. Pack of 12. A4. 

EE11111 £26.49 

3. PVC Pencil Cases 

A brilliant clear pencil case, perfect 

for storing all of your pens, pencils 

and stationery. Height 125mm. 

Pack of 12. 

EE10333 W200mm £14.56 

EE10334 W330mm £19.86 

4. Clear Shatter Resistant 

30cm Rulers 

This pack of rulers has bevelled 

edges and is marked in cm and mm. 

It is clear, for ease of use. Clear. 

Length 30cm. Made from plastic. 

012018 10pk £2.32 

012427 100pk £19.22 

12 

5 6 

7 8 

5. White 15cm Rulers 



White. Length 150mm. Made 

from plastic. 

012430 10pk £1.99 

012432 50pk £8.28 

6. White Shatter Resistant 

30cm Rulers 



White. Length 30cm. 

023218 10pk £1.99 

023219 100pk £19.22 

7. Handheld 8 Digit 

Calculator 

Calculations are at your pupils’ 

fingertips, with the DH-60C 

Handheld 8-Digit Calculator. The 

basic calculator is dual powered 

(solar/battery), so it is always ready 

for lessons! Rubber keys give 

this calculator a comfortable feel. 


310539 Single £3.43 

310540 30pk £89.44 

8. Texet Educ-8 Calculator 

The TEXET EDUC-8 calculator is 

sturdy for classroom use, with 

Biomaster antibacterial protection. 

This basic calculator is dual powered 

(L1154 battery included), features 

8-digit display, square root, and 

percentage key. 

061515 Single £5.29 

250066 30pk £145.75 

62 


1. Fold-Over Clipboard 

Premium quality foolscap size foldover 

clipboard with a smooth grain 

PVC finish. Enough space to contain 

up to 50 sheets of A4 paper, this is 

great for a variety of tasks. A4. 

1 2 

Clipboards 

ONLY 

£29 .14 

Stationery 

85923 £2.64 

2. PVC Clipboard 

PVC-bound clipboard, providing a 

stable writing and smooth surface 

that supports documents. High 

capacity strong clip that keeps 

documents held securely in place. 

Pack of 10. A4+. 

013388 £29.14 

3. Outdoor Clipboard 

Classpack 

Robust, lightweight plastic 

clipboards suitable for use indoors 

or outdoors. Made from recycled, 

easy clean plastic the design includes 

a strong plastic clip to hold work 

securely even on windy days! Ideal 

for independent mark making, 

drawing and writing activities 

Multicoloured. Pack of 24. A4. 

AR01302 £73.87 

4. Clipboards 

These simple hardboard clipboards 

hold paper securely and provide a 

smooth writing surface. Great for 

taking outside, use for drawing, 

rubbing and for simply attaching 

leaves, twigs and other outdoor 

‘finds’. Made from wood. Pack of 6. 

3 4 

• Strong, all plastic boards & clips - no 

rusting here! 

• Easy to clean, suitable for outdoor use 

• Turns any space into a mark making place 

• Encourages independent mark making 

10 

FROM 

£40 .08 

EC-A5B A5 £40.08 

EC-A4B A4 £48.70 

5. Rapesco PVC A5 

Clipboard 

This PVC covered clipboard has 

an extra-strong, high-capacity clip 

which allows it to grip paper firmly. 

Whilst the protective corners make 

the mechanism gentler on the paper 

and safer to use. Features a handy 

pen holder and hanging hook for 

practicality and ease of storage. 

Black. Single. A5. 

24 10 6 

EE10373 £2.64 

6. Hardboard Clipboard 

Strong clipboards made from 

hardboard. These clip boards have 

a coated front which provides a 

smooth writing or drawing surface 

as well as being waterproof. Ideal for 

outdoor art projects or fieldwork. 

5 6 

ONLY 

£2 .64 

004463 A4 Single £3.32 

032456 A4 30pk £79.49 

004464 A3 Single £3.32 

032457 A3 5pk £15.57 


Stationery 

Filing 

1 2 

1. A4 Dividers 

Get organised with these A4 

dividers. Slot easily in to ring binders 

with the pre-cut holes that easily 

fit in to folders. With 10 sections to 

label as required. 

920111 5 Part Single £0.33 

920112 10 Part Single £0.67 

920890 5 Part 50pk £8.95 

2. A4 Manilla Dividers 

They are Europunched 11 times to 

fit ring binders and lever arch files. 

Multicoloured. A4. Weight 230gsm. 

008857 12 Part Single £1.99 

008858 20 Part Single £4.30 

008356 5 Part 50pk £16.23 

008358 10 Part 25pk £15.24 

3 4 

5 6 

7 8 

3. A4+ Extra Wide Manilla 

Dividers 

Strong, heavyweight 230gsm 

board which is multi-punched 

to fit any standard folder or file. 

Multicoloured. Single. A4+. 230gsm. 

008170 5 Part £1.99 

008172 10 Part £2.32 

4. A4 Manilla Dividers 

Each set features 10 tabs in five 

different colours. Made from 

cardboard. Pack of 25. A4. 

EE01199 £12.59 

5. Extra Wide A4 Index 

Dividers 

Bright white board with multicolour 

mylar tabs and clear reinforced spine 

on every sheet. Made from 230gsm 

board and sold in individual sets. A4. 

Weight 230gsm. 

008165 1-5 set £4.30 

008166 1-10 set £6.30 

008167 1-12 set £6.56 

008168 1-20 set £9.60 

008169 A-Z set £9.60 

6. A4 A-Z Plastic Index 

Dividers 

They are made from plastic, so 

are extra strong and durable. 

Multicoloured. Made from plastic. 

Single. A4. 

008182 A-Z £5.63 

7. A4 Academic Year Index 

Dividers 

Pre-printed tabs and matching 

colour co-ordinated contents page 

allows easy retrieval of curriculum 

material. Multicoloured. Pack of 12. 

A4. 180gsm. 

920110 £5.63 

8. Term Time Index Dividers 

This premium index allows you to 

file your ongoing tasks and projects 

by academic year. Multicoloured. 

Pack of 6. A4. Weight 180gsm. 

920101 £4.30 

64 


1. A4 Punched Pockets 60 

micron 

Premium quality punched pockets. 

They can be inserted into files and 

folders for presenting, with a top 

opening. Clear. Pack of 100. A4. 

Weight 60micron. 

1 2 

Punched Pockets 

Stationery 

84004 £6.61 


Micron 

Transparent copy safe plastic pockets 

with punched holes suitable for 2 

or 4 ring binders. Keep on top of 

all your documents for easy filing 

and storage. Clear. Made from 

polypropylene. A4. 40gsm. 

008090 100pk £2.64 

008448 500pk £11.91 

40 

micron 


micron 

Transparent A4 punched pockets 

suitable for 2 ring or 4 ring binders. 

They are the perfect solution 

for storing and organising your 

documents safely. Clear. A4. Weight 

35micron. 

3 

910102 100pk £2.32 

910288 500pk £10.59 

4. A4 Extra Capacity 

Punched Pockets 

Make filing loose sheets easy with 

these punched pockets. Made 

from strong polypropylene with a 

reinforced spine to support Clear. 

Pack of 100. A4. Weight 50micron. 

82167 £9.94 

60 

micron 

35 

micron 

5. Punched Pockets 

Box of A4 punched pockets made 

with clear polypropylene. Available 

in 60 micron in a box of 100. A4. 

4 5 

EE00644 100pk £9.60 

6. Rapesco Eco Punched 

Pockets - 60 Micron 

Top-opening A4 plastic wallets are 

crystal clear and ideal for protecting 

and presenting your documents, 

100% biodegradable and recyclable. 

Featuring a reinforced perforated 

edge for use in ring binders and 

lever arch files. Pack of 100. A4. 


EE10645 £9.60 

7. A4 Expanding Punched 

Pockets 

Oversized A4 punched pockets. 

Made from heavy duty PVC material 

they are 170 microns thick. Gusseted 

sides for large capacity storage of 

documents and files. Clear. Pack of 

5. A4. Weight 170micron. 

50 

micron 

6 7 

60 

micron 

84566 £5.97 

60 

micron 

170 

micron 


Stationery 

Filing 

1 2 

50 

• Assorted box 

contains 10 of 

each colour: 

yellow, green, blue, 

purple and red 

3 4 

50 

100 

1. Document Wallets Half 

Flap Foolscap 

Length 330mm. Made from manilla. 

Pack of 50. 285gsm. Width 203mm. 

EE11068BL Blue £9.26 

008499 Red £9.26 

008492 Green £9.26 

EE11068MU Multicoloured £9.26 

008498 Purple £9.26 

008493 Orange £9.26 

EE11068YE Yellow £9.26 

008494 Pink £9.26 

2. Box Files 

Made from laminate. A4. 

910296 Assorted 10pk £43.71 

910291 Red £5.63 

910295 Purple £5.63 

910293 Black £5.63 

910292 Yellow £5.63 

910368 Pink £5.63 

910290 Green £5.63 

910289 Blue £5.63 

3. Document Wallets Half 

Flap Foolscap 

Length 330mm. Pack of 50. Weight 

225gsm. Width 203mm. 

910268 Green £7.94 

910267 Blue £7.94 

015309 Buff £7.94 

015308 Pink £7.94 

910270 Yellow £7.94 

910269 Red £7.94 

4. Budget Essentials A4 Cut 

Flush Folders 

A4 translucent cut flush folder with 

top and side opening. 

900158 £9.26 

5 6 

5 

5. Rapesco A4 Wallet Box File 

High quality, versatile filing solution, 

capable of holding up to 400 pages. 


EE01440 £22.20 

6. Lever Arch Files A4 

Made from laminate. A4. 

910369 Pink £2.64 

910299 Red £2.64 

910297 Blue £2.64 

910303 Purple £2.64 

910298 Green £2.64 

910300 Yellow £2.64 

910301 Black £2.64 

910302 Orange £2.64 

910304 Assorted 10pk £26.49 

7 8 

Contents 

Assorted box contains: 2 each of purple, blue, 

red, green and 1 each of yellow and black. 

7. Lever Arch Files A4 

Great value, paper-on-board A4 lever 

arch files. Pack of 10. A4. 

EE00425 Multicoloured £31.14 

023730 Green £31.14 

023731 Red £31.14 

023729 Blue £31.14 

EE00424 Black £31.14 

023734 Purple £31.14 

023732 Yellow £31.14 

8. NEW Leitz Recycled Black 

Box File 

Premium quality recycled highcapacity 

Box File with closure, 

suitable for A4 paper. 

ST45331 £10.59 

66 


1. Ring Binders A4 

Made from laminate. Pack of 10. A4. 

910370 Pink £14.56 

910309 Black £14.56 

910307 Red £14.56 

910310 Orange £14.56 

910311 Purple £14.56 

910306 Green £14.56 

910305 Blue £14.56 

910308 Yellow £14.56 


1 

• Assorted box of 10 includes: 

2 each of purple and blue and 

1 each of red, yellow, black, green, 

orange and pink. 

• A 40mm spine complete with 

label 

Filing 

Stationery 

2. Plastic Bound Ring 

Binders 


10 

023716 Yellow £21.87 

023715 Red £21.87 

023713 Blue £21.87 

023714 Green £21.87 

023719 Purple £21.87 

2 

3 

3. Rapesco Ring Binder A4 

2-Ring 25mm 


EE01422 Clear £26.49 

EE01423 Multicoloured £26.49 

4. A4+ Project Presentation 

Files 

Blue. Made from pvc. Pack of 50. 

A4+. 

• 2 ring 

mechanism 

with a 

40mm spine 

10 

10 

• Assorted pack 

colours: 2 each 

of aqua, lime, 

ruby, purple 

and blue 

007882 £47.04 

5. Budget Essentials Project- 

Presentation Files 


4 5 

032292 Orange £3.96 

032291 Pink £3.96 

910275 Red £3.96 

910276 Yellow £3.96 

000107 Purple £3.96 

910274 Black £3.96 

910273 Green £3.96 

910272 Blue £3.96 


50 10 

10 

• Assorted pack 

contains 2 

each of blue, 

green, black, 

red and yellow 

6. Flipfile Display Books 

Recycled environmentally friendly 

display book to suit all A4 paper 

documents. Made from 50% 

recycled plastic. 

6 7 

008232 10 A4 10 Pockets £3.32 

008233 20 A4 20 Pockets £3.96 

012938 40 A4 40 Pockets £5.97 

7. A4 Project Presentation 

Document Files 


88245 £25.16 

8. NEW Leitz Recycle Black 

Display Book 

Premium quality display book, 20 

pockets, suitable for A4. Depth 

310mm. Height 13mm. Width 231mm. 

ST45333 £10.59 

8 9 

100 

• Pack contains 

25 each of red, 

blue, green 

and yellow 


Project File 

Premium quality recycled expanding 

file with 5 compartments and 

closure, suitable for A4. Depth 

41mm. Height 240mm. Width 

330mm. 

ST45332 £15.89 


Stationery 

Filing 

1 2 

1. Rapesco Foolscap Clear 

Popper Wallet 

Durable transparent polypropylene 

files Clear storage wallets with a 

foldover flap with colour coordinated 

press stud closure to 

keep contents safe and secure. Pen 

holder cut-out under the curved flap. 

Clear. Length 330mm. Made from 

polypropylene. Pack of 5. Width 

203mm. 

920155 £5.97 

5 

3 4 

5 

2. Rapesco Bright Popper 

Wallets 

Get organised with these bright 

foolscap sized popper wallets. 

Durable transparent polypropylene 

files with a foldover flap and colour 

co-ordinating press stud closure 

to keep contents safe and secure. 

Pack of 5. 

920148 Foolscap Assorted £5.97 

920147 Foolscap Blue £5.29 

014486 A5 Assorted £3.32 


Foolscap Popper Wallets 

See-through popper wallet 

paper organisers. Transparent 

polypropylene files with a foldover 

flap and colour co-ordinated press 

stud closure to keep contents safe 

and secure. Length 330mm. Made 

from polypropylene. Pack of 5. 

Width 203mm. 

900120 Clear 5pk £2.32 

900122 Pink 5pk £2.32 

900121 Blue 5pk £2.32 

900123 Yellow 5pk £2.32 

920892 Assorted 20pk £8.62 

5 

5 5 

4. Rapesco Eco Popper 

Wallets 

100% biodegradable and recyclable 

A4+ popper wallets. A multiple 

use file which can even be used for 

storing small objects for craft, art or 

classroom use. Transport documents 

safely between office or classroom. 

Pack of 5. A4+. 


046908 Clear £2.98 

5. Popper Wallets 

Transparent polypropylene files with 

a press stud closure to keep contents 

safe and secure. These A4 plastic 

popper wallets will help protect 

important documents from wear 

and tear. Made from polypropylene. 


014541 Clear £3.32 

EE10586YE Yellow £3.32 

EE10586RE Red £3.32 

EE10586MU Multicoloured £3.32 

910505 Purple £3.32 

EE10586GR Green £3.32 

EE10586BL Blue £3.32 

5 

• Assorted pack contains 

1 each of blue, green, 

red, yellow and black 

68 


Flipfile Zip Wallets Great quality, 

transparent zip wallets with 

coloured zip details. • 125 micron 

• Single colour packs of 25 

• Assorted packs of 100 include: 

25 each of yellow, green, blue and 

red • Available in 5 different sizes: 

A5, A4, A4+, A4++ and A3 

1 

Filing 

Stationery 

Please note: contents not included 

2 

1. Flipfile A5 Plastic Zip 

Wallets 

EE11072 Blue 25pk £17.21 

008617 Red 25pk £17.21 

008615 Yellow 25pk £17.21 

008616 Green 25pk £17.21 

900161 Assorted 100pk £59.61 


Wallets 

008613 Yellow 25pk £17.55 

008624 Green 25pk £17.55 

008612 Red 25pk £17.55 

008614 Blue 25pk £17.55 

900162 Assorted 100pk £63.59 

3 

3. Flipfile A4+ Plastic Zip 

Wallets 

008625 Yellow 25pk £17.21 

008610 Green 25pk £17.21 

EE11071 Blue 25pk £17.21 

008609 Red 25pk £17.21 

900163 Assorted 100pk £46.36 

4. Flipfile A4++ Plastic Zip 

Wallets 

008626 Red 25pk £20.54 

008606 Yellow 25pk £20.54 

EE11075 Blue 25pk £20.54 

008607 Green 25pk £20.54 

900164 Assorted 100pk £70.21 

4 


Wallets 

EE11074 Blue 25pk £22.85 

920107 Green 25pk £22.85 

920105 Red 25pk £22.85 

920106 Yellow 25pk £22.85 

900165 Assorted 100pk £90.09 

5 

6. Heavy Duty Zip Wallets 

Clear PVC zip storage bags 

reinforced with white mesh. 

83893 125mm x 325mm £9.94 

920104 A5+ £9.94 

83892 A4 £10.59 

83891 A3 £13.24 

6 

5 

25 


Office Equipment 

Desktop Storage 

1 2 

1. Four Drawer Desktop Unit 

Ideal for organising notes and letters 

or for use as a teacher’s pigeonhole. 

Height 24.6cm. Length 29.2cm. 

Made from plastic. Single. Width 

38.6cm. 

EE01273 £41.40 

2. Antibacterial 4 Drawer 

Desktop Module 

This storage unit has four 

generously sized drawers which can 

hold up to 450 sheets of paper or 

documents, files and elastic folders 

up to 240 x 320mm in size. Height 

246mm. Length 292mm. Single. 

Width 386mm. 

EE11153 £56.96 

3 4 

5 6 

3. Multi Colour Mini 

Storage Module 

This brightly coloured desk organiser 

is a great addition for the office or 

classroom. It is ideal for arranging 

all your small accessories such 

as pens, stapler, notes etc.Depth 

175mm. Height 185mm. Single. 

Width 186mm. 

EE11150 £38.41 

4. Mini Storage Module 

This module is ideal for gathering 

and arranging all your small 

accessories and supplies. Black. 



EE11151 £38.41 

5. Desktop Pigeon Hole 

Organiser 

Tough corrugated board pigeon 

hole organiser. Supplied flat packed 

for self-assembly. Depth 330mm. 

Height 385mm. Width 585mm. 

013226 Single £59.61 

EE11012 4pk £76.84 

3 

6. Wall Mounted Document 

File 

Capable of securely storing large 

quantities of documents and files 

including postal tubes. Height 

86mm. Length 361mm. Made from 

plastic. Pack of 3. Width 270mm. 

EE01255 Clear £33.11 

7 8 

7. Assorted Desk Pots 

Encourage tidy children with these 

break-resistant vibrant desk pots. 

Depth 9cm. Height 9cm. Pack of 12. 

Width 9cm. 

EE00231 £19.86 

8. Helix Coloured Pots 

Organise your room with these Helix 

pots. Ideal for keeping everyday 

tools such as pens and pencils. 

Depth 7.5cm. Height 8cm. Pack of 

12. Width 7.5cm. 

EE10491 £13.24 

70 


1. Bamboo Desk Tidy 

This creative storage box has 5 

compartments to store all your 

office equipment and keep 

everything looking tidy. Height 

15cm. Length 22.7cm. Made from 

bamboo. Single. Width 9.7cm. 

EE11154 £23.84 

2. Bamboo Letter Trays 

These elegantly designed desktop 

trays give ample room to store A4 

papers, folders, notebook and more. 

Height 7.5cm. Length 34cm. Made 

from bamboo. Pack of 2. Width 

25.2cm. 

EE11157 £29.48 

1 

Desktop Storage 

• Made from FSC 

certified wood. Elegant, 

Scandinavian design for 

a pleasant atmosphere. 

• Protective varnish makes 

the product waterproof. 

Does not contain any 

nails or screws. 


3. Antibacterial Letter Tray 

This letter tray has a contemporary 

design harmonising with all styles of 

offices. It has the addition of a safe 

silver ion bactericidal agent in this 

product permanently eliminates the 

presence and growth of bacteria for 

life.Height 66mm. Length 384mm. 


2 

3 

EE11152 £4.64 


Letter Tray 

Robust recycled Letter Tray, suitable 

for A4 papers. Depth 385mm. 


ST45328 £9.26 


Magazine File 

Robust recycled Magazine File with 

thumbhole, suitable for A4 papers. 


Width 75mm. 

ST45329 £9.26 

6. Leitz Click & Store 

Magazine File 

Magazine file with label holder for 

indexing on the back and front. 

Collapsible for space saving storage 

when not in use. Depth 253mm. 

Height 330mm. Single. Width 

103mm. 

EE10623BL Blue £7.94 

EE10623PU Purple £7.94 

EE10623BK Black £7.94 

7. Antibacterial Desk 

Organiser 

This compact and elegant desk 

organiser features anti-skid rubber 

feet and is 100% recyclable. Height 

93mm. Length 148mm. Single. 

Width 158mm. 

EE11156 £17.21 

8. File Sorter 

This 6 module vertical sorter set can 

be used either as a book rack or 

cupboard shelf organizer. Height 

22cm. Width 30cm. 

EE10469 £25.16 


Waste Bin 

Robust recycled Waste Paper Bin, 

15L capacity. Depth 290mm. Height 


Robust recycled Waste Paper Bin, 

15L capacity. 

CL45334 £10.59 

2 

4 5 

6 7 

8 9 


ea cleaning materials 

ea tender fmm-21-009 

supply and delivery of cleaning 

materials 

great value cleaning materials all 

available to order on your iproc store! 

72 


1. Secure Cash Boxes 

Made from heavy gauge steel casing, 

powder coating enamel finish and 

strong bolted nickel-plated handle, 

these cash boxes are amongst the 

most secure available. 

EE11000 L190mm £16.23 

013370 L250mm £18.54 

2. Outdoor Waterproof 

Stainless Steel Wall Clock 

Waterproof clock perfect ideal for 

outdoor learning areas or in places 

of high humidity such as swimming 

pools. Diameter 355mm. Single. 

1 2 

Storage & Security 


EE01236 £76.52 

3. Silent Clock 

Stylish, modern 30cm diameter wall 

clock with silent quartz movement. 

Anti-shock plastic case with 

matching tips to the hour, minute 

and second hands and safety glass. 

1 x AA battery included. 

3 4 

EE10683BK Black £18.54 

EE10683GY Grey £18.54 

EE10683WH White £18.54 

4. 12 Hour Analogue Clocks 

White plastic cased wall clock with 

shatterproof lens and 12 hour 

marking. Depth 40mm. 

050230 Diam 215mm £13.24 

050240 Diam 255mm £18.54 

050250 Diam 300mm £29.14 

004129 Diam 420mm £50.34 

5. Digital LCD Radio 

Controlled Clock 

Radio controlled movement that 

updates regularly during the day to 

ensure 100% time keeping, accuracy 

and automatic summer and winter 

time changes. Wall mountable so 

can be used in the classroom. 

5 6 

740004 £39.74 

6. 24 Hour Analogue Clock 

White plastic cased wall clock 

with shatterproof lens and 24 

hour marking. Quartz movement 

with second hand, black and red 

numerals on a white background. 

Diameter 215mm. 

052048 £14.56 

7. Wall Mountable Digital 

Exam Clock 

Digital LCD clock with a viewing 

distance of up to 30 meters. Suitable 

for both wall and desk mounting. 

Available with a battery powered, 

radio control movement. 100% 

accuracy and automatically updates 

for summer/winter time changes. 

7 8 

040593 £33.11 

8. Radio Controlled Wall 

Mountable Clocks 

White plastic wall mountable 

clock with shatterproof lens. Once 

set correctly, offers complete 

time keeping as clock changes 

automatically in March and October 

to account for daylight saving time. 

740005 Diam 250mm £44.39 

720105 Diam 420mm £66.24 



Laminators & Laminating Pouches 

1 2 

• Auto reverse function to prevent jams 

• Fast 4 minute warm up time 

• Automatic sleep mode after 30 

minutes of inactivity 

3 4 

5 6 

• Compact, stylish and easily carried or stored 

• Laminating speed of 54 seconds per A4 pouch 

• Ready to use indicator light and “ready beep” 

• Smooth lamination, whisper quiet operation 

• Laminates up to 500 micron (2 x 250) 

pouches 

• Two minute warm up speed 

• Auto reverse to prevent misfeeds 

• Supplied with one A4 and one A3 

pouch carrier 

• Protect and preserve your documents 

with a high gloss finish to keep colours 

bright and bold 

• Refillable cartridges reduce running costs 

vs a standard film cartridge 

• Sensors automatically detect the film 

thickness and adapts settings when a 

new cartridge is loaded 

• Auto reverse function to prevent jams 

• Auto shut off after 30 minutes of 

inactivity, reducing energy consumption 

• One minute warm-up time 

1. Fellowes Spectra 

Laminator 

A user-friendly laminator, perfect 

for moderate use in small office 

environments. Fast warm up time of 

only 4 minutes. Laminates up to 250 

micron (2 x 125) pouches. Features 

auto reverse function to prevent 

jams. 

034438 A4 £70.21 

034437 A3 £83.46 

2. Academy+ A3 Laminator 

with FREE pouches 

GBC Academy+ is specifically 

designed to meet the rigorous 

demands of the classroom and busy 

school office. Built to withstand 

frequent everyday use with a 

protective pouch carrier, it reliably 

handles all kinds of different 

materials. 

039879 £238.49 

3. GBC Foton 30 A3 

Laminator 

Simple and easy-to-use, the Foton 

30 A3 laminator is perfect for any 

high volume day-to-day lamination 

requirements. For the first time, 

users can simply press a button and 

leave the machine to produce high 

quality laminated documents, every 

time. Automatically laminates up 

to 30 sheets of A4 or A3 paper. It 

can also laminate odd shapes and 

banners. Single. A3. 

ST10956 £794.99 

4. GBC Refillable Gloss 

Film Cartridges For Auto 

Laminator 

These unique and refillable 

laminating film cartridges are 

designed for use with the GBC Foton 

30 automatic laminator. Foton 30 

is now even more productive with 

easy load refillable cartridges which 

reduce costs and improve efficiency. 

ST10955 

Cartridge incl Film 

75micron 

£62.94 

ST10953 


100micron 

£62.94 

ST10954 


125micron 

£62.94 

ST11230 Film 75micron £56.32 



5. GBC Fusion 1100L A3 

Laminator 

The Fusion 1100L A3 laminator is 

designed for the smaller office, 

lighter use. Stylish and compact for 

storage, it warms up in 3 minutes 

and laminates a single document up 

to A3 size in under a minute. 

014827 £119.24 

6. Fellowes Saturn 3i 

Laminator 

With a quick warm-up time, this 

laminator enables you to get on with 

your tasks quickly and effectively. 

Ideally suited for both schools 

and offices it is ready to laminate 

in just 60 seconds with InstaHeat 

Technology. 

042921 A3 £172.24 

74 


1. Armoured660 Heavy Duty 

Laminator 

The Swordfish Armoured660 is a fast 

steel-cased heavy duty laminator. 

It is equipped with sophisticated 

variable temperature control, large 

26.5mm precision rollers and a steel 

cooling plate – all of which combine 

to give perfect lamination. 

EE10384 A3 £202.40 

EE10383 A2 £264.99 

2. Peak Heavy Duty 

Educational Laminators 

The Peak A2 and A3 range is 

reliable, efficient and provides 

versatile lamination for a multitude 

of documents. Ideal for use within 

an educational environment. Very 

robust and easy to use. 

EE11015 A3 £317.99 

EE11098 A2 £397.49 

3. Card Carrier Pouch 

Carriers protect your laminator from 

adhesives from pouches and allow 

lamination of awkward shapes and 

thicknesses of artwork etc. Ensure 

your documents stay even and flat. 

Pack of 10. 

EE11030 A3 £13.24 

EE11031 A4 £9.26 

4. Matt Laminating Pouches 

Matt finish pouches have a low light 

reflection and give a modern matt 

finished laminate. High quality with 

low melt polyester. Pack of 100. 


005299 A3 £33.11 

018324 A4 £18.54 

1 2 

• Sophisticated variable 

temperature control 

• Precision Rollers 

• Reverse Control 

3 4 

Laminators & Laminating Pouches 

FROM 

£317 .99 


5. Laminating Pouches with 

Free Carriers 

Premium quality A4 gloss laminating 

pouches. Also included are carrier 

pouches to help protect your 

laminator. A4. 

023763 150micron 80pk £15.89 

023802 150micron 160pk £17.21 

023803 200micron 160pk £30.46 

023764 200micron 80pk £31.79 

6. Gloss Laminating 

Pouches 

Standard gloss pouches for general 

purpose use. Ideal for protecting 

your documents with a durable, 

wipe clean surface. Pack of 100. A4. 

008880 A4 150micron £10.59 

008881 A4 250micron £13.24 

EE10564 A3 150micron £17.21 

023762 A3 200micron £19.86 

EE10565 A3 250micron £26.49 

10 100 

5 6 

100 



Shredders 

1 2 

• P4 Security Rating 

• 50 sheets auto 

• 8 sheets manual 

• 20L pull out bin 

3 4 



• 6 sheets manual 

• 44L bin pull out 

5 6 




• 20 mins run time 

• P4 Cross Cut 

• 8 Sheets 

• Quiet DC Motor 

• Lift off head 

1. Rexel Auto Shredder 

Optimum AutoFeed+ 50 

Cross Cut 

The Rexel Optimum Auto Feed+ cross 

cut shredder automatically shreds 

up to 50 A4 sheets of paper (80gsm) 

at a time into P4 (4x28mm) cross 

cut pieces. This auto feed shredder 

machine is ideal for use as an office 

shredder due to its compact 20L bin. 

EE11102 £206.69 



Cross Cut 

The Rexel Optimum Auto 

Feed+ 100X cross cut shredder 

automatically shreds up to 100 A4 

sheets of paper (80gsm) at a time 

into P4 (4x28mm) cross cut pieces. 

This auto feed shredder machine is 

ideal for use as an office shredder 

due to its compact 34L bin. 

EE11103 £291.49 



Micro Cut 

The Rexel Optimum Auto Feed+ 

150M micro cut shredder 

automatically shreds up to 150x A4 

sheets of paper (80gsm) at a time, 

into P-5 (2x15mm) micro cut pieces. 

This auto feed shredder machine 

is a sophisticated office shredder, 

featuring a 44L pull out bin. 

EE11105 £442.54 

4. Rexel Personal Shredder 

Secure X10-SL UK Cross 

Cut 

The Rexel Secure X10SL shredder 

will correctly dispose of confidential 

documents within its powerful yet 

compact design. The shredder has 

a continuous run time of 6 minutes 

and can shred up to 8 sheets at 

once. 

EE11101 £132.83 

5. Rexel Compact Shredder 

X420 Cross Cut 

The Rexel Momentum X420 provides 

a compact, efficient and innovative 

shredding solution for the office. 

Utilising anti jam technology to 

prevent paper jams and simple touch 

panel control for easy usage. 

EE11110 £463.74 

6. Rexel Momentum X410 

Cross-Cut Shredder 

The ability to shred up to 10 sheets 

in one go, a 6 minute continuous 

run time and anti-jam technology, 

the X410 provides the power to 

shred more! The high P-4 security 

level also allows for the shredding of 

confidential documents. 10 Sheets. 

10gsm. Volume 23l. 

EE11108 £126.87 

• P4 Cross Cut (4x30mm) 

• Up to 12 sheets in one go 

• Shreds staples and paper clips 

• Quiet operation 



• Up to 6 minutes run time 

• 23L bin 

76 



Cross Cut Shredder 






panel control for easy usage. Shreds 

up to 12 sheets in one go and runs 

continuously for 6 minutes. 

047156 £125.86 

1 2 

Shredders 


2. Rexel Optimum 

Autofeed+ Shredder 100x 

The Rexel Optimum Auto Feed+ 

100X cross cut shredder auto 

feeds up to 100 sheets of A4 paper 

(80gsm) at a time. Manual slot 

for up to 8 sheets. P-4 cross cut 

(4x28mm) with anti-jam technology. 

Shreds credit cards, staples and 

paper clips. 20 minutes continuous 

run time with fan cooling. Sleep 

mode activates after 3 minutes of 

non use. 

047127 £291.49 


• P3 Cross Cut (5x42mm) 

• Up to 6 minutes run time 

• Shreds staples and paper clips 

• Cross Cut P4 Security (cuts an 

A4 sheet into 400 pieces) 

• Shreds 100 sheets automatically 

or 8 sheets manually 


• Integrated fan to provide 

extended run time 





automatically shreds up to 150 

sheets of A4 paper (80gsm) at a 

time. Manual slot for up to 8 sheets. 

This auto feed shredder machine 

is a sophisticated office shredder, 

featuring anti-jam technology with a 

44L pull out bin. 

3 4 

047129 £405.78 





automatically shreds up to 300 

sheets of A4 paper (80gsm) at a 

time. Manual slot for up to 10 

sheets. This auto feed shredder 

machine is a sophisticated office 

shredder, featuring a 60L pull out 

bin. 60 minutes continuous run 

time with fan cooling. Sleep mode 

activates after 3 minutes of non use. 

• Cross Cut P4 Security (cuts an 

A4 sheet into 400 pieces) 

• Shreds 150 sheets automatically 

or 8 sheets manually 

• 44L pull out bin 



• Touch panel controls and 

quiet operation 



• Shreds 300 sheets auto or 

10 sheets manual 

047131 £589.95 

5. Rexel Secure X10-SL 

UK Cross Cut Slimline 

Shredder 

The Rexel Secure X10SL shredder 

will correctly dispose of confidential 

documents within its powerful yet 

compact design. The shredder has 

a continuous run time of 6 minutes 

and can shred up to 10 sheets at 

once. 

5 6 

047153 £140.12 


Cross Cut Shredder 






panel control for easy usage. Shreds 

up to 20 sheets in one go and runs 

continuously for 240 minutes. 

047158 £467.71 


• 10 Sheets 

• Low Noise Motor 

• 18L Bin 

• Shreds up to 20 sheets in one go 

• 30L Bin 

• P4 Cross Cut Security so cuts A4 

sheet into 400 pieces 

• Continuous run time of 4 hours 



Binders & Trimmers 

1 2 

3 4 

1. Heavy Duty Trimmers 

These heavy duty trimmers are designed 

for high volume use in busy areas. Safe 

and easy to use, they provide smooth 

accurate trimming of paper, card, 

laminating pouches and plastic film. 

016097 A4 £115.26 

016098 A3 £172.24 

016099 A2 £198.74 

024982 A1 £304.74 

024983 A0 £331.92 

2. Avery P880 A1 Precision 

Trimmer 

Avery precision guillotines trimmers 

are designed to the highest 

standards for ultimate precision 

and performance. A1 size and can 

cut up to 20 sheets in one go. Ideal 

for office or school cutting of large 

sheets of paper or card. Single. 

065641 £368.68 

3. SuperCut Professional 

Trimmer 

SuperCut paper trimmers deliver 

precise, smooth cutting, time after 

time. A high quality self-sharpening 

rotary trimmer. Designed for high 

volume usage ideal for schools, 

colleges and offices. 18gsm. 

032316 A4 £122.57 

AR00464 A3 £158.99 

AR00465 A2 £236.18 

AR00626 A1 £354.10 

032320 A0 £442.54 

5 6 

7 8 

100 

4. Avery Office Trimmers 

Effortlessly slice through up to 12 

sheets of paper with this lightweight 

office paper trimmer. Lightweight but 

strong and sturdy making it ideal for 

everyday cutting in the office. 

040441 A3 £62.26 

040442 A4 £48.70 

5. Avery Precision A3 

Trimmer 

Ideal for large volumes of paper 

trimming, the self sharpening blades 

provide a smooth, accurate cutting 

action every time. A hard working 

guillotine for precision and performance. 

Can cut up to 30 sheets (80gsm). Single. 

EE01458 £185.83 

6. Clear Binding Report Covers 

Protect your projects or documents 

with these clear covers. Clear. Pack of 

100. A4. 

EE11011 £17.89 

7. GBC C250 Pro Comb Binder 

A manual punch and binding 

machine. A4 binder that can punch 

up to 20 sheets and binds up to 450 

sheets at one time. A versatile high 

volume tough and durable machine 

ideal for everyday use. Single. 

510171 £503.49 

8. Binding Combs 

A range of A4 plastic combs to fit a 

Comb Binder and Multi-Functional 

Binding machines only. Made from 

plastic. 

018276 45 Sheets £7.94 

000325 145 Sheets £14.90 

78 


furniture & storage 

contents 

80-101 tables & chairs 

102-104 dining 

105-128 storage 

129-133 book storage 

134-147 soft furnishings 

148-157 office, reception & breakout 

158-165 display 

166-174 outdoor 

175-176 gardening 

177-192 early years 


79

Design a classroom 

fit for the future 

Next generation learning spaces 

are more responsive to the 

different tasks children are asked 

to undertake as they develop skills 

for the future. With learning at the 

heart of their design, these spaces 

support: 

• exploration, experimentation and free 

thinking 

• focused gatherings for peer to peer 

presentation or time with a teacher 

• collaboration, knowledge sharing and 

creativity 

• reflection, contemplation and pupil 

autonomy 

You don’t need a lot of furniture to facilitate 

these kind of spaces. You just need the right 

furniture used in the right way, and there is 

much we can advise on. 

Explore 

Learning board 

FF45667 

80 


Gather 

Heppell Bench, tiered seating 

FF45712 

Collaborate 

Zig Zag, portable work surface 

FF45704 

No matter what your priorities are, large 

scale or smaller projects, we can help you to 

create a space that meets your pupils needs. 

We are passionate about putting children 

and their learning first, and have a dedicated 

team of specialists on hand with experience in 

educational space design from across the world. 

Together we’re leading change and driving a 

new direction, creating learning spaces fit for 

the future. 

Find out more at 

www.creative-activity.co.uk/furniture, 

or email sales@creative-activity.co.uk 

Reflect 

Little Retreat 

FF45668 


EXPRESS DELIVERY 

ON SELECTED CERNITURE ITEMS 

Including tables, chairs, office furniture, display and presentation boards, early years furniture 

and outdoor ranges. 

Look out 

for this 

See page 87 

We have a selected range of furniture 

that can be delivered to you on a 

faster than normal service. This can 

range from next day delivery for items 

in stock, to delivery up to 10 working 

days, faster than the standard number 

of weeks. 

See the full Express range online at 

creative-activity.co.uk/furniture 

Take a look at individual items on our website for up to date delivery times. 

CREATE INSPIRING 

SPACES 

FREE 

Whether refurbishing a room, opening a brand 

new nursery or school, or looking to improve your 

outdoor area, we’re here to help. 

Our dedicated, friendly team will help manage 

your project, saving you time and money. 

• Orders are managed from quote to delivery 

• Expertise on furniture and education resources 

• Guidance on the latest discounts and special 

offers 

Get in touch to find out more about 

our FREE project management and 

design services. 

Email: sales@creative-activity.co.uk 

no obligation 

project management and design services 

We can help with space planning and design too. 

We work with leading suppliers that can provide 

a plan view of your space or 3D visualisations. 

Just email us to find out more. 

We provide professional 

advice and support for: 

• Classrooms 

• Dining areas 

• Office, staffroom and 

reception areas 

• Sensory spaces 

• Libraries 

• Early Years settings 

82 



Tables & Chairs 

Classroom Chairs 

1 

SAVE 

£66 .25 

1. Valencia Chair 

Superb value chair that will easily 

withstand the daily rigours of any 

classroom environment. The plastic 

moulded seat and back have been 

designed to promote the correct 

sitting posture. Stack up to 8 high. 

One piece plastic seat, designed 

to be extremely durable, yet 

lightweight. 

Rigid 25mm tubing legs with durable 

powder paint coating. Non-scuff 

floor protection cups to bottom of 

chair legs. Double bars beneath the 

seat pad ensures extra rigidity to the 

design. Back hand hold, designed for 

easy lifting. 

Maximum weight capacity 200kgs. 

Height of back from seat 25cm. 

Colour co-ordinated tables and 

storage solutions also available. 

Seat width of all Valencia Chairs is 

29cm and the chair width is 38cm. 

Made from polypropylene. Supplied 

fully assembled. 

30pk Colours available 

PU RE GR 

BL 

To choose your colour add the 2 letters to 

the end of your order code e.g. CE10610RE 

Seat Height Code Price 30pk 

260 mm CE10308 £768.11 

310 mm CE10309 £887.36 

350 mm CE10310 £927.11 

380 mm CE10311 £966.86 

Seat Height Purple Red Blue Vivid Green Price 1-29 

260 mm CE06744 CE07139 CE07140 CE20412 £27.81 

310 mm CE06745 CE07142 CE07143 CE20413 £31.79 

350 mm CE06746 CE07145 CE07146 CE20414 £33.11 

380 mm CE06747 CE07148 CE07149 CE20415 £34.44 

2 

Colours available 

BL CH OR PU RE 

To choose your colour add the 2 letters to the end of 

your order code e.g. CE10610RE 

Seat Height Code Price 

430 mm FF45525 £30.46 

460 mm FF45526 £31.79 

2. NEW ErgoStak Chair 

Durable and with a sleek modern 

look, the ErgoStak is designed to 

achieve higher levels of postural 

support. Manufactured to be 

maintenance-free, the ergonomic 

design enables greater levels of 

comfort and student concentration. 

3 


260 mm FF45830 £695.63 

310 mm FF45832 £755.25 

350 mm FF45834 £848.00 

380 mm FF45836 £874.50 

430 mm FF45837 £993.75 

460 mm FF45838 £1,020.25 

510 mm FF45839 £1,139.50 

3. NEW Ergos Chair 30pk 

Ergos chairs are designed to provide 

exceptional strength and stability. 

Encourage healthy posture and 

improve the attention of students 

in the classroom thanks to the 

comfortable, ergonomic design. 

Pack of 30. 


AC SB LD MB LP 

TT BL BD LG LH OR 

To choose your colour add the 2 letters to the end of your order code e.g. CE10610RE 

84 


1 



SAVE 

£13 .25 

1. Postura Plus Chairs 

Ergonomically designed, one piece chair, promoting 

good posture and exceptional comfort. Angled back 

and legs provide excellent stability and help to prevent 

tipping and rocking. Super strong, this polypropylene, 

one piece chair is low maintenance and easy to keep 

clean, wipe down and spray with sanitiser. No moving 

parts, no high-wear materials, ideal for creating safer 

learning spaces. Manufactured from solid injection 

moulding, so the hollow legs are firmly fixed, resist being 

twisted and require no maintenance. 

Seat Height 1-29 30 Pack 


AG AB IB SY 

PR SG LZ TZ 

FROM 

£34 .44 

260 mm CE0445 £34.44 CE0918£1,019.86 

310 mm CE0395 £35.76 CE0938£1,059.61 

350 mm CE0286 £37.09 CE0179£1,099.36 

380 mm CE0742 £38.41 CE0435£1,139.11 

430 mm CE0411 £39.74 CE0450£1,178.86 

460 mm CE0100 £41.06 CE0101£1,218.61 

GC 

FG 

PB 

To choose your colour add the 2 

letters to the end of your order code 

e.g. CE10610RE 

260mm only available in IB, FG, SY, PR 

Stack up to 12 high 

2. Titan One Piece Chair 

Ergonomic design which encourages correct posture. 

Anti-tilt unique leg system prevents children leaning 

back. Lightweight and stackable: up to 12 high The 

first one piece polypropylene chair that has attained 

EN1729 Parts 1 and 2 Certification. The benefit of a fully 

polypropylene chair is its longevity (15 years), comfort 

and safety and the Titan achieves this and more. Good 

posture not only means our children will be healthier, it 

also means that they should be more comfortable and 

therefore more attentive in class. 


260 mm CE10967 £25.16 

310 mm CE10968 £26.49 

350 mm CE10969 £27.81 

380 mm CE10970 £27.81 

430 mm CE10971 £33.11 

460 mm CE10972 £34.44 

ALL ITEMS ARE 

DIRECT DELIVERY 

See terms & 

conditions 

2 


BL RE GR YE SB PU 

OR 

LI 



260mm only available in 

BL, RE, YE, GR, SB 




1 


260 mm CE1182 £23.84 CE10388 £662.11 

310 mm CE1183 £25.16 CE10389 £701.86 

350 mm CE1184 £26.49 CE10391 £741.61 

380 mm CE1185 £27.81 CE10393 £781.36 

430 mm CE1186 £29.14 CE10390 £821.11 

460 mm CE1187 £30.46 CE10392 £860.86 

2 

FROM 

£23 .84 

Available in blue only 

Code Seat Height Price 

CE11684 260 mm £27.81 

CE11685 310 mm £30.46 

CE11686 350 mm £31.79 

CE11687 380 mm £33.11 

CE11688 430 mm £34.44 

CE11689 460 mm £35.76 


BL SB GR RE YE PU OR CH LI 


1. Affinity Chairs 

Durable classroom chair in a range 

of heights and colours. Features 

a high quality steel frame and a 

high grade polypropylene shell. 

Tested to EN1729 part 2. Six year 

manufacturer’s warranty. Stackable 

up to eight chairs high. Made 

from polypropylene. Supplied fully 

assembled. 

2. Affinity Antimicrobial 

Chair 

The durable and popular Affinity 

classroom chair is now available with 

antimicrobial properties for effective, 

permanent protection against the 

growth of bacteria. Over time, 

the SteriTouch® additive halts the 

propagation of 99.9% of bacteria on 


the surface of the chair. Meaning a 

chair left at 3pm one day will be free 

BL RE LI PU 

of bacteria by 9am the next morning, 

ready for the new school day. 

To choose your colour add the 2 letters 

3. Series E Chairs 

to the end of your order code e.g. 

This classic classroom chair offers a 

CE10610RE 

durable and cost effective seating 

solution. Frames are constructed of 

high quality steel and are painted 

ALL ITEMS ARE 


with leatherite paint for ultimate 

durability. Stackable up to eight 

See terms & 

conditions 

high. Manufacturer’s warranty 10 

years. Made from polypropylene. 

Supplied fully assembled. 

3 

FROM 

£29 .14 

SAVE 

£66 .25 Seat Height 1-29 30 Pack 

260 mm CE1176 £29.14 CE1500 £807.86 

310 mm CE1177 £31.79 CE1501 £887.36 

350 mm CE1178 £33.11 CE1502 £927.11 

380 mm CE1179 £34.44 CE1503 £966.86 

430 mm CE1180 £35.76 CE1504 £1,006.61 

460 mm CE1181 £37.09 CE1505 £1,046.36 

86 


1. NP Classroom Chairs 

A robust, comfortable classroom chair 

that stacks safely up to 8 high. Available 

in six seat heights and a range of 

colours. Strong fully welded frame with 

tamperproof fixings, wipe clean seats 

and hard wearing, non-scratch nylon 

feet. Fully BSEN 1729 compliant. Delivery 

within 7 - 10 days (subject to vehicle 

scheduling) is available on selected lines. 

Made from polypropylene. Supplied fully 

assembled. 5 years warranty. 

1 



Seat Height Black Frame Grey Frame Price 

260 mm CE1224 CE1230 £26.49 

310 mm CE1225 CE1231 £27.81 

350 mm CE1226 CE1232 £33.11 

380 mm CE1227 CE1233 £34.44 

430 mm CE1228 CE1234 £35.76 

460 mm CE1229 CE1235 £37.09 

FROM 

£26 .49 

30 Pack Codes 


CE1445 260 mm £768.11 

CE1446 310 mm £807.86 

CE1447 350 mm £966.86 

CE1448 380 mm £1,006.61 

CE1449 430 mm £1,046.36 


SAVE 

£26 .50 SAVE 

£26 .50 

LG RE PU OR LI GR BL 


2 

FROM 

£34 .44 

h 

2. ST Classroom Chairs 

A comfortable and supportive classroom 

chair that stacks up to 10 high. Ergonomically 

designed with anti-tilt and to correct posture. 

Supplied with a Duraform Speckled light grey 

frame and complies to BSEN 1729 Standards. 

15 year manufacturer’s warranty. Delivery within 

7 - 10 days (subject to vehicle scheduling) 

is available on selected lines. Made from 

polypropylene. Supplied fully assembled. 

15 years warranty. 


260 mm CE10027 £34.44 CE10718 £1,006.61 

310 mm CE10028 £35.76 CE10719 £1,046.36 

350 mm CE10029 £42.39 CE10720 £1,245.11 

380 mm CE10030 £46.36 CE10721 £1,364.36 

430 mm CE10031 £51.66 CE10722 £1,523.36 

460 mm CE10032 £52.99 

ALL ITEMS ARE 


See terms & 

conditions 


YE PU LL OR BL RE GR SF CH LI 





1 

NEW 

1. NEW Ricochet Wobble 

Stool 

Lightweight yet durable, the 

Ricochet Wobble Stool supports 

student movement, which is 

essential for cognitive development. 

The rounded base offers up to 12 

degrees of stable rocking motion 

and can be easily repositioned 

thanks to its integrated handle. 

500mm option only available in Ash 

Grey. Supplied fully assembled. 

2 

3 


AB AG RN 

PL 

TF 


your order code e.g. FF45457AB 

NEW 

NEW 


FF45457 300mm £71.54 

FF45458 350mm £74.19 

FF45459 400mm £78.16 

FF45460 450mm £79.49 

FF45461AG 500mm £84.79 

2. NEW Arc Four Leg Chair 

The four-leg Arc chair is a 

multipurpose product designed 

for classrooms, seminar halls and 

education spaces. The chair uses 

compound curves to generate 

strength, and is 100% recyclable, fire 

resistant and also antimicrobial. 


FF45464 430mm £72.86 

FF45465 460mm £74.19 

3. NEW Arc Skid Chair 

The skid chair has been carefully 

curated and manufactured for its 

use in conference rooms, lecture 

halls and modernised educational 

settings. The skid chair is also 

easily stackable, antimicrobial, fire 

retardant, and 100% recyclable. 


FF45466 430mm £75.51 

FF45467 460mm £76.84 

4. NEW Arc Community Chair 

Designed to be highly mobile and 

with personal space management in 

mind. Storage base provides extra 

space for your belongings while also 

practising social distancing in large 

settings. H880 x W630 x D630mm. 


FF45468 470mm £291.49 

4 

NEW 


BK BL GR PU 

RE 

YE 


letters to the end of your order 

code e.g. FF45464BK 

88 


Crush Bent Tables 

Our Crush Bent Tables come in all shapes and sizes, allowing you to create bespoke layouts to make the 

most effective use of your space. The tables are lightweight and stackable, which means they are easy to 

move and rearrange. The tabletops are hard wearing, with a rounded MDF finish. 

There are a number of different tabletop colours to choose from that team nicely with the durable, steel 

grey frame, powder coated for scratch resistance and longevity. Coloured edging is also available, as are 

matching teaching desks. 


SAVE 

£26 .50 

1. Crush Bent Table 4pk & NP 

Chair 8pk 

Classroom packs of 4 x Crush Bent 

Rectangular Tables and 8 x NP 

Classroom Chairs. Time saving value 

pack, ideal for classroom refurbs or new 

classroom set ups. Includes 4 x Crush 

Bent Rectangular Tables in a duraform 

light grey speckled frame, and 8 x NP 

Classroom Chairs. Table top available 

in a Beech, Blue or Grey. Chairs are 

available in 310, 350 and 380mm seat 

heights and in Blue, Green, Lime, Red 

and Purple. Table is available in L110 x 

W55cm and in heights 530, 590 and 

640mm. Supplied fully assembled. 

Stacks up to 8 tables high 

Table Height BeechTop BlueTop GreyTop Price 

31 cm CE10949 CE10952 CE10955 £556.34 

35 cm CE10950 CE10953 CE10956 £598.74 

38 cm CE10951 CE10954 CE10957 £609.34 

GREAT VALUE PACK 

4 x Fully Welded Tables 

and 8 x NP Chairs 


BL GR LI PU RE 

To choose your colour add the 2 letters to the end of your 

order code e.g. CE10949RE 




1 2 

L110 x W55cm or 

L120 x W60cm 

L60 x W60cm 

1. Crush Bent PU Edge Rectangular Tables 

Table Height 110 cm 120 cm 

46 cm CE1349 CE1355 

53 cm CE1350 CE1356 

59 cm CE1351 CE1357 

64 cm CE1352 CE1358 

71 cm CE1353 CE1359 

76 cm CE1354 CE1360 

£117.91 £119.24 

Tabletop Colour 

Table Edge Colour 

3 

AR 

2. Crush Bent PU Edge Square 

Code Height Price 

CE1373 46 cm £99.36 

CE1374 53 cm £99.36 

CE1375 59 cm £99.36 

CE1376 64 cm £99.36 

CE1377 71 cm £99.36 

CE1378 76 cm £99.36 


AG BG AR BR AB BB 



4 

ALL ITEMS ARE 


See terms & 

conditions 

Diameter 100cm 

3. Crush Bent PU Edge Circular 


CE1343 46 cm £164.29 

CE1344 53 cm £164.29 

CE1345 59 cm £164.29 

CE1346 64 cm £164.29 

CE1347 71 cm £164.29 

CE1348 76 cm £164.29 


L120 x W60cm 

4. Crush Bent PU Edge Trapezoid 


46 cm CE1361 CE1367 

53 cm CE1362 CE1368 

59 cm CE1363 CE1369 

64 cm CE1364 CE1370 

71 cm CE1365 CE1371 

76 cm CE1366 CE1372 

£119.24 £123.21 

Age Size Guide 

Age Table Height 

3-4 46cm 

4-6 53cm 

6-8 59cm 

8-11 64cm 

11-14 71cm 

14 - Adult 76cm 

90 


1 

2 



Stacks up to 8 tables high 

1. Rectangular Crush Bent Tables 

Height 110 cm 120 cm 

46 cm CE1314 CE1315 

53 cm CE1320 CE1321 

59 cm CE1326 CE1327 

64 cm CE1332 CE1334 

71 cm CE1342 CE1339 

£90.09 £91.41 

L60 x W60cm 

2. Square Crush Bent Tables 


CE1316 46 cm £88.76 

CE1322 53 cm £88.76 

CE1328 59 cm £88.76 

CE1335 64 cm £88.76 

CE1338 71 cm £88.76 


BL AI GY RE BE 

ALL ITEMS ARE 


See terms & 

conditions 

To choose your colour add the 2 letters to the end 

of your order code e.g. CE10610RE 

3 

4 


L110 x W55cm or L120 x W60cm 

3. Circular Crush Bent Tables 4. Trapezoid Crush Bent Tables 


Height 

110 cm 120 cm 

Price 

CE1317 46 cm £158.99 

46 cm CE1318 CE1319 £103.34 

CE1323 53 cm £158.99 

53 cm CE1324 CE1325 £103.34 

CE1329 59 cm £158.99 

59 cm CE1330 CE1331 £103.34 

CE1336 64 cm £158.99 

64 cm CE1337 CE1333 £103.34 

CE1496 71 cm £158.99 

71 cm CE1340 CE1341 £103.34 



Fully Welded Tables 

Our Fully Welded Tables are manufactured using a 25mm steel square tube offering strength and stability. 

A range of shapes and sizes are available, allowing you to create a classroom layout to suit your needs. The 

tabletops are hard wearing, with MDF edging and are easy to wipe clean. Coloured edging is also available, 

please see page 95. 

1 

ALL ITEMS ARE 


See terms & 

conditions 

FROM 

£614 .64 

Spiral stacking 

Table Height Beech Top Grey Top Price 

38 cm CE10958 CE10964 £614.64 

43 cm CE10959 CE10965 £625.24 

46 cm CE10960 CE10966 £635.84 

1. Fully Welded Table 4pk NP Chair 8pk 

Classroom packs of 4 x Fully Welded Rectangular Tables and 8 x NP 

Classroom Chairs. Time saving value pack, ideal for classroom refurbs or new 

classroom set ups. Includes 4 x Crush Bent Rectangular Tables in a duraform 

light grey speckled frame, and 8 x NP Classroom Chairs. Table top available 

in a Beech, Blue or Grey. Chairs are available in 380, 430 and 460mm seat 

heights and in Blue, Green, Lime, Red and Purple. Supplied fully assembled. 

GREAT VALUE PACK 

4 x Fully Welded Tables 

and 8 x NP Chairs 


BL GR LI PU RE 

To choose your colour add the 2 letters to the end of your order code e.g. 

CE10610RE 

92 


1 

2 

Fully Welded Tables 



L120 x W60cm 

1. Rectangular Fully Welded Tables 


46 cm CE1248 CE1254 

53 cm CE1249 CE1255 

59 cm CE1250 CE1256 

64 cm CE1251 CE1257 

71 cm CE1252 CE1258 

76 cm CE1253 CE1259 

£90.09 £91.41 

L60 x W60cm 

2. Square Fully Welded Tables 


CE1272 46 cm £88.76 

CE1273 53 cm £88.76 

CE1274 59 cm £88.76 

CE1275 64 cm £88.76 

CE1276 71 cm £88.76 

CE1277 76 cm £88.76 


BE GY RE BL AI 

ALL ITEMS ARE 


See terms & 

conditions 



CE10610RE 

3 

4 



L120 x W60cm 

3. Circular Fully Welded Tables 4. Trapezoidal Fully Welded Tables 


CE1242 46 cm £158.99 

CE1243 53 cm £158.99 

CE1244 59 cm £158.99 

CE1245 64 cm £158.99 

CE1246 71 cm £158.99 

CE1247 76 cm £158.99 

Table Height 110 cm 120 cm Price 

46 cm CE1260 CE1266 £103.34 

53 cm CE1261 CE1267 £103.34 

59 cm CE1262 CE1268 £103.34 

64 cm CE1263 CE1269 £103.34 

71 cm CE1264 CE1270 £103.34 

76 cm CE1265 CE1271 £103.34 



Tray Tables 

1 

1. Crush Bent Tray Tables 

Ideal where storage space is limited, these tables 

come with two Gratnell’s shallow trays on runners 

underneath the tabletop. Choice of tabletop with 

beech effect or coloured PU edging, plus a range 

of tray colours. Non-stackable. • Table size: L1100 x 

W550. 

• Age 4-6 - H530mm 

• Age 6-8 years - H590mm 


• Tray size: L427 x W312 x H75mm 

5 year manufacturer’s warranty. Supplied fully 

assembled. Made from mdf. 

Choice 530 mm 590 mm 640 mm 

Ailsa Top, Beech 

MDF Edge 

Ailsa Top, Blue 

Edge 

Ailsa Top, Grey 

Edge 

Ailsa Top, Red 

Edge 

Grey Top, Beech 

MDF Edge 

Grey Top, Blue 

Edge 

Grey Top, Grey 

Edge 

Grey Top, Red 

Edge 

Price 

CE1379 CE1383 CE1387 £144.41 

CE1380 CE1384 CE1388 £165.61 

CE1381 CE1385 CE1389 £165.61 

CE1382 CE1386 CE1390 £165.61 

CE1391 CE1395 CE1399 £144.41 

CE1392 CE1396 CE1400 £165.61 

CE1393 CE1397 CE1401 £165.61 

CE1394 CE1398 CE1402 £165.61 


Choice 530 mm 590 mm 640 mm 

Ailsa Top, Beech 

MDF Edge 

Ailsa Top, Blue 

Edge 

Ailsa Top, Grey 

Edge 

Ailsa Top, Red 

Edge 

Grey Top, Beech 

MDF Edge 

Grey Top, Blue 

Edge 

Grey Top, Grey 

Edge 

Grey Top, Red 

Edge 

ALL ITEMS ARE 


See terms & 

conditions 

Price 

CE1403 CE1407 CE1411 £144.41 

CE1404 CE1408 CE1412 £165.61 

CE1405 CE1409 CE1413 £165.61 

CE1406 CE1410 CE1414 £165.61 

CE1415 CE1419 CE1423 £144.41 

CE1416 CE1420 CE1424 £165.61 

CE1417 CE1421 CE1425 £165.61 

CE1418 CE1422 CE1426 £165.61 

2 

GY RE BL GR 



CE10610RE 

2. Fully Welded Tray Tables 

Attractive design and fully welded, these tables come 

with two Gratnell’s shallow trays on runners underneath 

the tabletop. Choice of tabletop with beech effect or 

coloured PU edging, plus a range of tray colours. 

Non-stackable. • Table size: L1100 x W550mm. 

• Age 4-6 - H530mm 



• Tray size: L427 x W312 x H75mm. Supplied fully 

assembled. Made from mdf. 

94 


1 

2 

Fully Welded Tables - PU Edge 


L1100 x W550mm or 

L1200 x W600mm 

1. Fully Welded PU Edge Rectangular Tables 

Height 1100 mm 1200 mm 

460 mm CE1284 CE1290 

530 mm CE1285 CE1291 

590 mm CE1286 CE1292 

640 mm CE1287 CE1293 

710 mm CE1288 CE1294 

760 mm CE1289 CE1295 

£117.91 £119.24 

L600 x W600mm 

2. Fully Welded Tables Coloured Edge Square 


CE1308 460 mm £92.74 

CE1309 530 mm £92.74 

CE1310 590 mm £92.74 

CE1311 640 mm £92.74 

CE1312 710 mm £92.74 

CE1313 760 mm £92.74 

Tabletop Colour 


Table Edge Colour 

BG AR BR BB AG AB 

To choose your colour add the 2 letters to the end of your order 

code e.g. CE10610RE 

ALL ITEMS ARE 


See terms & 

conditions 

3 4 

L1100 x W550mm or 

L1200 x W600mm 

Diameter 600mm 

3. Fully Welded Tables Coloured Edge Circular 


CE1278 460 mm £158.99 

CE1279 530 mm £158.99 

CE1280 590 mm £158.99 

CE1281 640 mm £158.99 

CE1282 710 mm £158.99 

CE1283 760 mm £158.99 

4. Fully Welded Table Coloured Edge Trapezium 

Height 1100 mm 1200 mm 

460 mm CE1296 CE1302 

530 mm CE1297 CE1303 

590 mm CE1298 CE1304 

640 mm CE1299 CE1305 

710 mm CE1300 CE1306 

760 mm CE1301 CE1307 

£113.94 £121.89 



Classroom Tables 

1 

NEW 

1. NEW Titan Flat Pack Table 

Multi-purpose PU edged school 

tables that come in a range of 

heights and widths, making them 

suitable for both primary, secondary 

and further educational spaces. 

A simple yet effective solution 

to creating collaborative spaces. 

Available in a grey or beech top 

with black frame. 

Top Colour Table Size H590mm H640mm H710mm H7600mm Price 

Beech Top 

600 x 600 FF45806 FF45808 FF45810 FF45812 £92.74 

1200 x 600 FF45798 FF45800 FF45802 FF45804 £119.24 

Grey Top 

600 x 600 FF45807 FF45809 FF45811 FF45813 £92.74 

1200 x 600 FF45799 FF45801 FF45803 FF45805 £119.24 

2 

Grey 

Beech 

Maple 

2. Height Adjustable 

Horseshoe Table 

A premium finish height adjustable 

table with a 25mm top and a spray 

PU edge in Charcoal. This oval 

shaped table is provided with height 

adjustable legs easily changeable 

with an allen key. The legs are height 

adjustable in 25mm increments 

from 43cm to 62.5cm in height. 

Overall Dimensions 1520mm(L) 

x 1215mm(D). Supplied fully 

assembled. 

CE10244BE Beech £682.38 

CE10244MA Maple £682.38 

CE10244GY Grey £682.38 

96 


1 


NEW 


Table Size Oak top Frame Colour Price Beech Top Frame Colour Price 

H645 x W1200 x D800mm FF45823 White £529.99 FF45815 White £529.99 



H645 x W1200 x D800mm FF45829 Silver £529.99 FF45814 Silver £529.99 



1. NEW Height Adjustable 

Desk 

An attractive, clean design with 

modern technology that allows the 

user to configure their workspace 

and work at their optimum height. 

Featuring a built-in twin motor, 

table height can be easily adjusted 

as needed, helping the user to work 

comfortably when both sitting or 

standing. 

2. NEW Lean Stool 

Ideal for sit-stand working, the 

Lean Stool encourages good 

posture and regular movement to 

help improve the user’s wellbeing 

and comfort. Featuring a simple 

height-adjustment handle for ease 

of use, the stool is set on a sturdy 

base with anti-slip technology. Seat 

height: 535-755mm. H535 x W430 

x D380mm. 

FF45524 535mm £238.49 

2 

NEW 




1 

1200mm diameter 



L1200 x W60mm 

1. Enviro Classroom Tables 

Bright, colourful tables, ideal for playgroups, nurseries and reception classes. 

Conforms to BS1729: Parts 1 & 2 and all tables are supplied with a light grey 

ABS edging. Sturdy and robust yet 40% lighter than standard fixed leg tables. 

Silver anodised aluminium frame and a wipe clean 22mm laminate top. 

Requires legs to be attached. 

Shape 460 mm 530 mm 590 mm 640 mm Price 

Keyhole CE11583 CE11584 CE11585 CE11586 £417.36 

Circle CE0546 CE0553 CE0559 CE0564 £303.41 

Rectangle CE0646 CE0653 CE0659 CE0664 £219.94 

Daisy CE0846 CE0853 CE0859 CE0864 £317.99 

Trapezoid CE11639 CE11640 CE11641 CE11642 £230.54 


YE RE BE LI BL HE 

W1400 x D590mm 



2 

W1100 x D550mm 

2. Coloured Frame Tables 

Brighten any classroom with these coloured framed 

tables. Supplied with matching top and frame colour, 

Designed to nest, they feature round tubular legs and 

a 18mm MDF laminate top with MDF polished edges. 

Available in two heights and a choice of four colours. 

This range is stylish, durable and fantastic value for 

money. 

Shape 460 mm 530 mm Price 

Rectangle CE11536 CE11537 £111.29 

Trapezoid CE11548 CE11549 £113.94 

Circle CE11543 CE11544 £166.94 

W1100 x D550mm 

Diameter 1100mm 


YE GR BL RE 



98 



Premium quality tables that are ideal for any classroom and nursery environment. 

The legs are height adjustable in 25mm increments from 430mm to 625mm, with a simple 

but secure allen key system. All tables are self-assembly and made from MFC. 


Horseshoe Classroom 

Table 

Supplied flat packed for selfassembly. 

W1675 x D1520mm. 

CE00422 Blue £476.99 

CE00424 Red £476.99 

1 



Rectangle Table 


W1500 x D750mm. 

CE10465BL Blue £282.21 

CE10465RE Red £282.21 


Teacher Flower Table 



CE10466BL Blue £409.41 

CE10466RE Red £409.41 

4. Tuf-Top Height 

Adjustable Arc Tables 


W1600 x D800mm. 

CE00434 Blue £292.81 

CE00433 Red £292.81 

2 

3 

5. Tuf-Top Height 

Adjustable Flower Shaped 

Table 


W1525 x D1525mm. 

CE00431 Blue £394.84 

CE00430 Red £394.84 

4 5 



Valencia Range 

The Valencia Tables are extremely sturdy and robust and are height adjustable from 

385 - 600mm with 10 increments. They have sturdy 36mm diameter metal tube 

legs and vinyl, colour co-ordinated banding. There are non-scuff floor protection 

cups at the bottom of table legs, they have a durable powder coated paint finish and 

have a hard wearing 25mm tabletop. Colour co-ordinated tables, chairs and storage 

units are also available in this range. 

2 

1. Valencia Flower 

Classroom Table 


W1100 x L1200mm. 

CE20407 Vivid Green £264.99 

2. Valencia Group Table 


W1200 x L1800mm. 


3. Valencia Rectangular 4 

Seater Table 


W600 x L900mm. 



Seater Table 


W600 x L1200mm. 



Seater Table 


W600 x L1500mm. 


6. Valencia Chair Green 

Supplied fully assembled Depth 

285mm. Made from polypropylene. 

Width 300mm. 

CE20414 Seat Height 350mm Single £33.11 




CE10311GR Seat height 380mm 30pk £966.86 




RE BL GR PU 

4 

6 

SAVE 

£66 .25 

Visit creative-activity.co.uk for 

more Valencia Classroom Sets 

See page 113 for matching 

Valencia storage units 

100 


1. Valencia Flower 

Classroom Table 


W1100 x L1200mm. 

CE07111 Blue £264.99 


Seater Table 


W600 x L1200mm. 

1 



CE07119 Blue £158.99 


Seater Table 


W600 x L1500mm. 

CE07122 Blue £172.24 


Seater Table 


W600 x L900mm. 

CE07125 Blue £145.74 

5. Valencia Group Table 


W1200 x L1800mm. 

CE07114 Blue £264.99 

3 

6. Valencia Chairs 






CE10311BL Seat height 380mm 30pk £966.86 




RE BL GR PU 

6 

SAVE 

£66 .25 

5 

Visit creative-activity.co.uk for great 

value Valencia Classroom Sets 

See page 113 for matching 

Valencia storage units 



Dining Tables 

1 

1. Premier Folding Tables 

Ideal for the school canteen and dinner halls, this 

aluminium framed table folds flat for easy storage. 

Available in a variety of heights, widths and colours. 

L915 x W610mm 


CE10760 508 mm £211.99 

CE10761 546 mm £211.99 

CE10762 584 mm £211.99 

CE10763 635 mm £211.99 

CE10764 698 mm £211.99 

L1220 x W610mm 


CE10769 508 mm £239.81 

CE10770 546 mm £239.81 

CE10773 584 mm £239.81 

CE10771 635 mm £239.81 

CE10772 698 mm £239.81 

2 


BE BL RE 

102 

3 



2. Contour Folding Table 

The Gopak Contour range of folding tables are the 

lightest and most popular style of folding tables to be 

found. The tables fold flat for storage and can easily be 

carried. Also available in two more widths. 

L915 x W610mm 


CE10774 508 mm £148.39 

CE10776 546 mm £148.39 

CE10777 584 mm £148.39 

CE10775 635 mm £148.39 

L1520 x W685mm 


CE10765 508 mm £197.41 

CE10766 546 mm £197.41 

CE10768 584 mm £197.41 

CE10767 635 mm £197.41 

L1220 x W610mm 


CE10778 508 mm £178.86 

CE10779 546 mm £178.86 

CE10781 584 mm £178.86 

CE10780 635 mm £178.86 

3. Contour Dining Stacking Benches 

Robust, wipe-clean, stacking benches that complement 

Contour folding dining tables. Extremely light yet 

robust. Simple to store, the benches stack up to 10 high. 

Ideal for school dining halls and canteen areas. Seat 

height 38.1cm. Suitable for 8 to 11 years. 

CE07326 Beech 1220 x 254 x 381mm £113.94 

CE07327 Beech 1520 x 254 x 381mm £128.51 

CE07330 Red 1220 x 254 x 381mm £113.94 

CE07331 Red 1520 x 254 x 381mm £128.51 

CE07334 Blue 1220 x 254 x 381mm £113.94 

CE07335 Blue 1520 x 254 x 381mm £128.51 


1. 12 Seater Rectangular Folding Table 

Laminated table top in a choice of maple or grey 

with ultra-tuff edging with MDF core. Frame and legs 

available in grey as standard. A great dining table for 

busy school canteens and dining halls, with its fast 

folding mechanism. W3080 x D1500mm. Supplied fully 

assembled. 

Code Choice Price 

1 

Dining Tables 


CE07350 Maple Top - Red Seats £1,472.08 

CE07351 Maple Top - Blue Seats £1,472.08 

CE07352 Maple Top - Lilac Seats £1,472.08 

CE07353 Blue Speckle Top - Red Seats £1,472.08 

CE07354 Blue Speckle Top - Blue Seats £1,472.08 

CE07355 Grey Top - Red Seats £1,472.08 

CE07356 Grey Top - Blue Seats £1,472.08 

Table Top Colours 

2. 16 Seater Rectangular Folding Tables 

Easy to use folding tables ideal for school dining rooms 

and areas. Castors allow for ease of portability making 

this ideal for settings with limited space. Supplied fully 

assembled. H650 x W1500 x L3280mm. 


2 

12 Seater 

ALL ITEMS ARE 


See terms & 

conditions 

16 Seater 

CE07357 Maple Top - Red Seats £1,631.08 

CE07358 Maple Top - Blue Seats £1,631.08 

CE07359 Maple Top - Lilac Seats £1,631.08 

CE07360 Blue Speckle Top - Red Seats £1,631.08 

CE07361 Blue Speckle Top - Blue Seats £1,631.08 

CE07362 Grey Top - Red Seats £1,631.08 

CE07363 Grey Top - Blue Seats £1,631.08 

Seat Colours 

3. Gopak Round Folding Tables 

This robust table features an attractive wipe-clean 

laminate top. Tables can be rolled on their edge or 

carried using the convenient leg stay hand hold. 

Available in three colours: red, blue and beech, 

and in three heights. Diameter 1200mm. 

3 

Please see page 86 for the full range 

of Series E Chairs. Available in a number 

of Seat Colours and Seat Heights. 

Height Red Blue Beech 

Price 

50.8 cm CE03754 CE03755 CE03758 £394.84 

58.4 cm CE07575 CE07576 CE07577 £394.84 

63.5 cm CE07578 CE07579 CE07580 £394.84 



Dining Tables 

1 

1. Fast Fold Table & Bench 

Set + Trolley 

Slimline space saving tables and 

benches, ideal for school dining, 

clubs and pack aways. Exceptionally 

efficient storage with 10 tables 

and 20 benches stored on a trolley 

that only needs 0.7m of space. 

This is considerably more compact 

than other dining trolleys available. 

Tables and benches benefit from a 

unique folding mechanism which 

allows the legs to fold neatly into 

the frame. Tables fold to just 40mm 

in thickness. Set includes trolley. 

Lightweight aluminium frame with 

safety corners, and steel legs for 

strength and stability. Tables L1220 

x W610mm. Sets available with 

table height 530mm / bench height 

330mm (age approx. 4 – 7 years) and 

table height 635mm / bench height 

375mm (age approx. 7 – 11 years). 


10 tables & 20 benches on one trolley 

CE10921 H530mm £4,475.85 

CE10922 H635mm £4,475.85 

Tables, benches and trolley 

also available separately. 

Search ‘Fast Fold’ on our 

website. 

2 

Legs fold entirely within frame 

Compact for storage 

2. Fast Fold Folding Dining 

Bench 

Slimline, space saving school dining 

bench designed for quick setup and 

clearance and to be easy to store. 

With a unique folding mechanism, 

which allows the legs to fold neatly 

into the thinnest (40mm) frame on 

the market. 

CE10917 H330mm L1220mm £148.39 

CE10918 H375mm L1220mm £148.39 

CE10919 H330mm L1525mm £157.66 

CE10920 H375mm L1830mm £157.66 

3. Fast Fold Dining Table 

Slimline space saving tables, ideal 

for school dining, clubs and pack 

aways. Unique folding mechanism 

which allows the legs to fold neatly 

into the frame, taking up no further 

space. Tables fold to just 40mm in 

thickness. Lightweight aluminium 

frame with safety corners, and steel 

legs for strength and stability. Beech 

tabletop finish. 5 years warranty. 


3 

4 

CE10913 H530 x W610 x L1220mm £194.76 

CE10914 H635 x W610 x L1220mm £194.76 

CE10915 H530 x W685 x L1525mm £185.49 

CE10916 H635 x W685 x L1525mm £185.49 

4. Fast Fold Dining Table 

Trolley 

Compact trolley, designed to 

complement rectangular Fast Fold 

Dining Tables. Holds up to 10 tables 

and 20 benches. Tables stack upright. 

Easy to manoeuvre on lockable 

castors. H735 x W735 x L1280mm. 


CE10923 £1,212.38 

104 


Tray Storage 

Gratnells, international award-winning, trays are designed for heavy educational use. 

Recycled and BSI tested. Available in a range of sizes and colours, these trays fit many 

school furniture items - mix and match to suit your needs. 

Storage 

1 


CE10341 Shallow £5.29 

CE10342 Deep £7.29 

CE10343 Extra Deep £9.94 

CE10344 Jumbo £12.59 

Single Trays 

Shallow Tray 

L427 x W312 x H75mm 

Deep Tray 

L427 x W312 x H150mm 

6 Pack 

PACK OF 

6 

Choice Clear Multi Price 

Shallow CE03922 CE03921 £23.84 

Deep CE03924 CE03923 £33.11 

Extra Deep CE03926 CE03925 £42.39 

Jumbo CE03928 CE03927 £51.66 

Save £’s with our 

multi packs of 6 

Gratnells Trays. Multi 

pack colours include 

two red, two yellow 

and two blue. 

Extra Deep Tray 

L430 x W312 x H225mm 

Jumbo Tray 

L430 x W312 x H300mm 

2. Gratnells Tray Lid Four 

Pack 

These clip-on lids provide extra 

security and fit all trays (shallow, 

deep, extra deep, jumbo). 

Translucent to see contents. Lidded 

trays can easily be stacked on top of 

each other. Clear. Made from plastic. 

Pack of 4. 

TTRAY-LR £13.24 

3. Gratnells Antimicrobial 

Trays 

For greater infection control the trays 

known for standing up to rigorous 

daily use are now available with a 

built-in Antimicrobial protection. 

The antimicrobial protection is 

introduced to the trays during the 

manufacturing process to provide 

built-in protection against the effects 

of microbes. 

CE11510CL Shallow Clear £4.64 

CE11510GR Shallow Green £4.64 

CE11511CL Deep Clear £9.92 

CE11511GR Deep Green £9.92 

CE11512CL Extra Deep Clear £11.25 

CE11512GR Extra Deep Green £11.25 

CE11513CL Jumbo Clear £14.56 

CE11513GR Jumbo Green £14.56 

2 

PACK OF 

4 

BL 

CY 

GR 


To choose your colour add the 2 letters to the end of your order code e.g. FU10610RE 

3 

LI 

i 

YE 

RE 

PU 

CL 

• Resists surface contamination and reduces infection 

transmission 

• 99.9% reduction in surface contamination after 2 hours 

• Provides protection from a variety of bacteria, fungi, mould 

and viruses, including the H1N1 flu virus 

• Used by the NHS across the UK 


Storage 

Gratnells Learning Rooms Range 

The new Gratnells Learning Rooms range of furniture allows the creation of personalised, flexible and 

stimulating learning spaces, ensuring the needs of all children are met. The items in the range provide a cost 

effective solution to changing classroom design in a way that will have a profound impact on children’s learning. 

The range has been developed in collaboration with education professionals and is founded on in-depth 

research. Go online to read more about the research undertaken, get tips on how to enhance your teaching 

space and to see the full range www.creative-activity.co.uk/furniture 

1. NEW Collaboration Zone 

Allows learners to collaborate 

effectively, encouraging the sharing 

of ideas, and developing learning 

skills when working alongside peers. 

Includes: Collaboration Table, Grass 

Bench Unit, MakerHub Trolley and 

a Writable Wall Panel. Items also 

available separately. 

FF46213 £1,609.88 

2. NEW Presentation Zone 

Encourages learners to present ideas 

either independently or in groups, 

helping to boost their confidence and 

self-esteem. 

Includes: Confidence Platform Stage, 

Grass Tiered Seated Unit, Flip Table and 

a MakerHub Trolley. Items also available 

separately. 

FF46215 £2,000.75 

106 


Gratnells Learning Rooms Range 

Storage 

3. NEW Creative Zone 

Create a dedicated space for 

learners to collaborate, invent, 

design and build. An ideal space for 

STEAM learning activities. 

Includes: Project Table, MakerHub 

Trolley, Writable Wall Panel, Callero 

Double Trolley and an Acoustic 

Screen. Items also available 

separately 

FF46218 £2,782.50 

SOME OF THE OTHER ITEMS IN THE RANGE INCLUDE… 

NEW Grassy Tiered Seating 

Multi-purpose storage and seating 

solution for groups of students. 

FF45432 £1,058.67 

NEW Freedom Table 

Mobile with a writable surface. 

Tessellates for group work. 

FF45435 Set of 4 £636.00 

NEW Flip Table 

Round table with flip top and 

writable surface. 

FF45431 £463.74 


Storage 

Value Tray Storage 

Classroom essential tray storage unit with Gratnells trays. Durable 18mm MDF with hard wearing ABS edging. Supplied with 

castors for easy manoeuvring. Two castors are lockable to help secure the unit in position. Height includes castors (65mm). 

Trays available in a choice of colours. Multicoloured trays are supplied as shown. 

1 2 

3 

1. 6 Tray storage Unit 

H600 x W350 x D485mm. 

Code Description Price 

CE10613 

VALUE 6 Tray 

Storage Unit 

with Trays 

£158.99 

2. 12 Tray Storage Unit 

H615 x W690 x D460mm. 


CE10612 

VALUE 12 Tray 

Storage Unit 

with Trays 

£211.99 

4 


H615 x W1024 x D460mm. 


CE10610 

VALUE 18 Tray 

Storage Unit 

with Trays 

£258.36 


H757 x W1024 x D460mm. 


CE10611 

VALUE 24 Tray 

Storage Unit 

with Trays 

£325.94 

Delivered Assembled 


YE PU GR CL MU BL RE LI 

To choose your colour add the 2 letters to the end of your order code e.g. CE10610RE. TL and CL = Clear please observe 

the code in the table when orderig. 

108 


1. Value Empty Tray Unit 

This tray storage unit allows for 

quick and easy access to resources 

and is ideal for use within 

classrooms and nurseries. Supplied 

empty and available in a range 

of storage capacities to suit your 

requirements.See online for full 

range of sizes and tray capacities. 

1 

Empty Tray Units 

Trays not 

included 

Storage 

Single 

Double 

NEW 

8 Tray Unit Triple Quad 

Code Tray Capacity Number of Columns Dimensions Price 

FF45764 8 Single H779mm X W356mm X D460mm £153.69 

FF45762 16 Double H779mm X W690mm X D460mm £238.49 

FF45761 24 Quad H779mm X W1024mm X D460mm £304.74 

FF45763 32 Quad H779mm X W1358mm X D460mm £352.44 

PACK OF 

6 

Single Trays 


CE10341 Shallow £5.29 

CE10342 Deep £7.29 

CE10343 Extra Deep £9.94 

CE10344 Jumbo £12.59 

Save £’s with our 

multi packs of 6 

Gratnells Trays. 

Multi pack colours 

include two red, two 

yellow and two blue. 

6 Pack 

Choice Clear Multi Price 

Shallow CE03922 CE03921 £23.84 

Deep CE03924 CE03923 £33.11 

Extra Deep CE03926 CE03925 £42.39 

Jumbo CE03928 CE03927 £51.66 


BL CY GR LI YE RE PU CL 



Storage 

Deep Tray Storage 

1 

1. Tray Storage Unit With 12 

Deep Trays 

Supplied fully assembled. H707 x 

W1358 x D453mm. 


CE0150 

Tray Storage 

Unit With 12 

Deep Trays 

£450.49 

2 


Deep Trays 

Supplied fully assembled. H707 x W1358 

x D453mm. Made from mfc. 


CE0275 

Tray Storage 

Unit With 16 

Deep Trays 

£567.09 

Brights Trays (BH) 

3 


Deep Trays 


W1030 x D453mm. Made from mfc. 


CE0350 

Tray Storage 

Unit With 18 

Deep Trays 

£600.21 


Deep 6 Extra Deep Trays 

Supplied fully assembled. H842 x W1358 

x D453mm. Made from mfc. 


CE0800 

Tray Storage 

Unit With 8 

Deep 6 Extra 

Deep Trays 

£584.31 

4 

Multi-Coloured Trays (MU) 

ALL ITEMS ARE 


See terms & 

conditions 


BL GR LI CY PU RE LG YE CL MU BH 


110 


1. Tray Storage Unit 

With 4 Jumbo Trays 


H739 x W700 x D453mm. 

1 

Jumbo Tray Storage 

Storage 


CE0550 

Tray Storage 

Unit With 4 

Jumbo Trays 

£348.46 




H1067 x W700 x D453mm. 


CE0700 

Tray Storage 

Unit With 6 

Jumbo Trays 

£393.51 

2 




H740 x W1360 x D453mm. 


CE0825 

Tray Storage 

Unit With 8 

Jumbo Trays 

£433.26 




H1067 x W1030 x D453mm. 

3 4 


CE0900 

Tray Storage 

Unit With 9 

Jumbo Trays 

£533.96 




H1070 x W1358 x D453mm. 


5 

Brights Trays (BH) 

Multi-Coloured Trays (MU) 

CE0200 

Tray Storage 

Unit With 12 

Jumbo Trays 

£551.19 


BL GR LI CY PU RE LG YE CL MU BH 



Storage 


1 

2 

MULTIBUY 

SAVING 

£92 .75 

1. Valencia Three Storage 

Unit Bundle 

Set comprising three different useful 

classroom storage units. Includes 

an 18 shallow tray unit with trays, 

tiered front facing book storage 

unit with two deep trays, and easy 

access bookcase with three shelves. 

Units are fitted with lockable 

castors for easy manoeuvring. Trays 

supplied are Gratnells, and in the 

same colours as the units (clear 

trays are supplied with Beech). 

Supplied fully assembled. Made 

from mdf. 

CE11468BE Beech £1,191.17 

2. Valencia Front Facing 

Book Storage 

Durable and robust unit to store 

and display books face on. Shelving 

is tiered with varying depths to 

accommodate different book sizes. 

Bottom shelf can accommodate 

two Gratnells Deep size trays. 

Fitted with lockable castors for easy 

manoeuvring. Trays not included. 

Supplied fully assembled. H970 

x W1010 x D480mm. Made from 

mdf. 

CE10477BE Beech £430.61 

3. Valencia 18 Tray Storage 

Unit 

Sturdy unit with 18 shallow colour 

co-ordinated Gratnells trays to 

provide tidy storage. Sized for 

children to easily access. Top has 

raised edge, providing a useful area 

for displays. Supplied with castors 

to enable easy manoeuvring around 

classrooms. Trays are colour coordinated 

(clear trays are supplied 

with Beech). Includes trays. Coordinates 

with Valencia Classroom 

Tables and Chairs. Supplied fully 

assembled. H730 x W1050 x 

D460mm. Made from mdf. 

CE10473BE Beech £454.46 

3 

4 

4. Valencia Open Shelving 

Unit 

Extremely sturdy shelving unit 

for versatile classroom storage. 

Unit height provides easy access 

for children. Bottom shelf can 

accommodate two Gratnells Deep 

size trays. Fitted with lockable 

castors for easy manoeuvring. 

Trays not included. Supplied fully 

assembled. H900 x W1010 x 


CE10476BE Beech £401.46 

112 


1. Valencia Three Storage 

Unit Bundle 

Set comprising three different useful 

classroom storage units. Includes 

an 18 shallow tray unit with trays, 

tiered front facing book storage 

unit with two deep trays, and easy 

access bookcase with three shelves. 

Units are fitted with lockable 

castors for easy manoeuvring. Trays 

supplied are Gratnells, and in the 

same colours as the units (clear 



from mdf. 

1 


Storage 

CE11468BL Blue £1,191.17 

CE11468PU Purple £1,191.17 

CE11468RE Red £1,191.17 

CE11468VG Vivid Green £1,191.17 

MULTIBUY 

SAVING 

£92 .75 

2. Valencia 18 Tray Storage 

Unit 

Sturdy unit with 18 shallow 

Gratnells trays to provide tidy 

storage. Sized for children to 

easily access. Top has raised edge, 

providing a useful area for displays. 

Supplied with castors to enable easy 

manoeuvring around classrooms. 

Trays are colour co-ordinated (clear 


Includes trays. Co-ordinates with 

Valencia Classroom Tables and 

Chairs. Supplied fully assembled. 

H730 x W1050 x D460mm. Made 

from mdf. 

2 

CE10473BL Blue £454.46 

CE10473RE Red £454.46 

CE10473PU Purple £454.46 

CE10473VG Vivid Green £454.46 

3. Valencia Open Shelving 

Unit 

Extremely sturdy shelving unit 

for versatile classroom storage. 

Unit height provides easy access 

for children. Bottom shelf can 

accommodate two Gratnells Deep 

size trays. Fitted with lockable 

castors for easy manoeuvring. 

Trays not included. Supplied 

fully assembled. H900 x W1010 x 




CE10476BL Blue £401.46 

CE10476RE Red £401.46 

Co-ordinating tables and chairs also available 

4. Valencia Front Facing 

Book Storage 

Durable and robust unit to store 

and display books face on. Shelving 

is tiered with varying depths to 

accommodate different book sizes. 

Bottom shelf can accommodate 

two Gratnells Deep size trays. 

Fitted with lockable castors for easy 

manoeuvring. Trays not included. 



mdf. 


CE10477BL Blue £430.61 

CE10477RE Red £430.61 


3 4 


Storage 

Cupboards 

1 2 

3 4 

5 6 

1. Mixed Size Tray and 

Cupboard Combination 

Unit 

This versatile storage unit is ideal for 

classroom or office use. Comes with 

six shallow, three deep and three 

jumbo Gratnell’s trays (coloured 

or clear). The four compartment 

cupboard has two adjustable 

shelves and lockable doors. 


W460 x L1020mm. 12 Trays. 

CE03118 Clear £682.38 

CE03117 Multicoloured £682.38 

2. Shallow Trays and 

Cupboard Combination 

Unit 

An ideal flexible storage solution. 

The bottom half has shallow 

tray storage, and the top half a 

cupboard with lockable doors. 

Features shelves divided into 

four compartments. Includes 

24 shallow trays (coloured trays 

include red, yellow, blue). Supplied 


L1020mm. 24 Trays. 

CE00069 Coloured Trays £617.44 

CE02095 Clear Trays £617.44 

3. Cupboard with 24 

Shallow Trays 

Full height cupboard with 24 

integrated Gratnells trays. Coloured 

trays as shown in red yellow and 

blue. Supplied fully assembled. 

H1468 x W1030 x D477mm. 24 

Trays. 

CE10096 Multi Trays £700.93 


4. Cupboard with 21 

Shallow Trays 

Full height storage cupboard with 

21 integrated Gratnells trays. Tray 

colours supplied as shown. Supplied 


D477mm. 21 Trays. 

CE10095 Clear trays £711.53 

CE10094 Coloured trays £711.53 

5. Cupboard With Deep 

Tray Storage 

This versatile storage unit is ideal for 

classroom, office use or staff rooms. 

Comes with 12 deep Gratnell’s trays 

(coloured or clear). Top cabinet 

features lockable doors and two 

height adjustable shelves. Supplied 


L1020mm. 12 Trays. 



6. Cupboard With Jumbo 

Tray Storage 

This unit combines the largest 

Gratnell’s storage trays with the 

convenience of a lockable cupboard. 

Units are supplied with a choice of 

coloured or clear trays. Cupboard 

features four compartments with 

two height adjustable shelves. 


W460 x L1020mm. 6 Trays. 



114 


1. Lockable Mobile 

Cupboard 

A very useful unit on castors for 

storing those items and activities 

that you want locked away when 

not in use. Comes with 12 clear 

trays. The castors, two lockable, are 

non-marking. Doors are lockable 

and supplied with two keys. H810 x 

W450 x L1220mm. 12 Trays. 

1 

Cupboards 

Storage 

CA00457 £476.99 

2. Value Double Cupboard 

Mid height, mobile cupboard 

with two doors. Supplied with 

one adjustable shelf and lockable 

castors. Made from durable 18mm 

MDF with robust ABS edging. 


W1024 x D480mm. Made from mfc. 

CE10614 £264.99 

3. Low Cupboard 

Low cupboard, available in 

different widths. Useful in 

classrooms or the school office. 

Two compartments inside with one 

adjustable height shelf on each side. 

Complete with solid back, plastic 

feet and connecting pins. Supplied 

fully assembled. Depth 453mm. 

Height 500mm. Made from mfc. 

CE10129 W700mm £384.24 

CE10131 W1358mm £551.19 

CE10130 W1030mm £483.61 

2 3 

4. Stock Cupboards 

An essential storage cupboard 

for the school office, classroom 

or staff room. Essential cupboard 

with lockable doors in different 

heights. Features versatile shelving 

options to cater for different storage 

needs. Full Height: L1030 x W477 

x H1818mm (1 fixed, 4 adjustable 

shelves). 

Tall Height: L1030 x D477 x 

H1518mm (1 fixed, 2 adjustable 

shelves). 

Medium Height: L1030 x W477 x 


shelves). 

Low Height: L1024 x W4.5 x 

H1018mm (2 adjustable shelves). 


from mfc. 

4 

CE02193 H1018mm £404.11 

CE02192 H1268mm £418.69 

CE02191 H1518mm £449.16 

CE02190 H1818mm £463.74 


Storage 

Storage Containers 

1 2 

3 

5 6 

NEW 

4 


SI 

CL 

To choose your colour add 

10 the 2 letters to the end 10 

of your order code e.g. 

CE10278CL 

6 

1. Nine Tray Single Sided 

Tilted Tray Tidy 

Wooden frame trolley complete 

with 9 clear plastic trays. Trays are 

angled providing children with easy 

access. The trays can be used to 

hold a variety of items and are easily 

removed and replaced. Supplied 

flat packed for self-assembly. Beech. 

H810 x W410 x L860mm. Made from 

wood. 9 Trays. 

CA00701 £258.36 

2. Beech Single Sided 

Classroom Tidy 




access. The trays can be used to 

hold a variety of items and are easily 

removed and replaced. Supplied 

flat packed for self-assembly. H810 

x W410 x L1150mm. Made from 

wood. 12 Trays. 

CE03091 £333.89 

3. Mobile Tilted Tray Trolley 

18 Trays 




access from both sides. The trays can 

be used to hold a variety of items 

and are easily removed and replaced. 


H810 x W860 x D740mm. 

Made from wood. 18 Trays. 

FMTT18 £372.31 

4. Millhouse Clear Tubs 

Handy storage tubs, sized to fit in 

Millhouse units, or simply use on 

their own. Clear tubs allow resources 

to be easily visible. Feature a carry 

handle on each end so easy to 

transport. Fit three on a Millhouse 

unit shelf. Ideal size for storing A4 

paper. H187 x W385 x D270mm. 

Made from plastic. Pack of 6. 

CE20329 £66.24 

5. NEW Stack and Store 

Plastic Storage Boxes 

Handy plastic storage boxes in a 

range of sizes to store away all 

manner of different things. Boxes 

stack neatly to help you use your 

space effectively. Clear lids for all 

box sizes are available separately. 

Box dimensions: Small L400 x W280 

x H200mm. Medium L500 x W350 

x H250mm. Large L590 x W400 x 

H290mm.. 

CE10278 10pk Small £21.19 

CE10279 10pk Medium £42.39 

CE10281 10pk Large £50.34 

6. Stack and Store Plastic 

Storage Box Lid 

Lids to fit Stack and Store Plastic 

Storage Boxes. Simple lid with clips 

at either side to fasten in place. 

Transparent, making it easier to see 

contents inside. Lid dimensions: 

Small: L400 x W290 x H10mm. 

Medium: L500 x W360 x H20mm. 

Large: L590 x W410 x H20mm. 

Clear. Made from plastic. 

CE10285 10pk Small £17.21 

CE10289 10pk Medium £21.19 

CE10288 10pk Large £23.84 

116 


1. Really Useful Clear Plastic 


Really Useful storage boxes are 

handy plastic storage boxes 

which come in a variety of sizes. 

They are multifunctional, strong 

storage boxes, complete with clip 

lock handles and lid for securing 

items. The perfect addition to your 

classroom storage. These Really 

Useful boxes are designed in order 

to be stackable - stackable storage 

boxes are an ideal storage solution 

for your classroom for a variety of 

resources. Reinforced corners and 

bottom for increased strength. 

Some boxes come with integral lip 

for suspension files. Made from 

polypropylene. See online for 

full range of storage box sizes 

and options. 

1 

2 


Storage 

2. Allstore Plastic Storage 

Box 

Heavy-duty, stackable boxes that 

are tough and durable. Suitable 

for storing a range of items from 

stationery and office supplies 

to classroom resources and PE 

equipment. Each size features a 

reinforced base and corners for 

strength and durability and comes 

supplied with separate lid with 

strong, clip-lock handles. The 48L 

box can be used to store suspension 

files. Box dimensions: 7.5L - W190 

x D250 x H160mm. 15L - W300 

x D470 x H170mm. 24L - W380 

x D480 x H190mm. 48L - W440 x 

D490 x H230mm. 51L - W440 x 

D660 x H230mm. Supplied fully 

assembled. 

3 

Stack to make the most 

of your storage space 

48L box can be used to 

store suspension files 

CE10291 Single 7.5l £7.94 

CE10292 3pk 7.5l £21.19 

CE10293 Single 15l £11.91 

CE10294 3pk 15l £31.79 

CE10295 Single 24l £14.56 

CE10296 3pk 24l £42.39 

CE10297 Single 48l £22.51 

CE10298 3pk 48l £62.26 

CE10299 Single 51l £23.84 

CE10300 3pk 51l £68.89 

3. Portable Storage Caddy 

Deep multipurpose caddy with carry 

handles. The caddy comes with a 

sizable handle that can easily be 

held by adults and children alike. 

Additionally, there’s an integral 

divider to keep contents separate. 

H280 x W360 x D300mm. 

4 

CE11187GR Green £11.91 

4. Black Storage Container 

on Wheels 

Multi-functional large black storage 

container on wheels. Heavy duty and 

suitable for indoor or outdoor use 

- not suitable to be left outdoors. 

Wheels allow for easy transportation 

when storing heavier items. H520 x 

W520 x D790mm. 

CE11450 £55.64 


Storage 

Cloakroom Trolleys 

1 

2 3 

4 5 

1. Tuf2 Classroom 

Cloakroom Trolley 

Durable double sided trolley to 

hang up to 30 coats. Metal name 

card holders on each hook for 

pupil identification, and metal 

label holder on the end for class 

ownership. Supplied flat packed 

for self-assembly. H1140 x W1610 x 

D740mm. Made from beech. 

CE06373 £569.74 

2. Tuf2 Classroom 

Cloakroom Trolley Steel 

Robust, high capacity trolley 

designed for 30 coats. Large base 

storage shelf, ideal for shoes 

and bags and a centre divide. 

Heavy duty castors two lockable 

for safety for easy manoeuvring 

and sharing resources between 

classrooms. Supplied flat packed 


D604mm. Made from steel. 

CE07521 £430.61 

3. Wet Play Cloakroom 

Trolley 

Ideal for hanging aprons, coats 

or costumes, with six sizeable 

storage baskets for accessories. 

Features a removable drip tray, 

handy for storing wet play items 

as they dry. Supplied flat packed 


D500mm. 

FWPTY £166.94 

4. Mobile Cloakroom Unit 

With twenty double hooks and a 

deep storage tray, this portable 

cloakroom is perfect for small 

spaces. Easy for children to 

independently access, this mobile 

cloakroom is perfect for storing 

outdoor clothing, aprons or 

lunchboxes! Supported on castors 

it can be moved from storage to 

play area with ease. Strong steel 

wire construction with resilient 

plastic coating to protect clothes 

and users. Supplied flat packed for 

simple assembly. 

FMOBCL £98.04 

5. Double Sided Blue 

Cloakroom Trolley 

Double sided wheeled cloakroom 

storage. This quality Cloakroom 

Trolley has 20 coat hooks and a 

storage box, ideal for coats, bags 

and wellies. It is fully welded and 

there is no assembly required. 

It is easy to manoeuvre around 

the classroom or school with its 

rounded handles and once in 

position can easily be locked into 

place with two lockable heavy duty 

wheels. It also has a beech wooden 

box below deep enough to hold a 

huge amount of extra kit such as 

bags, shoes, wellington boots etc. 



steel. 

CA00960 £545.89 

118 


1. Sturdy Lunchbox Trolley 

Sturdy premium lunchbox trolley 

that can be maneuvered easily 

from classroom to classroom with 

lockable castors. Perfect for storing 

lunch boxes along with other school 

equipment for easy access. Single 

unit holds up to 21 lunchboxes 

while the double holds up to 42. 

Single Trolley size: H1030 x W810 

x D270mm. Double Trolley size: 

H1030 x W810 x D500mm. Supplied 

flat packed for self-assembly. 

1 

Lunchbox Trolleys 

Storage 

CE00053 Single Sided £239.81 

CE01018 Double Sided £317.99 

2. Tuf2 Lunchbox Trolley 

Premium and robust trolley, 

designed for longevity and to 

manage the daily rigours of a busy 

school environment. Can hold up 

to 60 lunchboxes, ideal for multi 

year entry school classes. Features 

heavy duty castors, 2 lockable. 

Supplied flat packed with assembly 

instructions included. Supplied flat 

packed for self-assembly. H1160 


metal. 

CE07520 £568.41 

3. Wooden Lunchbox 

Trolley 

Quality wooden lunchbox storage 

trolley with castors, designed for 

schools and nurseries. Can store 

approximately 15-20 lunchboxes 

across the 3 storage shelves. 

Features rounded edges for 

increased safety. Supplied flat 

packed for self-assembly. H820 x 

W810 x D295mm. Made from mdf. 

2 3 

CE02343 Beech £250.41 

4. Lunchbox Storage Trolley 

This versatile budget trolley has 

3 large baskets and is on castors 

for easy maneuvering. The easy to 

clean durable plastic coated steel 

construction stands up well to day 

to day use. Supplied flat packed 


D300mm. 

FFPLBT £172.24 

5. Callero Plus Lunchbox 

Trolley 

Provides a flexible solution for 

storing up to 30 lunchboxes, 

perfect for schools and nurseries. 

The trolley features three sturdy 

wire baskets and 75mm castors 

with foot-activated brake 

mechanism. Supplied flat packed 


D430mm. 

4 5 

CE10515 £673.10 


Storage 

Outdoor Storage 

1 

All products on 

this page are made 

from pre-treated 

Scandinavian 

Redwood, which is 

guaranteed against 

rot and insect 

infestation for 

10 years. 

1. Outdoor Wooden Storage 

Cupboard 

Spacious outdoor storage shed 

suitable for a wide range of 

outdoor resources. Easy access 

unit featuring front opening doors, 

three adjustable shelves and a bolt 

fastening. The felt roof will protect 

your items from wet weather. 

Supplied fully assembled. Suitable 

to be left outdoors. H1920 x W720 

x L1320mm. 

CE06898 £795.00 

2 3 

2. Large Lockable Outdoor 

Shed 

Designed to hold all manner of 

outdoor objects this locker is a 

great storage solution. Featuring 

two opening doors for easy access 

to store larger items. Please site on 

flat ground. Supplied flat packed 

for self-assembly. Suitable to be 

left outdoors. H1600 x W2460 x 

D1270mm. 

CE06349 £804.54 

Easy access unit 

Features two opening doors 

SAVE 

£132 .50 


Cubby 

Easy access outdoor storage shed 

suitable for a wide range of outdoor 

resources. A practical solution 

for storing all your outdoor play 

equipment. Features two fully 

opening doors with bolts that can be 

secured with a padlock. Supplied flat 

packed for self-assembly. Suitable to 

be left outdoors. H1210 x W800 x 

L1440mm. 

4 

CE06883 Single £695.00 

CE11576 2pk £1,195.00 

4. Wooden Wellie Store & 

Benches 

Handy outdoor storage to keep 

wellies and outdoor clothing in 

outside. Sized so children can easily 

access the shelves. Accommodates 

up to approx. 30 pairs of wellies. 

Available with two benches, 

designed to nest inside the shed. 

In addition to shelves, base big 

enough to house storage containers 

for wellies or shoes. Doors can be 

secured with a hook when open, 

and bolted or padlocked when shut 

(padlock not included). Supplied 


D630mm. 

CE10402 Wellie Store £650.00 

CE10403 Wellie Store And Benches £775.00 

• For up to approx. 30 

pairs of wellies. 

• Benches nest inside to 

store away. 

• Doors can be secured in 

position when open. 

• Pre-treated wood 

guaranteed for 10 years. 

120 


1. Mini shed 

Robust and durable, smaller sized 

outdoor storage shed, providing 

children with easy access to 

resources. An outdoor unit to stand 

the test of time. Ideal for storing 

a wide range of school resources. 

Made from high quality pre-treated 

Scandinavian Redwood which is 

guaranteed against rot and insect 

infestation for 10 years. Two fully 

opening doors, fixed shelving and 

the ability to be secured with a 

padlock (padlock not included). 



x D630mm. 

1 


Storage 

CE10043 £455.79 

2. Outdoor Storage Shed 

with Chalkboard 

Versatile storage shed which can 

be used for various outdoor play 

items, PE or gardening equipment. 

Features 3 shelves to help keep the 

store organised and a chalkboard 

to help label what’s inside. Robust 

unit with felted roof to help prevent 

against water damage. Made from 

pre-treated Scandinavian Redwood 

which is guaranteed against rot 

and insect infestation for 10 years. 



x D720mm. 

CE11211 Single Shed £695.00 

CE11493 Set of 2 £1,195.00 

2 

SAVE 

£79 .50 


Storage 


When is junk not junk? When it’s a loose part! 

Loose parts are anything found in a play environment that’s not fixed and can 

be moved, rearranged, carried, or combined with other loose parts. There is an 

exponential value increase in play value for every loose part available in the play 

environment. Natural loose parts include sticks, logs, pebbles, and branches. 

Man made loose parts can be anything; from tyres to suitcases, tubes to hoovers. 

It doesn’t matter what it is, as long as it is safe, tough enough, and that there are 

lots and lots of them! The right storage is vital: children should be easily able 

to get out, and put away, loose parts without adult intervention. Produced in 

conjunction with Michael Follett, founding director of Outdoor Play and Learning 

(OPAL), a not for profit organisation specialising in programmes for outdoor play 

and effectively managing school playtimes. For more on Loose Parts Play, please 

see the blog. 

122 


1 

MULTIBUY 

SAVING MULTIBUY 

SAVING 

£397 

£ 

.50 


1. Large Loose Parts Play 

Store 

Extra large wooden shed, purposely 

designed for storing items for 

large loose parts play Featuring 

9 bays providing really useful 

compartments to help organise 

storage, this is the ideal addition 

to your outdoor school storage set 

up. Ideal for storing loose parts 

play items yet also ideal for PE 

and other outdoor equipment. 

The store is designed with three 

double doors W1.6m, allowing 

fantastic access for many children. 

The bays are particularly well 

suited to storing large loose parts, 

as 50cm kickboards at the base 

of the bays prevent things falling 

forward. Each doorway has an 

access ramp enabling trolleys and 

carts (such as the Loose Parts Cart) 

to be easily wheeled in and out. 

There is plenty of room for these 

to be stored in front of the bays 

inside. This is a quality structure 

with strong internal frame and 

felted roof. Three roof-domes 

provide lots of light, plus four 

points of ventilation. Made from 




The store must be sited on level 

ground, and hard standing is 

highly recommended. Any ground 

works must be completed before 

installation (ground works not 

included). Price includes installation 

and delivery within UK mainland 

(outside of UK mainland additional 

charges may apply, contact 

Customer Services for details). L8m 

x D2.5m (including roof overhang), 

D2m (internal). Please allow a 

minimum of 1.5m clear access 

around the store when siting for 

access and airflow. Overall height 

2.2m (at front). Doorway height 

180cm. Single bay: W86 x D105cm 

Storage 

CE10406 Large Loose Parts Play Store £7,995.00 

CE10408 Loose Parts Store and 3 Carts £8,995.00 

2 

2. Loose Parts Cart 

Multifunctional wooden cart 

ideal for transporting outdoor 

resources and for use with large 

loose parts play resources. Easy 

for children to manoeuvre with 

large lockable castors, this cart 

promotes independent learning. 

Ergonomically designed with hand 

holds at both ends. Shaped sides 

makes it easier to reach inside. 

Durable and robust. Made from 

high quality Scandinavian Redwood 

which is guaranteed against rot and 

insect infestation for 10 years. Cart 

size L950 x W630 x H670. Supplied 


CE10409 Cart £397.49 

CE10410 Cover £33.11 


Storage 


1 

MULTIBUY 

SAVING 

£265 .00 

Produced in conjunction with Michael Follet, founding director, 

Outdoor Play and Learning (OPAL). Quality structures with felted roof. 

Inside bays provide useful compartments to organise storage. 

Ramp enabling trolleys and carts to be easily wheeled in and out. Made 

from pre-treated Scandinavian Redwood, guaranteed against rot and insect 

infestation for 10 years. Site on level ground (hard standing recommended). 

Allow a min 1.5m clear access around the store for access and airflow. Any 

ground works to be completed before assembly. Price includes installation 

and delivery within UK mainland (outside of UK mainland additional charges 

may apply, contact Customer Services for details). See more on p122. 

2 

MULTIBUY 

SAVING 

£198 .75 

• 6 internal bays for 

storage 

• 2 roof domes allow 

extra light 

• Built in ventilation 

points 

• Ramp to allow 

wheeled access 

1. Medium Loose Parts 

Store 

Robust large wooden shed with two 

double doors allowing easy access 

to 6 bays purposed designed for 

storing large loose parts and other 

outdoor resources. Buy the store 

and two carts together and save! 

Suitable to be left outdoors. H2.14 x 

L5.5 x D2.5m. 

CE10407 Store £6,495.00 

CE11457 Store and 2 Carts £6,995.00 

2. Mini Loose Parts Store 

Robust large wooden shed with 

double door allowing easy access 

to 3 bays purposed designed for 

storing large loose parts and other 

outdoor resources. Buy the store 

and cart together and save! H2.14 

x L2.8 x D2.5m. 

CE10980 Store £2,995.00 

CE11458 Store and Cart £3,495.00 

124 


1 


Storage 

1. Outdoor Wooden Loose 

Parts Trolley 

This outdoor wooden trolley with 

tilted access to trays is a great 

way to keep your outdoor area 

organised. Room to fit four Creative 

Crates or nine Deep Gratnells 

Trays (not included, but available 

separately). Specifically designed 

to be accessed easily by children, 

the trolley also has a low level 

shelf for extra storage. Made from 

Scandinavian Redwood. Supplied 


D430mm. 

CE10982 £395.00 

2. Loose Parts Cart 

Multifunctional wooden cart 

ideal for transporting outdoor 

resources and for use with large 

loose parts play resources. Easy 

for children to manoeuvre with 

large lockable castors, this cart 

promotes independent learning. 

Ergonomically designed with hand 

holds at both ends. Shaped sides 

makes it easier to reach inside. 

Durable and robust. Made from 

high quality Scandinavian Redwood 

which is guaranteed against rot and 

insect infestation for 10 years. Cart 

size L950 x W630 x H670. Supplied 


CE10409 Cart £397.49 

CE10410 Cover £33.11 

3. Metal Tilted Tray Trolley 

with Trays 

Robust outdoor metal trolley, 

complete with Gratnells trays. Heavy 

duty, lockable wheels designed for 

outdoor terrain. Trays positioned 

for easy access to resources. Trays 

supplied as shown, size: W310 x 

L430 x D150mm. Outdoor cover 

also available to help protect 

from the elements if left outside. 

Cover colour may vary. Supplied 

fully assembled. Suitable to be 


D420mm. 

CE10161 Cover £109.96 

CE11386 Green Trolley £397.49 

CE10162 Blue Trolley £397.49 

CE11387 Green Trolley and Cover £480.95 

CE10340 Blue Trolley and Cover £480.95 

2 

3 


Storage 

Wellie Storage 

1 2 

3 

4 

1. Outdoor Wooden Wellie 

Rack 

Designed to hold up to 30 pairs of 

wellies, this wellie rack is double 

sided and allows for children 

to access from both sides. This 

pre-treated welly rack is easily 

maneuvered and sits on lockable 

castors. Ideal for use indoors or 

out. Suitable to be left outdoors if 

required. H960 x W400 x L820mm. 

Made from timber. 

CE10022 £510.11 

2. Outdoor Wooden Wellie 

Rack Cover 

This Polypropylene Cover is 

designed for use with our Outdoor 

Wooden Wellie Rack. Helping to 

keep items safe and secure, this 

cover fits the welly rack neatly to 

provide protection if left outdoors. 

H1050 x W400 x L900mm. Made 

from polypropylene. 

CE10023 £17.21 

3. Double Sided Wellie Rack 

and Coat Rail 

An ideal cloakroom or outdoor 

clothing trolley combining a wellie 

rack with a hanging coat rail and 

storage tray. Can hold up to 15 

pairs of wellies and can hold up 

to three deep Gratnells trays (not 

included). Supplied flat packed 



L1000mm. Made from metal. 

CE02710 £341.84 

4. Wall Mountable Wellie 

Storage Rack 

Wall mounted storage rack, an ideal 

space saving solution for wellie 

storage. Store up to 15 pairs of 

welly boots at a height that is suited 

to age of the children at your school 

or nursery. Best suited to child size 

wellies and can be wall mounted 

indoors or out for versatile usage. 

H800 x W1100mm. Made from 

metal. 

CE02711 £227.89 

126 


1. NEW Outdoor Welly Rack 

Trolley 

Store up to 30 pairs of wellies with 

this double sided wooden welly 

rack. As it’s double sided, children 

can easily access from both sides. 

This trolley is easy to manoeuvre 

and can be secured in place with 

the 4 lockable castors. Made from 

pressure treated timber. Supplied flat 



D600mm. 

1 

NEW 

Wellie Racks 

Storage 

FF45788 £742.00 

2. NEW Outdoor Puddle Suit 

Trolley 

A double sided, wooden puddle 

suit trolley that holds 30 puddle 

suits or coats. This trolley is easy to 

manoeuvre and can be secured in 

place with the 4 lockable castors. 

Made from pressure treated 

timber. Supplied flat packed for 

self-assembly. Suitable to be 


D600mm. 

2 

NEW 

FF45789 £596.24 

3. Single Sided Wellie Rack 

Holding up to 15 pairs of wellies, 

this wellie rack is suitable for indoor 

or outdoor use. This welly boot rack 

sits on lockable castors allowing 

for easy transportation if required. 

Suitable to be left outdoors. H1000 x 

W300 x L1100mm. 

CE00842 £251.74 

4. Double Sided Wellie Rack 

Stand 

This double sided wellie rack allows 

for easy access by children from 

both sides. Holding up to 30 pairs 

of wellies, this wellie boot rack 

is suitable for indoor or outdoor 

use, great for use in cloakrooms or 

classrooms. Supplied flat packed 



L1100mm. Made from metal. 

3 

CE00843 Blue Double £331.24 

CE10995 Green Double £331.24 

5. Wellie Rack Covers 

No more wet wellies with these 

easy to use covers. Simply pulls over 

the stand ensuring your wellies are 

fully covered, even when the stand 

is full. The bottom features a hook 

and loop fastening to secure to the 

frame. 

CE05840 Double Sided £17.21 

CE05675 Single Sided £17.21 

4 5 


Storage 

Cube Shelving Units 

1 

NEW 

1. NEW Large Cube Storage 

Large cube storage units with extra 

shelving capacity. Ideal for storing 

large baskets, or other storage 

containers. Also to display or to 

store taller resources or equipment. 

Often useful in baby and toddler 

rooms, within nursery settings, to 

house items for feeding, sleeping or 

changing. 

2 Cube H920 x W490 x D465mm. 

3 Cube H1480 x W490 x D465mm. 

4 Cube H920 x W950 x D465mm. 

FF45252 2 Cube £291.49 

FF45253 3 Cube £331.24 

FF45254 4 Cube £364.36 

2. Bubblegum Open 

Shelving Storage Cubes 

Backless storage units, ideal for 

dividing areas within a classroom 

as shelf contents can be easily 

accessed from both sides. Use for 

book storage in library and reading 

areas, or within the school office, 

staff room or breakout areas. Can 

accommodate up to a Jumbo sized 

Gratnells tray or our Extra Deep 

Faux Wicker Baskets. Supplied with 

a set of plastic feet. Inner cube: 

W316 x D450 x H310mm. Supplied 

fully assembled. Made from mfc. 

CE0625 6 Cube Horizontal £364.36 

CE0775 8 Cube £425.31 

CE0125 12 Cube £529.99 

2 


WH AS 



code e.g. CE0625AS 

H774 x W1030 x D453mm 

H774 x W1030 x D453mm 

H774 x W1358 x D453mm 

H1000 x W1358 x D453mm 

128 


1. Fusion Open Bookcase 

Multi-functional bookcase that 

can be placed back to back. Ideal 

if wall space is lacking or to help 

create distinct areas within a 

classroom space. Includes three 

fixed shelves that will accommodate 

up to an extra deep size basket 

or tray. Supplied flat packed for 

self-assembly. H1000 x W1200 x 

D400mm. 

1 2 

Bookcases 

Storage 

CE07897 £370.99 

2. Freestanding Book Units 

Simple yet sturdy anti-topple 

bookcase. A useful addition to any 

classroom or nursery area. Features 

two fixed shelves 320mm apart. Both 

units W1250 x H975mm. Deep unit 

depth 540mm. Narrow unit depth 

420mm. Supplied flat packed for selfassembly. 

Beech. Made from mdf. 

CE02317 D420mm £288.84 

CE02315 D540mm £321.96 

3. Classic Beech Shelving 

Unit 

Quality storage unit that coordinates 

with the Classic Beech 

table and chair range. Fixed shelving. 


H900 x W400 x L1200mm. 

3 4 

CE03605 £333.89 

4. Deep Shelf Wooden 

Bookcase 

This unit has two open shelves for 

storing books, larger items, baskets 

or trays. Featuring a back panel, it 

can be used either against a wall or 

independently within a classroom or 

nursery setting. Supplied flat packed 


D330mm. 

CE00298 £174.89 

Co-ordinating tables and chairs 

also available, please see page 185. 

5. Beech Bookcase 

These open bookcases are ideal for 

offices, staffrooms, classrooms and 

libraries. Choice of four heights. 

Matching stock cupboards also 

available. Supplied fully assembled. 

Made from mfc. 

5 

CE07590 H750mm £227.89 

CE07589 H1000mm £242.46 

CE07588 H1500mm £272.94 

CE07587 H1800mm £280.89 


Storage 

Bookcases 

1 2 

3 

4 

Extra storage space on the reverse 

1. Book Display Storage 

Unit 

Double sided book storage unit. 

Forward facing book storage front 

and back with clear Perspex so book 

covers are easily visible. Supplied flat 


W960 x D430mm. 

CE20270 £637.31 

2. Single Sided Bookstand 

with Five Shelves 

This high quality bookcase features 

a wide base to prevent tipping. 

Features five shelves with deep slots 

to prevent books from bending 

or falling out, whilst still allowing 

children to browse the titles easily 

for selection. Supplied flat packed 


D380mm. Made from plywood. 

CE00134 £251.74 

3. Bookcase Display Unit 

with Storage 

Versatile double-sided unit, 

combining book storage and 

shelving in one. Five shelves for front 

facing book storage, each with a 

deep pocket to prevent books falling 

forwards.Two deep shelves, ideal for 

larger items, on the reverse. Supplied 

flat packed for self-assembly. H660 x 

W660 x D610mm. 

CE00135 £303.41 

Co-ordinating tables and chairs 

also available, please see page 185. 

4. Classic Beech Book 

Storage Unit 

Front facing book storage which 

co-ordinates with the Classic Beech 

tables and chairs range. Features a 

wide base to ensure the bookcase 

won’t topple. Supplied flat packed 


L1200mm. 

CE03606 £376.29 

130 


1 

Bookcases 

Five Shelf: H950 x L760 x W380mm. 

Four Shelf: H780 x L760 x W380mm. 

Storage 

1. Wooden Book Display 

Units 

Robust book display units make 

browsing and selection really easy. 

Available in two heights providing 

four and five tiers. Supplied fully 

assembled. Beech. Made from mdf. 

CA00645 H780mm £348.46 

CA00644 H950mm £384.24 

2 3 

2. Fusion Book Storage Unit 

Book storage unit that can be placed 

back to back, ideal if wall space 

is lacking. Features three tiers for 

front facing book storage, shelf for 

extra deep sized baskets or trays. 

Deep compartment for extra big 

books. Supplied flat packed for 

self-assembly. H1000 x W1200 x 

D400mm. 

CE07900 £476.99 

3. Wedge Bookcases 

Open bookcases with tiered 

shelving. Ideal for book storage and 

displays. Easy access for children. 

Suitable to position against a wall. 

Robust and durable. Beech finish. 


W502 x L1040mm. Made from mfc. 

3 Shelves. 

CE20230 £295.46 

4 

4. Single Sided Static 

Bookcase 

In a choice of heights and colours, 

this bookcase is an ideal addition to 

any nursery or school. Allowing easy 

access to books as well as organisation 

and storage. Ideal for organising 

books by level or by themes. Supplied 

with 1 fixed and 4 adjustable shelves. 

Supplied flat packed for self-assembly. 

Made from mdf. 

CE02309 H1200mm Beech £331.24 

CE02336 H1200mm Blue £331.24 

CE10593BE H1505mm Beech £364.36 

CE10593RE H1505mm Red £364.36 

CE10593BL H1505mm Blue £364.36 


Storage 

Bookcases & Mobile Units 

1 

1. Single Sided Mobile Book 

Browser 

Ideal for your school library or 

reading corner, this book browser 

provides easy access to books. 

Unit provides 6 compartments for 

storage and lockable castors for easy 

manoeuvrability Supplied flat packed 


D390mm. 

CE02319 Beech £250.41 

CE02320 Multicoloured £250.41 

2 3 

2. Double Sided Mobile 

Classroom Storage 

Organiser 

A double-sided classroom organiser 

with 12 storage compartments. 

Utilise in the classroom or school 

library or simply move between 

rooms. Easy to manoeuvre with 

fitted castors and lockable to 

ensure it can be safely secured in 

place. Supplied flat packed for selfassembly. 

H753 x W730 x D735mm. 


CE06404 Beech £348.46 

3. Double Sided Book 

Display Unit with Shelves 

Double sided, book display unit with 

three shelves each side. Perfect for 

reading corners or libraries. Lockable 

castors. Supplied fully assembled. 

Made from mfc. 

CE06356 £376.29 

4. Single Sided Mobile 

Bookcase 

Mobile bookcase with front facing 

book storage on one side. Comprises 

six full width shelves with book 

restraint to keep books in place. 

Lockable castors. Supplied flat 


W480 x L800mm. Made from mdf. 

CE02333 Maple/Red £398.81 

CE02334 Beech £398.81 

4 

132 


1 

Bookcases 

Storage 

1. Curvy Shelving Units 

Set of bookcases with shelving that 

curves inwards or outwards. Team 

with the straight shelving unit to 

create a feature. Ideal in larger areas 

where space allows. Units are easy 

to manoeuvre on lockable castors. 

Low height, easy for children to 

access. Buy all three units and 

save. Curved Out: H700 x W1175 x 

D310mm. Curved In: H700 x W710 

x D310mm. Large Unit: H700x 

W1000 x D310mm. Supplied flat 

packed for self-assembly. Beech. 


CE02247 Curved In Unit £311.36 

CE02246 Curved Out Unit £311.36 

CE02248 Straight Unit £211.99 

CE02486 Buy All and Save £788.38 

2. Book Storage Browser 

Box 

An inviting and functional way to 

store books, combining practical 

storage and bright colours to the 

classroom. Low height makes the 

book storage box ideal for young 

children to access. Supplied flat 


W675 x D675mm. 

CE20008 £250.41 

3. Book Storage Unit with 

Trolley 

This attractive book storage unit 

features a mobile Kinderbox 

underneath that tucks neatly away 

for easy storage. The top unit 

has four compartments and the 

Kinderbox has two compartments. 

Featuring lockable castors to allow 

it to be moved and safely secured. 


H710 x W670 x D450mm. 

CE06864 £317.99 

4. Double Sided Mobile 

Bookcase Storage Unit 

Small, mobile bookcase with a 

different book storage solution 

either side. One side features a 

three tiered forward facing book 

browser, the other has three 

shelves, useful for books or to 

display other resources. H700 x 

W300 x L1100mm. 

CE07168 £292.81 

5. Two Level Rotating Book 

Centre 

This compact, hard wearing unit 

has a fixed based with rotating 

storage above. Contains eight 

compartments over two levels 

for high capacity book storage. 


Diameter 750mm. Height 

820mm. 

CE02740 £314.01 

2 

4 5 

3 


Soft Furnishings 

Carpets & Mats 

1 

1. NEW Faux Fur Circular 

Rug 

Luxurious, faux fur rug, ideal for 

creating a cosy environment. 

The deep fur is soft and tactile. 

Can be machine washable at a 

low temperature. Has a non slip 

flexible rubber backing. Provides 

a comfortable and cosy place for 

children to play, explore or read. 

Diameter 100cm. 

FF46535CR Cream £51.66 

FF46535GY Grey £51.66 

FF46535TT Sand £51.66 

Washable Shaggy Rugs 

Soft, machine washable, stain resistant rug, that’s easy to keep clean. 

Comfortable extra long, anti-static pile that won’t flatten. Ideal for cosy 

corners, home corners and reading areas. Non-slip flexible rubber backing. 

Resistant to mould, mildew and bacteria. Whipped edges to help prevent 

fraying. Just rinse under the tap or machine wash at 40 degrees and line dry. 

Recyclable at end of life. For indoor use only. 

2 

2. Washable Shaggy Rug 

Rectangular 

W1 x L1.5m. 

CE11455GR Green £98.04 

CE11455BL Blue £98.04 

CE11455GB Beige £98.04 

CE11455GY Grey £98.04 

3. Shaggy Rug Circular 

Diameter 1m. 

CE11456GR Green £70.21 

CE11456BL Blue £70.21 

CE11456GB Beige £70.21 

CE11456GY Grey £70.21 

3 

134 


1 


Soft and comfortable mats that will help create a relaxing area for story time. The anti-slip resistant 

backing provides added safety on hard floors. Manufactured in the UK, these carpets are available in a 

range of colours. 


2 

2. NEW Plain Rectangle Floor Mat 

A soft and comfortable mat that will help create a relaxing area for story 

time. With small pile, it’s ideal for small world play. The anti-slip backing 

provides added safety on hard floors. Surface shampoo clean. 


FF46533BL L2m x W1.5m Blue £104.66 

1. NEW Plain Circle Floor Mat 

A soft and comfortable mat that will help create a relaxing area for story 

time. With small pile, it’s ideal for small world play. The anti-slip backing 

provides added safety on hard floors. Surface shampoo clean. Diameter 2m. 


FF46531LW Light Brown £117.91 

FF46531BL Blue £117.91 

FF46531GY Grey £117.91 

FF46531LI Lime Green £117.91 

FF46531PU Purple £117.91 

FF46533GY L2m x W1.5m Grey £104.66 

FF46533LW L2m x W1.5m Light Brown £104.66 

FF46533LI L2m x W1.5m Lime Green £104.66 

FF46533PU L2m x W1.5m Purple £104.66 

FF46532BL L3m x W2m Blue £151.04 

FF46532GY L3m x W2m Grey £151.04 

FF46532LW L3m x W2m Light Brown £151.04 

FF46532LI L3m x W2m Lime Green £151.04 

FF46532PU L3m x W2m Purple £151.04 




1 

NEW 

1 

2 

NEW NEW 

1. NEW Eco Friendly Throw 

Beautiful range of throws made 

100% from recycled plastics salvaged 

from land and the ocean. Warm and 

cosy, these throws are great for use 

all around your nursery or school, 

you can even take them outside on 

those warm summer days. W1300 

x L1800mm. Made from recycled 

plastic. 

FF45797GY Grey £50.34 

FF45797GR Green £50.34 

FF45797GO Gold £50.34 

FF45797NA Natural £50.34 

FF46596EC Dark Grey £50.34 

3 

NEW 

2. NEW Eco Friendly 

Diamond Rug 

Beautiful range of rugs made 100% 

from recycled plastics salvaged from 

land and the ocean. The woven 

rug is designed in the UK and the 

recycled PET fabric is woven in India. 

They look and feel like wool and are 

mould, mildew and moth resistant 

which means they stay fresher for 

longer. W800 x L1500mm. Made 

from recycled plastic. 

FF46599GY Grey £92.74 

FF45022 Green £92.74 

FF45025 Gold £92.74 

FF45028 Natural £92.74 

FF45019 Dark Grey £92.74 

3. NEW Large Eco Friendly 

Diamond Rug 

Beautiful range of rugs made 100% 

from recycled plastics salvaged from 

land and the ocean. The woven 

rug is designed in the UK and the 

recycled PET fabric is woven in India. 

They look and feel like wool and are 

mould, mildew and moth resistant 

which means they stay fresher for 

longer. W1600 x L2300mm. Made 

from recycled plastic. 

FF11451 Grey £264.99 

FF11454 Green £264.99 

FF11457 Gold £264.99 

FF11460 Natural £264.99 

FF46593 Dark Grey £264.99 

136 


1. NEW Small Eco Friendly 

Rug and Cushion Set 

Buy a set of our Eco friendly rugs 

and cushions together for a great 

saving! Set includes: 1 x Small 

Diamond Rug 800 x 1500mm , 1 x 

Pattern Cushion, 1 x Plain Cushion. 

Made from recycled plastic. 

FF46597GY Grey £145.74 

FF46597GR Green £145.74 

FF46597GO Gold £145.74 

FF46597LW Natural £145.74 


A beautiful range of soft furnishings made 100% from recycled plastics 

salvaged from land and the ocean. This new range includes cushions, rugs 

and throws and bundle sets offering you some great savings! 

1 1 

Cushions & Mats 


2. NEW Large Eco Friendly 

Rug and Cushion Set 

Buy this set of our Eco friendly rugs 

and cushions together for a great 

saving! Set includes: 1 x Large 

Diamond Rug 1600 x 230mm, 

1 x Plain Cushion, 2 x Diamond 

Cushions. Made from recycled 

plastic. 

FF46594GY Grey £331.20 

FF46594GR Green £331.20 

FF46594GO Gold £331.20 

FF46594LW Natural £331.20 


2 

NEW 

1 

NEW 




1 

1. NEW Essentials Rainbow 

Geometric Carpet 

A versatile essentials range carpet 

with 16 multicoloured geometric 

placement shapes. Featuring light 

and durable Tuf-Loop pile, making 

the carpet easy to roll and move. 

Also features an anti-slip backing 

to ensure the carpet is safe. Basic 

shapes aid shape and pattern 

identification making it the perfect 

carpet to tie into the EYFS and KS1 

curriculum. W2 x L2m. 

2 

3 

FF45782 £132.49 


Spots Carpet 

Features 24 multicolured placement 

spots, and made from durable Tuf- 

Loop pile. Light and durable making 

the carpet easy to roll and move. 

Also features an anti-slip backing to 

ensure the carpet is safe. W2 x L3m. 

FF45783 £180.19 


Squares Carpet 

A grey Tuf-Loop carpet featuring 24 

multicolured placement squares. 

Versatile and light, allowing the 

carpet to be easily moved. Also 

features an anti-slip backing to 

ensure the carpet is safe. W2 x L3m. 

FF45784 £180.19 


Stars Carpet 

A grey carpet with 24 multicolured 

placement stars. Made from a light 

and durable Tuf-Loop pile. Includes 

an anti-slip backing which ensures 

the carpet is safe for use on any 

indoor surface. W2 x L3m. 

FF45785 £180.19 

4 

138 


• Heavy duty Tuf-Pile for 

long lasting wear 

• Crease resistant with 

unique anti-skid latex 

safety backing 

• Abrasion resistant, tested 

to heavy duty standards 

• Tightly bound edges to 

prevent fraying 

1 


ONLY 

£470 .36 


1. Back to Nature Square 

Bug Placement Carpet 

A thick and soft carpet featuring 

30 bug placement areas designed 

to seat a full class. Ideal for reading 

and play areas. A substantial carpet, 

manufactured from extra thick 

nylon twist, with a comfortable long 

lasting finish. L3 x D3m. 

CE00272 £470.36 

2. Back to Nature 

Minibeasts Indoor Rug 

A fun and interesting rug to 

help children learn about insects 

found in our environment. The 

bright colourful graphics will 

engage children and help in group 

discussions. Comes with a unique 

Rhombus anti-skid latex backing 

and tightly bound edges to prevent 

fraying. Only suitable to be used 

indoors. W2.4 x L2m. 

2 

ONLY 

£238 .49 

CE07172 £238.49 

3. Back To Nature Children’s 

Rug 

This thick and soft corner carpet 

features 8 bug placement areas 

and 1 teacher placement, ideal 

for smaller group teaching. This 

children’s rug is crease resistant 

with unique Rhombus antiskid 

Dura-Latex safety backing. 

Multicoloured. Made from nylon. 

CA00650 L2 x W2m £311.36 

CE10456 L3 x W3m £490.12 

3 




1 

1. Sea Life Rectangular 

Carpet 

A great and functional hardwearing 

24 placement carpet 

which would brighten up any 

room. Manufactured from a heavy 

duty pile. A great and functional 

hardwearing carpet. Children can 

choose a creature to sit on during 

reading time and group lessons. 

Crease resistant with unique 

Rhombus anti-skid Dura-Latex safety 

backing. W3 x L2m. 

2 

3 

CE03081 £377.61 

2. Back to Nature Alphabet 

Caterpillar Carpet 

Colourful placement carpet featuring 

an engaging design including a giant 

alphabet caterpillar and numeracy 

ladybirds, ideal for cross-curricular 

use. This durable carpet features 

thick and soft heavy duty Tuf-Pile. 

Perfect for nurseries or classroom, 

ideal for use as a placement carpet 

during circle time or carpet time. 

This rug is designed to encourage 

learning through interaction and 

play, building confidence and a love 

for learning. A safe and sturdy choice 

for your setting, this children’s rug 

features an Anti-slip Dura-Latex 

backing to ensure the carpet is safe 

for use on any indoor surface, has 

tightly bound edges to prevent 

fraying and is easy to spot clean and 

stain resistant. We recommend you 

avoid vacuuming over binding and 

edging to prolong the life of the 

carpet. L3 x D2m. 

CE05970 £317.99 

3. Animals and Places of 

the World Mat 

A light and durable mat which 

includes continents, countries, 

climates, animals and multicultural 

studies. A fun and engaging design to 

help children understand the different 

areas of the world. Learn about what 

animals live in certain areas and what 

type of climate. W2 x L3m. 

4 

NEW 

CE11071 £258.36 

4. NEW Small World Road 

Map Carpets 

Set of 4 road map carpets that 

depict different environments, 

featuring designs with calming 

neutral tones and modern features. 

Designed to be placed in any 

combination next to each other 

or can be used individually. Set 1 

features two urban squares and 

two country themed squares, all 

scaled for use with most model 

vehicles. Includes modern features, 

such as electric car charging points 

and recycling bins. Set 2 design 

shows four different environments, 

from a traditional urban setting 

with roads to a colder arctic setting 

with waterways. Great for starting 

a discussion around climate and 

environments. Mats are 1 x 1m 

square. 

FF45765 Set 1 £127.19 

FF45766 Set 2 £127.19 

Set 1 Set 2 

140 


1. Wild Animals Square 

Placement Rug 

Featuring clearly identifiable 

characters and providing seating 

areas for up to 30 children. 

Featuring thick, soft textured tufted 

Nylon twist pile, this children’s 

rug is both comfortable and long 

lasting. This classroom rug is ideal 

for a variety of areas in your nursery 

or classroom. It features easily 

identifiable characters such as a 

monkey, giraffe, hippo and panda. 

Designed for Early Years and Primary 

School learning environments, this 

is also ideal to be used as a nursery 

rug and is designed with longevity 

and comfort in mind. Crease and 

stain resistant rug can be spot 

cleaned with a damp cloth. Tightly 

bound edges prevent fraying and 

the tuft strands meet heavy duty 

use. The base of this carpet has a 

specially designed DiamondBack 

anti-slip long last Latex safety 

backing. L3 x D3m. Made from 

nylon. 

1 



CE11528 £450.49 

2. NEW Woodland Animals 

Placement Carpet 

Large placement carpet with 

woodland animal characters. 

Features 30 unique placement 

spots, made from soft heavy-duty 

Tuf-Pile. Animals featured include 

owl, dormouse, badger, fox, 

squirrel, deer, rabbit, hedgehog, 

robin, and frog. Each animal is 

shown three times, but each 

placement spot is unique as the 

background colour differs so no two 

placements’ spots are the same. 

Perfect for use in any classroom or 

nursery setting. L3 x D3m. 

2 

NEW 

FF45777 £423.99 

3. Story Time Square 

Placement Rug 

Brightly coloured childrens rug 

providing seating areas for up 

to 30 children. This children’s 

carpet features easily identifiable 

characters which feature in most 

traditional fairy tales such as a 

prince, frog and princess. Ideal for 

use as a nursery rug or classroom 

rug as it’s suitable for EYFS and 

KS1 curriculum. Helping to inspire 

imaginations with this 3m x 3m 

rug, it provides sufficient space 

and engaging characters. Featuring 

extra thick, soft textured tufted 

Nylon twist pile and Heavy-Duty 

DuraPile designed specifically for 

comfort and longevity. Combine 

this children’s rug with a variety 

of resources to maximise learning 

opportunities. Crease and stain 

resistant rug can be spot cleaned 

with a damp cloth. Tightly bound 

edges prevent fraying and the tuft 

strands meet heavy duty use. The 

base of this carpet has a specially 

designed DiamondBack anti-slip 

Long Last-Latex safety backing. 

L3 x D3m. 

3 

CE11532 £450.49 




1 

1. Rainbow Number Mats 

Encourage basic numeracy skills 

with these colourful number carpets. 

These carpets are both light and 

durable. Can also be used to support 

Communication & Language, as one 

of the other key areas of learning 

and development. Designed for 

indoors only. Choose 1-24 or 1-100 

versions, or buy both and save! 

Sizes: 

• 1-24 Number Carpet - L1.5m x 

W1m 

• 1-100 Number Carpet - L2m x 

W1.5m 

CE07243 1-24 numbers £95.39 

CE06374 1-100 numbers £128.51 

CE07244 Bundle Deal £205.36 

2 

2. Giant 100 Number 

Squares Mat 

Encourage numeracy skills with 

these thick and soft Counting and 

Multiplication carpets. Perfect for 

teaching Mathematics and can also 

be used to support Communication 

& Language, as one of the other key 

areas of learning and development. 

W2 x L2m. 

CE00267 Counting £238.49 

CE00268 Multiplication £222.59 

3 

3. Geometric Shapes 

Square Placement Rug 

Featuring bright colours and basic 

shapes to aid shape and pattern 

identification, making this rug 

suitable to tie into the EYFS and 

KS1 curriculum. This children’s 

rug features basic shapes such as 

squares, circles and triangles in a 

variety of primary and secondary 

colours to aid children’s learning 

and recognition. Has clear seating 

spaces for up to 30 children. W3 

x L3m. 

CE11530 £450.49 

142 


1. Fabric Teepee 

Quality canvas teepee tent with 

traditional style wooden poles. 

Quick and easy to assemble, can 

be folded down and stored in 

coordinating canvas bag. Doorway 

includes hook and loop tabs to 

close or can be tied back. Feature 

window. Supplied flat packed for 

self-assembly. Not suitable to be left 

outdoors. H175 x W200 x D200cm. 

1 

Nature Print 


CE20321 £211.99 

2. Giant Pebble Cushions 

Help transform your themed 

area into a variety of imaginative 

environments with these must 

have giant cushions. Be it a 

woodland, the seaside or even a 

lunar landscape, these cushions 

will fit right it. Covers can be wiped 

clean. Firm filled, covers are non 

removable. 

Small: L57 x W39 x H27cm 

Medium: L70 x W45 x H36cm 

Large: L52 x W60 x H43cm. Made 

from polyester. Pack of 3. 

CE08171 £272.94 

2 

3 



Nature Print 

1 2 

10 10 

1. Lightweight Assorted 

Nature Print Cushions 

Get closer to nature with this mix 

of realistic digitally printed and 

natural coloured cushions. Inspire 

lessons on nature, lifecycles, natural 

materials, forests and more using 

these soft cushions as comfy seats 

or a teaching resource. Supplied 

with a handy holdall for easy 

storage and carrying. Includes: 2 

x bark print, 2 x grass print, 2 x 

dark green, 2 x lime green and 2 

x brown. Not suitable to be left 

outdoors. W430 x L430mm. Pack 

of 10. 

CE07509 £262.34 

3 

4 

5 

2. Learn about Nature 

Tactile Carry Cushions 

Inspire lessons on the four seasons, 

nature and lifecycles with these 

soft cushions. Use as part of a 

nature inspired reading corner 

to encourage reluctant readers. 

Indoor and outdoor use. Comes 

with a handy storage bag. W430 x 

D430mm. Pack of 10. 

CE20126 £254.39 

3. Seasons Themed Bean 

Bags Floor Cushions 

This huge bean bag is large enough 

to sit two children comfortably, 

while providing seasonal 

illustrations. Can be squished into 

multiple seating positions making 

it the perfect seat for different 

activities. W1000 x L1250mm. 

CE08030 Summer Meadow £132.49 

CE08032 Autumn Leaves £132.49 

CE08028 Spring Grass £132.49 

4. Nature Printed Children’s 

Bean Bag 

Encourage children to learn outside 

or bring a sense of nature into your 

classroom with this realistic printed 

bean bag. The classic rounded 

shape provides a comfortable and 

supportive seat. Waterproof, can be 

used indoors or out. Not suitable to 

be left outdoors. Diameter 640mm. 

Height 630mm. 

CE08031 Autumn Leaves £117.91 

CE08029 Summer Meadow £117.91 

CE08027 Spring Grass £117.91 

5. Tree Trunk Quarter Stools 

These lightweight, water resistant 

stools feature a realistic nature 

inspired HD print. Ideal to bring 

a sense of nature indoors or take 

learning into the great outdoors. 

H300 x W440mm. Pack of 4. 

CE10790 £568.41 

4 

144 


1. Learn about Nature Tree 

Stump Seat 

Unique and quirky pack of tree 

stump bean bag seat designed to 

support a lesson topic around a 

nature, wildlife or woodland theme. 

Features photographic quality log 

and bark print. Waterproof, low 

maintenance, wipe clean fabric. 

Stackable for easy storage. 

Small Size: H200 x Diameter 380mm. 

Large Size: H350 x Diameter 450mm. 

Not suitable to be left outdoors. 

1 

Nature Print 


CE07271 3pk Small £172.24 

CE07511 2pk Large £158.99 

CE10134 4pk 1 Large & 3 Small £238.49 

2. Learn about Nature Tree 

Log Cushion 

Realistic log print designed 

soft seating. Ideal for use as an 

alternative to classroom chairs in 

themed areas, cosy corners or break 

out areas. Lightweight which is 

easy to move allowing for flexibility 

in your setting. H250 x W1000 x 

D400mm. 

CE07510 £254.39 

3. Log Carry Cushions 

An engaging teaching resource, its 

easy to take learning with you using 

this handy set of carry cushions. 

Use as an inspirational learning aid 

for scientific lessons on nature, life 

cycles, natural materials, forests, 

habitats and more. Diameter 

400mm. Height 50mm. Pack of 6. 

2 

3 

CE10138 £250.41 

4. Learn About Nature 

Toadstool Seats 

These unique and engaging 

toadstool soft seating bundles will 

enhance any lesson about nature 

and the environment. A wonderful 

addition to any classroom area or 

lesson theme. Made from a practical 

water resistant and wipe-clean 

fabric. Lightweight and portable 

these seats are ideal for reading 

corners, small teaching groups. 

reception or breakout areas. Small 

Size: H190mm(h) x Dia 340mm. 

Large Size: H330mm x Dia 450mm. 

CE11588 3 Small Toadstools £234.51 

CE11587 2 Large Toadstools £174.89 

CE11589 1 Large & 3 Small Toadstools £283.54 

4 



Cushions 

1 

1. Bright Coloured Soft 

Cushions 

Create an inviting and engaging 

sensory learning space with this 

pack of soft cushions. Perfect for 

stroking, squishing and squeezing. 

Colours include: 2 each x blue, lime, 

yellow, orange, red. Free storage 

bag. W300 x L300mm. Pack of 10. 

CE07505 £95.39 

2 

10 

10 

2. Mixed Pattern Cushions 

A set of nine beautiful cushions in 

different shapes, sizes and colours 

to brighten up your learning 

environment. Different pattern 

on each side which complement 

each other perfectly. Made from 

polyester. Pack of 9. 

CE10048 £189.46 

3. Mixed Pattern Mustard 

and Grey Cushion Set 

These cushions are a great way to 

mix and match and brighten up a 

cosy area or baby room. Different 

pattern on each side of the cushion 

pack with comfy soft to touch 

material. Made from polyester. Pack 

of 9. 

CE10438 £166.94 

3 

9 

4 

4. Mixed Pattern Mustard 

& Grey Cushion Set with 

Rug 

Buy two of our customer favourites 

- Mixed Pattern Mustard and 

Grey Cushion Set (CE10438) and 

our Grey Mini World Cosy Carpet 

(CE10444GY) together for a great 

saving! 

CE11594 £258.36 

5. Natural Textured 

Cushions 

Set of 6 textured natural cushions. A 

great way to mix and match a cosy 

area. Different pattern and textured, 

yet cushions complement each other 

perfectly. Super soft, with removable 

covers which are wipeable. H100 x 

W380 x L380mm. 

CE11109 £151.04 

9 

5 6 

6. Geometric Grey and 

Mustard Cushions 

Set of 6 striking grey and mustard 

geometric patterns print cushions. 

Plain dark grey on the reverse. Ideal 

for break out and reception areas 

or baby rooms. Includes: 3 x Large 

cushions size 650 x 650mm and 3 x 

small cushions size 350 x 350mm. 

Removable covers, washable at 30 

degrees. 

CE10907 £136.46 

146 


1. Giant Bean Bag Floor 

Cushions 

A versatile bean bag floor cushion 

ideal for children from nursery to 

primary school. Offers multiple 

seating positions and can sit two 

students together comfortably for 

group work. W1800 x D1400mm. 

CE07265 Blue £178.86 

CE07264 Red £178.86 

CE07266 Purple £178.86 

1 

Beanbags 


2. Reclining Bean Bag Pod 

Chair 

Large bean bag chair with a reclining 

back support to ease you into the 

comfortable seat. Made from an 

extremely robust woven fabric and 

100% polyester, making it suitable 

for indoor and outdoor usage. 

H1180 x W660mm. Made from 

polyester. 

2 

CE20118 Purple £132.49 

CE20120 Red £132.49 

CE20121 Blue £132.49 

CE20117 Lime Green £132.49 

3. Bean Bag Chairs 

Comfortable childrens bean bags 

ideal for a variety of uses. Practical 

and stylish, these bean bags are 

available in an array of bright colours 

to brighten up a reading corner or 

home corner. Not suitable to be left 

outdoors. H560 x W580 x D580mm. 

CE10137BL Blue £92.74 

CE10137RE Red £92.74 


CE10137LI Lime Green £92.74 

4. Reclining Bean Bag Pod 

Chair 5pk 

Great value saving when you 

purchase this pack of 5 bean bag 

chairs. These large bean bag reading 

chairs, offer a supportive back 

rest and wide comfortable seat - a 

seating position ideal for reading 

and studying. Not suitable to be left 

outdoors. Diameter 660mm. Height 


3 

CE20122 £622.69 

SAVE 

£39 .75 

4 

5 


Office & Reception Furniture 

Office Storage 

1 

1. Office Filing Cabinets 

These cabinets are anti-tilt, fitted 

with locks and stylish silver handles. 

Accepts hanging foolscap files only 

- not designed for bulk storage. 

W480 x D655mm. H730, H1045 or 

H1360mm. Self Assembly. 

CE06805 2 Drawers H730mm Oak £288.84 

2 Drawers H730mm 

CE06814 

£288.84 

Beech 


CE20280 

£288.84 

Walnut 


CE06806 

£356.41 

Oak 


CE06815 

£356.41 

Beech 


CE20281 

£356.41 

Walnut 


CE06807 

£364.36 

Oak 


CE06816 

£364.36 

Beech 


CE20282 

£364.36 

Walnut 


OA 

BE 

WA 

H723 x W478 x D650mm H1038 x W478 x D650mm H1353 x W478 x D650mm H1353 x W478 x D650mm 


OA 

BE 

Choice Beach Oak Price 

2 Drawers CE11471BE CE11471OA £315.34 



2. Filing Cabinet 

Fully lockable drawers with ball bearing 

runners and anti-tilt mechanism. 45kg weight 

loading per drawer with 100% drawer 

extension. Sturdy 18mm melamine with a 

choice of matching desks and pedestals. 


148 


1. Storage Cupboards 

Lockable cupboards, ideal for school 

offices and general use. Useful 

storage with adjustable shelves 

that can be positioned at 32mm 

intervals. Solid full height, lockable 

doors with 18mm backs and 25mm 

thick tops, in various heights. W80 

x D47cm. Co-ordinates with other 

office furniture available, e.g. desk 

pedestals, filing cabinets, bookcases, 

cupboard combination units and 

Maestro, Vivo and Momento desks. 


OA 

2. Wooden Bookcases 

Durable, stylish bookcases, ideal 

libraries, classrooms the school 

office or staff rooms. Useful for 

various storage with adjustable 

shelves that can be positioned 

at 32mm intervals. Solid 18mm 

back panels and 25mm thick 

tops. W80 x D47cm, various 

heights. Co-ordinates with other 

items including: Lockable Storage 

Cupboards, Cupboard and Shelving 

Units, Office Wooden Filing 

Cabinets, Office Wooden Desk 

Pedestals, plus Maestro, Vivo and 

Momento desks. 

1 

2 


Height Oak Beech Price 

740mm CE06808 CE06817 £280.89 

1090mm CE20129 CE20130 £295.46 

1440mm CE06809 CE06818 £425.31 

1790mm CE20131 CE20132 £470.36 

2140mm CE06810 CE06819 £529.99 


Cupboard & Bookcase 

shelving: 

H740mm - 1 adjustable 

H1090mm - 2 adjustable 

H1440mm - 1 fixed, 

2 adjustable 


3 adjustable 


4 adjustable 

3 


740mm CE06811 CE06820 £209.34 

1090mm CE20133 CE20134 £261.01 

1440mm CE06812 CE06821 £288.84 

1790mm CE20135 CE20136 £401.46 

2140mm CE06813 CE06822 £454.46 

3. Cupboard Combination 

Units 

Ideal if space is limited providing 

open shelving and cupboard 

storage. A great addition to the 

office with easy access shelving 

which could also be used to display 

items. 18mm solid MFC backs and 

25mm tops. Cupboard doors are 

lockable. W80 x D47cm, various 

heights. Shelving is adjustable. 

Cupboard in units with height 

1440mm and 1790mm include 

one shelf, cupboard in unit height 

2140mm includes two shelves. 


Three Shelves CE20198 CE20201 £348.46 

Four Shelves CE20199 CE20202 £425.31 

Five Shelves CE20200 CE20203 £439.89 




1 

1. Stock Cupboards 

An essential storage cupboard for 

the school office, classroom or staff 

room. Essential cupboard with 

lockable doors in different heights. 

Features versatile shelving options 

to cater for different storage 

needs. Full Height: L1030 x W477 

x H1818mm (1 fixed, 4 adjustable 

shelves). 

Tall Height: L1030 x D477 x 


shelves). 

Medium Height: L1030 x W477 x 


shelves). 

Low Height: L1024 x W4.5 x 

H1018mm (2 adjustable shelves). 


from mfc. 

CE02193 H1018mm £404.11 

CE02192 H1268mm £418.69 

CE02191 H1518mm £449.16 

CE02190 H1818mm £463.74 

2 

3 4 

2. Beech Bookcase 

These open bookcases are ideal for 

offices, staffrooms, classrooms and 

libraries. Choice of four heights. 

Matching stock cupboards also 

available. All units width 900mm 

and depth 320mm. Height 750mm 

and 1000mm - 2 adjustable shelves. 

Height 1150mm - 1 fixed and 2 

adjustable shelves. Height 1800mm 

- 1 fixed and 4 adjustable shelves. 


from mfc. 

CE07590 H750mm £227.89 

CE07589 H1000mm £242.46 

CE07588 H1500mm £272.94 

CE07587 H1800mm £280.89 

3. Lockable Mobile 

Cupboard 

A very useful unit on castors for 

storing those items and activities 

that you want locked away when 

not in use. Comes with 12 clear 

trays. The castors, two lockable, are 

non-marking. Doors are lockable 

and supplied with two keys. H810 x 

W450 x L1220mm. 12 Trays. 

CA00457 £476.99 

4. Value Double Cupboard 

Mid height, mobile cupboard 

with two doors. Supplied with 

one adjustable shelf and lockable 

castors. Made from durable 18mm 

MDF with robust ABS edging. 

Easy to move. Ideal for office, 

staff room or classroom. Supplied 


D480mm. Made from mfc. 

CE10614 £264.99 

150 


1. Office Tambour 

Cupboards 

Bisley Tambour Cupboard is a two 

door cupboard that retracts its 

shutter doors to avoid opening into 

floor space. These cupboards provide 

a great amount of versatile storage 

space, suitable for storing and filing. 


CE06089 Grey H1016mm £529.99 

CE20137 Black H1016mm £529.99 

CE06092 Grey H1651mm £637.31 

CE20138 Black H1651mm £637.31 

CE06095 Grey H1968mm £682.38 

CE20139 Black H1968mm £682.38 

CE06096 Steel Shelf £38.41 

CE06099 Roll Out Filing Frame £140.44 

i 

1 



• Approved to 

BSEN14073 Parts 2&3 

and BESN14074 

• All tambours are 

supplied empty, 

accessories available 

• Lockable and 3 point 

lock for 1968mm high 

unit 

• Full length hand rail 

1 

2. Value Contract Double 

Door Cupboards 

Contract double door cupboards 

offering an economical solution 

to today’s office storage and filing 

requirements. The storage cupboard 

has two doors which open through 

180 degrees allowing the use of roll 

out fitments. Supplied with shelves. 

The lock consists of a two point 

locking system with a flush twist 

handle and two keys. Supplied fully 

assembled. 

Shelf for Tambour Units 

CE06109 Cream H1016mm £317.99 

CE06108 Grey H1016mm £317.99 

CE20153 Black H1016mm £317.99 

CE06113 Cream H1829mm £454.46 

CE06112 Grey H1829mm £454.46 

CE20152 Black H1829mm £454.46 

2 

Roll Out Filing Frame 

i 

• Low unit (includes 1 

shelf) W914 x D400 x 

H1000mm 

• High unit (includes 3 

shelf) W914 x D400 x 

H1806mm 

3. Extra Shelf for Lockable 

Metal Storage Cupboard 

Additional shelf to fit within the 

Lockable Metal Storage Cupboard 

(Value Contract Double Door 

Cupboard). W345 x L907mm. 

CE06114 £33.11 



Desking 

1 

2 

Rectangular desks are available in three lengths 

1200, 1400 and 1600mm and paired with a 

mobile 3 high pedestal drawer. Available in Beech 

and desks come with an 8 year manufacturer’s 

warranty. 

1. Rectangular Desk and 3 

High Pedestal Beech 

Simple and stylish desk with upright 

cantilever legs, paired with a mobile 

3 high pedestal. Can accommodate 

the under desk pedestal positioned 

either left or right. Co-ordinating 

storage units also available. 

Desk Dimensions: H725 x W800mm. 

Pedestal Dimensions: H567 x W426 

x D600mm. 

CE10784 L1200mm £447.84 

CE10785 L1400mm £467.71 

CE10786 L1600mm £483.61 

2. Radial Office Desk 

Traditional style crescent shaped 

office desks with large work surface. 

This desk works great in corners 

or where additional work space is 

needed. H725 x D1200mm. 

CE06627 

CE06626 

CE06629 

CE06628 

CE06631 

CE06630 

CE06633 

CE06632 

Left Hand W1600mm 

Beech 


Oak 

Right Hand W1600mm 

Beech 


Oak 


Beech 


Oak 


Beech 


Oak 

£348.46 

£348.46 

£348.46 

£348.46 

£394.84 

£394.84 

£394.84 

£394.84 


OA 

BE 

3 

3. Straight Office Desk 

Stylish rectangular office desk with 

robust silver cantilever frame. H725 

x D800mm. Supplied flat packed 

for self-assembly 

Code Length Price 

CE1536 L1000mm £200.06 

CE1537 L1200mm £211.99 

CE1538 L1400mm £234.51 

CE1539 L1600mm £250.41 

CE1540 L1800mm £272.94 


OA 

BE 

4 


letters to the end 


4. Wooden Desk Pedestal 

This low mobile pedestal accepts 

both foolscap and A4 files. It 

features lockable drawers for 

maximum security and castors 

for easy manoeuvrability. W426 x 

D600mm. 

H567 x W426 x D600mm H567 x W426 x D600mm H725 x W426 x D600mm 


Oak Beech Price 

2 Drawers CE07731 CE07732 £158.99 

3 Drawers CE07733 CE07734 £158.99 

High 3 Drawers CE07735 CE07736 £227.89 

OA 

BE 

152 


1. NEW Eco 18 4 Leg 

Rectangular Desk 

Eco 18 is an affordable office desk 

range with a variety of flexible 

options. Rectangular desktops are 

supported by a h-leg metal frame 

and desks are offered in a variety 

of sizes and two colour options to 

fit into the school office. Includes 

18mm thick rectangular desktops 

in wipe clean melamine and feature 

impact resistant edging. The desk 

is supplied with rear and side 

modesty panels for stability and to 

provide privacy for users. Supplied 

flat packed for self-assembly. Depth 

750mm. Height 725mm. 

2. NEW Eco 18 Rectangular 

Desk 2 Drawers 

















Desk 3 Drawers 




supported by a H-leg metal frame 


of sizes and two colour options 

to fit into the school office. D750 

x H725mm. Includes 18mm thick 

rectangular desktops in wipe clean 

melamine and feature impact 

resistant edging. The desk is 

supplied with rear and side modesty 

panels for stability and to provide 

privacy for users. Supplied flat 

packed for self-assembly. 

1 

2 

3 

Desking 

Code Width Price 

FF45475 W1200mm £238.49 

FF45476 W1500mm £251.74 


FF45482 W1200mm £312.69 

FF45483 W1500mm £329.91 

FF45481 W1800mm £347.14 



Desk 2 & 3 Drawers 
















4 


FF45518 W1200mm £312.69 

FF45520 W1500mm £329.91 

FF45521 W1800mm £347.14 


BE 

OA 



code e.g. FF45475OA 


FF45522 W1500mm £463.74 

FF45523 W1800mm £490.24 



Visitors Chairs 

1 

2 

3 

1. Stackable Upholstered 

Meeting Chair 

The Meeting Chair with a classic 

construct provides great value 

and comfort. The sturdy frame of 

the chair embodies a clean design 

suited for easy and simple stacking, 

up to a total of 8 chairs. Supplied 


D550mm. Seat height 485mm. 

CE11647BL Blue Blаck Frame £75.51 

CE11647BK 

Charcoal Grey Blаck 

Frame 

£75.51 

CE06127 Blue Chrome Frame £75.51 

CE06128 

Charcoal Grey Chrome 

Frame 

£75.51 

2. Curved Wooden Side 

Chairs 

A beech wood stacking chair 

suitable for training rooms, 

reception areas and other 

communal areas. Traditional in 

design, the chairs provide comfort 

through its cushioning and waterfall 

shaped seat to alleviate pressure on 

thighs. H850 x W520 x D600mm. 

Seat height 480mm. 

CE11649BL Blue Without Arms £151.04 

CE11648BL Blue With Arms £151.04 

CE11648BK Charcoal With Arms £151.04 

CE11649BK Charcoal Without Arms £151.04 

3. Puffin Chair 

A stylish choice for reception areas, 

staff rooms and libraries. A modern 

and comfortable design with deep 

supportive upholstery. Supplied with 

Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame 

paint. Supplied fully assembled. 

H730 x W540 x D600mm. Seat 

height 410mm. 

CE10576RE Red £384.24 

CE10576BK Black £384.24 

CE10576BL Blue £384.24 

4. Meavy Reception Seating 

A strong and modern reception 

seating solution in contemporary 

colours. Solid beech wood frame. 

Woven wool mix upholstered seat 

and back. Deep seat foam for 

added comfort. Overall size: H940 

x L720 x D720mm. Seat Height: 

470mm. Item is made to order 

and non-returnable. Supplied fully 

assembled. 

CE20170 Charcoal Fixed Arms £401.46 

CE20169 Charcoal Without Arms £384.24 

CE20166 Blue Without Arms £384.24 

CE20167 Blue Fixed Arms £401.46 

4 

154 


1. Bilbao Operator Chairs 

These high back operator chairs are 

the perfect addition for any office. 

The Bilbao Operator Chairs have a 

five star black nylon base, 50mm 

twin wheel castors and a manual 

height adjustment (seat height 

425 - 535mm, back height 550mm). 

W480 x D605mm. Supplied fully 

assembled. 


CE20183 

Charcoal Grey Without 

Arms 

£121.89 

CE20182 Blue Adjustable Arms £166.94 

CE20185 

Charcoal Grey Adjustable 

Arms 

£166.94 

2. Bilbao Lumbar Operator 

Chairs 

High back operator chairs that offers 

maximum lumbar support. Comes 

with a waterfall sculptured foam 

seat and manual height adjustment 

(seat height 425 - 535mm, back 

height 550mm). Available with no 

arms, fixed arms and adjustable 

arms. Supplied fully assembled. 

W480 x D605mm. 

1 

2 

Office Chairs 

High back operator chair that 

is shaped to offer maximum 

lumbar support 



CE20189 Black Without Arms £121.89 

CE20187 Blue Fixed Arms £158.99 

CE20190 Black Fixed Arms £158.99 

CE20188 Blue Adjustable Arms £174.89 

CE20191 Black Adjustable Arms £174.89 

3. Vantage Swivel Desk 

Chairs 

An economically priced, fully 

adjustable office chair. Features a 

contoured high back with comfortable 

waterfall shaped seat. Includes gas 

seat height adjustment, manual back 

height adjustment and the Asynchro 

version includes seat tilt adjustment. 

Seat height 460 - 570mm. Back 

height 530mm. Overall width 480mm 

and depth 605mm. Supplied fully 

assembled. Seat height 570mm. 

3 

Adjustable Arms No Arms Fixed Arms 

FROM 

£121 .89 

Blue Black Red Price 

Permanent Contact Back CE06115 CE06116 CE20172 £121.89 

Asynchro Mechanism CE06117 CE06118 CE20174 £139.11 

Fixed Arms CE07715 CE07716 CE20176 £151.04 

Adjustable Arms CE07717 CE07718 CE20178 £189.46 

4. Aurora High Back Mesh 

Office Chair 

High back mesh operator office 

chair with headrest for comfort 

in the classroom or school office. 

Designed with durability and 

comfort in mind with an internal 

steel frame and deep padded 

black air mesh seat. Seat height: 

440-560mm. Gas seat height 

adjustment, weight tension control, 

standard tilt lock, 5 star chrome 

base. Supplied flat packed for selfassembly. 

CE10133 £170.91 

4 

i 

• Gas seat height 

adjustment 

• Weight tension 

control 

• Standard tilt lock 

• 5 star chrome 

base 



Sofas & Arm Chairs 

1 

2 

Grey 

Blue 

1. Giant Patchwork 

Furniture Range 

Quirky, oversized sofa, chair and 

ottoman, in a vibrant patchwork 

design. Make a stunning statement 

in breakout and reception 

areas, libraries and reading 

corners.Durable fabric and wipe 

clean to meet the busy education 

environment. For safety in your 

school or nursery the range is also 

fire retardant. The storage ottoman 

has slow close hinges to help 

prevent finger trapping. Offering 

a great storage capacity for books, 

cushions or lots of other things. 

Sofa size: H670 x W680 x L2200mm. 

Chair size: H1280 x W840 x 

L1380mm. 

Ottoman size: H430 x W520 x 

L1500mm. 

CE10758 Chair £984.48 

CE10428 Sofa £1,212.38 

CE10429 Ottoman £682.38 

CE10430 Sofa And Ottoman £1,817.90 

2. Loose Cover Sofa 

Sofa made with a solid wooden 

frame construction for extra 

strength. The loose cover supplied 

with the unit can be machine 

washed at low temperature. Foam 

padding is fire retardant to UK 

standards. Available in four colours. 


W1600 x D750mm. Seat height 

440mm. 

CE10455 Grey £1,168.65 

CE07349 Teal £1,168.65 

CE07347 Mink £1,168.65 

CE07348 Red £1,168.65 

Mink 

Red 

156 


1. Formal Reception Area 

Seating 

These attractive tub chairs and sofas 

will enhance any reception, lounge, 

informal meeting area or even your 

staff room. Stylish and comfortable, 

with a black faux leather finish. 

Supplied with a two year guarantee. 

Chair size: H700mm x W670mm 

x L670mm. Two Seater Sofa size: 

H700mm x W670mm x L1185mm. 


CE06226 Chair £264.99 

CE06227 Sofa £356.41 

2. Wonderland Range 

Adult’s Chair and Sofa 

Add some style into your reception, 

lounge or staffroom with these 

funky tub chairs and sofas. These 

attractive tub chairs and sofas will 

help you add a modern edge to 

your school office furniture. They’re 

comfortable and feature a unique 

design. Made from fabric. Seat 

height 490mm. 

1 

Sofas & Arm Chairs 


CE06878 Chair £871.85 

CE06879 Sofa £948.70 

3. Wonderland Furniture 

Range 

A set of quirky furniture which 

will create a focal point in any 

reception area. Choose from a sofa, 

chair or footstool, all covered in a 

fire retardant sumptuous, tactile 

Chenille material. Ideal for nursery 

age children. Sofa size: H950 x 

W680 x L1650mm. Chair size: H950 

x W680 x L1280mm. Stool size: 

H150 x W430 x L390mm. Supplied 

fully assembled. Made from 

polyester. 

2 

CE05934 Chair £802.95 

CE05895 Sofa £992.43 

CE05953 Stool £121.89 

3 


Display 

Noticeboards 

1 

1. Tamperproof Lockable 

Noticeboards 

Decorative noticeboards with anodised 

aluminium frames with rounded corners and a 

protective, locking cover. Felt finish suitable for 

pins and staples. Locking, hinged PETG door or 

double doors on the two largest sizes. 


CE1026 H900 x W600mm £121.89 

CE1027 H900 x W1200mm £152.36 

CE1024 H1200 x W1800mm £299.44 

CE1025 H1200 x W2400mm £303.41 


RE BL GY 

To choose your colour add the 2 letters to the 

end of your order code e.g. CE10610RE 

2 

2. FlameShield Tamperproof 

Noticeboards 

Fire retardant noticeboards featuring a satin 

silver anodised aluminium frame. Designed to 

last and meet the required standards, these 

notice boards are heavier, robust and more 

dense than a standard noticeboard. 


CE1030 H900 x W600mm £158.99 

CE1031 H1200 x W900mm £250.41 

CE1028 H1200 x W1800mm £484.94 

CE1029 H1200 x W2400mm £573.71 


BL GY RE 



CE10610RE 

3. FlameShield Tamperproof 

Corridor Noticeboards 

This natural tricord hessian noticeboard is 

ideal for creating a calming and relaxing 

classroom environment. The noticeboards are 

fire retardant and with clear secure doors for 

safety and security. 

3 


CE11604 H600 x L900mm £184.16 

CE11605 H1200 x L900mm £284.86 

CE11606 H1200 x L1800mm £486.26 

CE11607 H1200 x L2400mm £571.06 

NA 

158 


Decorative Noticeboards 

A range of high quality noticeboards, with a variety of styles, colours and sizes to choose from. Ideal for 

displaying work and notices. Felt fabric cover which is suitable for pins and staples. 

Noticeboards 

Display 

1. Decorative Aluminium Framed 

Noticeboards 

An attractive noticeboard for use in unregulated or nonsensitive 

locations. Framed in anodised aluminium with 

concealed corner fixings. Rounded corners allow for an 

extra level of safety, and concealed corner fixings give a 

clean and tidy look. 

1 


RE BL GY 




CE1156 

CE1157 

CE1158 

H600 x 

W900mm 

H900 x 

W1200mm 

H1200 x 

W1800mm 

£37.09 

£49.01 

£79.49 

2. Decorative Unframed Noticeboards 

High quality school noticeboards available in a variety 

of colours and sizes. Pinnable noticeboard covered with 

traditional felt cloth. Board can be fixed either portrait 

style or landscape. 

2 


RE BL GY 




CE1154 

CE1153 

CE1155 

H900 x 

W1200mm 

H600 x 

W900mm 

H1200 x 

W1800mm 

£76.84 

£49.01 

£92.74 


Display 

Noticeboards 

1 

1. WeatherShield Outdoor 

Noticeboard Showcase 

Display information outdoors 

to visitors, staff and pupils with 

this outdoor noticeboard. The 

noticeboard has a double seal and 

fully enclosed case which protects 

from the elements and is IP55 

certified.Virtually shatterproof 

glazing and double locking systems 

ensure the enclosed framed 

noticeboard is a secure way of 

displaying information at your 

educational establishment. 

Dimensions Red Blue Grey Price 

H1031 x W1005mm CE06193 CE06194 CE06195 £454.46 

H1031 x W1220mm CE06196 CE06197 CE06198 £516.74 

H1031 x W1423mm CE06199 CE06200 CE06201 £523.36 

H1031 x W780mm CE06190 CE06191 CE06192 £372.31 

H555 x W742mm CE06187 CE06188 CE06189 £258.36 

RE 

BL 

GY 

2 

2. ColourPlus Frameless Noticeboard 

These pinnable boards are ideal for use 

within busy public spaces, learning and office 

environments. Eco-Colour is a self-coloured 

pinnable board made from recycled and 

recyclable materials and is available in a selection 

of 6 popular colours to suit any environment. 


Code Dimensions Price 

CE1526 H1200 x W2400mm £124.54 

CE1525 H1200 x W1800mm £112.61 

CE1524 H1200 x W1500mm £91.41 


CE1523 H1200 x W1200mm £79.49 

CE1522 H1200 x W900mm £60.94 

CY 

GR 

LL 

OR 

CE1521 H600 x W900mm £49.01 


3 

3. Eco Frameless Noticeboard 

These pinnable boards are ideal for use within busy 

public spaces, learning and office environments. 

Eco-Colour is a self-coloured pinnable board made 

from recycled and recyclable materials and is 

available in a selection of 6 popular colours to suit 

any environment.Boards have been independently 

tested and classified as class B according to 

European Reaction to Fire test BS EN 13501-1 to 

meet public area building regulations for mounting 

in sensitive areas such as corridors, stairways and 

entrances. 


CE10160 H1200 x W2400mm £151.04 

CE10159 H1200 x W1800mm £128.51 

CE10157 H1200 x W1500mm £105.99 


BK BL GR OR PU 

RE 

CE10158 H1200 x W1200mm £86.11 

CE10156 H900 x W1200mm £68.89 

CE10155 H900 x W600mm £50.34 


160 


1. Accents Mobile 

Noticeboard 

Make a statement with this bold and 

vibrant noticeboard and brighten 

up any office space or environment. 

Double sided noticeboard with 

a satin silver aluminium frame 

which features locking castors 

and a stability bar. Supplied fully 

assembled. 

1 

Noticeboards 

Display 


CE11034 H1200 x W900mm £238.49 

CE11035 H900 x W1200mm £238.49 

CE11036 H1200 x W1200mm £290.16 

CE11037 H1500 x W1200mm £317.99 

CE11038 H1200 x W1500mm £317.99 

CE11039 H1200 x W1800mm £345.81 

2. Accents Unframed 

Noticeboards 

Unframed noticeboard with vibrant 

colourful felt cover for information 

and displays. Boards can be butted 

together to show off art projects 

and large school presentations. 

Suitable for pins and staples. Can 

be mounted portrait or landscape. 

Fixings supplied. 


CE11040 H600 x W900mm £52.99 

2 

CE11041 H900 x W1200mm £71.54 

CE11042 H1200 x W1200mm £87.44 

CE11043 H1200 x W1500mm £100.69 

CE11044 H1200 x W1800mm £108.64 

CE11045 H1200 x W2400mm £127.19 

3. Accents Framed 

Noticeboard 

A noticeboard with classic frame 

and felt fabric board. Satin silver 

anodised aluminium frame with 

rounded safety corners and 

concealed corner fixing for safety 

in schools. Suitable for pins and 

staples. Mount either portrait or 

landscape. Wall fixings included. 


CE11046 H600 x W900mm £60.94 

CE11047 H900 x W1200mm £91.41 

CE11048 H1200 x W1200mm £116.59 

3 

CE11049 H1200 x W1500mm £132.49 

CE11050 H1200 x W1800mm £148.39 

CE11051 H1200 x W2400mm £177.54 


BL GR NA PU 



Display 

Whiteboards 

1 

1. Coloured Edge Wall Mounted 

Whiteboard 

Practical, wall mounted whiteboards with an attractive 

coloured edge trim. Non-magnetic, double sided with a 

modern coloured curve. Colour co-ordinated fixing kit 

included. Supplied fully assembled. Made from plastic. 


BK 

BL 

To choose your colour add the 2 letters to the end 



CE1006 H900 x W1200mm £52.99 

CE1007 H1200 x W1500mm £70.21 

CE1009 H1200 x W2400mm £112.61 

CE1010 H600 x W900mm £35.76 

2 

3 

2. Magnetic Whiteboards 

Magnetic whiteboard constructed from coated steel 

with a satin silver anodised aluminium frame. Fitted with 

rounded safety corners and concealed corner fixings to 

ensure safety as a classroom whiteboard. Pen ledge for 

storage of whiteboard pens and erasers. All wall fixings 

included. 


EE01462 H600 x W900mm £56.96 

EE00596 H900 x W1200mm £84.79 

EE01463 H1200 x W1200mm £96.71 

EE01464 H1200 x W1500mm £121.89 

EE00597 H1200 x W1800mm £143.09 

EE00598 H1200 x W2400mm £180.19 

3. Non Magnetic Whiteboard 

Non-magnetic, double sided whiteboard with an 

aluminium frame. Feint grid on one side and plain on 

reverse. Grid guide of 25mm is ideal for neater writing 

and charting. Pen ledge and wall fixings included. 5 year 

surface guarantee. 


EE01461 H1200 x W1500mm £94.06 

EE00594 H1200 x W1800mm £102.01 

EE00595 H1200 x W2400mm £123.21 

4 

4. Perpetual Magnetic Whiteboard Wall 

Planners 

Weekly, monthly and annual wall planners on a 

magnetic whiteboard to allow for perpetual use. Make 

note of the busy classroom schedule utilising the 

drywipe surface and aluminium frame for ease and 

continuous use. H600 x W900mm. Magnetic. 

Code Type Price 

CE10497 Weekly Planner £72.86 

CE10498 Monthly Planner £72.86 

CE10499 Annual Planner £72.86 

Annual Planner 

Monthly Planner 

162 


1. Rotating Magnetic 

Whiteboard 

Magnetic mobile whiteboard which 

can rotate 360° through either the 

vertical or horizontal axis. Locking 

pivot mechanism and castors. Both 

sides plain. 

1 

Whiteboards 

Display 

CE11019 

CE11020 

CE11021 

CE11022 

CE11023 

Magnetic Portrait 

H1200 x W900mm 

Magnetic Landscape 

H900 x W1200mm 

Magnetic Square 

H1200 x W1200mm 


H1200 x W1500mm 


H1200 x W1800mm 

£323.29 

£323.29 

£404.11 

£427.96 

£471.69 

2. Large Mobile Whiteboard 

These double-sided, mobile 

whiteboards are easy to manoeuvre 

between classrooms. Non-magnetic 

whiteboard is plain on one side with 

a feint grid on the reverse. Magnetic 

whiteboard is plain on both sides. 

Height adjustable by 210mm. 

CE06705 

CE06706 

CE06707 

CE06708 

CE06709 

CE06710 

CE06711 

CE06712 

Non-Magnetic 

H1200 x W900mm 

Non-Magnetic 

H1200 x W1200mm 

Non-Magnetic 

H1200 x W1500mm 

Non-Magnetic 

H1200 x W1800mm 

Magnetic 

H1200 x W900mm 

Magnetic 

H1200 x W1200mm 

Magnetic 

H1200 x W1500mm 

Magnetic 

H1200 x W1800mm 

£185.49 

£209.34 

£242.46 

£258.36 

£209.34 

£242.46 

£275.59 

£323.29 

3. Mobile Rotating 

Horizontal Whiteboard 

Mobile whiteboard that rotates 

360° through its horizontal axis. 

Contemporary lightweight stand 

with a locking pivot mechanism 

which can lock into any position. 

Supplied complete with pen tray 

and stability bar. Feint grid on one 

side of the board with grid size 

25mm x 25mm, plain on the other 

side. Easy to manoeuvre on locking 

castors. 5 year surface guarantee. 

CE10487 

CE10489 

CE10488 

CE10492 

CE10490 

CE10493 

CE10491 

CE10494 

CE10495 

CE10496 

Non-Magnetic 

H600 x W900mm 

Non-Magnetic 

H900 x W1200mm 

Non-Magnetic 

H1200 x W1200mm 

Non-Magnetic 

H1200 x W1500mm 

Non-Magnetic 

H1200 x W1800mm 

Magnetic 

H900 x W600mm 

Magnetic 

H900 x W1200mm 

Magnetic 

H1200 x W1200mm 

Magnetic 

H1200 x W1500mm 

Magnetic 

H1200 x W1800mm 

£190.79 

£222.59 

£209.34 

£242.46 

£250.41 

£274.26 

£264.99 

£291.49 

£323.29 

£365.69 

3 

2 


Display 

Flipcharts & Easels 

1 

2 3 

1. UltraMate Magnetic 

Flipchart Easel 

UltraMate is a lightweight all in one 

double sided flipchart easel. No 

assembly required. Easy to adjust 

to your preferred height. Stable 

loop leg base incorporates stability 

foot bar. Supplied fully assembled. 

H1000 x W700mm. 

CE07845 Black £145.74 

CE07843 Blue £145.74 

CE07846 Grey £145.74 

CE07844 Green £145.74 

CE07842 Red £145.74 

CE07847 White £145.74 

2. Ultramate Mobile Easel 

Use as a mobile whiteboard or 

mobile easel, this is ideal for display 

or presentation purposes. Providing 

a magnetic, dry wipe surface and 

flip chart clamp for standard A1 

flip chart pads, this is a versatile 

product ideal for classrooms, offices 

or school receptions. H1000 x 

W700mm. 

CE07841 White £182.84 

CE07840 Grey £182.84 

CE07836 Red £182.84 

CE07839 Green £182.84 

CE07838 Black £182.84 

CE07837 Blue £182.84 

3. Basic A1 Flipchart Easel 

Basic flip chart easel, easy to move. 

Ideal for meeting rooms, staff 

rooms and break out areas. Free 

standing and height adjustable with 

drywipe magnetic or non-magnetic 

surface. Flip chart clamp to take 

standard A1 flip chart pads. One 

year surface guarantee. Magnetic - 

W750 x H1065mm. Non magnetic - 

W600 x H900mm Made from metal. 

CE07835 Non-magnetic £92.74 

CE07834 Magnetic £94.06 

164 


1 

Panels & Partitions 

Display 

1. Busy Screen Divider 

This range of free standing screens are perfect for sectioning out areas 

of your school. Supplied with two stabiliser feet designed to prevent 

twisting and rounded upper corners so you don’t need to worry about 

sharp edges. Item is non-returnable. 

Available in a range of 6 colours 

Purple, Green, Orange and Cyan are available in a Loop Nylon Material 

Royal Blue and Red are only available in a Woven Cloth Material 


CE20111 Cyan H1200 x W1000mm £211.99 

EE01592 Orange H1200 x W1000mm £211.99 

CE20308 Royal Blue H1200 x W1000mm £211.99 

EE01590 Purple H1200 x W1000mm £211.99 

EE01591 Bright Green H1200 x W1000mm £211.99 

CE20309 Red H1200 x W1000mm £211.99 

CE20112 Cyan H1200 x W1200mm £227.89 





CE20312 Red H1200 x W1200mm £227.89 

CE20113 Cyan H1600 x W1200mm £258.36 





CE20315 Red H1600 x W1200mm £258.36 


CE20115 Red H1800 x W1600mm £280.89 


CY RB PU 

GR RE OR 


Outdoor 

Outdoor Active World 

2 

1 

3 

MULTIBUY 

SAVING 

£26 .50 

4 

1. Metal Tilted Tray Trolley 

with Trays 

Robust outdoor metal trolley, 

complete with Gratnells trays. Heavy 

duty, lockable wheels designed for 

outdoor terrain. Trays positioned 

for easy access to resources. Trays 

supplied as shown, size: W310 x 

L430 x D150mm. Outdoor cover 

also available to help protect 

from the elements if left outside. 

Cover colour may vary. Supplied 



D420mm. 

CE11386 Green Trolley £397.49 

CE10161 Cover £109.96 

CE10162 Blue Trolley £397.49 

CE11387 Green Trolley and Cover £480.95 

CE10340 Blue Trolley and Cover £480.95 

2. Mini Shed 




resources. This is an extremely 

sturdy unit that will stand the 

test of time. Ideal for storing PE 

equipment, mark making materials 

or other outdoor curriculum 

resources. Two fully opening doors. 

Fixed shelving. Can be secured 

with a padlock (not included). 

Made from quality pre-treated 



infestation for 10 years. Supplied 


D630mm. 

CE10043 £455.79 

5 6 

3. Hanging Storage Buckets 

Hanging metal buckets for handy 

storage inside or out. Buckets can 

hang on doors, storage units, or 

anywhere to provide easy access 

to their contents. Metal frame also 

available to hang multiple buckets 

on in one go. Set includes eight 

buckets (four large, four small). 

Ideal for providing children with 

easy access to small resources such 

as mark making materials or loose 

parts. 

CE10421 Frame £87.44 

CE10899 Set of 8 Buckets £33.11 

CE10900 Pack of 8 Bucket Covers £13.24 

CE10903 Buckets, Frame & Covers £119.24 

MULTIBUY 

SAVING 

£39 .75 

4. Portable Storage Caddy 

Deep multipurpose caddy with carry 

handles. The caddy comes with a 

sizable handle that can easily be 

held by adults and children alike. 

Additionally, there’s an integral 

divider to keep contents separate. 

H280 x W360 x D300mm. 

CE11187GR Green £11.91 

5. Active World Tuff Tray 

Outdoor Table 

Designed to hold our Active World Tuff 

Tray this wooden outdoor table is ideal 

for a whole host of outdoor learning 

opportunities. Includes integral 

storage underneath. Active World 

Tray sold separately. Made from pretreated 

Scandinavian Redwood which 

is guaranteed against rot and insect 


fully assembled. Suitable to be left 

outdoors. H550 x W1000 x L1000mm. 

CE06868 £861.25 

6. Wooden Active World 

Tuff Tray Stand 

A wonderful outdoor wooden 

stand for an Active World Tuff Tray. 

Attractive alternative to a metal 

stand, with a natural, rustic finish. 

Complete with shelf, handy for 

locating resources whilst in use. 

Made from pre-treated Scandinavian 

Redwood which is guaranteed 

against rot and insect infestation for 

10 years. Supplied fully assembled. 

H750 x W550 x L550mm. 

CE10025 Single £278.24 

CE10699 3pk £794.96 

166 


7 8 

Outdoor Active World 

Outdoor 

9 

7. Green Double Sided 

Metal Wellie Rack Stand 

Providing storage for up to 30 pairs 

of wellies, allowing easy access 

by children from both sides. This 

welly rack is mobile and sits on 

lockable castors allowing for easy 

transportation if required. Height 

1000mm. Length 1100mm. Made 

from metal. Width 300mm. 

CE10995 £331.24 

11. Plastic Active World Tuff 

Tray 

These durable tuff trays have so 

many amazing uses, from small 

world to messy play and sand and 

water. The Active World Tuff Tray 

(also known as a tuff spot) provides 

children with an ideal area for 

collaborative play. Suitable to be left 

outdoors. D60mm. 

8. Outdoor Wooden Loose 

Parts Trolley 

This outdoor wooden trolley 

with tilted access to trays is a 

great way to keep your outdoor 

area organised. Room to fit four 

Creative Crates or nine Deep 

Gratnells Trays (not included, but 

available separately). Supplied 


D430mm. 

CE10982 £515.41 

9. Adjustable Active World 


Help children self-access from 

different heights with this Adjustable 

Active World Tuff Tray Stand, 

designed to fit an Active World 

Tuff Tray. Buy a pack of 3 Tuff Tray 

Stands (all in same colour) and save! 


CE10938 Cream Single £105.99 

CE11385 Green Single £105.99 

CE00202 Blue Single £105.99 

CE11470 Cream 3pk £304.71 

CE11469 Green 3pk £304.71 

CE00704 Blue 3pk £304.71 

10. Wheelchair Accessible 

Active World Stand 

This height adjustable Active World 

Tuff Tray Stand has been specifically 

designed to be wheelchair 

accessible. The stand can be set at 4 

different heights: 700mm, 750mm, 

800mm and 850mm. Encourage 

inclusive play and exploration! 

W870 x L870mm. 

CE10944 £152.36 

TUFFB Blue Tray Single £21.19 

TUFF Black Tray Single £21.19 

TUFFG Green Tray Single £21.19 

CA02699 Blue Tray 3pk £59.58 

TUFF3 Black Tray 3pk £59.58 

CA02700 Green Tray 3pk £59.58 

CA00779 Multicoloured Tray 3pk £59.58 

CA01034 Active World Tuff Tray Cover £29.14 

CA04335 

Active World Tuff Tray 

Cover 3pk 

£80.78 

11 

10 


Outdoor 

Shelters & Playhouses 

1 

1. Mini Triangular Rainbow 

Room 

A cosy outdoor den with magical 

rainbow coloured windows. A 

quiet, calming sensory retreat 

with the added effect of coloured 

light beams that shines through 

the windows. Ideal in any outdoor 

space, especially where if space is 

limited. Features a wooden base so 

can be used all year round without 

worrying about ground conditions. 

Position on flat ground. Does not 

require installation. Made from 

Pressured Treated Wood (which 

is guaranteed for 10 years) and 

coloured safety Perspex. Please 

note equipment would be required 

to lift it over a gate or a fence due 

to its size and weight. Supplied 



L1000mm. 

CE10346 £926.18 

2 

3 

2. Outdoor Rainbow Tunnel 

Wooden pyramid shaped tunnel 

with rainbow effect coloured 

windows. A stunning feature in 

any outdoor space. Use as a trike 

ride through, a cosy nook for small 

groups, or just to play in. Wooden 

base so it can be used all year round 

without worrying about ground 

conditions. Position on flat ground. 

Does not require installation into 

the ground and is feasible to move. 

Made from coloured safety Perspex 

and pre-treated Scandinavian 

Redwood, which is guaranteed 

against rot and insect infestation 

for 10 years. Delivered in two 

parts. Will require two people for 

straightforward assembly. Supplied 

flat packed for self-assembly. H1600 

x L1890 x D1400mm. 

CE10416 £1,995.00 

3. Outdoor Rainbow Stage 

Ideal for outdoor role play and 

pretend play scenarios, this 

colourful stage is a truly open 

ended item. With coloured Perspex 

windows and a truly unique design, 

this is an ideal focal point in your 

outdoor school space. Great 

for adding some fun into your 

outdoor school playground, this 

fabulous unique outdoor stage can 

accommodate groups of children 

so it’s perfect for putting on plays 

or musicals. Could also be used 

at break time for somewhere to 

sit or to use as a reading area. 

Must be installed on flat ground. 

Made from a pre-treated, premium 

grade Scandinavian Redwood. Age 

3-11 years. Supplied flat packed 



L3100mm. 

CE06860 £2,250.00 

168 


1 

Physical Development 

Outdoor 

i 

• The climbing holds 

present different 

degrees of challenge. 

• Get comfy inside and 

set up a hard to find 

getaway. 

1. Wooden Climbing Prism 

Outdoor free standing climbing 

structure presenting lots of interest 

and challenge. Each side of the 

prism presents confident climbers 

with a different kind of challenge, 

including climbing holds or ropes. 

Must be installed on a level surface 

at least 2m from any other outdoor 

equipment. Standard delivery is 

kerb side drop only. If you require 

the item to be positioned in your 

outdoor area, please order assisted 

delivery. Assisted delivery is a two 

person service, positioning your 

resource where you need it. This 

resource is self-assembly. Supplied 



W150 x L200cm. Suitable for age 3 

years and up. 

CE06658 Standard Delivery £1,987.50 

CE10353 Assisted Delivery £2,252.50 

2. Climbing Frame Tower 

with Slide 

This play tower provides an escape 

from the hustle and bustle of the 

playground. Built to encourage 

children to learn and develop from 

an early stage whist having fun and 

being active. Featuring a slide, a 

climbing wall and a hideaway hole 

at the back. Made from pre-treated 



infestation for 10 years. Platform 

Height: H90cm Price includes 

delivery and assembly. Suitable to 

be left outdoors. W130 x L250cm. 

Suitable for 3 to 6 years. 

CE10485 £4,505.00 

2 


Outdoor 

Tables & Seating 

1 

Child 

Adult 

2 

2 

1. NEW Picnic Bench 

An attractive yet durable wooden 

Picnic Bench that will compliment 

your outdoor break or play area. 

Available in both adult and child 

sizes and made from high-quality 

treated timber, they are designed 

to comfortably seat 6 people. 

Child Picnic dimensions: H570 x 

W1310 x D1200mm. Adult Picnic 

dimensions: H700 x W1650 x 

D1800mm. Supplied flat packed 

for self-assembly. Suitable to be left 

outdoors. 

FF45741 Child £437.24 

FF45740 Adult £529.99 

2. NEW Outdoor Table & 

Benches 

Attractive outdoor table and 

freestanding benches. Well finished 

design with rounded corners on 

the table and benches. Position 

the benches where you like as not 

fixed to the table. Table provides 

a sizeable work area - ideal for 

younger children to stand to. 

Supplied fully assembled. Suitable to 

be left outdoors. 

FF46620 £529.99 

Table Dimensions: H500 x W600 x L1300mm. 

Bench Dimensions: H300 x W240 x L1000mm. 

170 


1 

Tables & Seating 

Outdoor 

Three different stool designs 

Ideal for both children and adults 

MULTIBUY 

SAVING 

£66 .25 

Perfect for role play scenarios 

Use to create an inspiring and engaging outdoor reading area 

1. Storytellers’ Wooden 

Seating Collection 

Transform story time and children’s 

imaginations like never before with 

this Storytellers Outdoor Wooden 

Seating Collection. Made from 

quality pre-treated Scandinavian 


against rot and insect infestation 

for 10 years, this is the perfect 

statement to add interest, intrigue 

and improved imaginations to 

your outdoor learning space. Items 

within this range are perfect to 

be used individually or combined 

together to create a larger outdoor 

learning space. Chair: W880 x D800 

x H1600mm. Seat Height 440mm. 

Stool: Diam approx.300mm, Height 

320mm. 

CE11015 Storytellers’ Chair £993.75 

CE11016 6 Storytellers’ Stools £563.11 

CE11017 Storytellers’ Chair & 6 Stools £1,490.63 

2. Freestanding Wooden 

Story Chair & 8 Stools 

Manufactured from high quality 

timber, take story time outside 

with this Story Circle and Reading 

Chairs. The set includes one Reading 

Chair and 8 Mini Stools, that 

allows you to make story time even 

more magical with the wonders 

of outdoor. Chair: W700 x D800 x 

H1500mm. 

Stools: W320 x D290 x H400mm. 

Made from pre-treated Scandinavian 




Suitable to be left outdoors. 

CE10080 £1,995.00 

2 


Outdoor 

Water Units 

1 

1. Large Double Sided 

Water Channelling Wall 

A large, double sided water 

channelling wall perfect for 

exploring water flow and 

experimenting with direction. 

Enrich your outdoor area with 

this wonderful water wall, ideal 

for supporting collaborative play. 

Water is held in the troughs at the 

top. All the accessories are loose 

which means the children can 

decide where they want to position 

the guttering and tubing as they 

investigate. Water is collected in 

removeable troughs at the bottom, 

so no puddles, and children can 

have fun scooping water back to 

the top again! H1200 x W800 x 

L1800mm. 

CE10021 £1,590.00 

Contents 

4 x troughs 

2 x set of 3 funnels 

4 x funnels with spout 

4 x funnel holders 

4 x clear pipes 

4 x large guttering 

4 x medium guttering 

16 x guttering hooks 

4 x colanders 

2 

2. Low Double Sided Water 

Channelling Wall 

Double sided water channelling 

wall at a lower height, ideal for 

younger children. Freestanding unit, 

with access on both sides so lots 

of children can enjoy investigating 

with water at the same time. Four 

taps, plus enough guttering, hooks, 

funnels and tubes (all included) 

to share around. Accessories can 

be positioned on the wall where 

children see fit, enabling them to 

experiment. Water is collected in 

removable troughs and can be 

easily scooped back to the top. 

Taps are lever based and easy for 

small hands to handle. Made from 






x D600mm. 

CE10422 £1,325.00 

Contents 

4 x troughs 

4 x colanders 

12 x guttering hooks 

3 x medium guttering 

3 x large guttering 

3 x clear pipes 

3 x clear funnels 

3 x funnel holders 

1 x set of 3 funnels 

172 


1. NEW Outdoor Raised 

Sand Pit 

This freestanding sandpit is a fun 

addition to any outdoor play area. 

Designed to encourage children 

to explore and play with sand 

while standing. Supplied with a 

wooden lid to keep sand dry and 

clean. Made from pressure treated 

timber. Supplied flat packed for 

self-assembly. Suitable to be 


D560mm. 

1 

Sandpits 

Outdoor 

FF45790 £423.99 

2. Small World Wooden 

Sandbox 

A sand box with a difference, lift the 

lid to uncover a world of exploration 

possibilities! With removable dividers 

(four sections), it can be filled with 

different materials. With the lid 

on it doubles up as a small world 

play table. Supplied flat packed 



D1500mm. Made from wood. 

2 

CE06861 £993.75 

3. Roadway Play Mat 

Helping to stimulate imaginations, 

this busy city scene will provide 

hours of fun-filled small world play. 

Fits perfectly inside the lid of our 

Small World Sandbox. Rolls up for 

easy storage. W1000 x L1500mm. 

Made from polyester. 

CE06995 £72.86 

4. Outdoor Wooden Sand 

Wall 

A fantastic addition to any outdoor 

play area, a brilliant resource for 

investigation and outdoor play. Fill 

up your buckets then tip the sand 

into the funnels and investigate 

what happens as it travels down the 

various chutes, changing direction 

and spinning around the wheel. 

Price includes delivery and assembly. 


W1500mm. Made from wood. 

3 

CE07818 £2,848.75 

4 


Outdoor 

Planters & Grow Beds 

1 

1. Wooden Sand Boxes and 

Planters 

Versatile wooden frame ideal for 

use either as a planter in your 

school garden or as a sand pit. 

Incorporates an integral seating area 

(width approx. 140mm) to enable 

children to sit on the edge during 

activity. Supplied flat packed for 

self-assembly. 

CE02831 Hexagon £198.21 

CE02674 Square £219.41 

CE02832 Hexagon Cover £33.11 

CE02824 Square Cover £33.11 

Hexagonal - Dia320mm 

Square - L1850mm 

Height - 320mm 

2 

2. Wooden Mini Square 

Sandbox and Planter 

A traditionally styled raised wooden 

bed, ideal for creating an instant 

garden. The same quality and 

design as its big brother, this smaller 

version is ideal for areas with less 

space. Integral seating area. No 

cover available for this sandbox/ 

planter. Made from pre-treated 



infestation for 10 years. Supplied flat 



D1150mm. 

CE02843 £158.99 

3 

3. Wooden Hexagonal 

Planter 

A fantastic addition to your school 

garden, the lip of the unit has a 

seat running along it so children 

can sit while planting. Our planter 

is designed for small groups to 

study growing plants and mini 

beasts. Supplied flat packed for selfassembly. 

Diameter 1550mm. H320 

x L800mm. 

CE06331 £284.07 

174 


1. NEW Outdoor Wooden 

Planter 

Robust, well-built raised planter, 

ideal for creating a gardening 

area or vegetable growing patch. 

Available in a selection of choices, 

the planters feature clever partitions 

which allow them to be divided 

into different growing areas. 

The Timber is pressure-treated 

Scandinavian Redwood and is 

guaranteed for 10 years against 

wood rot and insect damage. 

Two bed planter dimensions: 

H480 x W810 x D620mm. Three 

bed planter dimensions: H480 

x W1180 x D620mm. Four bed 

planter dimensions: H480 x 

W1080 x D1080mm. Supplied 


outdoors. 

ODP2227 2 Bed £250.00 

ODP2228 3 Bed £295.00 

ODP2229 4 Bed £350.00 

2. Veg Trug Planter 

Enough room to grow up to 30 

salads and vegetables at any one 

time, with this great space-saving 

growing solution. The easy build 

design means it arrives to you 

in one box with easy to follow 

instructions. Made from sustainable 

sources, comes with a purpose built, 

replaceable fitted membrane liner. 

Please note that the cold frame 

shown in the image is available to 

purchase separately. Small planter 

H80 x L103 x W76. Medium planter 

H80 x L183 x W76. Supplied flat 


be left outdoors. 

CE10736 Small £199.99 

CE10737 Medium £299.99 

3. Wallhugger Planter 

Natural Wood 

Ideal for narrow spaces and can be 

placed in front of a wall or fence 

for vertical growing. A comfortable 

working height with easy wheelchair 

access. Keeps produce away from 

slugs and animals. A unique V shape 

allows deep rooted produce. Small 

Wallhugger takes up to 170 ltr of 

compost and Medium WallHugger 

takes up to 310 ltr of compost. 

Small Wallhugger H800 x L1030 

x W460mm. Medium Wallhugger 

H800 x L1830 x W460mm. Supplied 



CE10738 Small £199.99 

CE10739 Medium £259.99 

Planters & Grow Beds 

1 

2 Bed 3 Bed 4 Bed 

2 

Medium 

Small 

3 

Outdoor 

Medium 

Small 


Outdoor 

Habitats 

1 

2 

1. Outdoor Wooden 

Crittacabin 

Free standing unit, ideal for 

studying minibeast activity through 

every season. The multi-habitats 

allow children to monitor the habits 

of insects and mammals. Locate in 

a sunny position preferably close 

to flowering plants and shrubs. 

For security and safety, there are 

pre-drilled holes on rear bracket 

to secure the unit to a supporting 

structure. It is recommended that 

there is a clear space of 1.5m 

in front of the unit. Supplied 



L1200mm. 

CE07397 £728.75 

i 

• Features multihabitats 

for different 

insects, hedgehogs & 

mammals 

• Ideal for studying 

minibeast activity 

through every season 

• A great feature for a 

wildlife garden 

3 

2. Bugs Life 

Study minibeast activity throughout 

the seasons, with this attractive, 

durable and sturdy unit. Consists 

of multi-habitats, allowing children 

to monitor different spiders and 

insects, Made from pre-treated 





L500mm. 

CE10483 £367.01 

3. Wooden Bug City 

There’ll soon be lots of creepy 

crawlies hiding in this quirky, 

natural environment for children to 

observe and learn about. Complete 

with viewing window, it’s a great 

addition to any nature corner. Must 

be placed on a flat surface. Made 

from pre-treated Scandinavian 




Suitable to be left outdoors. H1000 

x W500 x L1000mm. 

CE05961 £586.96 

176 


TOP TIP! 

Read our blog: 

‘Over 150 ideas for using 

your Active World 

Tray’ 

For more great ideas and 

inspiration for education 

visit creative-activity.co.uk 

1. Adjustable Active World 


Help children self-access from 

different heights with this 

Adjustable Active World Tuff Tray 

Stand, designed to fit an Active 

World Tuff Tray. Buy a pack of 3 

Tuff Tray Stands (all in same colour) 

and save! The tuff tray stand can 

be set at 4 different heights: 20cm, 

30cm, 40cm and 50cm, ideal for 

different age children and different 

activities. This tuff tray stand is 

easy to assemble, or disassemble 

to pack away. Active World Trays 

are not included, but are available 

separately. Suitable for 3 to 11 

years. Supplied flat packed for selfassembly. 

CE10938 Cream Single £105.99 

CE11385 Green Single £105.99 

CE00202 Blue Single £105.99 

CE11470 Cream 3pk £304.71 

CE11469 Green 3pk £304.71 

CE00704 Blue 3pk £304.71 

2. Plastic Active World Tuff 

Tray 

These durable tuff trays have so 

many amazing uses, from small 

world to messy play and sand 

and water. The Active World Tuff 

Tray (also known as a tuff spot) 

provides children with an ideal 

area for collaborative play. Made 

from recycled plastic, these great 

Active World Tuff Trays store easily, 

are easy to carry and they are 

extremely durable making them 

the best tuff trays. Why not fill it 

up your tuff spot with sand and 

hunt for squidgy sparkle letters, fill 

it with water and sail a boat you 

made yourself, or use it as a giant 

inspection tray for minibeasts? The 

possibilities are endless! Suitable for 

age 3 years and up. Suitable to be 

left outdoors. D6cm. 

TUFFB Blue Tray Single £21.19 

TUFF Black Tray Single £21.19 

TUFFG Green Tray Single £21.19 

CA02699 Blue Tray 3pk £59.58 

TUFF3 Black Tray 3pk £59.58 

CA02700 Green Tray 3pk £59.58 

CA00779 Multicoloured Tray 3pk £59.58 


CA01034 

£29.14 

Cover 


CA04335 

£80.78 

Cover 3pk 

3. Wheelchair Accessible 

Active World Stand 

This height adjustable Active World 

Tuff Tray Stand has been specifically 

designed to be wheelchair 

accessible. The stand can be set at 4 

different heights: 70cm, 75cm, 80cm 

and 85cm. Encourage inclusive play 

and exploration! W870 x L870mm. 

CE10944 £152.36 

Active World 

Used in settings for many years, the Active World Tray offers a flexible contained space for 

open-ended play. The octagonal shape is ideal for an individual child, or a group of children 

to play together. The raised sides are perfect for containing sensory materials, messy play, 

small world scenes and much more. Team with a height adjustable stand and you’ve got 

a flexible unit that can be used with babies and children of all ages. Now with new colour 

combinations too, to suit different environments whether inside or outdoors. 

1 

2 

3 

Early Years 


Early Years 

Dens 

1 

Now available in cream 

The Play Pod Den coordinates 

with items in the 

Rooms Scenes range see 

pages online for details. 

1. NEW Play Pod Den 

Arch shaped canopy with wooden 

frame creates a wonderfully cosy 

indoor den. Frame is freestanding 

and easy to move if need be. 

Available with two pairs of curtains, 

to hang front and back, one pair, 

or without curtains. Curtains are 

removable. Canopy fabrics are 

made from polyester and can be 

wiped clean. Supplied flat packed 

for self-assembly. H1200 x L1800 x 



CE10241 No Curtains £467.71 

CE10242 1 Set of Curtains £515.41 

CE10243 2 Sets of Curtains £551.19 

2 


CR LI BK 



code e.g. CE10243CR 

2. Dome Den 

Beautifully shaped structure, ideal 

for making indoor play dens and 

framing cosy spaces. Transform 

your Dome Den with a myriad of 

different fabrics, decorations and 

weaving options. Supplied flat 


x W1200 x L1200mm. Made from 

mdf. 

CE10418 £569.74 

178 


1 

Dens 

Early Years 

1. House Den Frame 

Wooden den frame shaped like a 

house. Really useful open ended 

structure. Dress and theme in lots 

of different ways. Bring structure 

to home corners and role play. 

Portable and lightweight. Suitable 

from birth. Supplied flat packed 


L1200mm. Made from wood. 

CE10425 Den Frame £304.74 

2 

2. Indoor Two Floor Role 

Play Loft 

Ideal unit to help you transform 

your learning environment into an 

array of different role play scenarios. 

Durable structure made from solid 

beech. Anti-slip staircase leads to an 

upper viewing gallery. Supplied flat 


W2700 x D2700mm. 

CE05904 £5,629.93 


Early Years 

Dens 

1 

Includes two sets of curtains 

2 

1. Wooden Framed Playtent 

with Book Storage 

Create your own role play, 

reading or cosy space with this 

multi-purpose wooden framed 

tent. Made from beechwood ply, 

complete with a set of red covers 

and curtains. The sides of the arch 

feature two shelf storage units. 

Bookshelves each measure L1775 x 

W935 x H1175mm. Arch measures 

W1220mm x H1110mm. Suitable 

for 3 to 11 years. Supplied flat 



plywood. 

CE00248 £503.49 

2. Millhouse Den Cave Set 

Taupe Roof 

Millhouse den cave set with two 

shelving units and roof. Use to 

create cosy reading corners, quiet 

play areas or to divide areas. 

Features 2 x maple melamine 

Open Storage Units with Den Cave 

Roof add-on (both also available 

separately). The Open Storage Units 

are made from maple melamine 

and are delivered fully assembled. 

The Den Cave Roof is be attached 

to the units using the Allen key and 

bolts supplied. Baskets and tubs 

available separately. H1140 x W2250 

x D900mm. 

CE11136 Tall with Blue Roof £1,040.13 

CE11135 Tall with Taupe Roof £1,040.13 

180 


1. NEW Grey Walk Up 

Changing Unit 

Our versatile changing unit with 

steps for toddlers to make their own 

way to the top, is now available in 

grey. Steps can be positioned to the 

left, right or front of the unit to suit 

your space and practitioners’ needs. 

Steps help reduce repeated lifting 

for staff, and are easily removed 

by an adult when not in use. Made 

from highly durable MDF with wipe 

clean laminate finish. Includes a 

soft, comfortable, vinyl mat that’s 

easy to keep clean. Maximum 

recommended user weight: 22kg. 

Mobile on durable, lockable castors 

enabling you to reposition the 

unit. Features a lockable cupboard 

with shelving and a series of 

compartments, ideal for organising 

nappies. The unit is delivered 

fully assembled so it’s good to 

go as soon as it arrives. Supplied 


D590mm. 

1 

Baby Changing 

Early Years 

EL45241 £780.43 

2. Walk Up Change Unit 

with Antibac Mat 

Versatile baby changing unit with 

steps for toddlers to make their 

own way to the top. Steps can 

be positioned to the left, right or 

front of the unit to suit your space 

and practitioners’ needs. The steps 

help reduce repeated lifting for 

staff, and are easily removed by an 

adult when not in use. Includes a 

changing mat, which is available 

in a choice of 3 colours to suit 

your settings colour scheme. The 

storage cupboard underneath 

ensures that all your essentials can 

be easily accessed whilst using it. 

Featuring two lockable doors, the 

unit has two shelves as well as 6 

individual compartments at the top 

purposefully designed for storing 

nappies by size order. Shelves are 

the ideal place to store wipes, hand 

sanitiser, sanitising sprays and 

all other essential items for baby 

changing. Supplied fully assembled. 

H970 x W1200 x D590mm. Made 

from mdf. 

2 

CE10941 With Cream Mat £780.43 

CE10942 With Grey Mat £780.43 

CE10940 With Lime Green Mat £780.43 


Early Years 

Millhouse Range 

1 

2 

9 

5 

4 

7 

3 

8 

6 

SAVE 

£331 .25 

2 3 4 

5 

6 

1. Millhouse BIG DEAL 

Under 3’s Role Play Zone 

The Millhouse Under 3’s Role Play 

Zone, has a wonderful selection 

of height appropriate furniture, 

aimed at supporting role play and 

developing communication skills. 


CE11775 £3,044.85 

2. Low Storage Shelving 

Corner Unit 

H430 x W500 x D500mm. 

CE08215 £310.04 

3. Millhouse Beech Stacking 

Chairs 


CE11432 Seat Height 210mm £291.49 

4. Millhouse Natural 

Storage Dresser 

H806 x W350 x D320mm. 

CE11743 £344.49 

7 

8 

5. Mini Mobile Dressing Up 

Unit 

Charming double-sided dressing up 

unit. H930 x W700 x D400mm. 

CE11342 £417.36 

6. Millhouse Natural 

Kitchen Set of 4 

Made from birch plywood. 

CA11415 £649.24 

Contents 

1 x Low Level 90 Degree Corner Unit 

1 x Beech Stacking Chair - Pack of 4 (Seat H210mm) 

1x Natural Storage Unit (H806mm) 

1 x Mini Mobile Dressing Up Unit 

1 x Natural Kitchen Set of 4 - Cooker, Fridge, 

Washer, Sink (H400mm) 

2x Low Level Storage Bench with 3 Baskets 

1 x Theatre Add on with Taupe Curtains 

1 x Square Table 560mm(w) 

x 560mm(d) x 400mm(h) 

9 

7. Large Hall Bench with 

Storage 

H430 x W900 x D400mm. 

CE08212 with 3 Baskets £486.26 

8. Millhouse Square Table 


Depth 560mm. Width 560mm. 

CE11826 Height 400mm £209.34 

9. Top Add-Ons for 

Playscapes Base Units 


CE11710 Theatre with Taupe Curtains £182.84 

182 


1. Explorer Zone Room Set 

Save over £251.75 when you purchase this 

Explorer Room Zone. Featuring a variety of easy 

access and low level storage units, this explorer 

zone allows children to select their own resources 

which promotes independent learning. Supplied 

fully assembled. Maple. 

1 

8 

7 

Millhouse Range 

Early Years 

CE11134 Wicker Baskets £3,133.63 

CE08159 Clear Tubs £2,933.55 

Contents 

1 x Clear View Low Browser 

1 x Low Mirror Play Unit with 3 Clear Tubs 

or 3 Baskets 

1 x Low Level Storage Bench with 3 Clear 

Tubs or 3 Baskets 

1 x Mobile Mirror Storage Unit with 3 Clear 

Tubs or 3 Baskets 

1 x Shelf Unit with Display/Mirror Back with 

6 Clear Tubs or 6 Baskets 

1 x Mobile Tiered Shelf Unit with Mirror Back 

1 x Low level 90 degree Corner Unit 

5 

2 

SAVE 

£132 .50 

4 

3 

6 

2. Millhouse Clear View Low Height 

Book Browser 


H360 x W395 x D255mm. 

CE08210 £386.89 

3. Large Hall Bench with Storage 

H430 x W900 x D400mm. 

CE08211 with 3 Clear Tubs £451.81 

CE08212 with 3 Baskets £486.26 

4. Low Mirror Play Unit 


H430 x W900 x D400mm. 

CE08213 with 3 Clear Tubs £423.99 

CE10605 3 Wicker Baskets £523.36 

5. Low level mobile storage unit with 

display and mirror back 

H800 x W900 x D400mm. 

CE08214 Clear Tubs £553.84 

CE08219 Wicker Baskets £553.84 

6. Low Storage Shelving Corner Unit 


H430 x W500 x D500mm. 

CE08215 £310.04 

7. Tall Unit with Display & Mirror Back 

H660 x W900 x D400mm. 

CE08216 Clear Tubs £463.74 

CE08220 Wicker Baskets £529.99 

8. Mobile Storage Trolley with Display 

and Mirror Back 

H800 x W900 x D400mm. 

CE08217 Mirror Back £476.99 

2 3 

4 5 

6 7 

8 

9 

Free delivery to the room 

of your choice 

Unpacking and removal 

of packaging 

3D CAD room layout 

drawing available 

9. Millhouse Panel Connector 

Enabling you to refresh your space and configuration time 

after time to keep toddlers and children engaged with their 

environments. Connectors allow you further flexibility with 

your role play, pretend play and learning zones. 

CE08232 Room Divider Panel Connector £66.24 


Early Years 

Early Years Tables & Chairs 

1 

1. Half Circular Solid Beech 

Table 

Classic tables in solid beech, ideal 

for Early Years. These tables blend 

effortlessly into any Early Years 

setting. Robust and durable, solid 

legs ensure stability and won’t 

wobble. Rounded, smooth corners. 

To assemble, just add legs. Supplied 


CE20304 H460mm £394.84 

CE20306 H530mm £394.84 

CE20267 H400mm £394.84 

2 

2. Trapezoidal Solid Beech 

Table 

Classic tables in solid beech, ideal 

for Early Years. These tables blend 

effortlessly into any Early Years 

setting. Robust and durable, solid 

legs ensure stability and won’t 

wobble. Rounded, smooth corners. 

To assemble, just add legs. Supplied 


CE20307 H530mm £394.84 

CE20268 H400mm £394.84 

CE20305 H460mm £394.84 

3. Horseshoe Beech Table 

Horseshoe shaped table ideal for a 

teacher and small group of children. 

Made from quality solid beech with 

45mm legs. Solid frame on the 

underside for strength and stability. 

Useful for teacher led group activity 

or during mealtimes. Supplied flat 


W1520 x D760mm. 

CE10524 £439.89 

3 

4. Classic Beech Stackable 

Chairs 4pk 

The simple styling ensures these 

chairs will look good in your 

classroom for years. Quality design, 

made from solid beech with sturdy 

legs and ergonomic backrest. Chairs 

are robust yet easy to lift and stack. 

Pack of 4. Supplied fully assembled. 




5. Wooden Armchairs 4pk 

With rounded backrest, this armed 

Captain’s Chair comes in three seat 

heights. Small seat height 20cm; 

medium seat height 28cm; large seat 

height 32cm. Supplied flat packed 

for self-assembly. Pack of 4. 

FCAPCHS Small £332.56 

FCAPCHM Medium £332.56 

FCAPCHL Large £332.56 

4 

4 

4 

5 

184 


1. Classic Beech Veneer 

Rectangular Table 

Beech veneer top and solid beech 

legs. L1200 x W600mm Supplied flat 


CE03219 H530mm £295.46 

CE03217 H400mm £295.46 

CE03218 H460mm £295.46 


Square Table 

Can seat up to four. L750 x 

W750mm. Supplied flat packed for 


CE03213 H400mm £242.46 

CE03215 H530mm £242.46 

CE03214 H460mm £242.46 


Circular Table 

Can seat up to four. Supplied flat 

packed for self-assembly. Diameter 

900mm. 

CE03210 H460mm £303.41 

CE03211 H530mm £303.41 

CE03209 H400mm £303.41 

4. Classic Solid Beech 


L1200mm x W600mm Supplied flat 


CE06551 H460mm £409.41 

CE06552 H530mm £409.41 

CE06550 H400mm £409.41 

TOP TIP! 

These tables & chairs 

coordinate with the 

Room Scenes Range, 

see online for details. 

2 

3 


These classic tables will blend effortlessly into any classroom. Choice of beech veneer or 

solid beech top. Legs are 4.5cm solid beech, ensuring stability. Tables require simple leg 

assembly only. Coordinating chairs also available, see page 184. 

1 

SAVE 

SAVE 

£13 .25 £13 .25 

Early Years 



A smaller rectangular table made 

from solid beech which can seat up 

to four pupils. L960 x W600mm. 


CE06561 H530mm £364.36 

CE06560 H460mm £364.36 

CE06559 H400mm £364.36 


Square Table 

Square table with solid beech top 

and legs. Can seat up to four pupils. 

L750 x W750mm. Supplied flat 


CE06558 H530mm £258.36 

CE06557 H460mm £258.36 

CE06556 H400mm £258.36 


Circular Table 

Circular table with solid beech 

top and legs. Can seat up to four 

pupils. Supplied flat packed for selfassembly. 


CE06554 H460mm £372.31 

CE06553 H400mm £372.31 

CE06555 H530mm £372.31 

8. Beech Veneer Rectangular Table 

L1200mm and Chairs Offer 




10. Solid Beech Rectangular Table L960mm 

and Chairs Offer 




9. Beech Veneer Circular Table and Chairs 

Offer 

CE08056 H400mm £588.28 

CE08058 H530mm £588.28 

CE08057 H460mm £588.28 

SAVE 

£13 .25 SAVE 

£13 .25 

11. Solid Beech Circular Table and Chairs 

Offer 





Early Years 


1. Toddler Low Circular 

Table 

Durable round table, designed 

for younger children. Table height 

380mm, ideal for use with the 

200mm seat height Toddler Chairs. 

Height suitable for children aged 

2 - 3 when sat to the table on these 

chairs. Wipe clean. Simply attach 

legs to complete assembly. Supplied 


Diameter 1000mm. Height 380mm. 

CE00776 Single Table £181.51 

1 2 

3 4 

5 

4 

2. Toddler Low Square Table 

Durable table, designed for younger 

children. Table height 380mm, ideal 

for use with the 200mm seat height 

Toddler Chairs. Height suitable for 

children aged 2 - 3 when sat to the 

table on these chairs. Wipe clean. 

Simply attach legs to complete 

assembly. Supplied flat packed 


L800mm. 


3. Toddler Wooden Chair 

Specifically designed for younger 

children, a practical, robust, wooden 

chair. Supportive sides with rounded 

edges help younger children to feel 

secure. Stackable, lightweight and 

easy to carry. Seat height 130mm 

ideal for toddlers, seat height 

200mm ideal for age 2-3 years, and 

seat height 250mm ideal for age 3-4 

years. Supplied fully assembled. 

CE11492 Seat Height 130mm 4pk £225.24 

CE05885 Seat height 200mm 4pk £278.24 

CE07957 Seat height 250mm 4pk £304.74 

4. Teacher’s Birch Ply Wood 

Chair 

No more bending over and 

uncomfortable knees! Manufactured 

from solid Birch wood ply, the 

wider base allows adults to sit at 

the same height in a comfortable 

position. Designed to complement 

our Toddler Chairs. H570 x W400 x 

L530mm. Seat height 300mm. 

CE00778 300mm £59.61 

5. Rectangular Toddler Low 

Table 

Durable table, designed specifically 

for younger children. Table height 

380mm, ideal for use with the 

200mm seat height Toddler Chairs. 

Height suitable for children aged 

2 - 3 when sat to the table on these 

chairs. Wipe clean. Simply attach 

legs to complete assembly. Supplied 

flat packed for self-assembly. H380 x 

W610 x L910mm. 


186 


1. Natural Wooden Folding 

Early Years Table 

Low tables at the ideal height 

for toddlers and young children. 

Featuring a heavy duty top which 

is easily wiped clean making 

these folding tables ideal for 

playtime activities, snack times and 

lunchtimes Available in two heights 

400mm (ideal for age 2 - 3) and 

460mm (ideal for age 3 -4). Easy 

to fold - safety hinge on table leg. 

W1200 x D800mm. Supplied fully 

assembled. Width 800mm. 

1 


Early Years 

CE06843 H400mm £211.99 

CE08163 H460mm £211.99 

2. Circular Folding Natural 

Wooden Table 

Bring children together around 

this circular folding table. Easy to 

fold with safety hinge on table leg. 

Store away for extra space saving. 

Wipe clean, suitable for a variety of 

activities including messy play and 

meal or snack times. Height ideal 

for age 3 - 5 years. Heavy-duty table 

top, perfect for the busy nursery 

setting. Supplied fully assembled. 

CE08165 £258.36 

2 

3. Large Natural Wooden 

Table 

Comfortably seats up to eight 

children within your primary 

school or nursery setting. Create 

a communal area with this table, 

allowing a larger group of children 

to sit together, making it ideal for 

both lunchtimes or table based 

activities. Ideal for use with our 

Toddler Wooden Chairs. The height 

is suitable for children aged 2 - 4 

years when sat to the table (with 

seat height 210mm). Supplied 


L1600mm. 

3 

CE05703 £364.36 


Early Years 

Essentials Range 

1 

3 

2 

4 

Contents 

1 x Mobile Clear View Browser 

1 x Mobile Book Display Unit 

1 x Classroom Tidy Storage Unit 

1 x Display Unit 

1 x Essentials Low Single Box Store 

1 x Low Mirror Store 

Starter Set contents as pictured 

1. NEW Essentials Starter 

Set 

Set of Furniture items that neatly 

combines practical storage with 

space for role play. Furniture is 

freestanding and can be positioned 

as shown, or configured to suit your 

needs. Supplied flat packed for 


outdoors. 

FF46608 £1,974.18 

SAVE 

£132 .50 

2. NEW Essentials Mobile 

Clear View Browser 

Easy access storage unit with three 

compartments to help orgnaisation. 

Clear perspex sides make resources 

clearly visible. Easy to manoeuvre 

on lockable castors. Use for storing 

books, construction materials and 

other resources. Includes castors 

with the option to fit. Supplied flat 


H650 x W960 x D400mm. 

FF46071 £344.49 

3. NEW Essentials Mobile 

Book Display Unit 

Mobile unit with built in storage 

for forward facing books. Easy to 

manoeuvre on locakble castors. 

Forward facing book storage 

compartments enable to children 

to seen book covers and encourage 

more independent selection. Ideal 

for book corners, reading areas, and 

to help zone a space. Supplied flat 


H800 x W960 x D400mm. 

FF46145 £397.49 

4. NEW Essentials Low 

Single Box Store 

Low level unit for small world 

play and display. Three handy 

compartments for easy access 

storage. Use with various add-ons 

in this range, including the Theatre 

add on for role play, or double sided 

felt/dry wipe or mirror/dry wipe. 

Includes castors with the option to 

fit. Supplied flat packed for selfassembly. 

H430 x W960 x D400mm. 

FF45840 Unit £264.99 

FF45841 Unit with Trays £291.49 

FF45842 Unit with Baskets £344.49 

188 


Essentials Range 

Early Years 

5 

6 

7 

5. NEW Essentials Classroom 

Tidy Storage Unit 

Handy unit with 9 baskets or trays 

presented at 45 degrees. The 

angled baskets or trays are ideal 

for providing continuous provision 

of resources. Includes lockable 

castors for easy manoeuvrability. 

Use for a variety of reosurces such 

as, loose parts, construction and 

creative materials. Ideal for Early 

Years. Supplied flat packed for selfassembly. 

H800 x W960 x D400mm. 



6. NEW Essentials Display 

Unit 

Mobile unit with shelving, ideal for 

child self access and displays. Easy 

to manoeuvre on locakble castors. 

Shelves can be used for a variety 

of things, and are deep enough 

for use with baskets or other 

containers. Ideal for book corners, 

reading areas, and to help zone a 

space. Supplied flat packed for selfassembly. 

H800 x W960 x D400mm. 

FF46143 £331.24 

7. NEW Essentials Low 

Mirror Store 

Low level mirror topped unit with 

storage. Acryrlic safety mirror. Ideal 

for exploring reflection,constructing 

with metallics and small world 

play. Three handy compartments 

for easy access storage. Includes 

lockable castors with the option to 

fit. Supplied flat packed for selfassembly. 

H430 x W960 x D400mm. 

FF46079 Unit £304.74 



Co-ordinate with our 

new range of Eco Soft 

Furnishings made 

100% from recycled 

plastics salvaged 

from the land and 

ocean, see online for 

more details! 


Early Years 

Crates Collection 

Inspired by natural materials, this collection of beautiful crate storage helps give your setting a 

touch of rustic charm. Well finished, quality items, made with early years children and 

practitioners in mind. Practical, versatile and with a choice of colours to mix and match as you like. 

1 

1 

Change compartments to a flat position 

2 

1. NEW Continuous 

Provision Unit 

Easy access unit with individual 

compartments to help organise 

resources. Position against a wall 

or in the middle of a room for easy 

access. Compartments can fixed 

in a tilted or flat position. A flat 

position makes it easy to access 

the compartments from both 

sides. Ideal for loose parts, creative 

materials, or to create a literacy or 

maths station. Easy to manoeuvre 

on lockable castors. The unit has 

been finished to a high standard so 

it is tactile to touch. Compartment 

L330 x W260mm. Supplied fully 

assembled. Depth 380mm. Height 


FF45655 £596.24 

190 


2. NEW Double Sided 6 

Crate Mobile Unit 

A versatile, mobile unit with 6 rustic 

crates complete with carry handles. 

Easy to manoeuvre on lockable 

castors. Position against a wall or 

in the middle of a room for access 

from both sides. Crates are easy for 

children to handle and have nylon 

feet underneath to aid movement. 

Highly versatile, six crates provide 

maximum storage, use with three 

crates and gain a shelf, or remove 

all the crates for a mobile shelving 

unit. Crates can also be used 

separately. Depth 40mm. Height 


1 

Crates Collection 

Early Years 

FF45652 £529.99 

2 

2 2 

Remove all crates for shelves 


Early Years 

Jolly Back 

Improving posture and health for teachers and children 

Posture affects physical and mental wellbeing, as a result it directs affects learning. 

Correctly supporting children’s posture through an understanding of ergonomics and the 

use of well designed classroom furniture and spaces, improves concentrationand productivity, 

reduces discomfort and importantly helps future proof children’s health. Postural 

health is equally important for education professionals as it lessens and prevents pain, 

improves morale and energy levels. Jolly back furniture has been proven to reduce absence 

from back pain, bring benefits to teachers, employers and students. 

1 

Lorna Taylor (Physiotherapist and Founder Jolly Back 


BL GY RE 

To choose your colour add the 2 letters to 

the end of your order code e.g. FF10627BL 

1. Jolly Back Chair 

Innovative chair designed to 

promote natural upright posture. 

Large and medium height chairs are 

fitted with lockable castors. Small 

chairs are fitted with non-scratching 

glides. Height adjustable back 

rest and cushioned wedged seat 

support. Compact for use in limited 

spaces. Featuring a cushioned seat 

and tall backrest handle for safe 

moving. Teachers can remain seated 

at child height to engage learners, 

and children don’t overstrain their 

necks by looking up too high. 

Designed to reduce awkward 

bending and kneeling. 

Can be used at KS1 and KS2 tables. 

Weight tested to 110kg (17.3 stone). 

FF10627 Small Fabric £303.41 

FF10629 Medium Fabric £303.41 

FF10631 Large Fabric £303.41 

FF10628 Small Vinyl £303.41 

FF10630 Medium Vinyl £303.41 

FF10632 Large Vinyl £303.41 

2. Jolly Back Pull Up Table 

Thanks to the lightweight design, 

the Pull Up Table is a practical and 

convenient table solution, whilst also 

helping to support good posture. 

Compact design that works perfectly 

with laptops and A4 sized books. 


W480 x D450mm. Made from wood. 

FF10543 £227.89 

2 

192 


early years 

contents 

194-215 outdoor 

216-235 sand, water & messy play 

236-237 steam 

238-255 construction 

320-323 understanding the world 

324-339 small world 

340-356 role play 

256-257 loose parts 

258-269 maths 

270-277 technology 

278-287 communication & language 

288-295 literacy 

296-311 physical development 

312-317 sensory & dens 

318-319 psed 


Outdoor 

Outdoor Learning Collections 

1 

SAVE 

£19 .69 78 

1. Construction & Loose 

2 

Parts Outdoor Learning 

Collection 

A collection of engaging bricks and 

blocks, ideal for supporting children 

to design, construct and build 

their very own structures outdoors. 

Explore size, weight and shape as 

children work together to create 

imaginative constructions with this 

wonderful selection of construction 

loose parts. Mini Shed sold 

separately. This carefully selected 

collection of construction and 

loose parts resources is ideal for 

sparking imaginations as children 

create structures, design buildings 

and work together to stack, sort 

and construct! With everything you 

will need to create an engaging 

outdoor construction space, 

children will love using this versatile 

collection as they use mathematical 

language and develop critical 

thinking skills. This collection fits 

perfectly in our Mini Shed (sold 

separately) and can be stored away 

neatly when not in use. Set includes 

78 pieces. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. Pack of 78. 

CA12248 

Construction & 

Loose Parts Learning 

Collection 

£524.95 

2. Mini Shed 









resources. Supplied fully assembled. 

Suitable to be left outdoors. Depth 


1320mm. 

CE10043 Mini Shed £564.36 

Each collection 

fits perfectly 

into our Mini Shed 

194 


Outdoor Learning 

Collections 

Complete collections 

for outdoor learning. 

Each collection 

covers a range of 

skills, includes 

downloadable activity 

cards, and has been 

designed to fit into 

one of our versatile 

sheds which can be 

purchased separately 

for easy storage. 

1 

SAVE 

£85 .31 

Outdoor Learning Collections 

143 

Outdoor 

1. Physical Development 

Outdoor Collection 

Support physical development 

outdoors with this engaging 

and versatile collection, ideal for 

collaborative play and developing 

gross motor skills. Encourage 

children to throw, jump, balance 

and much more with this collection 

of diverse resources, perfect for 

supporting a range of physical 

development skills. Mini Shed sold 

separately. Suitable for age 3 years 


CA12249 


Learning Collection 

£342.39 

CE10043 Mini Shed £564.36 

2 

2. Sand & Water Play 

Outdoor Learning 

Collection 

A wonderfully engaging collection 

of sand and water resources, perfect 

for enriching outdoor play. This 

versatile collection will encourage 

exploration and experimentation 

as children scoop, tip, pour and 

sieve sand, water and messy 

play ingredients. Mini Shed sold 



CA12247 

Sand & Water Learning 

Collection 

£395.00 

CE10043 Mini Shed £595.00 

SAVE 

£65 .63 

114 

3. Calming & Wellbeing 

Collection 

A collection of multi-sensory 

resources designed to promote 

calmness, wellbeing and selfregulation 

to enable children to 

engage in outdoor play. It includes 

carefully selected resources perfect 

for use during play and lunch 

times, to ease anxieties for children 

who find unstructured activities 

overwhelming. Will help children 

to relax, reduce stress and sensory 

overload. Suitable for age 3 years 


3 

SAVE 

£157 .50 

SD10632 

Calming & Wellbeing 


£699.95 

CE10043 Mini Shed £595.00 

154 


Outdoor 

Buy all three kits and save £393.75 with 

CA11610 or receive a free Mini Shed with 

CA11074. Head online for more information. 

180 

Steam starter Kit Kit 1 

Kit 2 

STEAM Stack 

and Build 

A wonderful introduction to STEAM learning and outdoor construction. 

An engaging and innovatively engineered loose parts that can be 

manipulated, maneuvered, joined and stacked together to create all 

kinds of imaginative designs. Suitable for age 3 years and up.. 

Starter Kit 

CA11071 £1,500.00 

86 

Kit 1 

CA11072 £1,375.00 

43 

from 

£1,375 .00 

KEY 

BENEFITS 

• Suitable for indoor and outdoor use 

• Supports critical thinking and problem 

solving skills through play 

• STEAM is at the heart of this unique product 

• Loose parts play enables independent and 

collaborative learning 

51 

Kit 2 

CA11073 £1,500.00 

Free Shed with all 3 sets 

CA11074 £4,593.75 

Buy 3 Kits & Save Bundle Deal 

CA11610 £4,200.00 

SAVE 

£393 .75 

196 


1. White Foam Bricks 

Take a trip to the North Pole and 

build a chilly ice cave with these 

white, tough foam bricks. They are 

lightweight so will not hurt fingers 

and toes if they fall down. Use 

indoors and out. Suitable for age 

3 years and up. White. H9 x L20 x 

D6cm. Made from foam. 

1 2 

Construction 

Outdoor 

CA00926 25pk £93.74 

CA00967 75pk £243.71 

2. Stone Wall Foam Boulder 

Brick Blocks 

Realistic pretend rocks in a mix of 

three different colours. Children will 

love stacking and building walls. 

Perfect for role play indoors or out 

and can be used with wet sand for 

‘cement’. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. Brown. H12 x W15 x L18cm. 

CA12241 9pk £46.74 

CA01169 25pk £106.24 

CA02756 75pk £287.46 

3. Role Play Foam Breeze 

Blocks 

Whether you’re building walls, a 

home for the Three Little Pigs or 

constructing towers, children will 

have fun with these role play breeze 

blocks. Lightweight and safe if they 

topple, and wipe clean so they go 

well with wet sand. Suitable for age 

3 years and up. Grey. H16 x L19 x 

D12cm. 

3 4 

SAVE 

£19 .69 

CA12205 10pk £56.24 

CA01170 20pk £99.98 

CA02943 60pk £287.43 

4. Bricks Multi Buy Offer 

95pk 

A large set of 95 realistic, foam 

covered bricks. Lightweight and 

realistic, this assorted set of bricks 

allows children to design and build 

using realistic materials. Includes 

House, Breeze, Ice and Stone Wall 

Bricks. Suitable for age 3 years and 

up. Made from foam. Pack of 95. 

CA02757 £362.44 

95 

5. Giant Outdoor Wooden 

Hollow Building Blocks 

A set of quality, hollow blocks 

made from treated wood. Includes 

a variety of shapes to select and 

stack, including cuboids and planks. 

Suitable for age 3 years and up. 

5 6 

CA04171 15pk £299.99 

CA03345 30pk £495.00 

6. Wooden Plank Collection 

12pk 

Perfect for enriching loose parts 

play or construction, these Wooden 

Planks are open-ended and versatile! 

Use to create large structures or 

experiment rolling objects down 

them, these Wooden Planks are 

perfect for outdoor learning. 


Made from wood. Pack of 12. 

CA04715 Large 12pk £195.00 

CA06068 Mini 12pk £124.99 

SAVE 

£65 .63 

12 


Outdoor 

Outdoor Activity Stations 

1 

NEW 

Add guttering to create a 

sand and water channelling 

station 

1. NEW Wall Mounted 

Activity Station 

Get busy exploring, investigating, 

constructing and enhancing learning 

with this outdoor station. This 

wonderful multi-functional outdoor 

station offers children opportunities 

to discover and expand on all areas 

of learning. Children are able to 

explore areas like role play, small 

world, mathematical and literacy 

principles, construction, sand and 

water, messy, STEAM and Loose 

Parts. Suitable for age 3 years and 

up. H52 x W113 x D50cm. 

FF11398 Wall Mounted Unit £656.24 

FF11406 

Wall Mounted Station 

3pk Bundle 

£1,837.50 

2 

NEW 

Featuring easy-to-remove 

trays 

Transform outdoor learning 

with these multi-functional 

pieces, specifically designed to 

support all areas of development, 

whatever your space. 

With options for a space-saving 

wall-mounted or a free-standing 

unit, these activity stations 

are flexible and can be adapted 

to follow your children’s 

interests and extend learning 

opportunities. 

2. NEW Freestanding 

Activity Station 

Get busy exploring, investigating, 

constructing and enhancing 

learning with this outdoor station. 

This wonderful multi-functional 

outdoor station offers children 

opportunities to discover and 

expand on all areas of learning. 

Children are able to explore 

areas like role play, small world, 

mathematical and literacy 

principles, construction, sand and 

water, messy, STEAM and Loose 

Parts. Suitable for age 3 years and 

Perfect for creating an up. H80 x W80 x L117cm. 

outdoor construction, small FF11399 Free Standing Station £656.24 

Free Standing Station 

world, STEAM or messy FF11405 

£1,837.50 

3pk Bundle 

play station 

3. NEW Outdoor Activity 

Cube 

NEW 

3 

Get busy constructing, playing 

and exploring with this multifunctional 

wooden outdoor unit. 

This fantastic multi-functional 

SAVE 

£39 .38 outdoor piece offers opportunities 

to explore all areas of learning and 

development. Children can explore 

construction, sand and water, 

messy, role play, small world, mark 

making, mathematical principles, 

social skills, STEAM and Loose Parts 

all in a single unit. Crates and Crate 

Tops sold separately. Suitable for 

age 3 years and up. H69.5 x W74.7 

x D54cm. 

FF11404 Activity Cube £656.24 

CA07241 Crate Single £22.30 

CA06813 Crates 4pk £76.07 

CA10914 Crates 8pk £139.02 

EL46625 Crate Tops 4pk £124.64 

198 


1. NEW Hive Working Pod 

A beautiful outdoor learning 

location that supports all areas of 

learning. This fantastic multifunctional 

outdoor pod offers 

children opportunities to explore 

and extend on all areas of learning. 

Children can explore areas such as 

role play, small world, mathematical 

and literacy principles, construction, 

sand and water, messy, STEAM 

and Loose Parts all in a single pod. 

Whether being used as a single 

pod or as a multi pod location, this 

enables children to explore all areas 

of the early years. Children can learn 

through their interests and have 

the ability to independently access 

their outdoor environment. This pod 

can be used as a cosy space, sand 

and water station, messy station, 

construction and loose parts, mark 

making, mathematical and literacy 

principles, small world and role 

playing. Made from Scandinavian 

Red Wood. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. H113 x W110.8cm. 

1 

Outdoor Activity Stations 

NEW 

Outdoor 

FF11400 Hive Single £918.75 


Outdoor 

Outdoor Dividers 

1 

2 

SAVE 

£82 .04 

1. Free Flowing Transparent 

Curtains 

The perfect solution for allowing 

free flow play between your in and 

outdoor areas. Available in four 

standard widths, the curtains are 

supplied ready for easy installation 

and include the curtain strips, 

hanging plate and rail. Help prevent 

heat loss and insect intrusion and 

ensure good visibility between 

areas. Supplied flat packed for selfassembly. 

Made from pvc. 

CE03034 W1968mm £353.05 

CE03031 W984mm £229.68 

CE03032 W1230mm £250.68 

CE03033 W1476mm £262.49 

2. Outdoor Room Dividers 

Lightweight, portable wooden 

fences designed to offer a flexible 

solution to zoning your outdoor 

area. Each panel includes a latch 

on each end so they can be 

fastened together in a straight 

line if required. This is made from 



and insect infestation for 10 

years. H80 x L100cm. Made from 

sustainable wood. 

Fence Panels & Room 

CA03285 

Dividers x 4 

£367.49 

CA04100 Room Divider x 3 & Gate x 1 £367.49 

Buy and Save with Multibuy 

CA04365 Bundle Deal £669.35 

3. Toddler Fence Panels 

A range of smaller panels made 

from outdoor treated wood, 

designed with toddlers and babies 

in mind. These lower height fences 

3 

are great for designating specific 

areas. This is made from pre-treated 



SAVE 

£49 .22 infestation for 10 years. H50 x 

W110cm. Made from sustainable 

wood. 

4 

CA05585 3 panels and 1 gate £299.99 

CA05432 4 panels £299.99 



4. Outdoor Fence Panels 

Portable wooden divider panels 

for outdoor learning spaces. These 

dividers can create spaces where 

children can focus and concentrate. 

A robust solution that keeps 

children safely contained and 

allows easy division of play areas. 

Light enough to move around 

easily and designed at a low height 

so younger children can watch 

activities going on around them. 

H60 x W40 x L110cm. Made from 


CA11317 Fence Panels 4pk £380.61 

CA11324 Fence Panels 8pk £721.85 

• Each panel measures H60 x W40 x L110cm 

200 


1. Outdoor Creative 

Painting Window 

Support creativity with this 

acrylic painting window, perfect 

for developing fine motor skills. 

Suitable for 10 months and up. 

Allow children to express creativity 

outdoors as they paint on this 

easy clean acrylic panel. Ideal for 

encouraging collaborative play. 

H1300 x W870 x L1400mm. 

1 

Outdoor Dividers 

Outdoor 

CA04534 £446.24 


Chalkboard 

Take mark making outdoors with 

this large, robust, wooden-framed 

chalkboard, available on sturdy legs 

or in a wheelie version. Suitable 

for 10 months and up. A superlarge 

writing surface that will add 

excitement and creativity to any 

outdoor area for many years. The 

wheelie chalkboard has lockable 

wheels and legs; the standard has 

legs. This is made from pre-treated 



infestation for 10 years. Supplied flat 

packed for self-assembly. Suitable 

to be left outdoors. Depth 15cm. 

Height 86cm. Made from sustainable 

wood. Single. Square shaped. Width 

120cm. 

2 

CA07466 Wheelie £426.55 

CA05338 Standard £393.74 

3. Outdoor Weaving Net in 

Wooden Frame 

Improve fine motor skills with 

this sturdy wooden frame with 

a weaving net. Suitable for 10 

months and up. Can be used 

with other panels to make an 

enclosed, sectioned off zone or 

used independently. Accessories 

not included. This is made from 




years. Supplied fully assembled. 


10cm. Height 120cm. Made from 

sustainable wood. Single. Width 

87cm. 

3 

CA05233 £299.99 

4. Outdoor Activity Panel 

Multi Buy 3pk 

Arrange together to create a series 

of activity panels or use separately. 


These panels have sturdy legs to 

maintain stability, great for weaving, 

writing, mark making or messages. 

This is made from pre-treated 



infestation for 10 years. Suitable 

to be left outdoors. Made from 

sustainable wood. Pack of 3. 

4 

SAVE 

£139 .45 

CA05573 £995.00 


Outdoor 

Mud Kitchen Accessories 

1. Messy Play WOW Pack 

1 SAVE 

2 

£16 .41 Enhance your mud kitchen and 

create remarkable potions with this 

messy play selection. This interesting 

and engaging WOW Pack and 

activity cards encourages children 

to investigate, explore and discover, 

either through non-directed play 

or as part of an adult led activity. 


Made from metal, plastic and wood. 

Pack of 15. 

CA12244 £149.90 

15 

3 4 

5 6 

15 

12 

3 

2. Value Concoctions Kit 

A selection of messy play accessories, 

perfect for creating magical potions. 

Suitable for age 3 years and up. Pack 

of 12. 

CA07477 £174.99 

3. Mud Kitchen Accessory 

Set 

A durable, quality range of versatile, 

messy play receptacles and utensils. 

This set of open-ended resources is 

designed to develop key physical, 

mathematical and communication 

skills. Suitable for age 3 years and 

up. Pack of 18. 

CA07958 £164.99 

4. Pestle and Mortar Set 

Children will enjoy mixing up 

creative concoctions in these 

wooden containers. Use with petals, 

leaves, snow and other interesting 

items. A set of 3, varying in size. 

Made from Olive wood. Suitable for 

10 months and up. Pack of 3. 

CA07170 £47.99 

5. Outdoor Metal Utensils 

This enormous utensil set consisting 

of a giant spoon, shovel and sieve 

makes a great addition to your 

outdoor area. Suitable for age 3 

years and up. Not suitable to be left 

outdoors. Height 105cm. Pack of 3. 

CA07879 £69.99 

7 8 

3 6 

6. Metal Cans and Tubs 

This set of sturdy metal cans and 

tubs will make a lovely addition to 

your outdoor area. Suitable for age 

3 years and up. Suitable to be left 

outdoors. Made from metal. Pack 

of 6. 

CA06673 £49.99 

7. Metal Jugs 3pcs 

These delightful metal jugs will make 

a great addition to your outdoor 

setting. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. Suitable to be left outdoors. 


CA06674 £34.99 

202 

8. Assorted Metal Messy 

Play Scoops 

A set of metal scoops that is a great 

addition to messy play activities, 

children will enjoy scooping 

counters, stones and sand. Suitable 

for 10 months and up. Metallic 

silver. Made from metal. 

CA12215 2pk £17.99 

CA06744 4pk £31.99 


1. Babies & Toddlers 

Outdoor Crawl Up Range 

Babies and toddlers that are 

beginning to crawl and are learning 

how to coast need opportunities 

to explore these skills, the Outdoor 

Crawl Up Range supports their 

development and encourages them 

to further their independence. 

These beautiful pieces are made 

from durable and lightweight 

wood that is immune to fungal and 

insect attacks making it perfect for 

outdoor use for little ones. Made 

from wood. 

1 

Mud Kitchens 

Removable lid 

Outdoor 

CA11875 Pull Up Bar £419.99 

CA11873 Messy Station £551.24 

CA11874 Posting Station £551.24 

2. Outdoor Messy Play 

Wooden Mud Kitchen 

Get busy mixing, blending and 

creating concoctions at this robust 

wooden unit. Ideal as a mud kitchen 

or for an outdoor home corner. 

With added shelving underneath 

and hooks along the top ledge 

there is plenty of space to store 

all of your messy play containers, 

ingredients and utensils that add 

to the excitement and versatility 

of this fantastic open-ended 

resource. Made from pre-treated 



infestation for 10 years. Suitable for 

age 3 years and up. Supplied fully 

assembled. H98 x W117 x D50.5cm. 

Made from sustainable wood. 

CA07521 £524.99 

3. Outdoor Wooden Corner 

Kitchen Unit 

This high quality, sturdy kitchen unit 

fits perfectly into a corner. Featuring 

a large surface area for a group of 

children to collaborate and create 

together! Watch as they slosh, mash 

and stir their mixtures in the large, 

removable sink. The wood is made 

from Scandinavian Redwood and is 


damage for 10 years. 

CA07735 Standard Delivery £1,837.50 

2 

3 

CA11873 Messy Station - specifically designed 

to be lower for babies and toddlers 


Outdoor 

Channelling 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 6 

7 

4 

1. Cascading Bowls Messy 

Station 

Explore direction and flow as 

3. Water Discovery Tubes 

An exciting addition to water play 

that children can explore tipping, 

4. Natural Wooden Water 

8 

5. Water Channel Stands 

These robust and sturdy metal 

frames are perfect for supporting 

channels during water play. 


Pack of 4. 

6 

SAVE 

£16 .41 

children fill the bowls and watch 

as sand or water pours to the bowl 

below. Suitable for age 3 years and 

up. Height 76cm. Length 43cm. 

Made from metal. Width 37cm. 

CA06740 £249.36 

2. Channelling & Cascading 

Water Play Unit 

An engaging and interactive 

platform allowing children to 

experiment with materials and 

liquids in various ways. Suitable for 

age 3 years and up. Supplied flat 


to be left outdoors. Depth 54cm. 

Height 76.5cm. Made from metal 

and steel. Width 125cm. 

CA10563 £262.49 

pouring and funneling. Place the 

tubes into the bars and pour water 

into them. Watch the water spout 

in all different directions. Children 

will have great fun filling the tubes 

and trying to collect the water as it 

gushes out. Can you collect more 

as a team? How many buckets can 

you fill? Use a variety of containers 

to fill, pour and collect the water. 

Please note tray and accessories 

are not included. Suitable for 10 

months and up. Made from plastic. 

CA10019 £104.99 

Channelling 8pk 

Natural wooden guttering channels, 

ideal for water play or experimenting 

with forces. Suitable for age 3 

years and up. Not suitable to be left 

outdoors. Diameter 9cm. Length 

95cm. Made from wood. Pack of 8. 

CA04952 £131.24 

CA01150 Mini £59.05 

FWCFRAME Large £78.74 

6. Plastic Water Channelling 

Guttering 

This set of 6 sturdy plastic guttering 

is a great addition to water 

channelling play. Suitable for age 

3 years and up. Length 1m. Made 

from plastic. Pack of 6. 

FWCASD-GUTTER £43.30 

7. Outdoor Jumbo Guttering 

and Channelling Set 

A set of jumbo sized, deep guttering 

for use in your Sand and Water play. 

Suitable for age 3 years and up. H86 

x W19 x L10cm. 

CA07267 Stands 4pk £98.43 

CA06698 Guttering 5pk £111.55 


CA06904 

Guttering & Stands 

Bundle Deal 

£196.84 

204 


1. Sand and Water Play 

Tables 

A sturdy, versatile tray unit that can 

be easily moved about your setting. 

Fill with messy materials, sand, 

natural materials and so much more. 

These portable tray and table sets 

can be used for a variety of learning 

opportunities. Trays measure H25.5 x 

L112 x W62cm. Stand heights 40cm 

or 58cm. The flat, wide rim allows 

for placing accessories allowing 

extra play value. The lightweight 

tray features handle slots and base 

blocks, allowing it to be easily lifted 

out to use on the floor or fill with 

materials. An attached plug valve 

provides simple and easy drainage. 

Anti-scratch, breathable lid is 

included. Castors lock into place. 

Please note both translucent and 

blue trays fit both stand heights. 

1 

Water Play 

Outdoor 

Breathable lid and plug 

for drainage 

Height 58cm 

Height 40cm 

Choose the table to suit your requirements Code Description Price 

Set includes 1 x stand and 1 x tray CA10393BL Blue Single H40cm £196.86 

CA10393CL Translucent Single H40cm £196.86 

CA10396BL Blue Single H58cm £196.86 


Set includes 2 x stands and 2 x trays (same height & colour) CA10394BL Blue 2pk H40cm £354.35 

CA10394CL Translucent 2pk H40cm £354.35 

CA10395BL Blue 2pk H58cm £354.35 


Set includes 2 x stands (same height), 1 x translucent tray and 1 x blue tray CA10394BQ Blue/Translucent 2pk H40cm £354.35 

CA10395BQ Blue/Translucent 2pk H58cm £354.35 

Set includes 1 x 40cm stand, 1 x 58cm stand, 1 x translucent tray and 1 x blue tray CA10397BQ Blue/Translucent 2pk H40/H58cm £354.35 

Set includes 2 x 40cm stand, 2 x 58cm stand, 2 x blue tray and 2 x translucent tray CA10398BQ Blue/Translucent 4pk H40/H58cm £656.20 


Outdoor 

Outdoor Role Play 

1 

2 3 

4 5 

1. Outdoor Wooden Role 

Play Shop 

Engage children in fun 

mathematical role play with this 

beautifully crafted outdoor shop. 

A lovely, multi-functional resource. 

Use the mini chalkboard to name 

your shop. This is made from 




Suitable from birth. H120 x W90 

x D50cm. Made from sustainable 

wood. Single. 

CA04204 £472.49 

2. Outdoor Role Play Shop 

and Theatre 

Take role play outdoors with this 

double-sided wooden market stall 

and theatre! Enrich imaginative 

play with this versatile stall that can 

also be used as a theatre. Featuring 

waterproof curtains, this stall is 

perfect for outdoor play. Suitable 

for age 3 years and up. H1270 x 

W910 x D440mm. 

CA05453 £472.49 

3. Outdoor Role Play Dress 

Up Panel 


wonderful Wooden Dress Up Panel. 

Allow children to explore role play 

outdoors as they independently 

access accessories, dress-up 

costumes, fabrics and much more. 


H128 x W90 x D10cm. Made from 

wood. Weight 30kg. 

CA12060 £629.99 


Adventure Boat 

Outdoor wooden boat with an 

open-ended adventures This boat 

has a simple design so it does not 

restrict the imagination, it could 

be a pirate ship, a fishing boat or a 

Viking longboat! This is made from 




Accessories not included. Suitable 

for age 3 years and up. Supplied 


outdoors. Depth 106cm. Height 

80cm. Made from sustainable 

wood. Width 185cm. 

CA07737 £695.00 

5. Outdoor Economy 

Corner Kitchen 

A quality, affordable kitchen, ideal 

for use in a variety of messy play 

and role play scenarios. Large bench 

space enables collaborative play. 

Featuring a removable sink, a handy 

shelf to store your ingredients and 

hooks to hang your utensils. Use 

the chalkboard for mark making or 

creating your menus. A truly versatile 

resource. Made from Scandinavian 

Redwood, which has a 10 year 

guarantee against rot and insect 

damage. Supplied fully assembled. 


W100 x L100 x D40cm. Made from 


CA10379 £885.94 

206 


1 

Small World 

Outdoor 

1. NEW Outdoor Wall Dolls 

House 

A beautiful multi-storey house 

for small world exploration and 

to inspire conversation and 

collaboration. This wooden building 

has removable floors so the child 

can turn this into any small world 

location from their imagination. 

From a garage, construction site, 

fairy world to a superheroes cave. 

This is a fantastic way to create 

narratives and storylines. With 

the chalkboard back, it offers 

possibilities for children to mark 

make. Suitable for 10 months and 

up. H 80cm x W 40cm x D 12cm. 

H80 x W40 x D12cm. 

EL45045 £288.74 

2. Outdoor Wooden Dolls 

House 

A beautifully crafted, open-ended 

dolls house to allow children’s 

imaginations to flourish. It can be 

a house, a shop, a hotel or a home 

for elves. Furniture and figures 

not included. This is made from 




Suitable for 10 months and up. H92 

x L96 x D50cm. 

CA06034 £360.93 

2 

NEW 


Enchanted House 

This two story house is a wonderful 

way to inspire conversation and 

collaboration. A beautifully simple, 

open-ended resource which will 

delight and engage. Suitable for 

age 10 months and up. H89 x W94 

x D48cm. 

CA05045 £295.00 

3 


Outdoor 

Outdoor Soft Furnishings 

1 

2 3 

4 

5 

1. Baby Outdoor Soft 

Furnishings 

A charming collection of nature 

themed outdoor soft furnishings 

in sage green and white. Create a 

comfortable outdoor environment 

for babes and toddlers with this 

easy-to-clean collection. 

CA11883 Square Mat £177.18 

CA11881 Bolster Cushions £91.86 

CA11880 Square Cushions £111.55 

CA11882 Round Mat £164.05 

CA11884 Canopy £91.86 

SAVE with Multi-Buy 

Buy and save! 


2. Outdoor Showerproof 

Nylon Padded Mat 

A showerproof nylon padded mat, 

ideal for taking outdoors. The 2.5cm 

thick foam ensures that there will be 

no numb bottoms! Mat is striped in 

red, yellow and green. Wipe clean 

only. Cushions ordered separately. 

Length 138cm. Single. Width 138cm. 

CA01046 Mat £236.24 

CA01047 Cushions £262.49 

3. Artificial Grass Mats 

Versatile mats ideal for both indoor 

or outdoor use, these artificial 

grass mats are realistic looking and 

features a mix of both green and 

brown tufts. Non abrasive grass, 

with a soft texture, comfortable to 

sit on and ideal for laying on hard 

floors. Suitable to be left outdoors. 

CE10364 Square Mat 1m x 1m £41.99 



CE10301 Rectangle Mat 3m x 2m £207.36 

CE05815 Rectangle Mat 1.2m x 2m £165.36 

CE06853 Corner Grass Mat 2m x 2m £165.36 

CE06921 Circle Mat Diameter 2m £165.36 

4. Outdoor Waterproof 

Cushions 

A perfect set of waterproof cushions 

to create welcoming outdoor 

reading areas in your school. The 

removable covers are wipe-clean 

and great for every day use. Height 

35cm. Length 35cm. Pack of 10. 

CA01047 £262.49 

5. 3 Section Folding PVC 

Mat 

Our 3 section folding mats are ideal 

SAVE for a range of activity games. Shockabsorbent 

and covered with soft 

£16 .41 waterproof PVC, with sealed edges. 

Set of four comes in red, yellow, blue 

and green. Multicoloured. Depth 

1cm. Length 90cm. Width 45cm. 

KMAT Single £26.24 

CA00760 4pk £91.82 

208 


1. NEW Mushroom Reading 

Nook 

A beautiful and cosy outdoor 

wooden reading environment. This 

enchanting barn is the perfect place 

for children to snuggle into and 

read in their outdoor environment. 

Children are able to easily store 

books away from the elements and 

stay dry from rain as it wont stop 

their play. With small world nooks, 

children can enhance and enrich 

their literacy development. Suitable 

for age 3 years and up. H118.5 x 

W120 x L120cm. 

1 

Outdoor Playhouses 

NEW 

Outdoor 

EL11300 £1,312.50 

2. Outdoor Wooden Sensory 

Cube 

An exciting way to add colour to 

your outdoor space! Create a cosy 

reading corner or outdoor sensory 

space, children can explore how light 

and shadows are created through 

each coloured panel. Suitable for 

age 3 years and up. H1000 x W1040 

x D1020mm. Made from perspex 

and wood. 

CA12063 £1,195.00 

3. Mini Triangular Rainbow 

Room 

A cosy outdoor den with magical 

rainbow coloured windows. A 

quiet, calming sensory retreat 

with the added effect of coloured 

light beams that shines through 

the windows. Ideal in any outdoor 

space, especially where if space is 

limited. Features a wooden base so 

can be used all year round without 

worrying about ground conditions. 

Supplied fully assembled. Suitable to 


L1000mm. 

CE10346 £1,095.00 

4. Outdoor Mini Rainbow 

Den 

All the awe and wonder of our 

original Rainbow Den but in a 

miniature version. Features an open 

doorway, five coloured windows and 

bench seating on each side. Must be 

installed on flat ground. Suitable for 

24 months to 11 years. Supplied flat 



L1750mm. 

CE06919 350mm £2,995.00 

5. Outdoor Rainbow Den 

with Wheelchair Access 

An outdoor retreat with a wide 

enough entrance for wheelchair 

users to access and enjoy. 

Can accommodate up to four 

wheelchairs (depending on size), 

with two stools for children or 

adults to comfortably sit on. Suitable 




D2400mm. 

CE10943 £4,995.00 

2 

4 

3 

5 


Outdoor 

Outdoor Den Making 

1 

22 

2 

23 

1. Forest School Den Making 

Kit 

Enhance forest school learning with 

this engaging outdoor den making 

kit, specifically created to support 

with early years in mind. Support 

collaborative play, critical thinking, 

observational skills and much more 

with this engaging collection. 

Suitable for 3 to 4 years. Pack of 22. 

CA12005 £177.18 

2. Cottage Garden Outdoor 

Den Making Kit 

A wonderful and unique outdoor 

den making kit, specifically created 

with early years in mind. Encourage 

children to construct their very own 

cottage garden hideaways with this 

collection of den making tools and 

equipment. Suitable for 3 to 4 years. 

Pack of 23. 

CA12004 £144.36 

3. Outdoor Pirate Den 

Making Kit 

This specially designed outdoor den 

making kit is perfect for taking role 

play outdoors. Featuring wooden 

mallets, eye patches and everything 

else you need to create the perfect 

outdoor pirate hideaway. Suitable 

for 3 to 4 years. Pack of 18. 

CA12003 £144.36 

These outdoor den kits 

have been carefully crafted 

specifically for early years 

and are perfect for taking 

creative thinking and 

collaborative play out into 

nature. Featuring handy 

backpacks, these grab and 

go den kits are ideal for 

creating a hands on outdoor 

experience as children 

explore, manage risks and 

overcome challenges while 

constructing their very own 

den creations. 

3 

18 

210 


1. Classic Wellies 

Long-lasing and sturdy wellies, 

perfect for forest school and 

outdoor activities! An essential for 

outdoor learning, these wellies are 

designed to be slightly taller to 

minimise mess and protect more of 

your leg. 

1 2 

Outdoor Clothing 

Outdoor 

CA12151 Infant Size 3 £18.36 




CA12156 Child Size 4 £18.36 

CA12157 Child Size 5 £18.36 

CA12146 Child Size 6 £18.36 

CA12147 Child Size 7 £18.36 

CA12148 Child Size 8 £18.36 

CA12149 Child Size 9 £18.36 

CA12142 Child Size 10 £18.36 

CA12143 Child Size 11 £18.36 

CA12144 Child Size 12 £18.36 

CA12145 Child Size 13 £18.36 

CA12141 Child Size 1 £18.36 

CA12154 Child Size 2 £18.36 

CA12155 Child Size 3 £18.36 

CA12139 Adult Size 4 £22.30 

CA12140 Adult Size 5 £22.30 

CA12173 Adult Size 6 £22.30 

2. Pack Away Waterproof 

Collection 

A lightweight, waterproof jacket 

that packs away in its own mesh 

carry bag. The jacket is easy to 

store and perfect for those puddle 

jumping days. Suitable for age 3 

years and up. 

CA03665 5 - 6 years Waterproof Jacket £23.61 

CA03664 3 - 4 years Waterproof Jacket £23.61 

CA03668 5 - 6 years Overtrousers £18.36 

CA03667 3 - 4 years Overtrousers £18.36 

3 4 

3. Kids Waterproof 

Collection 

This kids waterproof collection is 

a useful addition to the outdoor 

classroom and allows children to 

experience all weather play. Made 

from 100% waterproof material 

with tape welded seams to provide 

extra protection. Suitable for age 4 

years and up. 

CA00727 Jacket 5 - 6 years £17.05 

CA00728 Jacket 7 - 8 years £17.05 

4. Outdoor Clothing 

Waterproof Jacket and 

Trousers 

A waterproof outdoor clothing 

set made from EVA and phtalate 

free. Consists of a hooded jacket 

(elasticated cuffs) and trousers 

(elasticated waist). Hook and loop 

fastenings mean they are easy to 

put on and take off. Wipe clean. 


CA02720 H100cm Single £23.61 

CA02721 H110cm Single £23.61 

CA02722 H120cm Single £23.61 


CA03091 H110cm 10pk £196.75 

CA02940 H100cm 10pk £196.75 

CA02942 H120cm 10pk £196.75 

MULTIBUY 

SAVING 

£65 .63 


GETTING STARTED WITH 

LEARNING THROUGH RISKS 

Learning through risk can come in many guises, 

from using scissors, climbing trees to riding a bike, 

all are activities that could lead to physical injury 

and include an element of risk. It is however an 

important part of a child’s development with the 

benefits often outweighing the risks. Children can 

develop skills such as motor control, balance, an 

awareness of one’s body and the ability to assess 

risks while not forgetting to mention, the fun and 

memorable learning experiences gained. 

Tools 

Giving children the opportunities to use ‘real tools’ 

under adult supervision is another aspect of learning 

through risk. When trusted with tools, children 

develop physical skills whilst building self-esteem 

and concentration. 

Personal protective equipment is an essential part 

of exploring ‘real tools’ too, as children develop 

skills to protect themselves and others from injury. 

1. Busy Bench Builders Tool Kit 17pcs 

CA04956 £72.18 

2. Forest Schools Kit 

CA04957 £150.93 

NEW 

3. NEW Outdoor Mallets 

EL46276 £78.74 

4. Goggles and Gloves 9pcs 

CA04978 £72.18 

212 


Learning Through Risk 

in the Great Outdoors 

The great outdoors provides the perfect 

playground for taking risks. Jumping off logs, 

swinging in the trees and using nature’s natural 

materials for obstacle courses. 

These activities form unforgettable childhood 

memories whilst allowing children to test their 

limits in a safe and controlled way. We have 

a wonderful collection of resources from rope 

ladders to fire starting kits to support children 

in learning through risk in the great outdoors. 

“The goal is not to 

eliminate risk, but to 

weigh up the risks and benefits. 

No child will learn about 

risk if they are wrapped in cotton 

wool” 

Children’s Play and Leisure 

– Promoting A Balance 

Approach, HSE 

2. NEW Outdoor Pocket Swing 

EL46391 Single £26.24 

EL46392 4pk £98.39 

Risk Assessments 

Risk assessments are an essential part of 

learning through risk. Before using any new 

piece of equipment, you must carry out an 

in-depth risk-benefits assessment and check 

that safety provisions are up to date. 

Remember that part of the process is to encourage 

children to think about risks too. We 

can do this by asking questions such as, are 

you feeling safe? Does that feel stable? What 

is your plan? 

Use positive language that is encouraging 

and allows the children time to reflect. 

Information can be found in the Early Years 

Statutory Framework and from the Health 

and Safety Executive. These resources must 

always be used under adult supervision. 

1. NEW Fire on a Plate Starter Kit 

EL46273 £131.24 

3. NEW Outdoor Rope Ladder 

EL46393 Single £23.61 

EL46394 4pk £87.89 


Outdoor 

Outdoor Literacy & Communication 

1 2 

1. Wooden Writing Boards 

4pk 

Take mark making outdoors with 

this beautiful set of four Wooden 

Writing Boards. Suitable for 3 to 7 

years. Made from wood. Pack of 4. 


CA06692 Large £52.49 

3 4 

4 2 

26 4 

52 

2. Outdoor Chalkboard 

Alphabet Line 

Practice letter formation with this 

outdoor chalk board. Suitable for 

3 to 5 years. Depth 6mm. Height 

34cm. Length 100cm. Made from 

melamine faced mdf. Pack of 2. 

CA06293 £111.55 

3. Giant Outdoor Alphabet 

Mats 

These tactile, wipe-clean tiles are 

perfect for all kinds of outdoor 

alphabet and word games. A great 

way to engage children in letters 

and literacy, each tile features a 

lower and uppercase letter.Suitable 

for 3 to 11 years. Length 25cm. Pack 

of 26. Width 25cm. 

CA06716 £95.80 

4. Outdoor Alphabet Eggs 

A great addition to outdoor 

learning, these Outdoor Matching 

Alphabet Eggs are perfect for early 

letter recognition. Suitable for age 

3 years and up. Diameter 25cm. 

Pack of 52. 

CA05357 £98.43 

5 6 

NEW 

5. Talking Tubes Telephone 

Exchange 

The ultimate conversation starter! 

Encourage communication and 

language development. Suitable for 

3 to 5 years. 

CA03645 £74.80 

7 

3 

6. NEW Wooden Chalk 

Boards 

These open-ended wooden boards 

are ideal for drawing and writing 

on. Suitable for age 3 years and up. 

Pack of 3. 

SS45515 £30.18 

7. Outdoor Recordable 

Talking Daisies 10pk 

Support speaking and listening 

outdoors with this great interactive 

resource. Depth 8cm. Height 73cm. 

Width 42cm. 

CA05469 £141.03 

214 


1 

Outdoor ICT 

Outdoor 

SAVE 

£24 .61 

1. NEW Light Up Collector’s 

Buckets 

Enrich learning with these 

Imaginative, stacking, rechargeable, 

transporting containers that light 

up maths, messy play, water, 

sand, STEAM and sensory learning 

experiences in an illuminating, 

magical way. Captivate children 

with these glow vessels. Explore, 

collect, build and count. Robust, 

for indoors and out, dry and wet 

materials, sandpits, with water 

channeling, construction materials, 

on the STEAM centre, or on a mud 

kitchen. Available from April 2023. 


CA11868 Single £45.93 

EL45002 2pk £91.85 

CA11705 4pk £164.01 

2. Recordable Magnifying 

Glasses 

Colourful voice recorder magnifying 

glasses with a record time of up 

to 30 seconds. Each recordable 

magnifying glass features a dual 

lens for 2x and 4x magnification 

and is perfectly sized for a child’s 

hand. Suitable for age 3 years and 

up. Multicoloured. Diameter 9cm. 


SC00596 Single £24.93 

SC00553 6pk £124.68 

Coming April 2023. These 

buckets are not limited 

to indoor experiences as 

they are waterproof. Use 

them in waterplay, measuring 

liquids or messy 

play materials. 

2 

3 

NEW 

3. Rechargeable Metal 

Detectors 4pk 

These rechargeable metal detectors 

for children are a great way to 

incorporate ICT outdoors. These 

children’s metal detectors come with 

a rechargeable docking station so 

no need to replace batteries. Battery 

life is up to 8 hours. Suitable for age 

3 years and up. W8 x L20cm. Made 


CA04176 £216.55 

4 


Sand, Water & Messy 

Messy Play Kits 

1 

12 

1. Value Concoctions Kit 

A selection of messy play 

accessories, perfect for creating 

magical potions. This fantastic 

value set includes a range of our 

favourite potion making resources. 

Why not try creating a mud pie 

for a giant. The large spoon and 

metal containers will really provoke 

wonder. Suitable for age 3 years 


CA07477 £177.18 

2. Mud Kitchen Accessory 

Set 

A durable, quality range of versatile, 

messy play receptacles and utensils. 

This set of open-ended resources is 

designed to develop key physical, 

mathematical and communication 



CA07958 £177.18 

3. Creative Concoctions 

Accessory Kit 

Inspire creativity with this magical 

set of potion and concoction 

accessories. This lovely range of 

resources will encourage your 

children to experiment and create. 

Mix, mash, pour and swish your 

concoctions. Watch imaginations 

soar as they develop a range of 



CA07511 £229.68 

2 3 

5 x nesting bowls 

3 x metal pestle & mortars 

6 x fine metal spoons 

4 x assorted wooden cups 

Contents may vary. 

18 

32 

216 


1. Metal Messy Play Set 

A fantastic set that will transform 

your outdoor area. Children will 

love the engaging metal resources. 

Important Information: Unlike other 

metal ranges you might see around, 

these metal pots and pans are 

extremely safe and are of the highest 

quality! Beware of cheap imitations. 

Featuring smooth edges and finish, 

no cuts for little hands. Extra coating 

to make them hard-wearing, durable 

and fit to last. Open-ended and 

versatile. Ideal for every setting! 



1 

Messy Play Kits 


CA06678 £236.24 

2. Experiment and Explore 

Messy Play Kit 

This zone supports experimentation 

by encouraging children to mash, 

whisk, stir, pour, crush and mix. 

Children can engage in problem 

solving as they decide and test 

out which tools are best to use 

for their task at hand. Encourage 

children to make predictions and 

test their ideas as they witness the 

physical effects of their actions and 

make consequent changes. They 

can hypothesise and use sensory 

investigation to come up with new 

ideas and begin to understand new 

concepts. Contents may vary.Suitable 

for 3 to 5 years. 

2 

25 

CA10962 £314.99 

3. Messy Play WOW Pack 

Enhance your mud kitchen and 

create remarkable potions with this 

messy play selection. This interesting 

and engaging WOW Pack and 

activity cards encourages children 

to investigate, explore and discover, 

either through non-directed play 

or as part of an adult led activity. 

This unique range inspires children 

and allows their imaginations to 

flourish. From collecting treasures 

in the different vessels to scooping 

and measuring their ingredients, 

children will have all they need to 

create magical potions and culinary 

delights. Suitable for age 3 years and 

up. Made from metal, plastic and 

wood. Pack of 15. 

CA12244 £157.40 

4. NEW Natural Potion 

Making Kit 

An engaging collection of messy play 

ingredients and essentials, perfect 

for natural potion making. Featuring 

natural ingredients such as lavender, 

beetroot and turmeric children 

can mix, sieve and concoct as they 

explore their senses through messy 

play. Suitable for age 3 years and up. 

Pack of 59. 

3 

4 

15 

NEW 

SAVE 

£16 .41 

EL46263 £183.74 

59 



Messy Play Accessories 

1 2 

1. Creative Crate Mark 

Making and Messy Tops 

Extend the learning opportunities 

of our amazing Creative Crates 

with these open-ended crate tops. 

Featuring either a black chalkboard 

surface, or a basic bench with sink. 

Build a concoctions centre, a home 

corner or a mark making zone. 

Colours may vary. Suitable for age 3 

years and up. 

CA10350 Chalkboard £30.18 

CA10351 Sink top £28.86 


Buy all and save! 


MULTIBUY 

SAVING 

£8 .20 

3 4 

5 3 

5 6 

8 4 

2. Mark Making Kit 

A fantastic mark making resource 

ideal for indoor and outdoor 

activities. Great to use with paint, 

dough and sand. Young children will 

love choosing from these painting 

and pattern making tools to explore 

mark making on a grand scale! 


CA10774 £78.74 

3. The Rolling Pin Collection 

A delightful collection of wooden 

rolling pins in varying sizes for 

creative and messy experiences. Roll 

out a variety of ingredients from 

natural materials, to clay or oats. 

Select the size for the job at hand. 

Children will enjoy the tactile feel 

as they squish and roll. Largest 

measures L22cm x D3cm. Suitable 

for age 3 years and up. Not suitable 



CA10645 £19.99 

4. Natural Wooden Scoops 

3pk 

A set of 3 ascending sizes of 

handcrafted, natural scoops 

for an assortment of learning 

opportunities. A versatile set with 

a lovely finish, children will simply 

love to scoop collections of different 

items into various receptacles. 



CA11599 £39.36 

5. Miniature Metal Tongs 

Practice selecting, sorting and 

transporting materials with these 

metal tweezers. Develop hand 

and arm strength whilst carefully 

selecting a variety materials. Suitable 

for age 3 years and up. Made from 

metal. Pack of 8. 

CA10800 £19.99 

6. Multi Style Tweezer Tong 

Set 4pk 

Scoop, sift, transport and release 

materials with these colander style 

tongs. Practice opening, closing and 

carrying materials . Children will 

work their arms and shoulders whilst 

practicing hand-eye coordination. In 

four different styles. Suitable for age 

3 years and up. Pack of 4. 

CA10266 £19.99 

218 


1. Metal Cans and Tubs 

This set of sturdy metal cans and 

tubs will make a lovely addition 

to your outdoor area. There is 

something appealing about mixing, 

mashing, and squashing concoctions 

together in a metal can. Includes 

three cans and three tubs. Our 

metal cans and tubs have all been 

designed for educational use. 


Suitable to be left outdoors. Made 

from metal. Pack of 6. 

CA06673 £49.86 

1 2 



2. Metal Creative Tubs 

Jumbo sized tubs, great for stirring, 

mashing and swishing mighty 

concoctions. Children will love filling 

them with sand, water, mud or 

twigs. Suitable for age 3 years and 

up. Suitable to be left outdoors. 


CA06672 £52.49 




setting. Fill them up and get busy 

pouring. Use in open-ended play 

activities, in the home corner or for 

watering plants. Set includes two 

medium jugs and one large. Suitable 

for age 3 years and up. Suitable to 

be left outdoors. Made from metal. 

Pack of 3. 

CA06674 £35.43 

4. Metal Buckets and Pans 

4pcs 

A beautiful collection of metal 

buckets and pans with leather 

handles. Stir, mash, empty and 

fill. It is a delightful, practical and 

appealing set. Suitable for age 3 

years and up. Made from metal. 

Pack of 4. 

CA06676 £49.99 

5. Metal Churns 

Place different things inside these 

sturdy metal churns and ask the 

children to lift the lids and peer 

inside to see what’s there. Set 

includes three churns (one medium, 

two large). Suitable for age 3 years 



CA06675 £49.99 

6. Metal Fence Caddy Set 

Set of useful metal fence caddies, 

ideal for outdoor storage. There is a 

hook to help you hang the caddies 

from fences. Children can then select 

their own items to facilitate their 

learning. Made from zinc and then 

powder coated. Suitable for age 

3 years and up. Made from metal. 

Pack of 6. 

CA06671 £34.99 

6 3 

3 4 

63 34 

5 6 

3 6 




1 2 

4 

1. Giant Traditional Water 

Scooper 

A large teak traditional water scoop. 

This scoop can be a gigantic spoon, 

a role play sauce pan or an extra 

large wooden ladle. Big enough 

to create a splash or a big stir, this 

tool can encourage lots of gross 

motor activity and imaginative play. 


Diameter 14cm. Length 31cm. Made 

from wood. 

CA11333 £24.99 

2. Assorted Sizes Wooden 

Cup Collection 

A set of varying sized, beautifully 

crafted cups. This open-ended 

collection can be used in an array 

of learning scenarios. Use in mud 

kitchens, sand play, maths activities, 

potion making, role play and so 

much more. Suitable for 10 months 

and up. Made from wood. 

CA12219 2pk £24.99 

EL11436 4pk £48.99 

3 4 

43 

6 

5 6 

3. Woodland Cup Set 

Scoop and pour your mixtures 

with these delightful, chunky cups. 

A rustic set that can be used in a 

variety of scenarios. Suitable for age 

3 years and up. Height 6cm. Length 


Width 9cm. 

CA07216 £52.49 

4. Rustic Sand and Water 

Bowls 3pk 

Set of three tactile nesting bowls. 

Use with Sand, Water or Mud. These 

rustic bowls can be used for mixing, 

weighing and comparing volumes. 

Shaped for small hands, they can 

also be part of a collecting task for 

natural materials. Suitable for 10 

months and up. Pack of 3. 

CA11261 £32.80 

5. Metallic Goblets 

A set of four shiny metal goblets for 

use in various imaginative role play 

scenarios and messy play contexts. 

Include in your metal treasure 

collections or use as a pirate’s hoard. 


Diameter 5.5cm. Height 14cm. Made 


CA10801 £15.62 

6. Metal Tea Cup Set 4pk 

A set of four miniature cups and 

saucers. The steel material makes 

the set really engaging and tactile 

and is sure to bring excitement into 


Made from steel. Pack of 4. 

CA10272 £45.93 

4 4 

220 


1. NEW Messy Play Teak 

Bubble Stirrers 

This set of beautifully crafted 

bubble wands are perfect for 

inspiring engaging messy play. 

Use to mix, stir, blend and blow as 

children explore these magical teak 

stirrers in the mud kitchen or home 

corner. Suitable for age 3 years and 


EL46509 £15.74 

2. NEW Large Wooden Beach 

Boards 

A beautiful set of three handpainted 

wooden beach boards. 

These wonderful boards are perfect 

for exploring playdough, messy 

play, loose parts and much more. 

Pack of 3. 

EL46111 £118.11 

3. Wooden Spoons 

A hand carved collection of wooden 

spoons and scoops. Enjoy playing 

in the sand or serving customers in 

your role play shop. Please note that 

designs may vary. Suitable for age 3 

years and up. Pack of 12. 

CA02749 £41.99 

1 2 

5 

3 

3 

NEW 


NEW 


4. NEW Curved Wooden 

Board 

A beautifully crafted set of wooden 

curved boards, a great addition to a 

messy lay station or role play home 

corner. Use for playdough, loose 

parts or in the home corner, these 

wooden boards are open-ended and 

can be used in sand and water play. 

Pack of 2. 

12 

4 

NEW 

5 

EL46170 £32.99 

5. Wooden Spoon 

Collection 

A set of different sized spoons for 

use indoors and out. Large (40cm), 

medium (30cm) and small (20cm) 

spoons. Suitable for age 18 months 

and up. Made from wood. Pack 

of 3. 

CA07215 £5.95 

6. NEW Natural Teak Bowls 

A selection of beautifully crafted 

wooden natural teak bowls, perfect 

for messy play, loose parts and role 

play. Explore potion making or use 

to sort natural loose parts, these 3 

natural teak bowls are sure to add 

awe and wonder to play. Diameter 

10cm. Height 8cm. Made from teak. 

Pack of 3. 

EL46162 £39.99 

6 

3 

NEW 

23 

3 



Potions & Concoctions 

1 2 

MULTIBUY 

SAVING 

£8 .20 

1. Messy Maths Measuring 

Bottles 

A wonderfully vibrant set of potion 

bottles, perfect for measuring and 

mixing potions and concoctions! 

Introduce volume and weight 

as children fill and empty the 

bottles. Ideal for messy play while 

supporting early maths skills. 


Made from plastic. 

CA10343 Mini Bottles £31.99 

CA10020 Full Size £39.99 

CA10361 Multibuy £64.99 

2. Cauldrons and 

Concoctions Kit 

Children will love incorporating this 

messy play kit within role play, using 

their imagination to conjure up 

all kinds of stories as they become 

scientists, perfumers or wizards for 

the day Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. 

CA03468 £99.99 

3 4 

3. Plastic Messy Play Potion 

Bottles 

What potion will you mix in these 

appealing, magical potion bottles? 

They may look like glass but they 

are made from a tough, safe plastic. 

Ideal for using indoors or out. This 

engaging resource will really excite. 


Diameter 9cm. Made from plastic. 

CA12223 Multicoloured 3pk £24.99 

CA12221 Clear 3pk £24.99 

CA06701 Multicoloured 6pk £42.99 

CA07120 Clear 6pk £42.99 

5 6 

4. Giant Potion Bottles 

Make marvellous mixtures with 

these supersized ornate containers. 

Imagine your mud kitchen, home 

area or concoctions corner adorned 

with these beautiful, practical 

and safe bottles. What magical 

ingredients will you add? Suitable 

for 10 months and up. H31cm. 

CA12224 Single Green £18.99 

CA12225 Single Blue £18.99 

CA12226 Single Purple £18.99 

CA07350 3pk Assorted £47.99 

5 4 

5. Plastic Assorted Sizes 

Bottles 

This versatile set of multi-sized bottles 

will inspire creativity and curiosity. 

Suitable for age 3 years and up. Not 

suitable to be left outdoors. Made 


CA10275 £18.99 

6. Cauldrons 

A set of four cauldrons, perfect for 

creating messy mixtures. What will 

you create? Perhaps a potion for the 

fairies or even a batch of dragons 

strew with found materials. A truly 

open-ended resource. Suitable for 

age 3 years and up. Diameter 24cm. 

Height 15cm. Made from plastic. 

Pack of 4. 

CA03509 £38.05 

222 


1. Giant Metal Whisk 3pk 

Develop gross motor skills whilst 

swishing and mixing your messy 

concoctions with these jumbo metal 

whisks. This large, assorted size 

set of whisks will encourage large, 

swirling movements when creating 

muddy mixtures. Suitable for age 

3 years and up. Not suitable to be 

left outdoors. Made from metal. 

Pack of 3. 

CA10281 £23.61 

2. Giant Wooden Spoon 

Children will love using this 

enormous spoon as they create 

inspiring recipes. What will it be 

today? A potion for a princess or 

a dish to use in the mud kitchen? 

Accessories not included. Made 

from beech wood. Occasionally treat 

wood for good condition. Store in 

a dry place. Suitable from birth. Not 

suitable to be left outdoors. Length 

84cm. Made from wood. Single. 

Width 17cm. 

CA07214 £59.05 

1 2 



3. Soup Ladle Scoop Set 

Mix, scoop, transport and pour your 

magical concoctions with these 

giant metallic ladles. Ideal for messy 

play, sand and water play and much 

more. Ladle style may vary. Suitable 



metal. Pack of 5. 

CA10267 £35.43 

4. Outdoor Metal Utensils 

This enormous utensil set consisting 

of a giant spoon, shovel and 

sieve makes a great addition to 

your outdoor area. Children will 

love stirring, sieving and mixing 

wonderful concoctions. This unique 

set will also enhance communication 

starters. Did they come from a 

giant? Or have they been shrunk 

down? Suitable for age 3 years and 

up. Not suitable to be left outdoors. 

Height 105cm. Pack of 3. 

CA07879 £72.18 

3 4 

3 

5. Magical Ingredients 

Storage Jar 

A magical looking storage jar made 

from plastic with the appearance 

of glass. There is something truly 

magical about these large, detailed 

jars. You could use them to mix all 

sorts of concoctions and potions. 

Use the containers for natural 

materials. Use as a provocation for 

storing interesting items. Ideal in 

messy play activities or for maths 

counters. Suitable for 3 to 7 years. 

Clear. Diameter 23cm. Height 30cm. 


CA12227 Single £19.68 

CA07411 4pk £72.18 

5 

5 3 



Messy Play Ingredients 

1 2 

1. Food Colouring 

Jumbo 500ml bottles of food 

colouring. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. Single. Volume 500ml. 

FOODCO2 Green Single £9.85 

FOODCO3 Blue Single £9.85 

FOODCO4 Red Single £9.85 

FOODCO1 Yellow Single £9.85 

CA04775 Multi 4pk £34.11 

2. Food Aromas 500ml 

Enhance your play with these 

magnificent food aromas. Suitable 

for age 3 years and up. 

FFLAV4 Peppermint £9.85 

CA04774 Mixed 3pk £22.97 

FFLAV5 Strawberry £9.85 

FFLAV3 Lemon £9.85 

3 4 

5 6 

7 8 

3. Insta-Snow Powder 

An amazing super absorbent 

powder that looks like real snow 

when you add water. Creates a super 

fluffy, non-toxic ‘snow’ right before 

your eyes! Expands up to 100 times 

its original volume and even feels 

cold.Suitable for age 3 years and 

up. White. 

FSNOW Single £11.16 

CA00285 3pk £29.54 

CA02012 6pk £60.38 

4. Messy Play Soap Flakes 

Perfect for sensory exploration, these 

soap flakes are the ultimate tactile 

ingredient for all of your messy play 

activities. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. 

LUX 3pk £14.43 

CA05557 6pk £24.93 

5. Messy Play Jelly Crystal 

Flakes 3.5kg 

Squeeze, drip and scoop the jelly for 

fun tactile exploration. Suitable for 

age 3 years and up. Single. Weight 

3.5kg. 

FJELF £24.93 

6. Cornflour 

From exploring mark making to 

creating ‘gloop’ our bumper pack of 

cornflour offers endless possibilities 

for learning through sensory play. 


Single. 

FCORN 3.5kg £15.74 

CA05551 10.5kg £39.36 

7. Messy Play Grab and Go 

Kit 

Specially designed to encourage 

lots of sensory play, this kit has 

everything you need in one box. 


Single. 

CA03467 £170.61 

8. Buff Clay 

All purpose easy to use clay ideal 

for throwing, sculpting and slab 

work. Ideal for exploring modelling 

techniques. Buff. Weight 10kg. 

A-CLAY £10.49 

224 


1. Coloured Play Sand 

High quality coloured sands ideal for 

mark making and sand & water play. 

Made using organic dyes for a safe, 

environmentally friendly product. 


Single. Weight 15kg. 

FALSAND Alligator Green £17.05 

FEBSAND Elephant Blue £17.05 

CA02549 Flamingo Pink £17.05 

FORSAND Orang-Utan Orange £17.05 

FPASAND Parakeet Purple £17.05 

FGYSAND Giraffe Yellow £17.05 

1 2 

Sand 


2. Coloured Sand Bulk Buy 

This soft, coloured sand has endless 

uses in the classroom. Use for mark 

making to carve in patterns on 

a surface, add to paint to create 

sensory paintings or sprinkle over 

PVA to make colourful textured 

designs. Suitable for 4 to 16 years. 


Weight 5kg. 

AR01635 £32.80 

5 

3. Coloured Kinetic Sand 

A 2.5kg bag of kinetic sand. Kinetic 

Sand is mouldable, and sticks to 

itself not hands. It does not dry out, 

and can be squished, squashed and 

squeezed over and over. Suitable 


sand. Weight 2.5kg. 

3 4 

CA07811 Red £45.93 

CA07812 Blue £45.93 

CA07813 Green £45.93 

4. NEW Messy Play Elasti 

Sand 

A dry alternative to slime, this 

Elasti Sand is perfect for moulding, 

stretching and smooshing. 

Lightweight and soft, this play 

sand feels and acts like slime but 

without the mess. Perfect for sensory 

activities and enriching messy play. 


Single. Weight 2.5kg. 

NEW 

EL46387GR Green £24.93 

EL46387BL Blue £24.93 

EL46387RE Red £24.93 

5. Smooshy Sand 

Smooshy Sand is a magical soft 

sand which is fun, mess-free and 

hard to put down. Smooshy sand 

can be rolled, squished and mould 

it into whatever sand creations you 

can dream of, the possibilities are 

endless. Suitable for age 3 years and 

up. Natural. Single. 

5 6 

CA05450 1kg £17.05 

CA05451 5kg £52.49 

6. Bag of Sand 

A versatile bumper bag of safe sand 

for sandpits, sand and water trays, 

mark making and small world play. 

Not only is our sand great value for 

money it is also safe and hygienic. 

Specially designed for settings and 

schools. 12kg bags. 

FSANDB Single £9.18 

CA11728 5pk £39.31 

CA04903 35pk £288.69 

CA04904 70pk £380.56 



Trays & Tables 

1 

1. Clear Sand and Water 

Tray Table 

A tinted clear sand and water table 

with an innovative multi layered 

design and screw-on water valve. 

This oval shaped sand and water 

table really stands out from the rest. 

Promote turn taking and sharing 

through sand and water play. 


Height 58cm. Length 89cm. Width 

63cm. 

FSWTB £314.99 

2. Circular Sand and Water 

Tray 

An engaging alternative to a 

traditional sand and water tray, ideal 

for testing ideas and collaborative 

play. Featuring a spiralled slope, 

children will love watching as the 

sand or water flows into the tray 

below! Suitable for age 3 years and 

up. H580mm. 

CA02398 £209.99 

2 3 

Height 58cm 

4 5 

Tallest tray 62cm, 

smallest 47cm 

Height 58cm 

3. Sand and Water Messy 

Play Tubs 

This sturdy sand and water messy 

play tray unit is ideal for hosting 

a variety of activities all at once. 

Featuring individual steel frames that 

can be clicked together to create 

your own configuration. Removable 

nesting trays included. Suitable for 

age 3 years and up. Height 620mm. 

Made from steel. 

CA02531 £341.24 

4. Outdoor Nesting Sand 

and Water Tables 

This great space saving sand and 

water table features 2 tables, one 

nested snugly under the other to 

be wheeled out on castors. The 

Outdoor Sand and Water Nesting 

Tables will provide children with 

hours of sand and water play. 


Pack of 2. 

CA11208 £590.61 


Centre 

This heavy duty play centre comes 

complete with stand, tray and lid. 

With enough room for six children 

to play, it features four activity 

plates and a perimeter roadway. Fill 

the bottom shelf with an array of 

accessories for children to choose 

from. Foldaway design for easy 

storage. Height adjustable to 50 or 

71cm. Suitable for age 3 years and 

up. Made from plastic. Single. 

FPALMA £295.30 

2 

Large height 70cm. 

Small height 51.5cm 

Height adjustable 

50cm to 71cm. 

226 


1 



Tables 

A sturdy, versatile tray unit that can 

be easily moved about your setting. 

Fill with messy materials, sand, 

natural materials and so much more. 

These portable tray and table sets 

can be used for a variety of learning 

opportunities. Trays measure H25.5 x 

L112 x W62cm. Stand heights 40cm 

or 58cm. The flat, wide rim allows 

for placing accessories allowing 

extra play value. The lightweight 

tray features handle slots and base 

blocks, allowing it to be easily lifted 

out to use on the floor or fill with 

materials. An attached plug valve 

provides simple and easy drainage. 

Anti-scratch, breathable lid is 

included. Castors lock into place. 

Please note both translucent and 

blue trays fit both stand heights. 


Height 58cm 

Breathable lid and plug 

for drainage 

Height 40cm 

MULTIBUY 

SAVING 

£131 .25 

Choose the table to suit your requirements Code Description Price 

Set includes 1 x stand and 1 x tray CA10393BL Blue Single H40cm £196.86 


CA10396BL Blue Single H58cm £196.86 


Set includes 2 x stands and 2 x trays (same height & colour) CA10394BL Blue 2pk H40cm £354.35 


CA10395BL Blue 2pk H58cm £354.35 


Set includes 2 x stands (same height), 1 x translucent tray and 1 x blue tray CA10394BQ Blue/Translucent 2pk H40cm £354.35 

CA10395BQ Blue/Translucent 2pk H58cm £354.35 

Set includes 1 x 40cm stand, 1 x 58cm stand, 1 x translucent tray and 1 x blue tray CA10397BQ Blue/Translucent 2pk H40/H58cm £354.35 

Set includes 2 x 40cm stand, 2 x 58cm stand, 2 x blue tray and 2 x translucent tray CA10398BQ Blue/Translucent 4pk H40/H58cm £656.20 




1 

1. Outdoor Wooden Water 

Pump Station 

Explore and investigate with this 

wonderfully crafted outdoor water 

pump station! Children will love 

pumping the water to fill the tray as 

they explore channelling, scooping, 

pouring and splashing! Perfect 

for collaborative play. Suitable for 

age 3 years and up. Price includes 

delivery and assembly. H100 x W77 

x D140cm. 


CA07857 Assisted Delivery £1,230.47 

2 

3 

4 

2. Wooden Tray Activity 

Centre 

This compact wooden unit with 

removable trays is ideal for smaller, 

compact spaces. Featuring a low 

shelf for extra storage, this sturdy 

unit is ideal for exploring materials, 

mark making, water play and 

creating messy mixtures. This is 

made from pre-treated Scandinavian 



10 years. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. Supplied fully assembled. 


50cm. Height 60cm. Length 107cm. 


CA10784 £516.79 

3. Outdoor Wooden Sink 

Unit 

Ideal for small outdoor areas, this 

compact sink unit is perfect for 

water and messy play. Featuring 

a water pump, children can 

independently access their own 

water and use it create their own 

concoctions! Great for gross motor 


up. Depth 57cm. Height 90cm. 

Made from wood. Width 67cm. 

CA07551 £787.49 

4. Outdoor Wooden Water 

and Sand Table with 

Pump 

Explore multiple sand and water 

mixtures on three different levels 

in this cascading, wooden table 

set. Change the layout to create 

exciting pathways. The tables can be 

easily moved into different orders 

and configurations. Add different 

products to the water tables. With a 

water pump for independent access 

to water, this set provides endless 

experimentation opportunities 

and can be used to develop 

understanding of water flow. Watch 

the water flow easily from the high 

level table down each of the three 

levels. Suitable for age 3 years and 

up. Suitable to be left outdoors. 


34cm. 

CA07590 £2,050.79 

228 


1. Wooden Outdoor Sand 

and Water Tray Unit 

This chunky unit with ledges 

combines the fun and learning 

opportunities of water play with a 

table. Ideal for providing endless 

exploration and investigation 

opportunities. Encourage children to 

engage in collaborative messy play! 


x W130 x D83cm. 

CA04213 £738.29 

2. Outdoor Low Sand and 

Water Tray Table 

A super low, versatile table with 

a plastic inner tray perfect for all 

children to access. This open-ended, 

robust design features a removable 

tray for simple filling or cleaning. 

Fill with wet or dry materials and 

explore! Suitable for age 3 years 

and up 

CA10071 £574.20 

1 



3. Outdoor Wooden Sink 

This robust sink unit is a versatile 

addition to your outdoor 

environment. Press the side pump 

and the water will flow. Children can 

self access the water and experiment 

with filling containers and mixing 

ingredients. The wooden sink unit 

comes with containers and a pump 

with an easy to remove detachable 

filter. Fill the containers with sand 

and transport easily around your 

outdoor area. A perfect addition 

to your sand & water, messy and 

outdoor play. Made from pre-treated 



infestation for 10 years. Accessories 

not included. Please note you have 

two options on delivery. ‘Standard’ 

is delivered to your door and 

‘Assisted’ is a two person service who 

will position your resource where 

you need it. Suitable for age 3 years 




sustainable wood. Single. Width 

76cm. 

2 



3 



Channelling 

1 

2 

Great for extending 

outdoor water 

channelling play 

1. Water Channel Stands 

These robust and sturdy metal 

frames are perfect for supporting 

channels during water play. Use on 

the ground or in Active World trays. 

These stands have various levels to 

adjust the pipes to different heights. 

Mini H450mm Large H1000mm. 


Pack of 4. 

CA01150 Mini £59.05 

FWCFRAME Large £78.74 

2. Outdoor Jumbo 

Guttering and 

Channelling Set 

A set of jumbo sized, deep 

guttering for use in your Sand 

and Water play. Ideal for use in 

channelling liquids into trays, 

or building a water way in your 

outdoor area. Jumbo guttering 

stands are sold separately. Guttering 

L80 x W18 x D11cm, Stands H86cm. 



CA07267 Stands 4pk £98.43 

CA06698 Guttering 5pk £111.55 

SAVE with Multi-buy 

Guttering & Stands 

CA06904 

Bundle Deal 

£196.84 

Children can 

adjust the 

levels of height 

independently 

MULTIBUY 

SAVING 

£13 .13 

3. Water Channels and 

Stands Multi Buy 

Save money when you buy both the 

water channel stands and the water 

channels together and save! The 

perfect set for setting up a water 

channelling system. Allow children 

to experiment with water using 

this sturdy, open-ended structure. 

H98cm x L1m. Pack of 10. 

CA03185 £111.54 

3 

SAVE 

£10 .50 

Light and easy 

to manoeuvre 

230 


1. Natural Wooden Water 


Natural wooden guttering channels, 

ideal for water play or experimenting 

with forces. These beautiful 

wooden water channels will make a 

fantastic addition to your water play 

outdoors. Made from aged wood to 

ensure resistance to water. Suitable 


to be left outdoors. Diameter 9cm. 

Length 95cm. Made from wood. 

Pack of 8. 

CA04952 £131.24 

1 2 

Channelling 


2. Large Flat Wooden Water 


A set of waterproof wooden 

channels that can be used as 

bridges between different areas. 

Ideal for using with existing water 

channelling accessories, Sand & 

Water or Active World trays. These 

wooden water channelling pieces 

can also be used as bridges between 

active worlds. Suitable for age 3 

years and up. Not suitable to be 

left outdoors. Length 100cm. Made 

from sustainable wood. Pack of 5. 

Width 10cm. 

CA04732 £170.61 

3. Creative Crates 

These crates are perfect for 

supporting outdoor play, their 

potential is as limitless as your 

children’s imaginations. A fantastic, 

open-ended resource. Great for 

motor skills, collaborative games, 

language activities and so much 

more. Suitable for age 3 years and 

up. H25 x W35 x L45cm. Made from 

plastic. 

CA07241 Single £22.30 

CA06813 4pk £76.07 

CA10914 8pk £139.02 

4. Changing Channels Clips 

Transform your chain-link fence into 

an interactive water wall with these 

innovative channel clips. Designed to 

fit with guttering up to 11cm wide, 

simply hook them onto the fence 

and create your own water walls. 

Buy clips on their own or buy with 

plastic guttering and save! Suitable 

for age 3 years and up. Height 

14cm. Made from rubber. Pack of 

10. Width 12.5cm. 

CA05499 Clips 10pk 69.99 



Channelling and Clips 

CA05513 

Multibuy 

£128.60 

5. Plastic Water Channelling 

Guttering 

This set of 6 sturdy plastic guttering 

is a great addition to water 

channelling play. With endless 

learning opportunities, watch as 

children explore trajectory and 

direction as they flow the water 

up and down the gutters. Suitable 

for age 3 years and up. Length 1m. 


FWCASD-GUTTER £43.30 

3 4 

SAVE 

5 

8 

5 

6 

MULTIBUY 

£49 .22 SAVING 

£8 .20 

10 



Sand & Water Accessories 

1 

1. Bio Plastic Sand & Water 

Set 

These lovely sand and water tools 

are made from sugarcane, a 

sustainable and renewable source. 

Children can scoop, pour, transport, 

mark make and more with these 

quality tools. The larger size pack 

ensures that there are enough tools 

to be shared around the setting. 



from bio plastic. 

CA10850 82pk £190.30 

CA10526 50pk £131.24 

2 

2. Bio Plastic Sand & Water 

Activity Kit 62pk 

This assorted sand and water kit is 

made from sugarcane, a sustainable 

and renewable source. Help children 

develop mark making, molding, 

pouring and scooping skills. Open to 

a variety of physical and expressive 

movement, and well assorted for 

maximum fun with sand and water. 

Suitable for ages 10 months and up. 


from bio plastic. Pack of 62. 

CA11171 £262.49 

3. NEW Recycled Plastic Sand 

& Water Collection 

A large collection of exciting sand 

and water tools created with 

recycled plastic, perfect for scooping, 

sieving and digging. This recycled 

sand and water set in neutral tones 

is ideal for encouraging exploration 

in sand, water and messy play. This 

set includes an array of accessories 

from a wheelbarrow to boats and 

has everything you need to develop 

skills and enrich learning. Suitable 

for 10 months and up. Made from 

recycled plastic. Pack of 80. 

EL45916 £170.61 

62 

3 

80 

NEW 

232 



Sand and 

Water Eco Kit 

An innovative collection for messy play that is skills focussed, offering a 

rich variety of possibilities and is made from bio materials, in soft, natural 

shades. If you want to enliven and refresh your sand and water resources 

and activities, then this may just be the collection to do so. Suitable for 

10 months and up. Made from bio plastic. 

Sand and Water Eco Kit 

CA11677 £72.18 

KEY 

from 

£72 .18 

BENEFITS 

• Made using eco materials 

• Unique, skills led, ergonomic design 

• A truly interactive set where children can 

experiment and explore. 

• 4 neutral colours: grey, brown, green and 

blue 



Sand & Water Accessories 

1 

1. Water Play Accessories 

Collection 38pk 

Children will have so much fun 

investigating and exploring the 

properties of water with this 

comprehensive kit. Includes 

cups, funnels, beakers, spoons, 

eyedroppers and much more all in a 

mesh bag. Suitable for age 3 years 


CA00107 £118.11 

2. Giant Sand and Water 

Accessories 38pk 

A set of 38 brightly coloured giant 

sand and water accessories. This 

budget set includes spades, rakes, 

buckets, water wheels and shape 

makers. Suitable from birth. Suitable 

to be left outdoors. Pack of 38. 

CA02546 £78.74 

38 

2 3 

38 27 

3. Classroom Water Play 

Tool Set 

A large set of sand and water play 

tools, perfect for enhancing play. 

This superb water play set has a 

great selection of tools to help 

children explore and experiment. 


of 27. 

CA05399 £52.49 

4. Sand Play Tool Set 

A great value sand tool set including 

scoops, sieves and moulds. Lots of 

variety means this set could also be 

used in water. A great resource for 

assessing early mathematical skills 

as children measure, stack, mix and 

pour. Suitable for age 3 years and 


CA05398 £52.49 

5. Large Sand and Water 

Play Set 66pk 

With everything you need for sand 

and water play, this set of 60 pieces 

will engage and delight children. 

Includes buckets, rakes, spades, 

moulds, scoops and more! Support 

key skills and enrich sand, water and 

messy play. Suitable for age 3 years 


CA07413 £118.11 

4 5 

31 60 

234 


SAVE 

£19 .69 


Coming April 2023. These 

buckets are not limited to 

indoor experiences as they 

are waterproof. Use them in 

waterplay, measuring liquids 

or messy play materials. 

Light Up 

Collector’s 

Buckets 

Enrich learning with these Imaginative, stacking, rechargeable, 

transporting containers that light up maths, messy play, water, sand, 

STEAM and sensory learning experiences in an illuminating, magical 

way.Captivate children with these glow vessels. Explore, collect, build 

and count. Robust, for indoors and out, dry and wet materials, sandpits, 

with water channeling, construction materials, on the STEAM centre, or 

on a mud kitchen. Available from April 2023.Suitable for 3 to 11 years. 

KEY 

from 

£45 .93 

BENEFITS 

• Incorporate technology into sand, water and 

messy play. 

• Perfect for supporting children’s schematic 

interests. 

• An interactive and immersive way to 

explore early maths. 

Single 

CA11868 £45.93 

2pk 

EL45002 £91.85 

4pk 

CA11705 £164.01 


STEAM 

STEAM Stack & Build 

1 

i 

• An exciting openended 

and versatile 

resource. 

• Strengthen your loose 

parts and construction 

provision. 

• Encourages critical 

thinking, problemsolving 

and 

collaborative learning 

with young children. 

70 

1. STEAM Loose Parts Kit 

A beautiful wooden and tactile 

collection that can be joined 

in a number of ways to create 

something new. Support children’s 

construction and loose parts play 

as they use their imagination to 

build roadways, dens, vehicles, 

small world locations and much 

more! This construction collection 

has been specifically crafted for 

young hands, to ensure there are 

no splinters so play can happen 

all day. Can be used indoors and 

outdoors, however must be stored 

indoors. We have developed 

different ways of attaching the 

pieces together without the use 

of dangerous metal bolts that are 

not appropriate for young children, 

instead they are learning different 

types of joining methods that are 

suitable for their developmental 

stages. This collection enables 

children to manipulate, manoeuvre, 

join, and stack to create all kinds 

of imaginative designs where they 

can embrace STEAM, Loose Parts 

and Construction. Suitable for age 3 


CA11964 £301.86 

236 


1 

Supporting STEAM 

STEAM 

NEW 

1. NEW STEAM Discovery 

Centre 

Interact with this giant scales 

like structure investigating, 

experimenting, manoeuvring, 

posting and balancing a range of 

materials including glow resources 

to make a dramatic, engaging 

impact. Children love playing with 

this transparent unit that looks 

amazing in the light. It has channels 

to roll things along, places to hang 

and post things. It supports a 

STEAM based enquiry approach to 

learning as the children problem 

solve and employ critical thinking 

skills. Suitable for 10 months and 

up. H70 x W108cm. 

CA11734 £262.49 

2. NEW Early Years 

Immersive Projector 

An awe inspiring, illuminated, safe, 

rechargeable dome that transforms 

walls and ceilings into a canvas 

for magical light and shadows. A 

safe, robust device that creates 

an atmospheric and immersive 

light effect. Place a rich variety of 

materials on and around the strong 

polycarbonate dome and see the 

shimmering shades and shadows 

emerge. Experiment, explore, 

and discover with this versatile 

resource. Suitable for 10 months 

and up. Diameter 65cm. Made from 

polycarbonate, silicone and wood. 

CA11864 £262.49 

2 

NEW 


Construction 

Construction Collections 

1 

SAVE 

£13 .13 

Contents 

Contains: 

Role Play Foam House 

Building Bricks 10pk 

(H6 x W21 x D10 cm) 

Role Play Foam Breeze Blocks 

10pk 

(H16 x W19 x D12 cm) 

Role Play Stone Foam 

Building Bricks 9pk 

(H9 x W9 x D15 cm) 

Glacier Effect Clear Plastic 

Bricks 10pk 

(H7 x W21 x D10 cm) 

Activity Ideas Card 

Contents may vary 

Other items in images are not 

included but may be available 

separately 

2 

39 

1. Construction WOW Pack 

This exciting collection of bricks and 

activity cards will encourage children 

to design and build using materials 

that are representative of the 

ones used in real life. From glacier 

bricks and breeze blocks to stone 

wall boulders, the opportunities 

are endless. Construction play is 

great for developing skills such as 

mathematical thinking and problem 

solving, as well as promoting active 

learning and resilience. Suitable for 

3 to 7 years. Made from foam and 

plastic. Pack of 39. 

SAVE 

£19 .69 

CA12243 £182.38 

2. Bricks Multi Buy Offer 

95pk 

A large set of 95 realistic, foam 

covered bricks. Lightweight and 

realistic, this assorted set of bricks 

allows children to design and build 

using realistic materials. Includes 

House, Breeze, Ice and Stone Wall 

Bricks. Suitable for age 3 years and 

up. Made from foam. Pack of 95. 

CA02757 £380.56 

Contents 

95 

20 x Breeze Blocks 

25 x Stone Wall Bricks 

25 x House Bricks 

25 x Ice Bricks 

238 


1 

SAVE 

£19 .69 

Construction Collections 

Contents 

Mini Shed sold 

separately. 

Crates and High 

Vis Vests sold 

separately. 

1 x Role Play Foam 

House Bricks 25pk, 

1 x Role Play Foam 

Building/Stonewall 

Bricks 25pk, 

1 x Mini Hollow 

Blocks Set 20, 

1 x Assorted 

Outdoor Wooden 

Reels 8pk. 

Construction 

1. Construction & Loose 

Parts Outdoor Learning 

Collection 

A collection of engaging bricks 

and blocks, ideal for supporting 

children to design, construct and 

build their very own structures 

outdoors. Explore size, weight and 

shape as children work together to 

create imaginative constructions 

with this wonderful selection of 

construction loose parts. Mini Shed 

sold separately. Suitable for age 3 


Construction & Loose Parts 

CA12248 

£524.95 


CE10043 Mini Shed £564.36 

2 

78 

2. Construction and Loose 

Parts Kit 

Invigorate children’s play with a 

variety of open-ended resources 

providing a wealth of creative 

opportunities. Children can develop 

their critical thinking as they make 

decisions about how they want to 

use the resources and what they 

would like to create. Encourage 

children to experiment with the large 

scale loose parts, make predictions 

and test their ideas. Suitable for age 

3 years and up. 

CA10956 £918.75 

Contents 

Giant Stack & Build (28pcs), Pretend House Bricks (25pk), Stone Wall Bricks (25pk), Creative Crates 

(2pk), Plastic Guttering (6pk), Mini Water Stands (4pk), Wooden Reels (8pk), Mini Hollow Blocks (20pk), 

Contents may vary 


Construction 

Wooden Construction 

1 

1. Giant Wooden Hollow 

Building Blocks 

Fantastic quality and lightweight, 

children can construct mighty strong 

and sturdy empires with these large 

hollow blocks. Stack, nest and slope 

to create a multitude of different 

structures. Children become 

architects of their own play as they 

select and experiment with the 

shapes. Each piece is securely made 

of sturdy solid wood with rounded 

edges for safety. Suitable for age 

3 years and up. Supplied fully 

assembled. Made from wood. 

CA00880 18pk £275.61 

CE00757 36pk £419.99 

CA02858 40pk £459.36 

2 

2. Building Blocks Trolley 

Sturdy block trolley, ideal for hollow 

block storage. We used our hollow 

block set which is made up of 40 

pieces but you can use it with the 

bricks of your choice. Blocks not 

included. Made from Beech Faced 

MFC with castors. Suitable for age 3 

years and up. Supplied flat packed 


D52cm. 

CA06513 £288.74 

240 


1 


MULTIBUY 

SAVING 

£65 .63 

Construction 

1. Giant Outdoor Wooden 

Hollow Building Blocks 

A set of quality, hollow blocks 

made from treated wood. Includes 

a variety of shapes to select and 

stack, including cuboids and 

planks. Build, design and create 

your amazing structures with these 

beautifully made blocks. Made from 

pressure treated timber, enabling 

endless outdoor fun. A great, 

robust resource for child-initiated 

and collaborative play. Block sizes 

vary from 10cm - 40cm in length. 


CA04171 15pk £262.49 

CA03345 30pk £459.36 

2 

MULTIBUY 

SAVING 

£39 .38 

2. Wooden Mini Hollow 

Blocks 

These blocks are small enough 

for toddlers to handle but tough 

enough for every day play. They 

come in a range of different 

shapes. Rectangle measures 25 x 

5cm. Available in a 20 pack or a 40 

pack. Suitable from birth. Natural. 

Assorted Sizes. Made from wood. 

CA07769 20pk £196.86 

CA06221 40pk £354.35 

3 

3. Outdoor Hollow Block 

Trolley 

Robust wooden trolley for 

outdoor use, ideal to store your 

hollow blocks. Holds a full set of 

30 Outdoor Hollow Blocks (not 

included). Children will be able to 

select just the right block for their 

imaginative construction. Depth 

58cm. Height 70cm. Single. Width 

88cm. 

CA06663 £498.74 


Construction 


1 

2 

NEW 

10 

1. NEW Wooden Pattern 

Bricks 

A beautifully crafted collection of 

wooden blocks, each face showing 

a different pattern. This charming 

collection of patterned bricks is 

a great introduction into math. 

Children can observe different 

patterns, create sequences and look 

at simple mathematical principles 

whilst being used as a construction. 

These bricks are also a wonderful 

enhancement to baby and toddler 

environments, to support schematic 

behaviours and curiosity. Young 

children will enjoy stacking these. 

Suitable from birth. Pack of 10. 

EL11305 £91.86 

2. Bamboo Building Blocks 

Environmentally friendly building 

blocks, crafted from real bamboo! 

The pieces are precisely related 

in size and come in a variety of 

imagination-inspiring shapes, 

including columns, roof pieces, 

bridges and more. Suitable for 

age 3 years and up. Made from 

bamboo. 

CA03864 42pk £98.43 

CA03865 80pk £164.05 

3. Standard Wooden Unit 

Blocks 50pcs 

A beautiful set of smooth, naturally 

finished hardwood building blocks. 

Ideal for building and balancing 

as well as some hands-on early 

maths learning – understanding 

shapes and sizes. These traditional 

unit blocks are made to last and 

are fantastic value. Style may vary. 

Height 19cm. Length 41.9cm. Made 

from wood. Pack of 50. Width 

35.6cm. 

CA06884 £104.99 

3 

242 


1. NEW Wooden Hexagon 

Construction 

A beautiful collection of natural, 

black and white wooden hexagon 

pieces, perfect for exploring shape 

and pattern. Explore early maths 

skills as children create patterns 

and sequences with this engaging 

collection of rubberwood pieces. 


Made from rubberwood. Pack of 

45. Hexagon shaped. 

EL46116 £104.99 

2. NEW Wooden Crosses 

Construction 

A beautiful collection of wooden 

crosses in natural, black and white. 

Enrich loose parts and construction 

play with this wonderful collection 

of wooden crosses, perfect for 

exploring patterns and sequencing. 


Made from rubberwood. Pack of 45. 

EL46120 £104.99 

3. NEW Wooden Pentagon 

Construction 

Create patterns and sequences 

with this beautiful collection of 

96 wooden pentagon pieces. 

With this carefully crafted set of 

wooden loose parts, children can 

explore shapes, patterns and colour. 



96. Pentagon shaped. 

EL46122 £131.24 

4. NEW Wooden 

Quadrilateral Kites 


quadrilateral kites in three different 

colours, white, black and natural. 

Explore shape, orientation, 

sequencing and patters with this set 

of wooden loose parts. Suitable for 

age 3 years and up. Pack of 96. 

EL46154 £131.24 

5. Marvellous Mirror 

Construction Blocks 25pk 

Build beautiful, reflective towers 

with this superb collection of 

wooden shapes with acrylic mirrors. 

A great open ended activity with a 

sensory quality. A selection of cubes, 

cuboids, triangular prisms and 

cylinders in a wooden tray. Suitable 

from birth. H9.6 x W4.8 x L4.8cm. 

CA03243 £118.11 

1 

45 

45 

3 4 

96 96 

NEW 

NEW 

2 


NEW 

NEW 

Construction 

5 

25 


Construction 

Building Blocks 

1 

NEW 

1. NEW Giant Cork 

Construction Blocks 

A wonderful collection of jumbo 

cork blocks, perfect for large 

construction play. Suitable for indoor 

and outdoor use, this set of large 

construction blocks can be stacked 

and balanced to create endless 

structures and creations. Suitable for 

age 3 years and up. Made from cork. 

Pack of 28. 

EL46069 £301.86 

2. Glacier Effect Clear Plastic 

Ice Bricks 

Make a winter wonderland scene 

with these transparent, shiny kids 

building bricks. Children will love 

stacking them to make houses, 

towers, castles or even an igloo. 

Imagine building with these giant 

play bricks in real or pretend snow. 


Height 7cm. Length 21cm. Made 

from plastic. 

CA12201 10pk £48.55 

CA06048 25pk £98.43 

CA07280 75pk £269.02 

28 

3. Eco Building Construction 

Blocks 

A set of colourful, bio-plastic, giant 

building blocks that are lightweight 

and easy to manoeuvre. Encourage 

imaginative co-operative play, while 

enhancing motor skills and coordination. 

Ideal for problem solving 

and outdoor play. Suitable for 10 


2 

SAVE 

3 

£26 .25 

CA11792 Blue/Grey £354.36 

CA11791 Green/Orange £354.36 

4. Giant Foam Coloured 

Building Blocks 32pk 

A colourful set of giant, soft 

foam blocks, ideal for supporting 

construction play and gross motor 

skills Design a wonderful fort or 

simply build a wall - children will 

love putting their imagination to use 

when building with these blocks. 

Suitable from birth. Depth 105mm. 

Pack of 32. 

CA02859 £249.36 

4 5 

26 

5. Jumbo Rainbow Building 

Bricks 84pk 

Giant sized, colourful bricks 

ideal for supporting imaginative 

outdoor construction play. These 

soft washable blocks are fully 

interlocking and ideal for small 

hands. Suitable for age 3 years and 


FFLEXB £433.11 

32 84 

244 


1. Giant Octoplay 

Construction 

Ideal for outdoor construction, 

children will love creating outdoor 

structures with this Giant Octoplay 

Construction set! Support shape 

recognition and problem solving 

skills as children connect the Giant 

Octoplay pieces together. Suitable 

for age 3 years and up. Diameter 

240mm. Made from plastic. Width 

24cm. 

1 2 

SAVE 

£118 .13 

Large Construction 

SAVE 

£157 .50 

Construction 

CA06551 20pk Multicoloured £111.55 



CA06555 40pk Naturals £203.43 

2. Giant Polydron 

Giant Polydron is the sensory 

construction product from Polydron. 

It encourages children to make 

and recognise 2 and 3 dimensional 

shapes and will encourage children 

to develop an awareness of shape 

and texture. Suitable for age 3 years 


CA02846 40pk £124.68 

CA02949 80pk £242.78 

CA03233 160pk £328.07 

3. Giant Shape 

Construction Set 

Supersized Polydron for outdoor 

and indoor construction fun. Great 

for outdoor use and big enough 

for dens, houses and castles. 

Fully compatible with other Giant 

Polydron products. Available in two 

pack sizes: Class Set or Super Set. 



CA04953 Bright 24pk £190.30 

CA04954 Bright 36pk £275.61 

EL46038 Natural 24pk £190.30 

EL46039 Natural 36pk £275.61 

3 

NEW 

24 


Construction 

Construction Sets 

1 

NEW 

1. NEW Interlocking 

Translucent Construction 

Leaves 

A beautiful set of interlocking 

leaves, water droplets and seeds, 

inspired by nature and perfect for 

engaging construction play. An 

exciting addition to loose parts and 

construction play as children explore 

how each piece interlocks with the 

next. A great way to encourage 

problem-solving and critical 

thinking skills. Suitable for age 3 


EL46225 £26.24 

2 

96 

2. Snap Bots Set 

Match and sort pieces to create a 

variety of robot figures Get creative 

whilst developing fine motor skills 

to connect and build your design. 

Develop shape recognition and 

pairing skills. Build up to 6 bots at 

once. Suitable for 3 to 4 years. Made 

from wood. Pack of 36. 

CA10221 £85.30 

3. NEW Snap Block Animals 


Snap and create wild animals with 

this beautiful set of chunky wooden 

blocks. With easy-to-hold blocks, 

children can follow the activity 

cards or create their very own wild 

animals. Suitable for age 3 years and 


3 

NEW 

36 

EL46231 £91.86 

4. NEW Eastern Architecture 

Construction Tiles Set 

An exciting collection of large 

construction tiles, inspired by 

traditional eastern architecture. 

These beautifully designed pieces 

slot together with ease to create 

endless structures and creations. 


of 64. 

EL45992 £118.11 

33 

4 

NEW 

64 

246 


1. NEW Notch Blocks 

Construction Set Western 

Explore architecture from around 

the world with this western-inspired 

construction set. A unique and 

engaging addition to construction 

play, this set is great for sparking 

discussions about people, 

communities and cultures. Suitable 


thermo plastic rubber. 

1 

Construction Sets 

Construction 

EL46204 85pk £85.30 

EL46206 129pk £131.24 

2. NEW Notch Blocks 

Construction Set Eastern 

This eastern-inspired construction 

set is perfect for exploring 

architecture from around the 

world. An engaging addition to 

construction and loose parts play, 

this set is great for perfect for 

supporting learning about people, 

communities and cultures. Suitable 


thermo plastic rubber. 

2 

NEW 

EL46205 87pk £85.30 

EL46207 132pk £131.24 

3. NEW Interlocking Block 


A colourful collection of openended 

interlocking pieces, perfect 

for exploring construction and 

developing fine motor skills. With 

a mixture of vibrant colours, these 

chunky pieces are an exciting 

addition to construction play 

and support children to explore 

colour, patterns and sequencing. 

Comes with a handy storage box. 

Baseplates only included with 

EL45981. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. 

3 

NEW 

EL45980 200pk £39.36 

EL45981 400pk & 10 Baseplates £91.86 

4. NEW Interlocking Block 

Vehicles Set 

A vibrant set of interlocking pieces, 

wheels and baseplates perfect for 

exploring construction. Engage 

children in early problem-solving 

and creativity with this wonderful 

set of bright construction pieces. 


Pack of 225. 

NEW 

EL46287 £65.61 

4 

NEW 


Construction 

Polydron 

1 2 

1. MegaMag Polydron 

The ultimate magnetic construction 

set, ideal for exploring geometry 

and identifying the properties of 

2D and 3D shapes. The easy to fit 

together, chunky, bright coloured 

squares and triangles can make a 

wide range of shapes and models. 

Suitable for 3 to 7 years. Height 


plastic. Pack of 26. Width 24cm. 

CA06604 £183.74 

3 4 

5 

26 

36 

36 

2. Translucent Magnetic 

Hashmag 72pk 

Discover an exciting new way to 

construct with the Translucent 

Magnetic Hashmag set. The unique 

shapes come in 6 colours. Hashmag 

is ideal for developing fine motor 

skills and exploring the construction 

of 2D nets and 3D models. Suitable 


CA11749 £187.68 

3. Magnetic Polydron 

Sphera Class Set 36pk 

Sphera allows children to create 

more exciting designs with 

cylinders, spheres and circles. 

Designed to work with other 

magnetic polydron sets, children 

will be fascinated with building 

towers, wheels and domes. Suitable 

for 3 to 7 years. Made from plastic. 

CA05428 36pk £131.24 

4. Crystal Megamag 

Polydron 

Explore shape and colour with this 

translucent, magnetic construction 

set. Ideal for younger children, you 

can use on a light table and they 

will love to explore shape, colour 

and create structures. The pieces 

are large and chunky for younger 

children to handle. Suitable for 3 

to 7 years. Made from plastic. Pack 

of 36. 

CA11114 £183.74 

5. NEW Mirrored Magnetic 

Polydron Construction 

Set 

Introduce reflections and light into 

construction play with this engaging 

set of mirrored magnetic shapes. 

This magnetic Polydron construction 

set is perfect for encouraging 

children to explore shape whilst 

being immersed in sensory play. 


Pack of 48. 

EL45943 £196.86 

NEW 

48 

248 


1. Sensory ICT Glow 


A set of construction bricks in two 

sizes that light up and change colour 

when they are turned. Perfect for 

using ICT to learn sequencing. Each 

cube requires 2 x AA batteries (not 

included). Suitable from birth. Made 


Suitable from birth 

1 

Glow Construction 

Construction 

CA06793 £196.86 

2. NEW Glow Stacking Discs 

Integrate ICT into children’s 

construction play with these light 

up rechargeable discs Encourage 

children to shake the discs to 

light them up, allowing them to 

experiment with cause and effect. 

The textured design provides an 

additional sensory appeal, while 

the tactile properties allow children 

to grip and manipulate the discs. 


CA11965 Glow Discs 5pk £131.24 

CA10917 Wooden Pole for Glow Discs £7.86 

3. Light Up Glow 

Construction Bricks 

Illuminate your block play with this 

innovative set of 12 rechargeable, 

sturdy bricks that will light up when 

shaken. Underpin ICT into your early 

STEAM play as the children create 

glowing towers, constructions and 

patterns. Each brick stays illuminated 

for 3 minutes, then will need 

tapping again to relight. Suitable 



12 

CA10970 £196.86 

4. Light Up Glow Cylinders 

A truly versatile and engaging set. 

Learn about cause and effect and 

stimulus response as you tap the 

cylinders and see them light up 

(stay lit for 3 minutes). Children 

will delight in using this glowing 

collection in their schema play as 

they roll them and post them. Age 

10 months+ L212mm. Pack of 12. 

2 3 

CA11108 £170.61 

5. Stack and Build Glow 

Blocks 

A set of 9 sturdy, rechargeable bricks 

that light up, offering illuminated 

possibilities for construction, loose 

parts play, number tasks, schema 

interests and sensory activities. 

Technology really enhances the 

learning here as the blocks can be 

made to glow by just pressing a 

button. See the shapes take on a 

magical glow for added engagement 

and creativity. The child learns about 

cause and effect, stimulus response 

and makes key connections. Suitable 

for ages 10 months and up. H30 x 

W38 x L65cm. Pack of 9. 

CA11702 £144.36 

4 5 

5 12 

12 9 


Construction 

Pebbles & Boulders 

1 

2 

3 

1. Eco Balancing Boulders 

Grey 

Realistic looking eco boulders that 

have been inspired by nature that 

can be carefully and mindfully 

balanced in different configurations 

SAVE 

to create spectacular towers and 

£41 .01 designs. Add something different 

to your construction play with these 

tactile, multi-faceted boulders. 


H100 x W130 x D115mm. Made 

from bio plastic. 

CA11568 20pk £104.99 

CA11569 60pk £282.15 

2. NEW Glow Pebbles 

A set of 12 rechargeable illuminated 

pebbles that can be stacked 

and rolled for engaging sensory 

learning. The pebbles are in three 

sizes and are charged via cables. 

Choose from static or set to 

sequence mode. A great resource 

for sensory rooms and a novel 

way of encouraging children to 

experiment and explore. Suitable for 

10 months and up. 

CA11966 £196.86 

3. Wooden Stacking 

Pebbles 

Beautifully crafted wooden pebbles 

that can be stacked, rolled and 

sorted. This open-ended resource 

will spark imagination and provide 

lots of possibilities for play. Use to 

enrich small world or loose parts 

play. Suitable for 10 months and 

up. Made from wood. 

CA12199 4pk £22.30 

CA05062 20pk £98.43 

4. Wooden Stacking Pastel 

Pebbles 

Smooth, domed shapes to stack, 

balance, roll and explore. Develop 

fine motor skills with this engaging 

open-ended resource. Subtle pastel 

colours lend themselves to sorting 

as well as small world activities. 


Made from wood. Circle shaped. 

CA12198 4pk £22.30 

CA06720 18pk £85.30 

4 

250 


1 2 

Pebbles & Boulders 

Construction 

12 

15 

1. Iridescent Lustre 

Boulders 

A captivating lustrous collection 

of varying sized, multi-faceted, 

prismatic boulders for a variety of 

play scenarios. Suitable from birth. 

Made from abs plastic. Pack of 12. 

CA10976 £111.55 

3 4 

SAVE 

£16 .41 

2. Iridescent Ornate 

Stacking Pebbles 

A collection of beautiful pebbles 

which have a wonderful lustre and 

design elements, the pebbles can 

be used in a wide variety of play 

possibilities. Suitable from birth. 


CA10977 £98.43 

3. Radiant Colour Pebbles 

A set of beautifully intricate, varying 

sized, jewel like pebbles that offer a 

rich assortment of play adventures. 

Hold the jewel up to the light and 

see the vivid light stream through 

to create a vibrant colour display. 

The pebbles are designed to be 

treasure like, with detailed patterns 

to provide a sense of awe and 

wonder.Suitable from birth. Made 

from abs plastic. Circle shaped. 

CA12194 3pk £20.99 

CA11656 15pk £98.43 

5 

29 

4. Pebble WOW Pack 

This open-ended, versatile collection 

of different pebbles and activity 

cards encourages children to explore 

in a variety of ways. Made from 

plastic and wood. Pack of 29. 

CA12242 £141.66 

5. Radiant Colour Boulders 

A beautiful collection of transparent 

multi-faceted, jewel like boulders, 

in vibrant colours offering rich and 

varied play possibilities. Suitable 

from birth. Assorted. Made from 

abs plastic. 

CA12220 3pk £30.18 

CA11655 12pk £104.99 


Construction 

Marvellous Metallics 

1 

1. Sensory Mirrored 

Stacking Pebbles 

This set of smooth metallic mirror 

pebbles will fascinate children as 

they stack them or sort them into 

size order. Fantastic, open-ended 

mirrored stacking stones with a 

lovely metallic quality, creating 

a real sense of awe and wonder. 


Made from plastic. Circle shaped. 

CA12196 Metallic Silver 4pk £22.30 

CA12195 Metallic Gold 4pk £22.30 

CA12197 Bronze 4pk £22.30 

CA04238 Silver 20pk £98.43 

EL11432 Metallic Gold 20pk £98.43 

CA06632 Bronze 20pk £98.43 

2 

3 

2. Marvellous Metallics 

Mirror Stacking Donuts 

A beautiful set of silver mirrored 

donuts perfect for stacking and 

sorting. A wonderfully open ended 

resource with wow appeal, aligned 

to children’s developmental needs 

and interests. Donuts range in size 

from 8-15cm. Suitable from birth. 

Silver. Made from plastic. 

CA12232 4pk £26.24 

CA06028 16pk £91.86 


Silver Boulder Blocks 

An appealing, engaging sensory 

construction set, finished with 

a smooth, shiny, mirror effect. 

Designed to challenge, the children 

have to determine how to balance 

the boulders. 3 sizes (15cm, 12cm, 

8cm). Suitable for 10 months 

and up. Silver. Made from plastic. 

Pentagon shaped. 

CA12222 3pk £28.86 

CA06069 12pk £111.55 

4. Stack & Roll Metallic 

Discs 

A set of chunky, textured giant 

beads that can be rolled, stacked, 

sequenced and threaded. Children 

will love these appealing silver and 

bronze shapes in their open-ended 

play. Suitable from birth to 7 years. 

Metallic. Diameter 8cm. Height 7cm. 


CA12238 8pk 8pk £45.93 

EL11439 20pk 20pk £111.55 

4 

252 


1 


Construction 

1. NEW Metallic Distorting 

Cubes 12pk 

An appealing, engaging sensory 

construction set with different 

distorting mirrors. Designed for 

children to explore distorted 

mirrored reflections and to 

challenge. Children need to 

determine which face fits together 

to stack and build. Suitable for 10 


CA11992 £104.99 

NEW 

12 

2. Metallic WOW Pack 

This engaging new Metallic WOW 

Pack provides a rich array of 

resources and activity cards that 

offer open-ended experiences, 

perfect for non-directed free 

play and adult led activities. This 

medley of metallics will stimulate 

interest and engage children in 

their learning and play. From 

mirrored donuts and metallic discs 

to beautifully surfaced blocks, this 

treasure trove of resources will 

ignite the investigative minds of 

children of all ages. Suitable from 

birth to 7 years. Metallic. Made 


CA12245 £200.11 

2 

SAVE 

£13 .13 

42 


Construction 


1 2 

3 4 

12 12 

12 

5 6 

1. Metallic Silver Stacking 

Arches 12pk 

A nest of 12 mirrored half circles 

that can be used in a rich variety 

of contexts, from construction and 

sequencing, to incorporating in 

the baby room for discovery based 

play. The arches have a lovely visual 

and tactile appeal to them as they 

reflect the light due to their shiny 

quality. Suitable for ages 10 months 

and up. H9.5 x W15 x D5cm. Made 

from abs plastic. Pack of 12. 

CA11842 £98.43 


Zig Zags 12pk 

A set of 12 silver, shiny, mirror-like 

zigzag pieces that can be stacked, 

positioned, balanced, patterned 

and generally used in a variety of 

contexts. Children will love these 

shapes as they lend themselves to 

so many opportunities and are they 

visually exciting. Suitable for ages 

10 months and up. H9 x W31 x 

D5cm. Made from abs plastic. Pack 

of 12. 

CA11850 £98.43 


Crosses 12pk 

Twelve shiny, silver crosses that 

stack, nestle and tessellate. They 

offer opportunities for construction, 

loose parts play, creativity, problem 

solving and for use in the baby and 

toddler area. Suitable for ages 10 

months and up. H13 x W12 x D5cm. 


CA11851 £98.43 

4. Metallic Assorted Mini 

Blocks 

These open-ended mini blocks 

feature a metallic finish, ideal for 

engaging construction play. Light 

and easy to hold, the beautiful set 

will engage children as they play, 

design and construct. Suitable from 

birth. Made from plastic. 

CA12236 16pk £52.49 

CA07486 32pk £98.43 


Coloured Boulder Blocks 

Blocks with a real treasure appeal, 

can be stacked, sorted and rolled. 

Great for high level engagement. 

Children will enjoy exploring them. 

They can be used in a variety of 

open-ended learning opportunities. 

3 sizes (15cm, 12cm, 8cm). Suitable 

from birth. Assorted. Made from 

plastic. Pentagon shaped. 

CA12228 3pk £28.86 

CA06511 12pk £111.55 

6. Rose Gold Metallic 3D 

Shape Collection 

A beautiful collection of rose 

gold metallic assorted 3D shapes, 

perfect for your construction area. 

Perfect for sorting, stacking and 

constructing children can explore 

the metallic texture as they build. 

Suitable from birth. Made from 

plastic. 

CA12235 16pk £52.49 

CA10041 32pk £98.43 

254 


1. Radiant Stacking Crosses 

12pk 

Unique, vibrant crosses that stack, 

nestle and tesselate offering 

absorbing, engaging and versatile 

possibilities. Transparent, colourful 

manipulatives that will delight, 

challenge and offer something 

different to construction and loose 

parts play. Suitable for ages 10 


Pack of 12. 

1 

Radiant Range 

Construction 

CA11953 £98.43 

2. Radiant Stacking Arches 

12pk 

A colourful collection of arches 

which can be manipulated and 

manoeuvred for building, sorting, 

patterns, transient art, supporting 

schemas and so much more. 

Children will really explore and 

experiment with these arches, 

finding out that there are so many 

possibilities. Suitable for ages 10 

months and up. H9.5 x W18 x 

D5cm. Pack of 12. 

CA11952 £98.43 

3. Radiant Stacking Zig 

Zags 12pk 

A unique zig zag collection made 

from vibrant, clear materials offering 

a wealth of possibilities from loose 

parts play, light work to maths 

activities. Use as construction pieces, 

on light panels, with the projector 

and for supporting schematic 

behaviours. Suitable for ages 10 


Pack of 12. 

CA11954 £98.43 

2 3 

12 

4. Eco Activity Stacking 

Cones 20pk 

Engage and enthral inside and out 

with these simple, yet versatile 

and creative, eco cones, that lend 

themselves to so many exciting 

learning possibilities. Suitable for 

ages 10 months and up. From 

stacking, threading and sorting, 

to using in physical development 

activities, small world and 

construction play, you really can 

do so much with them. What will 

you create? Specifically designed 

for breadth of use and in subtle, 

earthy tones. Imagine them with 

your wooden blocks and natural 

materials. H22 x W20 x D19cm. 

Made from bio plastic. Pack of 20. 

CA11876 £72.18 

5. Radiant Activity Stacking 

Cones 20pk 

Introduce these versatile, vibrant, 

colourful cones to different learning 

environments for children to stack, 

post, roll and explore. Add them 

to your construction area and see 

them build and create. Suitable for 

ages 10 months and up. Made from 

polypropylene. Pack of 20. 

CA11877 £61.68 

4 5 

12 12 

20 20 


Loose Parts 

Loose Parts 

1 

420 

1. Wooden Treasures Super 

Set 

A generous set of beautiful smooth 

wooden shapes inspired by nature 

and discovery. Each treasure shape 

comes in 3 shades of 7 organic 

colours symbolising emotional 

characteristics and the senses. 


Diameter 35mm. Made from wood. 

Pack of 420. 

CA12007 £236.24 

2 

84 

2. Rainbow Wooden Loose 

Parts Super Set 

A beautiful collection of smooth 

loose parts in pastel rainbow 

shades, enhanced by the natural 

grain finish of solid beechwood. 

A set of 84 pieces in appealing 

colours and 7 different shapes, all 

in a cotton drawstring bag. Perfect 

for loose parts play, construction 

and role play, encouraging sensory 

collaborative play and building 

motor skills. Young learners will 

enjoy holding, rolling, manipulating, 

spinning and balancing these tactile 

resources. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. Made from wood. Pack 

of 84. 

CA11893 £183.74 

3 4 

5 

120 168 

3. Wooden Treasures 

Natural Set 

A beautiful set of smooth undyed 

wooden treasures inspired by 

nature and discovery. There are 

12 different forms designed to 

stimulate the imagination, engage 

logic, discover creative ability, 

develop coordination and enhance 

fine motor skills. Suitable for age 

3 years and up. Diameter 35mm. 


CA12009 £62.99 


Starter Set 

A beautiful set of smooth wooden 

shapes inspired by nature and 

discovery. Each treasure shape 




There are two colour versions of 

mushrooms / nelsons and stones / 

tokens. The treasures will stimulate 

the imagination, engage logic, 

discover creative ability, develop 

coordination and enhance fine 

motor skills. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. Diameter 35mm. Made 


CA12008 £89.24 

5. Wooden Sorting Tray 

Beautifully constructed beechwood 

tray divided into sections which 

can be used for sorting and display. 

Ideal for organising loose parts by 

colour or shape. Suitable for ages 

10 months and up. Height 75mm. 

Length 500mm. Made from wood. 

CA11995 7 way £35.43 

CA11996 14 way £45.93 

256 


Build-A-World 

86 

Loose Parts 

Alice Sharp’s 

Eco Build a 

World 

A beautifully crafted and collated collection of open-ended, 

environmentally conscious loose parts for a plethora of STEAM, 

construction, small world, inventive and imaginative play 

scenarios. Suitable for age 3 years and up. Made from bamboo, 

paper and recycled plastic. Pack of 86. 

CA11634 £209.99 

KEY 

from 

£209 .99 

BENEFITS 

• Developed with award-winning and 

internationally respected early years 

specialist Alice Sharp. 

• A beautiful, engaging and open-ended 

addition to small world play. 

• Created using eco materials. 


Maths 

Sorting & Matching 

1 2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

84 420 

168 

120 

1. Rainbow Wooden Loose 

Parts Super Set 

A beautiful collection of smooth 

loose parts in pastel rainbow 

shades, enhanced by the natural 

grain finish of solid beechwood. 



CA11893 £183.74 

2. Wooden Treasures Super 

Set 

A generous set of beautiful smooth 

wooden shapes inspired by nature 

and discovery. Each treasure shape 






Pack of 420. 

CA12007 £236.24 


Starter Set 

A beautiful set of smooth wooden 

shapes inspired by nature and 

discovery. Each treasure shape 






Pack of 168. 

CA12008 £89.24 


Natural Set 

A beautiful set of smooth undyed 

wooden treasures inspired by 

nature and discovery. There are 

12 different forms designed to 

stimulate the imagination, engage 

logic, discover creative ability, 

develop coordination and enhance 

fine motor skills. Suitable for age 



CA12009 £62.99 

5. Wooden Sorting Tray 

Beautifully constructed beechwood 

tray divided into sections which 

can be used for sorting and display. 

Ideal for organising loose parts by 

colour or shape. Suitable for ages 

10 months and up. Height 75mm. 


CA11995 7 way £35.43 

CA11996 14 way £45.93 

6. My Rainbow Globe 

This multifunctional set is ideal 

for recognising colours, sorting, 

designing patterns as well as 

developing fine motor skills. As 

children become more confident, 

this can be used to help children 

develop early maths skills such 

as counting, pattern making and 

fractions. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. Diameter 58cm. Made from 

felt and wood. 

CA12029 £104.99 

258 


1. NEW Gemstone blocks 40 

Piece Set 

A set of 40 solid blocks made of 

Beech Wood wood. Suitable for 

3 to 7 years. H4 x W43 x L43cm. 


from acrylic and beech. Weight 5kg. 

Width 43cm. 

1 

Trays 

NEW 

Maths 

EL46424 £183.74 

2. NEW 1-5 Gemstone 

Counting Bars 

A set of 1-5 counting bars 

embedded with colourful carylic 

gemstones in 5 colours. Suitable 

for 24 months to 7 years. Depth 

2.6cm. H28 x L28 x D2.6cm. Height 


acrylic, beech and plywood. Pack of 

12. Weight 1kg. 

EL46427 £43.30 

3. 10 Frame Number 

Sorting Tray 

A beautifully crafted wooden tray, 

perfect for exploring counting up to 

10! Suitable for 3 to 5 years. Beech. 

Depth 155mm. Height 20mm. Made 

from beech. Width 380mm. 

NEW 

CA10188 £26.24 

2 

3 

4. Earth Loose Parts Set 

A beautiful collection of small loose 

parts, featuring lovely shapes in soft, 

natural colours. Suitable for age 

3 years and up. Made from wood. 

Pack of 72. 

CA11346 £321.55 

5. Domino 10 Frame 

This engaging wooden tray offers 

a different representation of a 

10-frame enabling children to 

explore number patterns to 10 in a 

new way. Suitable for 18 months to 

5 years. Length 315mm. Made from 

beech. Width 160mm. 

CA12106 £30.18 

6. Natural Flower Tray 

This natural wooden tray made from 

beech is a versatile learning tool. 

Suitable for 18 months to 5 years. 

Height 220mm. Length 240mm. 

Made from beech. Weight 300g. 

Width 25mm. 

CA12107 £30.18 

7. Natural Tinker Tray 

This extremely versatile wooden tray 

will quickly become an essential 

resource. It features nine differently 

sized compartments just waiting 

to be filled with treasures.Suitable 

for 18 months to 5 years. Height 

240mm. Length 240mm. Made 

from wood. Weight 440g. Width 

25mm. 

CA12108 £30.18 

12 

4 5 

72 

6 7 

Nine compartments 


Maths 

Shape 

1 2 

NEW 

NEW 

1. NEW Wooden Hexagon 

Construction 

A beautiful collection of natural, 

black and white wooden hexagon 

pieces, perfect for exploring shape 

and pattern. Explore early maths 

skills as children create patterns 

and sequences with this engaging 

collection of rubberwood pieces. 



45. Hexagon shaped. 

NEW 

45 

3 4 

NEW 

96 

EL46116 £104.99 

2. NEW Wooden Pentagon 

Construction 

Create patterns and sequences 

with this beautiful collection of 

96 wooden pentagon pieces. 

With this carefully crafted set of 

wooden loose parts, children can 

explore shapes, patterns and colour. 



96. Pentagon shaped. 

EL46122 £131.24 

3. NEW Wooden Crosses 

Construction 


crosses in natural, black and white. 

Enrich loose parts and construction 

play with this wonderful collection 

of wooden crosses, perfect for 

exploring patterns and sequencing. 


Made from rubberwood. Pack of 45. 

45 45 

5 6 

EL46120 £104.99 

4. Rose Gold Metallic 3D 

Shape Collection 

A beautiful collection of rose gold 

metallic assorted 3D shapes, perfect 

for your construction area. Perfect 

for sorting, stacking and constructing 

children can explore the metallic 

texture as they build. Suitable from 

birth. Made from plastic. 

CA12235 16pk £52.49 

CA10041 32pk £98.43 

5. Size Sorting Peg Puzzles 

A set of 3 shape puzzles, in 

ascending sizes. Suitable for ages 

up to 5 years. Made from mdf. 

Pack of 3. 

4 

CA11130 £34.11 

6. Shape Drive Arounds 

Introduce early mathematical 

language with this set of four 

geometric shapes. Suitable for age 


7 8 

CA11915 £111.55 

7. Solid Wooden Shapes 

Geometric solid shapes in smooth 

hardwood. Shapes measure 

between 5 and 7.5cm. Set of 12 in a 

plastic storage tub. Suitable for 5 to 

11 years. Length 7.5cm. Made from 


GSOLID £26.24 

8. Lightbox Acrylic Shape 

Sorting board 

An engaging shape puzzle and 

discovery board, ideal for use 

on a light panel for illumination. 



acrylic. 

CA07282 £61.68 

260 


1. NEW Little Looking 

Shapes Set 1 

What can you see when you look 

through the shapes? Clouds, 

flowers, sand or sea? Buildings, 

cars, people or planes? These 

versatile Little Looking Shapes give 

children a fresh view of their world. 

1 2 

Shape 

Maths 

EL46267 £26.24 

2. NEW Little Looking 

Shapes Set 2 

What can you see when you look 

through the shapes? Clouds, 

flowers, sand or sea? Buildings, 

cars, people or planes? These 

versatile Little Looking Shapes give 

children a fresh view of their world. 

Pack of 4. 

NEW 

NEW 

EL46268 £26.24 

3. NEW Shape Mirrors 

Beautifully crafted wooden mirrors 

that are perfect for small hands to 

explore reflections. Each mirror is 

a different shape: square, circle, 

triangle and hexagon. Suitable for 

12 months to 5 years. 

3 4 

NEW 

EL46281 £48.55 

4. Magnetic Polydron Sets 

Magnetic Polydron combines the 

fun of construction with the wonder 

of magnetism. A brightly coloured, 

fun set of magnetic shapes. Ideal 

for teaching early shape recognition 

and the concept of magnetism. 



NEW 

CA03231 32pk £65.61 

CA03232 96pk £157.46 

5. Giant Linking Shapes 

This wonderful set of Giant 

Linking Shapes is perfect for shape 

recognition and supporting gross 

motor skills. Encourage exploring 

sequencing and patterns as children 

link the giant shapes together. 

Ideal for outdoor maths learning. 

Suitable for age 24 months and up. 

Pack of 16. 

5 6 

CA11176 £78.74 


Mathematics Set 

A set of colourful magnetic shapes 

that are easily joined to create a 

variety of shapes and patterns in 2D 

and 3D. Children will love exploring 

and sorting the different shapes and 

making 3D creations such as cones, 

spheres or pyramids. Suitable for 


CA06872 £275.61 

7. Shape Sorting Bags 

Perfect for encouraging exploration 

and collecting, children can learn 

shapes with these sturdy tote style 

bags. Suitable for 3 to 6 years. 

Pack of 4. 

16 

7 8 

118 

CA11177 £35.43 

8. Giant Outdoor Weaving 

Shapes 

A set of large, tactile, seagrass 

weaving shapes, great for 

developing fine motor skills. 



4 

4 

CA01156 £51.18 


Maths 

Forming Numbers 

1 2 

3 4 

5 6 

Number Line 

This set of two outdoor chalkboards 

are a great way to learn about 

numbers and to practice the 

formation of the numeral. 

Numbered 1 to 10 and 11 to 20, 

with faint guidelines and arrows to 

guide you. Wipe clean. Made from 

6mm MR MDF. Suitable for 3 to 7 

years. H34 x L100cm. Made from 

melamine faced mdf. 

CA06294 £131.24 

2. Mini Illuminated Mark 

Making Boards 

A set of portable light up boards 

that will bring awe and wonder 

to mark making and writing. The 

children can simply press the button 

on the front to illuminate their 

creations in 8 different coloured 

lights. Suitable for 3 to 11 years. 


148mm. 


6 

10 10 6 

SAVE 

£8 £6 .56 .20 SAVE 

20 

£32 £41 .01 .81 

CA10006 Six Boards £111.55 

CA10426 Six Boards and 6 Pens £114.10 

3. Feels-Writing Sensory 

Number Stones 

These beautiful stones offer a tactile 

and visual way for children to 

develop number formation. Children 

will enjoy tracing each number with 

their finger, repeating the action to 

build motor memory skills. Contains: 

10 stones (0-9). Suitable for age 3 


CA06314 £38.05 

4. Number Rubbing Plaques 

A lovely, rustic-style set of numbered 

boards suitable for hanging 

outdoors with the numerals and 

amounts featured in a raised relief 

pattern Place paper over the number 

and using a wax crayon make a relief 

pattern. Suitable for 3 to 5 years. 

H30 x W20cm. Pack of 10. 

CA03251 £131.24 

5. Wooden Tracing Numbers 

Trace along the dotted lines of these 

giant hardwood numbers for handson 

printing practice. Each number 

has coloured dots showing where 

to start/stop and numbered arrows 

to encourage proper formation. 

Includes numbers 1-20. Suitable 



CA04780 £52.49 

6. BIG DEAL Mini Illumi 

Board Card Inserts 

Buy all and save with this collection 

of card inserts specifically designed 

for the Mini Illuminated Mark 

Making Boards (CA10426). Support 

fine motor skill development with 

this set featuring letters, numbers 

and pre-writing patterns. Suitable 

for ages up to 11 years. 


CA10427 £167.93 

262 


1. Messy Maths Measuring 

Bottles 

A wonderfully vibrant set of potion 

bottles, perfect for measuring and 

mixing potions and concoctions! 

Introduce volume and weight 

as children fill and empty the 

bottles. Ideal for messy play while 

supporting early maths skills. 



1 

MULTIBUY 

SAVING 

£6 .56 

Size and Measure 

Maths 

CA10343 Mini Bottles £32.80 

CA10020 Full Size £39.36 



2 

8 

3 4 

5 

5 

£8 .20 Over 10 

2. Large Dinosaur Bones 

Match and Measure Bones 

Set 

Encourage children to be 

archaeologists as they examine the 

different lengths of these Dinosaur 

Bones! Perfect for early maths skills, 

children can classify, sort and collect 

based on size. A great activity for 

sand play. 

CA06863 £52.49 

3. Plastic Assorted Sizes 

Bottles 

This versatile set of multi-sized 

bottles will inspire creativity and 

curiosity. Fill with your favourite 

ingredients, store your marvellous 

mixtures or why not experiment with 

potions or perfumes. Open-ended 

and engaging. Colours may vary. 


suitable to be left outdoors. Made 


CA10275 £17.05 

4. Big Chunky Wind Up Tape 

Measure 

The tough plastic tape, an easy-grip 

handle and a fun, wind-up design 

make this jumbo tape measure ideal 

for the classroom! With centimetre 

and inch marks up to 160cm. 



CA03728 £19.04 

5. Liquid Measure Set 

Great for young children to estimate, 

count, measure and pour. A 

colourful measuring set including 

four jars with lids, five measuring 

spoons and eight measuring cups 

with easy-pour spouts - with both 

imperial and metric measurements. 

Suitable for 3 to 6 years. Made from 


6 

CA03780 £74.80 

6. Water Play Measure Set 

A colourful water play set designed 

to support mathematical literacy 

and understanding. Explore capacity, 

size, weight and volume through 

filling, transporting and pouring. 



CA10788 £15.74 

17 

pieces in 

set 


Maths 

Weights and Scales 

1 2 

3 4 

5 6 

1. Giant Wooden Outdoor 

Learning Scales and 

Bucket Set 

Children will love experimenting 

with these giant outdoor wooden 

weighing and measuring scales 

and buckets. A super addition to 

the outdoor learning environment, 

enhancing provision and inspiring 

curious minds. Includes 2 large 

buckets. Suitable for age 3 years and 

up. H94 x W160cm. 

CA05291 £225.00 

2. Outdoor Wooden Scales 

and Bucket Set 

A large set of wooden measuring 

scales with metal buckets, for indoor 

or outdoor use. Children will love 

using the wooden learning scales 

to initiate their own learning and 

investigations. Suitable for age 

3 years and up. H143 x W400 x 

D793mm. 

CA04163 £190.30 

3. Discovery Wooden Scales 

A beautifully crafted set of 

balancing scales for children to 

explore materials. Use in various 

learning contexts, from role play to 

mathematical concepts. Please note, 

these scales are not mathematically 

accurate. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. 

CA10621 £104.99 

4. Rocker Scale 

The Rocker Scales include 

transparent tubs marked with 100ml 

graduations. They are sensitive 

enough for 1g to register a positive 

movement. The tubs are designed 

to give accurate readings even when 

products are placed off centre. 

Suitable for 4 to 7 years. Single. 

250021 0.5l £16.08 

TSCALE-C 1l £26.24 

5. 1/2 litre Plastic Bucket 

Balance 

A durable plastic balance, designed 

for learning weight and handson 

measurement. Features clear 

removable graduated buckets which 

hold solids or liquids up to 500ml. 

Sliding compensator allows for 

level and accurate measurements. 


14.5cm. Made from plastic. Single. 

Volume 500ml. Width 39.5cm. 

MA0974 £19.04 

6. Wooden scales and 

Weights 

A strong and sturdy set of 

beechwood scales, pans and 

weights. The set comes complete 

with easy-grip, plastic weights in 

varying sizes which are stored in 

two solid beechwood blocks. Ideal 

for learning about non-standard 

weights and measurements. Suitable 


CA04785 £103.68 

264 


1. 12 Hour Time Clock Kit 

This large, bright geared clock is 

perfect for time demonstration 

purposes. Suitable for 5 to 11 years. 


1 

2 

Time and Money 

Maths 

MA03350 £61.68 

2. Rechargeable 

Stopwatches 

No more need for batteries! Simply 

store in the docking station and 

plug in when a recharge is needed. 

Pack of 12. 

SC00945 £150.93 

3. Mega Sand Timer 

Brightly-coloured, giant-sized sand 

timers, perfect for groups. Allow the 

children to use in play and explore 

time whilst also developing their 

understanding. Suitable for 3 to 11 

years. Diameter 15cm. Height 30cm. 


3 

25 

4 

12 

CA07107 1 minute £39.36 

CA07109 3 minutes £39.36 

CA07110 5 minutes £39.36 

CA07111 Buy All & Save £91.83 

4. Bulk Value Money Pack 

Coins (400) & Notes (80) 

Bumper value pack of plastic coins 

and notes. Ideal for whole class 

money role play ‭activities. Includes 

20 of each sterling ‭note from £6.56 

to £65.63 and 50 of each ‭sterling 

coin denomination from 1p ‭to 

£2.63 Pack of 480. 

MA03373 £59.05 

5. Plastic Money Class Coin 

Set 

Make learning fun with these plastic 

play money pieces, which can be 

used both as a class resource and 

for play. Suitable for 3 to 11 years. 


MA03308 Class Coin Set £40.01 

6. NEW Sit on Sand Timer 

Enormous and robust school sand 

timers, in three durations, designed 

to withstand the rigours of the 

classroom. 

SAVE 

£32 £26 .25 .81 

5 

SAVE 

£8 £6 .56 .20 

7 

750 

6 

480 

MT45540 Sit on Sand Timer 1 minute £104.99 

MT45965 Sit on Sand Timer 3 minutes £104.99 


7. Write on Wipe Off Clock 

Dial 

Brightly coloured 12 hour clock can 

be written on and manipulated for 

all time based learning. Suitable for 

3 to 11 years. Pack of 10. 

MA03353 £17.72 

8. Real-Working Cash 

Register 

This ingenious calculator cash register 

is perfect for all money topics and 

shopping scenarios. Suitable for age 

3 years and up. Made from plastic. 

10 

8 9 

NEW 

MA03342 £35.43 

9. Plastic Money Coins 

(160) and Notes (32) 

Give money solving activities a sense of 

realism with this set of indestructible 

play notes and ‭coins. Suitable for age 


MA03372 £34.11 

192 


Maths 

Numeral and Amount 

1 2 

1. Maths Mastery Collection 

A collection of resources to enhance 

the maths found in the natural 

world. The resources have been 

selected to help children count, 

collect, compare, calculate, and 

compute. Continuous provision is 

an important aspect of effective 

teaching and learning. This selection 

has been put together with this in 

mind. Suitable for 3 to 5 years. 

CA11757 £242.80 

3 

4 

2. Wooden Rustic Number 

Stacker 

A beautiful, rustic set of large 

stacking wooden discs featuring 

the numeral and dots. Place the 

numbered boards onto the pole 

to create a stacking number line. 

Use with a write on/wipe off pen 

(water based) and clean with a cloth. 



CA10092 £85.30 

3. 1-10 Natural Number 

Stacker 

A beautiful wooden number stacker, 

ideal for teaching early number 

concepts by helping children to 

make connections within and 

between numbers to ten. The bases 

measure 50mm and show four 

different representations for each 

number: numeral, standard 1-5 

dice array, random dot array and 

10-frame pattern. Suitable for 3 to 7 

years. Made from sustainable wood. 

CA11756 £72.18 

4. Wooden Number 

Stacking Sparkle Bricks 

10pk 

A collection of numbered wooden 

bricks with clear acrylic panels 

showing a treasure trove of beads, 

sequins and sparkles within. The 

blocks are perfect for children to 

stack, sort and sequence. Suitable 

for 3 to 7 years. Made from wood. 

Pack of 10. 

CA01138 £124.68 

5 6 

10 

10 

5. Early Mastery Number 

Trays 

Children will enjoy collecting and 

counting with these beautifully 

crafted beech wood trays. Ideal for 

exploring counting, number bonds 

and the mathematical language of 

more and less. Suitable for 3 to 5 

years. Made from beech. 

CA11283 £118.11 

6. Wooden Number Trays 

Count, collect or sort with these 

beautiful wooden number trays. 

Ideal for exploring counting, number 

bonds and mathematical language 

of more than and less than. Tracing 

the routed number supports early 

writing skills. Suitable for 3 to 5 

years. Length 100mm. Made from 

wood. Width 140mm. 

CA10765 £111.55 

266 


1. Talking Frogs 

Ten delightful, recordable frogs 

that may be used in water, indoors, 

outdoors and in messy play, lending 

themselves to lots of engaging 

learning activities with a focus on 

speaking and listening. Simply 

press a button and speak into them 

as they can record a 30 second 

message. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. H3.5 x W8 x L7cm. Pack 

of 10. 

1 2 

Numerals 

Maths 

CA11005 £144.36 

2. Wooden Number 

Collection 

A set of ten beautifully crafted large 

wooden numbers. The smooth finish 

makes them a lovely tactile resource. 

Size of numbers range between 

10-15cm. Suitable for 3 to 7 years. 

Made from wood. Single. 

3 

10 

CA01235-N £48.55 

3. Fine Motor Weaving 

Numbers 0-9 

These wonderful seagrass numbers 

are ideal for supporting fine motor 

skills as children carefully weave 

and thread around the frames. 

Develop number recognition as 

children while encouraging handeye 

coordination. Suitable for age 3 


CA01157 Giant £65.61 


10 

4. Number Pebbles 

Build a fascination for numbers 

with these popular pebbles that 

will appeal to children’s natural 

instinct to explore, investigate, sort 

and collect. Perfect for use in sand, 

water and small world play. Suitable 


4 

CA03750 Sum Building Set £39.36 

5. Number Bond Pebbles 

A tactile way of introducing 

numbers through play. The number 

pebbles are made from a stone and 

resin mix and are engraved with a 

number. Ideal for use in sand and 

water and outdoor play. Suitable for 



CA03750 Sum Building Set £39.36 

CA06463 Jumbo £39.36 

22 

5 

22 


Maths 

Counting 

1 

2 3 

1. Let’s Boost... Early Maths 

Outdoor Kit 

There is so much maths to be 

found in the natural world and 

now even more, with this bumper 

kit of resources especially designed 

to be taken outdoors! All these 

resources work well independently 

or alongside each other and other 

natural materials, encouraging a 

range of collecting, counting and 

comparing activities. 3-4 years. 

Suitable for 3 to 5 years 

CA12103 £374.05 

2. Natural Counting Log 

Pick up sticks and start counting! 

A smooth wooden log with equalsized 

holes which will encourage 

children to count out the correct 

number of sticks from a pile, and 

then count in the correct number for 

each section. Suitable for 18 months 

to 6 years. Height 55mm. Length 

465mm. Made from beech. Weight 

750g. Width 65mm. 

Suitable for 18 months to 6 years 

CA12105 £59.05 

3. Counting Cars 

A set of ten toy cars numbered from 

1-10, each seating a specific number 

of passengers. Children will love 

counting and sorting the passengers 

into the cars and racing them. Both 

the figure and the number word are 

on each car. Suitable for 3 to 7 years. 



CA07491 £78.74 

4. 1-5 Irregular Array Stones 

This set of 15 irregular number array 

stones shows numbers from 1 to 

5, using three different patterns of 

indented circles to represent each 

number. They are tactical which 

makes them ideal for sensory maths 

investigations and can be used 

outdoors, including in sand, water or 

mud. Suitable for 3 to 7 years. Made 

from plastic. Width 55mm. 


CA12104 £43.30 

4 

5 

5. Tactile Counting Stones 

A beautiful set of smooth, tactile 

pebbles featuring grooves to display 

amounts from one to ten. The 

unique resin stone material enables a 

multi-sensory experience and can be 

used both indoors and out. Suitable 

for age 3 years and up. Pack of 20. 


CA10305 £43.30 

20 

268 


1. Number Building Rocket 

Set 

A set of 20 rockets, each made of 

three interlocking pieces featuring 

numerals, written numbers and a 

variety of visual representations of 

the amount. Match the pictures, 

numbers and amounts and fit them 

together. Suitable for 3 to 7 years. 


1 2 

Counting 

Maths 

CA10211 £101.05 

2. Learn to Count Dough 

Mats 

A great value set of 20 durable 

mats with vibrant illustrations 

corresponding to a number from 

one to twenty, which children fill 

in with dough shapes. Dough not 

included. Suitable for 3 to 5 years. 

Pack of 20. 

CA10210 £18.36 

3 

60 

20 

3. Squeeze, Scoop & Count 

Ice Cream Shop 

A deliciously themed set for 

counting to ten, featuring two 

banana split trays, easy grip scoops 

and 30 foam balls of “ice cream” 

for scooping. Children will love 

scooping, counting and sequencing 

the balls of ice cream into the 

numbered trays. Includes an activity 

guide. Suitable for 3 to 5 years. 

CA10101 £39.36 

4. Touch and Match Maths 

Cards - Counting 

Explore counting and numeral & 

amount with these simple tactile 

cards. Each child can select a 

textured picture card and touch each 

animal to count to 20, then find the 

matching number card to show their 

answer. Suitable for 3 to 6 years. 

Made from laminated card. 

CA12044 £48.55 

4 

5. Alice Sharp’s Gingerbread 

Family Early Years Maths 

Kit 

A gingerbread themed early 

years maths scheme by early 

years specialist Alice Sharp 

featuring characters, counters and 

more, presented in a delightful 

gingerbread house. We have worked 

with Alice Sharp to develop this 

complete early maths resource. 

Featuring a huge variety of 

appealing gingerbread characters, 

counters, sorting tins, cookie cutters 

and activities. Activities include 

sorting, sequencing, counting 

games, storytelling and even cooking 

activities to truly master all of the 

early maths concepts. Presented in a 

delightful fabric gingerbread house. 


CA07392 £131.24 

5 


Technology 

Light Up Learning 

1 

1. Early Years Projector 

An exciting new and unique 

projector, designed by specifically 

to enable children to independently 

and safely create, build and explore 

whilst engaging with magical, awe 

inspiring shadow and light scenarios. 

Simply switch on the projector and 

place it wherever you wish to create 

a light effect on the wall. It can be 

positioned on blocks, a table and 

on the floor, depending on the size 

of the light space you wish to work 

with. Children can place, balance, 

position and build all kinds of 

art pieces and then see how they 

are transformed into imaginative 

shadow works. Suitable for age 3 

years and up. H21 x W28.6 x D21cm. 

CA11674 £157.49 

2 3 

12 12 

4 5 

12 20 

2. Radiant Stacking Arches 

12pk 

A colourful collection of arches 

which can be manipulated and 

manoeuvred for building, sorting, 

patterns, transient art, supporting 

schemas and so much more. 

Children will really explore and 

experiment with these arches, 

finding out that there are so many 

possibilities. Suitable for ages 10 

months and up. H9.5 x W18 x D5cm. 

Pack of 12. 

CA11952 £98.43 

3. Radiant Stacking Crosses 

12pk 

Unique, vibrant crosses that stack, 

nestle and tesselate offering 

absorbing, engaging and versatile 

possibilities. Transparent, colourful 

manipulatives that will delight, 

challenge and offer something 

different to construction and loose 

parts play. Suitable for ages 10 


Pack of 12. 

CA11953 £98.43 

4. Radiant Stacking Zig Zags 

12pk 

A unique zig zag collection made 

from vibrant, clear materials offering 

a wealth of possibilities from loose 

parts play, light work to maths 

activities. Use as construction pieces, 

on light panels, with the projector 

and for supporting schematic 

behaviours. Suitable for ages 10 


Pack of 12. 

CA11954 £98.43 

5. Radiant Activity Stacking 

Cones 20pk 

Introduce these versatile, vibrant, 

colourful cones to different learning 

environments for children to stack, 

post, roll and explore. Add them 

to your construction area and see 

them build and create. Suitable for 

ages 10 months and up. Made from 

polypropylene. Pack of 20. 

CA11877 £61.68 

270 


1. NEW Early Years 

Immersive Projector 











emerge. Experiment, explore, 

and discover with this versatile 

resource. Spark their curiosity 

and learn through a multitude of 

investigations. Manipulate objects 

and see what surprising effects can 

be created. Enrich vocabularies, 

create catalysts for STEAM based 

learning and inspire imaginations 

to soar. This is such an open ended 

and versatile resource. It can be 

used independently by the children 

or for collaborative tasks. Imagine 

a starry constellation, under the sea 

or other amazing locations reflected 

on the walls. Perhaps you will 

wander amidst dinosaurs. Consider 

light as part of your creative 

explorations. It can be incorporated 

into construction, loose parts, small 

world play, collage, etc. Create an art 

gallery inspired by a particular artist. 

They can select from a plethora of 

materials and investigate the effects 

they have when casting a shadow. 

In doing so they are learning about 

properties, textures, patterns, etc. 

Children can move and dance freely 

in this magical environment. They 

can blow bubbles and see them 

soar in an illuminated landscape. It 

is a great way of using repurposed 

and recycled materials and of giving 

objects a new life and focus. Imagine 

learning about numbers, letters, 

shapes and sequences through 

this engaging approach. Perhaps 

you will explore a number in all its 

permutations, numeral, amounts, 

etc. Diameter 65cm. Made from 

polycarbonate, silicone and wood. 

1 

2 


NEW 

Technology 

CA11864 £262.49 

Contents 

Made from Polycarbonate, wood 

and a soft silicone edge. A touch 

on/off button. It has a USB 

charging system. Charge time is 

6-8 hours. Full charge lasts for 

2-3 hours. Suitable for 10mths+. 

2. NEW Shadow Cube 

Piece these sturdy cylinders together 

in different configurations to make 

various shapes in construction 

activities and with the projectors 

for shadowy effects. A bumper set 

of connectors and tubes which can 

be pieced together and used for an 

array of activities. Make frames and 

utilise with the Immersive projector 

to make the walls your canvas for 

patterns and shadows. Suitable 


plastic. 

NEW 

CA11847 £72.18 


Technology 


1 

9 

1. Stack and Build Glow 

Blocks 

A set of 9 sturdy, rechargeable bricks 

that light up, offering illuminated 

possibilities for construction, loose 

parts play, number tasks, schema 

interests and sensory activities. 

Technology really enhances the 

learning here as the blocks can be 

made to glow by just pressing a 

button. See the shapes take on a 

magical glow for added engagement 

and creativity. The child learns about 

cause and effect, stimulus response 

and makes key connections. Suitable 

for ages 10 months and up. H30 x 


CA11702 £144.36 

2 

12 

3 

12 

4 














CA10970 £196.86 










10 months+ Diameter 33mm. Length 


CA11108 £170.61 

4. Light Up Tactile Glow 

Spheres 

A set of light-up, textured balls 

with intricate designs, that can be 

used for mark-making, fine motor 

skills, and calming activities. The 

spheres are rechargeable and are in 

3 different designs. They are a great 

resource for improving hand-eye 

coordination as children manipulate 

the spheres around. Simply tap the 

spheres to transform them into 

illuminated globes of light, that will 

stay lit for 60 seconds. Suitable for 

10mths+. Diameter 84mm. Pack 

of 6. 

CA10974 £111.55 

6 

272 


1. NEW STEAM Discovery 

Centre 

Interact with this giant scales 

like structure investigating, 

experimenting, manoeuvring, 

posting and balancing a range of 

materials including glow resources 

to make a dramatic, engaging 

impact. Children love playing with 

this transparent unit that looks 

amazing in the light. It has channels 

to roll things along, places to hang 

and post things. It supports a 

STEAM based enquiry approach to 

learning as the children problem 

solve and employ critical thinking 

skills. Suitable for 10 months and 

up. H70 x W108cm. 

1 


Technology 

CA11734 £262.49 

2. NEW Light Up Collector’s 

Buckets 

Enrich learning with these 

Imaginative, stacking, rechargeable, 

transporting containers that light 

up maths, messy play, water, 

sand, STEAM and sensory learning 

experiences in an illuminating, 

magical way. Captivate children 

with these glow vessels. Explore, 

collect, build and count. Robust, 

for indoors and out, dry and wet 

materials, sandpits, with water 

channeling, construction materials, 

on the STEAM centre, or on a mud 

kitchen. Available from April 2023. 


NEW 

CA11868 Single £45.93 

EL45002 2pk £91.85 

CA11705 4pk £164.01 

3. Rechargeable Easi-Torch 

The rechargeable handheld LED 

torches are simple to use and 

come with a useful charging hub 

for storage. The LEDs provide a 

constant brightness for up to 2 

hours, recharge in the hub once the 

battery is low. Pack of 6. 

SC00117 £118.11 

2 3 

SAVE 

£19 .69 

NEW 

6 


Technology 

Light Up Accessories 

1 2 

1. Squidgy Sparkle Letters 

Make learning the alphabet 

fun with these beautiful tactile, 

coloured lowercase letters. Run your 

finger over the letter to move the 

glitter and transparent liquid inside. 

A lovely multi-sensory approach to 

learning the alphabet. Suitable for 

3 to 11 years. Height 14cm. Made 


LSQUIL Lower Case £43.30 

CA04133 Upper Case £48.55 



2. Squidgy Sparkle Letters 

and Numbers 

Tactile letters, ideal for engaging 

children’s interest in early literacy 

and developing letter formation. 

Run your finger over the shape of 

the letter, moving the glitter and 

liquid inside. Available in lower and 

uppercase letter sets. Suitable for 

3 to 11 years. Made from plastic. 

Pack of 36. 

CA03037 £61.68 

SAVE 

£6 

26 

.56 

3 4 

5 

36 

3. Squidgy Light Box 

Accessory Kit 

Explore light, colour and shape 

with this kit for your light box. 

This fantastic light box kit is full of 

accessories to add extra excitement 

to your light box activities. 

Experiment with colour, shapes and 

sizes with this versatile set. Suitable 


CA02037 £131.24 

4. Light Box Light Panel 

Starter Kit 300pcs 

This fantastic kit has over 300 

great resources for your light 

box. Includes sea and land 

themes, animals, coloured rings, 

translucent buttons, flower & leaf 

transparencies, coloured sheets 

as well as opaque and reflective 

materials. Suitable for 4 to 11 years. 

CA05425 £62.99 

5. Lightbox Acrylic Sorting 

Domes 

Three different sets of brightlycoloured, 

translucent cloches. Hide 

objects underneath and lift to reveal 

the objects beneath. Available as 

numbered, alphabet or plain set. 

Suitable for 3 to 11 years. Diameter 

10cm. Made from acrylic. 

CA07317 Number Sorting Domes 1-20 £52.49 

CA07559 Plain Sorting Domes £52.49 

274 


1. Mini Light Panel Table 

A wonderful mirrored unit including 

a slimline light panel and 3 

mirrored “walls”. Suitable for 3 to 

11 years. Supplied flat packed for 

self-assembly. Not suitable to be 

left outdoors. Depth 50cm. Height 

96cm. Made from wood. Width 

64cm. 

1 2 


Technology 

CA07544 £301.86 

2. Medium Light Panel for 

Table 

A mini, slimline light panel that 

can be used to illuminate a variety 

of learning opportunities. Simply 

press the switch and the unit lights 

up. A compact size which can be 

incorporated into any space. Sits 

in the Mini Light Panel Table or use 

alone. Mains operated. Accessories 

not included.Suitable for 3 to 11 

years. Length 60cm. Made from 

plastic. Rectangle shaped. Width 

35cm. 

CA07400 £131.24 

3. Round Glow Table 

Add light, colour and wonder to 

activities with this inspiring glow 

table. Suitable for age 3 years 


Multicoloured. Diameter 80cm. 


3 4 

CA07231 £439.68 

4. Light Up Cube 

This mood cube is strong and 

lightweight and can be used as a 

seat or a low table in a sensory area. 



40cm. 

CA07230 £150.93 

5. Rectangular Light Panel 

Slim light panels which provide a 

wealth of versatile glowing learning 

experiences in a variety of subjects. 

Suitable for 3 to 11 years. Made 

from plastic. 

CA10189 A3 £99.74 

SC10019 A2 £181.11 

5 6 

6. Low Level Light Box Table 

At a lower height to enable younger 

children to access, the lightbox 

is great for observation and 

exploration. Suitable for 18 months 

to 4 years. Height 50cm. Length 

75cm. Made from wood. Single. 

Width 75cm. 

CA01179 £397.69 


Technology 

Mark Making 

1 2 

SAVE 

£2 .63 

3 

4 

4 

1. Illuminated Writing 

Boards 

Support early mark making skills 

with this wonderful set of 4 

Illuminated Mark Making Boards. 

Weave technology through various 

aspects of learning as children use 

the boards to explore number, 

letters, colours, shapes and much 

more. Suitable for age 3 years and 

up. Height 26cm. Length 35cm. 


CA06939 4 Boards £170.61 

CA07941 4 Boards & 6 Pens £177.16 

2. Sensory Illuminated 

Writing Board 

Encourage children to practise 

their writing in a fun way with 

this glowing writing board. The 

illumination makes the LED board 

an extremely engaging way of 

teaching children to write and draw, 

whilst providing sensory and visual 

stimulation. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. Height 26cm. Length 35cm. 


SD10331 Sensory Writing Board £52.49 

SD10522 Sensory Writing Board & 6 pens £59.05 

3. Giant Illuminated Mark 

Making Board 

A huge, rechargeable, A1 size 

writing board that lights up in 

seven different colours for engaging 

and collaborative mark making 

activities. Press the button and see 

your writing glow. There are two 

buttons so each half of the board 

can be operated independently, 

ideal for multiple children to work 

on together. Suitable for 3 to 11 

years. A1. 

CA10425 £301.86 

4. Mini Illuminated Mark 

Making Boards 

A set of portable light up boards 

that will bring awe and wonder 

to mark making and writing. The 

children can simply press the button 

on the front to illuminate their 

creations in 8 different coloured 

lights. Suitable for 3 to 11 years. 


148mm. 

CA10006 Six Boards £111.55 

CA10426 Six Boards and 6 Pens £114.10 

6 

276 


1. Glow and Go Bot 

A multi-sensory, rechargeable 

robot, which will captivate young 

children’s interests as they plan its 

illuminated journey, whilst laying 

firm technological foundation 

skills. This highly engaging robot 

has simple, clear and literal button 

controls that are, when pressed, 

textured and colourful. They also 

illuminate and create sounds, 

enabling the child to explore cause 

and effect. Suitable for ages up to 5 

years. H10 x W27 x L28.5cm. 

1 

Glow and Go Bot 

Technology 

CA10564 £150.93 

2. Glow & Go Bot Mirror 

Spots 

A set of flexible, mirrored-surface 

floor spots that are great for using 

with the Glow and Go Bot, as 

well as in sensory areas. See the 

floor reflect and light up as the 

illuminated robot travels over the 

shiny circles. These can be used in 

a variety of contexts. Made from 


CA11865 £35.43 

2 

7 


Communication & Language 

Language Development 

1 2 

NEW 

NEW 

1. NEW Self-confidence Set 

of 6 

A set of 6 books that model good 

self-confidence and encourage 

children to appreciate just how great 

they are! Many of the characters in 

these stories overcome challenges to 

achieve their goals and learn to feel 

more confident in their own abilities. 

EL46270 £62.99 

2. NEW Travellers’ Tales Set 

of 5 

A set of 5 picture books written 

by renowned Romani storyteller 

Richard O’Neill. These titles provide 

a window into nomadic cultures and 

celebrate the traditional Traveller 

virtues of resilience, adaptability, 

loyalty and independence! 

EL46254 £52.49 

3 4 

6 5 

3. NEW Closing the Word 

Gap Set of 6 

These 6 engaging picture books 

are a great way to introduce 

children to words that they might 

not encounter in everyday life. The 

illustrations also provide plenty of 

details to inspire questions and 

stimulate conversations. Pack of 6. 

EL46197 £62.99 

4. NEW Valuing Our Planet 

Set of 6 

Set of 6 books engaging books 

about the importance of the 

environment. These books contain 

messages about the importance 

of preserving the environment and 

provide ideas for how we can make 

greener choices! 

EL46189 £62.99 

5 6 

NEW 

NEW 

NEW 

6 56 

5. NEW Empathy Set of 10 

Empathy is a powerful skill that can 

be developed by using it often! This 

set of 10 books model ways of using 

empathy and show the benefits 

of putting yourself in someone 

else’s shoes. Some of these books 

cover topics such as bereavement 

and dementia, offering children 

the opportunity to discuss and 

explore complex emotions in a safe 

environment. Suitable for 3 to 6 

years. Pack of 10. 

EL46169 £104.99 

6. NEW Wooden Story Teller 

Wooden toy set ideal for telling 

children enchanting stories and 

adventures or for them to tell you 

theirs. This wooden set includes 

a double-sided base designed to 

set the scene for either an ocean 

pirate theme or a grassy farm 

theme. Suitable for 3 to 7 years. 

Depth 40mm. H248cm x W248cm x 

D40mm. Height 248cm. Made from 

beech and wood. Width 248cm. 

EL46435 £39.36 

10 

NEW 

278 


1. Alphabet Objects 

Collection 

A collection of 26 appealing, plush 

objects that correspond to each 

initial sound. A fun way to engage 

in early phonics activities. Meet 

Freda the flamingo who dances 

the flamenco, Terry the tortoise or 

the big, beautiful butterfly. Design 

of contents may vary. Box sold 

separately. Suitable from birth to 11 

years. Assorted Sizes. Made from 

fabric. Pack of 26. 

CA10095 £95.80 

2. Enriching Language Big 

Book 

A practical book bursting with 

ideas on how to tune children 

into sounds and have fun with 

language. This flip book has 

one side dedicated to practical, 

engaging ideas and alliterative 

rhymes and the other has beautiful 

illustrations and photographs to 

initiate conversations. Can be used 

with or without the alphabet bags. 

Suitable for ages up to 5 years. A3. 

Height 420mm. 56 pages. Width 

297mm. 

1 

2 


26 


CA10328 £35.43 

3. Language Enrichment 

Alliteration Character 

Cards 

A collection of alliterative fun 

sentences aimed at tuning children 

into sounds. A great way of 

engaging children in a fun approach 

to phase one phonics. The contents 

support the Alice Sharp Enrichment 

Range and relates to characters in 

the big book. Suitable for 3 to 5 

years. 

CA10433 £19.68 

3 




1 

1. Alice Sharp’s Language 

Enrichment Bags 26pcs 

A beautifully crafted set of 26 

alphabet bags, designed in 

partnership with Alice Sharp, 

offering a complete, experiential 

approach to Phase one phonics. 

Each fabric bag comes in a specific 

design to represent a letter of 

the alphabet. Extend and enrich 

children’s use of language. Multibuy 

option includes 26 soft toys and 

a book written by Alice packed 

with ideas. Buy the bags as a 

key resource or choose the Bags, 

Alphabet Objects and Language 

Enrichment Big Book to save. Size 

approx. H25cm. Suitable for 3 to 5 

years. Multicoloured. Made from 


CA07406 26 Bags £288.74 

CA10381 

Bags, Objects & Big 

Book offer 

£384.52 

26 

• Supports phonics in a fun, 

experiential and handson 

way 

• A play-based approach 

for early language skills 

• Provides rich language 

experiences 

The bags can be used 

in a variety of contexts. 

26 

Each fabric bag comes in a 

specific design to represent 

a letter of the alphabet. 

280 


1. Light Up Phones 

A set of 4 rechargeable, tactile 

phones that feature touch 

activated number buttons, 

incorporating technology and 

communication skills to encourage 

lively conversations and role play 

scenarios. Who will you call? Will 

it be the garage, the dentist or 

the queen? A great resource for 

experimenting, exploring and 

making connections. Age: 10 

months+ Pack of 4. 

CA10980 £131.24 

2. Alice Sharp’s Telephone 

Talk Kit 

Provide reasons to talk as the 

children find a telephone number 

for various characters and then tap 

the relevant numbers into their 

mini phones. A fun way to learn 

about numbers, whilst involving 

the children in role play scenarios. 

Imagine calling the plumber, the 

optician or the taxi company. 


1 

4 



CA10613 £65.61 

3. Curious Key 

Conversation Collection 

This eclectic assortment of keys, 

varying in size, shape and detail 

can be used as a catalyst for 

conversation Encourage observation 

skills as well as comparing and 

contrasting. This set includes ideas 

cards that illustrate how to provoke 

mathematical literacy and enrich 

language opportunities. Suitable 

for 3 to 5 years. Made from metal. 

Pack of 50. 

2 

Contents 

Includes 6 telephone directories 

with corresponding numbers 

and 6 fabric phones for role 

play scenarios. Includes a 

collection of ideas for promoting 

communication skills 

CA10617 £39.36 

3 

50 




1 2 

3 4 

• Great for 

understanding roles 

in our community. 

5 6 

7 8 

4 4 

1. Wooden Theatre 

This versatile wooden floor standing 

theatre is useful for puppet play and 

story time. Write the name and time 

of your show on the chalkboard, 

and keep the curtains closed until 

the next performance. Suitable for 

age 4 years and up. Depth 30cm. 

Height 115cm. Made from beech, 

mdf and plywood. Width 71cm. 

CA02228 £91.86 

2. Forest Family Finger 

Puppets 

This lovely set of gnomes and fairies 

are an ideal addition to small world 

scenarios, but are fantastic for 

enhancing communication. Create 

stories and adventures for these 

beautiful characters, and allow the 

children to lead their own play and 

watch the language that follows. 


felt. Pack of 4. 

CA11235 £26.24 

3. Occupation Hand 

Puppets 

Beautifully designed fabric hand 

puppets that represent different 

careers in our community! Suitable 


CA00062 £56.43 

4. Farm Puppets 

Explore the farm with these animal 

themed hand puppets. Suitable for 

24 months to 5 years. Made from 

fabric. Pack of 4. 

CA06827 £35.43 

5. Palace Puppets 

Create new adventures with these 

palace themed hand puppets. 

Inspire creativity and take the 

imagination to a fairytale kingdom. 

Designed to encourage role play 

and communication. Made from 

brightly patterned, washable 

fabrics. Suitable for 24 months to 5 

years. Made from fabric. Pack of 4. 

CA06826 £35.43 

6. Zoo Puppets 

Bring the jungle to life with 

this set of four quality glove 

puppets. Perfect for developing 

communication skills and increasing 

motor skills. Made from brightly 

patterned, washable fabrics. 


Made from fabric. Pack of 4. 

CA06825 £35.43 

7. Carry Along Puppets Set 

A fantastic selection of 14 top 

quality puppets complete with a 

convenient carry bag. Suitable for 4 

to 5 years. Pack of 14. 

CA04832 £124.68 

8. Farm Animal Hand 

Puppets Set 

Sing Old Macdonald, play farm 

yards or make up your own stories 

with these delightful hand puppets. 


CA02353 £39.36 

6 

282 


1. Nursery Rhyme Role Play 

Finger Puppet Set 

This beautifully boxed set contains a 

book and finger puppets depicting 

the main characters from nursery 

rhymes. These puppets are a 

great reminder for children when 

re-telling/singing nursery rhymes. 

Suitable from birth. Suitable for 4 to 

5 years. Pack of 6. 

LNUPUP £30.18 

2. Finger Puppets Sea Life 

This set of 5 finger puppets contains 

a dolphin, shark, orca whale, clown 

fish and crab. Enhancing children’s 

vocabulary as they share stories and 

discuss these lovely under the sea 

creatures. Suitable for 12 months 

to 5 years. Made from polyester. 

Pack of 5. 

1 


2 

6 5 


CA12073 £24.93 

3. My First Puppets - Farm 

A charming set of 5 farm-themed, 

hand puppets. Children can create 

stories and adventures or act out 

voices for the animals, ideal for 

encouraging speech and vocabulary 

development. Suitable for 12 

months to 5 years. Made from 


3 

4 

CA12069 £32.80 

4. My First Puppets - Wild 

Create adventures and stories for 

this set of 5 wild themed animal 

puppets. Ideal for enhancing 

communication through role play. 


Made from polyester. Pack of 5. 

5 5 

CA12070 £32.80 

5. Finger Puppets Farm 

Animals 

A charming finger puppet set 

containing 6 farm animals: sheep, 

horse, cow, pig, hen and a duck. 

Perfect for enhancing language skills 

and encouraging conversations as 

the children speak for the animals. 


Made from polyester. Pack of 6. 

5 

6 

CA12071 £28.86 

6. Finger Puppets African 

Animals 

A set of 6 African animal finger 

puppets that include a crocodile, 

giraffe, lion, chimp, elephant 

and a zebra. Use as a prompt for 

stimulating conversations around 

the animals, their homes or the 

adventures they get up to. Suitable 

for 12 months to 5 years. Made from 


7 

6 6 

CA12072 £28.86 

7. Role Play Wildlife Puppet 

Set 

This quality set of realistic hand 

puppets will help bring storytime 

to life. Set of five assorted animal 

designs. Suitable for ages up to 5 

years. Length 25cm. Pack of 5. 

CA04419 £48.55 




1 

SAVE 

£32 .81 

• Developed by speech 

and language therapists 

• Offer repeated exposure 

to sound targets 

• Give language skills a 

boost 

• Targets speech sound 

awareness 

1. Early Soundplay Speech 

Booster Bundles 

A collection of books and user 

friendly resources, brought to life 

with key character wooden figures 

and audio content, narrated by 

British actor Sophie Thompson. 

These sets are designed to support 

children’s developing speech 

sound awareness and vocabulary 

knowledge, and so boost early 

language and literacy skills. Suitable 

for ages up to 6 years. 

CA11224 Set 1 - Jake’s Cakes £111.55 

CA11225 Set 2 - Trish Fish £111.55 

CA11226 Set 3 - Digby Dog £111.55 

CA11227 Set 4 - Sally Sea Lion £111.55 

CA11228 Set 5 - Shelley Sheep £111.55 


3 

• Ideal for classroom story 

sessions and encouraging 

imaginative play. 

• High Quality Puppets and 

Toys help children take an 

active part in the story. 

• Engage children in 

storytelling and spark 

imagination. 

2 

2. The Gruffalo Toy Bag 

Based on the award winning 

modern classic ‘The Gruffalo’ by Julia 

Donaldson, this Toy Bag is bound 

to be a favourite. These fantastic 

range of Puppets and Character Toys 

are great for enhancing classroom 

storytelling sessions, helping children 

develop language, listening and 

attention skills and are also great 

fun! Suitable for 3 to 6 years. 

LI10602 £148.30 

3. Rumble in the Jungle Toy 

Bag 

Come into the Jungle for a noisy, 

rhyming animal romp. Our fantastic 

range of Puppets and Character Toys 

are great for enhancing classroom 

storytelling sessions, helping children 

develop language, listening and 

attention skills and are also great 

fun! Suitable for 3 to 6 years. 

• Encourages audience 

participation with great 

sound words. 

• Helps strengthen listening 

skills and vocabulary 

development. 

• Follow the story and 

introduce each animal with 

a high quality puppet. 

LI10604 £148.30 

4. The Very Hungry 

Caterpillar Toy Bag 

Eric Carle’s beloved classic tells 

the story of one of nature’s most 

marvellous transformations. 

Our fantastic range of Puppets 

and Character Toys are great for 

enhancing classroom storytelling 

sessions, helping children develop 

language, listening and attention 

skills and are also great fun! Suitable 


LI10603 £150.93 

4 

• Resources suitable for 

a cross-curricular story 

telling session. 

• A great opportunity 

to listen, discuss and 

express views on the text, 

characters and story. 

• Encourages audience 

participation. 

284 


1. Soft Role Play Minibeast 

Basket 

A beautifully handcrafted collection 

of minibeasts, designed for 

interaction and to support the 

schema of emptying and filling. 

Surface wipe clean. Includes one 

each: basket, ladybird, flower, leaf, 

caterpillar, butterfly, spider, bee. 

Suitable from birth to 5 years. Pack 

of 8. 

CA04126 £59.05 

2. Basket of Soft Farm 

Animals 

An engaging set of soft farm 

animals, housed in a beautiful bag. 

These beautifully detailed animals 

are great for encouraging young 

children to engage in language 

activities. Includes one each: Basket, 

Horse, Cow, Sheep, Hen, Cat, Rabbit, 

Pig. Suitable from birth to 5 years. 

Pack of 8. 

1 



CA04249 £59.05 

3. Picnic Basket 

Enjoy realistic tea party role play 

with this lovely collection, designed 

to inspire a rich use of language. 

Each item is handcrafted in soft, 

textured fabric. Surface wipes clean 

with a damp cloth. Suitable from 

birth. Pack of 21. 

CA04246 £23.43 

4. Positional Words 

Resource Box 

Help children learn to recognise and 

understand positional words as they 

move these manipulatives from one 

position to the next. Set includes 

4 pairs of manipulatives, plus 24 

instruction cards. The children can 

follow the instructions to move the 

objects into place, and then flip 

the cards over to check their work. 


CA11765 £52.49 

5. Early Language Boxes 

Explore language and problem 

solving with these activity mats and 

miniature objects. The children can 

use the spaces on the mats to sort, 

compare or classify. Children can 

build comparison skills, vocabulary, 

visual discrimination and much 

more. Suitable for 3 to 5 years. 

CA11754 Comparing Sizes £38.05 

CA11755 What Goes Together £39.36 

8 

2 3 

8 21 

4 5 

• Includes 

useful 

activity cards 



Terrific Talking Frogs 

Ten delightful, recordable frogs that may be used in water, indoors, outdoors 

and in messy play, lending themselves to lots of engaging learning activities 

with a focus on speaking and listening. Simply press a button and speak into 

them as they can record a 10 second message. Suitable for age 3 years and 

up. H3.5 x W8 x L7cm. Made from plastic. Pack of 10. 

EL46408 £144.36 

• Can be used in sand, gloop, and other 

messy concoctions 

• Ideal for number lines or phonics activities 

• Simply press a button and record your 10 

second message 

KEY 

from 

£144 .36 

BENEFITS 

• Can be used in sand, gloop, and other 





286 


1. Talking Tubes Telephone 

Exchange 

The ultimate conversation starter! 

Encourage communication and 

language development. Encourage 

collaboration and build confidence 

with the opportunity for up to 8 

children to chat! Suitable for 3 to 

5 years. 

CA03645 £74.80 

Contents 

8 x handsets (4 red, 4 blue). 

3 x 3 metre lengths 

12 x 1 metre lengths of strong 

yellow, hollow flexible tubing. 

6 x in-line connectors 

6 x ‘Y’ connectors 

1 

Speaking and Listening 


2. Hear Myself Sound 

Phone 

Develop speaking and listening skills 

with this fun sound phone. Children 

can hear themselves speak, focusing 

on every sound they make. Perfect 

for taking outside. Made from 

lightweight plastic with easy grip 

handle. One phone supplied. Suitable 

for age 3 years and up. L20cm. 

FHMSP £11.80 

3. Talking Tubes Set 

A great way to support speaking 

and listening skills while building 

confidence! These Talking 

Tubes are ideal for promoting 

communication and language as 

well as collaborative play. Featuring 

two phones and a 3m flexible tube. 


2 

CA03718 £23.61 

4. Who’s Speaking, Who’s 

Listening Telephone set? 

Hollow tubes and telephone 

handsets connected to a central 

hub, promotes conversations 

between up to six children. When 

one speaks everyone else can hear 

them. Includes six each colour 

coded hollow tubes, handsets and 

blindfolds. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. Single. 

CA04808 £82.68 

3 4 

• Support speaking and listening skills. 

• Perfect for outdoor communication and 

language activities. 

• Promote collaborative play. 



Rhythm and Rhyme 

1 

1. Alice Sharp’s Pond of 

Poetry 

Immerse children in a rich variety 

of language with this engaging 

approach to poetry. Invite children 

to experience rolling rhymes and 

enriched language. The provocation 

for learning is a beautiful pond 

of poetry mat, complete with 

hidden pockets and accessories. 

Hide treasures and encourage 

children to use their imaginations. 

Sharing poetry and rhymes can help 

children develop a love of language. 

With thanks to Alice Sharp from 

Experiential Play for this lovely idea. 

Machine Washable. Suitable for 3 to 

5 years. Length 150cm. Made from 

velour. Width 90cm. 

CA10650 £111.55 

• Lift the lily pads to 

reveal secret pockets 

• Includes movable objects 

such as frogs, fish, logs 

and pond plants. 

• Ideal for enriching 

language and creating 

rhymes 

2. Rhyme Houses Sorting 

and Posting Game 60pcs 

A set of rhyming houses with 

sorting tiles to post through the 

magnetic roof. Pop the cards 

through the window, then lift 

the magnetic roof and check the 

answers against the word family 

printed on the back. Suitable for 3 

to 5 years. Pack of 60. 

CA01683 £52.49 

3. Sing It Bag Song and 

Rhyme Activity Set 44pcs 

A canvas bag containing beautifully 

illustrated wooden tiles, each 

depicting a well known song or 

rhyme. The set includes favourites 

such as Polly Put the Kettle On, 

Incy Wincy, 10 Fat Sausages and so 

much more. The set also contains 

a set of 22 word cards and notes. 


CA00290 £59.05 

2 3 

60 

44 

288 


1 

Rhythm and Rhyme 


Each bag includes a Rhyme Time 

Activity Book and plush toys. 

SAVE 

£39 .38 

10 

1. Alice Sharp’s Take Home 

Rhyme Time Bags 

Develop language at home with 

this collection of five bags, each 

containing rhyme-themed plush 

resources and practical ideas for 

parents to share with their children. 

Children can learn as they sing 

along with parents and join in with 

the actions. Two sets to choose 

from. Each bag includes a Rhyme 

Time Activity Book and plush toys. 

Suitable for ages up to 4 years. 

Early Years. Pack of 10. Suitable for 

Reception. 

CA06260 Set 1 £190.30 

CA06261 Set 2 £190.30 



Each bag includes a Rhyme Time 

Activity Book and plush toys. 

10 


Literacy 

Alphabet 

1 2 

26 

3 4 

NEW 

1. NEW ABC Blocks 

These open-ended play cubes 

will delight children as they learn 

through play. A deserted island, 

colourful rainbows and a fantastic 

fox are just some of the beautiful 

illustrations you’ll find on these high 

quality, wooden blocks. Each cube 

includes illustrations, lower case 

and upper case letters. A fun way 

to practice letter recognition and 

sounds. These blocks are perfect for 

stacking and improving hand-eye 



EL46289 £35.43 

2. ABC Word Building Party 

Cup Cake Toppers 

Explore letters and word building 

with these fun cupcake letter 

toppers. Children can decorate 

each of the 6 cupcakes with any of 

the 56 letter and picture toppers, 

giving unlimited combinations and 

building their vocabulary. Height 

6.5cm. Made from plastic. 

CA11928 £28.86 

3. Learning Locks Padlock 

and Keys Matching 

Correspond the set of keys with 

the correct numeral or picture on 

these engaging colourful padlocks. 


8cm. Made from plastic. 

CA07614 Numbers 1-20 £61.68 

CA07538 Alphabet £72.18 

5 6 

78 

26 52 

4. Alphabet Matching 

Rockets 

A set of double sided capital and 

lower case rocket pieces. The pieces 

feature pictures that represent the 

letter sound. Each rocket features 

3 easy fitting pieces. Watch as 

children build the letter rockets 

whilst exploring sounds and 

boosting letter recognition. Suitable 

for 12 months to 11 years. Height 

13cm. Made from plastic. Pack of 

78. 

CA10140 £114.18 

5. Float & Find Alphabet 

Bubbles 

A set of watertight, plastic bubbles 

with letters and letter sounds from 

A-Z. This fun resources can help 

incorporate language into water 

play. Select a floating bubble from 

the water, peek inside to see an 

upper and a lowercase letter, then 

flip the bubble over to see an 

image representing the matching 

beginning sound. Suitable for age 

3 years and up. Diameter 5.7cm. 

Pack of 26. 

CA11547 £56.43 

6. Outdoor Alphabet Eggs 

A great addition to outdoor 

learning, these Outdoor Matching 

Alphabet Eggs are perfect for early 

letter recognition. With images to 

match, children will love exploring, 

connecting and matching the eggs 

together! Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. Diameter 25cm. Pack of 52. 

CA05357 £98.43 

290 


1. NEW Alphabet Rhyme Time 

Characters 

These beautifully crafted beech wood 

shapes are printed front and back 

with characters from the nursery 

rhymes. Set 1 has 8 objects: a bicycle, 

five ducklings, a bus and a spider. 

Enabling children to re-enact the 

rhymes for the letters d, q, v and i. 

1 

NEW 

Alphabet 

Literacy 

EL46283 Set 1 £26.24 

EL46285 Set 2 £26.24 

2. Rustic Letters 

A set of letters with all the appearance 

of a wooden surface but with the 

practicality of Foamex. They can be 

used in phonics activities, treasure 

hunts or hung from trees, fences 

and mobiles. A practical, appealing 

collection. Suitable for 3 to 11 years. 

Made from foamex. Pack of 26. 

CA10647 £26.24 

3. Alphabet Pebbles 26pk 

These alphabet pebbles are ideal 

for use in sand and water trays 

and are a fun way of introducing 

the alphabet and early phonics. 

Pebbles are engraved with letters 

and hand-painted for contrast, great 

for an additional sensory experience. 


2 

3 

LI00584 Standard £43.30 

CA06462 Jumbo £39.36 

4. Resin Alphabet Pebbles 

These durable, resin pebbles are 

suitable for use in sand, water 

and other environments, both 

indoors and out. Each pebble is 

engraved with a lowercase letter 

and measures between 3-4.5cm, 

providing a lovely multi sensory way 

to teach the alphabet and phonics. 


LI00585 £48.55 

5. Feels-Write Alphabet 

Letter Stones 26pk 

These beautiful stones offer a tactile 

and visual way of introducing letter 

formation. Children will enjoy 

tracing each letter with their finger, 

repeating the action to build motor 

memory skills. Suitable for 3 to 7 


26 

26 

4 

5 

CA06313 £69.55 

6. Alphabet Wooden 

Matching Pairs 

This set of 52 wooden discs is 

printed with letters of the alphabet 

- 26 uppercase letters, 26 lowercase 

letters. The discs are blank on one 

side to flip over the discs and match 

the upper and lowercase letters. 


Diameter 5cm. Made from beech. 

Pack of 52. Circle shaped. 

50 26 

6 

7 

CA12021 £19.68 

7. Alphabet Rhyme Time 

Learning traditional nursery rhymes 

by heart supports children’s speech 

and language skills. This delightfully 

illustrated book is bursting with 

inspirational ideas to enable children 

to learn through play. Whilst singing 

and story-telling, small, big and 

even bigger children will develop 

phonological awareness, recognise 

lowercase letter shapes and make 

physical connections with the 

grapheme representation. Related 

to traditional nursery rhymes to 

support memory recall. Suitable for 

3 to 5 years. 

52 

CA11829 Book £39.36 

CA11830 Cards £28.86 


Literacy 

Phonics - Phase 1-4 

1 

1. Phonics Phase 1 Kit 

A bumper collection of resources 

specifically developed to help teach 

Phase 1 of Letters and Sounds. This 

kit provides the essential resources 

that are needed for learning 

activities associated with this phase. 


LI00600 £328.11 

2 3 

2. Initial Sounds Bag 

A collection of 70+ brightly 

illustrated wooden pieces to 

represent different initial sounds. 

Each letter is represented by 

a selection of objects with 

very different initial sounds. 

Recommended in Phase 1 and 2 of 

Letters and Sounds. 


LI00230 £118.11 

3. Letters and Sounds Book 

Collection Phase 1 

Ideal for teaching initial 

understanding of sounds in words 

and phonemic awareness, with 

text that can be read encouraging 

children to use their phoneme 

sounds. Support Phase 1 Letters and 

Sounds by introducing 8 different 

phonemes. Pack of 12. 


LI10087 Fiction £31.49 

LI10094 Non Fiction £31.49 

4. Tune into... Animal 

Sounds 

A great way to support speaking 

and listening skills, what animals 

can you hear? Support children’s 

understanding of the world around 

them by listening to these animal 

sounds. Great for provoking 

discussions, where do the animals 

live? Suitable for 3 to 5 years. 

CA03746 Animal Sounds £22.30 


CA03742 Environmental Sounds £22.30 

CA03745 Initial Sounds £24.93 

CA03744 Nursery Rhymes £22.30 

CA03743 Instrumental Sounds £22.30 

4 

12 

5 

5. 44 Sound and Spelling 

Phonics Tubs 

Teach the different sounds and 

spellings of the 44 sounds in the 

English Language with this set of 

plastic object pieces. Each tub has 

items representing a particular 

sound, showing how different 

spellings can create the same sound 

Suitable for 5 to 11 years. Pack of 

44. 

LI00769 £164.05 

292 


1 

Phonics - Phases 2-4 

SAVE 

£13 .13 

Literacy 

Phase 2 

1. Decodable Phonic 

Readers 

Step into the Phonic Forest, a 

magical place to learn to read! A 

set of beautifully illustrated fully 

decodable books ranging from 

Phonic phases 2-5. Each book 

includes extra text for adults, or 

more experienced readers, for 

a truly collaborative experience. 


LI10601 Phases 2-5 £123.32 

LI10596 Phase 2 £28.86 

LI10597 Phase 3 Fiction £32.80 

LI10598 Phase 4 £28.86 

LI10599 Phase 5 £45.93 

2. StoryTime Phonics 

Our very own Systematic Synthetic 

Phonics scheme! StoryTime Phonics 

is a fully immersive classroom 

experience for Early Years and 

KS1 children that teaches phonics 

following the Letters and Sounds 

Framework. Suitable for 3 to 11 

years. 

LI02321 £3,281.25 

Phase 4 

2 

Phase 3 

• Complete phonics 

programme following 

letters & Sounds. 

• Proven significant impact 

on children’s attainment. 

• Interactive, Visual and 

practical. 


Literacy 

Books 

1 2 

1. Early Sound Play Digital 

Audio Collection 

Award winning series of 15 books 

and USB audio files, designed to 

develop all children’s speech and 

language skills. The stories are 

expertly crafted to support children’s 

developing speech sound awareness 

and vocabulary knowledge. These 

are key foundation skills for success 

with phonics, early reading and 

spelling. Suitable for ages up to 6 


CA11231 £170.61 

15 6 

3 4 

15 68 

5 6 

2. Foundation Stage Book 

Collection 

A collection of books to support 

children learning to read, including 

memorable text and repetition. 

This selection of popular titles, with 

engaging and strong illustrations 

positively reflect children’s interests, 

and draw attention to written 

language and the ways books work. 

Please note: titles may vary. Suitable 

for ages up to 5 years. Pack of 6. 

CA10839 £61.68 

3. Toddler Books 

Capture toddlers’ interest in books 

with this expertly selected set chosen 

to appeal and engage this age 

group. Titles may vary. Suitable for 

18 months to 5 years. Pack of 15. 

CA00775 £157.49 

4. Nursery Rhyme Book Pack 

8pk 

A fantastic set of eight rhyming 

books. This set includes classic, well 

loved nursery rhymes which are 

fantastic for communication and 

language development as well as 

early numeracy skills. Each book has 

bright, colourful illustrations. Please 

note: titles may vary. Suitable for 18 

months to 5 years. Pack of 8. 

CA04809 £65.61 

5. Traditional Tales Story 

Book Set 

Explore language and structure with 

these beautiful traditional story 

books. The rhythm and rhyme holds 

children’s interests, helping them to 

learn story language and structure 

whilst the colourful illustrations 

bring the story to life. Suitable for 

3 to 5 years. Height 21cm. Length 

21cm. Pack of 6. 

CA05356 £35.43 

6. Touch and Feel Baby 

Books 

A collection of books with different 

textured inserts for babies to touch. 

Includes lots of friendly animal 

characters and a variety of textured 

panels for a sensory experience. 

Titles may vary. Suitable from birth 

to 36 months. Pack of 6. 

CA04886 £61.68 

6 6 

294 


1. NEW Pegs to Paper 

Exercises for Handwriting 

Set 

The all-in-one early years resource 

designed to establish the 

fundamental skills which underpin 

handwriting and literacy, build 

solid foundations and develop fine 

motor skills through exploratory 

play. Targeted for ages 3-5 years, 

plus extension SEN activities for 

ages 5+ years. Suitable for 3 to 10 

years. Depth 455mm. H275 x W595 

x D455mm. Height 275mm. Made 

from polypropylene and wood. 

Weight 12.56kg. Width 595mm. 

1 

Writing 

Literacy 

EL46503 £524.99 

2. Talk Time Cards 

Record and play back in high audio 

quality with these fantastic Talk-Time 

cards. Features 60 seconds recording 

with record locking feature, 

replaceable batteries and quality dry 

wipe fascia. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. Made from abs. 

EL00538 3pk A6 £28.86 

EL00540 30pk A6 £255.81 

IT01154 3pk A5 £38.05 

IT01155 10pk A5 £117.96 

IT01156 30pk A5 £327.61 

IT01150 3pk A4 £45.93 

IT01151 10pk A4 £150.74 

IT01152 30pk A4 £425.97 

3. Set of Double Sided 

Whiteboards 

This rigorously tested set of 

A4 laminated whiteboards on 

toughened card are lined one 

side and blank on the other. The 

whiteboards, which have rounded 

corners for safety, are stiff and won’t 

flex, eliminating annoying sounds. 

Each board is 2.25mm thick. The 

lines allow for perfect hand writing 

practise. Suitable for 3 to 7 years. 

Depth 2.25mm. A4. 

2 3 

SAVE 

£32 .81 

NEW 

L3BRD 150pk £150.87 

L-BRD 30pk £45.93 

4. Magnetic Write and Wipe 

Tablet 6pk 

A set of magnetic writing boards 

that can be written on and wiped 

clear with the attached pen. No 

additional pens or wipes are 

required. Suitable for 3 to 7 years. 


150 

CA10114 £49.86 

5. A5 Plain Whiteboards 

A set of 30 A5 blank write and wipe 

boards. Made from high quality ‘no 

tear’ plastic which will accept a dry 

wipe or wet marker pen. Pens sold 

separately. Suitable for 3 to 7 years. 

Length 21cm. Pack of 30. A5. Width 

14.8cm. 

4 5 

CA05414 £24.93 

6 30 



Gross Motor - Climbing 

1 

If we provide opportunities for our children to engage in physical activity, we set 

them on a path of a lifelong love of movement which improves emotional, mental 

and physical wellbeing. Take the physical action of climbing, there’s so much 

more that climbing can contribute to child development. 

Fine and gross motor skills encourage hands to grip, grasp, grab as well as 

hold on to and release. Social skills can support independent play, self-reliance, 

turn taking, trust and communication. Developing cognition decision making, 

evaluating, reviewing, planning: climbing helps all of these. Language Development 

let’s not forget opportunities for both directional and positional language 

development as well as descriptive language. 

2 

1. NEW Pikler Inspired Nursery Climbing Set 

This modular design climbing set develops children’s 

motor skills, balance and confidence, by encouraging 

them to explore and move in a variety of ways. Children 

will learn to stand, slide and climb whilst overcoming 

fears at their own pace. It encourages physical activity 

and promotes physical development whilst stimulating 

children’s imagination and creativity. 

CA12115GY Pastel Grey £601.07 

CA12115NT Natural Wood £574.86 

CA12115RW Pastel Rainbow £640.45 

2. NEW Pikler Inspired Climb & Slide 

The slide is double sided with a smooth slide finish on 

one side and kidney bean shaped climbing holds on 

the other. Designed to connect to the Pikler Inspired 

triangle or arch. This reversible and versatile piece of 

equipment provides the opportunity for safe and selfpaced 

exploration whilst developing balance and agility. 

CA12123 Nursery £131.24 

CA12124 Reception £170.61 

3 

3. NEW Pikler Inspired Nursery Play Triangle 

This Pikler Inspired triangle not only develops 

children’s motor skills, physical strength and agility 

but encourages children to challenge themselves, with 

confidence being gained on each rung. Can be used on 

its own or as part of the Pikler inspired range to create a 

larger and more challenging climbing experience. 




4 

4. NEW Pikler Inspired Nursery Play Ladder 

A ladder that works particularly well with the Pikler 

inspired range to build and create obstacle courses for 

abilities. Suitable for ages up to 36 months. H110 x 

W375 x L950mm. Made from birch plywood. Weight 

3.05kg. 




296 


1. NEW Pikler Inspired 

Reception Climbing Set 

This modular design climbing 

set develops children’s motor 

skills, balance and confidence, by 

encouraging them to explore and 

move in a variety of ways. Children 

will learn to stand, slide and climb 

whilst overcoming fears at their 

own pace. It encourages physical 

activity and promotes physical 

development whilst stimulating 

children’s imagination and 

creativity. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. Made from birch plywood 

and wood. Pack of 4. Weight 

28.5kg. 




Reception Play Arch 

This versatile arch can be turned 

upside down to be used as a rocker 

or attached to other modules to 

create a range of climbing frames. 

Ideal for developing skills such as 

balance, agility and coordination. 

From a climbing frame that 

supports children in learning new 

movements to a rocker that can 

be used as a seesaw, this multifunctional 

arch will provide hours 

of activity and fun. Suitable for 

age 3 years and up. H455 x W800 

x L1170mm. Made from birch 

plywood. 

1 

2 

Contents 

1x triangle 

1 x ladder 

1 x climb & slide 

1 x arch 


Each component 

can be bought 

separately so you 

can expand or 

change the design 





Reception Play Triangle 

This Pikler Inspired triangle not only 

develops children’s motor skills, 

physical strength and agility but 

encourages children to challenge 

themselves, with confidence 

being gained on each rung. Can 

be used on its own or as part of 

a set to create a larger and more 

challenging climbing experience. 


Made from birch plywood and 

wood. Weight 8.25kg. 

3 



4. NEW Pickler Inspired 

Reception Play Ladder 

A Pikler inspired ladder that works 

particularly well with the Pikler 

Inspired triangle and other modules 

within the range. An ideal addition 

when creating assault courses, 

labyrinths, castles and dens. 


H110cm x W375mm x L1190mm. 

Made from birch plywood. Weight 

3.75kg. 

4 






1 

11 

2 

3 

4 

19 

16 

1. Soft Play Circuit 

This soft play set will encourage 

gross motor movement as well as a 

safe environment for exploring. The 

11 pieces link together in a 2.4m 

square, or alternatively can be used 

individually or in smaller groups. 

All mats are extra thick at 4cm. 

Calm colourway is exclusive to TTS. 

Suitable for 10mths+. Wipe clean. 

Made from foam. Pack of 11. 

CA11301 Calm £1,246.88 

CA11302 Neutral £1,246.88 

CA11303 Primary £1,246.88 

2. Portable Pack Away Soft 

Play Set 

This soft play set is Ideal for 

constructive play, helping develop 

balance and motor skills. Watch as 

children roll, build and create with 

this versatile set. Suitable for ages 

up to 5 years. Pack of 19. 

FSPLAY £734.99 

3. Rainbow Soft Play 

Activity Set 

A versatile collection of bright 

and colourful soft play shapes, 

perfect for safely exploring physical 

development. Encourage children 

to develop gross motor skills as they 

climb, roll and crawl on these soft 

play shapes. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. 

CA06503 £439.68 

4. Soft Play Roley Poley 

Circular Block and Ring 

Children can crawl through the 

tunnel or roll on their tummy’s with 

this circular soft play set. Great 

for developing gross motor skills. 

The pieces fit together to make 

one compact circular block for 

easy storage. Surfaces wipe clean. 


CA04799 £286.11 

2 

Contents 

Set includes 1 x Tube: 60 

x 60cm, 1 x Cylinder: 60 x 

36cm diameter 

298 


1. Soft Play Corner 

Challenge movement and the use 

of imagination with this soft play 

set. Careful crawling, stepping, 

balancing, and working through 

obstacles independently or in 

groups will help develop confidence. 

Suitable for 10mths+. Designed to 

sit in a corner or in the centre of a 

room. Calm colourway is exclusive to 

TTS. Wipe clean. Made from foam. 

Pack of 6. Set includes: 6 pieces,1 x 

60cm cube tunnel, 1 x steps 60cm 

sq x 30cm high, 1 x ramp 60cm sq 

x 30cm high, 3 x 60cm sq x 40mm 

thick pads 

CA11293 Calm £735.00 

CA11294 Neutral £735.00 

CA11295 Primary £735.00 

2. Toddler Bumps and Tunnel 

Soft Play Set 

This versatile soft play set includes 

9 400mm square connecting pieces 

which can be placed in many different 

configurations. Babies will love how 

this soft play set can change each 

time they use it, keeping physical 

development fresh. This delightful 

soft play set features an impact 

resistant, shatter resistant, flexible 

mirror sewn in for safety and the 

covers are durable with non-split 

seams. The covers of this soft play 

set are also waterproof, wipe clean 

and anti-bacterial for added hygiene. 

Pieces connect at the base using a 

hook and loop fastener. Made from 

foam. Set contains: 2 x double bumps, 

2 x tunnels (400mm high), 4 x 40mm 

thick pads, 1 x mirror pad 

1 

2 

3 

6 

9 



CA10256 Woodland £380.61 

CA11485 Blue/Grey £380.61 

3. Mirrored Soft Play Set 

These mirrored soft play sets will 

encourage self-awareness and fun 

by interactions with the reflections. 

These curves and convex’s will help 

children explore and develop body 

strength as they move themselves 

around. Each piece connects to 

other with hook and loop fastener. 

Wipe clean Made from foam. Pack 

of 4. 

CA11290 Calm £406.86 

CA11291 Neutral £406.86 

CA11292 Primary £406.86 

4 

4. Soft Play Caterpillar 

Bumps 

Support early gross motor 

development as babies climb and 

crawl over these soft and chunky 

Caterpillar Bumps! Featuring 6 

bumps and a safety mirror on one 

side, babies will love to explore and 

manoeuvre along the soft, non-slip 

surface. Suitable for age 10 month 

and up. With an impact resistant 

safety mirror and a water proof, wipe 

clean surface this set of soft play 

bumps is perfect for supporting early 

physical development. The bumps can 

be folded together for easy storage. 

H300 x W400 x L1600mm. Pack of 6. 

4 

CA11298 Blue/Grey £229.68 

6 




1 

MULTIBUY 

SAVING 

£492 .19 


Outdoor Offer 

Encourage the development of 

gross motor skills and balance with 

this collection of active play units. 

Children can create balance trails, 

climb, scale and crawl through the 

wooden units. The mini adventure 

trail can be set out in different ways, 

allowing children to create their own 

balancing paths. This is made from 






Dimensions are: Prism, H150 x L200 

x W150cm, Trail, longest plank 

is 120cm, shortest plank is 60cm, 

Bridge H92 x L100 x W98cm 

CA10875 £3,248.44 

2 3 

2. Large Outdoor Wooden 

Climbing Prism 

Outdoor free standing climbing 

structure presenting lots of 

interest and challenge. Each side 

of the prism presents confident 

climbers with a different kind of 

challenge, including climbing holes 

or ropes. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. Supplied flat packed for 

self-assembly. Suitable to be left 

outdoors. H150 x W150 x L200cm. 

CE06658 Standard Delivery £1,968.75 

CE10353 Assisted Delivery £2,231.25 

4 

3. Outdoor Wooden Hill 

Climb 

Young children love to climb, 

and now they can on this sturdy 

wooden structure covered with 

artificial grass. Children will enjoy 

climbing their way to the top and 

down again. Great for developing 

gross motor skills and exploration. 


to be left outdoors. H92 x W100 x 

L120cm. 


CE07831 £595.00 

4. Up and Over Step Bridge 

A sturdy wooden structure which 

children will love exploring. Develop 

gross motor skills as you climb over 

the stepped bridge. Children will 

enjoy making their way to the top 

and down again. The steps can 

also be used as a useful seat and a 

place to sit and read. Simply add 

soft furnishings and the structure 

can be a super bench. Supplied 




CA07026 £695.00 

300 


1 



NEW 

1. NEW Children’s Clamber 

Tower 

This open-ended play tower will 

provide lots of fun for children 

whilst being outdoors. As they run 

up and down the ramp and climb 

the steps to find their way over 

the tower. Suitable for age 3 years 



outdoors. Depth 1120mm. Height 


EL45945 £1,837.50 

2 

2. NEW Physical 

Development Clamber 

Unit 

Enhance early years physical 

development. Children can climb, 

clamber and crawl as they build 

on important muscle groups and 

engage in physical fitness. Suitable 

for 10mths+. Supplied flat packed 


outdoors. Depth 800mm. Height 


EL45944 £918.75 

NEW 



1 

1. Wormy Play Tunnel 

A vibrantly coloured play tunnel 

for creating a fun environment 

for younger children. This fun 

character will encourage children to 

climb, slide and crawl, developing 

gross motor skills. It can be used 

indoors or out. Made from strong 

roto moulded plastic. Comes with 

detachable head and tail. Suitable 


W100 x L217cm. Made from plastic. 

Single. 

CA00417 £249.99 

2 

2. Pop Up Tunnel 

A colourful crawl tunnel, perfect for 

building upon gross motor skills. 

Made from tough, shower proof 

polyester this tunnel is designed for 

indoor and outdoor use. Suitable for 

age 3 years and up. Length 150cm. 

FPTUN £47.24 

3 

4 

3. Rainbow Toddler Crawl 

Tunnel 

An easy to set up, bright, cheerful 

pop up tunnel. Remove from the 

bag and it pops up to create a lovely 

rainbow space to crawl through. 

The base is lined with a removable, 

soft fabric mat. Children will love 

exploring this colourful space. 

Suitable from birth. H60 x W60 x 

L180cm. Single. 

CA06237 £54.99 

4. Zig Zag Play Tunnel 

This tunnel can be bent in any 

direction and has a mesh side for 

children to peer through. Great for 

indoor and outdoor play. Made 

from durable waterproof nylon. 


L2800mm. 

KZTU £70.86 

5 6 

5. Weplay Bridge Rock and 

Climb 

The Bridge offers an array of 

challenges for children! It serves 

as a bridge to climb over, a flying 

carpet to rock on, and a tunnel to 

crawl through. These fun activities 

support development of gross 

motor skills and collaborative play. 


H65 x W56.2 x L100cm. Made from 

polyethylene and polypropylene. 

CA12036 £262.49 

6. Weplay Over the 

Mountain 

Designed to be children’s first jungle 

gym. With different placements of 

the wide and narrow boards, you 

can create various combinations 

which allow children to develop 

crawling, climbing and stepping 

skills. Suitable for age 10 months 

and up. H56.2 x W65 x L100cm. 

Made from polyethylene and 

polypropylene. 

CA12042 £439.68 

302 


1. Gonge Air Boards 

Balancing boards with a soft inflatable 

base. Sit, rock and step on. Exercise 

control and strengthen muscles in 

the ankles and legs. Diameter: Giant 

58cm, Set of 3, 39cm. The hard 

surface offers a safe grip for the feet 

while the inflatable base ensures 

smooth and gentle movements. 


CA11307 Single Giant Board £131.24 

CA11309 Set of 3 £164.05 

CA11367 Giant + Set of 3 £282.16 

2. Tactile Discs Set 

A tactile discovery for little hands 

and feet, these versatile and 

inviting discs offer five different 

colour-coded tactile structures. 

Ideal for memory games, matching, 

throwing, balance, exciting PE and 

so much more! Suitable for age 24 


SD07210 Multicoloured £84.99 

EL46021 Pastels £84.99 

1 2 

MULTIBUY 

SAVING 

£16 .41 

3 10 


3. Round Seesaw 

This seesaw helps to develop 

children’s balance and co-ordination 

by allowing movement in all 

directions. Can be used by one or 

two children simultaneously. Suitable 

for 3 to 6 years. H60cm. Single. 

FRSAW £169.99 

4. Weplay Pedal Roller 

Press down on the peddles and 

be jet propelled. The faster you 

peddle the faster you move. Develop 

balance and coordination in a fun, 

challenging way. The pedal roller 

has two detachable handrails to 

increase the skill level required as 

appropriate. Suitable for 3 to 5 

years. H50 x W35 x L40.5cm. 

FPEDR £159.99 

5. Floor Balance Surfer 

Stimulates the senses, enhances 

balance and strengthen core muscles 

with this Floor Balance Surfer. 

This Floor Balance Surfer will help 

promote spatial awareness and is 

great for play therapy and physical 

development. Suitable from birth. 

H140 x W370 x L560mm. Made from 

eva foam, metal and plastic. 

CA05222 Lime Green £109.99 

EL46056 Light Grey £119.99 

6. Weplay Wobble Balance 

Board 

Sit, rock or crawl, use in multiple 

ways to help activate children’s 

motor and reaction skills. This 

rocking board will encourage 

balancing skills via core control and 

strengthen motor coordination. 


H17 x W39.5 x L62cm. Made from 

plastic. 

CA11329 £99.94 

3 4 

5 6 



Gross Motor Skills 

1 

Children will 

learn how 

to spin and 

manoeuvre their 

body weight. 

1. Whizzy Dizzy 

Support gross motor development 

with this exciting and sturdy Whizzy 

Dizzy! Improve children’s hand eye 

coordination, while strengthening 

their core muscles as they grip and 

spin. Fun, engaging and great for 

physical development. Suitable for 

age 3 years and up. Diameter 55cm. 

Height 30cm. 

CA07414 £124.68 

2. Giant Balance Top 

This giant balance top is designed 

to help children develop physical 

coordination Children will enjoy 

the sensation of rocking from side 

to side or spinning and the top 

can even be used for den making. 


Diameter 800mm. H440mm. 

FTOP £65.61 

3. Sit in Rocking Balance 

Shell 

A fun and simple resource to 

improve gross motor skills, balance 

and co-ordination. Sit inside and 

rock or turn upside down to make 

a den or a crawl through tunnel. 

Designed not to roll over or trap 

fingers. Suitable for age 10 months 

and up Diameter 58cm. Height 

44cm. Weight 3.5kg. 

CA06125 £87.93 

2 3 

4. Sit in Wobble Shell 

The design of this shell enables 

young children to develop physically 

and have fun. Sit, spin, balance and 

wobble on it. Colours may vary. H22 

x W39 x L39cm. Single. 

FWOBS £44.61 

5. Junior Yoga Mat 

This smaller sized yoga mat is ideal 

for use with younger children. 

Develop motor coordination, 

balance and muscle strength, or 

use for relaxation purposes. Nonslip 

and wipe clean. Green. W50 

x L140 x D1cm. Made from foam. 

Rectangle shaped. 

CA10297GR £15.74 

4 5 

304 


1. Motor Skills Development 

Set 56pcs 

This classroom set of resources is 

great for encouraging development 

of gross motor skills. Designed 

to encourage a wide range of 

movements, children can develop 

balance and coordination, as well as 

using different groups of muscles. 


suitable to be left outdoors. Pack of 56. 

CA10519 £616.86 

1 

Gross Motor Skills 

56 



Outdoor Collection 

Support physical development 

outdoors with this engaging 

and versatile collection, ideal for 

collaborative play and developing 

gross motor skills. Encourage 

children to throw, jump, balance 

and much more with this collection 

of diverse resources, perfect for 

supporting a range of physical 

development skills. Mini Shed sold 



2 

MULTIBUY 

SAVING 

£106 .64 

CA12249 



£342.39 

3. Mini Shed 









resources. Supplied fully assembled. 

H1270 x W1320 x D630mm. 

CE10043 Mini Shed £564.36 

143 

3 



Trikes, Bikes & Scooters 

1 2 

3 

1. Twin Wheel Children’s 

Scooter 

This Winther children’s scooter 

offers an excellent opportunity 

for collaborative play and sharing. 

The non-slip foot plate and twin 

wheeled design of this twin wheeled 

children’s scooter offers extra 

stability for young children. Suitable 

for age 10 months and up. L800mm. 

FSCOOT £124.99 

2. Three Wheeled Children’s 

Scooter 

A great three wheeled scooter for 

kids, that offers additional stability 

due to two rear wheels. This exciting 

three wheel scooter features a non 

slip standing plate for even more 

stability while enjoying active play. 


L590mm. 

CA02377 £109.99 

4 5 

6 7 

SAVE 

£13 .13 

3. Circline Children’s 

Scooter 

This sturdy Winther scooter will 

help develop a child’s sense of 

co-ordination and balance while 

encouraging physical wellbeing. This 

scooter for children offers a strong 

physical challenge as they learn to 

balance and co-ordinate. Suitable 

for age 3 years and up. W450 x 

L1010mm. 

CA02374 £177.18 

4. Viking Scooter Maxi 

This Winther scooter is robust and 

sturdy, and is designed for slightly 

older children. Suitable for age 3 

years and up. Suitable to be left 


CA03542 £249.99 

5. 3 Wheeled Widebase 

Scooter 

This robust, three-wheeled scooter, 

by Rabo, has an 18 inch rear 

wheel base and wide tyres making 

it extremely safe and stable. 

Suitable for age 10 months and 

up. Supplied flat packed for selfassembly. 

H60 x L61cm. Made from 

steel. Weight 6.2kg. 

CA03055 £216.55 

6. Rabo Maxi Scooter 

Featuring tall handle bars, this large 

Rabo scooter is ideal for practicing 

balance. With broad, stable wheels 

and a robust frame, children can 

move and turn at a variety of speeds. 

Includes a rear brake. Suitable to be 

left outdoors. H85 x W13 x L109cm. 


CA10237 £262.49 

7. 2 Wheeled Childs 

Standing Scooter 

A sturdy Rabo standing scooter 

ideal for helping children to develop 

strong balancing skills. Suitable 


L970mm. 

CA03058 Single £203.43 

CA07048 2pk £393.73 

306 


1. Two Seater Taxi 

A solidly constructed Rabo vehicle 

for two, its superb stability makes 

it an ideal vehicle for carrying a 

passenger safely. Suitable for age 


L1100mm. 

CA03060 £393.74 

2. Chariot Trike 

An engaging and exciting Rabo trike 

with a sturdy chariot extension on 

the back. Suitable for two children 

to play at once, making it ideal for 

co-operative and imaginative play. 

Seat height 400mm Suitable for 

age 3 years and up. H650 x W540 x 

L1070mm. 

CA03059 £366.18 

1 2 

Trikes, Bikes & Scooters 


3. Taxi and Chariot Multi Buy 

An extremely tough trike with a sturdy 

chariot and a taxi vehicle for two. 

Encourage group play, communication 

and gross motor skills development. 




CA04993 £746.79 

4. Rabo Mini Runner Chariot 

A mini low seated Rabo chariot 

runner. Supplied flat packed for selfassembly. 


CA11218 £374.05 

5. Winther BobKart 

An interactive, robust tricycle with 

rest pedals and push bars. With 

one child steering and the other 

pushing, this trike is ideal for 

collaborative play and encouraging 

communication. Low and wide 

for extra stability. Suitable for age 

3 years and up. Suitable to be left 


CA10100 £439.68 

6. Rabo Trike and Sidecar 

This Rabo sidecar helps promote 

spatial awareness and co-ordination 

skills. Design requires more space 

on the right than the left when 

negotiating playground obstacles. 


x W78 x L90cm. Weight 16.6kg. 

CA03557 £380.99 

3 4 

SAVE 

£13 .13 

5 6 

7. Winther Circleline Twin 

Taxi Trike 

This Winther design features a front 

driver seat with pedals, and seating for 

two children in the rear. Suitable for 

age 3 years and up. Suitable to be left 

outdoors. H63.5 x W63.5 x L105cm. 

CA06976 35mm £439.68 

8. Rabo Mini Runner Taxi 

This Rabo mini runner has been 

developed with dual low seating, 

and without pedals to encourage 

an exciting and fun first runner 

experience. By working together, 

an understanding of direction, 

speed and special awareness can be 

gained. Suitable for age 10 months 


self-assembly. Made from steel. 

CA11221 28mm £361.94 

7 8 



Fine Motor Skills 

1 

3 

2 

3 4 

MULTIBUY 

SAVING 

£16 .41 

Enrich and enhance your environment with these intereractive and 

stimulating treasure like resources. Designed to support and develop 

motor skills and encourage a sense of curiosity and discovery. 

Children will be fascinated by this calming, absorbing sparkly range. 

Simply stroke the material using fingers or tools to flip sequins and 

create beautiful patterns. 

3 

3 

1. Mark Making Sequin 

Giant Dinosaurs 

These tactile dinosaurs, with a 

sparkly and engaging surface, will 

delight and engage children in your 

setting. The surface encourages a 

sense of wonder and curiosity whilst 

supporting fine motor skills. Suitable 


CA11049 £308.43 


Long Boards 

Long, tactile sequin boards that 

encourage children to use fine and 

gross motor skills as they sweep 

along the surface. Each board has 

a unique colour that is revealed 

when stroked. Children can use 

their fingers or tools to make marks. 


Made from fabric and wood. 

CA11104 Single Aqua Blue £59.05 

CA11105 Single Purple £59.05 

CA11106 Single Silver £59.05 



Stripe Board 

Mark make on this colourful and 

engaging board to reveal the new 

sequin colours underneath. The 

board has a different band of 

sequins for children to discover. 

Great for fine motor skills as well 

as being a really engaging and 

absorbing activity. Some children 

will find this a calming and 

soothing experience. This resource 

is pre-drilled and needs to be wall 

mounted. Fixings not included. 

Suitable for age 3 years and up. W50 

x L50 x D1.5cm. Made from fabric 

and wood. 

CA11006 £52.49 

4. Mermaid Sequin Motor 

Skills Frames 

Beautiful wooden, wall mountable 

frames enclosed with tactile, sequin 

fabric that changes colour when 

moved around. Great for sensory 

and fine motor skills activities. A 

sparkly yet practical addition to your 

environment. Suitable for age 3 

years and up. 

CA12211 Single Gold Gold £19.68 

CA12212 Single Blue Silver £19.68 

CA12210 Single Red Red £19.68 


308 


1 


MULTIBUY 

SAVING 

£65 .63 


1. Mark Making Sequin and 

Mirror Daisy Frames 

Children will be drawn to these 

tactile flowers as they experiment 

with the engaging surface and peer 

into the reflective mirror petals. 

Enrich your setting whilst supporting 

motor skills and a sense of discovery 

and curiosity. Suitable for age 3 

years and up. H77 x W55 x D2.5cm. 

Made from acrylic. 

CA11067 Red £111.55 

CA11551 Silver £111.55 

CA11068 Yellow £111.55 

CA11069 Blue £111.55 


CA11070 Multicoloured £393.70 

2 


Butterflies and 

Dragonflies 

A delightful and interactive set of 

creatures that will enhance your 

environment and support key skills. 

Stroke the butterflies and dragonflies 

wings to reveal a beautiful new 

colour. Enhance fine motor skills and 

hand-eye coordination. Suitable for 



CA11364 £111.55 

4 


Grass Board 

A sparkly flourish of vegetation to 

add to your displays, whilst the 

interactive surface aids fine motor 

skills. Stroke to reveal a new colour. 

This board is a great addition to 

your, spring, autumn, rainforest and 

bear hunt displays. Suitable for age 

3 years and up. Green. H33 x W60 x 

D1.5cm. Pack of 2. 

CA11363 £91.86 

3 

• Provides a soothing experience which can 

be both calming and restorative 

• Enrich a corridor where children can easily 

access them as they queue. 

• Make a sparkly interactive scene in your 

setting 

• Stroke the sequins and reveal another 

colour 

2 




1 2 

3 4 

16 16 

16 16 16 

16 

1. Tactile Threading Pebbles 

A beautiful tactile collection 

of threading stones, great for 

developing fine motor skills. 

Develop early counting, sorting and 

hand-eye coordination, as children 

sort and sequence the stones by 

shape, colour and texture. Suitable 

for age 10 months and up. Pack 

of 16. 

SD10090 £28.86 

2. Wooden Threading and 

Lacing Fruit 

These threading fruits promote 

hand-eye coordination and 

sequencing skills. Made from wood. 

CA07386 £56.43 

3. Wooden Nature 

Threading Boards 

Get busy threading in and out 

with this natural collection. The six 

circular boards depict objects/mini 

beasts. Great for fine motor and 

hand-eye co-ordination skills. Made 

from wood with etched images. 

Suitable for 3 to 5 years. Diameter 


CA03244 £65.61 

4. Wooden Threading Trees 

Beautiful chunky trees for threading 

and lacing. Great for fine motor 

development! Suitable for age 3 

years and up. H27 x W15cm. Made 


CA05292 £85.30 

5 

6 

5. Wooden Threading 

Cotton Reels 

A great set for improving children’s 

fine motor skills and creativity. 

Children will love to use the reels for 

stacking and building games, and 

threading and lacing. Suitable for 

age 10 months and up. Made from 


CA12030 £51.18 

3 

6. Shape Lacing Boards 3pk 

Promote fine-motor and sequencing 

skills with this geometric shaped 

lacing set. Suitable for 3 to 6 years. 

H14.75 x W3.75 x L10cm. Made 

from wood. Pack of 3. Mixed 

shaped. 

CA11186 £56.43 

7 8 

7. Metallic Beads Threading 

and Lacing Set 

Thread, sort and stack this sparkling 

set of shiny resources. Children will 

learn about sequencing and develop 

fine motor skills as they use the 

laces to make their own patterns. 

Suitable for 3 to 6 years. H23cm. 


CA06730 £85.30 

8. Wooden Sewing Blocks 

Three wooden blocks with holes and 

wooden threader. Suitable for 3 to 

5 years. W65 x L60mm. Made from 


CA07387 £32.80 

310 


1. Eco Tweezers 

Help develop fine motor skills, 

transfer, sort and classify with 

this ergonomically designed, 

environmentally considered 

collection. Help children develop 

their pincer grip with these tweezers, 

as they sit between the thumb and 

first finger. The considered design 

has a ridged, internal face for easy 

gripping of small components. 


Brown. H13 x W3.7 x D2.7cm. Made 

from bio plastic. Pack of 10. 

CA11955 £18.36 

1 2 



2. Handy Scissor Grip 

Scoopers 

Set of colourful scoops with scissor 

grip. These easy hold, clear scoops 

are perfect for transporting and 

sorting activities. The scoops feature 

small holes in both sides to add 

an extra challenge when scooping 

materials like sand etc. Suitable for 

age 3 years and up. Length 17cm. 


3 

4 

CA07815 £15.74 

3. Sand & Water Fine Motor 

Tool Set 

Encourage fine motor skills with this 

4 piece set. These hardwearing sand 

and water play tools are perfect for 

development of fine motor skills. Suitable 


CA11938 £22.30 

4. Helping Hands Fine Motor 

Tool Set 

This colourful set features a selection 

of the most popular Fine Motor Skills 

Tools. This tool collection is ideal for 

improving hand and finger strength 

and fine motor skill development. 


10 

4 5 

4 

CA11936 £11.80 

5. Tri-Grip Tongs 

These Tri-Grip Tongs are designed 

to support the development of 

correct pencil grip with their intuitive 

design. An engaging, fun way for 

children to develop hand muscles 

required to hold a pencil. Suitable 


CA11890 £19.68 

6. Squeeze and Tweeze Fine 

Motor Tool Set 

A versatile set of 16 tools for all your 

fine motor development needs! 

Scoop, sort, tweeze and transport a 

great selection that will benefit all 

children. Suitable for age 3 years and 


CA07833 £59.05 

7. Fine Motor Plastic 

Grasping Tweezers 

This set of tactile tweezers is 

perfectly sized for children’s hands. 

Develop fine motor skills and pincer 

grip by adding these colourful 

tweezers to a range of activities, 

from sorting and counting to 

transient art. Suitable for age 3 years 


CA07825 £15.74 

6 7 

16 

4 6 


12

Sensory & Dens 

Dark Den Accessories 

1 2 

3 4 

5 6 

6 12 

10 6 12 2 

1. Dark Den Light up 

Accessories 

Bring calming lights into your dark 

den to stimulate your sensory needs. 

The resources in both of these sets 

have been specifically chosen due to 

their slower moving lights, therefore 

giving more of a calming effect. 

Contents may vary. Suitable for age 


CA10861 £157.49 

2. Sensory Light-Up Kit 12pk 

This light accessory kit is a perfect 

solution for sensory dens or other 

dark areas to provide visual stimulus 

for children. The mixture of lights 

for children to explore and touch 

like the plasma ball and textured 

bouncing light up ball. Suitable for 


SD10642 £72.18 

3. Dark Den Accessory 

Sensory Kit 

A versatile set of carefully chosen 

items with sensory and motor skills 

in mind. Add these captivating, 

manipulative resources to your dark 

den or your sensory area. Contents 

may vary. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. Not suitable to be left 

outdoors. Pack of 10. 

CA02737 £111.55 

4. Light up Cushions 

These sensory cushions will help to 

create a calming environment for 

children to sit and relax. The gentle 

stream of light is also a great way to 

encourage concentration, focus and 

visual processing. White. Pack of 2. 

SD10087 Bolster £111.55 

SD10088 Square £65.61 

5. Glow in the Dark 

Cushions 

This set of cushions is a practical 

addition to any classroom reading 

corner, sensory space or play area. 

The double sided plush material 

cushions provides a calming and 

tactile sensory experience. The 

printed patterns glow in the dark, 

when the cushion has been exposed 

to light during the day. Made from 

velour. Pack of 2. Square shaped. 

SD10359BK Black £95.80 

SD10359GY Grey £95.80 

6. Glow in the Dark Bean 

Bag 

Use these beanbags to create a 

cosy place for children to curl up 

and read or to sit and relax. Perfect 

for reading corners or in a sensory 

space, the super soft glow material 

will provide visual stimulation for 

sensory seekers. H62 x W62cm. 

Made from velour. 

SD10358BK Black £95.80 

SD10358GY Grey £95.80 

2 

312 


1. Rechargeable Sensory 

Hurricane Tube 

Our waterless hurricane tube 

provides many of the benefits of 

bubble tubes but without all the 

maintenance. The adjustable speed 

fan drives a current of light beads up 

and down the tube, providing visual 

stimulation. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. Diameter 150cm. Height 

109cm. Made from plastic. Weight 

5.25kg. 

SD10375 £295.30 

2. Fibre Optics and Light 

Source Kit 

Create a calming, sensory 

environment with our sensory 

lighting fibre optic kit. Fibre optics 

provide a unique opportunity to 

get light close to an individual. 

They offer relaxing and calming 

benefits as well as bright, colourful 

and stunning effects to aid the 

understanding of cause and effect. 


SD10631 £334.66 

3. NEW Giant Spinning Top 

An amazing, mesmerising 

rechargeable resource that when 

spun creates a myriad of light 

patterns and a gentle soothing 

sound to captivate, calm and 

engage. Children will love to rock 

the spinner back and forth whilst 

others use gross motor skills to twist 

and turn it in captivating, sensory 

environments. Simple switches and 

made from a robust material for 

engaging play experiences. Suitable 

for age 18 months and up. Made 

from abs. 

CA11701 £144.36 

4. NEW Glow Stacking Discs 

Integrate ICT into children’s 

construction play with these light 

up rechargeable discs Encourage 

children to shake the discs to 

light them up, allowing them to 

experiment with cause and effect. 

The textured design provides an 

additional sensory appeal, while 

the tactile properties allow children 

to grip and manipulate the discs. 


CA11965 Discs Glow Discs 5pk £131.24 

CA10917 Pole 

Wooden Pole for 

Glow Discs 

£7.86 

5. Light Up Glow Balls 4pk 

A delightful set of four glow balls. 

The textured surface and glowing 

lights provide a multisensory 

experience. Suitable for age 3 years 


outdoors. Made from plastic. Pack 

of 4. 

CA02615 £72.18 










10 months+ Diameter 33mm. Length 


CA11108 £170.61 

1 2 

NEW 

3 4 

5 6 

4 12 

Dark Den Accessories 

SAVE 

£39 .38 

NEW 





1 2 

1. Glow and Go Bot 

A multi-sensory, rechargeable robot, 

which will captivate young children’s 

interests as they plan its illuminated 

journey, whilst laying firm 

technological foundation skills. This 

highly engaging robot has simple, 

clear and literal button controls that 

are, when pressed, textured and 

colourful. They also illuminate and 

create sounds, enabling the child to 

explore cause and effect. Suitable for 

12 months to 5 years. Height 10cm. 

Length 28.5cm. Width 27cm. 

CA10564 £150.93 

3 4 

5 6 

NEW 

7 

712 

2. Glow & Go Bot Mirror 

Spots 

A set of flexible, mirrored-surface 

floor spots that are great for using 

with the Glow and Go Bot, as well as 

in sensory areas. See the floor reflect 

and light up as the illuminated robot 

travels over the shiny circles. These 

can be used in a variety of contexts. 


CA11865 £35.43 

3. NEW Glow Pebbles 

A set of 12 rechargeable illuminated 

pebbles that can be stacked and 

rolled for engaging sensory learning. 

The pebbles are in three sizes and 

are charged via cables. Choose from 

static or set to sequence mode. A 

great resource for sensory rooms 

and a novel way of encouraging 

children to experiment and explore. 

CA11966 £196.86 














CA10970 £196.86 

5. Sensory ICT Glow 


A set of construction bricks in two 

sizes that light up and change colour 

when they are turned. Perfect for 

using ICT to learn sequencing. Each 

cube requires 2 x AA batteries (not 

included). Suitable from birth. Made 


CA06793 £196.86 

12 6 

6. Illuminated Glow Rollers 

These metallic cylinders illuminate 

when rolled, shaked, stacked or 

turned. Provides an engaging and 

visual multi-sensory experience. 


up. Suitable from birth to 5 years. 


Length 14cm. Pack of 6. 

CA07202 £196.86 

314 


1 

Dark Dens 


1. Pop-Up Sensory Space 

A calming, safe sensory space 

for children to relax, unwind or 

explore. This lightweight pop-up 

area can be used anywhere, takes 

seconds to erect and quickly folds 

down. Perfect as a relaxing, quiet 

or calm zone, away from noise and 

distractions for children to chill 

out. Alternatively, use with lighted 

objects and UV equipment for 

sensory exploration. Suitable for 


D142cm. Made from polyester. 

SD10015 Black £131.24 

SD10060 White £131.24 

2. Mini Pop-Up Sensory Pod 

Provides a calming, safe sensory 

space to relax, unwind or discover. 

Easily set up with its pop-up 

construction, this dark den/sensory 

space is ideal to have in a classroom 

or for use at home. Designed to 

provide a safe place or cool down 

spot for children who become easily 

overwhelmed by sensory stimuli. 

The den can act as a calming space 

when coping with new routines, 

during one to one time or as a 

resting area. H1 x W1 x L1m. 

SD10393 £76.11 

2 



Wooden Dens 

1 

2 

1. Super Seat Indoor 

Wooden Den Structure 

A fantastic, cosy seat where children 

can sit and chat or read a book. 

The versatile seat can be decorated 

and accessorised to reflect different 

themes. Made from solid beech, 

plywood and MFC. Accessories not 

included. H200 x W175 x D115cm. 

CA06745 Wooden Den Structure £1,575.00 

CA07268 Mat and Bumper Set £328.11 

2. Lightcatcher Rainbow 

Centre 

Children will enjoy exploring this 

delightful, arched roof environment. 

A versatile, cosy space with partial 

overhead blue and purple acrylic 

panels and handy storage units on 

each side. The posts are made from 

solid Beech, the coloured panels are 

acrylic and the shelves are Beech 

faced MFC. Supplied flat packed 


L167cm. 

CA06959 £2,296.88 

3. Lovely Learning Location 

Wooden Play Structure 

A beautifully crafted, solid 

wooden structure to create a 

cosy environment in your setting. 

This open ended, sturdy piece of 

furniture can be transformed into 

all manner of themes for young 

children. Suitable from birth. H200 

x W168 x D165cm. Made from birch 

plywood. 

CA06046 £820.31 

4. House Den Frame 

Wooden den frame shaped like a 

house. Really useful open ended 

structure. Dress and theme in lots 

of different ways. Bring structure 

to home corners and role play. 

Portable and lightweight. Suitable 

from birth. Supplied flat packed 



CE10425 Den Frame £301.86 

CE10419 Cream Fur Mat £49.86 

3 4 

316 


1. Portable Cave Frame 

Portable, strong and easy to 

assemble cave frame and covers 

ideal for creating special places. Use 

our easy to construct frame to make 

a versatile ‘den’ children will love to 

explore. Cover with material or our 

ready made canopy set. Suitable for 

age 3 years and up. Height 141cm. 

Width 150cm. 

1 2 

SAVE 

Wooden Dens 

£26 .25 SAVE 


AR10286 Frame set £170.61 

AR10292 Frame covers £118.11 



AR10372 £262.47 

2. Lovely Learning Location 

Wooden Pyramid Den 

This beautiful pyramid shaped 

wooden den is ideal for small 

children. Three sides are decorated 

with mirrors and cut out shapes, 

creating an area where children can 

explore their reflections, rest a while 

or enjoy other activities. Suitable 

from birth. H130 x W150 x D150cm. 

CA06780 £1,050.00 

3. Indoor and Outdoor 

Folding Children’s Play 

Den 

This sturdy, open ended structure 

makes an great portable children’s 

play den for both indoor and 

outdoor use. Portable Den comes 

supplied with a 100% cotton 

fabric cover. Can be folded up for 

convenient storage when not in 

use.Suitable for age 3 years and up. 

H1160 x W1700 x D1120mm. 

CA04827 £433.11 

4. Folding Den and 

Accessories 

Buy the play den and accessory kit 

together and save. The den can be 

opened and folded for convenient 

storage. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. 

CA05493 Rainbow Set £695.60 

3 

4 

5. Wooden Framed Playtent 

with Book Storage 

Create your own role play, reading or 

cosy space with this multi-purpose 

wooden framed tent. Suitable for 

3 to 11 years. Supplied flat packed 



CE00248 £498.74 

6. Toddler Curiosity 

Crawling Triangle 

A wooden sensory tunnel with 

mirrors for exploration. There are 

peep holes to peer through and a 

lovely cosy mat to cushion the base. 

It can be easily moved to different 

areas. Mat is included. Made from 

MFC and Beech wood. Suitable from 

birth to 36 months. H80 x W100 x 

D75cm. 

CA06047 £511.86 

5 6 

£26 .25 


PSED 

Feelings & Emotions 

1 

1. Mindful Maze Set 

Introduce children to mindfulness 

with these tactile and calming 

boards. Support self-management 

skills and breathing techniques as 

children follow the unique pattern 

on each maze. Suitable for age 3 

years and up. Length 18mm. Pack of 

3. Width 18mm. 

CA11920 £28.86 

2 

3 

4 

3 

2. Calming Cat 

Our mental health and wellbeing 

programme, helps children to talk 

about their feelings, thoughts and 

behaviours, as well as offering 

coping strategies. The engaging, 

huggable, tactile cat can help to 

facilitate conversations and can also 

be used as a worry aid. Made from 

fabric and velour. 

PS10105 

Calming Cat & 

Coaching Cards 

£72.18 

SD10362 Calming Cat £30.18 

3. Light Up Tactile Glow 

Spheres 

A set of light-up, textured balls 

with intricate designs, that can be 

used for mark-making, fine motor 

skills, and calming activities. The 

spheres are rechargeable and are in 

3 different designs. They are a great 

resource for improving hand-eye 

coordination as children manipulate 

the spheres around. Simply tap the 

spheres to transform them into 

illuminated globes of light, that will 

stay lit for 60 seconds. Suitable for 

10mths+. Diameter 84mm. Pack 

of 6. 

CA10974 £111.55 

4. Mark Making Sequin and 

Mirror Daisy Frames 

Children will be drawn to these 

tactile flowers as they experiment 

with the engaging surface and peer 

into the reflective mirror petals. 

Enrich your setting whilst supporting 

motor skills and a sense of discovery 

and curiosity. Suitable for age 3 

years and up. Depth 2.5cm. Height 

77cm. Made from acrylic. Width 

55cm. 

CA11067 Red £111.55 

CA11551 Silver £111.55 

CA11068 Yellow £111.55 

CA11069 Blue £111.55 

CA11070 Multicoloured £393.70 

318 


1. Emotions Wooden Pebble 

Family 

A charming, tactile pebble family, 

each representing a different 

emotion. A great addition to small 

world and imaginative play whilst 

providing opportunities to learn 

about and relate to different feelings 

and emotions. Suitable from birth. 

Made from mdf. Pack of 5. 

1 


PSED 

CA10608 £52.49 

2. Photographic Feelings 

and Emotions Puzzles 

A set of puzzles showing real images 

of children’s feelings and emotions. 

Each has 16 interlocking pieces 

with a matching picture. A great 

collection of puzzles for supporting 

PSED and discussions about 

managing feelings. Suitable for age 


CA00742 £72.18 

2 

5 

3. Emotion Pebbles 

These tactile pebbles are perfect for 

PSED, allowing children to explore 

emotion. Enrich messy play, sand 

and water activities or a mud kitchen 

with these beautiful emotion stones. 

Encourage children to examine the 

engraved faces! Suitable for age 3 

years and up. Diameter 45mm. Pack 

of 12. 

CA07471 Standard 12pk £32.80 

4. Learn a Lot Avocados 

Support fine motor skills, colour 

recognition and understanding 

emotions with these Learn-A-Lot 

Avocados. These 4 avocados improve 

hand strength as they pop apart 

and encourage coordination as they 

click shut. Suitable for 18 months 

to 5 years. Length 10cm. Pack of 4. 

Width 7cm. 

3 

6 

CA11923 £14.43 

12 

4 

4 


Understanding the World 

People, Culture & Communities 

1 

1. Children of Our 

Community Cultural 

Diversity Dolls Bundle 

Deal 

A beautifully contemporary 

collection of soft dolls reflecting 

cultural diversity. Children will 

love these beautiful dolls, which 

have skin tones reflecting different 

ethnicities and are dressed in 

bright, modern outfits that can 

be removed. Hand wash to clean. 

Suitable from birth. Height 36cm. 



CA06754 Jasmine £26.24 

CA06752 Jon £26.24 

CA06750 Max £26.24 

CA06749 Millie £26.24 

CA06753 Sonny £26.24 

CA06751 Anya £26.24 

CA06748 Lily £26.24 

CA06747 Louie £26.24 

SAVE 

£13 .13 

2 

8 

8 

2. Mini Children of Our 

Community Dolls Bundle 

Deal 

These beautifully made fabric dolls 

are a mini version of our original 

Children of our Community Dolls. 

They are all dressed in similar 

contemporary fabrics and designs. 

Hand wash only. Suitable from birth. 

Height 23.5cm. Pack of 8. 


CA10597 Mini Max £20.99 

CA10593 Mini Louie £20.99 

CA10590 Mini Jon £20.99 

CA10596 Mini Lily £20.99 

CA10592 Mini Anya £20.99 

CA10594 Mini Sonny £20.99 

CA10591 Mini Jasmine £20.99 

CA10595 Mini Millie £20.99 

3. Wooden Small World 

Diversity Family 

Create your own family and 

represent people, communities 

and cultures with this wonderful 

collection of wooden figures. 

Enrich small world play and explore 

diversity with this set of wooden 

dolls. Suitable for age 3 years and 

up. Made from wood. Pack of 16. 

CA06025 £65.61 

3 

16 

320 


1. Diversity and Inclusion 

Book Pack 20 

A selection of high quality fiction 

and non-fiction titles promoting 

diversity and inclusivity. Including 

picture books with multi-ethnic 

characters as protagonists. Content 

may vary. Pack of 25. 

CA12055 £308.43 

2. Early Years Multicultural 

Music Set 

A full collection of Early Years 

instruments complete with tidy 

storage stand. Get the whole class 

involved with this multicultural pack 

of engaging musical instruments. 

The set comes complete with a tidy 

stand for easy storage. Suitable for 


CA04481 £328.11 

3. Diwali Basket 

This plush basket contains an array 

of resources to celebrate the Festival 

of Lights. Bring the story to life with 

the beautifully made characters 

of Rama, Sita, Hanuman, Ravana 

and La Lakshman. Size of basket: 

H20cm. Suitable from birth to 5 


CA05080 £98.43 

4. Chinese New Year Basket 

Explore and learn about Chinese 

New Year celebrations with this 

delightful fabric basket featuring 

the twelve animals, lantern and 

book. Re-tell the story of the twelve 

animals. Activity cards also included. 

Size of basket is 20cm. Suitable 

from birth to 5 years. Pack of 16. 

CA05081 £101.05 

5. Children Of The World 

Figures 

From a Japanese girl in a kimono 

to a Ghanaian boy in a dashiki, this 

set features children from around 

the world. These authentically 

detailed dolls show traditional 

attires. Durable, vinyl, free-standing 

figures. Suitable for 3 to 5 years. 


Pack of 12. 

CA00110 £59.05 

6. Children of the World 5 x 

Piece Puzzle 

A wooden multicultural puzzle with 

five removable faces. The puzzle is 

great for young children with its 

paper laid surface and easy to place 

pieces. Suitable for age 10 months 

and up. H6mm x W20cm x L50cm. 


CA04317 £24.93 

1 

2 3 

4 5 

6 7 

People, Culture & Communities 

25 

31 12 

8 

16 12 


7. People Who Help Us Set 

Of 4 Jigsaws 

This pack of four photographic 

puzzles features the four main 

emergency services. Each jigsaw 

contains 12 hand-made wooden 

pieces. Suitable for 3 to 5 years. 

W30 x L20cm. Made from wood. 

Pack of 4. 

CA02470 £39.36 

5 

4 



Exploring the Natural World 

1 

1. Wooden Bug City 

There’ll soon be lots of creepy 

crawlies hiding in this quirky, 

natural environment for children to 

observe and learn about. Complete 

with viewing window, it’s a great 

addition to any nature corner. 

Must be placed on a flat surface. 



x L1000mm. 

CE05961 £495.00 

2. NEW Outdoor Foraging 

Pockets Set 

Explore, collect and forage for 

natural materials with these 

beautiful foraging pockets. Perfect 

for outdoor play and observing the 

natural world, children can head out 

on an expedition for leaves, sticks, 

and flowers as they collect their 

findings in the soft pockets. Suitable 

for age 3 years and up. H45 x W10 x 

L38cm. Pack of 6. 

EL46284 £183.74 

3. NEW Natural Potion 

Making Kit 

An engaging collection of messy play 

ingredients and essentials, perfect 

for natural potion making. Featuring 

natural ingredients such as lavender, 

beetroot and turmeric children 

can mix, sieve and concoct as they 

explore their senses through messy 


Pack of 59. 

EL46263 £183.74 

2 3 

NEW 

NEW 

4. NEW Weaving Discovery 

Shape Frames 

Made from recycled plastic, this 

set of weaving frames are perfect 

for taking outdoors to explore 

threading and weaving. Create 

patterns, explore materials and 

develop fine motor skills with this 

wonderful collection of weaving 

shapes. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. Made from recycled plastic. 

Pack of 3. 

EL46247 £45.93 

4 5 

NEW 

6 59 

5. Outdoor Ingredients 

Centre 

Collect, sort, transfer and mix natural 

materials in this sturdy, wooden 

unit. Featuring 9 cubicles and a 

storage shelf for accessories. Plant 

herbs, create messy mixtures or sort 

by attribute. A versatile resource for 

messy play, outdoor maths or your 

school garden. This is made from 





x L109.5 x D44cm. 

CA10309 £295.00 

3 

322 


1. NEW Early Years Immersive 

Projector 











emerge. Experiment, explore, and 

discover with this versatile resource. 

Suitable for 10mths+. Diameter 

65cm. Made from polycarbonate, 

silicone and wood. 

1 

Technology 


CA11864 £262.49 

2. Kidizoom Twist Plus 

Digital Camera 

Get snapping with this 2 MP camera 

using the twisting lens, great for 

encouraging observational skills. 

Encourage the children to take 

pictures around the setting to 

display and talk about. A simple 

introduction to technology and 

understanding the world. Suitable 

for 3 to 7 years. Made from plastic. 

CA04633 Blue £74.80 

CA04634 Pink £74.80 


Detectors 4pk 

These rechargeable metal detectors for 

children are a great way to incorporate 

ICT outdoors. These children’s metal 

detectors come with a rechargeable 

docking station so no need to replace 

batteries. Battery life is up to 8 hours. 

Suitable for age 3 years and up. W8 x 

L20cm. Made from plastic. Pack of 4. 

2 3 

NEW 

CA04176 £216.55 

4. Light Up Twist and Turn 

Spinning Tops 

Children of all ages will enjoy using 

this innovative, rechargeable and 

fascinating collection of three rotating 

tops, which illuminate when spun. 

Underpin a range of key skills as 

children experiment, explore and make 

discoveries about how they can get the 

tops to light up, whirl and twirl. Tops 

illuminate when rotated and change 

colour depending on direction. Great 

for curious and investigative babies 

& toddlers, and for developing their 

motor skills. Simply twist the tops on 

a hard surface, and see the resource 

glow. To charge spinning tops, place on 

the included docking station. Suitable 

for age 10 months and up. H150mm. 


4 5 

4 

CA10972 £144.36 

5. Light Up Twist & Turn Cog 

Board 

Watch the cogs light up and glow 

as you twist and turn! Perfect for a 

sensory room or dark den. Capture 

children’s imagination with this 

wooden board, while promoting handeye 

coordination and fine motor skills. 


H250 x L880mm. Made from wood. 

CA10971 £122.05 

CA11519 £187.66 

3 


Small World 

Enchanted Worlds 

1 

2 3 

86 

1. Alice Sharp’s Eco Build a World 

A beautifully crafted and collated collection of openended, 

environmentally conscious loose parts for a 

plethora of STEAM, construction, small world, inventive 

and imaginative play scenarios. The various pieces can 

be configured, placed and joined in different ways to 

create all kinds of locations, constructions, sculptures, 

pathways and so much more. The sets include a 

detailed, comprehensive booklet, brimming with 

ideas, scenarios and possibilities, all underpinned with 

the child being able to develop key skills. Sets can be 

purchased in different configurations. The bases are 

made from bamboo, a fast growing crop, known for 

its durability and strength. It is a renewable source. The 

tubes are made from a wooden pulp mixture and the 

joiners are from recycled plastic. The notes are printed 

on recycled paper. Wipe clean with a damp cloth. Not 

suitable to be submerged into water. Suitable for age 3 

years and up. Made from bamboo, paper and recycled 


CA11634 £209.99 

2. Eco Small World House Set 

A charming collection of beautifully crafted, 

environmentally friendly bamboo little houses that will 

support and enrich a variety of small world scenarios. 

Create your own mini locations with these delightful 

little houses. Imagine the stories that will unfold. Add 

accessories to create a rich variety of possibilities. Each 

house has a separate roof which can also be used 

independently. Imagine them as top floors, attics, 

or even tents. Great care has been taken to select 

materials such as bamboo and wood pulp to be as 

environmentally conscious as possible. They have a 

beautiful finish and are very robust. Made from bamboo 

with wood pulp connecters. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. 

CA11093 £98.43 

4 

5 

18 

3. Small World Ladders 

A set of sturdy click together pieces that form ladders 

of varying lengths ideal for an array of small world 

scenarios. Children will love weaving these ladders into 

their miniature locations. The ladders easily join together 

to make a lovely addition to your accessories collection. 

Made from eco wood pulp with PVC connectors. How 

tall will it have to be to reach the top of the castle or 

the top of the tree? Will the ladder reach the rooftop of 

the dolls house? Suitable for age 3 years and up. W5 x 

L10cm. Pack of 18. 

CA11041 £28.86 

4. Metallic Small World Fairy House 

Create an enchanted garden with these shiny, appealing 

mini cottages. A lovely house for elves or fairies. Great 

for encouraging communication skills. In gold, silver and 

bronze, faceted with intricate detail. Suitable for age 10 

months and up. Accessories not included. H24cm. 


CA12233 Single Metallic Gold £30.18 

CA12231 Single Metallic Silver £30.18 

CA12230 Single Bronze £30.18 

5. April Mini Wooden Cottage 

An appealing and beautifully crafted small world abode 

where perhaps elves and fairies dwell. Incorporate this 

mini location into imaginative play and set the scene for 

an adventure. Please note bridge and other accessories 

are not included. Suitable from birth. H17 x W15 x 

D10cm. Made from wood. 

CA11506 10pk £236.12 

CA10471 3pk £77.40 

CA10469 Single £30.18 

324 


1 

Figures 

Small World 

NEW 

1. NEW Small World 

Woodland Elves and 

Fairies 10pcs 

Create a realistic enchanted world 

with this set of 10 woodland elves 

and fairies. With three different 

skin tones, a wooden body and 

distinctive fabric accessories and 

clothing, these six elves and four 

fairies will inspire magical small 

world play. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. H10cm. Made from wood. 

EL46563 

Small World Woodland Elves 

and Fairies 

£48.55 

2. NEW Small World Rainbow 

Wooden Felt Elves 

A set of ten wooden elves, each 

dressed in felt cloaks and hats. Each 

elf has a different skin tone, a plain 

face, and a different coloured outfit 

to allow children to feel included 

and enhance their imagination 

during small world play. Suitable for 

age 3 years and up. H12cm. Made 

from felt and wood. 

EL46564 

Small World Rainbow Wooden 

£44.61 

Elves 

2 

NEW 


Small World 

Dolls Houses & Accessories 

1 

40 

2 

1. Bulk Furniture Set 

A traditional set of dolls house 

furniture pieces. Add realism to your 

small world play. No dolls house 

is complete without the essential 

pieces for each of your rooms. 

Children will love manipulating this 

large wooden set, containing all 

you need to outfit your dolls house. 



CA02248 £157.49 

2. All Season House and 

Accessories 

Ideal for imaginative and 

collaborative play, this house is also 

perfect for promoting story telling 

and creativity. Its 6 rooms include 

4 room sets, movable stairs and a 

reversible winter/summer-themed, 

solar-panelled roof. Figures not 

included. Suitable for 3 to 5 years. 

H60 x W30 x L73.4cm. Made from 

wood. 

CA07370 £209.99 

3. Dolls House and 

Furniture Set 

A quality wooden dolls house 

complete with its own range 

of furniture, ideal for building 

imaginative story lines and acting 

out real life scenarios. It has 

two open sides, windows and 

doors, making it easily accessible 

for children and keeping those 

little details. Ideal for increasing 

communication skills. Suitable for 

3 to 5 years. H54 x W38 x L46cm. 

Made from wood. 

CA05012 £157.49 

3 

326 


1. Diverse Chunky Plastic 

Toddler Figures Bundle 

Deal 

Help children understand 

different cultures, abilities and the 

community through small world 

play. The large chunky figures 

are perfect for smaller children. 

Can you relate to any of them? 

A fantastic resource to aid small 

world provision. Suitable for age 10 

months and up. Height 12.7cm. 

CA11527 

Plastic Toddler Figures 

Bundle Deal 

£204.71 

CA10791 Occupation £56.43 

CA10793 Families £131.24 

CA10794 Disabilities £43.30 

2. Small World Plastic 

Community Block People 

A set of 12 people in a variety of 

occupations. Occupations include: 

firefighter, surgeon, teacher, chef 

etc. Suitable for 3 to 5 years. Height 

12cm. Made from plastic. 

1 

Figures 

SAVE 

£26 .25 

Small World 

FBCOMM £52.49 

3. Wooden Community 

Figures 

Wonderfully tactile characters in solid 

beechwood perfect for small world 

play. These natural finish community 

figures are a delight to handle 

whilst discussing their similarities 

and differences. Suitable for age 10 

months and up. Height 78mm. Made 


CA11913 £39.36 

4. Small World WOW World 

People Figure Set 26pcs 

A large set of multicultural figures. 

They are dressed in national and 

modern dress, reflecting the 

diversity of today. Suitable for ages 

10 months and up. Height 5cm. 


2 3 

CA07446 £48.55 

5. Small World WOW 

Occupation Figure Set 

22pcs 

A set of plastic, colourful figures, 

ideal for toddlers and small world 

play. This set features a collection of 

working people, dressed in uniform. 


up. Height 5cm. Made from plastic. 

Pack of 22. 

CA07447 £45.93 

12 10 

4 5 

26 22 


Small World 

Animals 

1 

2 

3 4 

5 6 

6 

6 8 

1. Animals and Their Young 

Collection 

A detailed collection of African and 

farmyard animals and their young. 

Enhance your small world play with 

this beautiful mixed set of wild 

African and farmyard animals. A 

fantastic set for enriching a variety 

of your small world locations. 



CA02643 £72.18 

2. Wooden Woodland 

Animal Set 

A bright set of chunky wooden 

woodland animals. Perfect for tiny 

hands, these small world creatures 

are sure to entice young children 

and inspire play. 25mm thick. 



CA11432 £22.30 

3. Jumbo Small World Safari 

Animals 

These engaging giant wild animal 

figures are sure to bring your animal 

topics to life. Spark discussions 

about animals and their habitats, or 

create a zoo scene with these highly 

detailed, jumbo safari animals. 


CA12066 £262.49 

4. Tactile Play Animals 

These wonderfully tactile small 

world animals will inspire children’s 

imaginative small world play ideas. 

The stone small world play animals 

are beautifully sculpted and can be 

used both indoors and out with a 

range of materials. Suitable for age 

10 months and up. Pack of 8. 

CA07388 £30.18 

5. Wooden Animal Friends 

A wonderful collection of wooden 

animal friends, ideal for small world 

play! A beautifully made set of solid 

beechwood animals from around 

the world, with simple printed 

features and faux leather detailing 

for children to explore. Suitable for 

3 to 5 years. Made from wood. Pack 

of 10. 

CA12079 £36.74 

6. Jumbo Small World Arctic 

Animals 

A wonderful collection of 3 jumbo 

small world arctic animals! Explore 

animals and their natural habitats 

with these highly detailed arctic 

animals who come from different 

poles. Suitable for 3 to 5 years. 

Pack of 3. 

CA11962 £131.24 

10 4 

328 


1. Small World Giant 

Dinosaur Set 12pcs 

A set of highly detailed large 

dinosaur models. Inspire children to 

explore what it may have been like 

when dinosaurs roamed the Earth. 



Pack of 12. 

1 

Dinosaurs 

Small World 

FDL £59.05 

2. Dinosaur Figure Set 7pk 

This set of detailed and realistic 

Dinosaurs are perfect for supporting 

children’s interests. Enrich small 

world play with this set of 7 

Dinosaurs. Suitable for 3 to 5 years. 

Pack of 7. 

CA04880 £118.11 

3. Wooden Dinosaur Set 

A collection of 10 different doublesided 

wooden dinosaurs. These 

dinosaurs make the prehistoric 

period accessible to younger 

children who may have an early 

interest in dinosaurs. Suitable for 



2 

12 

CA11435 £35.43 

4. Jumbo Small World 

Dinosaurs 

These chunky prehistoric animals 

are a unique and engaging addition 

to small world play. Made from a 

vinyl type material, and packed with 

stuffing, these jumbo dinosaurs are 

soft and squishy, whilst retaining 

incredible detail in their face and 

skin. Children will enjoy their lifelike 

features and interesting textures. 


CA12068 £288.74 

7 

3 4 

10 8 


Small World 

Ocean Animals 

1 2 

3 4 

NEW 

7 510 

5 

1. NEW Stacking Coral Reef 

See how many sea creatures can be 

stacked together with this beautiful 

Coral Reef Stacker. Including a large 

piece of wooden sea coral, children 

will be able to enjoy playing with 

the various characters that come 

alongside it. 

EL46228 £59.05 

2. Small World Marine 

Animal Set 

Encourage imagination with this 

detailed set. Creativity will flourish 

as children add to their small world 

play and build deep sea locations. 


Made from rubber. Pack of 5. 

CA07823 £45.93 

3. Small World Ocean Life 

Set 10pcs 

This bright and colourful set of 

ocean animals will provide hours 

of fun. The chunky creatures are 

realistically painted and detailed. 


3 years and up. Length 12cm. Made 


FOLIFE £24.93 

4. Small World Ocean 

Animal Collection 21pcs 

A superb set of sea life creatures. 

Includes pieces like the hump back 

and blue whales, lobsters, pelicans, 

a manta ray and more! Suitable 



CA02598 £72.18 

5. Detailed Sea life 

Collection 

An exquisitely detailed set of small 

world sea life figures. The detail 

of these hand painted sea life 

creatures will inspire the use of rich 

descriptive language in an attempt 

to relay the intricacies of each 

animal. Suitable for age 3 years and 


CA07205 £59.05 

6. Jumbo Small World Sea 

Life Animals 

A wonderful collection of jumbosized 

small world ocean animals. 

Featuring 5 classic sea creatures 

found in any ocean or aquarium, 

this set will encourage immersive 

imaginative play. Suitable for age 3 


CA12067 £262.49 

5 6 

21 5 

330 


1. Wooden Pirate Ship 

This Wooden Pirate Ship is perfect 

for engaging children in imaginative 

small world play... ready to set 

sail! Featuring a crew, captain and 

treasure chest, this pirate ship is 

a fun and stimulating addition to 

your small world area. Suitable 

for 3 to 5 years. H480 x W180 x 


1 

Ocean Adventures 

Small World 

CA02877 £65.61 

2. Classic Wooden Noah’s 

Ark Small World Set 

A great hand crafted rubberwood 

small world ark with 11 animal 

pairs, Noah and his wife. Children 

will love taking the animals onto the 

ark 2 by 2. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. H375 x W550 x D260mm. 


2 

25 

CA07196 Natural £229.68 

3. Pirate Dolls 

A high quality set of movable, 

wooden pirate figures. Incorporate 

this motley crew in to small world 

play. Why not create a pirate 

themed Tuff Tray and fill with 

hidden treasures to discover. 


Height 11cm. Made from wood. 

Pack of 6. 

FPID £30.18 

4. Toddler Wooden Small 

World Pirate Ship 

This magnificent vessel is ideal 

for encouraging story telling and 

conversation. Navigate your way 

through the seven seas, fire the 

cannons and discover hidden 

treasure. Set includes ship, people 

and accessories. Suitable for age 10 

months and up. H34 x L43 x D15cm. 


3 

24 

CA07566 £98.43 


Treasure Island Mat 

A beautifully designed pirate theme 

mat, perfect for use in our Active 

World Tuff Trays. Explore the jungle 

ruins, hide in the smuggler’s cave 

or search the beach with this Active 

World Tuff Tray Mat. Suitable for 

age 10 months and up. Diameter 

860mm. Made from plastic. 

CA06098 £30.18 

6 

4 5 


Small World 

Farm Adventures 

1 2 

1. Wooden Farm Buildings 

Collection 

Play out familiar farm activities with 

this versatile set of two wooden 

farm buildings and fences. H27 x 

W16 x L32cm. 

CA06803 £118.11 

3 4 

5 6 

7 8 

6 

24 

14 

2. Small World Farm 

Animals Set 

A beautifully detailed set of 24 small 

world farm animals. Suitable for age 

3 years and up. Made from plastic. 

Pack of 24. 

FANIM £72.18 

3. Giant Soft Farm Animals 

6pk 

Soft and safe large rubber farm 

animals. Create opportunities for 

children to live out real-world 

farming scenarios and care for 

commonly found livestock with 

these giant small world farm 

animals.Suitable for age 3 years and 

up. Made from rubber. Pack of 6. 

CA11431 £78.74 

4. Oldfield Farm 

Children will love placing animals 

and farm workers in this beautiful 

wooden farmyard set. Suitable for 

age 3 years and up. H47 x L62.5cm. 


CA02572 £85.30 

5. Small World Cobblestone 

Farm 

A classic wooden farm with habitats 

for all of your favourite farmyard 

animals. Suitable for age 3 years 



CA11418 £91.86 

6. Detailed Parent and 

Babies Farm Animals 

These beautifully detailed, hand 

painted farm animals will enhance 

any small world farm. Suitable for 


CA04885 £104.99 

7. Small World Tub of Farm 

Animals 144pcs 

A fantastic, large tub of versatile 

farm yard friends. Suitable for age 



CA06545 £52.49 

8. Natural Wooden Barn 

and Farm Set 

Encourage communication, 

storytelling and small world play 

with this fantastic wooden farmyard 

set. Suitable for age 3 years and up. 


CA06832 £196.86 

144 

36 

332 



Castle Set 

Explore this beautifully crafted small 

world castle and inspire story telling. 

Ignite imagination and conversation 

as the children enact the royal 

family ruling the kingdom from this 

impressive structure. Accessories not 

included. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. H18 x W30 x L40Inch. Made 

from wood. 

1 

Fantasy Adventures 

Small World 

CA07613 £295.30 

2. King Arthur’s Small 

World Castle 

Imagine the medieval adventures of 

knights in their castle with this high 

quality wooden set. This delightful 

castle provides the perfect backdrop 

for fighting dragons, rescuing 

royalty and acting out your favourite 

fairy tales. Suitable for age 3 years 



2 

FMEDC £118.11 

3. Small World Knights and 

Dragons Set 48pcs 

From armoured knights to ferocious 

dragons, children can create their 

own epic adventures. Lower the 

drawbridge and charge out onto the 

fields of your imagination! Suitable 



CA06422 £52.49 

4. Wooden Small World 

Fairy Tale Characters 

A superb set of high quality Fairtrade 

wooden figures. Mix and match this 

adaptable set of fairy tale figures to 

re-enact traditional tales and bring 

them to life. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. Height 7cm. Made from 


3 4 

FTFIG £91.86 

5. Fairy Tale and Medieval 

Small World Figures 

Magical wooden characters to 

enhance small world fairy tale 

play. This beautiful set includes a 

royal family, wizards, fairies and 

knights. Everything you could need 

for enchanting small world play. 



CA04361 £48.55 

5 

48 29 

12 


Small World 

Emergency Services 

1 

1. Fire Station, Firefighters, 

Truck and Accessories 

A fantastic fire service collection 

including the Fire Station, 

Fire Fighters, Fire Engine and 

accessories. Choose from a fire 

station with a ‘working’ fire door 

and a pole for the firefighters to 

slide down, a high-quality wooden 

fire engine with rotating ladder and 

removable hose, and a set of four 

wooden firefighter figures with all 

the accessories they’ll need to fight 

fires. Suitable for age 3 years and 

up. H57 x W59 x D31cm. Made 

from wood. 

CA05041 Fire Station, Firefighters, £203.40 

Truck and Accessories 

041912 Fire Station and Accessories £144.36 

CA01440 Fire Engine £59.05 

CA01441 Fire Fighters £26.24 

2 

3 

2. Police Station and 

Accessories 

The police station will ignite 

hours of imaginative play and will 

encourage conversations around 

the emergency services and their 

role within the community. Comes 

complete with police car and four 

figures. Suitable for age 3 years and 

up. Made from wood. 

CA04619 

Police Station and 

Accessories 

£131.24 

CA03710 Police and Prisoner Figures £26.24 

CA03708 Police Station £78.74 

CA03709 Police Car £39.36 


Hospital Set 

Engage in small world play with 

this fantastic hospital set. With 

accessories ranging from an 

MRI scanner to a helipad for the 

helicopter, privacy screens to a 

clicking elevator and equipment to 

deal with any emergency! Suitable 

for age 3 years and up. H46 x W55 x 

D46cm. Made from wood. 

CA06902 £131.24 

334 


1 

2 

Transport 

Small World 

48 

20 

1. Small World Diecast Car 

Set 48pcs 

A value pack of die cast cars for use 

with play mats or sandpits. Fantastic 

and highly detailed, this pack has 

a mixture of assorted designs and 

each car is brightly coloured. Ideal 

for small world imaginative play. 




3 4 

FCAR £65.61 

2. Tiny Bio Fun Cars 20pk 

A set of chunky bio plastic cars 

perfect for your small world area. 

This bumper set of bio plastic cars 

has been specially designed for 

small hands to hold. Eco friendly 

and excellent for young children 

who enjoy pushing and rolling. 

Suitable from birth. Pack of 20. 

CA11785 £59.05 

3. Small World Vehicle 

Collection 19pcs 

Have hours of fun in small world 

play with this fantastic selection 

of vehicles. A collection of 

designs varying from construction 

vehicles to planes, there’s lots of 

opportunities to expand play. Can 

be used with standard train tracks. 

Vehicles styles may vary. Suitable 



CA06945 £85.30 

4. Small World Die Cast Car 

Set 75pcs 

A bumper set of 75 assorted die 

cast cars, ideal for small world play. 

Each car is realistic, highly detailed 

and a great replica of the real thing. 

Designs may vary. Suitable for age 



CA02609 £89.24 

5. NEW Smart Car Set 

The future is here with this set of 3 

smart cars and their charging point. 

Children can enjoy hours of fun with 

this set of wooden smart cars, as 

they roll along the road. Whilst one 

is charging in the pretend charging 

port, the others can race to see who 

is the fastest. Please note, cars and 

accessories are not battery powered. 

Suitable for 3 to 6 years. H7 x W8 

x L15cm. Made from metal, nylon, 

plastic and rubberwood. Pack of 4. 

EL46200 £18.36 

5 

19 75 

NEW 

3 


Small World 

Construction 

1 

SAVE 

£39 .38 

2 

22 


Construction Site Set 

Bundle Deal 

Dig it, lift it, drill it and flatten it 

with these wonderful wooden 

construction toys. You can be 

confident that while they play, 

children are developing sorting, 

motor and counting skills! Buy 

individual items Built to the highest 

quality, we are confident that 

children will come back to playing 

with them time and time again. It 

will also stimulate discussion around 

teamwork as the vehicles have to 

work together to build. Suitable 




CA02629 

Construction Site 

Equipment 

£41.99 

CA02628 Dump Truck £41.99 

CA02626 Front End Loader £41.99 

CA02624 Digger £41.99 

CA02627 Crane £56.43 

CA02625 Road Roller £41.99 

CA02623 Bulldozer £41.99 

CA01442 Workers £26.24 

2. Small World Construction 

Site Vehicles 

A set of brightly coloured 

construction vehicles. With lots 

of exciting moving parts and 

interactive elements, children will 

love to imagine and play out a day 

at work on the construction site. 



CA11483 £30.18 


Builder’s Yard Mat 

This waterproof PVC mat with its 

delightful illustrations helps children 

immerse themselves in the builder’s 

yard. A great opportunity for using 

‘real world’ items to create a realistic 


months and up. Diameter 860mm. 


AW3 £30.18 

7 

3 

336 


1. Little Lands Construction 

Build stories with this charming set 

of eight stone construction people, 

props and vehicles. Suitable for 10 

months and up. Length 75mm. 

Pack of 8. 

CA12092 £30.18 

1 2 

Small World Accessories 

Small World 

2. Little Lands: Vehicles 

Put your children in the driving 

seat with this set of everyday and 

emergency vehicles that are a 

perfect fit for little hands. Suitable 

for 10 months and up. H50 x W110 

x L180mm. Pack of 8. 

CA11905 £30.18 

3. Little Lands: Houses 

Build great stories and invent 

exciting narratives with this set of 

houses. Suitable for 10 months and 

up. H50 x W110 x L180mm. Pack 

of 8. 

CA11904 £30.18 

4. Little Lands Polar 

A wonderful collection of eight 

polar creatures, great for storytelling 

and creating icy small world scenes. 


H61mm. Pack of 8. 

CA12096 £30.18 

5. Little Lands Farm 

This set of tactile play stones are 

ideal for creating an immersive 

farmyard small world scene! Created 

from a durable stone mix, they are 

designed to be used in outdoor 

or messy play environments and 

can easily be cleaned afterwards. 

Suitable for 10 months and 

up.L75mm. Pack of 8. 

CA12093 £30.18 

6. Little Lands Woodland 

If you go down to the woods today, 

why not take these delightful 

woodland animal sculptures with 

you? Suitable for 10 months and 

up. H61mm. Pack of 8. 

CA12095 £30.18 

7. Little Lands Enchanted 

World 

Create an enchanted and immersive 

world with this set of eight beautiful 

stones, perfect for small world play. 


H74mm. Pack of 8. 

CA12094 £30.18 

8. NEW Monster Stacker 

A set of six monsters with a 

drawstring bag for easy storage. 


H42.8 x W32 x D8cm. Made from 

magnets, mdf, metal, plastic, 

plywood and rubberwood. 

EL46261 £30.18 

3 4 

8 8 

8 8 8 

8 

5 6 

7 8 

8 8 

NEW 


Small World 

Active World Tray Mats 

1 

2 

1. Dinosaur Tuff Tray Mat 

An amazing and detailed dinosaur 

themed tuff tray mat, perfect for 

incorporating messy play into small 

world. Use the mat with wet or dry 

materials for multi-sensory small 

world play. Suitable for age 10 


AW8 £30.18 


Builder’s Yard Mat 

This waterproof PVC mat with its 

delightful illustrations helps children 

immerse themselves in the builder’s 

yard. A great opportunity for using 

‘real world’ items to create a realistic 




AW3 £30.18 

3 4 

3. Farmyard Tuff Tray Mat 

This tuff tray farmyard mat features 

a classic farmyard scene, complete 

with farmhouse. This amazing tuff 

tray accessory can be used wet 

or dry. Use materials from your 

classroom or setting to enhance your 

small world farm play. Suitable for 



AW2 £30.18 


Treasure Island Mat 

A beautifully designed pirate theme 

mat, perfect for use in our Active 

World Tuff Trays. Explore the jungle 

ruins, hide in the smuggler’s cave 

or search the beach with this Active 

World Tuff Tray Mat. Suitable for 



CA06098 £30.18 

5 6 

5. Arctic Tuff Tray Mat 

Explore frozen arctic landscapes 

with this beautifully detailed arctic 

tuff tray mat. Use this tuff tray mat 

with wet and dry materials to create 

a truly realistic small world play 



AW7 £30.18 

6. Transport Tuff Tray Mat 

A beautifully illustrated transport 

themed tuff try mat which can be 

used with wet or dry materials. 

This great tuff tray accessory is a 

wonderful base for small world 

imaginative transport play. Suitable 

for age 10 months and up. Diameter 


CA00257 £30.18 

338 


Outdoor Small World 

1 • Wall mounted for 

space saving 

• Removable floors 

and chalkboard walls 

• Supports 

independence and 

exploration. 

Small World 

NEW 

1. NEW Outdoor Wall Dolls 

House 

A beautiful multi-storey house 

for small world exploration and 

to inspire conversation and 

collaboration. This wooden building 

has removable floors so the child 

can turn this into any small world 

location from their imagination. 

From a garage, construction site, 

fairy world to a superheroes cave. 

This is a fantastic way to create 

narratives and storylines. With 

the chalkboard back, it offers 

possibilities for children to mark 

make. Suitable for 10 months and 

up. H 80cm x W 40cm x D 12cm. 

Small world can encourage children 

to develop their communication 

and language skills by creating 

narratives and storylines. This 

dolls house can be placed on a 

wall, supporting with space in the 

outdoor environment. Dependent 

on the ages of children, it can go 

at different heights to support 

their outdoor learning. Fittings and 

fixtures not supplied. Made from 

Duraply and Chalkboard. H80 x 

W40 x D12cm. 

EL45045 £288.74 


Role Play 

Kitchens 

1 

SAVE 

£65 .63 

2 

SAVE 

£39 .38 

NEW 

1. NEW Boston Kitchen and 

Console Table 

Bring any role play area to life with 

this delightful kitchen and console 

table. This set is ideal for creating a 

home from home space that can be 

configured to suit different spaces. 

The kitchen comes with an oven, 

hob, sink and shelves so children 

can prep and cook their meals all 

in one place, and even clean up 

afterwards. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. 

EL46580 

Boston Kitchen and 

Console Table 

£1,048.69 

EL46581Boston Kitchen £720.56 

EL46582Console Table £392.44 

2. NEW Dining Table and 

Benches 

A simple country style wooden table 

and benches set. A great addition 

to any home corner, where children 

can gather round for mealtimes or 

use as an extra worktop in a busy 

kitchen. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. 

EL46584 Dining Table and Benches £916.13 

EL46579 Set of 2 Benches £353.06 

EL46583 Dining Table £602.44 

NEW 

340 


1 

Kitchens 

Role Play 

1. NEW Tub Chair and Sofa 

Create a cosy and inviting home 

corner with this beautiful chair 

and sofa set. Children can use for 

a quiet place to sit with a book or 

talk with friends Suitable for age 3 

years and up. 

EL46589 Blue Tub Chair and Sofa £824.25 

EL46590 Blue Tub Chair £392.44 

EL46591 Blue Tub Sofa £497.44 

SAVE 

£65 .63 

2. NEW Role Play Fireplace 

A beautifully crafted, country style 

fireplace, complete with a wide 

mantelpiece and six shelves. Children 

can gather themselves around and 

read books or play games as they 

warm themselves by the fireplace. 


H800 x W1120 x D400mm. 

EL46585 £694.31 

NEW 

3. NEW Kaleidoscope Corner 

Display 

A sturdy wooden corner display, 

with four shelves, each complete 

with mirrors This corner unit is 

the perfect addition to enhance 

any home corner, as it can nest in 

a corner and provide opportunity 

to display items while making the 

most of your space. Suitable for age 


D480mm. 

EL46586 £641.81 

2 3 

4. NEW Five Cubby Storage 

This storage unit provides a beautiful 

display solution while also offering 

storage opportunities within the 

home corner. It features two larger 

spaces on top and three small spaces 

below, with soft curved design and 

a neutral maple colour. Suitable for 


D400mm. 

EL46587 £563.06 

5. NEW Wall Mirror with 

Hooks 

This simple wall mirror comes 

complete with four hooks and a 

shelf, providing a handy storage or 

display solution. Ideal for storing 

dressing up clothing, scarves or hats, 

children can self access and utilise 

as part of their play in the home 

corner, while also practising the skills 

required to get themselves ready. 


H840 x W680 x D160mm. 

EL46592 £379.31 

4 

NEW 

5 

NEW 

NEW 

NEW 


Role Play 

Kitchens 

1 

SAVE 

£52 .50 

1. Role Play Wooden 

Kitchen Unit Collection 

Bundle Deal 

A beautifully crafted, high quality 

kitchen set, with contemporary 

silver accents at a fantastic price. 

There’s a sink, a washing machine, 

a cooker and a fridge - perfect for 

creating a familiar environment. 

Some easy assembly required. 


x W40 x D35cm. Made from wood. 

Pack of 4. 


CA03335 Sink £131.24 

CA03332 Cooker £131.24 

CA03333 Fridge £131.24 

CA03334 Washing Machine £131.24 

2 

SAVE 

£65 .63 

2. Country Style Role Play 

Kitchen Bundle Deal 

A beautiful set of cream coloured 

kitchen units perfect for enhancing 

role play. Encourage collaborative 

play and communication as the 

children emulate real life scenarios 

in play. Each unit features wooden 

handles and grey printed detailing, 

easy to open doors and moveable 

dials. Sink, cooker, washing machine 

and fridge: H54 x W40 x D35cm. 

Microwave: H24 x W35 x D26cm. 




CA07851 Microwave £65.61 

CA07848 Cooker £131.24 

CA07849 Washing Machine £131.24 

CA07850 Fridge £131.24 

CA07847 Sink £131.24 

342 


1. NEW Working Kitchen 

Sink 

Create a home from home feeling 

with this fully functional kitchen 

sink. This neat little sink has a pump 

and extendable dish rack that will 

provide children with hours of fun. 

Complete with a soap dispenser, 

crockery and cutlery, children will 

enjoy bringing their home corner 

to life as they wash and dry their 

dishes after having dinner or a cup 

of tea with their friends. Or they 

may decide to replicate members of 

their family as they wash vegetables 

before preparing dinner. The 

opportunities are endless. Suitable 


1 

Home Corner Accessories 

NEW 

Role Play 

EL46367 £35.43 

2. NEW Kitchen Bowls 

Bring your home corner to life with 

this delightful set of kitchen bowls! 

These realistic kitchen bowls are a 

great way for children to explore 

measurements and weights. Each 

bowl is a different colour and when 

nested together, they create a 

beautiful rainbow. Suitable for age 3 


EL46368 £15.74 

3. Toddler Role Play Table 

and Chairs 

A set of two chairs and a table from 

the Heart of the Home Kitchen 

Collection. Ideal for encouraging 

role play and enacting real life 

scenarios. Table measures: W60 

x D60 x H42cm. Chair measures: 

H45 x W28 x D28cm. Height to 

seat 21cm. Supplied flat packed for 


outdoors. Made from wood. 

CA07398 £203.43 

2 3 

NEW 

4. NEW Kitchen Utensils 

Create a realistic home corner 

with this set of six kitchen utensils, 

complete with a stand. From a 

ladle for spooning out stews and 

soups to a spaghetti server to dish 

out pasta, these utensils will have 

children working together to plate 

up a meal. Suitable for age 3 years 


EL46366 £15.74 

9 

5. NEW Kitchen Utensils 

A minimalistic set of kitchen utensils 

to suit all the children’s needs in 

the kitchen. Consisting of a large 

cooking spoon, a draining spoon, a 

pasta server, a meat tenderiser, and 

a fork, this set will provide children 

with hours of fun as they use each 

utensil to cook something delicious. 


Pack of 5. 

EL46369 £39.36 

4 5 

NEW 

NEW 

7 5 


Role Play 

Food 

1 2 

NEW 

NEW 

1. NEW Supermarket 

Grocery Set 

A set of groceries, that children may 

often see in their daily lives. Each 

item of food comes with a simplistic 

label for children to understand 

whilst cooking or role playing their 

weekly shop. Suitable for 3 to 7 

years. Made from cotton, felt, mdf, 

plastic and rubberwood. 

EL46379 £49.86 

2. NEW Pizza 

A tasty pizza cut into slices for 

children to enjoy with friends. 

Consisting of twelve different 

toppings, children can now pick 

and choose their favourite toppings 

to put on their slice. Suitable for 

age 3 years and up. W19 x L22.2 

x D3.5cm. Made from mdf and 

rubberwood. 

EL46384 £32.80 

3. NEW Charcuterie Basket 

A continental set of meats sat in a 

rustic wicker basket. Consisting of 

a slice of ham and egg pie, a ham 

hock, Spanish chorizo, salami, black 

sausage, butcher’s sausages and a 

rasher of bacon, children can now 

have fun with different meats they 

may have eaten previously. Suitable 

for age 3 years and up. W15.5 x 

L15.5 x D5.5cm. Made from cotton, 

plastic rattan and rubberwood. 

EL46385 Charcuterie Basket £28.86 

4. Role Play Picnic Basket 

and Accessories. 

Anyone for a picnic? Lay down a 

blanket and use a make-believe 

picnic as the perfect arena for 

communication. Suitable for age 3 

years and up. H12.5 x W28 x L21cm. 

CA11421 £48.55 

3 

4 

NEW 

344 


1. Bulk Role Play Food Set 

93pk 

A 93 piece collection of realistic, 

durable role play food. Includes a 

broad range of food items from 

different world cultures. The next 

best thing to real food! Crates and 

plates not included. Suitable for 



1 

Food 

Role Play 

CA10033 £131.24 

2. Breakfast Food Set 

A selection of breakfast food items. 

Baskets and plates not included. 



CA10346 £43.30 

93 

3. Role Play Lunch Food Set 

30pk 

A selection of role play lunch foods 

to wet every appetite. Provoke open 

and honest conversations about 

many different types of food with 

the children in your setting. Help 

them understand how to make 

healthy food choices through play. 



2 

CA10348 £52.49 

4. Role Play Multicultural 

Food Set 30pk 

A collection of detailed foods from 

around the world. Provoke open and 

honest conversations about many 

different types of food with the 

children in your setting. Help them 

understand how to make healthy 

food choices through play. Suitable 

for age 10 months and up. Made 


CA10345 £55.11 

3 

32 

30 

4 

30 


Role Play 

Tableware 

1 

1. Bio Plastic Role Play 

Dinner Set 22pcs 

A beautiful set of neutrally coloured 

sugarcane dinnerware. With the 

durability of plastic, but the benefits 

of being made from a sustainable 

source, this set is a fantastic 

addition for every setting. What 

real life scenarios will you rehearse? 


up. The Bio Plastic Role Play Dinner 

Set can be cleaned with denatured 

alcohol, is dishwasher safe and can 

be washed in hand with water and 

soap. This resource can be washed 

again and again, providing children 

with safe and consistent daily play 

opportunities. Suitable to be left 

outdoors. Made from bio plastic. 

Pack of 22. 

CA10548 £30.18 

2 

3 

22 

22 

2. Green Bean Recycled Role 

Play Dinner Set 

A great role play dinner set made 

from 100% recycled eco-labelled 

plastic. Use this set inside and 

out. Because of the unique 

recycling process used to make this 

dinnerware set, each one is unique 

in pattern and colour. Suitable for 

age 10 months and up. Introduce 

the topic of sustainability into role 

play using this delightful dinnerware 

set. Children will be intrigued by the 

different feel of this new recycled 

material and the patterns and 

colour differences. The set is bound 

to spark a whole range of curious 

questions. Pack of 22. 

CA11790 £18.36 

3. Plastic Role Play Kitchen 

Dinnerware Set 78pcs 

A fantastic bumper set of brightly 

coloured and robust everyday 

kitchen accessories. This large set 

is perfect for use in a home corner. 

It is great for role play and sorting 

activities. Watch as the children 

create a cafe or restaurant with this 

brightly coloured set. The Plastic 

Role Play DInnerware Set can be 

cleaned with denatured alcohol, 

is dishwasher safe and can be 

washed in hand with water and 

soap. This resource can be washed 

again and again, providing children 

with safe and consistent daily play 

opportunities. Suitable for age 3 

years and up. Suitable to be left 

outdoors. Made from plastic. Pack 

of 78. 

CA00013 £45.93 

78 

346 


1. Outdoor Wooden Corner 

Kitchen Unit 

This high quality, sturdy kitchen unit 

fits perfectly into a corner. Featuring 

a large surface area for a group of 

children to collaborate and create 

together! Watch as they slosh, 

mash and stir their mixtures in the 

large, removable sink. The wood is 

made from Scandinavian Redwood 

and is guaranteed against rot and 

insect damage for 10 years. Suitable 

for age 3 years and up. Supplied flat 




wood. 

1 

Outdoor Kitchens 

Role Play 



2. Wooden Outdoor Messy 

Mud Kitchen 

Children will love creating their 

magical concoctions at this versatile 

outdoor kitchen. Featuring a 

removable rubber sink and shelving 

for ingredients, encouraging 

exploration and experimentation 

with different materials. Suitable for 

age 10 months and up. H110 x W50 

x L90cm. Made from wood. 

CA07545 £395.00 

3. Outdoor Economy 

Corner Kitchen 

A quality, affordable kitchen, ideal 

for use in a variety of messy play 

and role play scenarios. Large bench 

space enables collaborative play. 

Featuring a removable sink, a handy 

shelf to store your ingredients and 

hooks to hang your utensils. Use 

the chalkboard for mark making 

or creating your menus. A truly 

versatile resource. Made from 

Scandinavian Redwood, which 

has a 10 year guarantee against 

rot and insect damage. Suitable 



left outdoors. H90 x W100 x L100 


wood. 

CA10379 £885.94 

2 3 

4 

4. The Outdoor Kitchen 

These four units are ideal for 

outdoor role play, whatever the 

weather. Get busy cooking in the 

great outdoors! Designed to be 

left outside, they are made from 

tanalised timber for robustness. 

Designs may vary. Made from 




years. Suitable for age 10 months 





CA04218 £984.38 


Role Play 

Outdoor Kitchen Accessories 

1 2 

NEW 

NEW 

1. NEW Curved Wooden 

Board 

A beautifully crafted set of wooden 

curved boards, a great addition to a 

messy play station or role play home 

corner. Suitable for age 3 years and 


EL46170 £32.80 

2. NEW Natural Teak Bowls 

A selection of beautifully crafted 

wooden natural teak bowls, perfect 

for messy play, loose parts and role 

play. Suitable for age 3 years and 

up. H8cm. Made from teak. 

3 4 

NEW 

2 

NEW 

3 

EL46162 £39.36 




setting. Suitable for age 3 years 



CA06674 £35.43 

4. Metal Pestle and Mortar 

Set 

Mix and mash ingredients in this 

set of 3 metal pestle and mortars. 


Pack of 3. 

CA07703 £48.55 

2 

3 3 

5 6 

7 8 

NEW 

15 8 

NEW 

5. Mud Kitchen Pizza 

Topping Stones 

Create your own pizza with these 

realistic ingredient stones. H50 x 

W110 x L180mm. Pack of 15. 

CA11895 £31.49 

6. Mud Kitchen Breads Of 

The World 

Explore the culinary world with this 

realistic bread selection. Outside 

in the mud kitchen or inside in 

the bakery, these breads are made 

from a stone mix that makes them 

durable and easy to clean. Suitable 

for age 10 months and up. H50 x 

W110 x L180mm. Pack of 8. 

CA11896 £31.49 

7. NEW Messy Play Teak 

Bubble Stirrers 

This set of beautifully crafted bubble 

wands are perfect for inspiring 

engaging messy play. Use to mix, stir, 

blend and blow as children explore 

these magical teak stirrers in the 

mud kitchen or home corner.Suitable 


EL46509 £15.74 

8. NEW Large Wooden Beach 

Boards 

A beautiful set of three hand-painted 

wooden beach boards. Suitable for 


EL46111 £118.11 

5 3 

348 


1. Outdoor Market Stall 

An open ended, multi-functional, 

robust wooden stall suitable 

for different role play scenarios. 




x D94cm. 

CA07862 Assisted Delivery £918.75 

CA06631 Standard Delivery £787.50 

2. Outdoor Wooden Role 

Play Shop 

Engage children in fun 

mathematical role play with this 

beautifully crafted outdoor shop. 

Suitable from birth. H120 x W90 


wood. Single. 

CA04204 £472.49 


Register 

This ingenious calculator cash 

register is perfect for all money 

topics and shopping scenarios. 



MA03342 £35.43 

4. Wooden Till 

A beautifully made till, ideal for 

mathematical role play. Busy 

shopkeepers will love this wooden 

till. It has a small drawer for notes 

and coins (not included). Made 

from Poplar Wood and can be 

used indoors and out. Suitable 

from birth. Not suitable to be left 


CA04744 £59.05 








coin denomination from 1p ‭to £2.63 


Pack of 480. 

MA03373 £59.05 

6. Plastic Money Coins 

(160) and Notes (32) 

Give money solving activities a 

sense of realism with this set of 

indestructible play notes and ‭coins. 

Covering all coin denominations 

up to £2.63 and notes £6.56 up to 

£65.63 Suitable for age 3 years and 


MA03372 £34.11 

7. Mobile Wooden Role 

Play Market Stall 

This mobile wooden market stall 

with locking castors is perfect 

for supporting collaborative play. 


H1300 x W1200 x D420mm. Made 

from melamine. 

CA04821 £367.49 

8. Outdoor Role Play Shop 

and Theatre 


double-sided wooden market stall 

and theatre! Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. H1270 x W910 x D440mm. 

CA05453 £472.49 

1 2 

3 4 

5 6 

7 8 

Shopping 

480 192 

Role Play 


Role Play 

Dressing Up 

1 

1. Traffic and Emergency 

Dress Up Tabards 5pk 

A set of tabards, the perfect 

addition to your dressing up box. 

These tabards include traffic and 

roadwork signs and emergency 

service workers. 3-6 years. Pack 

of 5. 

CA04378 £65.61 

2 

5 

6 

2. People Who Help Us Role 

Play Tabards 6pcs 

A set of tabards, each reflecting 

familiar key roles. Act out real life 

scenarios and become a Fire Fighter, 

Doctor, Dentist, Police Officer, 

Paramedic or Crossing Patrol person. 

Made from washable polycotton 

Children will love to use these 

tabards during role play activities. 

3-6 years. Pack of 6. 

CA01227 £48.55 

3. Multicultural Dressing Up 

Clothes Bundle Deal 

A set of beautifully made clothes 

inspired by fabrics, patterns and 

materials from different cultures. 

Explore themes of community and 

commonality and develop cultural 

awareness whilst playing together. 

All clothes are easy to put on and 

take off and are made from heavyduty, 

durable materials ideal for 

lots of play. Travel the world and 

expand children’s knowledge of 

different cultures and communities 

with our beautifully made dressing 

up clothes. 

3 

SAVE 

£24 .61 4. Animal Capes 4pk 

£19 .69 

6 

4 

Perhaps discuss the similarities 

between aspects of the children’s 

own clothes and the clothes in 

these sets, encouraging them to 

find other beautiful things which 

may have been inspired by different 

cultures. 3-5 years. Made from 

cotton. 

CA05387 Buy All and Save £216.49 

CA02186 Chinese Boy £39.36 

CA02183 African Boy £39.36 

CA02189 Japanese Girl £39.36 

CA02184 African Girl £39.36 

CA02187 Indian Boy £39.36 

CA02188 Indian Girl £39.36 

A set of animal capes for your 

dressing up area. Available in two 

sets of four, in a soft fabric. Jungle 

set contains a monkey, elephant, 

tiger and crocodile. Farmyard set 

contains a pig, cow, chicken and 

fox. 3-5 years. Made from cotton. 

Pack of 4. 

CA03690 Farmyard £78.74 

CA03689 Jungle £78.74 

4 

350 


1 

1. In the Community 

Outfits 

A great value set of role play 

outfits. Create a community in the 

classroom with these Police, Fire 

Fighter, Postie, Crossing Patrol, Pilot 

and Chef outfits. Suitable for 3 to 5 

years. Made from fabric. Pack of 6. 

CA10935 

In the Community 

Outfits 6pk 

£174.49 

CA07570 Pilot £30.18 

FCHEF Chef £30.18 

CA02174 Crossing Patrol £30.18 

CA02175 Fire Fighter £30.18 

CA02180 Post Person £30.18 

CA02179 Police Officer £30.18 

2. Occupational Outfits 

A fantastic, money-saving set of 

role play outfits. Children can help 

both animals and people with this 

fantastic set of outfits, including 

Paramedic, Doctor, Nurse, Surgeon, 

Dentist and Vet. Suitable for 3 to 5 


CA10936 

Occupational Outfits 

6pk 

£163.99 

FDOCT Doctor £30.18 

CA02177 Nurse £30.18 

CA07569 Dentist £30.18 

CA02181 Surgeon £30.18 

CA02182 Vet £30.18 

CA02178 Paramedic £30.18 

2 

Dressing Up 

SAVE 

£6 .56 

SAVE 

£21 £17 .06 .33 

6 

Role Play 

6 


Role Play 

Dressing Up Furniture 

1 

1. Outdoor Dress Up Unit 

A great outdoor storage solution 

for dress up, with plenty of space 

to store accessories and a long 

mirror to view your costume. Fill 

with all your favourite fancy dress 

and role play outfits. The storage 

shelves are great for adding baskets 

to fill with accessories. The unit 

comes complete with hooks and 

a mirror. Made from pre-treated 

Scandinavian Redwood which 

is guaranteed against rot and 

insect infestation for 10 years. 

With lockable castors. Supplied 


D58.5cm. Made from sustainable 

wood. 

CA06095 £656.25 

2. Outdoor Role Play Dress 

Up Panel 


wonderful Wooden Dress Up Panel. 

Allow children to explore role play 

outdoors as they independently 

access accessories, dress-up 

costumes, fabrics and much more. 


H128 x W90 x D10cm. Made from 

wood. Weight 30kg. 

CA12060 £629.99 

3. Mobile Cloakroom Unit 

With twenty double hooks and a 

deep storage tray, this portable 

cloakroom is perfect for small 

spaces. Easy for children to 

independently access, this mobile 

cloakroom is perfect for storing 

outdoor clothing, aprons or 

lunchboxes! Supplied flat packed for 


FMOBCL £97.11 

2 3 

352 


1 2 

Role Play Accessories 

Role Play 

4 5 

1. Light Up Phones 

A set of 4 rechargeable, tactile 

phones that feature touch activated 

number buttons, incorporating 

technology and communication skills 

to encourage lively conversations 

and role play scenarios. Who will 

you call? Will it be the garage, 

the dentist or the queen? A great 

resource for experimenting, 

exploring and making connections. 

Age: 10 months+ Pack of 4. 

CA10980 £131.24 

2. Mini Microphones 

Support children’s speaking 

and listening skills with this 

set of recordable talking Mini 

Microphones! A great way to 

build children’s confidence, record 

a message for 40 seconds and 

playback with the option to use a 

fun voice changer. Suitable for age 

10 months and up. H12cm. Made 


CA07203 £118.11 

3. Rechargable Mobile 

Phones 6pk 

A set of 6 modern mobile phones 

which can telephone each other up 

to 50 meters away. Unlike traditional 

walkie talkies these rechargeable 

mobile phones allow for two way 

simultaneous conversation. Suitable 

for age 3 years and up. W6.5 x L12.5 

x D1.5cm. Made from plastic. Pack 

of 6. 

CA04195 £196.86 


Detectors 4pk 








3 years and up. W8 x L20cm. Made 


CA04176 £216.55 

3 

4 

6 

4 


Role Play 

Construction Site 

1 2 

3 4 

5 

25 

5 6 

1. Real Mini Bricks L12 x 

D3.5cm 25pk 

Get busy building with these mini 

bricks, made from real clay and 

ideal for construction sites, counting 

and much more. With all the same 

properties as house bricks, children 

will love ‘cementing’ them together 

with wet play sand. Suitable for 

age 3 years and up. Depth 3.5cm. 

Length 12cm. Pack of 25. 

CA04523 £137.80 

2. Role Play Foam House 

Building Bricks 

Bring realistic building to your 

setting with these high-quality, soft 

and safe foam bricks. These building 

bricks are the size and colour of 

real house bricks. However, unlike 

real building bricks, they are made 

from strong, plastic covered foam. 


CA12203 10pk £39.36 

FPREHB 25pk £85.30 

CA00968 75pk £223.08 

3. Wooden Tool Collection 

5pk 

A great set of wooden tools to 

help budding builders. Create an 

inviting workshop for children to 

explore their own capabilities and 

imagination. Suitable for age 3 

years and up. Made from wood. 

Pack of 5. 

CA11445 £52.49 

4. Assorted Wooden Tool 

Collection 5pcs and 

Caddy 

A beautifully made wooden 

collection of traditional tools 

housed in a handy tool caddy. 

The tools are chunky and robust. 

Children will enjoy being in the role 

play workshop, the garage, the 

building site or just generally fixing 

things. Suitable for age 10 months 


outdoors. Length 30cm. Made from 


Contents 

1 x Caddy 

1 x Screwdriver 

1 x Hammer 

1 x Spanner 

1 x Pliers 

1 x Saw 

CA04704 £65.61 

5. Role Play Foam Breeze 

Blocks 

Whether you’re building walls, a 

home for the Three Little Pigs or 

constructing towers, children will 

have fun with these role play breeze 

blocks. Lightweight and safe if they 

topple, and wipe clean so they go 

well with wet sand. Suitable for age 

3 years and up. Grey. H16 x L19 x 

D12cm. 

CA12205 10pk £59.05 

CA01170 20pk £104.98 

CA02943 60pk £301.80 

354 


1 

Dolls 

Role Play 

1. Soft Bodied Dolls 

Beautifully designed, soft bodied 

dolls. Dolls can be washed in a 

pillowcase at 30 degrees. Suitable 

from birth. Length 40cm. Made 



CA04877 Harper £36.74 

CA04875 Hope £36.74 

CA04873 Sanjay £36.74 

CA04878 Mia £36.74 

CA04871 Oliver £36.74 

CA04876 Bella £36.74 

CA04874 Leigh £36.74 

CA04872 Benji £36.74 

2. Anatomically Correct 

Baby Doll 

These anatomically correct realistic 

baby dolls are available in black and 

white skin tones for both boys and 

girls. Children will love playing with 

these realistic baby dolls. Suitable 

from birth. Length 40cm. Made 

from plastic. 

CA02396 

Anatomically Correct Baby 

Doll Bundle Deal 

£51.14 

FEMG Girl - White £14.43 

CA02235 Boy - White £14.43 

CA02236 Girl - Black £14.43 

FEMB Boy - Black £14.43 

3. Hard Bodied Dolls 

These , anatomically correct, hardbodied 

dolls are an ideal way to 

expand your role play area. All dolls 

feature a moveable head, limbs and 

realistic hair. Height 42cm. Made 



FDOLL5 Ava £35.43 

FDOLL7 Jade £35.43 

CA02232 Buddy £35.43 

FDOLL2 Beau £35.43 

FDOLL4 Hugo £35.43 

CA02233 Zoe £35.43 

CA02231 Funmi £35.43 

CA02234 Duke £35.43 

2 

3 

SAVE 

SAVE 

£13 .13 

SAVE 

£13 .13 

£6 .56 


Role Play 

Dolls Accessories 

1 

NEW 

2 

NEW 

1. NEW Car Seat & Carrier 

Set 

A unique set including a doll carrier 

and a car seat. Watch children’s 

imagination grow wild as they carry 

their babies close to their hearts 

and make sure they are safe and 

comfortable whilst travelling in a 

car. Suitable for age 3 years and up. 

EL46234 £39.36 

2. NEW Doll Stroller 

A modern multifunctional pram 

and pushchair all rolled into one. 

Consisting of a stroller, a removable 

carrycot, a nursery bag, storage 

space beneath the pram and an 

adjustable handle, children can 

spend hours taking their babies on 

adventures. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. 

EL46229 £98.43 

3 4 

NEW 

3. NEW Moses Basket with 

Bed Set 

A woven wicker role play Moses 

basket with a floral bed set. 

Children will now be able to take 

their sleeping baby with them 

anywhere with this moses basket 

and be happy that they are kept 

cosy and warm by the floral cushion 

and duvet. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. 

EL46278 £32.80 

4. Wooden Dolls Pram 

A beautiful wooden pram in grey, 

white and natural wood. Tuck baby 

up and take it for a stroll while 

playing families. Suitable for age 


L56cm. Made from wood. 

CA11417 £150.93 

5 

5. Role Play Doll’s Rocking 

Cradle 

A versatile cradle that can stand still 

or rock. Simply turn upside down to 

choose a rocking bed or a standing 

cot. Includes a pillow and quilt 

cover. H34 x W40 x L53cm. 

CA10294 £74.80 

356 


english & literacy 

contents 

360-361 literacy essentials 

362 alphabet 

363-381 phonics 

382-392 reading 

393-394 reading comprehension 

395-399 spelling, punctuation & grammar 

400-403 writing 

404-405 language development 

406 eal 

407 speaking & listening 

408 outdoor literacy 

409-410 dicontionaries 


Phonics 

StoryTime Phonics 

What is 

Systematic 

Synthetic 

Phonics? 

Systematic Synthetic Phonics (ssp) 

continues to be the number one method 

for teaching early reading. Children learn to 

recognise the individual sounds of spoken 

language (phonemes) and connect them to 

the written letters (graphemes). The letters 

are then blended together (synthesised) to 

make words. Children are taken through all 

the alphabetic sounds in a systematic way. 

DfE Accreditation 

The DfE are accrediting schemes that meet 

a strict set of criteria, and the full list will 

be published in 2022. This, however, is 

not statutory. If schools are happy with 

their phonics provision, they need not 

change anything. 

A fresh and joyful approach to Phonics 


Introducing our own SSP Scheme! 

StoryTime Phonics is a holistic whole class 

approach to learning to read. Its systematic 

approach uses real books to teach and 

contextualise each phoneme, ensuring high 

level engagement right from the start. 

See pages 

378 & 379 

for more 

information 

Buy here 

LI02321 

£3,125.00 

358 


Reading: 

Supporting Children’s 

Emotional Literacy 

With emotional literacy being a combination of recognising your own emotions, 

noticing emotions in others and having the words to express those feelings, there 

are many ways reading can help. 

Let’s consider each of these points in turn: 

LI10637 – Outdoor 


See page 150 for 

more information 

By Rachel Clarke, Director of Primary 

English Education Consultancy. 

Recognising your own emotions 

Use books that mirror how the children in your class may be feeling at key times to allow them to find a better way to 

express how they feel. 

Noticing emotions in others 

Make time for discussion about the feelings and emotions of the characters in books. This could be as a class or with the 

children talking amongst themselves. 

Language for expressing emotions 

Reading is one of the best places to start. From an early age, we need to introduce books that use a wide range of 

emotional language. When you’re reading with children, ask open-ended questions that help them step into the shoes 

of a character or person. Say, ‘How do you think that made him feel?’ or, ‘How would you feel if that happened to you? 

Books to suit 

Emotional 

Literacy… 

1. NEW Big Words for Little 

People 

An exciting new series that supports 

grown-ups to talk about feelings 

and how to express them with 

children. Each picture book contains 

carefully-chosen feature words that 

are woven into a flowing narrative. 

These are combined with fun 

illustrations to create supportive 

and engaging picture books that 

are perfect for sharing and reading 

together. Pack of 6. 

LT46005 Set 1 £44.99 

LT46006 Set 2 £44.99 

Set 2 

Set 1 

2. NEW TreeTops Reflect Reading Packs 

These emotionally powerful books to make your children think are a great 

addition to any classroom. These thought provoking books have been 

written by top children’s authors and developed by Literacy expert and series 

editor Nikki Gamble. Pack of 8. 

LT46008 Set 1 £87.49 

LT46009 Set 2 £91.24 


Essentials 

360 

Essentials 

1 2 

Easy to take learning outdoors 

with all of the required essentials. 

3 4 

Build reading skills with hands-on 

literacy resources that help children 

practice and learn at home. 

5 6 

7 8 

Ideal for handwriting 

and phonics practice. 

SAVE 

£37 .50 

A2 and A1 are also supplied 

with wall fixings and pen tray. 

Perfect for sounding out 

and blending sounds. 

SAVE 

30 

£112 .50 

SAVE 

£43 .75 

Large measures 109.5cm x 112.5cm, 

small measures 67.5cm x 73cm. 

1. NEW Outdoor Learning 

Essentials Collection 

Essential resources for recording 

learning whilst outdoors . This 

collection of outdoor learning 

essentials are great for recording 

your outdoor learning activities, 

whilst also making it quick and easy 

to take learning outdoors, with all of 

the essentials you need. 

LI10638 £164.91 

2. NEW Magnetic Dry-Wipe 

erase board set 

This Dry-erase board with a built-in 

slider helps build phonological 

awareness. The built-in slider on 

these durable, easy-to-use, dry-erase 

boards provides a tactile element to 

sounding out and blending sounds. 

LT45267 £57.49 

3. NEW Literacy 

Manipulatives at home Kit 

The ideal solution for children who 

need to engage in hands-on literacy 

practice at home. This kit includes 

some of our most popular and 

commonly used hands-on literacy 

resources. 

LT45266 £31.24 

4. Wedge Whiteboards 

The Wedge is a great value original 

multi-purpose resource for all 

teachers. A great value resource 

with a double sided, dual purpose 

surface both magnetic and dry-wipe. 

MWEDGE A3 £112.49 

047774 A2 £118.74 

5. Show-Me Magnetic 

Framed Large Portable 

Whiteboards 

Show-me high quality magnetic 

drywipe boards are ideal for portable 

use or if no desk surface is available 

Larger portable sizes that are great 

for creating class mind maps in 

a wide range of environments. 

Magnetic. 

LI00236 A3 £20.63 

LI00238 A2 £31.24 

6. Wipe Clean Whiteboard 

Class Kit 

A great value complete whiteboard 

class set, including all necessary 

accessories to get your class writing.. 

A4. 

L-KIT 30pk £87.49 

L3KITBP 150pk £324.94 

7. Double Sided Magnetic 

Boards 

These magnetic boards are perfect 

to use with magnetic letters and 

word tiles, whilst also being dry wipe 

for every day use. Great for children 

to demonstrate their understanding, 

making use of the magnetic surface. 

Ideal for handwriting and phonics 

practice. Suitable for 5 to 11 years. 

Made from magnets. A4. 

LI00545 6pk £21.24 

LI00779 30pk £62.44 

8. Word Pocket Chart 

These durable pockets are ideal 

for presenting words, pictures, 

deconstructing sentences and 

playing games. Single. 

LWPOC Medium £27.49 

LLPOC Large £29.99 


1. NEW Dry erase joined up 

Handwriting boards 

Encourage letter formation with 

these versatile double sided dry 

erase handwriting boards. Features 

numbered sequences and guide 

lines to encourage letter formation 

in both joined Cursive and Upper / 

Lower Case Alphabet. Pack of 30. 

1 

2 

SAVE 

£62 .50 

Essentials 

Essentials 

LT45496 £58.74 

2. Easi-View Visualiser 

Ideal for all sorts of applications, 

from sharing work to animation. 

Easi-View brings together all the 

most popular features of a visualiser 

at a fraction of the price. Developed 

from teacher ideas we have created 

a simple to use device which is 

useable by both teachers and 

children. Suitable for 5 to 16 years. 

30 

EL00460 Single £156.24 

EL00461 6pk £874.93 

3. Colour Book band labels 

Save time and money on organising your 

books with this handy, self-contained 

set of colour-coded labels. The perfect 

solution for organising your school library. 


3 

4 

LI00793 £56.24 

4. Phoneme Frame Whiteboards 

A useful every day resource for 

practising blending and segmenting 

exercises in phonics lessons. Suitable 

for use throughout all the different 

phonics phases. These write on wipe 

off, double-sided boards feature 

either a two and three phoneme 

frame or a four and five phoneme 

frame. Suitable for 5 to 11 years. 


LI00313 4/5 frames £24.99 

LI00312 2/3 frames £23.74 

4250 

5 

7 

6 

5. Budget Whiteboards 

Great quality budget whiteboards, 

durable for every day use in all 

classrooms throughout school. 

These boards have rounded corners 

for safety and are lined on one 

side, blank on the reverse. Use with 

dry wipe pens in a wide range of 

curriculum areas. Made from 650 

micron gloss, white PVC. A4. 

LBBRD1 150pk £237.44 

LBBRD 30pk £58.74 

6. Dry Wipe Boards With 

Handwriting Guidelines 

A4 whiteboards with three sets 

of handwriting guidelines clearly 

printed on one side and plain 

whiteboard for general use on the 

reverse. Perfect for guided letter 

formation work in a group without 

needing to rule lines in books or use 

large quantities of paper. Pack of 6. 

6 

LDRY £21.24 

7. Large Book Bags 

With a full length index strip, the contents 

of each bag can be clearly marked or colour 

coded, great for organisation in your school 

library. Made from tear-proof material, each 

bag has a carrying capacity of up to 10 kilos. 

Length 360mm. Pack of 10. Width 660mm. 

LBAG £49.99 

6 10 


Alphabet 

Alphabet 

1 

• The consonant 

counters are 

blue, and the 

vowel counters 

are red. 

1. NEW Lowercase Alphabet 

counters 

Use these letter counters for early 

years literacy activities including 

learning lowercase letters, building 

long and short words, and more. 

The counters have a metal ring on 

the outside and can be used with 

the Colourful Magnetic Wands 

(sold separately) to add a handson, 

interactive element to literacy 

activities in the classroom. 

LT45964 £31.24 

• Includes 6 sets 

of 26 lowercase 

alphabet 

letters. 

2. NEW Alphabet Rhyme 

Time Characters Set 1 

These beautifully crafted beech 

wood shapes are printed front 

and back with characters from the 

nursery rhymes. Set 1 has 8 objects: 

a bicycle, five ducklings, a bus and a 

spider. Enabling children to re-enact 

the rhymes for the letters d, q, v 

and i. 

EL46283 £24.99 

156 

2 3 

3. NEW Alphabet Rhyme 

Time Characters Set 2 

These beautifully crafted beech 

wood shapes are printed front 

and back with characters from the 

nursery rhymes. Set 2 has 7 objects: 

a cow, a cat, two birds, a pie, a 

teapot and a cup. Enabling children 

to re-enact the rhymes for the letters 

c, p, x and t. 

EL46285 £24.99 

Enables children to re-enact the 

rhymes for the letters d, q, v and i. 

Enables children to re-enact the 

rhymes for the letters c, p, x and t. 

4. Alphabet Threading 

Beads 

Bright and colourful chunky beads of 

lower and uppercase letters, perfect 

for reinforcing letter recognition, 

alphabet sequencing and spellings. 

Includes 6 laces and 76 beads which 

measure 2.5 cm. 

LGAB £49.99 

5. Playground Flowers 

These playground signs are a great 

way to help teach the alphabet 

outdoors. The brightly coloured 

flowers show 26 alphabet letters and 

six digraphs. Great to attach to the 

wall as reminders or to simply use in 

playground games. Suitable for 3 to 


LPLAP £224.99 

4 5 

• Great for reinforcing 

letter recognition, 

alphabet sequencing 

and spellings. 

• Includes upper and 

lowercase letters. 

• Perfect for fine motor 

skills. 

32 

362 


1. NEW Free Flow Phonics 

Kit 1 

Our new Phonics kit provides you 

with the essentials needed to teach. 

Contains a wall frieze, phoneme 

frames for phases 2-5 of phonics, 

CVC magnets as well as foam 

magnetic letters from phase 2-5. 

1 

Phonics Kits 

Phonics 

LT45277 £134.91 


Kit 2 

These bright and colourful resources 

allow for engaging, fun phonics 

learning. Contains our best selling 

multi-sensory phonics resources such 

as Alphabet Silicon Mats, Phonics 

Silicon Mats and 44 sound and 

spelling bags. 

LT45278 £187.44 

The magnetic word strips are 

ideal for CVC word building. 

SAVE 

£37 .50 


Kit 3 

A complete Phonics kit full of 

natural, wooden resources and 

a lovely addition to any Literacy 

collection. Contains some of our best 

selling natural resources; wooden 

writing boards, alphabet discs, 

wooden 44 sounds, wooden tricky 

words and wooden high frequency 

words. 

2 

SAVE 

£43 .75 

LT45279 £181.19 


Kit 4 

A bright, colourful set of cards 

for use in teaching the letters and 

graphemes. These hard-wearing 

cards, suitable to display and use 

in any learning environment, act 

as a useful every day resource for 

blending and segmenting exercises. 

3 

Contains all phonemes from each 

Letters and Sounds phonic phase. 

LT45280 £110.57 

• A multi-sensory resource 

to develop blending and 

segmenting skills. 

• A multi-sensory resource 

to develop blending and 

segmenting skills. 

• The magnetic word 

strips are ideal for CVC 

word building. 

The natural writing boards are a 

lovely yet different approach to 

recording and creativity. 

SAVE 

£25 .00 

4 

These hard-wearing cards, 

suitable to display and use 

in any learning environment, 

act as a useful every 

day resource for blending 

and segmenting exercises. 

SAVE 

£43 .75 


Phonics 

Phonics Kits 

1 

SAVE 

£37 .50 

Contents 

Includes: ‘Rhyming Bag’ 

containing over 40 wooden 

rhyming pieces, ‘Initial 

Sounds Bag’ containing 

over 70 illustrated wooden 

pieces representing different 

initial sounds, ‘Sing it Bag’ 

containing 22 laminated cards 

and wooden pieces from 

popular nursery rhymes, a 

simple, rhyming bingo game, 

10 double-sided mirrors, 

a collection of musical 

instruments for musical 

matching activities, includes 

triangle, bells, egg shakers, 

drums and maracas 



specifically developed to help teach 

Phase 1 of Letters and Sounds. This 

kit provides the essential resources 

that are needed for learning activities 

associated with this phase. 


LI00600 £312.49 

• Fun, engaging resources to support early phonic learning 

• Resources support aspects of rhythm, rhyme, and sound discrimintation 

• Everything you need in one complete kit! 

• Strengthens provision for EAL children 

2 

Phonics kits are 

the perfect way 

to resource your 

phonics lessons. Each 

kit contains a wide 

variety of resources 

that can be used in 

many different way, 

either by the teacher 

or by the children for 

independent learning. 

Contents 

1 x set of 44 sounds stickers 

Transparent pockets wall 

chart with 2 object cards per 

pocket and 48 object pieces 

18 x phoneme fans 

1 x set of 23 A4 double sided 

mnemonic flashcards 

1 x phoneme frieze 

1 x buried treasure activity 

1 x decodable and tricky 

• Fun, engaging resources to support early phonic learning 

• Resources support aspects of rhythm, rhyme, and sound discrimintation 

• Everything you need in one complete kit! 

• Strengthens provision for EAL children 

2. Phonics Phase 2 kit 


specifically developed to help you 

teach Phase 2 of Letters and Sounds. 

This kit provides a range of resources 

that will help children extend their 

phonics learning through fun, 

engaging activities. 


LI00602 £243.74 

364 


Contents 

1 x transparent pocket wall 

chart with 2 objects pieces 

per pocket and 56 object 

pieces 

24 x Phase 3 magnetic high 

frequency words 

18 x phoneme fans 

1 x set of 26 A4 double 

sided illustrated mnemonic 

flashcards 

1 x phoneme frieze 

1 x buried treasure act 

1 

Phonics Kits 

Phonics 

• Developed in line with 

Phase 3 of Letters and 

Sounds. 

• Expands children’s 

knowledge through a 

variety of resources 

• Consolidates learning 

from previous phase 






that can be used by the teacher and 

pupils to support Phase 3 phonics 

learning. All resources provided in a 

sturdy, wicker basket. Suitable for 3 

to 8 years. 

LI00604 £299.99 

Contents 

240 double sided cards 

A set of 19 illustrated cards 

A decodable and tricky word 

talk ball 

A set of 10 A5 illustrated 

pictures with corresponding 

sentence strips 

An ‘I Can’ book for practising 

reading 

A set of 15 illustrated A5 

flashcards and corresponding 

flashcards depicting CVCC 

words 

Buried treasure activity 

2 

• Help children to read 

and spell CVC, CCVC 

and CVCC words 

• Practise reading tricky 

words 

• Ideal resources for 

independent and group 

learning 

2. Phonics Phase 4 kit. 





that can be used by the teacher and 

pupils to support Phase 4 phonics 

learning. All resources provided in a 

sturdy, wicker basket. Suitable for 3 

to 8 years. 

LI00750 £124.99 


Phonics 

Letters and Sounds - All phases 

1 

1. Mini Phonics Mats 

These bright and colourful mats 


learning. With different colours 

representing different phases, they 

create the perfect multi-sensory tool 

for children to engage with phonics! 


LI02314 £83.74 

73 

• Can be used for many different activities within your 

setting. 

• Versatile resouce that can be used in water, sand and 

outdoors 

• Colour-coded by phonic phase for easy access and storage 

2 

2. Magnetic Phonics 

Simplistic, re-usable and easy to use, 

these magnetic pieces provide a 

fantastic learning tool for children. 

Covering phases 2-5, they create 

a visually appealing way to learn 

phonics. 


LI02354 £62.49 

68 

• Can be used for many 

different activities within 

your setting. 

• Versatile resouce that 

can be used in water, 

sand and outdoors 

• Colour-coded by phonic 

phase for easy access 

and storage 

366 


1 


Phase 2 Phase 3 

Phonics 

SAVE 

£12 .50 

Offers fully decodable 

text for children 

and separate text for 

an adult or a more 

experienced reader 

to read along. 

Phase 4 

Phase 5 


Readers 







more experienced readers, for a truly 

collaborative experience. Suitable for 

3 to 8 years. 

LI10598 Phase 4 £27.49 

LI10596 Phase 2 £27.49 

LI10597 Phase 3 £31.24 

LI10599 Phase 5 £43.74 

LI10601 Phases 2-5 £117.45 

2 

• Helps to develop 

essential reading skills. 

• Perfect for 

independent learning 

or small-group 

instruction, 

• Helps children to 

master 3 levels of 

sight-words and build 

words with blends and 

digraphs. 

2. NEW Reading Skills 

magnetic library 

These magnets help to develop 

essential reading skills—and 

make them “stick.” Perfect for 

independent learning or small-group 

instruction, the magnets are colorcoded 

within each set. 

LT46020 Reading Library £68.74 

LT46022 CVC Words £12.49 

LT46101 Vowel sounds £12.49 

LT46103 Word families £12.49 

LT46119 Blends & Digraphs £12.49 

LT46114 Prefixes & Suffixes £12.49 

LT46115 Sight words £12.49 

3. Word for Word® Phonics 

Game 

Players race to create the most 

words in this fast-paced Reading 

Rods game! All sides of the Reading 

Rods can be used as players build as 

many words as they can see within 

the two minute time limit. Pack of 

112. 

LI10593 £37.49 

3 

112 10 

• Encourages 

collaborative learning. 

• Reading Rods feature 

word families, two 

and three letter word 

endings and blends. 


Phonics 


1 

1. Letter & Sounds Outdoor 

Stars 

Bring phonics into your outdoor 

space with these bright, colour 

coded stars. Ideal for building 

words, visual reminders or outdoor 

letter and word games. Suitable for 


LI01422 £249.99 

• Perfect for playing 

outdoor phonics games. 

• Written in a child friendly 

font. 

• Pre-drilled for quick 

hanging. 

2 

68 

2. Outdoor Sound Stars - 

Phase 3 


space with these Phase 3 sound 

stars. Following Letters and sounds, 

it includes the phonemes introduced 

in phase 3. They are colour coded 

to match many of our other phonics 

resources. 

LI10497 £37.49 

• Colour coded to match 

many of our other 

resources. 

• Pre-drilled for easy 

attachment. 

• Wipeable - easy to clean. 

26 

3 4 

SAVE 

£12 .50 

3. Outdoor Sound Stars - 

Phase 2 


space with these Phase 2 sound 

stars. Following Letters and sounds, 

it includes the phonemes introduced 

in phase 5. They are colour coded 

to match many of our other phonics 

resources. 

LI10496 £37.49 

4. Phonics Outdoor Mats 

Make learning phonics fun and 

interactive with these brightly 

coloured mats, perfect for both 

indoor and outdoor use! Non-slip so 

children play safely whilst learning 

the 44 sounds linked to Letters and 

Sounds (each phase is a different 

colour). Depth 2mm. Diameter 

25cm. Made from silicone. 

LI02318 Phase 2 £81.24 

LI02319 Phase 3 £93.74 

LI02320 Phase 5 £81.24 

LI02156 All Phases £243.71 

• Covers all 44 sounds 

• Colour coded and 

differentiated by phase 

• Wipe clean silicone, dirt 

and rain won’t hurt! 

• Promote crosscurricular 

and active 

Literacy 

23 

Full set includes 

72 sound mats. 

368 


1 


Phonics 

1. 44 Sounds and Spelling 

Bags 

Ready to use double sided phonic 

pieces that are the perfect, no-prep 

addition to your phonics resources. 

Each phase set contains 5 double 

sided image pieces for every 

phoneme. Each piece has a brightly 

coloured illustration on one side with 

the grapheme on the reverse. There 

are pieces for all of the phonemes in 

each phonic phase. 

LI10490 Phase 2 £36.24 

LI10491 Phase 3 £36.24 

LI10492 Phase 5 £36.24 

2. Outdoor Wooden 44 

Sounds Pieces 

Take Phonics outside with these 

wooden discs showing the sounds 

from all of the phonic phases. 

Perfect for phoneme recognition, 

blending and segmenting and when 

introducing your focus phoneme. 

LI10487 £49.99 

Contains all phonemes from each 

Letters and Sounds phonic phase. 

2 

• Appealing and 

motivating for outdoor 

learning. 

• Environmentally friendly. 

• Use to revise all phases 

or separate out to teach 

each one. 

69 


Phonics 


1 

1. Letters & Sounds Phonic 

Readers 

Learn to read, write and spell at 

home or at school, all while having 

fun! These workbooks work together 

to form the Letters & Sounds 

workbook programme. Split down 

by each phase: Phase 1 - Phonemic 

Awareness, Phase 2 - Letter Sounds, 

Phase 3 - Phonics, Phase 4 - Blends, 

Phase 5 -Vowel Sounds and Phase 

6 - Spelling. Pack of 6. 

LI10579 £77.42 

2 

3 

6 

67 

SAVE 

£18 .75 

88 

• Fits in line with the Letters 

& Sounds systematic 

phonics programme. 

• Develop skills in reading 

and spelling, whilst 

having fun at the same 

time. 

• Bright and child friendly 

illustrations. 

2. 44 Sounds and Spelling 

Bags Bundle Deal 

Ready to use double sided phonic 

pieces that are the perfect, noprep 

addition to your phonics 

resources. Each phase set contains 

5 double sided image pieces for 

every phoneme. Each piece has a 

brightly coloured illustration on 

one side with the grapheme on the 

reverse. There are pieces for all of 

the phonemes in each phonic phase. 

Made from foamex. Pack of 67. 

LI10493 

Buy all and 

Save 

£89.96 

LI10490 Phase 2 Phase 2 £36.24 

LI10491 Phase 3 Phase 3 £36.24 

LI10492 Phase 5 Phase 5 £36.24 

• Contains all phonemes 

from each Letters and 

Sounds phonic phase 

• Versatile resource for 

activities that use the 

sound, the image or both 

• Includes five image 

pieces for each phoneme 

all contained within a 

colourful organza bag 

• Available as separate 

phonic phases or as a 

complete set. 

3. Rhyme & Sort Rockets 

Let rhyming skills “lift off” with 

these charming rockets and sorting 

cards. Children place a card in the 

rocket’s doorway and sort the 

remaining cards that rhyme. Pack 

of 88. 

LI10590 £34.99 

• Reinforces early 

Literacy skills. 

• Contains 8 colourful 

rockets and 80 picture 

cards 

• Enhances rhyming 

skills. 

370 


1 


Phonics 

1. Phonics Super Sentence 

Tub Phase 2-3 

These foam pieces are great 

for building sentences and 

understanding sentence structure. 

Features tricky words, high 

frequency words and words 

containing graphemes that are 

focused on in Letters and Sounds. 

Pack of 115. 

LI01708 Phase 2-3 £62.49 

LI01709 Phase 4-5 £62.49 

• Colour coded according to 

word type. 

• Contains high frequency 

words and tricky words. 

• Ideal for activities that put 

childrens phonics learning 

into practice. 


Tub Phase 4-6 








Pack of 115. 

LI01709 Phase 4-5 £62.49 


word type 

• Create simple and 

complex sentences 

• Ideal for activities that 

put children’s phonics 

learning into practice 

• Durable Foam Pieces 

2 

115 

55 


Phonics 

High Frequency Words 

1 

1. NEW Tower of sight words 

This fun-filled games help children 

master sight-words! Develops skills 

in building vocabulary, reading highfrequency 

words, and recognizing 

and reading grade-appropriate 

words. 

LT45949 £106.24 

2. Wooden 100 High 

Frequency Word Pieces 

These 100 HFW’s on rustic discs 

are perfect for creating motivating 

activities. This collection, taught 

in phonic phases 1-5, makes up a 

high proportion of both the words 

children will read in everyday text. 

LI10523 £66.24 

2 

Develops skills in building vocabulary, reading 

high-frequency words, and recognizing and 

reading grade-appropriate words. 

• Multi-sensory way to 

teach high frequency 

words. 

• Use in outdoor word 

hunts & walks. 

• Can be separated out 

into individual phases. 

3. Sight Word Swat 

Swat up on your sight word 

knowledge with this fun, fly-themed 

sight word game! This game features 

300 high frequency words from 

phases 2-6 of the government Letters 

and Sounds phonics framework. 

LI10585 £19.38 

• A visual, tactile and 

auditory learning 

resource. 

• Aids with Vocabulary 

building. 



100 

3 

300 

372 


1. Wooden 100 High 

Frequency Word Pieces 

These 100 HFW’s on rustic discs 

are perfect for creating motivating 

activities. This collection, taught 

in phonic phases 1-5, makes up a 

high proportion of both the words 

children will read in everyday text. 

LI10523 £66.24 

1 


• Multi-sensory way to 

teach high frequency 

words. 

• Use in outdoor word 

hunts & walks. 

• Can be separated out 

into individual phases. 

Phonics 

2. Phonics Threading beads 

- HFW 

Phonics threading beads are the 

ultimate learning resource for 

children to create all manner of 

words from CVC to more complex 

CCVCC words. With high frequency 

word cards and beads, the resource 

provides a fun and creative activity. 

LI02398 £66.24 

3. First 300 High Frequency 

Words Flashcards 

With a multitude of uses, these 

cards are an invaluable classroom 

resource to strengthen reading 

skills. The double-sided cards feature 

all of the first 300 high frequency 

words taught in Letters and Sounds, 

presented in a clear font. Pack of 

300. 

LI02063 £37.49 

4. Phonics Outdoor Mats 

Make learning phonics fun and 

interactive with these brightly 

coloured mats, perfect for both 

indoor and outdoor use! Non-slip so 

children play safely whilst learning 

the 44 sounds linked to Letters and 

Sounds (each phase is a different 

colour). Depth 2mm. Diameter 

25cm. Made from silicone. 

100 

2 3 

LI02318 Phase 2 £81.24 

LI02319 Phase 3 £93.74 

LI02320 Phase 5 £81.24 

LI02156 All Phases £243.71 

• Can be used for many 

different activities within 

your setting. 

• Versatile resouce that can 

be used in water, sand 

and outdoors 

• Colour-coded by phonic 

phase for easy access and 

storage 

300 

5. Mini Phonics Mats 

These bright and colourful mats 


learning. With different colours 

representing different phases, they 

create the perfect multi-sensory tool 

for children to engage with phonics! 

Depth 2mm. Diameter 10cm. Made 

from silicone. Pack of 73. 

4 5 

LI02314 £83.74 

• Covers all 44 sounds 

• Colour coded and 

differentiated by phase 

• Wipe clean silicone, dirt 

and rain won’t hurt! 

• Promote crosscurricular 

and active 

Literacy 

73 

SAVE 

£12 .50 


Phonics 

44 Sounds 

1 


Phonics Tubs 







spellings can create the same sound 

Suitable for 5 to 11 years. Pack 

of 44. 

LI00769 £156.24 

44 

2 

60 

• Teaches the 44 sounds 

of the English language. 

• Covers initial sounds, 

long and short vowels 

and split diagraphs. 

• Easily enables children 

to ‘see’ and hear sounds 

within a word. 

2. NEW Vowel Sound 

teaching tubs 

These teaching tubs provide the 

extra reinforcement kids need to 

understand vowel sounds and helps 

to develop word recognition and 

decoding skills Each tub is filled with 

miniature objects whose names 

contain one of 10 major vowel 

sounds…with separate tubs for 

long and short vowels so children 

can focus on one sound at a time. 

Pack of 60. 

LT45941 £131.24 

3. NEW Blends & Diagraphs 

teaching tubs 

As children explore these skillbuilding 

tubs, they learn to identify 

initial blend and digraph sounds, 

and fine-tune decoding skills as 

they play. Each terrific tub is packed 

with lots of adorable miniatures 

for children to explore. Each tub is 

labeled with the appropriate blend 

or digraph sound, so kids can sort 

the objects into the tubs as they 

sound them out. Pack of 60. 

LT45942 £131.24 

3 

60 

374 


1. Vowel Phoneme Frieze 

Use this Vowel phoneme Frieze as an 

attractive wall display to consolidate 

spellings and vowel sounds. This 

beautifully illustrated frieze contains 

30 picture/sound examples. Single. 

1 2 

44 Sounds 

Phonics 

LVPFZ £16.88 

2. Vowel Sound Directory 

This unique flipbook has a tabbed 

design making it easier to find words 

and sounds quickly. Vowel sounds 

can be spelt in many different ways 

and children can find it difficult to 

learn the spelling patterns of each 

vowel. 

LI00103 £21.24 

3. Phonics Ping Pong Balls 

This set of ping pong balls features 

all of the different Letters and 

Sounds learnt in Phases Two-Four. 

A great resource for children to fish 

out of either water or sand and to 

use to practise blending. Over 45 

balls in total. 

It can be wall mounted as a wall 

chart, cut into separate tiles or joined 

together as a wall frieze. 

LI00347 £46.24 

4. 44 Sounds Chart 

A useful tool to have at hand during 

writing. These individual desktop 

charts enable children to quickly 

access the various spelling patterns 

of the 44 phoneme sounds. Made 

from paper. 

3 4 

SD07238 Desktop A4 £16.88 

SD07235 Wall Chart £34.99 

• Helps children learn 

to sound out whilst 

reading and writing. 

• Quick access to various 

spelling patterns of 

the 44 sounds. 

• Quick to hand - desk 

top size. 

5. 6 Letter Sound Games 

This set of educational games and 

activities is designed for introducing 

children to letter sounds and how 

they can make up words. The games 

follow a systematic synthetic phonics 

approach. Letters and Sounds Phase 

2. 

45 

5 6 

6 

SD12335 £22.49 

6. Decodable Word 

Dominoes Full Set Phases 

2-5 

A fun and enjoyable way to check 

that children understand what is 

meant by the worlds they can now 

read at each phase of letters and 

sounds. The self-checking element 

lets children feel empowered by 

checking their own work. 

LI10383 £131.24 

• Instant feedback during 

the game enables 

children to keep trying if 

they get it wrong. 

• Perfect for individual 

and small group work 

as well as a whole class 

activity. 


Phonics 

Value Essentials 

1 

1. A4 Phoneme Drywipe 

Frames 

These 35 whiteboards each feature 

a six cell phoneme frame across 

the top and handwriting guidelines 

below. Ideal for progressing to to 

CCVCC and CVCCV words, each 

whiteboard has a plain reverse side 

for standard activities. 

LI00689 £108.74 

2 

The pack include whiteboards, medium tip pens 

and erasers and a FREE Teacher Resources 

Booklet, packed full of ideas, tips and games. 

2. Phoneme Frame 

Whiteboards 









frame. Suitable for 5 to 11 years. 


LI00312 2/3 frames £23.74 

LI00313 4/5 frames £24.99 

3 

6 

3. Jigsaw Whiteboards 

These double sided, wipe-clean 

jigsaw pieces are ideal for both 

word blending in phonics lessons 

and creating simple sentences. 

Jigsaw pieces to add extra fun 

and motivation to learning about 

sentence structure when writing 

sentences. Pack of 30. 

LI01430 £56.24 

4. A4 Magnetic Phoneme 

Frame Whiteboards 

A high quality, ready-made, time 

saving resource, perfect for use 

in daily phonics lessons. These 

attractive, double-sided whiteboards 

are a perfect resource for blending 

and segmenting exercises. Pack of 

6. A4. 

LI00561 2/3 Frames £24.99 

LI00562 4/5 Frames £24.99 

30 

4 

Offering versatility, they can 

be used with dry-wipe markers 

or magnetic letters and 

are an essential addition to 

classroom phonics resources. 

6 

376 


1. Magnetic Alphabet 

Letters 

A functional set of uppercase 

magnetic letters. Ideal for letter 

recognition and word building 

activities. Made from plastic. Pack 

of 286. 

1 

Value Essentials 

Phonics 

L-UPLET Tub of Uppercase Letters £22.49 

LI02024 Tub of Lowercase Letters £27.49 


Boards 








practice. Suitable for 5 to 11 years. 

Made from magnets. A4. 

LI00545 6pk £21.24 

LI00779 30pk £62.44 

3. Clever tiles - Pack of 10. 

Record, sequence and playback your 

own sounds, words or sentences. 

Record up to 10 seconds on each 

tile, click together and press play on 

the first tile to hear your recordings 

played in sequence. They can also be 

played individually. Pack of 10. 

LI10003 £124.99 

i 

• Each tile records for 

10 seconds. 

• Play individually or 

click together to play 

in a sequence. 

• Sequence stories or 

blend sounds. 

4. Magnetic Phonemes And 

Letters Set 

An ideal resource to support the 

teaching of systematic synthetic 

phonics. The letters are all one 

colour so that the pupils can 

concentrate on the letter shapes 

without being distracted by different 

colours. Suitable for 5 to 11 years. 

Green. Height 56mm. Made from 

foam. Single. 

LMPLS £56.24 

5. Magnetic Phoneme 

Frame Whiteboard Strips 

Durable magnetic frames that can 

be used for building words from 

2 to 6 phonemes in length with 

magnetic letters. The frames provide 

an outline so children can see that 

words are made up of different 

phonemes and that phonemes can 

be represented by one letter or in 

the case of digraphs more than one 

letter. 

LI00438 £24.99 

286 

2 3 

SAVE 

£43 .75 

6 10 

4 5 

i 

• Tubs feature a handy carry handle 

Includes 22 magnetic 

strips of different sizes. 

Play individually or click together 

to play in a sequence 


Phonics Schemes 


Structured, planned and systematic, 

yet fun, creative and adaptable 

Is it possible to have all of this in one phonics programme? 

YES... with StoryTime Phonics! 

Buy here 

LI02321 

What is Story Time Phonics? 

StoryTime Phonics is a holistic, whole class approach 

to teaching phonics and 

learning to read. Its 

systematic approach 

uses real books to teach 

and contextualise each 

phoneme, ensuring high 

level engagement right 

from the start. 

£3,125 .00 See pages 

Request 

a FREE trial 

pack online! 

Each sound is introduced by the Phonic Fairy as she flies into a carefully 

chosen well-loved book. You may already have many of these books within 

your school, but the phonic fairy also reads and shares every one of the 

books in her wonderful videos. 

Children learn and practice the Caption Action linked to each story 

decodable readers are also 

available to complement the 

StoryTime Phonics programme. 

380 & 381 

for more 

information 

Daily Lesson Plans are full of engaging activities for all types or learners at all 

levels. They follow the letters and sound format and are linked to the story 

or stories. 

Phase 2 

High frequency words are systematically introduced by phase within each 

lesson and regularly reviewed over the weeks that follow. The Tricky Troll 

likes to get involved and help children with his Tricky Words! 

Talking bookmarks are full of carefully thought out discussion points to aid 

deeper comprehension. 

Children will want to revisit the stories and videos again and again. 

Teachers can use any of the filmed lessons to see exactly how a session 

might be organised. The films quickly demonstrate how the programme 

works, as well as how much fun the lessons can be. 

Phase 3 

378 


help 

help 

just 

lamp 

wind 

sink 

nest 

lost 

bank 

champ 

thank 

went 

it’s 

from 

said 

have 

like 

so 

do 

some 

come 

Set 1 

s 

a 

t 

p 

i 

n 

m 

d 

Set 3 

g 

o 

c 

k 

Set 4 

ck 

e 

u 

r 

Set 5 

Read 

h 

b 

f 

a 

f 

l 

an 

as 

l 

ss 

at 

if 

In 

Is 

It 

on 

o f 

can 

had 

Read 

I 

the 

to 

Read 

Say 

Say 

Spe l 

Say 

Spe l 

Spe l 

shelf 

paint 

toast 

frog 

grab 

flag 

clap 

treetop 

children 

just 

help 

out 

were 

there 

li tle 

one 

when 

what 

Read 

back 

and 

get 

big 

him 

his 

not 

got 

up 

Write 

mum 

dad 

Read 

of 

no 

Write 

go 

into 

Read 

Write 

Write 

Write 

wi l 

see 

that 

for 

this 

now 

he 

she 

we 

you 

a l 

my 

j 

v 

w 

x 

y 

z 

zz 

qu 

ch 

sh 

th 

ng 

ai 

ee 

igh 

oa 

oo (long) 

oo (short) 

ar 

or 

ur 

ow 

oi 

ear 

air 

ure 

er 

Spe l 

Spe l 

Read 

Read 

Spe l 

Spe l 

Spe l 

then 

down 

them 

look 

with 

too 

me 

be 

was 

they 

are 

her 

Read 

Read 

Spe l 

Spe l 

StoryTime Phonics Kit and Digital Platform 

include 

• 60 Beautifully Produced Story Videos 

• 60 Example Lesson Videos (ideal for teacher training) 

• Detailed Daily Lesson Plans in a 215 page Teacher’s Guide 

(also available digitally on the StoryTime Phonics 

• 2x 60 Caption Action Cards 

• 2x 100 High Frequency Word Cards 

• 2x 53 Tricky Word Cards 

• Decodable sentences to use in every lesson 

• Letter formation downloads 

• Tricky Troll Puppet 

• Extra downloadable cards and activities for every GPC 

• StoryTime Phonics Book Bag 

• 60 x Reading Comprehension cards 

PACK OF 

60 


Phonics Schemes 

Includes Reading Comprehension cards for every story. 

Schools and teachers 

love StoryTime Phonics 

… 

WHAT THE EXPERTS SAY 

Our phonics results have been amazing. The whole 

class approach to teaching phonics means that nobody 

gets left behind, and every child has exposure 

to all taught content. The magic that STP brings to 

our school, phonics and reading, has been amazing. 

Megan Aldhouse, Willingham Primary School 

Our StoryTime 

Phonics platform 

offers 120 videos 

and all resources 

available digitally 

Sparkle Mark Sayings for s . . . 

Includes Sparkle 

mark sheets to help 

with handwriting 

Take Jake the Snake 

around the lakes. 

Practise writing the letter ‘s’ and say the Sparkle Mark Saying as you write it. 

s 

S 

My pet snake 

Phase 2 Assessment Sheet Name 

Say the sound of the given 

grapheme 

Set 2 Say 


Phase 4 Assessment Sheet 

Tricky Words 

Common Examples 


Tricky Tro l Words 

Recognise the le ter on 

hearing the sound 

Recognise 

Recognise 

Recognise 

Recognise 

lower/capital 

Say le ter name 

Phase 3 Assessment Sheet 

Read Spe l Read 

Spe l 

Name 

lunchbox 

shampoo 


Tricky Words 

Name 

Say Recognise Write Say le ter name/s 

Assessment 

sheets available 

for each phase 


We have never seen such improvement in children’s 

reading, writing and most importantly love for 

books in such a short period of time. 

Danielle Clare, Aberdour School 

PACK OF 

106 

High Frequency 

Word cards 

split down per 

phase. 

The programme is so well planned and is easy for 

teachers to understand and apply within their classroom 

environments. Data isn’t everything but that 

cohort of reception children got 82% in their ELG 

and 92% in the phonics screening check. 

Ella Quinn 


Tricky Word 

cards provided 

in joined 

and un-joined 

fonts. 

PACK OF 

200 

See online for full details and to request a 

free trial pack 


Phonics 

Phonic Readers 


Introducing 

our NEW 

Decodable 

Reader 

Range 

Schools should “ensure that children practise their reading 

from books that match their phonics knowledge.” 

School Inspection Handbook, Ofsted, 2019 

What are decodable books? 

Decodable books, also known as phonic readers, 

are books that contain either decodable or 

common exception words, meaning that children 

can read them using just their phonic skills and 

knowledge. 

They introduce the graphemes, high frequency 

words and tricky words in a step by step 

progression that should reflect the sequence of 

sounds and words taught in school. 

Why are they important? 

Children are only introduced to books that have 

familiar letters and sounds so they can practise 

their phonic skills and gain greater fluency in 

decoding. 

As children have the skills they need to read the 

book, they are more likely to experience success, 

which will build their confidence and enjoyment 

of reading. 

Our new range of fully decodable phonic readers will 

be sure to inspire and motivate children. 

1 

Phase 2 Phase 3 

SAVE 

£12 .50 

Phase 4 

Phase 5 

• All books are fully decodable and follow a SATPIN 

progression of sounds. 

• Bright, detailed illustrations feature throughout all of the 

books for children to explore and discuss. 

• Dyslexia friendly, with a cream background on all pages. 

Offers fully decodable text 

for children and separate 

text for an adult or a more 

experienced reader to read 

along. 


Readers 







more experienced readers, for 

a truly collaborative experience. 


LI10596 Phase 2 £27.49 

LI10597 Phase 3 £31.24 

LI10598 Phase 4 £27.49 

LI10599 Phase 5 £43.74 

LI10601 Phases 2-5 £117.45 

380 


Let’s take 

a look 

inside the 

books 

On the inside cover… 

Phonic Readers 

• You will find tricky words and an overview of sounds that are 

perfect for a quick recap and review before you start reading. 

Phonics 

• A list of tricky words that 

feature within the book 

• An overview of the sounds 

covered so far with the new 

sounds highlighted. 

• Dyslexia friendly with cream 

colour paper. 

On each page you will 

find 2 parts of text … 

• At the top of the page, the bold text is 

fully decodable for a child to read. 

• At the bottom of the page, the 

smaller text is for an adult or more 

experienced reader. As the child reads, 

they can share this part to add detail 

and interest, support vocabulary 

development, and make reading more 

interactive and collaborative. 

• Identify the 

phase of the 

book from 

the different 

coloured 

flowers. 

Plus... on the back 

cover, you can quickly 

find the sounds covered 

in the book. 

On the 

inside back 

cover… 

You will find a 

selection of activities 

or talking points that 

will help to embed 

phonics learning. 


Reading: 

Supporting Children’s 

Emotional Literacy 

With emotional literacy being a combination of recognising your own emotions, 

noticing emotions in others and having the words to express those feelings, there 

are many ways reading can help. 

Let’s consider each of these points in turn: 

LI10637 – Outdoor 


See page 150 for 

more information 

By Rachel Clarke, Director of Primary 

English Education Consultancy. 

Recognising your own emotions 

Use books that mirror how the children in your class may be feeling at key times to allow them to find a better way to 

express how they feel. 

Noticing emotions in others 

Make time for discussion about the feelings and emotions of the characters in books. This could be as a class or with the 

children talking amongst themselves. 

Language for expressing emotions 

Reading is one of the best places to start. From an early age, we need to introduce books that use a wide range of 

emotional language. When you’re reading with children, ask open-ended questions that help them step into the shoes 

of a character or person. Say, ‘How do you think that made him feel?’ or, ‘How would you feel if that happened to you? 

Books to suit 

Emotional 

Literacy… 

1. NEW Big Words for Little 

People 

An exciting new series that supports 

grown-ups to talk about feelings 

and how to express them with 

children. Each picture book contains 

carefully-chosen feature words that 

are woven into a flowing narrative. 

These are combined with fun 

illustrations to create supportive 

and engaging picture books that 

are perfect for sharing and reading 

together. Pack of 6. 

LT46005 Set 1 £44.99 

LT46006 Set 2 £44.99 

Set 2 

Set 1 

2. NEW TreeTops Reflect Reading Packs 

These emotionally powerful books to make your children think are a great 

addition to any classroom. These thought provoking books have been 

written by top children’s authors and developed by Literacy expert and series 

editor Nikki Gamble. Pack of 8. 

LT46008 Set 1 £87.49 

LT46009 Set 2 £91.24 

382 


1. NEW Finger Focus 

highligher follow along 

friends 

Use these colour overlay for kids 

reading windows to help emerging 

readers track text as they learn to 

read. Young readers will love using 

the bookworm or caterpillar ring to 

help them track along and focus on 

a line of text or an image. Pack of 6. 

1 

• Made from flexible, rubberised 

plastic and are adjustable and 

comfortable to wear. 

• The 3 tinted colour overlay 

for kids reading wands can 

be used to help children with 

visual stress and dyslexia. 

Colour Book Bands 

Reading 

LT45994 £14.99 

2. Colour Book band labels 

Save time and money on organising 

your books with this handy, selfcontained 

set of colour-coded labels. 

The perfect solution for organising 

your school library. Suitable for 5 to 


LI00793 £56.24 

3. Reading Planet Lift-Off 

Lilac Complete Pack 

Get all children hooked on reading 

through relevant stories, characters 

and themes that truly reflect their 

world Reading Planet is a fresh and 

modern scheme for Reception to 

Year Six that will transform your 

school’s approach to reading. 

Pack of 12. 

LI10563 £118.74 

4. Levels 0 - 16: Lilac to 

Black Book Bands 

A bumper pack of 300 books. 

Refresh your entire book band 

range with this pack of titles 

covering Lilac through to Black 

Bands. Titles may vary. Pack of 300. 

LI10442 £1,250.00 

5. FingerFocus Highlighters 

Small Group Set 

The perfect tool to support 

developing readers to easily track 

and follow words as they read. 

FingerFocus Highlighter is a wearable 

ring highlighter that helps children 

to follow along with texts by clearly 

framing the words on a page. 

Pack of 30. 

LI10586 £29.99 

2 3 

6 

4250 

12 

• See-through window in 

each wand allows children 

to track text and images. 

• Can be used for reading 

activities across the 

curriculum. 

• Perfect for a take home 

reading resource. 

4 5 

300 

30 


Reading 


1 

1. White Lime Book Band 

Pack 

Expertly selected titles appropriate 

for white and lime band readers 

who possess high interest level but 

low reading level. Pack 1 contains 22 

books. Titles may vary. Paperback. 

LI00808 Pack 1 £196.24 

2 

22 

2. Gold Purple Book Band 

Pack 

Great value book packs for KS2 

readers, each offering a selection of 

books from gold and purple band to 

cover a number of different levels of 

reading. Pack 1 contains 22 books, 

Pack 2 contains 22 books. Titles may 

vary. Paperback. Pack of 22. 

LI01523 Pack 2 £181.24 

LI00807 Pack 1 £191.24 

Purple and Gold 

Multi-Banded Packs 

These packs have 

been specially collated 

for KS2 pupils and 

reluctant readers. They 

feature titles that have 

a high interest level but 

are written at a lower 

reading level (HiLo 

readers). Pupils will 

be encouraged to read 

if they can find books 

that not only suit their 

reading ability, but 

also suit their interest. 

Suitable for Reading 

Recovery levels 19-12. 

22 

Pack 1 

384 


1. Red Yellow Blue Book 

Band Pack 


readers, each offering a selection 

of books from each band to cover 

a number of different levels of 




1 


Reading 

LI00805 £174.99 

2. Gold, White, Lime Book 

Band Collection 

A collection of books covering the 

gold, white and lime book band 

levels (Levels 9 to 11). Each book has 

the correct coloured sticker attached. 

Contains 30 different titles, including 

classic and contemporary stories, 

high-interest themes and diverse 

genres. Titles may vary. Pack of 30. 

LB00734 £124.99 

3. Green Orange Turquoise 

Book Band Pack 


readers, each offering a selection 

of books from each band to cover 

a number of different levels of 




22 

2 

LI00806 Pack 1 £181.24 

LI01522 Pack 2 £174.99 

Multi-Banded Packs 

If you have pupils who 

are reluctant readers 

because they read at a 

level below and can’t 

find books at their 

interest level, then 

these book packs are 

perfect. These packs 

have been specifically 

selected for KS2 pupils 

and reluctant readers. 

They feature titles that 

have a high interest 

level but are written at 

a lower reading level 

(HiLo readers). Pupils 

will be encouraged to 

read if they can find 

books that not only suit 

their ability but are also 

interesting. 

30 22 

3 

22 

Pack 1 


Reading 


1 

• Supports a consistent approach to 

reading comprehension questions 

• Offers Before, During and After 

Reading question ideas 

• Reading strategy being developed 

highlighted on each question, 

such as retrieve, explain, interpret 

• Includes a summary of each stage 

of reading 

2 

• Perfect for keeping 

track of pupils’ reading 

progress. 

• Great value, saving 

photocopying and staff 

time. 

• Enough for all of the 

class. 

1. Colour Banded Reading 

Comprehension 

Bookmarks 

These bookmarks provide a 

consistent approach to reading 

comprehension questions They 

can be kept inside children’s books 

and offer ready-to-use prompts to 

help when talking about the child’s 

reading. 

LI10476 £97.49 

2. Reading Diary pack of 30. 

Keep track of pupil’s reading 

progress and achievements with 

these straight forward reading 

record books. All pages have 

columns for the pupil, teacher, carer 

or volunteer to add the date, book 

title, page number and comments. 

Yellow. 36 pages. Portrait. Pack of 

30. A5. 75gsm. 

LI10524 £21.24 

30 

386 


1. NEW Tales from the Pitch 

Pack 

This reluctant reader series offers a 

fresh take on the familiar football 

biography format. This series offers 

a fresh take on the familiar football 

biography format and focuses 

on one up-and-coming football 

superstar players who are still to 

reach the summit of their career. 

Pack of 8. 

1 

Struggling Readers 

Reading 

LT46258 Book pack £69.99 

LT46259 Book pack and goal kit £128.74 

• Dyslexia Friendly. 

• Meet the fresh young 

talent behind the iconic 

tackles and goals. 

• Inspiring stories to inspire 

and motivate children. 

2. Library Non Fiction KS2 

Book Pack Collection 

There’s something to engage every 

reader with this excellent collection. 

These colourful and beautifully 

illustrated non-fiction books cover 

a range of topics and themes, 

guaranteed to interest your older 

readers. Pack of 30. 

LB00774 £374.99 

• A fantastic addition to 

your school library 

• Promote reading for 

pleasure with engaging 

non-fiction titles 

2 

8 

Can also be purchased as a book pack and football goal kit 

30 


Reading 

Cross-Curricular Books 

1 

1. Mayan Book Pack 

Learn all about The Mayan 

civilisation in this exciting book 

collection. Filled with fun facts and 

visually engaging content to support 

learning. Find out what made them 

a great civilisation and what is left 

behind today. Pack of 6. 

LI10192 £94.99 

2. Plant Life Cycle Book Pack 

These fascinating titles cover the life 

cycle and different varieties of plants 

from all over the world. The vibrant 

images and accessible text explore 

what plants require for growth and 

how they change through their life 

cycle. Contents may vary. Pack of 10. 

LB00564 £171.24 

2 

6 

3. The Ancient Greeks 

The fearsome Ancient Greeks are 

the focus of these boldly illustrated 

titles that explore battles, lifestyle 

and sport. Perfect for topic work 

and giving pupils a more detailed 

understanding of this ancient 

civilisation. Titles may vary. Pack 

of 10. 

LB00584 £137.49 

10 

3 

10 

388 


1. Childrens Mental Health 

Story bookpack 

An inclusive and engaging collection 

of picture books and non-fiction 

to help support children’s mental 

health. Themes include self-worth 

and confidence, feelings and extreme 

emotions, anxiety, mindfulness, times 

of change, bereavement and hope. 

Titles may vary due to availability. 

LI10622 £137.49 

1 


Reading 

2. Mental Health and 

Mindfulness Book Pack 

Help develop children’s mental 

health knowledge with this unique 

selection of knowledgeable 

books. Give children an insight, 

understanding and awareness into 

mental health for the whole school. 

LI02391 £139.99 

3. Philosophy and Thinking 

Skills Whole School Book 

Pack 

Stories to stimulate discussion, talk, 

thinking skills and philosophical 

information within the classroom. 

This complete collection enables 

children to discover and build on the 

deeper depths of their thinking skills. 

LI02392 £202.19 

9 

i 

• Heartfelt and comforting stories to help children talk about difficult topics. 

• Stories to help children understand the many reasons to love themselves. 

• Helps to practice mindfulness. 

2 3 

11 19 

i 

• Enable children to build on their thinking skills 

• Guaranteed to spark up discussion and 

personality building for all children. 


Reading 


1 

Pack 1 

1. NEW TreeTops Reflect 

Reading Packs 

These emotionally powerful books 

to make your children think are a 

great addition to any classroom. 

These thought provoking books 

have been written by top children’s 

authors and developed by Literacy 

expert and series editor Nikki 

Gamble. Reflect aims to develop 

children’s higher-level reading and 

comprehension skills through books 

that engage, entertain and support 

children’s well being. Pack of 8. 

LT46008 Set 1 £87.49 

LT46009 Set 2 £91.24 

• Underpinned by Oxford 

Assessment and Oxford 

Reading Levels, to 

carefully match every child 

to books with the right 

depth and complexity, and 

support them to progress. 

8 

2. British Values Book Packs 

These packs contain both fiction 

and non-fiction stories with 

topics including right and wrong 

and tolerance of other cultures. 

They help embed the values of 

democracy, rule of law, individual 

liberty and mutual respect and 

tolerance. Titles may vary. KS1 titles 

include: I Don’t Care - learning 

about respect, But Why Can’t I? 

- A book about rules, We Are All 

Different, We Are All Born Free. 

KS2 titles include: The Election, 

What Religions are in our 

Neighbourhoods?, Belonging, 

The Accidental Prime Minister. 

Pack of 12. 

PS00909 KS1 £153.74 

PS00910 KS2 £153.74 

2 

Pack 2 

KS1 

KS2 

12 

390 


1. Stories From Around the 

World 

Engage your class with tales, stories 

and re-telling’s from different 

cultures around the globe. This 

educational set keeps children 

switched on and enthusiastic about 

understanding cultures through 

the use of well illustrated, carefully 

selected titles. Paperback. Pack of 

10. 

1 

Multicultural 

Reading 

LI02384 5-6 years £118.74 

LI02385 7-8 years £118.74 

LI02386 9-10 years £118.74 

KS1 

10 

LKS2 

UKS2 

10 10 


Reading 

Guided Reading 

1 

1. NEW Author Reading 

Packs 

Take the hassle out of selecting the 

very best titles with our popular 

author pack. A fantastic addition 

to your library with titles to engage 

every reader. 

KS1 

2 

i 

• Packs suitable for Key 

stage 1, Lower Key 

stage 2, and Upper Key 

stage 2. 

• Keep the focus on book 

within Reading corners. 

Pack 1 

LKS2 

UKS2 

LT45268 KS1 £97.49 

LT45269 LKS2 £97.49 

LT45270 UKS2 £97.49 

2. Guided Reading Packs - 

Dark Blue Band 

A whole class guided reading set. 

Each pack contains three titles, with 

six copies of each title. Contents 

may vary. Paperback. Pack of 18. 

LI01572 Pack 1 £181.24 

3. Guided Reading Packs - 

Burgundy Band 

A whole class guided reading set, 

ideal for your burgundy readers. 

Each pack contains three titles, with 

six copies of each title. Contents 

may vary. Paperback. Pack of 18. 

18 

Pack 2 

i 

• Popular authors and illustrators. 

• Encourages reading for pleasure. 

• Engage both boys and girls. 

LI01667 Pack B £132.81 

LI01573 Pack A £181.24 

4. David Walliams UKS2 

Guided Reading Pack 

A selection of David Walliam’s most 

popular titles plus teacher’s guide, 

designed to be used for guided 

reading sessions. Great for engaging 

children of all reading abilities and 

developing reading proficiency. 

Comes with teacher book and CD. 

Pack of 36. 

3 

LI02273 £418.74 

i 

• Benefits both good and 

struggling readers 

• Builds fluency 

• Expands vocabulary 

knowledge 

18 

Pack A 

Pack B 

4 

KS1LKS2 

UKS2 

LKS2 

36 

392 


1. PM Benchmark Kit 1 

The PM Benchmark Reading 

Assessment Resources have been 

designed to explicitly assess students 

instructional and independent 

reading levels using unseen, 

meaningful texts. Provides accurately 

levelled fiction and non-fiction texts. 

034167 Kit 1 £391.24 

034168 Kit 2 £391.24 

2. PM Benchmark Kit 2 

The PM Benchmark Reading 

Assessment Resources have been 

designed to explicitly assess students 

instructional and independent 

reading levels using unseen, 

meaningful texts. Provides accurately 

levelled fiction and non-fiction texts. 

034168 Kit 2 £391.24 

3. Comprehension 

Strategies 

The Comprehension Strategies 

Box is a set of six boxes suitable 

for children aged 5-11+. Each 

box contains a set of full-colour 

differentiated literacy cards designed 

to support the teaching and learning 

of nine different comprehension 

strategies. 

LI10605 5-6 years £278.74 

LI10606 6-7 years £278.74 

LI10611 7-8 years £278.74 

LI10608 8-9 years £278.74 

LI10609 9-10 years £278.74 

LI10610 10-11 years £278.74 

• Designed to be used 

with small groups in the 

classroom. 

• Extensive support 

through a comprehensive 

Teacher Guide 

• Ideal for teachers 

who want to organise 

differentiated Literacy 

stations. 

1 2 

3 4 

Reading Comprehension 


4. FingerFocus Highlighters 

Small Group Set 

The perfect tool to support 

developing readers to easily track 

and follow words as they read. 

FingerFocus Highlighter is a wearable 

ring highlighter that helps children 

to follow along with texts by clearly 

framing the words on a page. 

Pack of 30. 

LI10586 £29.99 

• See-through window 

in each wand allows 

children to track text and 

images. 

• Can be used for reading 

activities across the 

curriculum. 

• Perfect for a take home 

reading resource. 

Ideal for teachers who want to 

organise differentiated Literacy 

stations. 

Build children’s confidence with this 

supportive reading tool by enabling 

them to experience reading success. 

30 




1 

210 

2 

24 

Reading strategy being developed highlighted on 

each question, such as retrieve, explain, interpret. 

Curriculum 

Quote 

Good comprehension draws 

from linguistic knowledge (in 

particular of vocabulary and 

grammar) and on knowledge 

of the world. Comprehension 

skills develop through pupils’ 

experience of high-quality 

discussion with the teacher, 

as well as from reading and 

discussing a range of stories. 

1. Colour Banded Reading 

Comprehension 

Bookmarks 

These bookmarks provide a 

consistent approach to reading 

comprehension questions They 

can be kept inside children’s books 

and offer ready-to-use prompts to 

help when talking about the child’s 

reading. Support carers, volunteers 

and teachers who hear children 

read with these questions for verbal 

comprehension development, 

arranged by colour book band. 

The questions are arranged by 

colour book band to help find ideas 

appropriate to each child’s reading 

level. 

LI10476 £97.49 

2. 6 Comprehension Games 

Children will love using their 

comprehension skills to complete 

each activity and win the game. 

Topics include comprehension with 

questions and sentences relevant 

to Letters and Sounds Phase 6 

and beyond. Includes: two board 

games, two matching games, 20 

sentence puzzles, die, counters and 

game guide with instructions for all 

games. Made from laminated card. 

Pack of 24. 

SD12334 £27.49 

3. Reading Comprehension 

Cards 

A first step from teacher directed 

questions to reading written 

questions. Based on who, what, 

when, where, why and how, 

covering both fiction and non 

fiction text. Includes teacher’s guide 

with answer booklet. Each pack 

contains 54 write-on, wipe-off cards 

with either fiction or non-fiction text 

and questions. Set one contains 15 

non-fiction and 39 fiction cards, set 

two contains 25 non-fiction and 29 

fiction cards. Answers given in full 

sentences for ease of checking. 

LI00895 Set 1 £29.99 

LI00967 Set 2 £29.99 

3 

54 

394 



Phonics Tubs 







spellings can create the same sound. 

LI00769 £156.24 

1 

Spelling, Punctuation and Grammar 

SPAG 

2. Flip-It® 

Flip-It is an exciting way to develop 

key skills across the curriculum. 

Simply pick a card, place it on the 

device, decide on your answer and 

then ‘flip-it’ to see if you’re right! . 

LI01001 Single £11.24 

LI01000 6pk £62.49 

3. NEW Vowel Sound 

teaching tubs 

These teaching tubs provide the 

extra reinforcement kids need to 

understand vowel sounds and helps 

to develop word recognition and 

decoding skills Each tub is filled with 

miniature objects whose names 

contain one of 10 major vowel 

sounds…with separate tubs for long 

and short vowels so children can 

focus on one sound at a time. 

2 

44 

LT45941 £131.24 

4. NEW Blends & Diagraphs 

teaching tubs 

As children explore these skillbuilding 

tubs, they learn to identify 

initial blend and digraph sounds, and 

fine-tune decoding skills as they play. 

Each terrific tub is packed with lots 

of adorable miniatures for children to 

explore. Each tub is labeled with the 

appropriate blend or digraph sound, 

so kids can sort the objects into the 

tubs as they sound them out. 

LT45942 £131.24 

3 

4 

60 

60 


SPAG 


1 

115 

2 

i 


word type. 


complex sentences. 

• Improve writing skills. 

1. Super Sentence Tub 

Get to grips with grammar and 

construct sensational sentences with 

these sets of foam jigsaw pieces 

Children will have fun constructing 

simple or complex sentences whilst 

building their writing skills and 

knowledge of vocabulary.Each word 

is colour coded according to its 

word class, covering nouns, verbs, 

adjectives, adverbs, prepositions, 

pronouns, conjunctions, determiners 

and punctuation. All stored in a 

handy tub. 

LI01434 115pk £62.49 

LI02155 52pk £37.49 

2. Super Sentence Tub 

Grammar Booster Kit 

Improve writing skills and practise 

using grammar in context with 

this great new booster kit. Colour 

coded and covering all parts of 

speech, these foam pieces are great 

for learning about and exploring 

sentence structure. Pack of 66. 

LI02352 £10.28 

i 

• Supports children’s 

understanding of 

sentence structure 

• Create words with 

prefixes and suffixes 

• Durable foam pieces 

66 

396 



Tub Phase 2-3 






containing graphemes that 

are focused on in Letters and 

Sounds.Covering phase 2-3, 

each word is colour coded 

according to its word class, 

covering nouns, verbs, adjectives, 

adverbs, prepositions, pronouns, 

conjunctions, determiners and 

punctuation. All stored in a handy 

tub. 

LI01708 £62.49 


Tub Phase 4-6 








Pack of 115. 

LI01709 £62.49 


Tub Booster Kit 

Booster kits designed to supplement 

the original Phonics Super Sentence 

Tubs, containing additional words 

from Phases 2-3 and 4-6 of Letters 

and Sounds. Sets include foam 

pieces covering nouns (blue), 

verbs (red) and adjectives (green) 

specifically to suit either Phases 2-3 

or 4-6. Made from foam. Pack of 55. 

1 

115 

2 


i 

• Colour coded according 

to word type. 




put childrens phonics 

learning into practice. 

i 


to word type 


complex sentences 


put children’s phonics 

learning into practice 

• Durable Foam Pieces 

SPAG 

LI02247 £23.74 

115 

3 

i 


to word type. 




put childrens phonics 

learning into practice. 

55 


SPAG 


1 

2 

1. NEW Magnetic Story 

Board 

Inspire creative sentence building 

with magnetic words and 

punctuation marks that are colorcoded 

by part of speech! This 

sentence building board includes 

loads of magnetic words that stick 

to the board with ease, allowing 

children to create sentences and 

entire stories. 

LT45954 £43.74 

2. No Nonsense Grammar 

A complete grammar programme 

designed to meet the needs of 

the new National Curriculum in 

a manageable way. Focusing on 

children in years 1-6, this programme 

provides sufficient guidance to 

implement an effective and fresh 

way of teaching. 

LI02368 £416.24 

3. Shaping Grammar 

An outstanding multi-sensory 

resource intended purposely as 

support for teaching and learning 

of grammar and punctuation. The 

distinctive shape and dry wipe 

material of each tile assists children 

to see, manipulate, read and 

hear words as well as build new 

sentences. 

LI01994 Year 3 and 4 £106.24 

4. Grammar Activity Cards 

Easy-to-use write and wipe activity 

cards, great for grammar and 

punctuation revision. On each of the 

cards, a simple explanation of the 

focus term is provided, and on the 

reverse side, a fun activity relating to 

that term. 

LI10080 £34.99 

3 4 

50 

398 


1. Sentence Building 

Dominoes 

This set of 114 brightly coloured 

sentence building dominoes will help 

children identify and learn sentence 

construction with ease. This set is 

ideal for sentence formation games 

and other literacy activities. Length 


1 


SPAG 

LI10594 £24.99 

• Colour coded to 

nouns, pronouns, 

verbs, adjectives, 

adverbs, conjuctions 

and prepositions. 

• Encourages children 

to create simple or 

complex sentences. 

2. Learning Resources 

Word On The Street 

Answer the category questions 

correctly and capture consonants 

as you go in this tug-of-words 

board game. Teamwork is the key to 

winning as players build vocabulary, 

spelling and communication skills in 

this fast-paced literacy game. 

114 

2 

LI10589 £31.24 

• Helps to build 

vocabulary, spelling and 

communication skills. 

• For 2-8 players (two 

teams). 

3. Outdoor Punctuation 

Signs 

Detailed with different punctuation 

and their definitions, these full 

colour outdoor signs will brighten 

up your outdoor area. Great for 

reminders and active learning, 

ensuring all children are confident 

in literacy. 

LI01741 £99.99 

• Perfect prompts for 

punctuation! 

• Use indoors or take 

learning outdoors 

• Discuss good grammar 

3 

13 


Writing 

Sentence Building 

1 

• Includes a four 

page activity 

guide. 

• A creative way to 

build sentences. 

1. Big Box of Sentence 

Building 

Improve sight word recognition, 

build vocabulary, increase fluency, 

teach punctuation, and introduce 

grammar with the Big Box of 

Sentence Building. The pieces are 

colour coded by the part of speech 

it represents. 


100 

LI01477 £46.24 

2. Sentence strips 

Sentence strips ideal for whole or 

group sentence writing. Printed 

guidelines to show upper and lower 

case letter sizes. 


L-STRIP £12.49 

2 

3. Sentence flip stand 

This unique flip stand provides the 

ideal way to teach children about the 

structure of sentences. The book is 

double-sided with different themes 

and sentence structure on each side. 


LI00736 £22.19 

4. Sentence Building 

Dominoes 


sentence building dominoes will help 

children identify and learn sentence 

construction with ease. This set is 

ideal for sentence formation games 

and other literacy activities. Length 


100 

LI10594 £24.99 

3 

4 

114 

400 


1. Creative Writing Tubs 

A kit packed full of unique, engaging 

objects, artefacts and characters 

to inspire both fiction and non 

fiction writing. Designed to link with 

popular school topics, these tubs are 

ideal for stimulating creative talk. 

LI01010 £143.74 

1 

Creative Writing 

Writing 

2. Pie Corbett’s Talk For 

Writing Box 

Let imaginations run wild with this 

fun filled box of ideas and activities 

for enhancing creative writing 

skills. Contains 35 games with 

photocopiable resources and many 

ideas to get your story telling and 

writing off to a great start. 

LI00472 £48.74 

3. Story Spinners 

Enthuse young writers with this 

simple yet effective idea! Inspire 

storytelling ideas and creative writing 

by simply spinning one or more of 

the spinners that cover: Who, what, 

where, when and why, plus settings, 

characters and plot lines. 

LI01281 £16.88 

2 

• Developed with Pie 

Corbett 

• Perfect for generating 

ideas for creative 

writing 

• Contains 35 games with 

photocopiable resources 

3 

6 


Writing 

Handwriting 

1 

1. A4 Phoneme Drywipe 

Frames 

These 35 whiteboards each feature 

a six cell phoneme frame across 

the top and handwriting guidelines 

below. Ideal for progressing to to 

CCVCC and CVCCV words, each 

whiteboard has a plain reverse side 

for standard activities. 

LI00689 £108.74 

2. A4 Magnetic Phoneme 

Frame Whiteboards 

A high quality, ready-made, time 

saving resource, perfect for use 

in daily phonics lessons. These 

attractive, double-sided whiteboards 

are a perfect resource for blending 

and segmenting exercises. 

LI00561 2/3 Frames £24.99 

LI00562 4/5 Frames £24.99 

2 

4 

The pack include whiteboards, medium tip pens 

and erasers and a FREE Teacher Resources Booklet, 

packed full of ideas, tips and games. 

3 

6 6 

5 

3. Phoneme Frame 

Whiteboards 









frame. 

LI00312 2/3 frames £23.74 

LI00313 4/5 frames £24.99 

4. Budget Whiteboards 

Great quality budget whiteboards, 

durable for every day use in all 

classrooms throughout school. 

These boards have rounded corners 

for safety and are lined on one 

side, blank on the reverse. Use with 

dry wipe pens in a wide range of 

curriculum areas. Made from 650 

micron gloss, white PVC. 

LBBRD 30pk £58.74 

LBBRD1 150pk £237.44 


Boards 








practice 

LI00545 6pk £21.24 

LI00779 30pk £62.44 

30 6 

402 


1. Cursive Writing Boards 

These whiteboards are great for 

practising cursive letter formation. 

The fonts used feature an approved 

style indicating entry and exit strokes 

and direction. Double sided (plain on 

reverse). Pack of 5. A4. 

1 

Handwriting 

Writing 

SD11069 £16.24 

2. Wipe Clean Whiteboard 

Class Kit 

A great value complete whiteboard 

class set, including all necessary 

accessories to get your class writing. 

Intended for everyday use, this pack 

includes everything needed for 

whole class whiteboard work in a 

whole range of curriculum areas. A4. 

L3KITBP 150pk £324.94 

L-KIT 30pk £87.49 

3. Dry Wipe Boards With 

Handwriting Guidelines 

A4 whiteboards with three sets 

of handwriting guidelines clearly 

printed on one side and plain 

whiteboard for general use on the 

reverse. Perfect for guided letter 

formation work in a group without 

needing to rule lines in books or use 

large quantities of paper. Pack of 6. 

2 

5 

LDRY £21.24 

4. Double Sided 

Handwriting Board 

A4 whiteboards showing an 

approved font on one side and 

three sets of handwriting guidelines 

boldly printed on the other. The 

starting point and direction for the 

correct formation of each letter 

allows children to trace each letter 

carefully, whilst the wipe clean 

handwriting guidelines on the 

reverse mean children can practice 

specific letters to perfection. Pack 

of 6. A4. 

LI00308 £22.49 

150 

3 4 

6 6 




1 

Contents 

Caterpillar 26 cm toy 

and Butterfly 35cm 

Hand Puppet 

VHC Book and CD 

Caterpillar to 

Butterfly Non fiction 

book 

VHC 24piece Floor 

Puzzle 

VHC Wooden 

Domino set 

VHC Memory Card 

game 

Soft Sack 

• Resources 

suitable for a 

cross-curricular 

story telling 

session. 

The importance of oral 

storytelling 

Oral storytelling encourages 

the development of empathy 

and self-awareness as we 

learn to embrace the world 

from a range of diverse 

perspectives. It helps people 

to locate themselves within 

each other’s experiences, 

allowing them to demonstrate 

deeper compassion through 

listening and building shared 

stories from what is heard, felt 

and experienced. 

- Richard O’Neill, Sue 

Egersdorff and Liz Ludden - 

Dukes and Duchess Nursery 

and Ready Generations. 

2 

3 

Contents 

Gruffalo 40cm toy 

Mouse 6inch Toy 

Gruffalo Book and CD 

Books x 3 

Who Lives Here Lift 

the Flap Book 

Look what I found 

in the Woods Non 

fiction book 

ABC Walk through 

the Countryside Book 

Gruffalo 4 in 1 Jigsaw 

Puzzle 

Soft Sack 

Contents 

10 finger puppets 

Who’s in the Jungle 

25 piece Jigsaw 

Jungle Snakes and 

ladders mini game 

Books x 3 including 

sing along CD 

Rumble in the Jungle 

Book 

Down in the Jungle 

Book and singalong 

CD 

Peep Inside Jungle 

non fiction book 

Soft sack 

1. The Very Hungry 

Caterpillar Toy Bag 

Eric Carle’s beloved classic tells 


marvellous transformations. 

Our fantastic range of Puppets 

and Character Toys are great for 




skills and are also great fun! Share 


marvellous transformations, whilst 

having all of the resources needed 

for a memorable storytelling 

session. Suitable for 3 to 6 years. 

LI10603 £143.74 

2. The Gruffalo Toy Bag 

Based on the award winning 

modern classic ‘The Gruffalo’ by 

Julia Donaldson, this Toy Bag is 

bound to be a favourite. These 

fantastic range of Puppets and 

Character Toys are great for 




skills and are also great fun! These 

Toy Bags will help to capture 

Children’s attention, strengthen 

their listening skills and vocabulary 

development. Suitable for 3 to 6 

years. 

LI10602 £141.24 

3. Rumble in the Jungle Toy 

Bag 

Come into the Jungle for a noisy, 

rhyming animal romp. Our fantastic 

range of Puppets and Character 

Toys are great for enhancing 

classroom storytelling sessions, 

helping children develop language, 

listening and attention skills and are 

also great fun! Ideal for classroom 

story sessions and encouraging 

imaginative play. Puppets and toys 

help children take an active part in 

the story. Suitable for 3 to 6 years. 

LI10604 £141.24 

404 


1 



1. NEW Travellers’ Tales Set 

of 5 

A set of 5 picture books written 

by renowned Romani storyteller 

Richard O’Neill. These titles provide 

a window into nomadic cultures and 

celebrate the traditional Traveller 

virtues of resilience, adaptability, 

loyalty and independence! 

EL46254 £49.99 

2. The Roald Dahl Language 

Pack 

A full range of Roald Dahl word 

and language titles. Includes the 

best selling Oxford Roald Dahl 

Dictionary and companion Roald 

Dahl Thesaurus. 

LI10618 £46.24 • Anarchic ways for Children to learn about language. 

• Quentin Blake’s black and white illustrations with an added second colour throughout. 

• Celebrate Roald Dahl Day with fresh content. 

2 

5 

6 


EAL 

EAL 

1 

1. New to English EAL Kit 

A mix of resources particularly 

suitable for encouraging and 

developing the spoken language of 

pupils new to learning English. Help 

EAL pupils speak English confidently 

by using this group set together 

with peer support to grasp both 

phonic and word understanding. 

LI02463 £224.99 

This carefully chosen kit includes sufficient 

materials for a group of children to grasp 

and reinforce the fundamentals of English. 

2. EAL Book Packs 

A great book pack consisting of 

lovely stories to use specifically in a 

linguistically diverse environment. 

Purposely selected to aid EAL 

children, the pack includes both 

fiction and non-fiction books, 

ideal for language development. 

Paperback. Pack of 12. 

LI02116 £142.49 

2 

• Engage EAL children 

through exciting books 

and illustrations 

• Includes both fiction 

and non-fiction text 

• Expose EAL learners 

to new words and 

stories 

12 

406 


i 

Mastering Effective 

Communication and 

Language Skills 

Here are some top speaking 

and listening tips: 

• Consider and plan specific 

times when children will 

be taught these skills. Just 

as we teach reading and 

writing, we also need to 

teach speaking and listening. 

• Immerse children in a 

language rich environment 

with lots of games and 

fun activities, so that 

language learning is always 

happening. 

• Giving children a purpose 

to talk is essential. Provide 

them with a real-life context 

beyond the classroom to 

apply their newly learnt 

skills. 

• Provide talking frames to 

scaffold and support children 

with their interactions. This 

could be sentence starters, 

word maps, question 

prompts or listening 

checklists. 

• Give children the 

opportunity to practise, 

practise, practise in a wide 

range of contexts. Times of 

the day such as lining up 

or the end of the day, are 

great times for speaking and 

listening activities, such as 

tongue twisters. 

1. 6 Speaking and Listening 

Board Games 

By using drama and role play, these 

board games encourage children 

to listen carefully and speak clearly 

whilst developing their ideas, thinking 

skills and vocabulary. Appeals to all 

children through child friendly images 

and content. Pack of 6. 

LI00435 £37.49 

2. NEW Terrific Talking Frogs 

Ten delightful, recordable frogs 

that may be used in water, indoors, 

outdoors and in messy play, lending 

themselves to lots of engaging 

learning activities with a focus on 

speaking and listening. Simply 

press a button and speak into them 

as they can record a 10 second 

message. Suitable for age 3 years 

and up. H3.5 x W8 x L7cm. Made 


1 

2 

3 

Speaking & Listening 

6 

10 

• Can be used in sand, 

gloop, and other 


• Ideal for number lines 

or phonics activities 

• Simply press a button 

and record your 10 


• Each tile records for 

10 seconds. 

• Play individually 

or click together to 

play in a sequence. 

• Sequence stories or 

blend sounds. 


EL46408 £137.49 

3. Clever tiles 

Record, sequence and playback your 

own sounds, words or sentences. 

Record up to 10 seconds on each 

tile, click together and press play on 

the first tile to hear your recordings 

played in sequence. They can also be 

played individually. Pack of 10. 

10 

LI10003 £124.99 


Outdoor 

Outdoor 

1 

1. NEW Outdoor Reading 

Collection 

An Interactive storytelling and 

reading resource collection, perfect 

for keeping children engaged and 

igniting a passion for reading, 

storytelling and immersive role-play 

in an outdoor setting. Powerful 

resource kit for evoking emotions, 

insights, learning life lessons and 

developing a sense of empathy 

through interactive role play via 

enriching outdoor learning activities, 

stories or narratives. 

LI10637 £568.69 

2 

Great for pairing with our Mini 

Shed, which is sold separately. 

SAVE 

£37 .50 

• Helps children to develop 

their imagination and 

interests. Encourages 

creativity. 

• Improves focus, problem 

solving and listening 

skills. 

• Can help children to 

understand different 

social situations and build 

empathy. 

2. NEW Outdoor Learning 

Essentials Collection 

Essential resources for recording 

learning whilst outdoors . This 

collection of outdoor learning 

essentials are great for recording 

your outdoor learning activities, 

whilst also making it quick and easy 

to take learning outdoors, with all of 

the essentials you need. 

LI10638 £164.91 

• Children can access and 

organise materials from 

easily accessible storage 

containers. 

• Offers a range of different 

writing resources. 

• Easy to take learning 

outdoors with all of the 

required essentials. 

3 

3. NEW Lets boost letters & 

sounds outdoor kit 

This bumper selection of tactile 

stone resources is perfect for 

outdoor literacy provision. All these 

sets are tough enough to be used 

outside and in sand, water, mud, soil 

and messy play, over and over again! 

LT45961 £343.74 

• Use them in different 

environments across your 

setting. 

• Introduce them in all your 

outdoor play set ups to 

extend the learning 

• All these sets are tough 

enough to be used outside 

and in sand, water, mud, 

soil and messy play. 

408 


1. Oxford School Dictionary 

The perfect dictionary for primary/ 

secondary school transition. Our 

bestselling school dictionary 

supports students with their 

language and spelling skills. Perfect 

for enhancing dictionary skills and 

looking up spellings and word 

definitions. Hardback. A5. 

1 

Dictionaries 

Dictionaries 

L3OXDPK 6pk £86.17 

L3OXDI Single £17.49 

L3OXD15 15pk £243.56 

2. Oxford Junior Illustrated 

Dictionary 

This edition of the Oxford Junior 

Illustrated Dictionary, suitable for 

7 years and upwards, features 

thousands of entries in alphabetical 

order together with clear illustrations 

and photographs in a modern and 

easy-to-use design. It incorporates 

clear and simple entries with 

numbered meanings, word classes, 

inflections and example sentences. 

Paperback. Portrait. 

LI00524 15pk £209.38 

LI00353 Single £16.88 

SAVE 

3. Oxford First Dictionary 

The ideal first dictionary for pupils 

aged 5 and above, with full colour 

pictures and clear, simple word 

definitions Designed to help ignite 

an early love of the English language 

this dictionary contains 1000 simple, 

easy-to-read entries. Paperback. 

2 3 

LFDICT15 15pk £156.06 

LFDICTP 6pk £69.92 

LFDICT Single £13.74 

4. Oxford First Thesaurus 

A highly innovative reference book 

that will help young children as they 

begin to write independently. With 

bright and colourful illustrations, it 

includes more than 100 entries with 

over 1000 synonyms. Paperback. 

LFTH15 15pk £156.06 

LFTHE Single £13.74 

5. Collins Primary Dictionary 

For children aged 7 and over, 

this dictionary contains up-todate 

coverage of a wide range of 

everyday and curriculum vocabulary. 

It offers additional language tips 

and carefully selected and annotated 

illustrations to help students with 

more complex language Portrait. 

LI00151 Single £16.88 

LI00527 15pk £203.13 

Curriculum 

Quote 

‘Learning new 

vocabulary, relating 

it explicitly to known 

vocabulary and 

understanding it with 

the help of context and 

dictionaries’. 

£18 .75 SAVE 

£43 .75 SAVE 

£50 .00 

4 5 

SAVE 

£50 .00 SAVE 

£50 .00 


Dictionaries 

Dictionaries 

1 2 

1. NEW Oxford English 

Dictionaries for Schools 

Extensive and accessible secondary 

school dictionary for curriculumfocused 

language support Ideal 

support at school and home for 

GCSEs and Controlled Assessments. 

LT46191 Single Single £16.24 

LT46192 6pk 6pk £91.17 

LT46193 15pk 15pk £218.56 

SAVE 

£25 .00 SAVE 

£25 .00 

3 4 

5 6 

2. NEW Oxford English 

Thesaurus for schools 

Extensive secondary school thesaurus 

for complete and accessible writing 

support. Ideal support at school 

and home for GCSEs and Controlled 

Assessments. 

LT46237 Single Single £16.24 

LT46238 6pk 6pk £91.17 

LT46239 15pk 15pk £218.56 

3. Collins Paperback 

Dictionaries and 

Thesaurus 

The ideal paperback dictionary book 

for schools. Language notes help to 

choose the right word and the easyto-use 

layout allows students to find 

words quickly and easy. Made from 

paper. Single. 

019038 Dictionary £10.94 

019089 Thesaurus £11.24 

4. Pocket English Dictionary 

Collins Pocket English Dictionary 

is the most up-to-date and 

information-packed dictionary of 

its size available. Provides spelling, 

grammar and pronunciation help, 

plus a handy supplement. Made 

from paper. Single. 

019088 £12.19 

5. Collins Primary Thesaurus 

Build confidence and writing skills 

with example sentences and full 

definitions for every synonym. 

Improve vocabulary with antonyms, 

pictures pages and word lists. Age: 6 

years+. Paperback, 184 pages. 

027565 £13.74 

6. Collins Primary illustrated 

Dictionary 

Collins Primary Illustrated Dictionary 

contains full sentence definitions, 

example sentences, parts of 

speech (noun, verb, etc) as well as 

synonyms, word histories, crossreferences 

and pronunciation. 

Designed for 8 years and over. 

Single. 

019062 £16.56 

410 


maths & numeracy 

contents 

412 new for 2023 

413-418 teaching for mastery 

419-437 number 

438-444 place value 

445-448 reasoning & problem solving 

449-453 calculation 

454-456 fractions, decimals & percentages 

457-463 measurement 

464-467 geometry 

468-469 algebra & statistics 

470 assessment & intervention 

471-472 enrichment 

473-480 outdoor maths 


New for 2023 

New for 2023 

1 

2 

SAVE 

£6 .56 

1. NEW 10 x 10 Frame 

Poppit 

The 10 x 10 Maths Poppit offers 

a new multisensory approach to 

learning mathematics 

Distinctive, fun and tactile approach 

to learning mathematics 

A unique media that addresses 

teaching counting, multiplication, 

number bonds, ordinality and 

cardinality. 

Supporting guidance and activity 

suggestions from a mathematics 

specialist and advisor 

MT45283 15pk £131.24 

MT45284 30pk £255.91 

2. NEW Ten Frame Poppit 

The Tens Frame Maths Poppit offers 

a distinctive, fun and multisensory 

approach to learning mathematics 

Unique, exciting and tactile 


Addictive media that addresses 

teaching 10 frames, counting, 


cardinality. 



specialist and advisor 

MT45449 15pk £24.93 

MT46534 30pk £36.73 

3 4 

5 

SAVE 

£13 .13 

30 

3. NEW Five Frame Poppit 

The 5 Frame Maths Poppit offers 

a distinctive, fun and multisensory 


Unique, exciting and tactile 


An engaging media that addresses 

teaching counting, 5 frames, 


cardinality. 



specialist and advisor Part of a wider 

range of maths Poppit resources 

and created to support the 

Rekenrek model of teaching. 

The three key areas of maths the 5 

Frame Maths Poppit is powerful in 

teaching are: 

Numbers from 1 to 5 

Adding and subtracting within 5 

Number bonds to 5 

MT45287 15pk £22.30 

MT45286 30pk £31.48 

MT46626 Poppit Pack Bundle Deal £165.33 

4. NEW Tackling Add and 

Subtract (Class Set) 

Tackling add & subtract is the fun 

cards game to boost mental maths 

fluency in children aged 5+. 

Tackling Add and Subtract 

MT46064 

(Class Set) 

£94.49 

5. NEW Hands-On Data 

Handling Trays - Complete 

Set 

A bright and colourful bumper pack 

of sorting trays to develop sorting 

and classification skills alongside 

relationships in number. 

MT46223 

Hands-On Data Handling 

Trays - Complete Set 

£111.55 

412 


Teaching for Mastery 

White Rose 

Maths Essentials 

Kit - KS1 

Essential manipulatives to help pupils in KS1 understand methods 

and concepts across the maths curriculum. Using the CPA approach, 

this kit provides concrete resources to help pupils see connections, and 

strengthens their mathematical understanding. Contents may vary. Used 

daily, this kit will support pupils to help them understand methods and 

concepts across the curriculum. This kit was created in collaboration 

with White Rose Maths, to be used alongside their training programs. 

Includes FREE Gratnell’s storage trays. 

from 

£656 .24 

BENEFITS 

• Created in collaboration with White Rose 

Maths 

• Uses the CPA approach to maths 

• Created to support KS1 curriculum 

objectives 

• The whole class can get involved 

MA10582 £656.24 



White Rose 


from 

£656 .24 

Kit - KS2 

Manipulatives in the kit cover Numbers, Place Value, Four Operations, 

Fractions, Decimals, Percentages and more. This kit was created in 

collaboration with White Rose Maths, to be used alongside their 

training programs. Includes FREE Gratnell’s storage trays. 

MA10583 £656.24 

KEY 

BENEFITS 


Maths 

• Whole class set 

• Created to support KS2 curriculum 

objectives 

• Helps strengthen mathematical 

understanding 

414 



White Rose 


from 

£295 .30 

Kit - KS3 

Concrete manipulatives to help bring maths to life for your entire KS3 

class.Following the CPA method, pupils in KS3 still benefit from being 

able to hold and work with concrete resources, to understand maths 

concepts. Place value, geometry, algebra and more - these essentials 

can be used for multiple topics. Contents may vary. 

Key Stage Three 

MA10589 £295.30 

KEY 

BENEFITS 

• Whole Class Solution 

• These essentials can be used for lessons in 

multiple areas of mathematics 


Maths for use with their programme 



Power Maths 

1 

1. Power Maths Starter Kit 

- Year 1 

Year 1 manipulatives for the whole 

class to use throughout the year. 

Created in collaboration with 

Pearson, this starter kit supports 

the Power Maths programme with 

manipulatives to use throughout 

Year 1. Contents may vary. 


MA10497 £402.93 


- Year 2 









MA10498 £433.11 

2 

416 



- Year 3 









MA10499 £433.11 


- Year 4 

Get your manipulatives for Power 

Maths in Year 4! Created in 

collaboration with Pearson, this 

starter kit supports the Power Maths 

programme with manipulatives to 

use throughout Year 4. Contents may 

vary. Suitable for 8 to 9 years 

1 

Power Maths 


MA10500 £439.68 

2 



Power Maths 

1 


- Year 5 

A Kit of most used manipulatives 

in Power Maths Year 5. Created in 

collaboration with Pearson, this 

starter kit supports the Power Maths 

programme with manipulatives to 

use throughout Year 5. Contents may 

vary. Suitable for 9 to 10 years 

MA10501 £439.68 


- Year 6 

Maths manipulatives for the entire 

Year 6 class! Created in collaboration 

with Pearson, this starter kit supports 





MA10502 £410.80 

2 

418 


1. Transport Counters 

A tactile manipulative, ideal for the 

learning of number concepts. These 

soft rubber counters are great for 

sorting, counting and imaginative 

play. Includes familiar transport 

methods from boats to trains. 


1 

Sorting & Classifying 

Number 

NMMCOU £17.72 

2. Farm Animal Counters 

A great resource to help with 

learning number concepts. 

These rubber counters are ideal 

for patterning and sequencing 

activities. Contains familiar farmyard 

favourites, to keep children engaged. 

Includes activity guide and storage 

tub. Multicoloured. Pack of 72. 

72 

NFFCOU £22.30 

3. Little People - Bumper 

Play Set 

These charming little people have 

been created to invite imaginary 

play. These earthy looking characters 

offer many attributes which makes 

them the perfect resource for sorting 

and classifying. Pack of 24. 

2 

MA10234 £76.11 

4. NEW Hands-On Data 

Handling Trays - Complete 

Set 

A bright and colourful bumper pack 

of sorting trays to develop sorting 

and classification skills alongside 

relationships in number. Help 

children take their very first steps 

into algebra and mathematical 

expression by exploring pattern, 

sequence and sorting, with these 

sturdy and classroom resistant trays. 

Presented in a variety of shaped trays 

from venn diagram to numbered 

and blank table grids. 

Challenge your class to create the 

simplest or most complex patterns, 

count, order and sort before they 

venture into recording their data 

handling adventures. 

3 

72 

MT46223 

Hands-On Data Handling 

Trays - Complete Set 

£111.55 

24 

4 

5 


Number 

Counters 

1 

Curriculum Quote 

Given a number, identify one more 

and one less. Use the language 

of: equal to, more than, less than 

(fewer), most, least 

1. Two Colour Counters 

These double-sided counters are 

an easy way to teach addition and 

subtraction, multiplication and 

division, fractions, place value and 

algebra. Counters are a versatile 

manipulative, ideal for exploring 

concepts of number. Made from 


MA10267 Multicoloured £15.74 

MA00485 Red/Yellow £15.74 

MA10166 Black/White £15.74 

MA10070 Blue/Red £15.74 

200 

2. Magnetic Two Colour 

Counters 

Front of class, demonstration 

counters. Colour matched to 

desktop version. Perfect for sorting, 

counting, algebra and probability 

exercises in group or whole class 

activities. Made from foam and 

magnets. 

MA10080 £19.04 

2 

3 

3. Re-Plastic Two Colour 

Counters 

Eco-friendly counters that are easy 

for children to grasp and use. 

Counters come in two colours (red 

& blue) and are made of RE-Plastic. 

400 counters in the pack means 

there’s enough for the class to use. 

Blue/red. 

MA10593 £27.55 

Magnetic 

200 

4. NEW Neighbourhood 

Wheels Counters 


maths counters are ideal for 

a variety of early years maths 

activities including counting, 

grouping, patterning, sorting, 

adding, subtracting, and more. 

The set’s scooter, bike, roller, skate, 

tricycle, skateboard, and wagon 

counters each come in 6 different 

fun colours. Multicoloured. Height 

16.5cm. Length 12.7cm. Made from 

plastic. Pack of 72. Weight 58g. 

Width 11.7cm. 

4 

EL46265 £22.30 

72 

420 


1. Linking Cubes 

Cubes in 10 colours link together on 

all sides so students can easily build 

and explore spatial relationships. 

Cubes feature geometric shape cutouts 

for more complex patterning 

activities. 

1 

Sorting & Classifying 

Number 

029828 100pk £12.47 

MA00134 1000pk £131.24 

2. Interlocking Cubes 

Explore various concepts of maths 

with these concrete manipulatives. 

These interlocking cubes can be used 

for sorting, ordering, classification 

and comparison. Cubes come in 10 

different colours, all contained in 

a handy storage tub. Height 1cm. 

Length 1cm. Made from plastic. Pack 

of 1000. Width 1cm. 

MA00394 £34.11 

3. NEW Maths Counters 

Library 

A bonanza set of 726 counters, 

with hundreds of child-pleasing 

objects for students to count, 

measure, compare and sort! This 

library includes all 6 sets shown, for 

a total of 762 counters; with each 

set presented in a sturdy plastic jar 

and includes an activity guide, to 

supplement your lesson plans. 

2 3 

100 

MT46216 Maths Counters Library £295.31 

4. Number Frames Snap 

Cubes 

Explore complex patterning and 

spatial relationships with these 

geometric shapes. In 10 different 

colours, incorporates the same 

colour scheme as our Number 

Frames series. They can link together 

on all sides. Height 2cm. Length 

2cm. Pack of 1000. Width 2cm. 

MA03161 £131.24 

5. Red/White Snap Cubes 

A special pack of red and white snap 

cubes. Ideal for using alongside bead 

strings as they connect together to 

make different length stacks in 1s, 

2s, 5s etc. Contained in a handy 

storage jar. Height 2cm. Length 2cm. 


Width 2cm. 

1000 

1000 

MA00817 £53.80 

4 

5 

100 

500 


Number 

Numberblocks 

Numberblocks are the fun-loving characters from the 

award-winning CBeebies TV series that show children how 

numbers really work. Now Learning Resources help schools 

bring the on-screen learning magic of the series to life in 

the classroom with our range of award-winning official 

licensed Numberblocks maths teaching resources. 

Based on the series itself, these innovative resources are 

developed in collaboration with the series’ creators, as 

well as teachers and education professionals to support 

learning by offering pupils hands-on ways to engage with 

the concepts shown in the episodes. They are ideal for 

supporting the EYFS and National Curriculum frameworks. 

“We love Numberblocks in 

my class. The children relate 

so well to the characters, 

and I have found it has 

really supported their understanding 

of number to a 

deeper level more than any 

resources I have ever used in 

the past.” 

Reception Class Teacher 

“The children LOVE Numberblocks, 

so this set makes them 

so excited about numbers. It 

supports their understanding 

and learning as they can play 

with the numbers, manipulate, 

and explore with them. The 

mathematical possibilities 

are endless!” 

Reception Class Teacher 

For more information please visit: 

www.creative-activity.co.uk 

MathLink® Cubes Numberblocks 1-10 Activity Set 

EY11853 £30.18 

MathLink® Cubes Numberblocks 11-20 Activity Set 

EL45242 £39.36 

MathLink® Cubes Numberblocks Classroom Set 

EL45246 £328.11 

Numberblocks Class Bundle 

EL45247 £391.11 

422 


1 

2 

Number Frames 

Number 

30 

1. Ten Frames Write & Wipe Flash Cards 

Write and Wipe ten frames for early number work. Use with counters for an 

alternative, visual representation of number and to deepen knowledge. Pack 

of 30. 

3 

MA10083 £35.43 

2. 10 Frame Number Sorting Tray 

A beautifully crafted wooden tray, perfect for exploring counting up to 

10! Explore number bonds with loose parts or natural materials, as well as 

counting, sorting and sequencing. Suitable for 3 to 5 years. Beech. Depth 

155mm. Height 20mm. Made from beech. Width 380mm. 

EY10188 £26.24 

3. Giant Magnetic Ten Frame Set 

Demonstrate number concepts with these giant magnetic ten frames. Ideal 

for front of class modelling and for children to show their understanding. 

Made from magnets. Mixed shaped. 

MA10077 £32.80 

4. Early Mastery Number Trays 

Children will enjoy collecting and counting with these beautifully crafted 

beech wood trays. Ideal for exploring counting, number bonds and the 

mathematical language of more and less. Suitable for 3 to 5 years. Made 

from beech. 

EY11283 £118.11 

5. NEW Skill Builders Maths Activity Set 

Everything you need to prepare young learners for a lifetime with numbers! 

These robust kits feature guided instructions for step by step support 

when exploring counting, basic calculation and patterns in number. This kit 

comes complete with calculation cards, tens frames, multilink, counters and 

activity cards. Ideal for developing critical thinking skills in mathematical 

development. 

MT46091 £26.12 

6. 50 Ten Frame Activity Cards 

50 double-sided activity cards for teaching maths skills with ten frames. The 

front of the Ten Frame Activity Cards feature procedures, resources used and 

the teaching objectives. The reverse provides visual examples. 

MA10113 £22.30 

7. Honey Bee Number Stones 

A set of colourful and tactile bee counters for the development of early 

mathematical sills. Use alongside the activity cards to help children to 

reinforce their understanding. Suitable for age 3 years and up. Stone. 


MA10230 £26.24 

6 7 

4 

5 

30 

30 

20 


Number 

Number Frames 

1 

1. NEW Pegs to Count Up 

Complete Set 

The most open ended maths 

manipulative, developed from 

the original Pegs to Paper for 

handwriting. Now features new 

components, including 70% 

recycled wood pulp pegs and 

pegboards, a double sided 100 

square printed insert and a set of 

10 sided dice. Suitable for 3 to 11 

years. Depth 85mm. H500 x W500 

x D85mm. Height 500mm. Made 

from bamboo, pvc and wood. 

Weight 7.22kg. Width 500mm. 

EL46502 £328.11 

2 

• Multisensory resource to 

support a range of mathematics 

from 3 to 11 years old 

• Explore linear patterns, 

counting, subitising, matching 

and comparison of number 

• Compare and order numbers 

from 0 up to 100, explore 

operations, check calculations 

and solve number problems 

2. Tens Frame Numeration 

Boards 

These foam 2x5 frames into which 

thick, 2-coloured counters are 

placed, perfectly show numbers less 

than or equal to ten. They enable 

children to automatically think of 

numbers less than ten in terms of 

their relationship to ten. Made from 

foam. 

MA03106 Group Pack £20.67 

MA03189 Class Pack £98.43 

3. Magnetic Tens Frames 

Explore the properties of the 

number 10, from counting through 

to number bonds. Multiple boards 

can extend the learning to 20 or 

beyond. Provides an engaging visual 

aid for early learning. Teaching notes 

included. Made from foam. 

MA03105 Group Pack £43.30 

MA03188 Class Pack £190.30 

4. Ten Frames and 2 Colour 

Counters 

Inspire children to demonstrate their 

number recognition. Designed to 

allow the counters (supplied) to fit 

snuggly in place so the children can 

hold up without losing counter With 

100 double sided counters. Height 

1.5cm. Length 16cm. Made from 


MA03052 £43.30 

15 

3 4 

15 10 

424 


Introducing the Maths Poppits 

Number Frames 

Number 

Rebecca Hanson, Maths expert and 

consultant, shares her thoughts on 

the Poppits: 

Our 10x10 poppit does everything the 

well-respected 10x10 rekenrek (bead 

frame) does, but is: 

• more fun for children 

• more ‘square’ and so it is easier to 

clearly ‘see’ the maths 

• much easier to store 

• much more affordable and it is therefore 

much more realistic for schools to 

purchase and use in class sets. 

The three key areas of maths this poppit 

is powerful in teaching are: 

1. The numbered 1-100 square 

2. Adding and subtracting within 100 

3. Multiplication up to 10x10 

The 5x5 squares provide children with 

support as they try to think about where 

numbers are? 

For example, 7 = 5 (red) +2 (white). 

Counting 7 objects of the same colour is 

much harder! This structural understanding 

of the numbers from six to ten is very 

important. 

SAVE 

£6 .56 

1. NEW 10 x 10 Frame Poppit 

The 10 x 10 Maths Poppit offers a new multisensory 


Distinctive, fun and tactile approach to learning 

mathematics. A unique media that addresses teaching 

counting, multiplication, number bonds, ordinality and 

cardinality. Supporting guidance and activity suggestions 

from a mathematics specialist and advisor Part of a wider 

range of Maths Poppit Resources, and designed strongly 

to support the Rekenrek model of teaching. 

Three key areas of maths the 10 x 10 Maths Poppit is 

powerful in teaching are: 

The 1-100 square 


Multiplication up to 10 x 10 

MT45283 15pk £131.24 

MT45284 30pk £255.91 

2. NEW Ten Frame Poppit 

The Tens Frame Maths Poppit offers a distinctive, fun and 

multisensory approach to learning mathematics 

Unique, exciting and tactile approach to learning 

mathematics 

Addictive media that addresses teaching 10 frames, 

counting, number bonds, ordinality and cardinality 

Supporting guidance and activity suggestions from a 

mathematics specialist and advisor Part of a wider range 

of maths Poppit resources and created to support the 

Rekenrek model of teaching. 

The three key areas of maths the Tens Frame Maths Poppit 

is powerful in teaching are: 




MT45449 15pk £24.93 

MT46534 30pk £36.73 

SAVE 

£13 .13 

3. NEW Five Frame Poppit 

The 5 Frame Maths Poppit offers a distinctive, fun and 

multisensory approach to learning mathematics 

Unique, exciting and tactile approach to learning 

mathematics. An engaging media that addresses teaching 

counting, 5 frames, number bonds, ordinality and 

cardinality. Supporting guidance and activity suggestions 

from a mathematics specialist and advisor Part of a wider 

range of maths Poppit resources and created to support 

the Rekenrek model of teaching. 

The three key areas of maths the 5 Frame Maths Poppit is 

powerful in teaching are: 




MT45287 15pk £22.30 

MT45286 30pk £31.48 

MT46626 Poppit Pack buy all and save £165.33 


Number 

Number Frames 

1 

SAVE 

£196 .88 

1. Giant Outdoor Number 

Frames 

Take learning outdoors with these 

colourful, giant number frames! 

Develop mathematical fluency and 

reasoning. Perfect for working in 

groups to learn number recognition, 

show instant recall of number, 

counting, sequencing, and number 

bonds. Length 90cm. Width 35cm. 

MA03117 10pk Silicone £150.93 

SD12075 10pk Foam £150.93 

MA02689 48pk Foam £524.99 


2 

2. Magnetic Number 

Frames 

Develop mathematical fluency 

and reasoning with these versatile 

frames. The visual aspect helps 

develop a practical understanding of 

number and can be used to support 

development of mathematical skill, 

from counting to problem solving. 

Length 16.25cm. Made from foam 

and magnets. Pack of 80. Width 

6.5cm. 

MA02690 £49.86 

3. Desktop Silicone Number 

Frames 

Support development of 

mathematical skill in an array of 

areas, from counting to problem 

solving. Soft and larger than typical 

frames, these non-slip and wipe 

clean frames are ideal for younger 

children and those with SEN. Length 

16.25cm. Made from silicone. Pack 

of 80. Width 6.5cm. 

MA03216 £59.05 

80 

3 

80 

426 


Bead Strings 

Maintaining pupil interaction is vital when using any resource. Bead strings can be very 

useful in independent or teacher-led group work, as a kinaesthetic resource to encourage 

systematic problem solving and exploration of number. Use the strings to strengthen 

estimation skills, number ordering and ratio, and more. 

It is important pupils are clear about the distribution of beads on these different strings 

(e.g. on a 10 bead string there are 5 red and 5 white beads, whereas on a 100 bead string, 

there are alternate groups of 10 red and 10 white beads). 

Number 

1. 1-10 Bead String 

Great for small hands to easily 

manipulate. Each bead string 

consists of five red and five white 

beads. Suitable for 5 to 7 years 

MA00171 Single £2.95 

MA02036 30pk £82.04 

2. 20 Bead String 

This pupil version bead string is 

ideal for demonstrating jumps, 

bonds etc. 20 beads alternating 

between red/white every five beads. 

Enabling children to deepen their 

understanding and fluency with 

number. Suitable for 5 to 7 years 

M20B Single £3.29 

M20B30 30pk £91.88 


A great way of building children’s 

confidence, especially those who 

are not yet ready for handling 100 

beads. 50 beads alternating between 

red and white every ten beads. 


M-BEAD50 Single £4.26 

M-BEAD50PK 30pk £114.85 


An alternative 100 line, that is easy 

to manipulate. 100 beads alternating 

between red and white every ten 

beads. An ideal concrete resource 

for early exploration of number. 

Great for counting, addition and 

subtraction and place value. 


M-BEAD Single £5.91 

M-BEAD30 30pk £150.94 

5. Red and Blue Bead String 

The perfect partner to our red and 

blue two-colour counters (product 

MA10070). These strings, in an 

alternative colour combination, 

coordinate with other resources 

pupils may come across in the 

classroom. A consistent colour way 

may benefit some children’s ability 

to understand maths concepts. 


MA10487 20 Bead String Line £4.26 

MA10488 100 Bead String Line £8.86 

5 

1 

Available in different sizes. See descriptions to the right for choices. 

SAVE 

£6 .56 

The ideal resource for counting, addition, subtraction and place value 

SAVE 

£6 .56 

SAVE 

£26 .25 

Red and blue beadstrings available in certain sizes 


Number 

Counting Frames 

1 

1. NEW Colour Changing 

Abacus 

Children learn to visualise numbers 

and count with this one of a kind 

colour changing Abacus. Multicoloured 

beads change to white as 

children slide them across each rod, 

helping them practise counting and 

subtraction. The Getting started 

guide includes 6 teacher-developed 

activities. 

MT45968 Single £32.80 

MT45969 4pk £124.64 

2 

Ideal to show partitioning numbers up to 100 

2. Wooden Demonstration 

Counting Rod 0-100 

100 Beads alternate 10 red and 10 

white on wooden frame. Ideal for 

demonstrating counting on or back 

and partitioning numbers up to 100. 

Easy to hang up and display at the 

front of the class (includes fixings). 

Length 145cm. Made from plastic 

and wood. Single. 

MCR100 £59.05 

3. Wooden Two Colour 

Abacus 

This abacus is ideal for use in 

conjunction with bead bars, 

bead strings and other counting 

resources. Consists of 5 red and 5 

white beads per row. This sturdy 

wooden frame is ideal for teacher 

demonstration or individual/group 

use. Height 18cm. Made from plastic 

and wood. Single. Width 25cm. 

MA00411 £19.04 

4. Individual Counting 

Frame to 100 

Explore numbers and groups up to 

100. Whether you call it a counting 

frame, a rekenrek or two-colour 

abacus, this frame is a great visual 

tool. Ten rows, each with 10 beads 

- 5 red and 5 blue. Height 17cm. 

Single. Width 26cm. 

MA10486 £19.04 

3 4 

Use with red and blue double-sided counters 

428 


1. Washable 1-100 Wall Pocket Chart 

Washable pocket chart includes 100 numbered cards 

to fit into 100 clear plastic pockets. Teaching guide 

included. Cards are coloured differently on the reverse 

side to highlight number patterns. With reinforced holes 

for hanging. Height 70cm. Made from plastic. Single. 

Width 66cm. 

1 

Number Grids & Squares 

Number 

NPOCCH £22.30 

2. Magnetic Hundred Square Board and 

Numbers 

101 magnetic, reversible number tiles accompany this 

large 10 x 10 grid. Each tile has the same number on 

the front and back in different colours to vary how they 

are displayed. With handy storage case. Tile size: W5 x 

H5cm. Height 60cm. Single. Width 60cm. 

MA00557 £87.93 

3. NEW Counting Class Pack 

A bumper and versatile pack which includes both pupil 

and teachers double sided dry erase boards. Printed on 

both sides for added value. Counting on to 120 with 

counting back from 100 to minus 19 on the reverse. 

read numbers in words. Pupil 1/2 A4 Number Line 

horizontal counting from minus 20 to plus 20. Vertical 

counting on the reverse. Lines with 100 divisions. Blank 

lines for estimation. Teachers version is the same as pupil 

but 77cm x 25cm. Both are made from durable plastic. 

MT46078 Counting Class Pack £131.24 

4. 0-100 Digit Playing Cards 

This pack of number cards includes 0 through 100, 

and is ideal for a variety of maths activities, including 

number and calculation. Save your lesson prep time. 

There’s no need to print and cut digit cards - these are 

ready to use! Pack of 101. 

2 

3 

CAR100 £7.22 

5. Dry Wipe 1-100 Number Boards 

Develop a great understanding of number with these 

reversible dry wipe 100 boards. Drywipe, hundred 

boards that are numbered 1-100 on one side and have 

100 blank squares on the reverse. Length 28cm. Made 

from laminated card. Width 28cm. 

MA00839 10pk £7.22 

MA10047 30pk £15.10 

6. Write and Wipe Boards to 100 (6pk) 

A great resource for exploration of number, using these 

double -sided, laminated whiteboards. The write and 

wipe boards feature three different areas to work on: 

blank lines, a number line, and a 100 square board on 

the reverse side. Height 25cm. Length 30cm. Pack of 6. 

MA10480 £14.76 

4 

5 6 

SAVE 

£6 .56 

101 

6 


Number 

Counting Sticks 

1 

2 

1. Counting Stick for 

Teachers 

Demonstration-sized counting stick, 

for whole-class mental arithmetic. 

This versatile 1 metre counting stick 

is printed on three sides: 1-100; 

sectioned into 10, and sectioned into 

4. Made from plastic. Single. 

M-T4 £19.04 

6 

2. Counting Sticks for Pupils 

Printed like the teacher’s counting 

stick, the pupil version does not 

include any numerals. This versatile 

counting stick is printed on three 

sides: 1-100; sectioned into 10, 

and sectioned into 4. Depth 20mm. 

Height 20mm. Length 250mm. Pack 

of 6. 

MA02592 6 pack £23.61 

430 


1 2 

Number Lines 

Number 

1. Dry Wipe Double Sided 

Number Line 

Develop a deeper understanding 

of number with these double sided 

number lines. The front features 

number line 0-20 and the reverse is 

left blank for you to add numbers of 

your choice. Length 29.7cm. Made 

from plastic. Pack of 30. Width 

10.5cm. 

MA02590 £30.18 

2. Numbered Line/Track to 

100 

0-100, double sided numbered 

track, illustrated with beads on one 

side and a numbered line on the 

other. The track has a write on, wipe 

off surface to allow multiple use. 

30 

3 4 

MA10277 Teacher’s Version £11.16 

MA10278 Child’s Version 6pk £13.11 

3. Dry Wipe -10 to +10 Table 

Top Number Lines 

These table top number lines 

alternate decades between red and 

blue and flow vertically. Dry wipe 

and durable and come in a handy 

box. Length 40cm. Made from 

laminated card. Pack of 10. 

MA00836 £13.11 

4. Dry Wipe Table Top 

Number Lines 

Dry wipe number line with numbers 

graduated at 1cm intervals. 

Alternate decades in red and blue. 

Number lines feature a peelable 

sticker on the reverse to enable 

you to fasten them to the desk or 

displays etc. Length 1m. Made from 


5 6 

10 5 

NLNE50 Positive/Negative +50 to -50 £14.76 

NLT100 0-100 £13.11 

5. Blank Table Top Number 

Lines 0-100 

Blank number lines to 100. 

Alternating blue and red every 10 

sections with black graduations. 

Length 100cm. Pack of 5. Width 

6cm. 

MA00797 £14.76 

6. Double Sided Desk Top 

Number Line 

Number lines for all! A class set 

of desktop number lines for each 

individual. With numbers on one 

side and a blank graded line on the 

reverse. White. Length 42cm. Made 

from laminated card. Pack of 32. 

Width 7cm. 

MDT1 £13.45 

5 32 


Number 

Playing Cards & Dominoes 

1 

1. Coloured Dominoes 

A well-known and fun resource to 

practice basic Maths and mental 

computation. The wooden dominoes 

set includes sets in six different 

colours. There are 28 pieces per 

pack. Made from wood. Pack of 6. 

NDOMIN £22.30 

2. NEW Educational Playing 

Cards 

Help children develop numeracy 

and fluency skills with our School 

Friendly Playing Cards. The four basic 

shapes (circle, square, rectangle and 

triangle) and four different colours 

can help children use these cards 

easily. Deck of 56 school friendly 

playing cards with 4 coloured shapes 

set in standard subitising patterns, 

and 14 numbers (0 -13) 

2 

6 

SAVE 

£6 .56 

MT46243 Single £18.36 

MT46244 6pk £103.60 

3. Giant Outdoor 1-6 Spot 

Dominoes 

Take this popular, classic game 

outdoors with these tactile, 1 to 6 

spot dominoes. Different colour dot 

patterns allow younger players to 

match the colours. 

MA02122 £43.30 

4. Traditional Playing Cards 

These excellent quality cards provide 

you with a multitude of different 

games in one box. Plastic coated 

cards for longevity, which rounded 

corners. Height 8.7cm. Made from 

laminated card. Width 5.7cm. 

M-TCARD Single £1.97 

MA0761 30pk £45.94 

5. Blank Playing Cards 

Use your imagination to create 

countless games and teaching 

resources with these blank playing 

cards. Whether you use them for 

digit cards, playing cards, flash cards 

or something else, you can create 

your own bespoke maths resource. 

Pack of 200. 

3 4 5 

CBLANK £4.26 

SAVE 

£13 .13 

28 30 200 

432 


1. Jar of 100 Dice 

Enable a deeper understanding of 

number with these mixed dice sets. 

Explore a range of maths concepts 

from random number generation, 

probability and statistics. 

1 

Dice 

Number 

M-J6 Numbers 1-6 £20.35 

M-JSPOT Spot £19.04 

M-J10 10 Sided £26.24 

MJMIX Mixed £27.55 

2. Giant Rubber Dots Dice 

With Indented Dots 

This chunky giant 6-sided dice is 

produced from heavy duty rubber. 

Ideal for group work and counting 

activities. 

MGD £13.11 

3. Silent Dice 

Ssshhhh, no more clattering noise 

with these multi-coloured, tough 

foam dice. Choose from - 

• Numbers 8pk 

• Operations 8pk 

• Spots 8pk 

Why not take advantage of our bulk 

pack - Consisting of 16 each of 

numbered, dot and operation dice. 

MSILENT1 Numbered Dice £8.86 

MA0929 Operation Dice £8.86 

MSDICE Spot Dice £10.17 

MA0758 Class Set £21.33 

100 

2 

3 


Number 

Calculators 

1 

• 36 good quality 

calculators 

• Solar and battery powered 

(batteries included) 

• Shaped to be easy to hold 

• Sturdy carry case complete 

with handle and lid 

1. Basic Calculators 36pk 

Kit your whole class out with this 

bulk value set of calculators, with 

storage case and lid. Each calculator 

includes an 8 digit LCD display, 3 

key memory, 4 functions. Solar and 

AA battery powered, with batteries 

included. 

MA00452 £78.74 

2. Big Button Calculator 

Ideal for beginners, this calculator 

has well spaced colour coded keys 

and is dual powered. There is space 

to mark the class name or pupil’s 

name on the calculator alongside 

the display. 

FCAL-X Single £2.95 

FCAL6 6pk £17.72 

EY05534 12pk £35.44 

MA00488 30pk £82.04 

3. Texet Educ-8 Calculator 

The TEXET EDUC-8 calculator is 

sturdy for classroom use, with 

Biomaster antibacterial protection. 

This basic calculator is dual powered 

(L1154 battery included), features 

8-digit display, square root, and 

percentage key. 

061515 Single £5.24 

250066 30pk £144.38 

2 3 

SAVE 

£32 .81 

6 6 

434 


1. Coloured Number Rods 

Wonderfully bright plastic coloured 

rods, perfect for small group use 

or the whole class. Truly open 

ended resource that can be used to 

reinforce everything from addition 

and subtraction to patterns and 

algebra. Colours may vary. 

1 

Number Rods 

Number 

MA03341 155pk £36.74 

MA03356 444pk £98.43 

2. Connecting Cuisenaire® 

Rods 155pk 

Help pupils make connections in 

math with these colorful, engaging 

manipulatives. Plastic rods snap 

together to clarify addition, 

subtraction, multiplication, division, 

fractions, decimals, geometry, 

measurement, patterns, algebra and 

probability concepts in a visual and 

tactile way. Pack of 155. 

MA10603 £26.24 

2 

155 444 

3. Connecting Cuisenaire® 

Rods Classroom Multi- 

Pack 

This connecting Cuisenaire Rods 

set has enough rods for 12-18 

individuals to use together. Rods 

come in ten different sizes from 1cm 

to 10cm and feature ten different 

colours. Each colour represents a 

different length. Pack of 444. 

MA10602 £78.74 

4. NEW Cuisenaire® Rods 

Demonstration Clings 

Brighten any classroom with these 

beautiful visual aids that reinforce 

work with Cuisenaire rods on almost 

any flat surface in your classroom. 

No more magnets! Made from an 

innovative substance that adheres 

to almost any smooth flat surface in 

the modern classroom, won’t leave a 

sticky residue, and can be used over 

and over again. Maths lessons with 

Cuisenaire® Rods are an engaging 

way to teach students number 

sense, measurement, fractions, ratios 

and more. Demonstrating is even 

easier with these clings. Made from 

an innovative material that won’t 

leave a sticky residue, they can be 

used over and over again. 

3 

155 

MT46058 £25.60 

5. Foam Number Rods 

Reinforce all aspects of number work 

with this concrete resource. Colour 

matched to support your other 

number rod resources. Enhance your 

children’s learning, giving them the 

ability to demonstrate their level of 

understanding. Pack of 492. 

4 

5 

444 

MA10042 £70.86 

155 

492 


Number 

Numicon 

1 2 

80 

3 4 

5 6 

1. Numicon Shapes 

Contains 80 shapes designed to be 

used alongside the Numicon range. 

Ideal for completing or adding to 

any apparatus pack. 

MA10325 £61.68 


Number Rods offer learners another 

structured image that can enrich 

number understanding. The rods are 

not graduated, so that they can be 

seen to represent different numbers 

in different situations. Pack of 306. 

MA10336 Coloured Number Rods £95.80 

MA10335 Number Rod Small Set £48.55 

3. 30 boxes of Number 

Frame Shapes 1-10 

Boxes of Numicon shapes for 

individual use by each pupil in a 

classroom setting. Designed so that 

each child can have a set of shapes 

to lay out in front of them and then 

use to respond to questions in class 

teaching. Pack of 30. 

MA10323 30 Boxes £216.17 

MA10322 1 Box £7.86 

4. Numicon Number Rod 

Track 

Ideal to help embed the number 

facts to 100, decade sections fit 

together to total 100 cm. Useful for 

teaching place value, partitioning, 

multiplication and division. Length 


MA10343 £16.08 

5. Numicon Display Number 

Line 

Clearly marked 0-21 number line 

with actual sized Numicon Shapes 

and number word. Printed on card 

and laminated. Supplied in three 

sections. Length 286cm. 

MA10320 £23.61 

6. Numicon 10 Shape 

Ideal for place value and other 

activities when working with larger 

numbers. Also useful to replace any 

missing pieces. Length 125mm. Pack 

of 10. Width 51mm. 

7 8 

10 

MA10330 £9.51 

7. Numicon 1 shape 

Useful for place value and other 

activities. Also useful to replace any 

missing pieces. Pack of 20. 

MA10327 £6.55 

8. Numicon Table-Top 

Number Lines 

A smaller version of the Display 

Number Line for individual use. 

Perfectly sized for small hands, 

showing 0-20 marked with the 

Numicon Shape and number word. 

Height 40mm. Length 210mm. Pack 

of 5. Weight 30g. 

MA10339 £5.91 

436 


1. Numicon 1st Steps in the 

Nursery Training Kit 

This Nursery kit supports children 

and practitioners in developing 

maths understanding in nursery. The 

kit supports practitioners’ subject 

knowledge and helps give children 

a firm foundation to their maths 

understanding. 


1 

Numicon 

Number 

MA10296 £206.05 

2. Numicon Starter 

Apparatus Pack A 

This Starter Pack A contains all 

essential Numicon apparatus to 

teach children at ages 5 to 7. 

This pack is suitable for teaching 

number and geometry in the Maths 

Curriculum. 


MA10316 £498.74 

3. Numicon Firm 

Foundations Starter 

Apparatus Pack 

The Firm Foundations Starter 

Apparatus Kit contains all essential 

apparatus to teach children at 

ages 3 to 5 and supports the Firm 

Foundations Teaching Pack. Embed 

a deep understanding of maths 

through an active, multi-sensory 

approach. 


2 

MA10298 £490.86 

3 


Place Value 

Place Value 

1 

SAVE 

£6 .56 

1. Wipe Clean Place Value 

Slider 

A fundamental maths resource 

for underpinning place value, 

with opportunities for greater 

depth investigation. Use the Place 

Value slider to explain place value, 

multiplication, division and fractions. 

MA10409 

1000s to 1/1000s Slider 

- 18pk 

£95.77 

MA10406 Th, H, T, O - 6pk £30.18 

MA10407 Th, H, T, O - 18pk £83.96 

MA10408 1000s to 1/1000s - 6pk £34.11 

2 

18 

2. NEW Outdoor Place Value 

Slider 

Take learning outdoors with this 

fundamental resource to underpin 

mathematical understanding in Place 

Value, with chance to take pupils 

into greater depth. Wall mountable. 

Use to explain a range of 

maths concepts, in place value, 

multiplication, division and fractions 

Our much-loved, versatile resource 

has been updated to encourage 

taking mathematics outdoors! 

Framed and wall mountable. 

Encourage Mathematics Mastery 

as well as independent and 


MT45292 £98.43 

3. Dry Wipe Place Value 

Slider 

A blank, unprinted version of our 

popular slider to help your teaching 

of place value, multiplication & 

division and fractions. Left blank for 

ultimate versatility, the grids give the 

option of exploring whole numbers, 

decimals or a mixture of both. 

The dry-wipe blank grid (in either 

4-space or 7-space format) stays in a 

fixed position. 

MA10404 4 Space Slider 6pk £32.80 


MA10410 

7 Space Slider Teacher 

Version 

£32.80 



3 

SAVE 

£13 .13 

6 

438 


1 

Place Value 

Place Value 

1. Coloured Plastic Place 

Value Counters 

The Place Value Counters are a great 

way for children to practise their 

skills with numbers up to five digits, 

as well as decimals. The decimal 

counters show their fraction 

equivalent on the reverse. Diameter 


2 

MA02670 990pcs £85.30 

MA02722 2475pcs £150.93 

2. Foam Place Value 

Counters Teacher Version 

Demonstrate place value from 

thousands to hundredths, with the 

teacher’s set. These foam magnetic 

counters are an easy way to teach 

place value to children using 

physical and visual representations 

of number. Diameter 9cm. Made 

from foam. Pack of 120. 

MA02773 £91.86 

Ideal for front of class demonstrations of place value 

80 

3 

3. Outdoor Place Value 

Foam Counters 

The perfect tool for teaching place 

value on a larger scale. These foam 

counters are ideal for teaching place 

value outside of the classroom. 

Enable children to build up to 4 

digit numbers, with each value 

given a different colour. Diameter 

19cm. Made from foam. Pack of 80. 

MA02674 £146.99 

Perfect for using 

outdoors! 

80 


Place Value 

Place Value 

1150 

2875 

1. Singapore Colours Place Value Counters Expansion 1750pk 

Expand knowledge of place value up to 1,000,000, and decimals, with this 

expansion pack. Use this pack as an addition to the 100s, 10s and 1s pack. Included 

are decimals to thousandths, and also 1000s to 1,000,000s. These Place Value 

Counters use the Singapore Maths Colours. Diameter 25mm. Made from plastic. 

i 

• Counters have a diameter of 25mm 

• Single-sided, to support reasoning 

and problem solving skills 

• Numbers now through to millions. 

Code Set No. of 

Counters 

Price 

MA10186 Decimals, Thousands & Up 1750pk £104.99 

MA10190 Multibuy 1125pk + 1750pk £160.09 

MA10189 Multibuy 400pk + 700pk £82.66 

MA10187 100s, 10s, 1s 1125pk £81.36 

MA10185 100s. 10s. 1s 400pk £36.74 

MA10188 Decimals, Thousands & Up 700pk £52.49 

440 


1. Re-Plastic Two Colour 

Counters 

Eco-friendly counters that are easy 

for children to grasp and use. 

Counters come in two colours (red 

& blue) and are made of RE-Plastic. 

400 counters in the pack means 

there’s enough for the class to use. 

Blue/red. 

MA10593 £27.55 

2. RE-Wood Dienes Base Ten 

Set - 5 Colours 

Pupils can learn maths and be kind 

to the planet at the same time, with 

this eco-friendly base ten set. Made 

of Re-Wood, the dienes base ten 

set has 141 pieces, which include 

five different colours. The orange 

rods enable children to also work 

with fives. 

MA10597 £39.36 

3. Recycled Place Value 

Counters 

An eco-friendly set of 352 place 

value counters, made from 

recycled cardboard. The 2.5cm 

diameter counters include place 

value counters ranging from 

0.001 through 1,000,000. Decimal 

numbers are also expressed as 

fractions. 

MA10594 £31.49 

4. Re-Wood Number Rods 

Can maths help save the planet? 

They might, when using our ecofriendly 

number rods! Lightweight 

and able to withstand use, children 

can count, and discuss number 

relationships.The single cube is 1cm. 

MA10596 £31.49 

i 

Eco-Friendly 

• We are fully committed to improving our sustainability. As such we have responsibly sourced a 

recycled plastic and utilised recycled wood waste, avoiding the use of virgin wood materials to 

produce some of your best loved Maths resources, featured on this page. 

Place Value 

1 2 

3 4 


Place Value 

Base Ten 

1 

1. Singapore Colours Base 

Ten Set 

Empower a deeper understanding 

of place value through the use 

of manipulatives. Through using 

physical representations of 

number, enable children to model 

mathematical calculations in an ideal 

learning environment. Made from 

plastic. Mixed shaped. 

MA10074 121pk £39.36 

MA02806 755pk £157.49 

2. Re-Plastic Base Ten Class 

Set 

Eco-friendly 184-piece base ten 

set for the entire class. Made from 

RE-Plastic® material. This sustained, 

pollution-free and carbon-neutral 

RE-Plastic® material consists of 184 

pieces of 100% recycled plastic. 

MA10595 £59.05 

2 

121 

121 

3. Singapore Colours Place 

Value Ten Frames 

Visual learning helps to develop 

concepts like number and place 

value. Demonstrate principles such 

as sharing and exchange with this 

front of class apparatus. Utilises the 

singapore maths colour scheme. 

Numbers from thousandths to 

millions. Diameter 4.5cm. 

MA10078 £43.30 

4. NEW Connecting Base 

Ten Set 

Designed to connect together for 

children to more easily understand 

the relationship between ones, 

tens, hundreds and thousands. Set 

includes 3 red cubes, 20 blue flats, 

200 green rods, 600 yellow units, 

25-sheet base ten pad, and an 

activity guide, in a durable plastic 

container for easy storage. Book is 

included. 

Size : cube is 10 x 10 x 10cm 

Set includes : 823 pcs, 25-sheet base 

ten pad, activity guide and 1 book 

in plastic containe Pack of 131. 

MT46235 

Connecting Base Ten Set 

(131 pcs) 

£15.74 

3 4 

131 

442 


1. Multi-Coloured Base 10 

Group Set 

Use this Base 10 Set to really bring 

to life the relationships between 

ones, tens, hundreds and thousands. 

Linking directly to the decimal 

system, Base ten also helps to 

develop children’s knowledge of 

multiplication and division by 10. 

Pack of 184. 

1 

Base Ten 

Place Value 

MA00135 £85.30 

2. Base 10 Hands on 

Student Pack 

It’s easy to demonstrate and 

reinforce place value concepts with 

our hands-on teaching kit! The 

student packs contain 20 ones, 15 

tens, and 9 hundreds blocks. The 20 

pack includes teacher’s guide and 

reproduceable activity mats. Height 

13cm. Length 37.4cm. Made from 

cardboard. Width 25.4cm. 

2 

184 

MA10630 Single £11.80 

MA02659 20pk £196.61 

3. Interlocking Base Ten 

Explore concepts of place value 

hands-on with this interlocking 

base ten. Enable children to model 

mathematical calculations with this 

tactile resource. Each piece is formed 

so that they click together, allowing 

children to see how the physical 

representation of number is created. 


MA02620 £22.30 

4. Weighted Base Ten Class 

Set 

Our Singapore colours, weighted 

base ten set also helps develop the 

relationship between number and 

weight. This engaging Base Ten 

resource enables more learning 

outcomes than a typical base ten 

set. Made from plastic. Pack of 184. 

Mixed shaped. 

SAVE 

£39 .38 

20 

MA10022 £44.61 

3 4 

121 184 


Place Value 

Bar Model 

1 

2 

1. Foam Magnetic Bar Model 

Pupil 

From addition to algebra, bar 

modelling is a visual structure that 

helps children develop a conceptual 

understanding of the maths needed 

to solve a problem. The Bar Model is 

flexible enough to use from Year 1 

through Year 6 and beyond. 


MA02768 

Foam Magnetic Bar Model 

Pupil Version 

£146.99 

MA02767 Foam Magnetic Bar £59.05 

Model Teacher Version 

2. Bar Model Activity Cards 

Years 2-6 

Build a solid mathematical 

foundation and improve conceptual 

understanding from their very 

first maths lesson. By solving the 

problems, children will learn how 

to use bar models to solve complex 

problems and master mathematical 


MA02746 Years 2-6 £216.50 

MA02741 Year 2 £48.55 

MA02742 Year 3 £48.55 

MA02743 Year 4 £48.55 

MA02744 Year 5 £48.55 

MA02745 Year 6 £48.55 

3. Introduction to Bar 

Modelling Set 

From addition to algebra, the bar 

model is the go-to resource for 

developing mastery and used widely 

throughout Singapore methods. Your 

first step into bar modelling begins 

now with this captivating and tactile 

maths resource. 


MA03310 £135.18 

4. Silicone Bar Model 

Help children to develop a 

conceptual understanding of 

maths structures with these tough, 

colourful and wipeable silicone bar 

model pieces. 

MA03243 £131.24 

3 

4 

444 


1. Can You Convince Me? 

Activity Cards Multi Pack 

These Maths activity cards are perfect 

to encourage discussion, deliberation 

and reasoning in each year. Children 

often know an answer is right or 

wrong, but not why! Ask them for 

their reasoning on the answer; if it is 

correct, why? 

MA02682 Year 1 £48.55 

MA02683 Year 2 £48.55 

MA02684 Year 3 £48.55 

MA02717 Year 4 £48.55 

MA02718 Year 5 £48.55 

MA02719 Year 6 £48.55 

MA02966 Year 6+ £48.55 

MA02685 Multi Pack £300.47 

2. Always, Sometimes, 

Never Activity Cards 

Perfect for developing a pupil’s 

depth of knowledge, and going 

beyond the surface of memorised 

facts. Do all prime numbers only 

have two factors? When you have 

decided on your answer, what is your 

reasoning? With stackable storage tin. 

1 

2 

SAVE 

£39 .38 

20 

Reasoning & Talking 

Reasoning & Problem Solving 

MA02822 Set 1 - KS1 £28.86 

MA02823 Set 2 - LKS2 £28.86 

MA02824 Set 3 - UKS2 £28.86 

MA02828 Activity Cards Bundle Deal £73.46 

MULTIBUY 

SAVING 

£NaN 

3. What If Maths Activity 

Cards 

Deepen the understanding of maths 

concepts for Yr 3 pupils. It all starts 

with ‘What if…’. Each card takes 

one starting point, and extends 

ideas, skills and concepts through 

three more progressive ‘What if…’ 

questions. 

MA10546 Year 3 £44.61 

MA10547 Year 4 £44.61 

MA10548 Year 5 £44.61 

MA10549 Year 6 £44.61 

MA10574 Years 3-6 £152.20 

80 

3 

SAVE 

£26 .25 




1 

SAVE 

£13 .13 

81 

2 

SAVE 

£26 .25 

1. Reasoning Activity Cards 

Activities to test children’s critical 

thinking skills. Quick fire reasoning 

questions, to develop children’s 

mathematical knowledge and 

depth of understanding. Question 

on one side, answer on the back, 

differentiated by year group. 


MA10144 £160.05 

2. Graded Maths Problem 

Solving Cards Multi Pack 

A complete set of Problem Solving 

Cards tailored to each year group. 

Children can choose the most 

appropriate methods and equipment 

to solve the problems. When you see 

the ‘Talk’ logo, encourage children to 

solve problems with others. 


MA00472 Multi Pack £184.97 

MA00468 Set 1 £30.18 

MA00469 Set 2 £30.18 

MA00474 Set 3 £30.18 

MA00475 Set 4 £30.18 

MA00476 Set 5 £30.18 

MA00477 Set 6 £30.18 

MA02965 Set 6+ £30.18 

446 


1. KS1 Maths Book Pack 

This collection of books looks at 

maths problem solving in fun and 

engaging ways. Covers number, 

shapes and time using entertaining 

titles including ‘Centipede’s 100 

Shoes’, ‘Using Subtraction at the 

Park’ and ‘Sorting in the Kitchen’. 

Pack of 15. 

MA02490 £149.61 

2. Counting Songs and 

Rhymes Book Pack 

A lovely selection of fiction and 

non-fiction books that introduces 

early maths. Makes learning fun with 

counting rhymes that children will 

enjoy joining in with. Pack of 9. 

MA00827 £90.55 

1 

Problem Solving through Stories 


15 

2 

9 



Reasoning & Talking 

1 

SAVE 

£6 .56 

2 

SAVE 

£13 .13 

1. Real World Maths Activity 

Cards 

These cards show that maths is in 

everyday places and encourages 

pupils to think about maths 

differently. Each activity is relevant 

to the image – chosen to specifically 

suit the tasks given and represent 

real world scenarios. 

MA02678 Years 1-2 £48.55 

MA02679 Years 3-4 £48.55 

MA02680 Years 5-6 £48.55 

MA02681 Bundle Deal £139.08 

2. What’s The Same, What’s 

Different? Activity Cards 

Encourage children to look beyond 

what they first see and to think 

about less obvious differences 

between number, shape and pattern. 

100 activity cards in each set in a 

handy, stackable storage tin. 

MA02855 Set 1 - KS1 £30.18 

MA02856 Set 2 - LKS2 £30.18 

MA02857 Set 3 - UKS2 £30.18 


448 


1. Number Fishing Game 

Children will have great fun whilst 

learning to identify numbers from 

1 to 10, calculate and improve their 

fine motor skills. The 4 doublesided 

game mats offer a number 

identification game, and addition 

and subtraction game 

1 

Addition & Subtraction 

Calculation 

MA02191 £65.61 

2. Addition Dominoes 

Help develop fluency in addition 

to 20 with this colourful dominoes 

set. Each calculation has a 

visual representation to support 

understanding, with the written 

calculation underneath. Made from 


MA10245 £17.72 

3. Subtraction Dominoes 

Help develop fluency in subtraction 

within 20 using this colourful 

dominoes set. Pupils solve each 

subtraction calculation, shown either 

pictorially or as an equation, and 

find the answer to win the game. 

Includes 28 dominoes in an easy to 

use storage tin. Made from plastic. 

Pack of 28. 

2 

MA10246 £17.72 

4. Monkey Math 

Addition is fun with Monkey Math! 

When the monkey has equal number 

of bananas on each hand, he will 

look straight ahead, with arms 

perfectly balanced. Single. 

MA10483 £26.24 

5. NEW Tackling Add and 

Subtract (Class Set) 

Tackling add & subtract is the 

fun cards game to boost mental 

maths fluency in children aged 5+. 

Another high energy mental maths 

challenge, which is ideal to dip in 

and out of whenever there’s a spare 

minute. This play-based approach 

is ideal for use in the classroom to 

build number sense and confidence 

in early years maths concepts. 

28 

3 

MT46064 £94.49 

28 

4 5 


Calculation 

Addition & Subtraction 

1 

1. Ten Frame Magnetic 

Answer Boards 

Enable children to demonstrate 

their understanding and write 

simple calculations easily. Develop 

skills in understanding of number 

and adding and subtracting within 

10 or 20. Pack of 4. 

MA10253 £59.05 

2. NEW Ten-Frames Class Set 

A whole class set of durable and 

versatile tens frames with counters, 

which will help children explore and 

practice a range of mathematical 

skills. Children can visualize a 

variety of maths concepts with these 

skill-building trays and counters. 

Each tray has raised grid lines that 

keep counters in place as kids 

practice addition, subtraction and 

more. 

MT46226 Ten-Frames Class Set £64.30 

2 

4 

3. Ten Frames Hands-on Kit 

Encourage children to practice key 

maths skills with these hands on 

ten frames kits. Develops skills in 

counting, skip-counting, composing 

and decomposing numbers, 

addition (adding to 20) and 

subtraction (subtracting within 20). 

MA10250 £70.84 

3 

450 


1. NEW Multiplication Maths 

Machine 

A quick fire self checking 

multiplication game is perfect for 

independent and collaborative 

games. The Multiplication Machine 

makes maths so simple, children 

can teach themselves! Simply just 

press the equation buttons…and 

the answers pop up for immediate 

reinforcement! 

1 

Multiplication & Division 

Calculation 

MT46198 

Multiplication Maths 

Machine 

£45.93 

2. NEW Division Maths 

Machine 

An ideal, high speed games which 

encourages enquiry is suited to both 

independent and energy driven 

collaborative games. The Division 

Machine makes maths so simple, 

children work autonomously. Simply 

just press the equation buttons… 

and the answers pop up for 

immediate reinforcement! 

MT46202 Division Maths Machine £45.93 

3. The 24 Game 

Three levels of difficulty and various 

strategies make this game a flexible 

way to challenge any class. The aim 

is to make the number 24 using all 

four numbers on a game card. Add, 

subtract, multiply and divide using 

each number once. Length 10.2cm. 

Made from laminated card. Pack of 

96. Width 10.2cm. 

M-SD £34.11 

4. Multiplication Dominoes 

Four sets of ‘tables’ dominoes in 

one box. Each set can be played 

as a separate game or the sets can 

be combined. Each set contains 

24 dominoes that are durable and 

washable. Each set is contained in 

a strong plastic tidy box. Length 

80mm. Pack of 4. Width 40mm. 

2 3 

MA00905 £36.74 

5. 0-20 Maths Counters and 

Symbols 4pk 

Versatile counter set for hands-on 

maths activities - no preparation 

needed! Each handy box comes 

with 4 sets of 0-20 counters and 4 

sets of maths symbols, to facilitate 

quick, varied maths activities. 

MA10391 4pk £28.86 

MA10392 16pk £108.89 

96 

4 5 

SAVE 

£6 .56 

4 4 


Calculation 


1 

1. Giant 100 Number 

Squares Mat 

Encourage numeracy skills with 

these thick and soft Counting and 

Multiplication carpets. Perfect for 

teaching Mathematics and can also 

be used to support Communication 

& Language, as one of the other key 

areas of learning and development. 

W2 x L2m. 

FU00267 Counting £236.24 

FU00268 Multiplication £220.49 

2. 12x12 Multiplication 

Squares 

Printed with the tables on one side 

and blank on the other, ideal for 

front of class and group activities. 

Sizes: 

• Child’s version - 15 x 17cm 

• Teacher’s version - 50 x 55cm. 


MA02702 Single Teacher’s Version £13.11 

MA02701 Child’s Version 6pk £11.80 

2 3 

3. NEW Dry Erase - Pupils A4 

Stepping Stone Boards, 

PK 30 

A great way of developing and 

reinforcing multiplication and 

division skills, with this use and reuse 

resource. Illustrates the idea of 

the remainder, round up and down 

after calculation. Use reverse side for 

a random timed activity. Made from 

durable plastic. 

MT46067 £69.55 

452 


1 


Calculation 

SAVE 

£6 .56 

10 

1. Times Tables Mastery 

Keyrings 

Build multiplicative fluency AND 

understanding, with these dual 

representation cards. Pupils can see 

the structure of each times tables 

as they work through the keyring, 

offering opportunities to study 

patterns and connections between 

them. Suitable for 6 to 11 years 

MA10381 10pk £22.30 

MA10382 30pk £60.33 

2. Multiplication Wristbands 

Motivate pupils to learn their 

times tables, with these collectable 

multiplication wristbands. The 

wristbands are colour co-ordinated 

to allow games and activities, based 

on seeing patterns and connections. 


MA10387 SET 2 - 3x 4x 8x £59.05 

MA10386 SET 1 - 1x 2x 5x 10x £78.74 

MA10388 SET 3 - 6x 7x 9x 11x 12x £97.11 


2 

SAVE 

£32 .81 


Fractions, Decimals & Percentages 


1 

1. Building Fractions 

Activity Center 

Give pupils a concrete understanding 

of how to build fractions—with 

a hands-on fractions centre that 

makes difficult concepts easy to 

grasp! Our centre includes a tray 

with 250 labelled fraction pieces, 

plus 22 activity cards that prompt 

children to build a variety of 

fractions from halves to twelfths. 


MA10616 £81.36 

2. Foam Magnetic Fraction 

Action Bar 

Engage children with fractions by 

using our magnetic backed fraction 

bar. Easily compare fractions by 

laying them side by side, the bar 

format shows that fractions aren’t 

always represented by circles and 

pie charts. Length 30cm. Made from 

foam. Pack of 123. Width 3cm. 

MA02747 £45.93 

2 

3. Foam Magnetic 

Percentage Action Bar 

Be 100% confident when teaching 

percentages. Percentage Action Bar 

helps children to see percentages 

as fractions of one whole and see 

the relationships and equivalences 

between fractions, percentages and 

decimals. Length 30cm. Made from 

foam. Pack of 122. Width 3cm. 

MA02748 £45.93 

3 

122 

4. NEW Rainbow Fraction 

Measuring Spoons 

Introduce measures and volume 

to the very young and consolidate 

understanding in older children’s 

understanding of measures with 

these easy to use bright measuring 

spoons. These colourful, foodsafe 

measuring spoons are ideal 

for learning about fractions and 

measurements through hands-on 

activities. Spoons nest together for 

easy storage. Also ideal for role play 

as well as real life mathematical 

explorations. Not suitable to be left 

outdoors. Pack of 4. 

MT45272 £14.43 

4 

454 


1. White Rose Maths 

Fractions, Decimals & 

Percentages 

Help your class break down 

misconceptions and build a good 

understanding of basic fractions. 

This is the perfect kit for any teacher 

who wants to build their confidence 

in teaching fractions so that their 

class is more confident too. 

MA10584 £393.74 

2. Foam Magnetic Bar Model 

From addition to algebra, bar 

modelling is a visual structure that 

helps children develop a conceptual 

understanding of the maths needed 

to solve a problem. Flexible enough 

to use from Year 1 through Year 6 

and beyond. Suitable for 5 to 11 

years 

1 

2 



MA02767 Teacher Version £59.05 

MA02768 Pupil Version £146.99 

3. Bar Model Activity Cards 

Years 2-6 

Build a solid mathematical 

foundation and improve conceptual 

understanding from their very 

first maths lesson. By solving the 

problems, children will learn how 

to use bar models to solve complex 

problems and master mathematical 

ideas. 


MA02746 Years 2-6 £216.50 

MA02741 Year 2 £48.55 

MA02742 Year 3 £48.55 

MA02743 Year 4 £48.55 

MA02744 Year 5 £48.55 

MA02745 Year 6 £48.55 

3 

5 




1 

2 

324 

1. Magnetic Tiles Multi Buy 

Pack 

Get children exploring the 

concepts of equivalency with these 

lightweight, colour-coded magnetic 

tiles. Displays percentages in a 

circular and rectangular format. 

Work well alongside the Magnetic 

Fraction and Magnetic Decimal Tiles. 

MA02187 Multi Buy £85.30 

MA02192 108 Pack £28.86 

2. Magnetic Fraction 

Builders 

Children can build fraction and 

equivalency skills with this resource. 

Circular pieces show how fractions 

can describe part of a group. 

Rectangular pieces show how 

fractions can describe part of a 

length. 

MAGFRAC £32.80 

3. Magnetic Decimal Builder 

Pieces 

Explore equivalency with these 

colour-coded magnetic pieces, in 

circle and bar forms. Pupils can 

combine the pieces to create a 

whole, mix and match pieces to 

compare parts of a whole. 

MA02190 £28.86 

Curriculum 

Quote 

324 

Continue to recognise fractions 

in the context of parts of a 

whole, numbers, measurements, 

a shape, and unit fractions as a 

division of a quantity. 

3 

108 

456 


1. Counting Stick for 

Teachers 

Demonstration-sized counting stick, 

for whole-class mental arithmetic. 

This versatile 1 metre counting stick 

is printed on three sides: 1-100; 

sectioned into 10, and sectioned 

into 4. The Teacher’s Counting Stick 

is 1m long, scratch resistant high 

quality plastic. One side is also blank 

for estimation tasks. Made from 

plastic. Single. 

1 

Estimating and Comparing 

Measurement 

M-T4 1m £19.04 

MA02592 6pcs £23.61 

2. NEW Measurement Class 

Pack 

This cross curricular versatile class 

kit comprises Teacher and pupil 

plastic dry wipe boards, suitable for 

measuring, comparing, adding and 

subtraction temperature, weight 

and time. 

MT46090 £196.86 

2 3 

6 

3. Tape Measure 

This handy tape is made from a 

flexible, non stretch and washable 

material. Chunky and easy to hold, 

the tape measure has bold 1cm 

markings and 10cm increments. 

Made from nylon reinforced plastic. 

Width 3cm. 

STAPE 10pk £16.08 

MA00490 30pk £41.67 

SAVE 

£6 .56 

4. Early Stage Rulers 

Our great value basic ruler is ideal 

for Foundation Stage and KS1. 

Numbers are clearly marked on 

the lines to avoid confusion when 

reading a measurement. Each 10cm 

section is coloured to help when 

counting in blocks of ten. Depth 

2mm. Length 30cm. Made from 

plastic. 

4 

SAVE 

£13 .13 

5 

610 

SAVE 

£6 .56 

MA00436 6pk £6.24 

MA00663 36pk £24.29 

5. Wind Up 10 Metre 

Measuring Tape 

Indestructible, high quality, 

fibreglass tape in a wind-up 

case. This tape displays clear cm 

increments. Ideal for use outdoors. 

Length 10m. 

MA0766 10pk £98.31 

TAPE10 Single £10.49 

6. Retractable Tape 

Measure 

This flexible, easy to use tape 

measure is clearly graduated in 

mm and cm. Ideal for measuring 

on both flat and curved surfaces. 

Length 150cm. Made from 

fibreglass tape and plastic. Pack 

of 10. 

MA10270 

Retractable Tape Measure 

10pk 

£18.18 

2 Pack sizes 

available 

6 

10 

10 


Measurement 

Money 

1 2 








coin denomination from 1p ‭to £2.63 


of 480. 

MA03373 £59.05 

3 

4 

6 

480 

192 

5 

SAVE 

£6 .56 

2. Plastic Play Money Coins 

Realistic coins for Maths activities 

and role play. Use them to sort 

and count, add and subtract. When 

learning about money, physical 

money coins and notes offer a much 

more relatable experience, over 

printed play money. Made from 

plastic. 

MA03228 1p - 100pk £4.92 

MA03233 2p 100pk £4.92 

MA03229 5p 100pk £4.92 

MA03230 10p 100pk £4.92 

MA03236 20p 100pk £4.92 

MA03237 50p 100pk £4.92 

MA03232 £1.31 100pk £10.49 

MA03235 £2.63 50pk £6.55 

MA03308 Class Coin Set £40.01 

3. Plastic Money Coins (160) 

and Notes (32) 

Give money solving activities a 

sense of realism with this set of 

indestructible play notes and ‭coins. 

Covering all coin denominations 

up to £2.63 and notes £6.56 up to 

£65.63 Suitable for age 3 years and 


MA03372 £34.11 


Register 

This ingenious calculator cash 

register is perfect for all money 

topics and shopping scenarios. 

Register comes with digital display, 

large buttons and can hold life size 

money. Made of durable plastic for 

continuous use by children. Suitable 


plastic. 

MA03342 £35.43 

5. Play Money Sterling 

Notes Pack 

Encourage financial awareness 

through role play and other moneyrelated 

activities. These bank notes 

are an essential maths resource for 

money and calculation activities. Pair 

them with play money coin sets for a 

full experience. 

MA03234 £12.47 

6. Magnetic Money 

Imitation sterling notes and coins 

are reversible and magnetic so 

ideal for use on a whiteboard The 

jumbo design means they are ideal 

for front of class demonstration. 

Ideal for counting, equivalency 

and calculating change in real life 

situations. Made from magnets. 

MA03302 £38.05 

458 


1 

Time 

Measurement 

25 

2 

10 

1. 12 Hour Time Clock Kit 

This large, bright geared clock is 

perfect for time demonstration 

purposes. Engage with children and 

collectively discuss and measure 

various time concepts. Great 

for classroom interaction and 

involvement. 


MA03350 £61.68 

2. Write on Wipe Off Clock 

Dial 

Brightly coloured 12 hour clock can 

be written on and manipulated 

for all time based learning. With 

rotating hands and space for digital 

time representation, these dry wipe 

boards are a very versatile resource. 


MA03353 £17.72 

3. 12 Hour Individual Clocks 

These brightly coloured, small geared 

clocks are perfect for individual 

or group work. Improve pupil’s 

understanding and measurement of 

time with this delightful clock face, 

measuring just 10.5cm in diameter. 


MA03347 £8.86 

4. Advanced Numberline 

Clock 

Help pupils calculate intervals of time 

and solve elapsed time problems. 

Simply unfold the number line 

chains, snap them together, and 

you’ve created a number line out of 

a clock face. 

MA10612 £16.08 

3 

4 


Measurement 

Sand Timers 

1 

SAVE 

£6 .56 

1. Large Sand Timers 

Large glass sand timers encased 

in hard plastic, able to withstand 

the knocks and bumps of the 

classroom. Perfect for use in 

games, accurate event timing and 

experiments. Each timer has the 

time embossed on the top. Height 

14.5cm. Made from plastic. Width 

8cm. 

MA0998 30 seconds £17.05 

MA00090 1 minute £17.05 

MA00043 2 minutes £17.05 

MA00033 3 minutes £17.05 

M5TIME 5 minutes £17.05 

MA00041 10 minutes £17.05 

MA0997 15 minutes £17.05 

MA00130 1-10 min 5pk £78.69 

MA0999 30 Sec -15 min 7pk £108.84 

2 

• Large glass sand timers 

encased in hard plastic 

• Each time denomination 

has different coloured 

sand 

• 30 second to 15 minute 

timers 

• Great value class packs 

3 

1 minute 

5 minutes 

3 minutes 

2. NEW Sit on Sand Timer 1 

minute 

Enormous and robust school sand 

timers, in three durations, designed 

to withstand the rigours of the 

classroom. Ideal for improving 

concentration & time keeping in all 

environments. These sand timers 

will ensure complete focus when 

completing tasks, making learning 

fun, and helping children develop a 

sense of time. 

MT45540 Sit on Sand Timer 1 minute £104.99 



3. Small 1 Minute Sand 

Timers 

Help children grasp a sense of time 

with these classroom essentials sand 

timers. Alternative to stop clocks 

for a demonstration of the passing 

of time. Height 7.6cm. Made from 

plastic. Pack of 10. Width 2.4cm. 

MSAND £17.72 

Ideal for 

tabletop 

460 



Stopwatches 


store in the docking station and plug 

in when a recharge is needed. Make 

age and stage appropriate by setting 

the watches to show minutes/ 

seconds, minutes/seconds/tenths or 

minutes/seconds/tenths/hundredths. 

SC00945 £150.93 


Stopwatches with Lap 

Function 

An uncomplicated set of 

stopwatches with no need to 

change fiddly, expensive batteries! 

Specifically designed for primary 

schools, each set of stopwatches 

are supplied with a plug in docking 

station that doubles as a lockable 

storage unit. 

1 

Time 

• An essential resource 

for the whole school 

• Rechargeable - includes 

docking station 

• 3 stopwatches in 

1 - make key stage 

appropriate 

• will last 10 hours - 

auto sleep mode 

Measurement 

PE00992 £150.93 

3. Battery Stopwatch 

Simple stopwatch with large screen 

which can be made age and key 

stage appropriate. Changeable 

settings, so that the timer will show 

either minutes only or with seconds 

or tenths. 

12 

SC01219 6pk £49.86 

SC01220 30pk £236.19 

2 

16 

3 

SAVE 

£13 .13 

16 


Measurement 

Scales 

1 

1. Nestable Bucket Balance 

Set of 4 

The Nestable Bucket Balance is a 

fun and engaging way to explore 

measurement and weight. Children 

can compare quantities, find 

equivalences, begin to explore mass 

and volume, count, add and subtract 

as they learn early mathematical and 

scientific concepts. 

MA10606 £91.86 

2. Mathematical Balance 

Count and perform all four 

mathematical functions (+ - x ÷), 

with immediate visual and physical 

verification on this easy-to-use 

balancing scale. Height 655mm. 

Made from plastic. Width 210mm. 

MA03348 Single £14.76 

MA03280 10pk £75.47 

SET OF 

4 

3. Nestable Pan Balance Set 

of 4 

The Nestable Pan Balance is ideal 

for exploring measurement and 

weight. Students will learn early 

mathematical and scientific concepts 

such as inequalities, mass, volume, 

operations, counting, subtracting, 

and adding. Includes 4 Nestable 

Pan Balance Bases each with 2 pans, 

1 space-saving storage base, and 

Activity Guide. 

2 

SAVE 

£72 .19 

MA10607 £91.86 

4. Combined Rocker Scale 

This Combined Rocker Scale has 1/2 

litre and 1 litre clear containers for 

liquid measurement, and bevelled 

lids for platform weighting. The 

scale is fitted with a liquid leveller for 

accuracy. The containers have 100ml 

graduations. 

MA0976 £41.99 

3 

4 

462 


1 

i 

• Class set of 17 pieces of measuring equipment 

• Easy-to-read blue graduations 

• Made from tough, hard-wearing plastic 

• Great for science experiments and maths investigations 

• Robust and long lasting for the primary classroom 

Volume/Capacity 

Measurement 

17 

1. Plastic Measuring 

Beakers, Cylinders and 

Jugs Class Set 17pk 

Made from a tough, long lasting, 

heard-wearing plastic, the 

measuring equipment is designed 

to withstand life in a classroom. 

Translucent and featuring easyto-read 

blue graduations and a 

pouring spout. 

2 

SC10235 £52.49 

2. Measuring Beakers 

Strong, unbreakable, plastic 

beakers, with easy-to-read blue 

scales. Available in 7 different sizes. 

SC10236 Class Set £17.72 

SC10209 50ml £1.64 

SC10210 100ml £1.97 

SC10211 200ml £2.30 

SC10212 250ml £2.61 

SC10213 300ml £2.95 

SC10214 500ml £3.29 

SC10215 1000ml £3.61 

3. Measuring Jugs Set 

Translucent, with an easy-to-read 

blue scale. High quality measuring 

jugs made from a hard-wearing 

plastic. Translucent, with an easy-toread 

blue scale. Includes 1 of each 

volume: 250ml, 500ml and 1000ml. 


SC10216 250ml £2.61 

SC10217 500ml £3.29 

SC10218 1000ml £3.93 

3 


Geometry 

Properties of Shapes 

1 

1. Small Solid Shapes 

Empower your children with deeper 

understanding of geometrical 

shapes. Give children the skills 

to explore and investigate the 

properties of 3D shapes. How many 

faces does a triangular prism have? 

Length 3.2cm. Made from plastic. 

Pack of 96. Width 3.2cm. 

MSSS £65.61 

2. Large Shapes 

Set of brightly coloured, plastic, 

geometric 3D shapes. The shapes 

have a common 8cm dimension 

allowing exploration of the 

relationships between area, volume, 

shape, form, size and pattern. Made 

from plastic. 

MA03355 17pk £36.74 

MA03430 51pk £103.65 

2 

SAVE 

£6 .56 

96 

3. 2D and 3D Geometric 

Shapes 

Easy to fold plastic shapes to fit 

into clear geometric forms. Helps 

visualise the differences between 

2D and 3D shapes. The Geometric 

shapes are ideal for geometry, 

measurement and problem solving. 


MFGS £45.93 

4. 3D Foam Geometric 

Shapes Bag 

A fantastic and versatile resource 

that looks at 3D geometric shapes. 

Included in the bag are 8 assorted 

3D foam shapes, 10 labels and 

activity sheets. Bag size: 30cm. 

Length 30cm. Made from foam. 

Single. 

M3DSB £40.68 

3 4 

12 

464 


1. XL Giant Super 

Construction Class Set 

This giant set of 160 pieces will 

be an engaging addition to 

your construction area. Support 

early shape recognition and 

creative thinking as children work 

collaboratively to create giant 

structures! Suitable for age 24 

months and up. Height 210mm. 

Length 210mm. Pack of 160. 

EY03233 160pk £328.07 

1 

SAVE 

£157 .50 

Properties of Shapes 

Geometry 

2. Giant Polydron 

Giant Polydron is the sensory 

construction product from Polydron. 

It encourages children to make 

and recognise 2 and 3 dimensional 

shapes and will encourage children 

to develop an awareness of shape 

and texture. Suitable for age 3 years 


EY02846 40pk £124.68 

3. Giant Polydron Class Set 

Polydron encourages children to 

make and recognise shapes and are 

designed so they are easy for small 

hands to manipulate. There are 

textures on one side to help children 

recognise different shapes and are 

also marked with Braille. Suitable for 

age 24 months and up. Pack of 80. 

2 3 

160 

EY02949 80pk £242.78 

4. Magnetic Polydron Sets 

Magnetic Polydron combines the 

fun of construction with the wonder 

of magnetism. A brightly coloured, 

fun set of magnetic shapes. Ideal 

for teaching early shape recognition 

and the concept of magnetism. 



EY03231 32pk £65.61 

EY03232 96pk £157.46 


Platonic Solids 

Explore the worlds of shape, space 

and magnetism, combining the fun 

of construction with the lessons 

of polarity. Build and explore the 

five platonic solids with this set. 

Includes 18 squares, 96 equilateral 

triangles and 36 pentagons. Height 


plastic. Pack of 150. Weight 0.96kg. 

Width 19cm. 

MA02805 £292.68 

Contents 

40 piece set includes: 20 squares and 20 

equilateral triangles 

80 piece set includes: 40 squares and 40 

equilateral triangles 

Square piece size: 200mm x 200mm 

40 

• Great for early maths 

• Encourages spatial awareness 

• Supports creative thinking 

80 

Curriculum 

Quote 

Make 3-D shapes using 

modelling materials; 

recognise 3-D shapes 

in different orientations 

and describe them. 

4 5 

96 


Geometry 

Position and Direction 

1 2 

Contents 

6 x Blue-Bots® 

1 x Rechargeable 

Docking Station 

Contents 

18 x Blue-Bots 


Docking Stations 

1. Blue-Bot® Classroom Pack 

Get the whole class programming 

with the Blue-Bot® Class Bundle! You 

can program Blue-Bot® with a wide 

range of tablets, a PC, Mac, or our 

very own TacTile Reader. 

EL00515 £669.29 

2. Blue-Bot School Pack 

A class bundle containing 18 Blue- 

Bots and 3 rechargeable docking 

stations. Bluetooth enabled which 

means you can control the Blue-Bots 

with your tablet or PC. 

3 

Contents 

1 x Tactile Reader 

25 x Pieces 

1 x charging cable 

EL00516 £1,876.63 

3. Tactile Reader 

A unique and extremely fun way 

to program Blue-Bot. Place your 

instructions on the tile reader, press 

go and see Blue-Bot complete the 

program! 

IT01118 Single £150.93 

IT01146 3pk £387.15 

4. Blue-Bot® TacTile Reader 

Tiles Extension Pack 

The TacTile Extension Pack introduces 

extra functionality to the standard 

pack. Including 45° turns and 

repeats. Using these, children 

can program Blue-Bot® to explore 

geometry and also create efficient 

algorithms. Pack of 25. 

EL00546 £23.61 

4 5 

Contents 

Pack of 25 

Contains: 

45° Left x 4 

45° Right x 4 

Repeat start x 3 

2x Repeat x 2 

2x Repeat x 1 

4x Repeat x 2 

6x Repeat x 2 

8x Repeat x 2 

Repeat end x 3 

Pause x 2 

25 

5. Blue-Bot® and Mat Pack 

Save time and money when you 

buy six Blue-Bots®, a docking station 

and three mats together. Can the 

children program Blue-Bot® to make 

its way from the forbidden swamp 

to the cove? 

EL00517 £759.81 

Contents 


1 x Rechargeable Docking 

Station 

1 x Farm Mat 

1 x Treasure Island Mat 

1 x Fairytale Mat 

466 


1. Bee-Bot® Programmable 

Floor Robot 

Bee-Bot® is a perfect starting point 

for teaching control, directional 

language and programming. Along 

with a memory of 200 steps, Bee- 

Bot® can detect another Bee-Bot® 

or Blue-Bot® and say hello. Height 

7cm. Length 13cm. Width 10cm. 

1 

SAVE 

£131 .25 

Position and Direction 

Geometry 

IT10077 Single £85.30 

IT10078 4pk £328.07 

IT10079 6pk £511.80 

IT10219 18pk £1,404.13 

2. Bee Bot Maths Activity 

Cards 

A set of 30 Maths-related activity 

cards for Bee-Bot, containing 60 

activities. Maximise Maths exposure 

with this set of cards; designed 

to get the most of our maths 

when using the popular Bee-Bot 

programmable floor robot. 


IT10159 £26.24 

2 


Algebra & Statistics 

Algebra 

1 


Wonderfully bright plastic coloured 

rods, perfect for small group use 

or the whole class. Truly open 

ended resource that can be used to 

reinforce everything from addition 

and subtraction to patterns and 

algebra. Colours may vary. 

MA03341 155pk £36.74 

MA03356 444pk £98.43 

2. Show-Me Magnetic 

Framed Large Portable 

Whiteboards 

Show-me high quality magnetic 

drywipe boards are ideal for portable 

use or if no desk surface is available 

Larger portable sizes that are great 

for creating class mind maps in 

a wide range of environments. 

Magnetic. 

LI00236 A3 Single £21.66 

LI00238 A2 Single £32.80 

155 

3. Show-me Magnetic 

Framed Whiteboard 

Magnetic drywipe boards in your 

pupils’ hands, for endless activities 

across the curriculum. These boards 

are both magnetic and drywipe on 

both sides to give pupils more space 

to work. White. Magnetic. 

MA10535 £64.30 

2 

3 

10 

468 


1. Algebra Tiles 

Colourful, plastic algebra tiles are 

a wonderful open-ended resource. 

Allow students to build geometric 

models of polynomials and increase 

their understanding of algebraic 

concepts, with these double-sided 

tiles. Each individual pack contains 5 

large squares, 10 long flats and 20 

small squares. Made from plastic. 

Pack of 15. 

MA03282 £91.86 

2. Algebra Tiles and 

Activities Pack 

Algebra activity cards covering Y6 

objectives together with 15 sets of 

algebra tiles. Download our free 

‘Getting started with Algebra Tiles’ 

guidance as an introduction. Using 

the tiles can substantially improve 

pupils understanding of algebra. The 

cards extend pupils knowledge and 

understanding in accordance with 

Y6 curriculum requirements. 

MA10588 £95.80 

1 

Algebra 

15 

Algebra & Statistics 

2 

i 

• A natural next step from using counters 

• Enables pupils to visually work through 

each step 

• Supports talk and exploration 

• Helps pupils discuss their process of 

thinking 


Assessment & Intervention 

Assessment & Intervention 

1 

Maths Recovery is a system of diagnostic interview assessments and teaching based on a 

clear understanding of the conceptual stages by which young children acquire knowledge and 

understanding of number. The rigour of the knowledge that underpins Maths Recovery allows 

teachers to make classroom learning and teaching more effective at all ages. It is very useful for 

‘recovering’ children who are failing to grasp number, and it can also be used to develop number 

knowledge and strategies in average and able children. It is not limited just to the early years of 

learning, nor to one-to-one teaching. The teaching principles can be applied to group settings 

and whole classes. 

1. Intervention and 

Recovery Maths Kit 

A kit to support teachers who 

have graduated through the 

Maths Recovery training and are 

using the programme in school. 

Contains a vast array of supporting 

resources for chapters 5 to 9 

from the Maths Recovery book 

‘Teaching Number’. Also contains 

the majority of resources required 

to support the ‘Every Child Counts’ 

programme and would be the ideal 

‘one-stop-shop’ for your school 

to help support the programme. 

Thanks to Advisors and the Maths 

Recovery Council for all of their help 

with this product’s development! 

Everything is contained in a durable 

storage container to keep all of your 

resources in one place! (Please note 

that the contents may vary slightly 

from that listed). Single. 

MA00456 £351.74 

470 


1. NEW Manipulative Maths 

Help children with maths learning 

outside the classroom with this 

home learning maths set. Includes 

6 of our most popular and versatile 

hands-on maths manipulatives. 

Ideal for ages 5-7, the set comes 

with an easy-to-follow guide that 

explains how each resource can 

be used. 

MT45271 

Take-Home Manipulative 

Maths 

£40.68 

1 

Enrichment 

Enrichment 

2. Times Tables Mastery 

Keyrings 

Build multiplicative fluency AND 

understanding, with these dual 

representation cards. Pupils can see 

the structure of each times tables 

as they work through the keyring, 

offering opportunities to study 

patterns and connections between 

them. Length 10cm. Width 10cm. 

MA10381 10pk £22.30 

MA10382 30pk £60.33 

3. Multiplication 

Wristbands 

Motivate pupils to learn their 

times tables, with these collectable 

multiplication wristbands. The 

wristbands are colour co-ordinated 

to allow games and activities, based 

on seeing patterns and connections. 

Made from silicone. 

MA10386 SET 1 - 1x 2x 5x 10x £78.74 

MA10387 SET 2 - 3x 4x 8x £59.05 

MA10388 SET 3 - 6x 7x 9x 11x 12x £97.11 

2 

SAVE 

£6 .56 

30 

3 


Enrichment 

Enrichment 

1 

1. NEW Versatiles Learn at 

Home Reading and Maths 

Set 1 

A hands-on skills practise and selfchecking 

system for independent 

learning. Maths and Literacy set 

for ages 3+ includes 2 full colour 

workbooks. Select the correct 

answer and place the tile with the 

matching number in the case. Select 

the correct answer from the maths 

or literacy question book and place 

the tile with the matching number 

in the answer case. 

Turning the answer case over reveals 

a pattern that matches for selfcorrecting. 

Includes 8 numbered tiles, an 

answer case, and 2 books - 1 

featuring maths and literacy 

questions. 

MT46059 

Versatiles Learn at Home 

Reading and Maths Set 1 

£35.43 

2 

2. NEW Versatiles Learn at 

Home Reading and Maths 

Set 2 

A hands-on skills practise and selfchecking 

system for independent 

learning. This literacy and maths set 

for ages 5+ includes 2 workbooks. 

Select the correct answer from 

the book and put the tile with the 

matching number in the case. This 

reading and maths set for ages 5+ 

is ideal for use at home for skills 

practise. 

Select the correct answer from the 

maths or literacy question book and 

place the tile with the matching 

number in the answer case. 

Includes 8 numbered tiles, answer 

case and 2 books - for maths and 

literacy. 

MT46060 

Versatiles Learn at Home 

Reading and Maths Set 2 

£35.43 

3 

SAVE 

£39 .38 

3. Dip and Pick Problem 

Solving Cards 

Challenge children to develop a 

deeper understanding of maths 

at different levels. The breadth 

of difficulty across the range of 

problems will require increasingly 

more sophisticated problem solving, 

reasoning and strategies skills. Made 

from laminated card. Pack of 20. A4. 

MA03174 Year 1 £48.55 

MA03175 Year 2 £48.55 

MA03176 Year 3 £48.55 

MA03177 Year 4 £48.55 

MA03178 Year 5 £48.55 

MA03179 Year 6 £48.55 


20 

472 


1 

Outdoor Maths 

Outdoor Maths 

22 


A tactile way of introducing numbers 

through play. The number pebbles 

are made from a stone and resin mix 

and are engraved with a number. 

Ideal for use in sand and water and 

outdoor play. Suitable for 3 to 5 


2 

EY03749 Standard £26.24 

EY03750 Sum Building Set £39.36 

EY06463 Jumbo £39.36 

2. Giant Foam Numbers 

These multi-coloured, huge numbers 

are a great maths resource. Use 

them for making physical number 

lines, number recognition and 

ordering or hanging from fences and 

walls to create playground displays. 

Colours may vary. Suitable for 3 to 

7 years. Height 50cm. Made from 

foam. Pack of 10. 

EY00265 £61.68 

3. Mirror Numbers 

Collection 

A beautiful set of mirrored numbers, 

perfect for supporting early maths 

skills and number recognition. With 

a 3mm hole in the top making them 

great for hanging outdoors to create 

shimmering numerical displays. 

Made from acrylic. Pack of 14. 

MA00538 H168mm £26.24 

MA00556 H70mm £13.11 

10 

3 

14 


Outdoor Maths 

Terrific Talking 

Frogs 

Ten delightful, recordable frogs that may be used in water, indoors, 

outdoors and in messy play, lending themselves to lots of engaging 

learning activities with a focus on speaking and listening. Simply 

press a button and speak into them as they can record a 10 second 

message. Suitable for age 3 years and up. H3.5 x W8 x L7cm. 


EL46408 £144.36 

from 

£144 .36 

KEY 

BENEFITS 

• Can be used in sand, gloop, and other messy 

concoctions 




474 


1. Outdoor Place Value 

Foam Counters 

The perfect tool for teaching place 

value on a larger scale. These foam 

counters are ideal for teaching place 

value outside of the classroom. 

Enable children to build up to 4 digit 

numbers, with each value given a 

different colour. Diameter 19cm. 


1 2 

Outdoor Maths 

Outdoor Maths 

MA02674 £146.99 

2. Number Cones 

These yellow cones have clear red 

numbers for easy visibility. Can be 

used as a teaching aid for a number 

of different number-based activity 

games indoors or outdoors. Height 


80 

10 

MOPCO £15.74 

3. Outdoor 100 Mat 

Let children explore their knowledge 

around number sense with this 

hundred mat. Great for developing 

simple maths concepts from 

addition and subtraction through to 

number patterns and beyond. 

3 4 

MA03249 £39.36 

4. Number Bean Bags 1-20 

Use the number bean bags for 

Maths fun! Ideal for making 

number lines, counting and number 

recognition. Each bean bag features 

the numeral, and bags 1-10 also 

include a pictorial representation. 

Width 10cm. 

EY10135 20pk £35.44 

MA00114 10pk £17.72 

20 

5. Inflatable 0-9 Numbers 

Super-sized numbers 1-10 in 5 

vivid colours. Perfect for number 

recognition, counting and 

sequencing games. Comes with 

loops and wire to hang on washing 

lines and for use outside. Height 


5 

MLNNUM £23.61 

10 


Outdoor Maths 

Outdoor Maths 

3 

1 2 

1. Outdoor Wooden Scales 

and Bucket Set 

A large set of wooden measuring 

scales with metal buckets, for 

indoor or outdoor use. Children 

will love using the wooden learning 

scales to initiate their own learning 

and investigations. Suitable for age 


D793mm. 

EY04163 £190.30 

2. Giraffe Chalkboard 

Height Chart 

Giraffe character chalkboard board, 

for measuring height. Supplied in 

two pieces, the chart has 10cm 

interval markings from 10-160cm. 

Pre-drilled with fixings. Height 



FU02755 £150.93 

3. Outdoor Rainbow Ruler 

Great outdoor ruler for your 

playground wall, colourful and ideal 

to encourage pupils to measure 

different objects outside. Each panel 

is pre-drilled and supplied with a 

fixing pack. Shows cm increments 

and metre marker points. Length 

4m. Made from foamex. Single. 


MA0988 £199.49 

4. 5-in-1 Outdoor Measure 

Mate 

This versatile five-in-one tool is 

the perfect way to introduce the 

concept of measurement to young 

learners in an outdoor setting. 

Whether you use it for non-standard 

measuring or the introduction of 

standard units, the primary aim 

of the Measure-Mate is for young 

learners to have fun exploring and 

measuring the natural landscape. 

MA10605 £47.24 

4 

476 


1. Real World Maths Activity 

Cards 

These cards show that maths is in 

everyday places and encourages 

pupils to think about maths 

differently. Each activity is relevant 

to the image – chosen to specifically 

suit the tasks given and represent 

real world scenarios. 


1 

Outdoor Maths 

Outdoor Maths 

MA02678 Years 1-2 £48.55 

MA02679 Years 3-4 £48.55 

MA02680 Years 5-6 £48.55 


2. Outdoor Maths Problem 

Solving Cards 

Take problem solving outside! These 

A5 activity cards are tailored to Year 

1 and link to the National Numeracy 

Framework. Each card has a starting 

visual on the front, with an activity 

on the reverse to get your Yr 1 pupils 

thinking! 

MA10173 Year 1 £30.18 

MA10174 Year 2 £30.18 

MA10175 Year 3 £30.18 

MA10176 Year 4 £30.18 

MA10177 Year 5 £30.18 

MA10178 Year 6 £30.18 

MA10192 Group Set £161.36 

3. Beanbag Target Mat 

Consolidate understanding of 

multiples of 10 and improve fluency 

in addition with this fun game. 

Includes a double-sided mat, single 

digits on one side and multiples of 10 

on the other. 

MA10269 £52.49 

2 

SAVE 

£6 .56 

3 

3 

• Great for practicing 

calculation 

• High Energy Maths activity 

• Ideal for collaborative play 

30 


Outdoor Maths 

Outdoor Maths 

1 

i 

• Lightweight and easy to move 

• Can be attached to a wall or fence 

10 

SAVE 

£196 .88 

1. Giant Outdoor Number 

Frames 

Take learning outdoors with these 

colourful, giant number frames! 

Develop mathematical fluency and 

reasoning. Perfect for working in 

groups to learn number recognition, 

show instant recall of number, 

counting, sequencing, and number 

bonds. Ideal for the outdoors the 

visual aspect of the number frames 

help children to develop a practical 

understanding of number and can 

be used to support development 

of mathematical skill in an array of 

areas, from counting to problem 

solving. The large size makes the 

number frames ideal for younger 

children and those with SEN. 

Single Pack, 1 x 1 Frame, 

1 x 2 Frame, 1 x 3 Frame, 1 x 4 

Frame, 1 x 5 Frame, 1 x 6 Frame, 


Frame, 1 x 10 Frame, 

Class Pack, 6 x 1 Frame, 6 x 2 Frame, 


Frame, 3 x 6 Frame, 3 x 7 Frame, 


Frame. Length 90cm. Width 35cm. 


SD12075 10pk Foam £150.93 

MA02689 48pk Foam £524.99 


i 

• Won’t blow away in the wind! 

• Flexible and durable 

• Weatherproof - great for outdoors 

• Wipe clean and non-slip 

478 


1 

Outdoor Maths 

Outdoor Maths 

22 


A tactile way of introducing numbers 

through play. The number pebbles 

are made from a stone and resin mix 

and are engraved with a number. 

Ideal for use in sand and water and 

outdoor play. Suitable for 3 to 5 


2 

EY03749 Standard £26.24 

EY03750 Sum Building Set £39.36 

EY06463 Jumbo £39.36 

2. Giant Foam Numbers 

These multi-coloured, huge numbers 

are a great maths resource. Use 

them for making physical number 

lines, number recognition and 

ordering or hanging from fences and 

walls to create playground displays. 

Colours may vary. Suitable for 3 to 

7 years. Height 50cm. Made from 

foam. Pack of 10. 

EY00265 £61.68 

3. Mirror Numbers 

Collection 

A beautiful set of mirrored numbers, 

perfect for supporting early maths 

skills and number recognition. With 

a 3mm hole in the top making them 

great for hanging outdoors to create 

shimmering numerical displays. 

Made from acrylic. Pack of 14. 

MA00538 H168mm £26.24 

MA00556 H70mm £13.11 

10 

3 

14 


Outdoor Maths 

Outdoor Maths 

1 


Number Line 

This set of two outdoor chalkboards 

are a great way to learn about 

numbers and to practice the 

formation of the numeral. 

Numbered 1 to 10 and 11 to 20, 

with faint guidelines and arrows to 

guide you. Wipe clean. Made from 

6mm MR MDF. Suitable for 3 to 7 

years. Height 34cm. Length 100cm. 

Made from melamine faced mdf. 

EY06294 £131.24 

2 

2. Outdoor Number 

Chalkboard Tracks 1-20 

A set of four outdoor chalkboards 

featuring numbers, dots and words 

from 1-20. The foam design means 

these chalkboards are easily cleaned 

and can be left outside. A practical 

outdoor mathematics resource. 

Suitable for 3 to 7 years. Supplied 


outdoors. Height 25cm. Length 

75cm. Made from foam and pvc. 

Pack of 4. 

EY07482 £118.11 

3. Giant Outdoor 1-6 Spot 

Dominoes 

Take this popular, classic game 

outdoors with these tactile, 1 to 6 

spot dominoes. Different colour dot 

patterns allow younger players to 

match the colours. 

MA02122 £43.30 

Set of four, featuring numbers, 

dots and words from 1-20 

4. Wooden 4 in a Row 

Build skills in pattern-making, 

reasoning, and concentration, whilst 

playing this loved game! A large 

wooden version of the traditional 4 

in a row game with a sturdy frame 

and smooth finished wooden black 

and red counters. Depth 220mm. 


MA10617 £59.05 

3 4 

480 


science & investigation 

contents 

482-487 measurement 

488-492 observation 

493-497 gardening & plants 

523-527 electricity 

528-532 light & sound 

533-534 class kits 

498-504 living things 

505-507 climate change 

508-513 the human body 

514-515 rocks & fossils 

516-517 materials 

518-519 forces & motion 

520-522 magnetism 


481

Measurement 

Bluetooth 

Data Logger 

SAVE 

£65 .10 

from 

£114 .18 

Compatible with tablets and featuring five sensors including 

light, sound, infra-red and ambient temperature and an external 

temperature probe. With a configurable display, readings can be 

viewed live or data can be downloaded. Readings can be broadcast 

to multiple tablets and are easy-to-view. 

Single 

SC01000 £114.18 

4pk 

SC10077 £423.88 

KEY 

BENEFITS 

• Includes light, temperature and sound 

sensors 

• Readings can be viewed live or at a later date 

• Includes external temperature probe 

• Broadcast data to multiple tablets 

6pk 

SC10078 £619.42 

482 


1 

Data Logging 

MULTIBUY 

SAVING 

£39 .38 

Measurement 

6 

• Built in temperature, 

light and sound sensors 

• Features a pulse meter 

• Connect 3 external 

temperature probes 

• Remote working or 

accessible via an app 

1. NEW Log-Box Data Logger 

Easy-to-use data logging device 

featuring built in temperature, light 

and sound sensors and a pulse 

meter. All of the sensors are clearly 

labelled to avoid confusion and up 

to 3 external temperature probes 

can be connected for comparison 

exercises. 

Recordings are easy to view in real 

time, via the large LCD screen or 

the logger can be connected via 

Bluetooth to an app, to view the 

data and operate remotely. The 

software allows children to choose 

how data is displayed in graph, bar 

chart or table formats. Simple to 

use, the tough, durable casing also 

features lights around the outside, 

enabling children to easily see 

whether the logger is in Bluetooth 

mode (blue lights) or actively 

logging (red) or in standby mode 

(green). 

Rechargeable device via USB, the 

data logger is supplied with one 

external temperature probe. 

2 

Built-in 

pulse meter 

Compatible with 3 external 

temperature probes 

SC10193 Single £131.24 

SC10194 4pk £505.26 

SC10195 6pk £748.05 

2. NEW Temperature Probe 

External temperature probe to 

accompany the Log-Box Data Logger. 

SC10205 £36.74 


Measurement 

Stopwatches 

1 

2 

• Child friendly size 

• Features large buttons for ease of use 

5 3 

3 

4 

SAVE 

£26 .25 

• Child friendly size 

• Features large 

buttons for ease 

of use 

• 1 second increments 

1. Dual Power Timers 

Handy sized timers with dual power 

functionality means that they are 

always ready to use. The timers can 

time up or down to 99 minutes and 

59 seconds and have push buttons 

which have been designed for ease 

of use. Made from plastic. 

SC01178 5pk £43.30 

SC01172 30pk £216.55 

2. Sand Timer Set 

A selection of three chunky sand 

timers with varying times, great for 

science experiments. Designed with 

an 80mm square base and top to 

prevent rolling, each sand timer has 

the time embossed on the top and 

colour-coded grains. Multicoloured. 

Pack of 3. 

310647 1 min, 3 min, 5 min £39.36 

310645 30 secs, 1 min, 5 min £39.36 

310646 Giant Sand Timer Set 6pk £74.80 

3. Jumbo Timer 

Large clear digital display makes this 

timer easy to view. With a simple 

stop/start function, it times up or 

down in 1 second increments. With 

a maximum time of 99 minutes and 

59 seconds. Includes an integral 

stand and magnet mount. 

SC01170 £15.74 

4. Value Battery Stopwatch 

Features: 1/100th second stopwatch, 

split and lap time, alarm function, 

and a clear 10mm LCD display. 

Capacity of 23hrs 59mins 59secs. 

A basic quality watch with all the 

functionality you could ever need. 

Depth 20mm. Height 70mm. Width 

70mm. 

TSTOP-W Single £9.85 

TSTOP-10 10pk £72.19 

012413 4pk £23.61 

484 



Stopwatches 








The on/off button is contained at the 

top so that children cannot easily 

reset the watches. The stopwatches 

have an auto sleep mode after 

5 minutes of inactivity. Brightly 

coloured to ensure easy classroom 

management, the set comprises 

12 rechargeable stopwatches, safe 

lanyards and a rechargeable/docking 

station. Will power for 10 hours 

without needing a recharge, due to 

power saving mode. 

1 

Stopwatches 

• An essential resource for 

the whole school 

• Rechargeable - includes 

docking station 

• 3 stopwatches in 1 - make 

key stage appropriate 

• will last 10 hours - auto 

sleep mode 

Measurement 

SC00945 £150.93 



Function 








storage unit.Features a lap storage 

function to allow up to 40 lap times 

to be stored at once. 

12 

2 

PE00992 £150.93 

3. Battery Stopwatch 

Simple stopwatch with large screen 

which can be made age and key 

stage appropriate. Changeable 

settings, so that the timer will 

show either minutes only or with 

seconds or tenths.The on/off button 

is contained at the top so cannot 

be easily reset. Battery powered. 

Each stopwatch requires 1 x coin cell 

battery. 

SC01219 6pk £49.86 

SC01220 30pk £236.19 

16 

3 

SAVE 

£12 .60 

6 

• Make age and key 

stage appropriate 

• Simple to use - easy 

functionality 

• Large, clear 

configurable display 


Measurement 

Measuring Equipment 

1 

• Easy to read, blue 

graduations 

• Made from tough, 

hard wearing plastic 

• Pouring spout 

17 

2 

3 

• Easy to read blue scale 

• Hard wearing 

polypropylene 

• Ideal for the 

primary classroom 

environment 

1. Plastic Measuring 

Beakers, Cylinders and 

Jugs Class Set 17pk 

Made from a tough, long lasting, 

heard-wearing plastic, the 

measuring equipment is designed 

to withstand life in a classroom. 

Translucent and featuring easyto-read 

blue graduations and a 

pouring spout. 

SC10235 £52.49 

2. Measuring Cylinders Set 

With an easy-to-read, graduated 

blue scale, these unbreakable plastic 

cylinders are especially hard wearing 

to withstand the primary classroom. 

Translucent, the set features a 

cylinder of each capacity. 


SC10219 10ml £1.64 

SC10220 25ml £1.97 

SC10221 50ml £2.61 

SC10225 100ml £3.93 

SC10224 250ml £4.60 

SC10222 500ml £6.55 

SC10223 1000ml £7.22 

3. Measuring Jugs Set 

Translucent, with an easy-to-read 

blue scale. High quality measuring 

jugs made from a hard-wearing 

plastic. Translucent, with an easy-toread 

blue scale. The set includes 1 

of each volume: 250ml, 500ml and 

1000ml. 


SC10216 250ml £2.61 

SC10217 500ml £3.29 

SC10218 1000ml £3.93 

• Easy-to-read blue scale 

• Translucent 

• Made from hardwearing 

plastic 

486 


1. Greenfill Thermometer 

Pack 

A safe alternative to traditional 

mercury filled thermometers. 

These greenfill thermometers are 

environmentally friendly if broken. 

Scale -10°C to 110°C. Length 20cm. 

Pack of 10. 

1 2 

Thermometers 

Measurement 

SGRTH10 £32.80 

2. NEW Boiling Point 

Thermometers 

Durable, safe to use, non-toxic 

thermometers measuring from -30°C 

to 120°C and from 22°F to 240°F. 

Mercury free, they can be used to 

measure the boiling points of various 

liquids. Pack of 10. 

SN45500 £19.68 

3. Multi-Purpose Encased 

Thermometers 10pk 

Class pack of thermometers with 

a measurement range of -30ºC - 

110ºC. Each thermometer has six 

different coloured indicators on the 

casing, so that children can easily 

compare measurements. Easily 

removed from the case. 

3 4 

10 10 

SC00776 £56.43 

4. Primary Thermometers 

This exclusive set offers a smooth 

progression through scales to 

enable you to build upon skills in 

measurement. Each thermometer 

has every degree marked, but the 

graduation varies from 1, 5 to every 

10 degrees. Length 20cm. Made 

from glass. Pack of 5. 

THERM1 

0ºC to 40º 

by 1 Degree Intervals 

£19.68 

THERM2 

-10ºC to 110ºC 


£19.68 

THERM3 

-10ºC to 110ºC 


£19.68 

5. Primary Greenfill 

Thermometers 

Environmentally friendly if broken, 

these greenfill thermometers 

also offer a smooth progression 

through scales. With the graduation 

varying from 5 to 10 degrees it 

enables children to build upon their 

measurement skills. Length 150mm. 

SC10091 1 Degree Interval £30.18 

SC10093 5 Degree Intervals £30.18 

SC10092 10 Degree Intervals £30.18 

5 6 

10 10 5 

6. Digital Min Max 

Thermometer 

Robust, digital thermometer with 

triple display which simultaneously 

shows maximum, current and 

minimum temperature. With high 

accuracy and clear, easy to read 

LCD. Also includes a hanging hook. 

With a switchable temperature 

range of -20°C to 50°C/°F and a 

sampling rate of every 10 seconds. 

Requires 1 x AAA battery. 

SC10329 £32.80 

10 


Observation 

Microscopes 

1 

£18 .90 

SAVE 

2 

SAVE 

£65 .10 

• Specifically designed 

for use by primary 

children 

• Up to 43x magnification 

• Features LED lights 

• Single button for 

capturing images 

1. Easi-Scope Microscope 

With up to 43x magnification, this 

simple plug and play device attaches 

to your computer via USB. Hold over 

objects and focus by turning the 

top. Features LED lights to illuminate 

objects close up and still images can 

also be taken. 

IT01121 Single £65.61 

IT01122 4pk £242.76 

2. Easi-Scope - Wireless 

Be amazed by how easy it is to use 

this hand held digital microscope 

that can be controlled through your 

tablet! Watch the awe and wonder 

as children see a bug magnified up 

to 43 times on screen! Attaches to 

a computer via USB and includes its 

own LED lighting system. Take videos 

or still images, using the single 

control button. 

EL00470 Single £131.24 

EL00471 4pk £459.32 

3. Easi Scope - Rainbow 

A set of colourful hand-held 

microscopes to see everyday items 

close up. Easy to operate, student’s 

hold the Easi-Scope over the object, 

focus by turning the top then take 

videos or still images using the 

single control button. Simply plug 

into a laptop or PC. Windows and 

Mac compatible software provided. 

Features 43x magnification and an 

LED light. 

IT01120 £308.43 

• 10 metre range 

• Compatible with iOS 

and Android tablets 

• Up to 43x 

magnification 

• Rechargeable 

3 

6 

• Brightly coloured 

for easy classroom 

management 

• Simple plug and play 

design 


• 2Mp sensor provides 

even sharper images 

488 


1. Handheld Microscopes 

Magnify specimens up to 120x 

with this set of brightly coloured 

microscopes. With 2x optical zoom, 

the microscopes are illuminated 

with a bright LED, giving a crisp, 

sharp image. Pocket sized, they 

are convenient for outdoor field 

work. Requires 1 x AA battery per 

microscope. 

1 

Microscopes 

Observation 

SC01155 £91.86 


• Pocket sized 

• Ideal for outdoor 

investigations 

• Features an LED providing 

a clear sharp image 

6 

2. Easi-Scope with Screen 

Handheld, portable and with a 

built-in screen, children can easily see 

their magnified images through this 

simple to use device. Ideal for use in 

the classroom or out in the school 

gardens. Rechargeable via USB and 

with up to 43x magnification, simply 

focus on the object that you wish 

to magnify and the image can be 

clearly seen on the screen. Wireless, 

it can also be connected to a tablet 

via USB, so that children can take 

still images of their magnified object, 

using the single control button on 

top of the microscope. 

SC10202 Single £131.24 

SC10204 4pk £505.26 

SC10203 6pk £748.05 

2 

SAVE 

£38 .85 

• Built-in Screen 


• Rechargeable 


Observation 

Magnification 

1 

6 

2 

1. Magnifying Glasses with 

Stand 

Brightly coloured, handheld 

magnifying glasses. Includes 

a handy stand for keeping the 

magnifying glasses safe and secure 

when not in use. Made from plastic. 

Pack of 6. 

SC01203 £32.80 

2. Class Pack of Magnifiers 

Set of 35 assorted optical lenses 

and magnifiers. Inspire the next 

generation of scientists, allow 

children to hunt for bugs, examine 

materials and explore their school 

and playground, inspiring their 

natural curiosity. 

3 

SC01177 £52.49 

3. Jumbo Magnifier and 

Tweezer Set 

Magnifier features 4.5x 

magnification and unique flip-out 

stand for hands-free viewing. 

Tweezer has ergonomic depressions 

to guide a correct grip. Suitable for 

ages 3+ 

SC10319 £11.80 

4. Large Sheet Magnifier 

Frame 

A magnifier held in a rigid frame, 

which features 3 x magnification. 

Very easy to use, this is ideal for 

small hands. The slim format ensures 

this magnifier is easy to store in the 

classroom. Length 16cm. Width 

27cm. 

SHEMAG £7.55 

4 

490 


1. Recordable Magnifying 

Glasses 

Colourful voice recorder magnifying 

glasses with a record time of up 

to 30 seconds. Each recordable 

magnifying glass features a dual 

lens for 2x and 4x magnification 

and is perfectly sized for a child’s 

hand. The recordable function of 

these magnifiers makes for easier 

assessments and allows children to 

easily capture their thoughts and 

observations while encouraging 

vital technology skills. Suitable for 

age 3 years and up. Multicoloured. 

Diameter 9cm. Length 22cm. Made 

from plastic. 

1 

2 

Magnification 

Observation 

SC00596 Single £24.93 

SC00553 6pk £124.68 

• 30 second record time 

• Record your findings 

easily while exploring 

nature 

• Dual lens (2x and 4x 

magnification) 

2. Magnifiers in Stand 

Brightly coloured magnifiers with 3x 

magnification. A great resource for 

introducing young children to using 

magnification, these magnifiers 

have a longer style handle, so are 

perfect for smaller hands to easily 

manage. Pack of 12 magnifiers, in 

6 colours, which can be tidied away 

into the included stand when not in 

use.Height 15.3cm. Length 20.3cm. 


Width 8.3cm. 

SC10115 £30.18 

3. Primary Science Jumbo 

Magnifiers 

Observe on a grand scale with these 

extra large jumbo magnifiers! Ideal 

for taking a closer look at plants, 

animals and insects. The plastic 

lenses have a 4.5x magnification. 

Assorted colours. Multicoloured. 

Pack of 6. 

310562 £24.93 

4. Magnifying Glasses 

A practical, acrylic magnifier for use 

with children. 3x magnification. 


TMG-B-30 £39.36 

3 4 

12 

• 3x magnification 

• Handy storage 

stand 

• Great for introducing 

young children to 

magnification 

6 

30 


Observation 

Magnification 

1 

• Perfect for encouraging 

speaking and listening 

• Binoculars with voice 

recorder 

• 30 second recording time 

• 4 x magnification 

6 

2 

6 

3 

4 

10 

1. See and Speak Recordable 

Binoculars 6pk 

With a 30 second voice recording 

function, pupils can make their 

observations without having to 

put the binoculars down to make 

notes. Great for assessment with 4x 

magnification,. Requires 2 x AAA 

batteries per set (not included). 

Includes 2 of each colour,. 

SC00748 £123.36 

2. Value Binoculars Pack 

Lightweight and easy to carry or 

hold, these binoculars are great 

for exploring the outdoors. Each 

pair comes in their own carry case 

and have eyepieces with rubber 

cushions for comfort and safety. 3x 

magnification. Made from plastic. 

Pack of 6. 

SC00388 £65.61 

3. Handheld Microscope 

This microscope is specially designed 

for small hands, with big, chunky 

handles and easy-focus dials. 

Children simply point and focus to 

get a close up view. It features 30x 

magnification. Pack of 10. 

SC00384 £98.43 

4. Junior Binoculars 

Encourage children to observe the 

natural world with these junior 

binoculars. Sturdy and great for 

enriching outdoor learning. 

016663 £16.41 

492 


1. Young Gardener Grab and 

Go Kit 

A fantastic self contained kit which 

is ideal for the young gardeners 

in school. Includes trowels, forks, 

gardening gloves, watering cans, 

packs of seeds and many more, all 

contained in a storage box. Contents 

may vary. 

EC00219 £164.05 

2. Gardening Hand Trowel 

and Forks Sets 

A robust and chunky garden set 

designed to be safer and lighter to 

use. Well made, strong and durable. 

Set of 5 hand trowels and 5 garden 

forks. Length 260mm. Made from 


1 

Light and sturdy equipment, 

suitable for use by all ages 

Gardening Equipment 

Gardening & Plants 

SGARSET £36.74 

3. Mini Gardener Set 

A delightful mini gardener kit all 

stored in a fabric bag. Includes a 

rake, trowel, fork, spade, water spray 

and scoops. Average size of each 

item is approx. 20cm. Pack of 7. 

EC00060 £31.49 

4. Kneeling Pads 5pk 

These soft foam pads will keep 

children comfortable and their 

school uniforms clean! Ideal for 

gardening clubs, a real school 

gardens essential. Length 40cm. 

Made from foam. Pack of 5. Width 

20cm. 

EC00444 £30.18 

5. Child Size Gardening 

Gloves 

Good quality, material gloves, 

perfect for protecting little hands 

from those sharp garden objects or 

just keeping hands clean. Non-slip 

grip makes them safer to wear. 


2 3 

SGGKS5 £33.47 

4 

10 

5 

5 5 




1 

2 

• Hard-wearing gloves to 

provide protection from 

bacteria in the soil 

• Sturdy kneeling pads to 

protect knees and keep 

clothes clean 

• Durable and light weight 

- ideal for use by all ages 

3 

1. Gardening Essentials Kit 

Bumper collection of essentials for 

any school gardening club. Includes 

durable trowels and forks, watering 

cans, kneeling pads and gardening 

gloves. Ideal for use by all ages, all 

tools are lightweight. Multicoloured. 

Made from multi. 

EC00615 £190.30 

2. Gardening Tools Kit 

Provides all the quality of adult 

equipment in a child-friendly size. 

Lightweight with metal heads and 

comfortable grips, the kit includes: 

garden brush, shovel, spade, Dutch 

hoe, leaf rake, soil rake, fork, hand 

rake, trowel and fork. 

EC00670 £183.74 

4 

3. Wheel Barrow 

This durable and easy to manoeuvre 

wheelbarrow is the perfect tool to 

encourage children to get involved 

in the garden! Great for moving soil 

and other gardening tools around. 

Length 100cm. Made from metal. 

Width 44cm. 

EC00590 £76.11 

3 

4. Hand Tool Set 

High quality, durable hand tools 

ideal for your young gardeners. 

Small, lightweight, hand trowel, fork 

and rake, perfect for children to use 

to move soil around in plant pots 

and grow beds. Pack of 3. 

EC00657 £39.36 

494 


1. Child Size Gardening 

Tools Set 

Specially designed and made in the 

UK, this is a great range of tools for 

any school gardening club. Good 

quality and sturdy, the wooden 

handles are 75cm long. Suitable for 

5 to 11 years 

SGARD-SET £57.74 

2. Garden Tools - KS2 

A selection of sturdy, top quality 

gardening tools in a traditional adult 

design. Ideal for use by KS2 pupils, 

each tool features a wooden handle. 

Great for use in school gardening 

clubs. 

1 



EC00186 Spade £32.80 

EC00273 Rake £32.80 

EC00268 Hoe £32.80 

EC00187 Fork £32.80 

EC00260 Hand Trowel £9.85 

EC00261 Hand Fork £9.85 

3. Gardening Tools 

Collection 

This bumper collection of high 

quality, sturdy, gardening tools is 

ideal for equipping your school 

gardening club. Set includes: 

• 2 x spades 

• 2 x rakes 

• 2 x forks 

• 2 x hoes 

• 5 x sets of trowels and forks 


2 

6 

• Traditional adult design 

• Sturdy construction 

• Features wooden 

handles 

• Ideal for KS2 pupils 

EC00567 £360.93 

3 

18 



Grow Beds & Planters 

1 

i 

• Supplied with trellis 

• Castors ensure planter can be easily 

moved around the playground 

• Separate planting tubs enables 

more than one crop to be grown at 

the same time 

2 

3 

1. Garden Planter 

Garden without huge amounts of 

soil or space! Sow, plant and grow 

a host of flowers, vegetables and 

plants. Removable planting tubs 

make it easy to separate crops, 

allowing individual children to 

tend to them. The garden planter 

is supplied with a trellis, allowing 

you to grow a variety of climbing 

plants. Lockable castors make it 

easy for you to move your outdoor 

garden planters whenever needed. 

A chalkboard to the front of the 

planter can be used to indicate 

what the children are growing, 

which children are looking after 

the planter and more. Made from 






wood. Width 80cm. 

EC00612 4 Tub Planter £481.68 

EC00505 

EC00614 

EC00613 

6 Tub Planter with Rear 

Trellis 

6 Tub Planter With 

Central Trellis 

8 Tub Planter with Rear 

Trellis 

£643.11 

£626.05 

£787.50 

2. Cross Shaped Grow Bed 

This unique design is great for 

sectioning off growing areas. The 

cross shaped design enables four 

children to reach each section 

with ease. Includes: panels, 

wooden corner posts, fixings and 

instructions. Supplied flat packed 


left outdoors. Height 43cm. Length 

90cm. Made from wood. Width 

90cm. 

EC00315 £209.99 

3. Raised Wooden Grow Bed 

This large rectangular garden bed 

has been designed with children in 

mind so it is just the right height 

for pupils to work at. Ideal for deep 

rooted vegetables and flowers, 

children can sow and grow all year 

round. Height 43cm. Length 120cm. 


EC00323 £203.43 

496 


1. Plant Life Cycle Book Pack 

These fascinating titles cover the life 

cycle and different varieties of plants 

from all over the world. The vibrant 

images and accessible text explore 

what plants require for growth and 

how they change through their life 

cycle. Contents may vary. Pack of 10. 

LB00564 £179.80 

2. Plant Wall Hanging 

This fabric plant contains 

detailed embroidery which clearly 

demonstrates the internal structure 

of a flower, including stamen and 

stigma. Includes eight moveable 

plant parts, a fabric background and 

a set of 8 labels. Length 23cm. Made 

from fabric. Width 40cm. 

1 

Plants 


PLTPKT £44.61 

3. Flower Wall Hanging 

A brilliant visual resource for 

teaching about flower parts and 

their functions. The included insects 

can be used to demonstrate how 

pollination occurs. Includes fabric 

background, removable plant and 

flower pieces, pollen grains, insects 

and labels. 

10 

SFLW £68.24 

4. 3D Flower Model 

Hands-on 3D way to show children 

the essential parts of a flower. Parts 

are numbered and detachable from 

the base. The flower comes with 

a key card so children can number 

and name parts of the plant such 

as stigma, stamen, petal, etc. Made 

from plastic. 

2 3 

SC00449 £90.55 

5. Flower Fabric Wall 

Hanging 

Effectively demonstrates the basic 

elements of a plant, promoting 

discussion about the different 

components and their function. 

Includes: 10 removable plant pieces, 

a background with embroidered 

root system and 4 hook and loop 

labels. Length 23cm. Made from 

fabric. Width 40cm. 

• Learn about the structure of flowers 

• Demonstrate how pollination 

occurs 

FOLDFWR £35.43 

4 5 


Living Things 

Life Cycles 

1 2 

3 4 

1. Class Life Cycle Bag 

Learn about the different stages 

of various animal and minibeast 

life cycles. Includes eight different 

lifecycles (butterfly, frog, chicken, 

flower, dragonfly, mouse, tree and 

ant) all with four stages and labels. 

The embroidered bag comes with 

a useful reference sheet identifying 

the different stages of each lifecycle. 

Length 41cm. Made from fabric. 

Width 46cm. 

SC00019 £65.61 

2. Life Cycle Sequencing Bag 

Visually demonstrate the life cycle 

sequence of a frog, butterfly, chicken 

and flower, using this tactile, fabric, 

life cycle bag. Each set contains 16 

images to represent the 4 stages of 

the different life cycles and 4 labels. 

SBAG £47.24 

3. Butterfly Life Cycle Kit 

Observe the life cycle of a Painted 

Lady from caterpillar to fully 

grown butterfly in their own 

garden environment. The reusable 

observation chamber features a 

see-through mesh net and zippered 

entry to allow easy access for 

feeding. 

GARD £30.18 

• Observe the life cycle 

of a butterfly up close 

• Mesh net can be easily 

folded away when not 

in use 

• Includes redeemable 

vouchers for caterpillars 

5 6 

5 

6 

4. Refill Caterpillars for 

Butterfly Kits 

Refill caterpillars for the butterfly kit. 

Includes caterpillars and the correct 

nutrition for feeding and caring 

for them. Customers will receive 

a redeemable voucher in order to 

obtain this product through a third 

party. 

SBUFV 5pk £20.99 

350036 33pk £34.11 

5. Life Cycles Magnetic 

Pieces 

Set of full colour pieces which 

illustrate the different stages in the 

life cycle of a chicken, a butterfly 

and a frog. Includes corresponding 

words. Largest piece measures 

approx. 9cm. Made from magnets 

and vinyl. 

SC01162 £32.80 

6. Life Cycles Book Pack 

Learn about the life cycles of the 

plants and animals that live in our 

world. A perfect introduction for 

young readers, each book contains 

easy-to-read text and informative 

diagrams. With titles focusing on a 

frog, butterfly, chicken, sheep, bee 

and sunflower. Pack of 6. 

SC10049 £118.11 

498 


1. NEW KS1 - Living Things 

and their Habitats - Book 

Pack 

A simple introduction for KS1 pupils 

to the animals, plants and insects 

that live in our world. Where do 

animals live? What do animals eat? 

How do they move and grow? Learn 

the answers though easy to read text 

and informative diagrams. Pack of 6. 

1 2 

Animals 

Living Things 

SN45901 £120.74 

2. Animal Habitats Game 

A fun game for learning about 

contrasting habitats and the animals 

that live in them. Play as a bingo 

game, placing the correct animal 

in its corresponding habitat. Ideal 

for teaching about animals found 

in less familiar habits. Made from 

laminated card. 

SC01181 £35.43 

3. Life Cycle Jigsaws 

Beautifully made hand cut jigsaws 

demonstrating the basic lifecycles 

of a frog, duck, butterfly and a tree. 

In brightly coloured designs, each 

jigsaw has nine pieces. Length 20cm. 

Pack of 4. Width 20cm. 

6 

3 4 

FLIFE £23.30 

4. Animals In Their Habitats 

Book Pack 

Each book looks at a particular 

habitat, introducing early readers to 

the animals that can be found there. 

Habitats include the desert, the sea, 

rock pools, mountains, grasslands 

and the jungle. Includes engaging 

photos and very simple repeated 

text. Paperback. Pack of 6. 

SC01127 £62.99 

5. Animal Life Cycle 

Sequencing Cards 

This set of 20 photo cards can be 

sequenced by animal, showing their 

individual life cycles, or by stages 

of growth. Animals featured are a 

butterfly, sheep, frog and chicken. 

Includes teachers’ notes and 

photocopiable labels. Made from 


SC01188 £20.35 

64 6 

5 6 

6. KS2 Life Cycles and Food 

Chain Books 

This book pack considers differences 

in life cycles and offers comparisons 

between plants and animals on 

a local and global scale. Contains 

information on plant and animal 

life cycles, animals that live in 

grasslands, deserts, rainforests etc. 

and food chains. Pack of 15. 

SC01040 £258.55 

Sequence the life cycles 

20 15 

of various animals 


Living Things 

Birds 

1 

• Wi-Fi HD live view 

• 24/7 day and night 

vision 

• View on phone, 

tablet and laptop 

• Motion recording 

1. Wi-Fi Bird Box Camera 

System 

High quality camera kit which will 

enable you to watch birds nesting 

in the bird box. Watch and share 

every movement, either live, or 

recorded from this plug in and 

play technology. Simply, set up the 

box, connect to Wi-Fi and watch 

the action. Watch every detail, up 

close in full HD 5MP colour. Features 

crystal clear night vision with audio 

adjustment for best picture. Built in 

SD card record, motion or scheduled 

recording with remote retrieval. 

The camera can be used as wired or 

wi-fi to school network. The footage 

can be viewed on any device (Mac, 

PC and smart screens that can run 

apps). 

SC10309 £286.11 

2 3 

2. NEW Artisan Bird Nester 

Offers a small cavity perfect for 

species of small garden birds who 

roost alone. Offers a cosy place to 

roost during harsh winter months 

and springtime. With a sturdy inner 

fame for support, it has strong metal 

hooks at the rear and a long loop 

at the top to ensure you fasten the 

nester securely. The nester has a 

small round entrance reinforced with 

steel, which is slightly protruding to 

make it easy for birds to land and 

perch on. Handmade from natural 

seagrass and recycled saris, therefore 

colours will vary as each item is 

unique. 

SN45626 £19.68 

3. NEW Window Bird Feeder 

Providing a clear view of birds, the 

feeder can be attached to your 

windowpane using the rubber 

suckers. Made from clear Perspex for 

unobstructed views of birds dipping 

in and out of the feed for food. 


Width 135mm. 

SN45614 £19.68 

4 5 

4. NEW Bird Box 

Nesting box designed to attract 

small specifies of bird such as blue 

tits. A delightful addition to your 

school garden, the house features 

a real shingle roof, lapboard sides 

and silvered hole protector. Depth 


215mm. 

SN45625 £26.24 

5. NEW Eco Bird Feeder 

Made from recycled plastic, this is 

ideal for attracting small birds such 

as tits, nuthatches and bullfinches. 

With a see-through hopper to 

monitor food levels, it is suitable for 

seeds and kibbled nuts which can be 

added via the roof. Light and easy to 

hang from the integral loop, it can 

be cleaned easily with warm water. 


Width 200mm. 

SN45612 £13.11 

500 


1 

Minibeasts 

Living Things 

1. Plant and Bug Hunting Kit 

This huge set is ideal for exploring 

and investigating minibeasts and 

plants outdoors. A great addition 

to any forest school or school 

playground, contents include over 

40 magnifiers, bug viewers, nets and 

powerscopes. Contents may vary. 

SC00865 £262.49 

2. Fine Motor Plastic 

Grasping Tweezers 

This set of tactile tweezers is 

perfectly sized for children’s hands. 

Develop fine motor skills and pincer 

grip by adding these colourful 

tweezers to a range of activities, 

from sorting and counting to 

transient art. Suitable for age 3 years 


3. Two Way Magnifying Jar 

This magnifier allows you to see 

the object from above and below. 

Comes in three parts: A vertical 

viewer, a part where the object to be 

viewed sits and a horizontal viewer. 

TMG-W £13.79 

4. Plastic Tweezers 

These inexpensive plastic tweezers 

are easy to grip items with. The 

tweezers can be used to handle 

plant and minibeast specimens. 


Pack of 10. 

TWEE £12.47 

2 3 

12 

4 5 

• Ideal for investigating minibeasts 

• Scoop and observe safely 

• Sturdy equipment for use in 

primary schools 

5. Class Pack of Magnifiers 

Set of 35 assorted optical lenses 

and magnifiers. Inspire the next 

generation of scientists, allow 

children to hunt for bugs, examine 

materials and explore their school 

and playground, inspiring their 

natural curiosity. 

SC01177 £52.49 

10 

Contents 

24 x 35mm Hand Magnifiers 

5 x 50mm Detail Magnifiers 

2 x 63mm Clarity Magnifiers 

4 x 70mm Intermag Viewing Boxes 


Living Things 

Minibeasts 

1 

Contents 

3 x Magnifying Bug Viewers 

3 x Clear Buckets 

6 x Child Sized Trowels 

3 x Shallow White Trays 

6 x Magnifiers 

6 x A5 Clipboards 

6 x Pairs Binoculars 

6 x Pond Nets 

1 x Sturdy Folding Box 

1. Minibeasts Experiments 

Grab and Go Kit 

A great resource to take outdoors 

and explore the fabulous world of 

minibeasts. Contents may vary. The 

magnifying glasses have a stand so 

you can leave them set up and the 

shallow trays provide great contrast 

for studying minibeasts. Pack of 40. 

FMINGRAB £183.74 

2. NEW Solitary Bee flip Top 

Hive 

Bee nester constructed in durable 

timber with additional stacking 

trays and an opening lid for both 

observation and cleaning. The holes 

are designed at a specific size in 

order to attract non-swarming bees, 

which are safe around children. 


Width 180mm. 

SN45611 £45.93 

3. NEW Butterfly House 

Provide a safe shelter for butterflies. 

The door allows access to the 

nesting compartment for cleaning 

and observing during cooler 

weather. For feeding, simply fill the 

bottom reservoir with a butterfly 

food or sweet over-ripe fruit. Depth 

105mm. Height 170mm. Length 

205mm. 

SN45623 £26.24 

2 3 

4. Minibeasts Pack 

A broad selection of realistic 

looking minibeasts. Each minibeast 

is brightly coloured and highly 

detailed. The collection of butterflies, 

insects, caterpillars and spiders 

includes a range of species, ideal for 

introducing children to bugs from 

around the world. Length 3cm. 


CA05548 96pk £48.55 

FMININ 48pk £30.18 

5. Replica Minibeast Insects 

20pk 

This set of replica creatures 

provides a stimulating resource for 

introducing children to bugs. Each 

insect is brightly coloured and highly 

detailed. Suitable for 5 to 11 years. 


SBIGBUG £43.30 

4 5 

96 20 

502 


1 

Minibeasts 

Living Things 

18 

• Ideal for investigating 

natural resources 

• Scoop and observe 

minibeasts safely 

• Brightly coloured for 

classroom management 

• Class pack of 18 

pieces of observation 

equipment 

2 

1. Rainbow Observation Kit 

Great for investigating natural 

resources and minibeasts close 

up, this bumper set of exploration 

equipment includes brightly 

coloured magnifiers, viewers and 

tongs. The magnifiers and viewers 

both feature 3x magnification. Pack 

of 18. 

SC10247 £74.80 

2. Insect Viewers 

These clear, plastic viewers, enable 

children to observe minibeasts easily 

and safely. The bug viewers are 

ventilated with a removable lid and 

micro ruler. Diameter 75mm. Height 

65mm. Made from plastic. Pack of 3. 

BUGVIEW £16.41 

3 

3 

3. Rainbow Viewers - 6PK 

Set of brightly coloured observation 

pots featuring a 3x magnifier in 

the push on lids. A great resource 

for investigating natural resources 

and minibeasts close up. Diameter 

80mm. Made from plastic. Pack of 6. 

SC10108 £32.80 

4. Rainbow Tongs - 6pk 

Each large, brightly coloured scoop 

has a clear top and features scissor 

handles for safely capturing, holding 

and investigating minibeasts. Easy to 

grip items with, the scoop tweezers 

can also be used for inspecting 

plants, leaves and flower specimens. 

In six different colours, each child 

can quickly identify which scoop 

they have been using, ensuring 

simple classroom management for 

the teacher. Height 50mm. Length 

180mm. Made from plastic. Pack of 

6. Width 35mm. 

SC10109 £16.08 

4 

6 

6 


Living Things 

Observation 

1 

1. NEW Science & Nature 

Investigation Kit 

Set of observational devices, for 

exploring the natural world, ponds 

and habitats. Includes binoculars 

with 10 x 25x magnification, digital 

camera with photo, video and time 

lapse features and a waterproof 

endoscope with photo and video 

capability. 

SC10365 £262.49 

2 

Includes a range of activities 

written by a nature specialist 

• Waterproof, observational devices 

• Explore the natural world 

• Includes a range of activity ideas 

2. Observation Kit 

Bumper kit of observation 

equipment for use in school 

gardens. Includes a set of 6 

binoculars, with 3x magnification, 

6 rainbow coloured tongs for the 

safe collection of minibeasts and 

2 observation containers. The 

binoculars are lightweight and 

include their own carry case. The 

eyepieces feature rubber cushions 

for comfort and safety. The rainbow 

coloured tongs have a clear top and 

feature scissors handles for the safe 

capturing, holding and investigating 

of minibeasts. The observation 

containers enable minibeasts to 

be viewed easily. They feature a 2x 

magnification lid, with an additional 

3.5x magnification viewer through a 

fold-over lens. 

SC10272 £114.18 

3. Observation Station 

Enable children to explore the world 

around them, whilst at play. This 

playground signboard features 

hooks for you to display observation 

and science equipment, encouraging 

children in self-led investigations. 

SC10229 £86.61 

• Collection of observation resources for use in school gardens 

• Scissors handled tongs for the safe collection of samples 

• Observation containers with dual magnification 

• Binoculars with rubber eye cushions for comfort and safety 

3 

• Encourage scientific 

exploration whilst 

children are at play. 

• It features both a chalk 

board and dry wipe 

area to mark make. 

• Includes measurement 

scale across the bottom. 

504 


1. NEW KS1 - Climate Change 

Book Pack 

Selection of high-quality, non-fiction 

books suitable for KS1 classrooms. 

Titles examine the environmental 

issue of climate change and how 

we can work together to create a 

greener and safer future. Contents 


1 

Climate Change 


SN45898 £144.36 

2. NEW KS2 - Climate Change 

Book pack 

Book pack focusing on climate 

change and environmental 

issues. Chosen specifically for KS2 

classrooms, these titles examine 

the effect on the Earth and its 

inhabitants as well as looking at 

what we can do to help. Contents 


SN45899 £144.36 

3. NEW Human Impact on the 

Environment - Book Pack 

Collection of titles which focus 

on the human impact on climate 

change. With topics focusing on 

pollution, weather patterns, habitat 

destruction, plastics and pesticides. 

Ideal for KS1 and KS2 classrooms. 

Contents may vary. Pack of 10. 

9 

SN45900 £148.30 

2 

11 

3 

10 




1 

1. NEW KS2 - How Humans 

Can Save the World - Book 

Pack 

A great addition to school libraries 

and classrooms this book pack 

focuses on the different areas 

which can be used to tackle climate 

change. Topics include energy 

efficiency and usage, rubbish and 

recycling, sustainable living and 

animal conservation. Suitable for 

KS2 pupils. Contents may vary. Pack 

of 10. 

SN45904 £177.18 

10 

2 

5 

3 

2. NEW The People Behind 

Climate Change - Book 

Pack 

Featuring a range of highquality 

texts which focus on the 

conservationists working towards 

raising the awareness of climate 

change. Learn about the important 

figures in the fight against climate 

change, both historical and current. 

Suitable for KS1 and KS2. Pack of 5. 

SN45897 £78.74 

3. NEW KS1 - Looking After 

Our World Book Pack 

Collection of fiction and non-fiction 

titles which demonstrate how we 

can look after our world. Great 

resource for tackling climate anxiety 

and for demonstrating that children 

themselves can have a positive 

impact in tackling climate change. 

Pack of 10. 

SN45903 £135.18 

4. NEW KS1 - How Humans 

Can Save the World - Book 

Pack 

Selection of titles focusing on 

different themes which can help 

fight climate change. Topics include 

recycling, water use, energy 

efficiency and many more. A great 

addition to classrooms and school 

libraries. Suitable for KS1 pupils. 


SN45902 £144.36 

5 

4 

10 

506 


1. Renewable Energy Class 

Kit 

A cross-curricular STEM kit to 

use solar renewable energy to 

power motors, LEDs and buzzers. 

Children will use these in designing 

their own working models, e.g. 

fairground rides, pedestal fans, sun 

alarms, spinners and fan boats. This 

kit is enough for 30 pupils working 

in groups of 6. 

1 

Renewable Energy 


TE10030 £146.99 

2. Solar Cell 0.45v 

A single, encapsulated solar cell 

measuring W60 x L90mm. The solar 

cell yields 100 mA in direct sunlight. 

TSOL-CELL £11.16 

3. Solar Educational Kit 

Learn the basics of solar panel 

electronics. This kit can be assembled 

in parallel or series to make different 

output panels to power electronics 

such as a calculator or radio. 

SC10298 £30.18 

4. Practical Action Solar Kit 

Electricity components which can 

be used to teach pupils about the 

use and benefits of solar power. 

Includes batteries, bulbs and bulb 

holders, round buzzers, crocodile 

leads, meagre motors and solar cells. 

Can be used alongside the Solar 

Challenge downloadable resource 

from Practical Action. 

TE10025 £160.11 

5. K’NEX® Education 

Renewable Energy Kit 

This set allows students to compare 

and contrast the power and 

efficiency that can be realised 

from wind, solar and water power 

machines. Students generate 

electricity to operate models as they 

experiment with renewable energy 

systems. 

2 3 

TE01001 £287.43 

4 

5 


The Human Body 

Skeletons 

1 

1. Child Size Anatomy 

Poster Set 

A set of two child sized anatomy 

figures with resource guide. Great 

for classroom display and for 

reinforcing scientific vocabulary on 

the human body. 

SC10034 £26.24 

2. Desktop Human Skeleton 

Model 

Accurate replica of a human 

skeleton, ideally sized for use on 

desktops. Enables children to easily 

identify the location of different 

bones within the human body. 

Attached to a sturdy stand, the 

skeleton features moveable parts. 

SC01176 £26.24 

2 3 

• Desktop sized 

• Features 

moveable parts 

• Accurate 

replica 

4 5 

3. Fabric Skeleton Wall 

Hanging 

Discover how your skeleton is built 

with this life-size chart. It has 44 

detachable pieces (bones and name 

labels), each label has a number on 

the reverse side which corresponds 

with the number stitched on the 

chart. Height 100cm. Made from 

fabric. Pack of 44. Width 50cm. 

SSKELE1 £81.36 

4. Human X-Rays 

Hold these life-size human x-rays up 

to the light or use them on a light 

table and see every authentic detail 

of a real skeleton. Use to name and 

identify the position of the different 

bones in the human skeleton. The 

teacher guide includes reproducible 

artwork and information on 

radiography. Arrange the 18 bone 

images together to reproduce the 

entire body of a young adult approx. 

1.5m tall. Pack of 18. 

XRAY2 £59.05 

5. Human Anatomy, Skull, 

Heart And Eye Models 

Set of highly detailed pieces which 

can be used to construct models 

of the human anatomy, skull, eye 

and heart. Ideal for use on desktops 

when complete, each model 

measures between 10 and 14cm in 

height. Height 14cm. Made from 

plastic. 

SC01009 £44.61 

• Recreate a 

human skeleton 

• Identify the 

bones and their 

position in the 

human body 

• Includes 

teacher guide 

18 

Ideal for use on desktops 

508 


1. Boney Tony Half Sized 

Human Skeleton Model 

A half-scale, realistic model of the 

human skeleton with movable 

shoulder, elbow, wrist, hip, knee, 

jaw and ankle joints. The bones are 

made from lightweight, durable 

synthetic material and a stand is 

included. 

S-SK £74.80 

1 2 

Skeletons 

• Accurate lifesized 

replica 

• Mounted on 

a roller stand 

• Includes a 

dust cover 


2. Life Size Human Skeleton 

Model 

Accurate, life sized model. Features 

a detachable skull with full set 

of permanent teeth, removable 

cranium and movable joints. 

Easy to assemble, the skeleton is 

mounted on a roller stand. Bones are 

recreated from hard wearing plastic. 

SC00277 £295.30 

3. Foam Skeleton Floor 

Puzzle 

At 122cm tall this skeleton floor 

puzzle is life size for children. 

Encourages discussion around 

the human body as children piece 

together this large soft foam jigsaw 

and learn all the major bones. 

SC10322 £43.30 • Accurate half-sized 

4. Learning Resources 

replica of a human 

Complete Anatomy 

skeleton 

Models 

• Easy to assemble 

Give children a deeper 

• Features moveable 

understanding of how organs and 

joints 

internal systems interact by allowing 

• Includes a stand 

them to manipulate the inner 

workings of the human body. Set 

includes heart, brain, human body 3 

and skeleton anatomy models. Each 

realistically detailed plastic model 

includes a stand and a fact guide. 

Great for desktops. 

SC10324 £112.86 

5. Broken Bone X Rays 

Real X Rays reveal a detailed look 

at common breaks to a variety of 

human bones. Hold up to the light 

or use on a light box. An informative 

guide is included. Length 210mm. 

Made from cardboard. Pack of 15. 

A4. Width 297mm. 


SC00314 £52.49 

4 5 

• Realistically 

detailed 

anatomy models 

• Ideal for handson 

learning 


15


Anatomy 

1 

2 

1. Quarter-Scale Anatomical 

Torso 

Desktop sized, dissectible, eight 

piece, anatomical torso featuring 

detailed body parts in the correct 

location and proportion.The body 

parts are realistically coloured and 

detailed. A great resource for pupils 

to learn about the major organs and 

the physical relationship between 

them. Comes complete with a 

photocopiable key to parts. Height 

270mm. 

SC10245 £43.30 

2. Human Anatomy Tunic 

Fantastic visual resource to identify 

the major organs in the human 

body, complete with 3D rib cage 

and unravelling intestine! Includes 

8 removable hook and loop organs 

and a reference sheet for guidance. 

Each organ can be attached and 

labelled, prompting discussion on 

their function and position.. 

SC00737 £137.80 

3 

• Dissectible torso with 

removable organs 

• Pieces are accurately 

sized and located 

• Includes a key and 

guide for teacher 

4 

• Includes all the major organs 

• Attachable organs 

demonstrate their position in 

the body 

• Unravel the intestine to 

demonstrate its long length! 

3. Human Body Anatomical 

Torso 

Realistically coloured, 11 piece, 

dissectible anatomical torso with 

removable detailed body parts 

in the correct proportion and 

location. Comes complete with 

a key to each of the major parts. 

With a height of 500mm, this is an 

ideally sized model for classroom 

demonstrations. Removable pieces 

include a sectioned brain, two 

piece heart and head, lung halves, 

stomach and intestine. A fantastic 

tool for learning about the major 

organs and the physical relationship 

between them. 

HTORSO £87.93 

4. Human Anatomy Apron 

This apron will help children to 

understand where the nine main 

organs are in the body. The names 

and positions of the organs are 

printed on the apron. Fabric organs 

are detachable so pupils can learn 

about their size and length. Made 

from fabric. 


SC00997 £59.05 

510 


1. Pulse Meter 

Measuring pulse rate and oxygen 

levels, use as a stand alone device or 

as a data logger when connected to 

a PC. Get clear and accurate heart 

rate readings, or use the included 

software to track pulse fluctuations. 

The software enables children to 

input their name, weight, date of 

birth and height as well as print 

off their results gathered over a 

specified time period. Requires 

2 x AAA batteries. Includes a pulse 

meter, USB lead, software and user 

manual. Height 2.5cm. Length 

7.5cm. Width 5cm. 

1 

The Heart 


SC00642 Single £65.61 

SC00643 3pk £183.71 

• Measure oxygen levels 

and pulse 

• Use as a stand alone 

device or connected to 

a PC 

• Observe results over a 

time period 

2. Coloured Pulse Meters 

- 6pk 

Simple pulse meters, which can 

monitor pulse rate and oxygen 

levels. Easy to use, simply insert 

your finger. The colourful selection 

ensures that classroom management 

is made easy as teachers can monitor 

which coloured meter each child has 

used. Requires 2 x AAA batteries. 

Pack of 6. 

SC10107 £236.24 

3. Pulse and Oximeter 

Simply put the pulse meter on the 

end of a finger and you can clearly 

monitor pulse rate and oxygen 

levels. Easy to use and with accurate 

results, it enables children to 

observe how readings will change 

dependent on exercise. Can also be 

used to demonstrate how readings 

will vary between children. Requires 

2 x AAA batteries. Height 2.5cm. 

Length 7.5cm. Width 5cm. 

2 3 

SC00832 £43.30 

4. Big Heart Wall Hanging 

A colourful, hands-on resource 

that will stimulate interest, attract 

the attention of the class and 

create part of an eye-catching wall 

display. Includes: full set of labels, 

detachable heart chambers, fabric 

arrows and teacher’s notes. Length 

50cm. Made from fabric. Width 

50cm. 

4 5 

6 

SC00800 £62.99 

5. Pumping Human Heart 

Model 

3D working model which clearly 

demonstrates basic heart and 

pulmonary blood flow, through the 

use of a simple hand pump. Features 

clearly labelled main artery, veins, 

lungs and heart chambers. Mess 

free, the liquid is sealed within. 

Single. 

SC01168 £24.29 

Demonstrate the workings 

of the human heart 



Health & Nutrition 

1 

2 

1. Healthy Eating Shopping 

Bags Game 

A fun shopping game in which 

children have to match real life images 

of food, to their correct food group. 

Each food group is represented by 

a shopping bag. Can be used to 

teach about healthy eating, food and 

nutrition. Contents include an Eatwell 

guide, 46 double sided cards, 5 

shopping bags and a 12 page booklet 

of notes for the teacher. 

SC10054 £56.43 

3 

2. Set of Teeth Dental Model 

An engaging way to demonstrate 

and discuss the human mouth and 

the importance of teeth hygiene 

with your pupils. This dental model is 

1.5x larger than normal adult teeth, 

so enables children to see the shape 

and structure in larger, clearer detail. 

Realistically shaped, the model has 

a hinge so that the mouth can be 

opened. Made from plastic. 

SC01010 £19.04 

3. Traffic Light Food Game 

Build your pupils’ awareness of 

nutrition and healthy eating. This 

wall game uses the traffic light 

system to educate children about 

food they should eat and how to 

classify them into three groups - red, 

amber and green. Pack of 30. 

TE00371 £52.49 

4. Set of Teeth Model 

Set of anatomically correct, fully 

adjustable, hard wearing model 

teeth. The model teeth come with 

a large toothbrush to demonstrate 

good oral hygiene. Width 16cm. 

5 

• Covers a 

wide range of 

PSHE topics 

• Hands-on 

activities 

30 

4 

6 

SECONT £32.80 

5. Healthy Living PSHE 

Activity Set 

The set covers topics such as the 

human body, nutrition, teeth, effects 

of smoking, danger of drugs and 

alcohol, exercise and more. Great for 

providing students with fun, thoughtprovoking 

activities that encourage cooperation.Comprehensive 

teacher and 

student notes are included to provide 

background information, hands-on 

activities and lesson planning. 

SC00862 £257.24 

6. Healthy Living Book Pack 

KS1 

This collection considers the different 

parts of a happy and healthy 

lifestyle. Covering nutrition, exercise 

and cleanliness, these books will 

help pupils understand how choices 

they make have a positive/negative 

impact on their health. Contents 


SC01029 £150.93 

10 

512 


1. Giant Teeth and 

Toothbrush Model 

Large, anatomically correct, rubber 

teeth model and giant toothbrush. 

Ideal for encouraging children to 

brush their teeth properly, as well 

as for prompting discussions on 

healthy eating and hygiene. Model 

can be manipulated manually. Use 

the model to discuss how eating 

too much sugar reacts with bacteria 

and produces acid in the mouth or 

point out the position and uses of 

different teeth. Comes with notes 

for the teacher. 

1 2 

Teeth 

6 


SJAWS £30.18 

2. Giant Sized Human Teeth 

Models 

These giant-sized human teeth 

demonstrate how different teeth 

are used for chewing, biting and 

gnawing. Models include: molar 

(L15 x W12 x D12cm), canine (L18 x 

W9 x D9cm) and incisor (L18 x W6 x 

D9cm). Teacher’s notes included. 

STOT Single £26.24 

STOT6 6pk £107.61 

4 

3 

3. Disposable Dental Mirrors 

Children can look into each others 

mouths, or their own, using these 

disposable dental mirrors. The high 

quality mirror housed in a plastic 

handle makes an excellent tool for 

oral inspection. Pack of 10. 

SHU030 £14.76 

5 

110 

4. Dental Hygiene 

Demonstration Kit 

Teach children all about healthy 

dental hygiene with a range of 

useful demonstration models.With 

useful guidance for the teacher, 

the demonstration kit can be used 

to show children how long they 

should clean their teeth for. Includes 

a model of a giant set of teeth, 

oversized toothbrush, 2 minute sand 

timer, 24 plaque disclosing tablets 

and 10 dental mirrors. 

SC10110 £70.86 

• Desktop models to demonstrate 

how to clean teeth 

• Enable children to examine their 

own teeth 

• Includes guidance for the teacher 

5. Big Tooth Wall Hanging 

A great cross-curricular resource 

for demonstrating the parts of a 

tooth and discussing their types 

and function. Ideal for emphasising 

the importance of dental hygiene. 

Length 50cm. Made from fabric. 

Width 50cm. 

6 

SC00851 £64.30 

6. Disclosing Tablets 

These pleasant tasting disclosing 

tablets are an excellent way to 

demonstrate the importance of 

dental hygiene. Their special nontoxic 

blue colouring does not linger 

on the tongue or gums and can be 

easily rinsed away. Pack of 48. 

SHU031 £11.16 

48 


Rocks & Fossils 

Rocks & Soil 

1 2 

1. Rock Samples From The 

UK 

Boxed set of rocks, all sourced in 

the UK. Includes: basalt, chalk, 

granite, oolitic limestone, sandstone, 

shale, slate, fossiliferous limestone, 

obsidian, pumice, granite adamellite, 

new red sandstone, schist, 

conglomerate and marble. Contents 


ROCKS-UK £44.61 

15 8 

3 

4 

5 

12 

Sedimentary 

2. Sedimentary Rocks 

Collection 

A collection of 8 examples 

of sedimentary rocks with 

accompanying notes for the teacher. 

Samples include sandstone, coquina, 

coal, halite, geyserite, dolomite and 

conglomerate. Pack of 8. 

SC01217 £24.93 

3. Soil Samples 

Investigation Kit 

Five different types of soil presented 

in A5 bags. The soils are clay, sandy, 

chalk, clay loam, and a chalky loam. 

SOILKIT1 5pk £30.18 

SSOIL 25pk £116.80 

4. Soil Samples From The UK 

Class Pack 

Pack of 12 UK soil types in 15ml 

containers. Each type is labelled and 

includes examples of sandy, silt, clay, 

chalk, gravel, loam and silt soil. 

SC01150 £102.36 

5. Igneous Rocks Collection 

A collection of 8 examples of 

igneous rocks with accompanying 

notes for the teacher. Samples 

include basalt, pumice, welded ash, 

rhyolite, obsidian, volcanic cinder, 

andesite and quartz monzonite. 

Pack of 8. 

SC01216 £24.93 

6. Metamorphic Rocks 

Collection 

A collection of 8 metamorphic 

rocks with notes for the teacher. 

Samples include schist, slate, marble, 

soapstone, quartzite, phyllite and 

gneiss. Pack of 8. 

SC01218 £24.93 

5 6 

8 8 

Igneous 

Metamorphic 

514 


1. Complete Rock Collection 

Students can dig up some exciting 

learning fun with this fascinating 

rock and fossil collection! Each 

individual set includes a selection 

of hand picked specimens including 

igneous, metamorphic, sedimentary, 

minerals and fossils. 

SC10313 £91.86 

1 2 

Rocks 

8 

Rocks & Fossils 

2. Rock Samples 

Class set of rock samples, ideal 

for examining the simple physical 

properties of rocks. Includes 

samples of igneous, metamorphic 

and sedimentary rocks. Rock sizes 

may vary, but 1kg of each type is 

provided. Pack of 8. Weight 1kg. 

SROCKSET £56.43 

3. Rock Samples Class Pack 

Class set of 11 metamorphic, 

igneous and sedimentary rock 

samples in a handy tray. Includes: 

sandstone, limestone, chalk, gabbro, 

granite, basalt, slate, garnet-gneiss, 

marble plus two samples of sandy 

and clay soil. Made from stone. Pack 

of 11. 

Collection of 5 different rock sets 

SC01141 £59.05 

4. Rock Collection 

This collection provides an 

introduction to basic rock types 

and formations. Includes five 

each of igneous, sedimentary and 

metamorphic rock samples. Comes 

with activity guide, magnifying glass 

and storage box. 

3 4 

310327 £43.30 

5. NEW KS2 - Rocks, Soils, 

Minerals and Fossils - 

Book Pack 

Class collection of titles focusing on 

different types of rocks, soil, fossils 

and minerals. Using a variety of 

detailed images, infographics and 

diagrams these are a great addition 

to school libraries. Pack of 10. 

11 

SN45905 £135.18 

5 

10 


Materials 

Properties of Materials 

1 

Includes different materials and corresponding picture cards 

2 

3 

4 

10 

6 

32 

1. Investigating Materials 

Activity Bag 

This is an ideal resource for 

exploring everyday materials as 

children are challenged to match 

cards to the corresponding textures 

of the materials within the bag. 

Great for exploring the senses and 

encouraging group discussion. 


SEAM1 £98.43 

2. Matching Pairs Texture 

Blocks 

Dip into the feely bag and discover 

the pairs of blocks by matching up 

the two different textures. With 

32 pieces and 16 pairs to discover, 

encourage sensory recognition and 

different materials, as you match 

the blocks by touch alone. Made 

from beech and cotton. Pack of 32. 

FLTS £51.18 

3. Exploring Materials - KS1 

Building on previous knowledge, 

this selection includes a wide range 

of everyday materials and considers 

key properties. Encourages 

children to compare and contrast 

different materials and extend 

their understanding through 

investigations. Ideal for KS1. 

Pack of 10. 

LB00568 £169.30 

4. Exploring Materials Book 

Pack 

This set of books introduces readers 

to a range of different types of 

materials. Each title focuses on a 

specific material, exploring what it 

is, how it is made, where it comes 

from, its properties and what it is 

used for. 

SC01137 £77.43 

516 


1 

Changing Materials 

Materials 

• Investigate 

characteristics of 

materials 

• Includes book of 

experiment ideas 

• Class set of equipment 

• Contained in a sturdy box 

1. Science Changing 

Materials Activity Kit 

Bumper kit of resources for use 

in lessons on changing materials. 

Suggested activities include mixing, 

separating and changing materials, 

comparing solids and liquids and 

examining what happens when 

materials are heated, as well as 

defining solids, liquids and gases. 

SC00756 £177.18 

2. Magnetic and Non 

Magnetic Materials 

Samples 

Set of 20 examples of magnetic and 

non magnetic materials. Stored in 

a handy chart, the samples can be 

used to teach about magnetism, 

the properties of different types 

of materials and for sorting and 

classification exercises. 

SC00760 £39.36 

3. Assorted Metal Testing 

Strips 

Excellent for studies on different 

metals and magnetism. Includes 

examples of soft and hard 

aluminium, brass and copper, mild, 

zinc plated and galvanised steel, 

magnetic and non-magnetic stainless 

steel, phosphor bronze, nickel silver 

and zinc. Each plate is marked with a 

code letter corresponding to a list of 

metals supplied with the set. Suitable 

for 5 to 11 years Length 50mm. 

Made from metal. Pack of 12. Width 

25mm. 

MAG-MET £15.10 

2 

• Use to investigate 

magnetism 

• Explore the properties of 

different types of materials 

• Great for sorting and 

classification exercises 

3 

12 


Forces & Motion 

Slopes & Ramps 

1 

SAVE 

£72 .19 

• Features 4 different surfaces - sandpaper, 

plain, wood and carpet underlay 

• Stand features five height settings 

• Alter gradient of ramp to variety of 

angles 

• Use for forces, motion, friction, distance 

and speed experiments 

1. Wooden Forces Slope Kit 

Sturdy ramp kit for use in forces 

investigations. Includes 2 reversible 

slopes which feature sandpaper, 

carpet underlay, plain wood and a 

foam surface. The different height 

settings ensure that the gradient of 

the ramp can be altered to a variety 

of angles. Sturdy and safe, the stand 

and ramps will not tip over and are 

great for use in accurate and safe 

science experiments on forces, motion 

and friction. Also includes a stand 

with five height settings and a ruler 

printed on the side. Length 70cm. 


SSLKT Single £65.61 

SSLKT5 5pk £255.87 

2. Multi Surface Friction 

Blocks 

Children will be able to appreciate 

how a force such as friction can slow 

down moving objects with these 

multiple surface blocks. Includes 

two each of the following surfaces: 

sandpaper, carpet, foam, rubber, 

smooth wood. Height 28mm. 



FRICTBL £55.11 

3. Four Lane Multi Surface 

Slope 

Use to compare, the movement of 

items, on four different surfaces. 

The ramp features a lane containing 

wood, foam, sandpaper and 

carpet surfaces. Great for compare 

and contrast exercises and for 

investigating the effects of friction. 

SC00381 £65.61 

2 

3 

10 

4 5 

4. Slope Car 

A basic vehicle which can be used 

with ramps and slopes for forces 

investigations. The ‘well’ in the top 

allows weights to be added. Made 

from wood. 

CAR £13.79 

5. Bag of Marbles 80pk 

Perfect for enriching small world 

play, marble runs or loose parts. 

Made of glass in varying sizes and 

colour. Pack of 80. 

80 

022110 Marbles £8.54 

518 


1 

Springs & Weights 

• Full class kit of equipment 

• Experiment ideas focusing 

on forces and motion 

• Detailed notes for 

the teacher and 

photocopiable worksheets 

Forces & Motion 

1. Science Forces and 

Motion Activity Kit 

A bumper kit of resources for 

investigating forces and motion. 

With a booklet full of worksheets 

and experiments, pupils will learn all 

about gravity, friction and inertia. 

Includes: assorted pulleys, weights, 

force meters and more! 

SC00732 £177.18 

2 

2. Weight Set with Tray 

A combined set of accurate steel and 

brass weights that are housed in a 

sturdy blue moulded tray. Provides 

for weighing objects from 10g to 

1990g in 10g increments. 3 steel 

weights and 6 brass weights. 

SWS £48.55 

3. Metal Weight Set 

Set of metal weights in a small 

plastic storage box. Contents include 

2 x 200g, 2 x 50g, 2 x 20g and 1 

x 10g weights. Each weight has a 

small hook on the end for use in 

forces experiments. 

SC00773 £15.42 

3 


Magnetism 

Magnets 

1 2 

1. Mighty Magnets 

Brightly coloured horseshoe-shaped 

magnets made from durable plastic. 

Each is magnetically correct, one 

foot north, one south. In a set of 

6 different colours. Experimenting 

and playing with these super strong 

child-friendly magnets is an easy, 

fun introduction to early scientific 

concepts. Magnets measure 12.5cm 

H. Suitable for ages 3+. Magnetic. 

Pack of 6. 

3 4 

6 

SC10320 £28.86 

2. Assorted Magnetism Kit 

Selection of different types of 

magnets and materials in a handy 

storage tray. Contents include 

Alinco bars, button magnets, 

horseshoe magnet, ferrite blocks 

and rings, chrome steel horseshoe 

magnets and rods, coloured squares 

of magnetic rubber, 19mm plotting 

compasses, 14.5mm plotting 

compasses and Lodestone piece. 

SC01140 £55.11 

3. Magnets Investigation 

Kit 

A hands-on way to investigate 

magnets and magnetism. Includes a 

variety of magnetic wands, marbles, 

bar and horseshoe magnets. 

Teacher’s notes included. Contents 

may vary. Includes: 1 butterfly 

sculpture, magnetic sticks and 

balls, sticky stones, 1 pair of super 

magnets, 20 magnetic marbles, 6 

magnet wands, 1 giant horseshoe 

magnet, magnetic discs and a 

compass magnet. 

5 

6 

5 

SMAGS33 £91.86 

4. Floating Coloured Ring 

Magnets 

Pack of plastic coated ring magnets, 

that can be flipped over to attract 

and repel. These can be used in 

demonstrations to show how 

magnets attract and repel. Diameter 

32mm. Made from ceramic. Pack 

of 5. 

SCOLFLO £8.54 

5. Deluxe Magnetism Kit 

A comprehensive 42 piece set of 

magnets and materials, great for 

magnetism experiments. In a range 

of styles and sizes and made from 

a variety of different materials, 

the magnets are stored in a handy 

box. Use to investigate which 

magnet is the strongest and which 

everyday objects are magnetic/nonmagnetic? 

Use the compasses to 

explore magnetic poles and give the 

children hands on experience of an 

important real life use for magnets. 

• Storage box included 

• Wide range of magnets in 

different shapes and sizes 

• Use to investigate which 

magnet is the strongest 

40 

SC10027 £87.93 

6. Magnetic Marbles 

Pack of colourful magnetic marbles 

which attract and repel each 

other. Can be used to demonstrate 

magnetism or to create interesting 

games. Pack of 40. 

MAG-MARB2 £10.49 

520 


1 2 

Magnets 

Magnetism 

1. Bar Magnets Set 

Painted red/blue, this bulk set of 

20 solid bar magnets are supplied 

in a handy snap top case. Great for 

use in exploring magnetism, the 

magnets are colour coded for easy 

identification. Pack of 20. 

SC01171 £39.36 

2. Horseshoe Magnets 

Set of 3 horseshoe magnets in a 

plastic wallet. Includes: 1 x 7.5cm, 1 

x 10cm, 1 x 12.5cm. Pack of 3. 

THM £30.18 

3. Colour Coded Magnets 

Ideal for younger children, the 

magnets are colour-coded red 

(North) and blue (South) which can 

be used to easily demonstrate that 

magnets have two poles. Great for 

experiments on magnetic attraction, 

they will not demagnetise in pairs. 

Pack of 2. 

3 4 

20 3 

TPCM £9.85 

4. Colourful Horseshoe 

Magnets 

Strong and sturdy, chunky horseshoe 

magnets, made from plastic. These 

are a great size for young children 

investigating magnetism. Colours 

may vary. 

SC01212 £32.80 

5. Super Magnet Lab Kit 

Everyone gets hands-on exploration 

with this complete 224-piece 

classroom set for 25 students. This 

kit includes everything you need to 

conduct a range of activities. 

SC10321 £36.69 

6. Magnetic Rubber Tape 

Magnetic tape which can be cut 

with scissors and stuck on to the 

back of pictures or objects. Ideal for 

use on magnetic boards. Length 

10m. Single. Width 8mm. 

SMAGAD £7.86 

5 

202 

6 

6 


Magnetism 

Magnets 

1 

2 

1. NEW Colourful Magnetic 

Wands 

Easy for younger hands to grip, 

these magnetic wands can be used 

for learning the basic principles of 

magnetism. Includes 6 wands in 6 

bright colours. Length 18.5cm. Pack 

of 6. 

SN45505 £17.05 

2. Magnetic Materials 

Testing Kit Set of 20 

Set of magnetic and non-magnetic 

objects, great for prompting 

discussion about which materials 

may or may not be magnetic. 

Includes two magnetic wands for 

testing experiments and objects are 

sealed into clearly labelled plastic 

pots. 

SC00825 £43.30 

3 

6 

4 

3. Magnetic and Non 

Magnetic Materials 

Samples 

Set of 20 examples of magnetic and 

non magnetic materials. Stored in 

a handy chart, the samples can be 

used to teach about magnetism, 

the properties of different types 

of materials and for sorting and 

classification exercises. 

SC00760 £39.36 

4. Assorted Metal Testing 

Strips 

Excellent for studies on different 

metals and magnetism. Includes 

examples of soft and hard 

aluminium, brass and copper, 

mild, zinc plated and galvanised 

steel, magnetic and non-magnetic 

stainless steel, phosphor bronze, 

nickel silver and zinc. Length 50mm. 

Made from metal. Pack of 12. Width 

25mm. 

MAG-MET £15.10 

5 

6 

12 

5. Assorted Metal Discs 

A set of 25mm metal discs each 

stamped with the metal type. 

Ideal to use to test for magnetic/ 

non-magnetic properties. Diameter 

25mm. Made from metal. Pack of 8. 

SDISC £11.16 

6. Magnetic Field Pattern 

Window 

A very clear illustration of the 

formation of magnetic fields. The 

iron filings are suspended in liquid 

and sealed in a clear frame; place 

a magnet on the frame and watch 

the fields appear. Can also be used 

with an overhead projector. Height 

15mm. Length 225mm. Made from 

plastic. Width 130mm. 

PATT £51.18 

8 

522 


1. Science Electricity 

Activity Kit 

A bumper kit of resources which 

can be used for investigating 

electricity. Packed in a colour-coded 

tray, the kit includes: batteries, 

battery holders, bulb holders, 

buzzers, bulbs, wire, wire strippers 

and much more. With a booklet full 

of worksheets, pupils will develop 

an understanding of how electricity 

can be used and its dangers and 

benefits to us. The 14 suggested 

experiments will help pupils gain an 

understanding of what electricity is 

and where it comes from. 

1 

Electricity Kits 

Electricity 

SC00757 £177.18 

2. Beginners Electricity Kit 

A great value set of 18 component 

modules, ideal for group work. Each 

component module clearly displays 

the name and electrical symbols. 

031460 £186.36 

3. Electricity Kit Plus 

Understand and build simple circuits 

with this great value kit, with its 

simple ‘plug and play’ design. Each 

module clearly displays the name 

of the component and its electrical 

symbol, making it easy to learn. 

031458 £283.49 

• Bumper kit of resources for 

electricity investigations 

• Booklet full of worksheets 

and experiment ideas 

• Includes notes for the teacher 

• Suitable for KS1 and KS2 

2 

3 

Contents 

1 x digital multimeter 

1 x magnetic switch 

1 x variable resistor 

1 x flashing LED 

1 x white LED 

1 x light dependent resistor 

5 x battery holders 

5 x bulbs 

2 x toggle switches 

2 x push switches 

2 x buzzers, 2 x motors, 

1 x two-pole switch, 10 

x stacking leads, 2 x test 

probes, 2 x crocodile 

adaptor leads, 1 x teachers 

resources CD. 

Contents 

5 x battery holders 

5 x bulbs 

2 x buzzers 

2 x motor fans 


2 x push switches 

2 x crocodile adapter 

clips 

10 x stacker leads 

1 x teacher guide 

CD-ROM 

Supplied in a sturdy 

storage box 


Electricity 

Components 

1 2 

1. Batteries 

Save money when stocking up 

with our quality range of AA, AAA 

and C batteries. These batteries are 

suitable for use in a wide range of 

electronic resources, and can be 

used as a power supply in D&T and 

Science circuits. 

IT10056 4pk AAA £4.92 

IT10057 20pk AAA £20.35 

IT10058 40pk AAA £25.60 

IT10053 10pk AA £4.92 

IT10054 50pk AA £20.35 

IT10055 100pk AA £25.60 

IT10059 4pk C £4.92 

4 5 

6 7 

3 

2. Electrical Components Kit 

Basic assortment of components 

including crocodile leads, cell 

holders, lamps and bulbs and many 

more. Suitable for introductory 

electronics lessons. 

SC10301 £55.11 

3. Electrical Components Kit 

Comes complete with all 

components needed to enable 

children to investigate electricity. 

Includes batteries and holders, bulbs 

and holders and multi core wire. 

SHWELEC £102.36 

4. Battery Holders 1 x AA 

10pk 

Each battery holder can hold 1 AA 

battery to give 1.5 volts output. 

The use of Alkaline, Lithium or 

rechargeable batteries can in some 

cases cause high temperatures. 

Please use Zinc Chloride batteries 

only. 

TBA-1-10 10pk £3.61 

SC10083 30pk £9.18 

5. AA Snap Battery Holders 

10pk 

High quality battery snap connectors 

to use with AA batteries. Includes 

press stud (snap) terminals. To be 

used with snap connectors and zinc 

chloride batteries only. 

TBH-2-10 2 x AA 10pk £3.29 

SC10081 2 x AA 30pk £8.54 

6. 2 x AA Battery Holders 

with Leads 

Holds 2 ‘AA’ size batteries and comes 

with leads fixed. Modern alkaline 

batteries can produce high currents 

if a short circuit occurs. Therefore 

we recommend using zinc chloride 

batteries for circuitry work. 

TBE-2-10 10pk £4.92 

SC10082 30pk £12.47 

7. Battery Snaps 

Ideal component for use in simple 

series circuits, these snaps can be 

used for connecting battery holders 

to motors and bulbs. Comes with 

150mm, colour coded, red and black 

leads. Pack of 50. 

TS-50 £6.55 

50 

524 


1. Crocodile Leads 

A set of 10 leads with plastic 

insulated miniature crocodile clips 

at each end. Ideal for connecting 

components together to create an 

electrical circuit in both Science and 

D&T lessons. Multicoloured. Made 

from pvc. 

1 2 

Components 

Electricity 

TCL 10pk £7.86 

TE00820 50pk £14.43 

2. Double Ended Crocodile 

Leads 

These crocodile leads are super 

strong and tough. Long lasting and 

durable, these leads are useful for 

assembling circuits and connecting 

components to wires. Double ended, 

each lead is approx. Length 30cm. 


10 

SC01115 £9.85 

3. Meagre Motor and Pulley 

Pack 

Add movement and control the 

speed of your moving model. The 

20pk contains 10 motors and 10 

pulleys and the bulk pack of 300, 

includes 150 motors and 150 

pulleys. Please note: the motors are 

forward direction only. 

3 4 

SAVE 

£26 .25 

TMOTPK 20pk £11.80 

TE00523 300pk £150.74 

4. Meagre Motors 

Make your vehicle move or your 

model light up using these motors. 

Will work from 1.5v - 4.5v and 

are an essential for your resource 

cupboard. 

SAVE 

£6 .30 

10 

10 

TM-10 10pk £9.18 

TM-60 60pk £48.48 

5 6 

5. Connecting Wire 

Reel of multi-core wire available 

in either black or red. An essential 

resource for all your electricity kits. 

Length 100m. Made from wire. 

Width 2mm. 

TW-BLA Black £11.16 

TW-RED Red £11.16 

6. Automatic Wire Strippers 

This functional tool strips wires from 

0.2mm to 0.6mm in diameter. The 

self adjusting mechanism allows for 

easy stripping. Manufactured from 

pressed steel and plastic with a built 

in cable cutter. Single. 

TAWS £10.83 

7. Self Adhesive Motor Clips 

10pk 

These clips hold components 

between 19-25mm in position. They 

are self adhesive making them easy 

to stay in place. Made from plastic. 

Pack of 10. 

7 8 

TM-CLIP £4.92 

8. High Resistance Wire 

Nichrome wire to make dimmer 

switches for low voltage bulbs. Make 

circuits incorporating a length of this 

nichrome wire and use a crocodile 

clip to connect any-where along the 

length to create a variable dimmer 

switch. Length 10m. 

10 

HRWIRE £11.16 


Electricity 

Components 

1 

2 

1. 8mm LEDs Mixed 

Coloured 30pk 

Light emitting diodes are an 

alternative to bulbs and are useful 

for adding colour to models. Pack of 

8mm LEDs in yellow, green and red. 


TC-LED £12.47 

5 

2. Miniature Electronic 

Buzzer 6v 5pk 

Pack of miniature, transistor 

oscillator 6v buzzers with flying 

leads. With a single tone output, 

these create a loud ‘buzz’ and 

feature 100mm red and black wire 

leads. With an operating range of 

4-8v. Pack of 5. 

TPB-5 £9.18 

30 

30 30 5 

4 5 

3 

3. Round Buzzer 3v-6v 

Pack of round buzzers, which emit 

a high pitched, continuous ‘beep’ 

3v - 6v - each buzzer has 150mm 

wire leads. Diameter 23mm. Height 


TB-5 £12.14 

4. MES Bulbs 

A set of 50 bulbs, available in 

different voltages. These solid state 

bulbs have a lifespan of up to 8 

times that of conventional filament 

lamps, as well as being more robust, 

making them the ideal choice for 

your school. Pack of 50. 

TB1.5R-50 1.5V, 0.2amp £7.86 

TB2.5R-50 2.5V, 0.2amp £7.86 

TB3.5R-50 3.5V £7.86 

055434 6V, 0.06amp £7.86 

5. M.E.S Lens End Bulb 2.2v 

The style of this 2.5V bulb makes it 

less likely to break even if dropped. 

2.5v bulbs, suitable for use with 1 or 

2 batteries. Pack of 25. 

TB2.5L-25 £4.92 

6. Simple Bulb Holders 

Great for circuit work in Science 

or lighting it up projects in D&T. 

Easy-to-use. 

TSBH 10pk £3.93 

TSBH100 100pk £26.12 

50 

6 7 

7. NEW MES Batten Bulb 

Holders 

Sturdy bulb holders for MES bulbs. 

Screwdriver required to make 

connections to this bulb holder. 

TBH-10 10pk £5.91 

TBH-60 60pk £27.89 

526 


1. Basic Switch 

A simple plastic disc with spring 

type, easy wire connectors and a 

pivoting brass arm which makes or 

breaks a connection. This is also a 

very useful teaching aid to show 

how a switch works. Single. 

1 2 

Components 

Electricity 

TSW-BASIC £6.55 

2. Slide Switch 

A simple slide switch with a centre 

off position. This simple slide switch 

can be used to reverse a meagre 

motor in circuitry experiments. 


10 

TSS-10 £5.24 

3. Switch Pack 

Bumper collection of useful switches. 

Includes: 

• 20 x reed switches 

• 10 x square magnets 

• 5 x toggle switches 

• 5 x push to make switches 

• 5 x basic switches 

• 1 x box of paper fasteners (200) 

• 1 x box of paper clips (100). Pack 

of 345. 

3 

TSW-PACK £39.36 

4. Electricity Components 

Starter Kit 

A complete kit with all the 

components you need to enable 

children to investigate electricity. 

Includes everything from bulbs and 

bulb holders to motors and switches. 

SC10302 £26.24 

345 1 

5. Push Button Switch 

Use to demonstrate how a switch 

opens and closes a circuit. Working 

in a similar way to a door bell, this 

is an ideal component for use in a 

simple series circuits. Pack of 5. 

4 

TSW-PLUS-5 £3.93 

6. Toggle Switch 

Designed to fit through a 1.2 cm 

hole in a panel if required but may 

be used unmounted in simple 

circuits. Features a clearly marked 

on/off. Pack of 5. 

TTOGSW-5 £9.18 

5 6 

105 

5 


Light & Sound 

Torches 

1 

1. Handheld Torches 

Class set of torches, ideal for basic 

light experiments. Each torch 

requires 2 x AA batteries. We have 

included a set of 30 x AA batteries to 

help get you started! Multicoloured. 


Pack of 12. 

SC00815 £36.74 

2 

3 

• Essential 

classroom resource 

• Batteries Included 

• Great for 

investigating 

shadow formation 

12 

2. LED Colour Mixing Torches 

These light sources can be used for 

a variety of experiments, as well 

as together for colour mixing. In 

red, blue and green with magnetic 

backs, they can be attached to a 

whiteboard. Each device requires 2 x 

AA batteries. Length 11cm. Pack of 

3. Width 12cm. 

SC00772 £30.18 

3. Colour Changing Torches 

Wear and experiment with these take 

anywhere, colour changing torch 

heads. A simple to use resource, 

great for experimenting with colour 

mixing and for investigating shadow 

formation. Magnetic backed, the 

torch heads can be attached to 

magnetic surfaces. Each torch 

requires 2 x AAA batteries. Attach to 

the included wrist and head bands 

to allow hands free exploration. A 

button on each torch, will change 

the LED from white to red, blue or 

green. Pack of 10. 

SC10000 £61.68 

4. Light and Colour 

Experiments Grab and 

Go Kit 

This kit is designed to help children 

explore and discover colour and 

light in lots of intriguing ways whilst 

developing some key skills. Packed in a 

sturdy folding box. Contents may vary. 

Great for colour 

mixing 

3 

10 

FCLGRAB £188.99 

5. Mini Light Meter 

Hand held mini light meter which 

can be used to measure illuminance. 

Features include max min recording 

and user selectable units. Measuring 

range 0 to 200Klux. 

SC10052 £76.11 

4 5 

528 


Torches 

Light & Sound 

Rechargeable 

Easi-Torch 

The rechargeable handheld LED torches are simple to use and 

come with a useful charging hub for storage. The LEDs provide a 

constant brightness for up to 2 hours, recharge in the hub once the 

battery is low. These delightful handheld torches are the perfect size 

for children’s hands and will provide hours or sensory play while 

encouraging confident technology skills. Pack of 6. 

SC00117 £118.11 

KEY 

only 

£118 .11 

BENEFITS 

• Rechargeable - 6 ultra-bright LED torches 

with constant brightness 

• Battery life up to 2 hours and battery life 

indicator 

• Recharges in 3-4 hours 

• Large easy to use on/off switch 


Light & Sound 

Light Panels 

1 

• 8 colour 

changing settings 

• 3 brightness 

settings 

• Mains operated 

1. Colour Changing Light 

Panels 

Slimline light box, with 8 different 

colour changing options for 

the background and 3 different 

brightness settings. Ideal for 

illuminating activities and for 

experimenting with colour 

changing. Mains operated, supplied 

with a 12v main adaptor and lead. 

SC10095 A2 £223.11 

SC10096 A3 £131.24 

2. Ultra-Bright LED Light 

Panel 

LED light panel with 3 settings 

which provide a bright and clear 

illuminated background. Portable, 

easy to clean and with safe rounded 

edges, this is a versatile resource for 

use in cross curricular investigations 

of colour and light. Simple lock 

function prevents the panel from 

being turned off unintentionally 

and it is supplied with a 12v main 

adapter and lead. Typical life span 

of LEDs is approx. 50,000 hours. 


CA07121 A1 £360.93 

CA07122 A3 £111.55 

SC01101 A2 £183.74 

2 

• Portable and easy to 

clean 

• Ultra-bright LEDs with 

3 different settings 

• Sturdy and safe for 

classrooms, with 

rounded edges 

530 


1 

Mirrors 

Light & Sound 

• Ideas on colour mixing 

activities 

• Investigate shadow 

formation 

• Explore how light 

travels 

• Make periscopes, 

pinhole cameras and 

many more 

1. Science Light Activity Kit 

This kit brings together all the 

resources you’ll need to teach 

about light. Packed full of prisms, 

torches, convex and concave lenses, 

mirrors, tea lights and many other 

components.Includes a teacher’s 

guide full of experiment ideas on 

shadow formation, how light is 

reflected and much more. 

SC00734 £177.18 

2. Double Sided Plastic 

Mirrors 

A pack of double sided, plastic 

mirrors with peel off protective 

covering. Length 100mm. Made 

from plastic. Width 150mm. 

TMIR 10pk £13.11 

SC10080 30pk £39.36 

3. Small Mirror Assortment 

Assortment of double-sided plastic 

mirrors in three different sizes. 

Contains: 8 mirrors measuring 75 x 

25mm. 4 mirrors measuring 100 x 

75mm and 4 mirrors measuring 190 

x 145mm. Pack of 16. 

SC10029 £19.04 

4. A4 Sized Mirrors 

Class set of plastic mirrors. These 

plastic mirrors have self adhesive 

backs so can be set in place if 

required. Height 297mm. Pack of 10. 

A4. Width 210mm. 

SC00794 £26.24 

5. Convex and Concave 

Mirrors 10pk 

Set of double-sided, unbreakable, 

convex and concave, plastic mirrors. 

Ideal for scientific enquiries, the 

mirrors are protected with a peel off 

film. Pack of 10. 

SC00796 £11.80 

2 3 

4 5 

16 

10 10 


Light & Sound 

Sound 

1 2 

• Booklet of activity 

ideas included 

• Make a telephone and 

a guitar 

• Measure sound levels 

• Investigate materials 

which sound can 

travel through 

2 

1. Science Sound Activity 

Kit 



about sound. Activities focus on 

measuring sound levels, finding out 

what happens to sound as you get 

further away and examining what 

materials sound can travel through. 

Contents include pack of 30mm 

wooden balls, cardboard tubes, 

plastic tubing, funnels, wind up 

tape, tuning forks and much more. 


3 

4 

SC00736 £177.18 

2. Tuning Forks 

Use to demonstrate how sounds 

are made, how vibrations produce 

sound and the relationship between 

frequency and wavelength. Tuned to 

C (256Hz) and B (480Hz). Pack of 2. 

TFORK £19.68 

3. Handheld Sound Meter 

(Decimeter) 

Easy to use electronic meter ideal for 

investigating how sounds get fainter 

as the distance from the sound 

source increases. It has a background 

noise absorber to filter ambient 

sounds and a max min record and 

max hold function. Also features a 

measuring level range of 40dB to 

130dB, a 4 digit digital display and 

an auto power off switch. 

SDEC2 £81.36 

5 

6 

10 

4. Light and Sound Book 

Pack 

This collection of books covers 

everything from pitch and vibrations 

to shadows and reflection. An array of 

books that will help children to work 

scientifically while having fun! Ideal 

for classrooms and school libraries. 


SC10039 £137.80 

5. Boomwhackers 

Brightly coloured, tuned percussion 

tubes that are easy to play and 

lots of fun. Sound is created by 

whacking the tube against any 

number of surfaces. Multicoloured. 


BW100 8 Note C Major Diatonic Set £26.24 

BW101 5 Note Chromatic Set £18.36 

8 

8 

6. Tuning Fork Set 

High quality aluminium plain shaft 

tuning forks, with frequency in 

Hertz marked on each one. An eight 

piece set supplied in a wooden 

storage box. They are tuned C-C. 

Pack of 8. 

055054 £73.49 

532 


1 


characteristics of 

materials 

• Includes book of 

experiment ideas 

• Class set of 

equipment 

• Contained in a 

sturdy box 

Class Kits 

Classroom Resources 

1. Science Changing 

Materials Activity Kit 

Bumper kit of resources for use 

in lessons on changing materials. 

Suggested activities include mixing, 

separating and changing materials, 

comparing solids and liquids and 

examining what happens when 

materials are heated, as well as 

defining solids, liquids and gases. 

SC00756 £177.18 

2. Science Sound Activity 

Kit 



about sound. Activities focus on 

measuring sound levels, finding out 

what happens to sound as you get 

further away and examining what 

materials sound can travel through. 

Contents include pack of 30mm 

wooden balls, cardboard tubes, 

plastic tubing, funnels, wind up 

tape, tuning forks and much more. 


SC00736 £177.18 

3. Science Light Activity Kit 



about light. Packed full of prisms, 

torches, convex and concave lenses, 

mirrors, tea lights and many other 

components. Includes a teacher’s 

guide full of experiment ideas on 

shadow formation, how light is 

reflected and much more. 

SC00734 £177.18 

4. Properties Of Materials 

Kit 

Huge collection of resources, 

especially selected to investigate 

materials and their properties. 

Includes magnets, magnifying 

glasses, thermometers, balloons, 

fabric samples and many more. 

The teacher’s guide includes 

activities and experiments focusing 

on magnetic, waterproof and 

flammable materials. 

SC00755 £177.18 

2 

3 

4 

• Booklet of 

activity ideas 

included 

• Make a telephone 

and a guitar 

• Measure sound 

levels 


materials which 

sound can travel 

through 

• Ideas on colour 

mixing activities 


shadow 

formation 

• Explore how light 

travels 

• Make periscopes, 

pinhole cameras 

and many more 

• Full class kit of 

equipment 

• Experiment ideas 

• Detailed notes 

for the teacher 

• Photocopiable 

worksheets 


Classroom Resources 

Class Kits 

1 

1. Science Magnetism 


This bumper kit of magnetic 

resources enables pupils to discover 

how magnetism works and what 

it is used for. The accompanying 

book includes support materials, 

ideas for magnetic experiments and 

worksheets for pupils. 

SC00735 £177.18 

• Investigate which objects 

are magnetic 

• Experiment with 

compasses to learn about 

poles 

• Compare the different 

strengths of magnets 

• Investigate magnetic 

fields 

2 

2. Science Forces and 

Motion Activity Kit 

A bumper kit of resources for 

investigating forces and motion. 

With a booklet full of worksheets 

and experiments, pupils will learn all 

about gravity, friction and inertia. 

Includes: assorted pulleys, weights, 

force meters and more! 

SC00732 £177.18 

• Full class kit of equipment 

• Experiment ideas focusing 

on forces and motion 

• Detailed notes for the 

teacher and photocopiable 

worksheets 

3 

3. Science Electricity Activity 

Kit 

A bumper kit of resources which can 

be used for investigating electricity. 

Packed in a colour-coded tray, the kit 

includes: batteries, battery holders, 

bulb holders, buzzers, bulbs, wire, 

wire strippers and much more. 

SC00757 £177.18 

• Bumper kit of 

resources for electricity 

investigations 

• Booklet full of worksheets 

and experiment ideas 

• Includes notes for the 

teacher 

• Suitable for KS1 and KS2 

534 


design & technology 

contents 

536-543 stem 

544-549 d&t consumables 

550-552 tools 

553 materials 

554-556 class kits 

557-559 cooking & nutrition 


535

Science 

STEM 

Working with Experts: Caroline Alliston 

We have collaborated with Caroline Alliston to create 

our STEM class kits. Caroline is a professional engineer 

and award-winning STEM educator, best known for her 

successful ‘Technology for Fun’ series of books. 

After 25 years working in industry, she decided to use her 

knowledge and skills to develop fun, exciting design and 

build projects to inspire a new generation of scientists and 

engineers. Caroline also runs hugely popular workshops for 

children, teachers and STEM ambassadors. 

1 

Programable STEM Kit 

Designed for 30 pupils 

Contents 

10x Crumble controller 

10x Light dependent resistor (LDR) 

10x Micro-USB cable 

10x Motors 

10x Corrugated Plastic Sheets 

20x Wooden Dowel 

10x Motor mounts 

10x Battery holders 

50x Snap battery connectors 

80x Crocodile leads 

30x LEDs 8 mm 

24x Craft rolls 

100x Thick card wheels 51 mm 

10x Pulleys 54mm 

10x Bulb holder 

25x Light Bulbs 

10x Motor pulleys 

1x 454g of Rubber bands 

1x Colourful Gem Stone Collection 

1. Crumble Class Kit 

A cross-curricular STEM class kit for 

30 pupils working in groups of 3 

to design, build, test and evaluate 

four different computer controlled 

working models incorporating 

structures, mechanical and electrical 

systems. They will apply their 

understanding of computing to 

programming, monitor and control 

their products, which include a 

coloured spinner, LED traffic lights, 

chair-o-plane and a light which 

comes on in the dark. The Crumble 

controller is ideal for Key Stage 

2 pupils. It is robust and easy to 

connect up, uses a simple drag and 

drop programming language and 

directly drives motors, lamps and 

LEDs. The controller unit is re-used 

for all four projects in order to keep 

costs to a minimum. 

TE10001 Crumble Kit £590.61 

536 


1 

STEM Kits 

STEM 

• Bring cross-curricular 

STEM learning to life! 

• “How To” instructions, 

activity sheets and 

extension activities can 

be found online 

• Enough materials for 

30 students 

1. Vehicles Kit KS1 

Enough materials to design thirty 

different model vehicles. Your pupils 

could design a space vehicle, a 

dune buggy or even a speed boat. 

Created by Caroline Alliston, a 

mechanical engineer, these kits are 

ideal for a class of thirty KS1 pupils. 


TE00766 £111.55 

2. Motorised Vehicles Kit 

KS2 

Gives pupils an opportunity to use 

their knowledge of electric circuits 

and switches to produce a motorised 

vehicle. Created by Caroline Alliston, 

a mechanical engineer, these kits 

make a great STEM activity for 30 

KS2/KS3 pupils. Enough materials to 

build 30 models. Suitable for 7 to 

11 years 

TE00778 £262.49 

2 

• Allows for correct measuring and cutting of main frame material 

• Product testing, is it fit for purpose? 

• Product evaluation - what worked well, what didn’t and how do I improve it? 


STEM 

STEM Kits 

1 

• Focus on circuits and 

structures 

• Cross- curricular STEM 

learning 

• Suitable for 30 pupils 

Contents 

30 x Task boxes 

100 x 54mm Diameter wooden wheels 

100 x Mixed diameter wooden wheels 

10 x Corrugated plastic sheets 

50 x Lengths of 8mm square section wood 

120 x Mixed plastic pulleys 

100 x Cotton reels 

30 x DC motors and mounting clips 

30 Battery holders 

90 Crocodile leads 


40 x 600mm lengths of 5mm dowel 

500 x Wooden lolly sticks 

245g bag of rubber bands. 

1. Fairgrounds D&T 

Classpack 

A cross-curricular STEM kit for thirty 

pupils that builds on the knowledge 

of circuits, structures and more. 

These kits are ideal for a class of 

thirty KS1 pupils. Support notes for 

the teacher are available online. 

TE00777 £249.36 

2 

Contents 

48 x Cardboard craft rolls 

100 x Card wheels 

30 x MES bulb holders 

50 x MES bulbs 

60 x Crocodile leads 

30 x Battery holders 

10 x Push switches 

10 x Toggle switches 

10 x Slide switches 

2. Make your own Light D&T 

Class Kit 

Enhance your pupil’s knowledge of 

circuits using this real world STEM 

project Created by Caroline Alliston, 

a mechanical engineer, these kits are 

ideal for a class of thirty KS2 pupils. 

TE00772 £111.55 

538 


1 

STEM Kits 

STEM 

1. Periscope Class Kit 

A cross-curricular STEM kit for 60 

pupils to each make their own 

periscope and discover how it 

works. Children will investigate 

the way light behaves as it reflects 

down the periscope and then into 

their eye, and identify how each of 

the materials is used for a particular 

purpose. 

TE10015 £59.05 

2. Balloon Buggy Class Kit 

A cross-curricular STEM kit for 60 

pupils to each make, test, evaluate 

and improve their own balloon 

buggies. They will investigate 

forces that make things start to 

move, speed up and slow down, 

understand the use of mechanical 

systems in products and calculate 

and compare the average speed of 

the buggies as they whizz across 

the floor. 

TE10020 £97.11 

2 

• Fantastic cross-curricular STEM activity for 60 pupils 

• Supported by a lesson plan, PowerPoint, pupil worksheet and ‘how to’ blog 

• Once built, students can decorate and personalise their Periscope 

• Created by mechanical engineer Caroline Alliston 

• Enough material for 60 pupils 

• Comprehensive supporting 

literature includes a lesson 

plan, PowerPoint, pupil 

worksheet and ‘how to’ blog 

• Ideal for KS2 pupils 


STEM 

STEM Kits 

1 

1. Fan Boats Class Kit 


30 pupils to each design, build, test 

and improve their very own fandriven 

model boat. Allowing your 

students to apply their knowledge 

of electricity, materials and forces. 

The fan boat uses a simple series 

circuit mounted on a polystyrene 

foam base. Comprehensive 

supporting literature includes 

lesson plan, PowerPoint, student 

workbook, question sheet, ‘how 

to’ blog and video. Supplied flat 


TE10006 £282.18 

2 

• For use with up to 

30 pupils 

• Free ‘how to’ blog 

and video available 

• Apply knowledge of 

electricity, materials 

and forces 

2. Making Alarms Class 

Project Pack 

Children love experimenting with 

electrical components and the use 

of buzzers or lights in a simple 

alarm circuit. This set will enhance 

understanding of different switches 

and how they work. Contents may 

vary. 

4DQCA £118.11 

540 


1 

STEM Kits 

STEM 

1. Brush Monster Class Kit 


30 pupils working in groups of 3 

to design, build and test vibrating 

brush monsters. Pupils will apply 

their knowledge of simple series 

circuits to make a working model. 

The pupils will construct a switched 

motor circuit which rotates an 

offset weight, causing vibrations. 

They will mount their circuit on 

a dustpan brush, so that the 

vibrations are transmitted down the 

bristles, causing the brush to scuttle 

across the floor. The brushes are 

then decorated and raced. 

TE10019 £111.55 

• A STEM resource for 

30 pupils 

• Each kit is provided with a 

lesson plan, PowerPoint, 

pupil worksheet and 

‘how to’ blog 

• The brushes can be 

decorated and raced 

2. Build-a-House Class Kit 

A cross-curricular STEM class kit 

for 30 pupils to each design and 

make a model house with a working 

doorbell and light. Pupils will learn 

about simple series circuits including 

cells, wires, bulbs, switches and 

buzzers, and apply their knowledge 

to construct a working model. 

The pupils will make their house 

from a cardboard box including 

door, windows and roof. They will 

construct a buzzer circuit with a 

push-to-make switch and use this 

for the doorbell, and a switched 

lamp circuit to use as the light. 

And finally, pupils can decorate 

and create figures to populate their 

houses. 

Created by mechanical engineer 

Caroline Alliston. Supporting 

literature includes a lesson plan, 

PowerPoint, pupil worksheet and 

‘how to’ blog. 

TE10017 £177.18 

2 

• Working doorbell and 

light 

• Cross-curricular activity 

for 30 pupils 

• Created by mechanical 

engineer Caroline Alliston 

• Pupils can decorate and 

create figures to populate 

their houses 


STEM 

STEM Kits 

1 

1. Practical Action Solar Kit 

Electricity components which can 

be used to teach pupils about the 

use and benefits of solar power. 

Includes batteries, bulbs and bulb 

holders, round buzzers, crocodile 

leads, meagre motors and solar 

cells. Can be used alongside the 

Solar Challenge downloadable 

resource from Practical Action. 

A great resource for teaching 

STEM, the Solar challenge is a free 

downloadable resource available on 

the Practical Action website. During 

the challenge pupils investigate 

how to make different circuits 

including solar cells and how to 

calculate the power of appliances. 

They then investigate what different 

people in a village in Zimbabwe 

need electricity for and how a fixed 

amount of energy from solar cells 

could be used. 

TE10025 £160.11 

• Free downloadable resource available on the Practical Action website 

• Great for teaching about sustainable energy 

• Real world examples of how this is used 

• Created in association with Practical Action 

2. Renewable Energy Class 

Kit 

A cross-curricular STEM kit to use 

solar renewable energy to power 

motors, LEDs and buzzers. Children 

will use these in designing their own 

working models, e.g. fairground 

rides, pedestal fans, sun alarms, 

spinners and fan boats. This kit is 

enough for 30 pupils working in 

groups of 6. 

TE10030 £146.99 

2 

542 


1 

Makerspace 

STEM 

1. Gratnells Makerspace 

Trolley 

The Gratnells MakerSpace trolley 

can be configured with a variety 

of tray and storage bin options. 

The standard Gratnells trays can be 

interchanged with fixed storage to 

transport materials and tools to a 

work area, and the trolley can also 

be used as a standalone workstation, 

with ample storage for many 

materials and hand tools. Contents 

not included. 

TE10016 £872.81 

• Mix and match tray sizes to 

meet your changing needs 

• Move trays between fixed 

storage, classroom furniture 

and MakerSpace trolley 

• Many tray inserts available 

to sort and segment 

different components 

2. STEM Makerspace Trolley 

A storage and work station for all 

your STEM tools and materials. 

A handy mobile area, where 

children can collaborate, invent, 

design and build their own STEM 

projects. Includes 15 removable 

trays. Features include a dry wipe 

whiteboard which children can use 

to sketch designs on and a peg 

board for the storage of tools. The 

lockable castors make it easy for you 

to move your Makerspace around 

your school whenever needed. Tools 

and components sold separately. 

SC10233 £603.74 

2 

• Create a Makerspace in your school 

• Features lockable castors for easy 

transportation 

• Includes dry wipe, whiteboard 

• Includes 15 removable trays 


D&T Consumables 

Wood Packs 

1 

1. Wooden Wheel Packs 

Strict quality controls ensures these 

wheels are a tight fit onto 5mm 

Dowel. Whether you’re designing 

and making vehicles, fairgrounds or 

moving toys, pre-drilled holes ensure 

a tight fit onto dowel and saves you 

time! 6mm thick. Made from wood. 

Pack of 100. 

TMDF-25 Diameter 25mm £15.74 




• Available in different sizes 

• Great quality, low price 

• Tight fit to 5mm dowel 

• Pre-drilled holes 

100 

2. Mixed Wooden Wheels 

These 6mm thick, fibreboard wheels 

come with ready-drilled centre holes 

enabling a good fit on 5mm dowel. 

Packs include: 40 each x large and 

medium wheels, 20 x small wheels. 


TMDF-M 100pk £19.04 

TE00522 300pk £50.54 

2 

SAVE 

£6 .56 

• Available in different sizes 

• Great quality, low price 

• Tight fit to 5mm dowel 

• Pre-drilled holes 

100 

544 


1. Wooden Dowel Packs 

Dowel fits tightly onto our wooden 

and card wheels, as well as our 

pulleys! We have strict quality 

control, enabling us to guarantee 

our dowel is perfectly round. Every 

school should have this dowel in 

their cupboards! Length 600mm. 


TE00837 Diameter 4mm 200pk £45.93 

TWD Diameter 5mm 20pk £9.85 

TWD100 Diameter 5mm 100pk £32.80 

TWD200 Diameter 5mm 200pk £65.61 

TE00532 Diameter 5mm 300pk £72.18 

1 

Wood Packs 


2. Wooden Dowels & Wheels 

Pack 

A cost saving selection of our most 

popular wooden wheel and dowel 

packs. Buy your wheels and dowel 

together. 2 packs of 100 wooden 

wheels with a 5mm diameter 

combined with a pack of 100 

wooden dowels. 

TE10000 £36.74 

• A variety of pack sizes 

available 

• Great value for money! 

• Fits our wooden wheels 

perfectly 

• Best quality - dowel will 

not split or splinter 

2 

• Most popular 

wooden wheels 

and dowel 

• 5mm diameter 

• high quality - will 

not split or splinter 



SAVE 

£52 .50 

Square 

Section Wood 

Easy to work with, carefully sourced soft wood. The smaller the square 

section, the easier wood will give way under pressure. A staple resource 

for any D&T cupboard. This wood is sourced carefully and goes through 

strict quality control allowing you and your pupils to produce the best 

models you can with the best materials. Length 590mm. 

KEY 

from 

£19 .68 

BENEFITS 

• Strict quality control ensuring the best 

quality wood 

• Different sized, square sections available 

Diameter 6mm 100pk 

TWM £32.79 


TWAA £32.79 


TWBB £45.91 


TE00817 £59.01 


TWAA200 £59.01 


TWBB200 £85.26 


TE00807 £19.68 


TE00806 £26.24 


TE00531 £203.28 

546 


1. Standard Balsa Wood 

Pack 

A good quality Balsa wood which is 

available in a variety of shapes and 

sizes. Pieces are up to 458mm long 

and between 2mm and 76mm thick. 

TBAL-PK 150pk £108.93 

TE00510 450pk £287.40 

2. Narrow Strip Wood 

25mm x 5mm 

An easy to work with wood for 

younger children. Available in two 

pack sizes, this wood is particularly 

useful for drilling. Height 5mm. 


Width 25mm. 

1 

Wood Packs 

SAVE 

£39 .38 


TWE 25 x 5mm 100pk £59.05 

TE00819 25 x 5mm 200pk £98.43 

3. Mixed Wood Pack 

Our square section wood is the 

highest quality. All lengths 590mm 

approx. Contains: 

• 25 pieces - 8 x 8mm 

• 25 pieces - 10 x 10mm 

• 25 pieces - 25 x 5mm 

• 20 pieces - 5mm dowel Pack of 95. 

TWC Mixed Pack £59.05 

450 

2 

• A staple for your 

D&T cupboard 

• Easy to work with 

shapes and sizes 

• Great for use with 

younger children 

• High quality material 

3 

• High quality 

wood 

• Multipack of 

different sizes 

• Great for a variety 

of D&T makes 

95 



Wood Packs 

1 

150 

2 

170 

3 

1. School Block Balsa Pack 

This pack contains a variety of 

widths and thicknesses. Pieces are 

up to 305mm long and between 

25mm and 76mm thick. Pack of 150. 

TBAL-BL £65.61 

2. Balsa Wood 170pk 

This pack contains a variety of 

widths and thicknesses. Pieces are 

up to 610mm long and between 

2mm and 10mm thick. Pack of 170. 

TBAL-EC £157.49 

120 

3. Balsa Wood 120pk 

A good quality Balsa wood which is 

available in a variety of shapes and 

sizes. Pieces are up to 610mm long 

and between 2mm and 10mm thick. 

Pack of 120. 

TBAL-SS £85.30 

548 


1. Balsa Wood Pack 

Bumper class pack of Balsa wood 

for STEM and D&T activities. Balsa 

wood is lightweight, which makes 

it great for model making and 

building structures. Contains over 

590 pieces. Pack of 590. 

TE10002 £393.74 

2. Mega Jelutong Pack 

Perfect for model making and 

ideal for children just beginning 

to experiment with tools as it’s 

simple to drill and saw. Known as 

a hardwood but its low density 

classes it as a light, textured wood, 

meaning it’s easy to handle. Made 


1 

Wood Packs 

590 


TE00738 £203.43 

• 5 most popular pack sizes. 

• Ideal model making! 

• Those less experienced 

will find Jelutong easy to 

work with. 

• Save preparation time and 

wastage! 

2 

900 


Tools 

Hacksaws & Hammers 

1 2 

3 4 

1. Tenon Saw 

A 250mm fine-toothed tenon saw to 

be used when cutting larger section 

wood. For use by older and more 

experienced pupils, 13 teeth per 

inch. Single. 

TTEN £18.36 

2. Junior Hacksaws 

With strong, pistol-grip-type plastic 

handle this hacksaw is ideal for 

cutting wood with a small cross 

section, such as 8mm and 10mm 

pine. Always ensure children secure 

the wood before cutting using a 

Bench Hook or Wilson Block. Suitable 

for age 7 years and up. Depth 10cm. 

Height 12cm. Width 24cm. 

TE00787 Hacksaw Stand £36.74 

TTH10 10 Hacksaws £24.93 

TE00805 10 Hacksaws and Stand £52.49 

5 

1 

5 6 

3. Modelling Saw 

A fine-toothed saw with a wooden 

handle specifically made for cutting 

small section wood up to 10mm 

thick. This saw is ideal for use with 

the bench hook. Pack of 5. 

MODSAW5 £49.86 

4. Mini Claw Hammer 

An excellent tool for small hands, 

this hammer can be used with small 

nails or panel pins. Removing nails 

could be an investigation of levers. 

Single. 

TTCH £9.83 

5. Pin Hammer 

Most useful for starting off tacks 

and small nails on tasks involving 

woodwork. With hardwood handle 

and forged head with polished 

striking face. 

TTPH £10.49 

25 

6. Sandpaper 

High quality sandpaper available 

in two grades, fine and medium. 

An ideal size for children, great for 

finishing off your D&T projects! Pack 


SPAPERM Grade M2 Grit 70 £7.86 

SPAPERF Grade F2 Grit 100 £3.29 

550 


1 

2 

Workshop 

Tools 

1. Woodwork Class Tools Set 

This is a great starter kit or ideal 

if you need to replenish some 

equipment. Supplied in a sturdy 

Gratnell tray. Contents may vary. 

Pack of 150. 

TE00736 £393.74 

2. G-Clamp 

Use to clamp bench hooks to tables 

for added stability, or to hold work 

steady. Made of material glass 

filled nylon, it weighs 75g. 75mm 

between the jaws, the width of the 

jaw is 36mm to the bolt. Made from 

metal and plastic. Pack of 10. 

TGC10 £28.86 

150 10 

3 4 

3. Bench Hooks 

Suitable for straight cutting of 

small section wood by experienced 

saw users. Suitable for both left 

and right-handed people. Length 

135mm. Pack of 6. Width 95mm. 

4. Double-Sided Bench Hook 

With a slot on one side for either 

6mm or 8mm wood and on the 

other for 10mm, these bench hooks 

are suitable for left as well as right 

handed children. Each block includes 

straight saw guide, 45° and 60° 

mitre guides. Length 160mm. Pack 


TTDS10 £49.86 

5 6 

6 10 

5. Bench Hook with Cam 

This bench hook support has been 

designed to support the problem 

of holding dowels. The support will 

hold all sections of wood tightly. 

Designed for right-handed use one 

side and left-handed use the other. 

G-Clamp not included. Length 17cm. 

Made from wood. Single. Width 

14cm. 

BHKCAM £7.86 

6. Lightweight Vice 

This durable, lightweight aluminium 

vice fits a modern school table, the 

jaws are 60mm wide and the clamp 

is 30mm deep. It is recommended 

that a mitre block is used with this 

vice to protect the material being 

clamped. Single. 

TTLV £20.99 


Tools 

Workshop 

1 

1. Hand Drill 

With a small single open pinion, this 

hand drill will take drill bits up to 

6mm. This is a teaching resource as 

well as a tool, as bevel gears can be 

seen in action changing the direction 

of rotation. Single. 

TTD £24.93 

2. Safety Goggles 

Made from a soft plastic on the 

outside to ensure a comfy fit, but 

feature hard plastic for the lenses, 

to ensure maximum safety. These 

goggles are compliant with EN166 

1B. Not to be used with children 

under the age of 14. Made from 

plastic. 

TEYE-GOG Single £5.24 

TE00761 10pk £45.81 

2 

SAVE 

£6 .56 

3 

3. Paper Drill 

For making holes in card or 

corrugated plastic where the office 

punch and single-hole punch do not 

reach! Supplied with 3, 4 and 6mm 

cutter. Single. 

TTPD-SET £26.24 

4. Pistol Grip Drill 

Children find this hand drill easier 

to use than others, due to its shape. 

A pistol grip hand drill, where all 

the gears are enclosed. Drill bits can 

be stored in the handle. Will take 

drill bits up to 8mm. Drill bits sold 

separately. Single. 

TDD £13.11 


This tool will make a hole through 

a lolly stick, but does need a 

reasonably strong hand. Useful 

when making levers for a range of 

D&T projects. Single. 

THDP £35.43 

4 5 

552 


1. Small Glue Gun 

A smaller sized glue gun that is 

easy to handle, control and store! 

Suitable for use with wood, cork, 

cardboard and plastic! 

1 

Adhesives 

Materials 

TE01004 £11.80 

2. Small Glue Gun Sticks 

50pk 

Ideal for use with our Small Glue 

Gun TE01004. An ideal glue 

when working with wood, cork, 

cardboard, fabric and more! Due 

to hot temperatures, suitable for 

teacher use. Pack of 50. 

TE01005 £17.05 

3. Glue Gun Multistand 

A simple but effective stand for 

holding up to four glue guns, whilst 

they are in use. The holster holds a 

disposable plastic cup in the middle 

to catch the drips and is also fitted 

with a tube to hold a few spare glue 

sticks. Single. 

G-STAND-S £20.99 

4. Teachers Glue Gun 

Hot melt glue gives a much better 

“stick” than pupil’s low melt glue 

guns. The operating temperature of 

this gun is 190 degrees making it for 

Teacher’s use only. 

TE01006 £23.61 

• Lightweight and easy-to-use 

• Quick warm-up - less than 5 

minutes 

• Silicon nozzle protection to 

prevent the risk of burns 

• Removable metal stand, 

for better stability when 

standing 

5. Teacher’s Glue Gun Sticks 

50pk 

Set of glue sticks for use with the 

Teacher’s glue gun. The glue is hot 

melt and therefore provides a better 

‘stick’ than low melt glue guns. The 

operating temperature of the gun is 

190 degrees making it for teachers 

use only. Pack of 50. 

2 3 

TE01003 £23.61 

50 

4 5 

50 


Class Kits 

Class Kits 

1 

1. K’NEX® Education 

Renewable Energy Kit 

This set allows students to compare 

and contrast the power and 

efficiency that can be realised 

from wind, solar and water power 

machines. Students generate 

electricity to operate models as they 

experiment with renewable energy 

systems. This kit builds nine models, 

one at a time. Lesson plans cover 

Renewable Energy, solar, wind and 

hydro power as well as radiant, 

mechanical, electric, potential and 

kinetic Energy. Suitable for 6-12 

students. It includes a total of 

550 pieces. Includes colour coded 

building instructions comprehensive 

teacher guides and lesson plans. 

TE01001 £287.43 

2 

2. K’NEX Amusement Park 

Experience 

This K’NEX set allows you to build a 

whole amusement park, including 13 

different rides! Build ferris wheels, 

a pirate ship, chair swing rides and 

a rollercoaster. Includes two motors 

and a teacher’s guide. Compatible 

with Flowgo. Set contains over 2200 

parts contained in 3 storage trays. 


TKAPM £328.11 

554 


1. K’NEX Intro to Simple 

Machines: Gears 

Explore gearing up and gearing down 

with a fan, and find out how different 

types of gears are used in everyday 

objects. This set accommodates 

2-3 pupils working as a team and 

appropriate for KS2. Teachers guide 

and building instructions are included. 

The set builds 7 models which 

demonstrate spur, crown and sprocket 

gear examples. 

1 

Class Kits 

Class Kits 

TE10032 £65.61 

2. K’Nex Simple Machines 

Classroom Pack 

Bring the excitement of STEM to your 

students with this Classroom Simple 

Machines Set. Introduce students 

to the scientific concepts associated 

with simple machines -levers, pulleys, 

wheel & axles, inclined planes, gears, 

wedges, screws. Builds 15 fullyfunctioning 

simple machines models, 

8 of each simultaneously. Supports 

16 - 24 students working in teams of 

2 or 3. Includes full-colour building 

instructions, and a comprehensive 

teacher’s guide that provides the 

information and resources needed. 

Pack of 1188. 

2 3 

TE10037 £356.99 

3. K’NEX Simple Machines- 

Bridges 

The introduction to Bridges set allows 

students to explore the characteristics 

and purposes of seven different 

bridge types. The kit uses real life 

examples to demonstrate the key 

features of each type of bridge. 

It explores how different types of 

bridges hold their load and allows 

the evaluation of the strength and 

stability of each bridge type through 

experimentation. This set builds 13 

fully functional bridges including 

suspension bridges, arch bridges, 

through bridges, baltimore, truss 

and more. 

TE10033 £60.36 

1188 

5 

4. K’NEX® Real Bridge 

Building 

This large set builds replicas of real 

world bridges. This set is designed 

to assist student in their study of the 

history, function, structural design, 

geometry and strength of bridge. 

The models demonstrate seven key 

bridge bascule, cantilever, cablestayed, 

truss and suspension, arch 

and beam. This kit is suitable for 6-8 

students to work with at a time. 

4 

TE00815 £240.18 

5. K’Nex Simple Machines - 

Levers and Pulleys 

Designed to introduce students to 

the scientific concepts associated 

with two types of simple machines 

-levers and pulleys. New skills can be 

acquired as students work together 

to build, investigate, discuss and 

evaluate scientific principles in 

action. Set includes 178 K’NEX parts, 

which can build 8 fully-functioning 

replicas of real-world machines, one 

at a time. Pack of 178. 

178 

TE10031 £59.05 


Class Kits 

Class Kits 

1 

1. STEM Exploration Gears 

With the 143 assorted parts and 

pieces in this set, children can build 

three fully functioning, unique 

geared models such as a crank fan, 

an egg beater, and a car window! 

Mix and match all of the parts and 

pieces and be amazed at what 

you can create with this building 

set. Supplied flat packed for selfassembly. 

TE10008 £30.18 

2 

3 

2. STEM Explorations 

Vehicles 

Explore STEM concepts while 

building different vehicle models! 

This set includes 130+ parts for 

a single child or team to build 7 

vehicle models with different power 

sources, including push power, 

rubber band power, wind power or a 

spring motor. 

TE10007 £36.74 

3. STEM Explorations Roller 

Coaster 

Your students can explore STEM 

concepts while building a working 

roller coaster with K’NEX Education 

STEM Explorations Roller Coaster 

Building Set. This K’NEX Education 

Set includes over 500 parts, plus a 

battery-powered motor, allowing 

a single child or a team of two to 

three children to build a working 

roller coaster. Two additional models 

are also included in this set - a ramp 

and a half-pipe - which can be built 

one at a time. Supplied flat packed 

for self-assembly. 

TE10012 £52.49 

4. STEM Explorations Levers 

and Pulleys 

See science concepts in action 

with the K’NEX Education STEM 

Explorations Levers and Pulleys 

Building Set! This kit contains 139 

pieces that students can use to 

build three replicas of real-world 

simple machines. K’NEX toys don’t 

just keep kids occupied - they also 

foster their imaginations in creating 

designs. Supplied flat packed for 


TE10010 £30.18 

4 

556 


1. Giant Cooking Kit 

A comprehensive kit ideal for 

cookery clubs and lessons. Catering 

for a range of children’s abilities. 

Contained in a plastic box for easy 

storage. Contents may vary. Includes 

saucepans, mixing bowls, jugs, 

sieves, peelers, knives, chopping 

boards and many more. 

TE00455 £393.74 

• Over 55 pieces of 

equipment 

• Come with a handy 

plastic box for easy 

storage 

• Ideal for topping up your 

equipment 

1 

Cooking 

Cooking & Nutrition 

2. KS2 - Lets Get Cooking! 

Helping prepare you for teaching 

cooking under the Design and 

Technology curriculum. This kit is 

designed to be an addition to our 

KS1 Kit. Contents and colours may 

vary. Contents include mixing bowls, 

baking equipment, frying pans, 

saucepans, 

peelers, scales and many more. 

TE00956 £590.61 

3. KS1 Preparing Fruits and 

Vegetables 

This kit contains a range of resources 

that are great for a variety of 

cooking activities in KS1 including 

preparing fruits and vegetables. A 

great starter kit for your cooking 

club. Contents and colours of 

equipment may vary. Made from 

multi. 

2 

TE00955 £229.68 

4. Giant Baking Kit 

Ideal for cooking lessons and clubs! 

Catering for a range of children’s 

abilities. Bake a range of recipes 

including mini quiches and savoury 

flapjacks. Contents may vary. 

TE00952 £413.43 

3 4 

• Ideal for cooking lessons and clubs 

• Save time and money by buying your essentials together 

• Suitable for KS1 and above 

• Allows students to undertake a number of cooking activities 

• Over 60 pieces of equipment 

• Can be used to make a variety of recipes 

• Great for cooking clubs and lessons 

• An ideal start up kit 



Cooking 

1 2 

1. Electronic Salter Scales 

4pk 

This scales stainless steel platform, 

gives you quick and hygienic 

cleaning. Measure multiple liquid 

and solid ingredients on one 

scale with the “Add and Weigh” 

function. The easy to read display 

can show both Imperial and metric 

measurements to suit your recipe 

and enhance maths learning. Colour 


TE10022 £104.99 

3 

4 4 

8 

4 5 

4 6 

6 7 

2. Fruit And Breakfast Knife 

A sharp knife for cutting fruit and for 

spreading when making sandwiches. 

A multi-purpose knife featuring a 

rounded end for safety whilst not 

compromising its usefulness in the 

classroom kitchen. Pack of 4. 

TFRKN £14.76 

3. Safety Vegetable Holder 

and Knife Set 

This safety vegetable holder and 

knife set is designed to make the 

preparation of food safe and easy. 

Set includes: 4 fruit and vegetable 

knives and 4 vegetable holders. Pack 

of 8. 

TE00179 £20.35 

4. Speed Peeler 

Safe, easy to grip and use when 

preparing a range of fruits and 

vegetables in your classroom. This 

peeler is comfortable for smaller 

hands to hold. Great for introducing 

fun household jobs like peeling 

vegetables! Pack of 4. 

TE00173 £9.18 

5. Wooden Spoons 

Mix ingredients easily with these 

budget friendly wooden spoons. 

Length: 30.5cm. An essential for 

your kitchen, the wooden mixing 

spoon is a must have utensil! Pack 

of 6. 

TWSPN £7.22 

6. Pyramid Grater 

Pyramid graters are a much safer 

alternative for children than flat 

graters. A sturdy plastic handle at 

the top of the grater makes it easy 

to hold and keeps fingers out of 

the way of both medium and fine 

blades. Dishwasher safe. Made from 

metal. Single. 

TPYR £4.26 

7. Cutting Mats 

Want to limit the risk of cross 

contamination in your cooking 

activities? An inexpensive flexible 

cutting mat for use with all food. 

Includes 4 different colours. 

Multicoloured. Made from plastic. 

TFD055 4pk £10.49 

TFD055L 12pk £27.52 

4 

558 


1. Oven Trolley 

Perfect for moving a small oven or 

cooker around classrooms, allowing 

it to be a shared resource. Features 

four storage areas perfect for pans, 

bowls, etc, at the front, plus storage 

for smaller cooking utensils at the 

back. The shelf on the top of the 

trolley is designed to hold up to a 26 

Litre Table Top Oven. Height 90cm. 

Length 62cm. Made from wood. 

Single. Width 58cm. 

TE00731 £485.61 

2. Table Top Hobs 

A great space saver these hobs are 

easily cleaned and stored away. 

Moving children on to hob work 

increases cooking opportunities. 

When using hobs adjustable height 

tables are ideal, where possible put 

the table against walls to ensure hob 

flex is not a hazard. 

TE00799 Single £43.30 

TE00565 Double £62.99 

1 

• Perfect for storing your 

Tabletop Oven. 

• Includes 4 large shelves 

to keep all your cooking 

equipment in one place! 

• Features lockable casters for 

safety when in use and for 

moving from classroom to 

classroom 

Cooking 


3. Large Trolley With Eight 

Lidded Trays 

This mobile trolley is ideal to 

transport a variety of things such as 

fruit, snacks or art materials. Comes 

complete with eight clear deep trays 

with lids. Can be taken outside but 

must be stored inside. 

CE07233 Cool Blue £510.55 

2 

• A power indicator light helps children 

recognise when the hob is in use 

• The hob is thermostatically controlled and 

has a temperature range of 100-400 degrees 

• As with all cooking appliances, adult 

supervision is required at all times 

3 


USING OTI-BOT ACROSS THE CURRICULUM 

Oti-Bot allows us to demonstrate to children and young people how we can work alongside 

technology and use it to support and facilitate learning across many different areas. 

Here are just a few suggestions of ways Oti-Bot could be used across the curriculum: 

COMPUTER SCIENCE : COMPUTATIONAL THINKING & PROGRAMMING 

Understand what algorithms are and how 

they work. 

Write and debug algorithms. Develop an 

understanding of what they are and how 

they are implements as programs on digital 

devices. 

Create simple programs. 

SCIENCE 

Detect and debug any errors in algorithms 

and programs. 

Design, write and debug programs that 

accomplish specific goals, including 

controlling and simulating physical 

systems. 

Use logical reasoning to predict the 

behaviour of simple programs. 

Learn about the human body with Oti-Bot. Draw around someone on a large piece of paper or 

use a poster of the human body. You can then take Oti on a journey to discover the different 

parts of the body, programme Oti to mark out the different organs, or use Oti’s pen to draw the 

path of blood around the body using two different colours. 

ENGLISH 

Use Oti’s camera to help children develop 

their speaking and listening skills. They 

could record themselves practising 

performances, retelling stories or creating 

presentations. Children can then watch and 

review the recordings on a computer. 

MATHS 

Develop children’s knowledge of shapes and 

angles by drawing and measuring different 

lines and shapes within Oti’s block-based 

environment. You could extend by measuring 

perimeter and area of the shapes that 

children draw. 

GEOGRAPHY 

Explore the world with Oti by programming 

journeys to different continents, countries, 

seas or oceans. You could encourage children 

to measure the distances on a large world 

map (such as the Bee-Bot mat), to increase 

their accuracy. 

HISTORY 

Using Oti’s built-in camera, capture and 

record children’s learning by, for example, 

creating news reports about historical events 

or even a brand new documentary. 

ART AND DESIGN 

Create artwork with Oti by programming and 

drawing lines, shapes and patterns. Children 

could finish their masterpiece by colouring, 

painting or shading. You could take 

inspiration from different types of art such as 

abstract or line drawings. 

EMOTIONAL WELLBEING 

Use Oti to explore, discuss and learn about different emotions. With children, talk about the 

different things that can make us change emotions, look at their own facial expressions and 

then represent these with Oti’s programmable moods. 

MUSIC 

Create music with Oti-Bot by programming 

the wide range of pre-recorded sounds or 

sounds you record yourself. Children could 

also use instruments to play along with Oti’s 

new tune! 

560 


computing & ict 

contents 

562-584 programming 

585 audio visual 

586-594 speaking & listening 

595 ict accessories 

Centred around life and learning +44 (0) 28 7134 6767 

561

Programming 

Bee-Bot Accessories 

SAVE 

£125 .00 

Bee-Bot ® 

Programmable 

Floor Robot 

Bee-Bot® is a perfect starting point for teaching control, directional 

language and programming. Along with a memory of 200 steps, 

Bee-Bot® can detect another Bee-Bot® or Blue-Bot® and say hello. 

They will play a default sound or the students can record their own. 

Students can also record audio to play back when each button is pressed, 

making it more accessible to all students, including those with auditory 

or visual processing needs. With a wide range of cross curricular mats 

and activity tins to program with, and fun accessories to personalise. 

KEY 

from 

£81 .24 

BENEFITS 

• Interact with other Bee-Bots® and Blue- 

Bots® 

• Record audio to play back to confirm when 

commands are entered 

• Audio playback when Bee-Bot® follows 

commands 

• Memory of up to 200 steps 

Single 

IT10077 Single £81.24 

4pk 

IT10078 £312.45 

6pk 

IT10079 £487.43 

18pk 

IT10219 £1,337.27 

562 


1. Bee-Bot® and Blue-Bot® 

Classroom Pack 

Receive a FREE upgrade of 1 Bee- 

Bot®, up to a Blue-Bot®. Buy this 

set of Bee-Bots® and get your 6th 

Bee-Bot® upgraded to a Blue-Bot® for 

free! Set includes 5 Bee-Bot®, 1 Blue- 

Bot® and a docking station. 

1 


Programming 

IT01243 £499.93 

2. Bee-Bot® Starter Set 

Everything you need to hit the 

ground running with Bee-Bot®! 

Bee-Bot’s simple and child friendly 

layout is a perfect starting point 

for teaching control, directional 

language and programming. 

EL00399 £204.30 

3. Bee-Bot® Classroom Set 

All the Bee-Bot® kit you need to 

get your class up and running! The 

perfect programming kit for any KS1 

classroom. Along with 6 Bee-Bot’s® 

and a docking station, this kit comes 

with a selection of mats to make 

lessons cross-curricular. 

IT10218 £611.10 

Contents 

1 x Rechargeable Bee-Bot® and 

lead 

1 x Treasure Island 

1 x Busy Street Mat 

2 x Transparent Grid 

49 x Sequence cards 

10 x White clip-on shells 

3 

Contents 

6 x Rechargeable Bee-Bot’s® 

1 x Bee-Bot® Docking Station2 

1 x Coin mat 

1 x Busy Street Mat 

2 x Transparent Grid Mat 

1 x Market Place Mat 


Programming 

Blue-Bot Accessories 

Don’t forget to try the Blue’s Blocs app! 

SAVE 

£125 .00 

Blue-Bot ® 

Blue-Bot® can detect another Bee-Bot® or Blue-Bot® and 

say hello. They will play a default sound or the students can 

record their own. Students can also record audio to play back 

when each button is pressed, making it more accessible to all 

students, including those with auditory or visual processing 

needs. The Blue-Bot® programmable floor robot is the perfect 

place to start for teaching control. The Bluetooth functionality 

means you can wirelessly control it with your tablet or PC. 

Single 

IT10082 £106.24 

6pk 

IT10080 £637.42 

4pk 

IT10081 £412.45 

18pk 

IT10220 £1,787.27 

KEY 

BENEFITS 

• Interact with other Bee-Bots® and Blue- 

Bots® 

• Record audio to play back to confirm when 

commands are entered 

• Audio playback when Bee-Bot® follows 

commands 

• Bluetooth controlled 

from 

£106 .24 

564 


1. Blue-Bot® and Mat Pack 

Save time and money when you 

buy six Blue-Bots®, a docking station 

and three mats together. Can the 

children program Blue-Bot® to make 

its way from the forbidden swamp 

to the cove? 

EL00517 £723.63 


Programming 

2. Blue-Bot School Pack 

A class bundle containing 18 Blue- 

Bots and 3 rechargeable docking 

stations. Bluetooth enabled which 

means you can control the Blue- 

Bots with your tablet or PC. 

EL00516 £1,787.27 

3. Blue-Bot® Classroom Pack 

Get the whole class programming 

with the Blue-Bot® Class Bundle! 

You can program Blue-Bot® with a 

wide range of tablets, a PC, Mac, or 

our very own TacTile Reader. 

EL00515 £637.42 

4. Bee-Bot®/ Blue-Bot® 

Docking Station 2 

A mains rechargeable docking 

station for up to six rechargeable 

Bee-Bot’s® or Blue-Bot’s®. This 

docking station is not only easy to 

carry around your setting, but is an 

excellent storage device for a class 

set of Bee-Bot’s® or Blue-Bot’s®. 

You’ll be able to charge your 

Bee-Bot(s)® within half a day for 

approximately 4 hours of normal 

use. Wall mountable. 

IT10213 £49.99 

2 

Contents 


1 x Rechargeable Docking Station 

1 x Farm Mat 

1 x Treasure Island Mat 

1 x Fairytale Mat 

Contents 

18 x Blue-Bots 


Docking Stations 

3 4 


Programming 


SAVE 

£25 .00 

Tactile Reader 

A unique and extremely fun way to program Blue-Bot. Place your 

instructions on the tile reader, press go and see Blue-Bot complete the 

program! The tiles can be placed either portrait or landscape depending 

on how the child wants to lay out their program and if they want to 

debug their program, simply swap the tiles and press ‘go’ to try their 

program again. 

Single 

IT01118 £143.74 

3pk 

IT01146 £368.71 

KEY 

from 

£143 .74 

BENEFITS 

• Debug sequences and algorithms 

• Connect up to 3 units together 

• 25 TacTiles included 

566 


1. Blue-Bot® TacTile Reader 

Starter Pack 

All you need to start programming 

with Blue-Bot® in a tactile way. A 

unique and extremely fun way to 

program Blue-Bot®t, place your 

instructions on the tile reader, press 

go and see your robot complete the 

program! 

IT01147 £249.96 

2. Tactile Reader Class 

Bundle 

Everything you need to get started 

with the Tactile Reader and Blue- 

Bot. Save money when you buy 

your Tactile Readers and Blue-Bots 

together. Contains 3 Tactile Readers, 

3 sets of Extension tiles and 3 Blue- 

Bots. 

IT10192 £812.50 

1 

Contents 

1x TacTile Reader 

1x Blue-Bot® 

25x Standard TacTiles 

Programming 

3. Blue-Bot® TacTile Standard 

Tile Pack 

If you need to replace some TacTiles 

or you just want to have a larger 

selection, this pack of 25 is perfect! 

A unique and extremely fun way to 

program Blue-Bot® or Rugged Robot. 

IT01172 £31.24 

Contents 

Contents: 

8 x Forwards 

8 x Backwards 8 

4 x Left (90°) 

4 x Right (90°) 

1 x Pause 

2 

Contents 

3 Blue-Bots 

3 Tactile Readers 

3 Sets of Extension Tiles 

3 


Programming 


1 

1. Bee-Bot® Zoo Mat 

Take Bee-bot on a trip to the zoo! 

Familiarise children with different 

animals and practise their coding at 

the same time. 

IT10156 £27.49 

2. Bee-Bot® Fairy Tale Mat 

An enchanting way to introduce 

controls. Children will enjoy 

programming Bee-Bot to visit 

characters from familiar fairy tales 

including Goldilocks and the Three 

Bears, Jack and the Beanstalk and 

The three Little Pigs. 

IT10121 £28.74 

3. Bee-Bot® World Bundle 

A set of 4 Bee-bot World Mats with 

associated activity Tins. Included 

is the Countryside, Transport and 

Industry, Our community and 

Seaside Bee-Bot Mats and Activity 

Tins. 

IT10199 £212.40 

2 

3 

Contents 

1 Countryside Mat 

1 Countryside Activity Tin 

1 People Who Help Us Mat 

1 People Who Help Us Activity Tin 

1 Transport and Industry Mat 

1 Transport and Industry Tin 

1 Seaside Mat 

1 Seaside Activity Tin 

SAVE 

£25 .00 

568 


1. Robot Sensor 

Use this Robot Sensor to add 

interactivity and engagement to your 

programming challenges. The sensor 

will detect movement up to 15cm 

in front of it and play audio which 

can be pre-recorded by the students. 

Movement will also trigger an LED 

to turn on which is on an extended 

stalk to act as a street light. 

IT10101 Single £9.70 


Programming 

2. Robot Sensor Fronts 

Transform your Robot Sensor into a 

market stall or a shop with this pack 

of sensor fronts. Designed to make 

your programming challenges more 

interactive, these fronts are ideal to 

be used alongside your range of Bee- 

Bot/Blue-bot Mats. 

IT10132 £14.99 

• Add a 3D dimension 

to your programming 

activities 

3. Bee-Bot® Road Signs 

1 Set of road signs to be used 

alongside programming activities. 

Simply place the signs on the mat 

you are using and use them to map 

out where the Bee-Bot can, and 

cannot go. A great tool to extend 

the use of Bee-Bot and Blue-Bot. 

IT10120 £13.74 

2 

4. Bee-Bot® Tunnels 

Use these tunnels to add a 3D 

challenge to your Bee-Bot® lessons. 

With 2 15 x 15cm tunnels and one 

30cm x 15cm tunnel, different 

routes and obstacles can be easily 

mapped out on any of your Bee-Bot® 

mats. 

IT10116 £37.49 

3 4 


Programming 


1 

1. Bee-Bot® Obstacle Course 

Challenge students to program 

Bee-Bot® through the obstacle 

course. Including 10 wall pieces, 

6 doorways and 2 arches to allow 

for variation and progression from 

lesson to lesson. 

IT10113 £87.49 

2. Bee-Bot® Sequence Cards 

Small 

Help pupils to organise the route 

sequence with this pack of durable 

sequence cards. This pack of 

durable, laminated sequence cards 

are ideal for assisting in program 

planning and recording. 

IT00654 £13.74 

2 

3. Bee-Bot pusher 

Push objects from one destination 

to another with this set of clip-on 

Bee-Bot/Blue-Bot Pushers. A set 

of 6 rainbow coloured accessories 

to extend the use of Bee-Bot and 

Blue-Bot. 

IT10112 Single £23.74 

4. Bee-Bot Pen holder 

Now Bee-Bot can draw with this 

Bee-Bot pen holder! This set of 6 

rainbow coloured shells are made 

from a high quality plastic that is 

designed to withstand everyday 

school life. 

IT10114 6pk £24.99 

IT10115 30pk £137.43 

4 

SAVE 

£12 .50 

6 

570 


1. Bee-Bot® Marketplace Mat 

Take Bee-Bot on an adventure 

around the Market Place to visit 

different stalls and complete his 

shopping list. Activity tin and Bee- 

Bot Pushers sold separately. 

IT10154 £28.74 

1 


Programming 

2. Bee-Bot® Busy Street Mat 

This mat provides a multitude of 

activities to suit a variety of learning 

objectives. Take Bee-Bot on a journey 

and complete his shopping list. 

Activity Tin sold separately. 

IT10131 £28.74 

3. Bee-Bot® Busy Street 

Activity Tin 

This Busy Street Activity Tin contains 

accessories to use with the Bee-Bot 

Busy Street mat. Quick and easy to 

get started with when planning time 

is limited. 

IT10142 £24.99 

2 

3 



1 

3 

2 

1. Bee-Bot® Countryside Mat 

Take Bee-Bot or Blue-Bot on a 

countryside adventure. Introduce 

children to different country side 

animals and places. The mat forms 

part of the Bee-Bot World, where 4 

mats can be joined together. 

IT10144 £27.49 

2. Bee-Bot® People Who Help 

Us Mat 

Navigate Bee-Bot® or Blue-Bot® 

around the community. A nice 

introduction to Our Community and 

People Who Help Us, such as the 

hospital, police station and many 

more. 

IT10145 £28.74 

3. Bee-Bot® Countryside 


The Marketplace Activity Tin 

contains accessories to use with the 

Marketplace Bee-Bot mat. Quick 

and easy to get started with when 

planning time is limited. 

IT10143 £24.99 

4. Bee-Bot® Our Community 


This activity tin contains accessories 

to use with the People Who Help Us 

Bee-Bot mat. Includes 6 character 

jackets to transform Bee-Bot into 

a range of ‘People Who Help Us’ 

characters, 20 prop pieces and 10 

activity cards. 

IT10146 £24.99 

4 

572 


1. Bee-Bot® Transport and 

Industry Mat 

Navigate Bee-Bot around the town 

to discover the different forms 

of transport and industry! The 

mat forms part of the Bee-Bot 

World, where 4 mats can be joined 

together. Activity Tin sold separately. 

1 


Programming 

IT10152 £24.99 

2. Bee-Bot® Transport and 

Industry Activity Tin 

This Activity Tin contains accessories 

to use with the Transport and 

Industry Bee-Bot mat. Quick and 

easy to get started with when 

planning time is limited. 

IT10153 £24.99 

3. Bee Bot® Seaside Mat 

Take Bee-bot on holiday to the 

Seaside. Navigate through this busy 

seaside town. Visit the lighthouse, 

fish market and get an ice cream to 

cool down! 

IT10148 £27.49 

4. Bee-Bot® Seaside Activity 

Tin 

The Seaside Activity Tin contains 

accessories to use with the Seaside 

Bee-Bot mat. Quick and easy to get 

started with when planning time is 

limited. 

2 

IT10149 £24.99 

3 

4 


Programming 

APPLICATIONS 

Our range of free to download apps are available to support your learners in their 

Computing learning journey. From building simple algorithms, to iteration, use 

of variables and inputs or outputs, our apps have been built to compliment your 

learners understanding of control and programming. 

Bee-Bot® App 

Take BeeBot® on an adventure 

through Ancient Egypt, Ancient 

Rome, Winter Wonderland and 

more! Students will learn to construct 

simple algorithms as they take Bee- 

Bot® on an adventure. With built in 

options for differentiation and multi 

language support, this is the perfect 

compliment to the use of Bee-Bots in 

your EYFS or KS1 classroom. 

FREE to 

download 

apps! 

Blue-Bot App 

Building on the skills learnt using 

a Bee-Bot®, the Blue-Bot® 

app is suitable for use with 

or without a floor robot. 

The BlueBot® app allows 

teachers to expand the 

capabilities of their Blue 

Bot, introducing looping, 

easier debugging and a 

wider variety of commands. 

Paired with our Bee-Bot® and 

Blue-Bot® mats, this app is 

the perfect tool to progress students from the KS1 to 

KS2 curriculum. 

Blue’s-Blocs 

Expanding the 

functionality of your Blue- 

Bots and Rugged Robots, 

Blues Blocs allows for 

extended programming 

techniques in a familiar 

block based environment. 

Blue’s Blocs is perfect 

to stretch and challenge 

your KS2 students using 

Blue-Bot® and Rugged 

Robots. Free to download 

apps! 

574 


Applications 

Programming 

Rugged Robot App 

Take your Computing lessons in the great outdoors! 

The Rugged Robot app allows teachers to differentiate 

when using Rugged Robot. With three distinct 

modes; from basic control (EYFS), Simple algorithm 

construction and debugging (KS1) to Debugging, 

inputs and iteration (KS2). The Rugged Robot app is 

the perfect tool to accompany our most versatile floor 

robot. 

Free To Download Discover More Online 

Don’t forget our apps are free to download and can be used to deliver lessons without the 

immediate use of our floor robots allowing flexibility when sharing resources with another 

group or class. There are more apps which support learning and add additional benefits to 

using our product and all are free! 

FREE to 

download 

apps! 

Opti-Bot from your iPad. Easily 


Programming 

SAVE 

£62 .50 

Rugged Robot 

The first programmable robot, specifically designed for outdoor 

use!Boasting Bluetooth functionality and designed for robust challenges, 

Rugged Robot can be controlled via tablet or the TacTile Code Reader. 

With a memory of up to 256 steps, Rugged Robot will be able to carry 

out the most challenging of activities. With 3 speeds, students can 

set how fast the robot moves. It also boasts an obstacle sensor which 

can be turned on and off to prepare students to the more complex 

programming that lies ahead. 

Single 

IT10000 £143.74 

6pk 

IT10202 639.94 

KEY 

from 

£143 .74 

BENEFITS 

• Designed for indoor and outdoor use 

• Free programming app available for iOS and 

Android 

• Compatible with the TacTile Code Reader 

576 


Rugged Robot 

1. Rugged Robot Data 

Logging Backpack 

Add data logging capabilities to 

Rugged Robot with this simple to 

use data logging backpack. Log 

light, sound and temperature and 

export the data onto your computer 

as a USP keyboard. PC, Mac and 

Chromebook compatible. With seven 

different memory blocks, data can 

be captured at every 1s, 10s,30s or 

60 second sample rate. Fits into the 

recess on the programmable Rugged 

Robot. 

1 2 

IT10342 Single £43.74 

IT10343 6pk £249.93 

2. Rugged Robot Activities 

Book 

Written by an experienced teacher 

of Computer Science, this 68 page 

book hopes to inspire big projects in 

your classroom with Rugged Robot. 

Whether you have one Rugged 

Robot or a class set, this book hopes 

to inspire your computer science 

lessons whilst saving you significant 

planning time. Contains 7 lessons 

worth of photocopiable activities. 

IT10259 £37.49 

3. Rugged Robot Coral Reef 

Mat 

Take Rugged Robot for a swim in 

the coral reef using this 120cm x 

120cm mat. Providing excellent cross 

curricular links, this mat includes 

a variety of coral fish, examples of 

coral bleaching and a broken ship 

mast which links to the Treasure 

Island mat. 

IT10240 £39.99 

4. Rugged Robot Lunar Mat 

Program Rugged Robot to navigate 

through a Lunar Landscape! A 120 

cm x 120 cm mat designed to be 

used with the Rugged Robot. Ideal 

for when you want to use Rugged 

robot indoors! 

IT10241 £39.99 

5. Rugged Robot Treasure 

Island Mat 

Take Rugged Robot on an adventure 

using our new Treasure Island Mat. 

Generously sized at 120 x 120 cm 

there is enough room for more than 

one robot at a time. 

IT10242 £39.99 

6. Rugged Robot & Tactile 

Reader 

Save money when you buy your 

Rugged Robot and Tactile Reader 

together. Student’s will benefit 

from being able to program Rugged 

Robot in an easy to understand, 

tactile way. Teachers will benefit 

from the savings! 

IT10203 £249.97 

3 4 

5 6 


Programming 

Pro-Bot 

1 

SAVE 

£37 .50 

1. Pro-Bot 

Explore advanced control techniques 

and use the screen to program on 

the device! Using the on board 

screen and buttons, program Pro- 

Bot to include various inputs as 

triggers such as the sound and light 

sensor. 

EL00535 Single £137.49 

IT01139 4pk £537.45 

IT01140 6pk £787.43 

2. Pro-Bot® Starter Pack 

A fun pack of everything you need 

to get programming with Pro-Bot®! 

Using the on board screen and 

buttons, program Pro-Bot® to 

include various inputs as triggers 

such as the sound and light sensor. 

IT01141 £174.96 

3. Probotix Software 

Allow children to take complete 

control of their programming with 

this on-screen logo programming 

software. With 3 levels of difficulty, 

Probotix is a great tool to allow 

progression. Available as a single 

licence or site licence. 

EL00477 Single Licence £112.49 

EL00478 Site Licence £24.99 

6 

4. Pro-Bot® USB Cable 

Specifically designed to allows you 

to connect your Pro-Bot® to your 

computer. If you need to operate 

more than one floor robot at the 

same time, these are a must-have. 

ITS1CAB £6.88 

2 3 

5. Pro-Bot® Class Bundle 

The perfect package for those using 

Pro-Bot® with the whole class. USB 

charge strip included to recharge 

your Pro-Bots® and ease classroom 

management. 

IT01143 £820.88 

4 5 

578 


i 

Tech Spec 

• 8 x RGB LEDs 

2 x white LED headlights 

Speaker 

Compatible with tablets and PCs 

Equipped with a range of inputs and 

outputs to program 

Range finder sensor 

4 x corner proximity sensors 

Line follower sensors 

Clear case to identify components 

Rechargeable 

Available in single, pack of 4, pack of 

6 and pack of 18 

InO-Bot 

SAVE 

£12 .50 

from 

£137 .49 

Programming 

Program and control this advanced floor robot, all via the free iOS 

& Android InO-Bot app. Children can design and create fun and 

challenging activities whilst developing their programming and 

debugging skills. InO-Bot has been specially designed to get the 

most out of your programming lessons. 

Single 

EL00483 £137.49 

6pk 

IT01138 £824.93 

4pk 

IT01137 £537.45 

KEY 

BENEFITS 

• Compatible with tablets and PCs 

• Equipped with a range of inputs and 

outputs to program 

• Clear case to easily identify components 


Programming 

i 

Tech Spec 

• Programmable LEDs 

Programmable Motors 

Programmable bumper 

sensors 

Programable Proximity 

sensors 

Adjustable pen holder 

Microphone, Speaker 

20 Pre-loaded sounds 

Buddy Detection Sensor 

Cliff sensor 

SAVE 

£125 .00 

Loti-Bot 

Loti-Bot is the newest member of the bot family, featuring 

programmable movement, highly accurate drawing capabilities and a 

variety of inputs and outputs.Loti-Bot is the prefect bridge from early 

programming with Bee-Bot and Blue-Bot to advanced programming 

with Oti-Bot. 

Using a Bluetooth connected tablet and the Dotti-Bot app, learners 

can progress from a control environment, to a junior programming 

environment to a block based programming environment - providing 

a wide spectrum of differentiation for your classes. 

Single 

IT10415 £124.99 

4pk 

AV46629 £474.95 

6pk 

AV46630 £712.43 

18pk 

AV46631 £2,012.29 

KEY 

from 

£124 .99 

BENEFITS 

• Supports learners with computational 

thinking skills 

• Ideal size to share between 3 learners 

• Highly accurate drawing capabilities to 

support numeracy curriculum 

• A range of inputs and outputs to engage 

learners and deepen computational 

understanding 

580 


Loti-Bot Across the Curriculum 

Loti-Bot is the perfect robotic device to embed 

into your maths lessons. She can be used in a 

variety of ways to add a kinaesthetic element 

to your learners numeric understanding. 

Here are some of the many ways Loti-Bot 

can support in the delivery of your maths 

curriculum: 

Number and Place value 

• Loti can be programmed to travel up and down 

number lines, using her proximity sensor she 

could follow a counter or block when placed on 

the number line 

• Loti could transverse a timelines to teach the concept of chronology, 

she could even dress up to look the part 

• Loti can spin on the spot, and as such could be turned into a giant 

clock to teach the basics of telling the time 

Quantities and measurements 

• Loti can be programmed in a variety of units of measure, learners could draw 

and compare different lengths of lines created with Loti in different units 

• Loti could be used in estimation activities whilst students are acquiring 

measurement knowledge – for example learners could estimate a 10cm, 50cm and 

1m line, then programme Loti to travel this distance to see how close they were. 

• Loti can be programmed to turn in degrees 

• Loti can be times when moving to undertake speed calculations 

Mathematical Operators 

• Using the block based programming environment, learners have opportunities 

to further develop their understanding of mathematical operators such as 

,+,-,/,*,= in their coding 

Space, Shape, Area and Perimeter 

• Loti-Bot can be programmed to draw complex 2-D shapes which can be used for 

further calculations by learners i.e. calculate the area and perimeter of the shape 

Loti has drawn 

• Loti-Bot can be programmed to turn in 1 degree increments to create acute, obtuse, 

reflex and right angles 


Programming 

SAVE 

£375 .00 

Oti-Bot 

Oti-Bot is a STEAM robot designed with the future in mind. Suitable 

for supporting your learners from KS1 to KS3 across all subject 

areas, Oti-Bot is a versatile, social and upgradable humanoid robot 

designed for the 21st Century classroom. Oti-Bot can be programmed 

by students to support Computing outcomes. He is equipped with 

accurate programmable caterpillar tracks, a line follower, colour 

sensor, programmable pen holder, programmable LED tummy, 

Camera, programable head movement, programmable emotions 

programmable capacitive touch sensors, microphone and speaker. 

Single 

IT10287 £437.49 

2pk 

IT10290 £862.48 

KEY 

from 

£437 .49 

BENEFITS 

• Block based programming environment via 

the free Oti-Bot app 

• Programmable movement and emotions 

• Removable tummy for optional upgrades 

and updatable firmware 

• Colour sensor 

4pk 

IT10288 £1,624.95 

6pk 

IT10289 £2,212.43 

582 


1. NEW Oti-Bot Forklift Arms 

Quickly adapt Oti-Bot to achieve 

different learning outcomes. A 

mechanical, programmable forklift 

extension for use with your Oti-Bot. 

IT10293 £49.99 

2. NEW Oti-Bot Pusher 



generous clip on basket to facilitate 

Oti’s ability to push items from one 

place to another. 

1 

Oti-Bot 

Programming 

IT10420 £12.49 

3. NEW Oti-Bot Basket 



generous clip on basket to facilitate 

Oti’s ability to transport goods from 

one place to another. 

IT10422 £12.49 

4. NEW Oti-Bot Pusher and 

Basket Tummies (Set of 2) 


different learning outcomes. A set 

of two clip on tummies to use with 

your Oti-Bot. 

AV45191 £22.48 

5. NEW Oti-Bot Tummies 

Bundle 


different learning outcomes. A set 

of three tummy attachments for 

Oti including; Forklift, Basket and 

Pusher. 

AV45192 £68.71 

2 3 

5 


Programming 

Meet Kitt the learning companion 

1 

SAVE 

£125 .00 

1. Kitt the Learning 

Companion 

Kitt enables learners to work 

independently, engaging with 

the robot to gather evidence of 

progress. Teachers can differentiate 

effectively using Kitt by personalising 

the resources on each device. Height 

13.5cm. Width 8cm. 

IT10363 Kitt Single £87.49 

IT10364 Kitt 3pk £249.96 

IT10365 Kitt 6pk £474.93 

IT10387 Kitt 30pk £2,249.63 

2 

3 

1 

2. Kitt Clothing Pack 

Allows students to personalise their 

kitt with a pack of three clothing 

set. Suitable for imaginative play, 

developing social awareness and to 

simply enjoy playing with Kitt. 

IT10369 Kitt Clothing Pack £24.99 

3. Kitt Whiteboard & Pens 

Pack 

Perfect for reducing paper waste ad 

for capturing crystal clear images. 

Kitt whiteboards and drywipe pens 

are a perfect addition to Kitt in 

your classroom. Wipe clean and 

with various useful templates thus 

classroom set is a fantastic addition 

to the Kitt range. 

IT10372 £37.49 

4. Kitt Docking Stations 

The docking stations can be used 

both to recharge your tired Kitt 

and to add and remove files. The 

ambient light displays the charge 

level in an accessible, child friendly 

manner. 

IT10366 Single Dock £27.49 

IT10367 3-Way Dock £43.74 

4 

584 


1. Easi-View Visualiser 

Ideal for all sorts of applications, 

from sharing work to animation. 

Easi-View brings together all the 

most popular features of a visualiser 

at a fraction of the price. Developed 

from teacher ideas we have created 

a simple to use device which is 

useable by both teachers and 

children. Suitable for 5 to 16 years. 

1 

Visualisers 

SAVE 

£62 .50 

Audio Visual 

EL00460 Single £156.24 

EL00461 6pk £874.93 

• Easy connection to computer 

and interactive whiteboard 

• View A4 documents or books, 

share books, use as a webcam or 

use for stop framing animation 

• Get really close to work or 

resources 

• Use all over school and 

illuminate dark images 

2. Easi-View Wireless 

Visualiser 

A simple to use wireless visualiser 

that takes high quality pictures 

and video. Wirelessly connect to 

tablets and PCs via WiFi in order 

to maximise the potential of this 

cutting edge visualiser. Capable 

of video capture, 10.0MP digital 

images and auto focus. 

IT10362 Single £274.99 

IT10066 6pk £1,374.93 

2 

• 10MP Camera 

• Create stop-frame 

animations 

• Pupils can easily share 

work with the 

rest of the class 

• Wirelessly connect to 

tablets and 

PCs using WiFi 

SAVE 

£275 .00 



Recordable Resources 

1 

1. Mini Microphones 

Support children’s speaking 

and listening skills with this 

set of recordable talking Mini 

Microphones! A great way to 

build children’s confidence, record 

a message for 40 seconds and 

playback with the option to use a 

fun voice changer. Suitable for age 

10 months and up. H12cm. Made 


CA07203 £112.49 

2. Rainbow Talking Boxes 

Record and listen with this set of 6 

recordable Rainbow Talking Boxes! 

With these Rainbow Talking Boxes, 

you can record your own 10 second 

message which plays when opened. 

Pack of 6. 

EL00147 £34.99 

5 

2 

• Promote speaking and 

listening skills. 

• Great for under 

confident speakers. 

• Enrich communication 

and language. 

6 

586 


1. Easi-Headphones® 

Robust headphones with replaceable 

parts, designed especially for 

schools. After speaking to lots of 

teachers, we understand the value 

of having robust headphones. To 

make them last even longer, the ear 

cushions and quick release cable are 

replaceable! 

EL00356 Single £32.49 

EL00410 10pk £318.63 

EL00411 15pk £468.56 

1 2 

Headphones 


2. Wireless Headset 

Get rid of all those messy wires with 

these unique and robust bluetooth 

headphones. The bluetooth 

technology leaves you completely 

free to move around the classroom 

with up to a 20 metre range from a 

PC or laptop. 

EL00463 Single £36.24 

EL00475 10pk £324.88 

3 USB Headset 

These adjustable headphones 

with built-in microphone has 

been designed especially for the 

classroom. Plug the cable straight 

into the USB port of your PC or 

laptop. Ideal for when children 

need to do voice recording work 

individually. 

EL00429 10pk £33.74 

4. Value Headphones 

Great value audio headphones 

which have a reinforced cable and 

adjustable headband. Available in 

single and 30 packs. Supplied fully 

assembled. 

IT01234 Single £218.75 

IT01235 30pk £8.13 

5. Primary Headphones 

Stereo headphones with high 

frequency response and foam 

earpads. Features: 3.5 mm stereo 

jack plug with 6.3 mm adaptor. 

Cable length 1.2 m. 

I-PHONE Single £9.36 

IPHONE10 10pk £87.38 

IPHONE30 30pk £230.88 

SAVE 

SAVE 

30 

SAVE 

£6 .25 30 

£6 .25 10 

3 

3 46 

£37 .50 

SAVE 

£25 .00 

6. Robust Headphones 

Reliable headphones with a robust 

design that includes a rugged 

adjustable headband for added 

durability and comfort. Designed to 

withstand regular classroom use. 

044785 Single £9.99 

IT10359 15pk £137.31 

IT10360 30pk £249.63 

SAVE 

£31 .25 

30 

£25 .00 



Headphones 

1. Easi-Headphones 

Classroom Bundle 

A fantastic bundle of Easi- 

Headphones and its replaceable 

items. Easi-Headphones are made 

to last in schools, with the robust 

headband made from a flexible and 

long lasting material. 

EL00435 £474.63 

Contents 

15 x Easi-Headphones 

15 x Replaceable cables 

Storage Box 

2 

2. USB Headset Bundle 

Buy your USB headset complete with 

replacement ear cushions and spare 

cables and save money! Comes with 

a handy storage box. If like many 

schools you are constantly replacing 

headphones, then why not try our 

long lasting range of headphones 

equipped with replacement ear 

cushions and cables. 

IT01257 £506.06 

Contents 

15 USB Headsets 

15 Replacement Ear Cushions 

15 Replacement USB cables 

A handy storage box 

3 

3. Wireless Headset Bundle 

Save time and money by buying 

the Wireless Headset Bundle. 

Supplied in a versatile storage box 

with replacement ear cushions and 

charging leads, this bundle will be a 

great addition to your AV box. The 

Bluetooth technology leaves you 

completely free to move around the 

classroom with up to a 20 metre 

range from a tablet or laptop. 

IT01256 £499.81 

Contents 

15 Wireless Headsets 

15 pairs of replacement ear 

cushions 

15 replacement cables 

A handy storage box 

4 

4. Easi-Ears® Digital Audio 

System 

Listen to audiobooks through one 

of the six rechargeable headsets 

for a unique storytime experience! 

Download audio content or 

create your own recordings then 

transfer onto the robust wireless 

headphones. 

EL00295 £593.74 

• Set of 6 headphones which can be controlled 

by a central remote 

• Add or remove tracks on the headphones and 

remote control unit via PC 

• Durable and long lasting design 

• Includes audio content to get started with 

588 



SAVE 

£25 .00 

Talk Time 

Cards 

Record and play back in high audio quality with these fantastic Talk- 

Time cards. Features 60 seconds recording with record locking feature, 

replaceable batteries and quality dry wipe fascia. Made from abs. 

KEY 

from 

£27 .49 

BENEFITS 

• Can be used in all subjects and by all ages. 

• 60 Second recording time. 

• Record locking feature. 

3pk A6 

EL00538 £27.49 

3pk A5 

IT01154 £36.24 

3pk A4 

IT01150 £43.74 

30pk A6 

EL00540 £243.63 

10pk A5 

IT01155 £112.34 

10pk A4 

IT01151 £143.56 

30pk A5 

IT01156 £312.01 

30pk A4 

IT01152 £405.69 



Talk-Time 

1 

SAVE 

£25 .00 

1. Speaking & Listening ICT 

Kit 

This great selection of resources is 

an ideal way to encourage speaking 

and listening skills. Enjoy using 

products such as the recordable 

postcards, our MP3 digital voice 

recorder Easi-Speak and talking 

photo albums. Contents may vary. 

IT00850 £449.99 

2. Talk-Time Resources Pack 

Turn your classroom into an 

interactive one and save on our 

Recordable Resources Pack! This 

pack offers a great starting point for 

all your curriculum needs. Contents 

and quantities may vary. 

EL00162 £93.74 

Contents 

10 x A6 Talking postcards 

3 x A4 Talking postcards 

10 x Mini cards 

3 x A6 postcards (30 second 

recording time) 

1 x Talking Points 

1 x Easi-Speak 

1 x Chatter-Box 

1 x A5 recordable photo 

album 

1 x Easi-Listener CD player 

6 x Easi-Headphones 

Storage Box 

2 

Contents 

5 x A6 Cards3 x Mini Cards 

1 x A4 Card 

1 x A3 Postcard 

3 x Recordable Speech Bubble 

1 x Recordable Arrow 

1 x Recordable Heart 

10 x Talk-Time Mirrors 

1 x A4 Thought Cloud. 

590 


1. Recordable Speech 

Bubble 

Encourage children to enjoy 

speaking and listening activities with 

these recordable speech bubbles. 

Simply write and record your 30 

second message, interesting fact 

or quote on to the speech bubble. 

Write on wipe off surface. 

IT10105 3pk £17.49 

EL00044 10pk £51.16 

EL00045 30pk £149.88 

2. Mini Talk-Time Recordable 

Cards 30 Seconds 

An excellent resource for speaking 

and listening exercises, simply talk 

and record a 30 second message. 

Cards come with a self adhesive 

clear pocket so that pictures or clues 

can be placed inside. Length 7.5cm. 

Width 7.5cm. 

1 

2 

Talk-Time 

SAVE 

£12 .50 


ETTSML10 10pk £56.24 

ETTSML30 30pk £156.21 

3. Talk-Time Postcards A6 - 

30 Second 

These postcards contain a voice 

recording chip - simply record and 

play operation. Display your own 

pictures on the postcard or write on 

the dry wipe surface. A great way 

to encourage children with their 

speaking and listening skills. 

IT10103 3pk £28.74 

EL00022 10pk £118.74 

4. Talk-Time A4 Card 

Ideal for EAL students, these cards 

are interactive, hands-on and 

suitable for all ages. Record 30 

seconds then press play! Re-useable, 

the cards are write-on/wipe-off. With 

clear plastic pockets for you to use 

your own cards. A4. 

IT10106 3pk £34.99 

ETTLRG10 10pk £131.24 

ETTLRG30 30pk £337.38 

5. A4 Light Up Talk-Time 

Card 

A4 light up recordable dry wipe 

cards, perfect for supporting your 

EFOL or SEND students. With 

additional surface area to write and 

draw these A4 cards are a valuable 

addition to any classroom. Cards 

features a subtle inbuilt writing 

slope and up to 60 seconds of 

record time, which can be used for a 

variety of lesson activities. A4. 

IT10230 Single £24.99 

IT10243 6pk £143.74 

SAVE • Brings characters to 

£25 .00 life in your stories 

• Use on a welcome 

board next to photos 

• Encourage children 

to use next to self 

30 

portraits 

3 

4 

5 

30 

10 30 

• Lights up red when 

recording and green 

during playback 

• 60 seconds record time 

• Replaceable AAA 

batteries. 

• Available individually or 

in a pack of six 




1 

SAVE 

£18 .75 

1. A4 Talking Recordable 

Photo Albums 

Ideal for creating talking time tables, 

stories or for additional learning 

support. Available in two sizes, each 

album requires 2 x AAA batteries 

(not included). A4. 

EL00360 Single £49.99 

EL00425 5pk £231.19 

2. A5 Talking Photo Album 

Combine literacy and ICT with this 

talking book. Simply insert drawings 

or photographs into the plastic 

wallets and record up to a 10 second 

message on each button for each 

page to support the image/text. 

Holds 30 inserts. A5. 

EL00359 Single £43.74 

IPHOTO5 5pk £206.19 

5 

• Combine literacy and 

ICT 

• Record up to 10 second 

messages on each page 

• Clear output 

2 

SAVE 

£12 .50 

592 



Detectors 4pk 









from plastic. Pack of 4. Width 8cm. 

CA04176 £206.24 

2. Rainbow Recordable 

Talking Photo Albums A5 

Combine communication, language 

and literacy development and ICT. In 

six beautiful colours, these albums 

have 15 double-sided pages for 

inserts, pictures or photos and 30 

recordable buttons for 10 second 

messages. Pack of 6. 

1 



EL00362 £212.49 

3. Easi-Listener 2 CD Player 

This six port CD player allows 

groups of children to listen to music 

without interruption. Forget tangled 

headphone splitters, just easy 

listening with our improved 6 port 

multi-listener CD player. The higher 

power speakers also make this ideal 

for class and assembly activities. 

4 

EL00381 CD Player £106.24 

EL00406 CD Player with 6 headphones £149.99 

CD Player with 

EL00432 

£281.11 

6 Easi-Headphones 

2 

6 

SAVE 

£18 .75 




1 

1. Talking-Point Premium 

Record and playback two sounds per 

Talking-Point. Ideal for a variety of 

different situations such as questions 

and responses, MFL translations, 

Phonics and sentence starters. With 

loud and clear audio output our 

Talking-Point range provides perfect 

in-class support for SEND and EFOL 

students. Our Talking-Point Premium 

offers two audio outputs per Talking 

Point. One 30 second recording is 

triggered by the push button action 

whilst another recording is triggered 

by motion sensor. Suitable for age 



Width 82mm. 

IT10232 £124.99 

2 

2. Big Point recordable 

button 

Big-Point is ideal for speaking and 

listening, records and plays back 45 

seconds of sound. With a removable 

clear top you can create pictures, 

symbols, numbers or letters to 

match your recording. Height 2.5cm. 

Length 8.5cm. Width 8.5cm. 

EL00389 6pk £68.74 

EL00508 12pk £124.98 

EL00390 30pk £312.44 

SAVE 

£37 .50 

594 


1. Multi-coloured Lowercase 

Keyboard 

Multi-coloured antibacterial keys 

ensure clear visibility. Perfect to 

allow primary aged children to 

type with confidence. The coloured 

vowels, numbers and symbols 

and the lowercase keys ensure 

students can easily identify letters. 

USB connection. Supplied fully 

assembled. 

1 

Essentials 

ICT Accessories 

IT01228 Single £16.88 

IT01229 15pk £234.38 

IT01230 30pk £456.25 

2. Wired Optical Mouse 

With an antibacterial rubber coating, 

this optical mouse offers a stylish 

and hygienic touch to your ICT 

suite. This mouse is ideal to use in 

an education setting and can be 

purchased in class packs to offer an 

even greater saving Supplied fully 

assembled. 

IT01231 Single £6.88 

IT01232 15pk £90.63 

IT01233 30pk £168.75 

30 

SAVE 

£12 .50 

2 

SAVE 

£12 .50 


pe & sport 

contents 

597-609 essentials 

610-625 playground 

626-651 sport 

652-653 storage 

654-655 teacher esssentials 

596 


1. Lionstrike Lightweight 

Footballs Size 4 

Bundle deal of 10 Lionstrike Footballs 

and carry bag at a great price. 

Lionstrike Lite footballs are 20% 

lighter than standard footballs. They 

are designed and built to improve 

skills, technique and confidence for 

boys and girls aged 7-13 years old. 

1 2 

Bulk Value 

Essentials 

PE10607 White £145.74 

PE10608 Yellow £145.74 

PE10609 Orange £145.74 

2. 12 Mitre Sabre Rugby Ball 

Bundle Deal 

Buy 12 Mitre Sabre Rugby balls 

and get a 12 ball capacity Mitre 

ball storage sack FREE! A popular 

training ball with a deep pimple 

emboss. 

10 12 

112476 Size 3 £132.49 

PE01877 Size 4 £132.49 

PE02327 Size 5 £132.49 

3 4 

3. Bumper Netball Bag 

Enough size 4 Netballs for a whole 

class to develop their passing and 

shooting skills before a match. 

Netball Pack includes 10 SureGrip 

Netballs with ‘Cellular Technology’, 

for increased grip and control in all 

weather conditions, and 2 Mitre 

Netballs. Enough for a whole class 

group to develop their passing and 

shooting skills! 


PE01876 £132.49 

4. SureGrip Basketball Pack 

With Cellular Grip Technology, this 

basketball is ideal for training and 

developing passing skills. Provides 

the best possible grip and increased 

control. Comes in a durable nylon 

bag for carrying and storage. Colours 

may vary. 

PE01878 Size 5 £152.36 

PE02385 Size 3 £145.74 

12 12 

5. Tub of 96 Tennis Balls 

A quality tennis ball that’s suitable 

for both practice and match play. 

Comes complete with their own 

storage tub with handy carry handle. 


PE01095 £105.99 

6. Multi-Coloured Tennis Ball 

Bucket 

Ideal for tennis practice and team 

games that involve throwing, 

catching or batting skills but not for 

court use. Assorted colours add fun 

to your tennis practice or playground 

games. 

PE02303 £83.46 

5 

6 

96 96 


Essentials 

Bulk Value 

1 2 

12 

3 4 

12 10 

SAVE 

£9 .26 

5 6 

110 

12 12 

1. Bag of Mixed Match and 

Training balls 

A set of three match and nine 

training balls, made from a PVC 

leather laminate for durability. 

The set caters for all children 

at all different stages of skill 

development. A strong, durable bag 

is included to carry the balls. Size 4. 

Made from pu leather. Pack of 12. 

PE01875 £120.56 

2. Foam Javelins 

Foam javelins are ideal for 

introducing beginners to the sport 

of javelin, an indoor athletics 

favourite. Designed to help develop 

a good throwing technique. Great 

value to practise for the school 

games javelin throwing events. 

Made from foam. 

PE00059 L90cm Single £9.26 

PE10169 L90cm 6pk £48.94 

3. Molten Basketballs with Bag 

Excellent value training ball, 

supplied in sets of 10 in robust 

carry bag. Highly durable rubber 

basketball, patented 12 panel 

Giugiaro design - designed 

to withstand tough school 

environment. Made from rubber. 

Pack of 10. 

PE10311 Size 3 £185.49 

PE10312 Size 5 £185.49 

4. Hornet Coated 

Dodgeballs 

Regulation sized dodgeballs made 

from a soft foam with a pick-proof 

exterior. They are extremely long 

lasting and durable. As they are 

made from a soft foam they will not 

sting, but they are weighted enough 

to have a great flight. Diameter 


PE02276 £109.96 

5. NEW Masterplay Attack 

Hockey Stick w/ Holdall 

Excellent value hockey stick 

designed to accommodate the 

requirements of the school player, 

supplied in convenient schools 

size packs with robust holdall.. 

Constructed using graded materials 

and has a multi-ply handle for 

strength & flexibility, a 1 piece 

mulberry blade for control and a 

durable comfort grip. Pack of 12. 

SP46073 L28in £132.49 

SP46074 L30in £132.49 

SP46075 L32in £132.49 

SP46076 L34in £132.49 

6. NEW Aresson Vision X 

Tennis Rackets 

Excellent quality and well-designed 

racket ideal for education, supplied 

in convenient school packs with 

robust racket holdall. Manufactured 

using with a one-piece carbon 

aluminum alloy frame with 

comfortable PU grip for comfort and 

control, the ideal beginner racket for 

juniors. Pack of 12. 

SP46138 L19in £198.74 

SP46139 L21in £198.74 

SP46140 L23in £198.74 

SP46141 L25in £205.36 

SP46142 L27in £264.99 

598 


1 

Playground Favourites 

Essentials 

6 

2 

SAVE 

£53 .00 

6 

1. Six Colour Balance Boards 

Brightly coloured balance boards 

perfect for developing core strength 

and improving coordination. These 

rugged and resilient balance boards 

feature a gently slopping bottom 

so balancing is challenging, yet not 

extremely difficult. 

PE02139 £99.36 

2. Rainbow Space Hoppers 

A clever, fun way for your children 

to exercise a range of major muscle 

groups in the playground. A closed 

handle really improves grip! Why not 

use the Space Hoppers in sports day 

races, playground races or as part of 

a fitness course? 

PE01082 6pk £119.24 

PE02209 18pk £304.72 

3. Rainbow Saturn Skippers 

Great fun! And an excellent balance 

workout that improves coordination, 

balance and core strength. Children 

love hopping around the playground 

on these, can be used individually 

or with others, excellent playground 

fun. 

PE01083 £119.24 

4. Six Colour Mini Hop 

Playground Stilts 

Practise stilt walking with this set 

of coloured hopper stilts. Features 

stable base and anti-slip bottom. The 

cords are adjustable, making them 

suitable for all ages. 

PE02133 £39.74 

3 

4 

6 

6 


Essentials 


1 

1. Gross Motor 

Development Multi- 


This 84-piece set of versatile, 

quality equipment encourages skill 

development in younger children. 

Each item is supplied in four 

primary team colours, making it 

easy to distribute and count back in 

the equipment over time. 

111254 £158.99 

2 

3 4 

2. First-Play Playtime 

Games Kit 

This 79-piece kit contains enough 

equipment for the whole class to 

enjoy. Playground games with a 

variety of bats, playground balls and 

throwing and catching equipment 

are great fun and help develop key 

fine and gross motor skills. 

111250 £139.11 

3. Fitness Friends Kit 

Make fitness fun with these activity 

resources and cards, written to get 

children moving whenever possible. 

Cards feature action stations with 

ideas for individuals, pairs and 

teams to try out. Ignite a love for 

physical activity in your pupils. 

PE10469 £249.99 

4. Outdoor & Adventurous 

Activities Kit 

Equipment package and detailed 

teacher notes to engage children 

in a range of competitive and cooperative 

outdoor games. Develop 

communication and collaboration 

skills while being active, all through 

structured lessons with key 

objectives and learning outcomes 

written by experienced school sport 

advisors. 

PE10470 £299.99 

5. Playground Cricket 

Teaching Pack 

Equipment package, selected by 

School Sport partnership experts, to 

teach the full basics of playground 

cricket. Go from simple beginner 

striking and fielding games, to a full 

match, within a half term. 

PE10427 £198.74 

5 

600 


1. Multi-Skill Games pack 



teach the core multi-skills for lower 

KS2 pupils. Supported by detailed 

teacher notes, providing full lesson 

plans, including starter, main and 

plenary activities. 

PE10429 £299.99 

2. Early Years Physical 

Development Kit 

Specially selected kit, with 24 

double sided activity cards, by EY & 

PE expert Philippa Youlden. Boost 

the gross and fine motor skills of 

children in reception and LKS1, to 

get them physically ready for PE, 

Sport and Physical Activity. 

PE10233 £349.99 

3. Mini Leader Playground 

Kit and Activity Cards 

A complete starter set of playground 

resources and activity cards 

written by Derby City School Sport 

Partnership. Give children the chance 

to be mini leaders and watch their 

skills, confidence and well-being 

flourish with this complete starter 

set of playground equipment and 

activity cards. 

PE10251 £199.95 

4. Agility, Balance and Coordination 

Playground Kit 



develop fundamental agility, balance 

and co-ordination skills. Supported 

by detailed teacher notes, providing 

full lesson plans and activities. 

PE10428 £299.99 

5. Jumbo Playground Kit 

A selection of playground equipment 

chosen to engage children and get 

them playing and working together 

in the playground. With enough 

equipment for over 150 children, 

this pack of playground resources is 

excellent value for money. 

KJPLAYPK £479.99 

1 

2 3 


Essentials 

4 5 


Essentials 


1 

2 

1. Playground Pack 

Supreme 

Carefully selected PE equipment to 

help improve the basic skills which 

are used in many popular sports. 

A diverse range of playground 

equipment which will entertain 

children of all ages and abilities. 


PE00458 £289.99 

2. Playground Pals Kit KS1 

and KS2 

Contains enough equipment to 

occupy at least 40 children with 8 

different activities. All the products 

have been carefully selected 

to develop skills which are the 

foundation of the mainstream 

sports played in schools. 

PE00313 £149.99 

3 

3. Six Colour Mega Pack 

A 129 piece pack of colour coded 

playground equipment. The six 

colours makes the organisation and 

recording of the equipment easier. 

Perfect as a whole school lunchtime 

physical activity improvement set. 

PE01889 £795.00 

602 


1. Playground Mega Play 

Equipment Kit 

Every piece of equipment ensures 

children develop important skills 

such as all over body coordination, 

ball and catching skills. A great 

way to encourage team work, 

collaboration and active play in the 

playground. 

PE00315 £429.99 

1 


Essentials 

Contents 

1 x Catchtail Ball 

1 x Heavy Duty Wheelie Bag 

1 x Foot Flip Launcher 

1 x Pair of Stomper Stilts 

1 x Action Beach Talk Ball 

1 x Pair Sticky Catch Miand Ball 

2 x Throw and Catch Net and 

Ball Game 

3 x Pom Pom Balls 

4 x Hoop and Ball Juggle 

4 x Reaction Balls 

4 x Foam Flyers 

4 x Cheerleader Pom Poms 

6 xPlastic Playground 

Scoopers 

6 x Catch a Cup and Ball 

6 x Ankle Skips 

6 x Large Handled Skipping 

Ropes 

6 x Bouncy Play Balls 

10 x Plastic Play Bats 

12 x Marbled Effect Playballs 

12 x Weighted Bean Bags 

12 x Coloured Tennis Balls 

48 x Training Quality Tennis 

Ball 

50 x Plastic Cones with Holder 

2. Rainbow Playground 

Favourites Kit 

Plenty of playground favourites to 

raise activity levels in your school 

and keep your pupils occupied at 

lunch and playtimes. Your pupils will 

have hours of enjoyment playing 

collaboratively with a range of bright 

coloured equipment. 

PE01836 £449.99 

3. Throw and Catch 

Playground Equipment Kit 

A whopping 70 pieces of throwing 

and catching equipment. Brightly 

coloured and many soft items makes 

it suitable for all ages. Developed 

to build the basic multi skills for all 

sports. Contents may vary. 

KTHRNCAT £189.99 

2 

3 

Contents 

6 x Scoopers with Balls 

2 x Cannon Stomps with Balls 

15 x Rainbow Frisbees 

6 x Twirl and Jumps 

6 x Speedy Skipping Ropes 

6 x Swingz 4 

6 x Ankle Skips 

6 x Catch a Cups 

6 x Rainbow Saturn Skippers 

6 x Rubber Playground Balls 

6 x Rainbow Space Hoppers 

6 x Sequencing Markers 

Contents 

3 x Ribbon Balls 

4 x Reaction Balls 

20 x Coloured Bean Bags 

6 x Bump Balls 

6 x Pom Pom Balls 

24 x Tennis Balls 

6 x Vinyl Mini Balls 

8 x Foam Flyers 

1 x Outdoor Chalk Tub 

1 x Large Mesh Bag to keep 

it all in 


Health and WellBeing 

Active Playground 

1 

2 3 

123 

1. Maths on the Move Kit 

Full of fantastic PE and sports 

resources which can be used to 

teach effective Outdoor Maths 

across the key stages. With enough 

equipment for the whole class, this 

kit will engage and excite children 

by presenting kinaesthetic learning. 

Pack of 123. 

PE00942 £399.99 

2. NEW Baden Dodgeballs 

Pack 

A soft rubber ball which is ideal for 

use in Dodgeball, one of the fastest 

growing sports in the UK. Ideal for 

schools, this ready-made set of four 

dodgeballs include 1 of each colour; 

Red, Blue, Yellow, and Green. Size 2. 

Diameter 22cm. Made from rubber. 

Pack of 4. 

SP45677 £56.96 

3. NEW Positive Playtime 

Wall Sign Bully Free Zone 

Designed to support a positive 

playtime strategy and reduce 

bullying. These signs are bright and 

fun for children to read and can help 

schools to implement visual cues for 

children to be reminded of during 

play times. Printed onto a durable 

board with UV protection for 

longevity in sunlight. Height 81cm. 

Width 61cm. 

4 5 

6 7 

4 

SAVE 

£437 .25 

112.99 

SP46194 £37.99 


Wall Sign Playground 

Manners 

Establish a positive playground 

atmosphere and remind children of 

good playground manners. Height 


SP46196 £37.99 


Wall Sign Playground 

Rules 

Establish common ground with 

this playground rules playground 

sign to provide visual reminders for 

children to follow. Height 81cm. 

Width 61cm. 

SP46203 £37.99 


Wall Sign Our School 

Values 

Let children be proud of schools 

values with a playground sign that 

displays them clearly for all at play 

times. Height 81cm. Width 61cm. 

SP46210 £34.99 

7. Activity Fitness Trackers 

Child friendly and robust activity 

trackers, a pedometer alternative 

to encourage and track your pupils 

steps and activity throughout 

the day. Measure steps, calories, 

temperature and distance travelled. 

PE10173 10pk £139.99 

PE10174 30pk £399.99 

PE10380 180pk £1,995.00 

604 




Function 








storage unit. 

PE00992 £152.36 

1 

Teacher Essentials 

Essentials 


Stopwatches 








16 

SC00945 £152.36 

3. NEW Precision Electric 

Air Compressor 12V DC & 

230V AC 

Multi-function air compressor for 

sports balls, bike tyres, cars tyres, 

inflatables, air mattresses and more. 

Dual power DC/AC for car and 

home use, that works with 12V car 

cigarette lighter plug or 230V home 

socket. An essential sports accessory 

that makes inflating a whole bag of 

footballs takes seconds. 

SP45567 £52.99 

2 

4. NEW Precision 

Rechargeable Electric Ball 

Pump 

Take the effort out of Inflating 

your Sports Balls with the portable 

Precision Rechargeable Electric Ball 

Pump. With its automatic PSI cutoff 

once set PSI pressure has been 

reached, you can make sure all the 

Balls in the training session or match 

are perfectly set to the same PSI. 

3 

12 

SP45568 £33.11 

4 


Essentials 


1 

2 x A Frames 

1 x 4 sided multi target attachment 

1 x 1 min sand timer 

1 x Writable whiteboards 

6 x Sticky target pyramid bean bags 

6 x Sticky target balls 

2 

3 

4 

4 

1. Terrific Targets 

A portable, cross-curricular multitarget 

active learning resource, 

designed to embed knowledge and 

understanding in a variety of subject 

areas. Incorporates four different 

targets with accessories to provide 

various levels of challenge. 

PE10617 £198.74 

2. Coconut Shy Playground 

Target Game 

Portable and safe target game ideal 

for your playground, PE lessons, 

for sports day or your school fair. 

Rubber crumb weighted base makes 

the game suitable indoors or out. 

Perfect to develop hand eye coordination 

and throwing skills. 

PE10228 £112.61 

3. 3-in-1 Collapsible Target 

Nets 

Set up or pack away these colourful 

targets in 3 seconds! Light, portable 

and easy to store, they are perfect 

for early throwing games. Small set 

target holes 60, 27 and 13cm, large 

set 70, 40 and 25cm. Made from 

nylon. Pack of 4. 

PE00941 £43.71 

PE02408 £59.61 

4. Double-Sided Sticky 

Target Game 

Portable, double sided target game 

for use with hook and loop balls and 

bean bags. Designed with different 

targets to vary challenge and provide 

variety. Suitable for developing early 

throwing skills, and great fun too! 

Height 1m. Made from felt and 

powder coated metal. Width 1m. 

PE10240 £165.61 

606 


1 

Active Playground 

Health and WellBeing 

1. Playground Barriers and 

Dividers 

A robust solution for the playground 

that keeps pupils safely contained 

and allows easy division of play 

areas. Supplied flat packed for 


outdoors. Height 55cm. Length 

100cm. Made from plastic. Pack of 

21. Weight 8kg. Width 40cm. 

PE01104 Blue/White £2,252.49 

PE01970 Green £2,252.49 

PE01969 Red £2,252.49 

PE01967 Blue £2,252.49 

PE01106 Black/White £2,252.49 

PE01105 Green/Yellow £2,252.49 

PE00989 Red/White £2,252.49 

2. Playground Zone Barriers 

Our colourful zoning barriers are 

specifically designed for educational 

settings, perfect for creating a safer 

and happier playground. Easily 

contain various sports, separate play 

zones or create a movable MUGA 

(Multi-use Games Area). 

PE02409 Slate Grey £2,120.00 

PE02454 Green £2,120.00 

PE02455 Soft Blue £2,120.00 

PE02452 Yellow £2,120.00 

PE02451 Blue £2,120.00 

PE02450 Red £2,120.00 

21 

2 

21 


SectionRangeSidebar 

Essentials 

SectionSubRangeHeading 


Portable Light 

Up Reaction 

Wall Game 

Will appeal to children and adults alike, with a difficulty speed gradient 

that will allow even the most confident athletes to be challenged. 4 AA 

batteries required. Can be played on a flat surface with not slip rubber 

buttons to protect floors and tables, or wall mounted via the two rear 

eyelets for stand up play. 

PE10241£79.49 

KEY 

from 

£79 .49 

BENEFITS 

• Fantastic use of ICT for fun and physical 

development for children of any age or 

ability. 

• Provide a personal challenge, develop hand 

eye co-ordination as well as drive 

competition through practice and 

achievement. 

• Excellent immersive game for SEN children 

and those with motor development needs. 

608 


1. Interlocking Playground 

Scooters 

Different coloured scooters that can 

be connected, ideal for using in the 

playground or in the sports hall. 

These fun and exciting interlocking 

scooters will aid the development of 

communication and team building 

skills! 


PE02104 £149.71 

1 


Essentials 

2. Six Colour Cannon Catch 

Set 

Brilliantly coloured, this set of 

cannon stomps makes for a fantastic 

reaction game that can be used for 

a number of different activities. Use 

for catching, dodging, or simply just 

to see how far you can send the ball 

flying! 

PE01957 £450.49 

3. Quad Bounder 4 Sided 

Playground Rebounder 

The best value for money rebounder, 

featuring four playing surfaces, 

providing a terrific focus for your 

playground or sports area. Use in 

different configurations, four sided, 

three sided or four individual stations 

against walls. 

PE00583 £450.49 

2 

6 

4. Disc Target Course Game 

Have fun improving a range of 

PE and Sport skills including aim, 

throwing and catching. Arrange like 

a golf course, with long and short 

holes, or as a target range, using all 

or some of the targets. 10 frisbees 

are included but all sorts of balls, 

foam frisbees or bean bags could 

be used depending on the age and 

ability of the children or the school 

setting. 


PE00573 £264.99 

3 

6 

4 


Playground 

Storage 

1 

SAVE 

£132 .50 

2 

4 

1. NEW Colourful Outdoor 

Storage Bins 

The perfect, portable, lockable 

and robust school storage option 

for all your playground resources, 

supplied in attractive team colours. 

Manufactured from heavy duty 

weather proof high quality grade 

LLDPE, this storage bin is an excellent 

value school storage solution. Height 


plastic. Weight 17kg. Width 78cm. 

SP11466BL Blue £264.99 

SP11466GR Green £264.99 

SP11466RE Red £264.99 

SP11466YE Yellow £264.99 

SP11466 Multicoloured £927.45 


Cupboard 

Spacious outdoor storage shed 

suitable for a wide range of 

outdoor resources. Easy access 

unit featuring front opening doors, 

three adjustable shelves and a bolt 

fastening. The felt roof will protect 

your items from wet weather. 


to be left outdoors. H1920 x W720 x 


CE06898 £861.25 

610 


1. Outdoor Metal Storage 

Unit 

A quality PVC coated galvanised 

steel shed with unique spring 

assisted opening action and two 

padlock points. Fire-resistant and 

robust, but unobtrusive, the unit 

comes complete with floor. (Padlocks 

and contents not included). 

1 

Storage 

Playground 

CE00245 Small £728.75 

PE02148 Medium £993.75 

PE00110 Large £1,325.00 

2. Sports Storage Trolley 

Comprises a deep, removable 

basket ideal for storing cricket bats, 

hockey sticks etc. A large basket for 

footballs and four deep trays for all 

those smaller items. Fitted with two 

brakes and two swivel, non-marking 

rubber castors. Blue. Height 94cm. 

Length 136cm. Made from metal. 

Width 66cm. 


KSPTROL £622.74 

3. Ball Cabinet 

The perfect resource for storing up 

to 100 footballs and your training 

equipment too. Includes lockable 

doors with a padlock. Wheeled for 

easy maneuverability. Depth 60cm. 

Height 150cm. Made from metal. 

Width 140cm. 


PE02128 £861.25 

4. Giant Mobile Storage 

Basket 

A large and durable storage unit 

with the addition of a fifth wheel 

in the middle of the wire frame to 

provide more support. Assembled 

in seconds and packs flat. Perfect 

for playground equipment and easy 

access for children. Supplied fully 

assembled. White. Height 635mm. 

Length 940mm. Made from coated 

steel. Width 580mm. 

2 3 

PE00179 Single £152.36 

PE01926 3pk £328.56 

5. Lockable Storage 

This large storage trolley has a 

lockable lid and castors for easy 

transportation. The drop down front 

provides easy access. (Equipment 

not included). Epoxy powder coated 

steel. Supplied fully assembled. 


from metal. Width 61cm. 


PE00751 £629.36 

4 5 


Playground 

Throw and Catch 

1 2 

1. Sticky Catch Miand Ball 

Catch the ball with the hook and 

loop fastener pad - the ease of 

catching allows children to develop 

their hand-eye coordination. A 

playground favourite, can be played 

individually, in pairs or as a group. 

PE00035 Single £9.26 

015919 12pk £72.88 

3 

4 

4 

2. NEW First-Play Flexi Ball 

Pack 

A pack of 4 balls of different sizes 

with inter-connecting holes which 

makes it easy for children to catch, 

throw and bowl. Made from a 

durable rubber compound with 

excellent shape retention. Pack of 4. 

SP45647 £37.09 

3. Catch Net Set 

These catch net sets are perfect for 

group participation activities. Pull 

the handles taut to launch the ball, 

and catch in your own net. Length 


PE00200 £20.54 

5 

6 

2 

6 

4. Flexigrab Balls 

A truly inclusive set of safe, 

flexible grab balls, perfect for skill 

development for throwing and 

catching. The easy grip design 

means these balls are easy to catch, 

meaning all levels of children can 

play together. There is no right or 

wrong way to throw, catch or play. 

Multicoloured. Made from rubber. 

Pack of 6. 

PE01950 Diameter 10cm £59.61 


5. Sticky Monster Mitts 

A simple throwing and catching 

game. The monster hand design 

makes them attractive and fun. 

2 colourful miwith a large, fabric 

adhesive circle to assist catching. 

Supplied with 1 ball. Green. Made 

from fabric. 

PE00370 £9.26 

6. Pom Pom Balls 

These soft, safe pom pom balls are 

amazing fun! They are incredibly 

tactile, visually stimulating and 

are easy to catch. These fantastic 

‘feely’ balls of rubber are a constant 

source of fun for all ages. Latex free. 

Multicoloured. Diameter 7cm. Made 

from rubber. Pack of 3. 

FKOOSH £18.54 

3 

612 


1. Cone Catcher Cup and 

Ball Game 

Develop skills such as hand-eye 

co-ordination. Swing the tethered 

ball up in the air and catch it in the 

cone, a playground favourite! The 

catch a cups are attached to the 7cm 

diameter airflow ball by a string. 

PE00034 6pk £34.99 

PE01942 18pk £99.99 

1 

SAVE 

£19 .88 


Playground 

2. Playground Scoopers and 

Balls 

A playground favourite made even 

better! These Scoopers have a string 

attaching the ball to the scooper. 

Attaching the ball to the string 

means the children spend less time 

retrieving and more time playing and 

improving. 

PE01048 6pk £39.74 

PE02344 30pk £158.94 

3. Scoopers 

Colourful set of strong scoopers 

and balls. Fantastic for developing 

hand-eye co-ordination skills. Pack 

of different colours that are soft, yet 

durable. Suitable for 5 to 11 years 

6 

PE00208 £34.99 

2 

SAVE 

£39 .75 

6 

3 

6 


Playground 


1 

2 

1. Rainbow Foam Flyers 

Soft, light and suitable for children 

to develop their throwing and 

catching skills. Encourage children 

to communicate with their peers 

and also develop their coordination. 

Suitable for indoors and out and 

come in bright neon colours. 

Diameter 21.5cm. Made from foam. 

Pack of 6. 


PE02134 £24.99 

2. Safe Foam Flyers 

Coloured foam Frisbees that are 

extra safe in a busy playground. 

Colours may vary. Diameter 21.5cm. 



PE00020 4pk £12.99 

PE02210 20pk £49.99 

3 

6 

4 

4 

3. Rainbow Plastic Flying 

Discs 

A class pack of fantastic value 

playground Frisbees! These fun 

and colourful Frisbees are made 

from strong, long lasting plastic 

which makes them perfect for the 

playground. Diameter 21.5cm. Made 



PE01085 £34.99 

615 

6 

4. Flat Ring Foam Flyers 

Soft foam frisbee set, steady flight 

and easy to throw and catch, and 

won’t hurt if struck. Central hole 

allows for easier catching, and also 

allows frisbee to be used for target 

activities such as ring toss. Diameter 


PE10267 £24.99 

5 

5. Flying Discs Bumper 

Value Pack 

Colourful collection of fun 

playground flyers. Made from 

safe, soft materials, ideal for target 

games. Contains a mix of foam and 

plastic flyers for different indoor and 

outdoor games. 

PE10477 £114.99 

6 7 

6. NEW Soft Foam Saturn 

Balls Flying Disks 

The Saturn foam ball flies like a 

flying disk and bounces like a ball 

for double the fun. You can catch 

and throw a Saturn Ball like a Frisbee 

or use two hands and catch it like a 

ball, or even shoot it with your feet. 

It is softer and easier to catch than 

a disk. Diameter 20cm. Made from 

pvc. Pack of 6. Weight 170g. 

SP45490 £94.99 

614 

6 

7. Discraft 175g Ultra-Star 

Sports Disc 

The Discraft 175g Ultra-Star features 

contoured grip and aerodynamic 

engineering and has set the 

standard for quality, consistency 

and performance. Weight and 

construction ensures straight and 

flat trajectory. Diameter 27.5cm. 

Made from plastic. Weight 175g. 

114021 £17.49 


1. Rubber Quoits 

A fun, traditional product that 

develops a range of skills including 

throwing, catching and balancing. 

Whether you’re balancing them 

on your head for a sports day race 

or using them as part of a ring 

toss onto sticks or cones, quoits 

are a classic piece of primary 

school playground equipment. 




1 2 


Playground 

KQUOIT £15.99 

2. Soft Spike Hoop Set 

Perfect for playground games and 

for developing children’s throwing 

and catching skills. This set is durable 

yet still soft enough to squash 

down! Diameter 15cm. Made from 

rubber. Pack of 6. 


3 

6 6 

KSPIKESET £19.99 

3. Mega Quoits Bundle 

Bundle of resources best suited to 

sending and receiving games and 

target practice. Includes customer 

favourites, with different colours and 

shapes to suit all ages. 

PE10387 £79.99 

4. Squidgy Ring Set 

Squidgy and maluable, making 

them suitable for younger children. 

Ideal for targets and throwing and 

catching. They are very durable 

and will easily return back to their 

original shape. Diameter 18cm. 



KSQUIDGSET £18.99 

5. Soft Touch Fine Motor 

Squeezers 

Set of soft quoits with three levels 

of resistance allowing children to 

progressively strengthen their grip. 

Promote flexibility of wrist joints 

and strengthen muscles by holding, 

squeezing and twisting. Depth 

1.3cm. Diameter 6.5cm. Made from 

thermo plastic rubber. Pack of 6. 

Width 6.5cm. 

Suitable for age 6 months and up 

PE10444 £22.99 

6. Lightweight Activity 

Throwing Quoit Rings 

You can use these versatile activity 

tossing rings in every sport., they 

can be thrown, juggled, gripped 

with hands and feet, balanced on 

the head, or you can tiptoe through 

them. You can also use them to 

work on colour recognition. Depth 

1cm. Diameter 14cm. Made from 

pvc. Pack of 10. 

PE10543 £23.99 

4 

5 

6 

6 

46 

10 


Playground 

Balls 

1 2 

1. Rubber Playground Balls 

Lightweight with a soft surface, 

these balls are easy to handle and 

won’t hurt your pupils should they 

get caught in the cross fire. Can 

be used for all kinds of playground 

fun, from throwing and catching 

to football. Durable enough for 

everyday outdoor use. Made from 



KPLAY Diameter 15cm £41.99 

KPLAY2 Diameter 21cm £44.99 

6 30 

4 

3 

12 

6 

5 6 

2. Playground Fun Balls 

A set of ‘non-threatening’, 

wonderfully colourful balls. Made 

from a soft plastic so they will not 

hurt if they hit any child. Colours 

and sizes may vary. Multicoloured. 

Assorted Sizes. Made from plastic. 

Pack of 30. 


PE01084 £84.99 

3. Pink No Sting Playballs 

Excellent for children to play 

volleyball, without them damaging 

or stinging their hand from the 

impact of the ball. Children can 

develop their knowledge of the 

sport by learning how to hit the ball 

correctly! Diameter 20cm. Made 

from vinyl. Pack of 12. 


PE02103 £79.99 

4. Emotion Balls 

Six brightly coloured, vinyl 

playground balls showing different 

emotions (happy, sad, excited, 

amazed, frightened and angry). Soft 

and safe, with a consistent bounce. 


Made from vinex. Pack of 6. 

Suitable for age 3 years and up 

PE00002 £24.99 

5. Soft Feel Playground 

Playballs 

A soft and safe ball that is ideal 

for the playground environment, 

suitable for throwing and kicking. 

These balls have a soft touch, so 

remain non-threatening but are 

weighted enough not to drift when 

kicked or thrown. Multicoloured. 

Made from vinyl. Pack of 12. 

PE00011 Diam 13.5cm £45.04 

PE00012 Diam 16.5cm £49.99 

PE00013 Diam 21.5cm £59.99 

6. Giant Coloured Balloon 

Ball 

Very light and resistant over sized 

balloon ball, ideal for cooperative 

games indoors and outside. Its 

durable, washable, double-stitched 

nylon cover ensures the ball will last 

for a long time, even after intensive 

use. Diameter 85cm. 

PE10547 £129.99 

12 

616 


1. Six Colour Bean Bags 

Why not use for Sports Day races, 

relay, team games or target games? 

Allows children to practice throwing 

and catching skills without the risk 

of getting hurt. Filled with beans, 

double stitched for extra safety and 

durability. Colour include red, green, 

blue, yellow, purple and orange. 

Colour may vary. Length 10cm. 

Made from cotton. Pack of 48. 

Width 10cm. 

1 2 

Bean Bags 

Playground 

PE01853 £59.99 

2. Pyramid Bean Bags 

Multi-coloured and useful for 

a multitude of activities and 

games, the pyramid shape makes 

the bean bag more likely to stay 

where it lands. Carry bag included. 

Multicoloured. Depth 10cm. Length 

10cm. Made from cotton. Pack of 


48 36 

3 

PE01860 £44.99 

3. Value Bean Bags 

These soft, brightly coloured cotton 

beanbags are double stitched and 

are filled with plastic pellets. The 

list of activities they can be used for 

are endless. Their soft touch and 

durability makes them perfect for 

throwing and catching activities and 

can be incorporated into a variety 

of target games. Made from cotton. 

Width 10cm. 

PE10040 12pk £14.99 

PE00214 20pk £24.99 

4. Bumper Play Beanbag 

Pack 

These natural filled poly cotton bean 

bags are an ideal pack to teach 

numeracy and literacy through active 

curriculum lessons. Also included is a 

tie cord bag and collapsible storage 

crate. Multicoloured. 

4 

036344 £79.99 

5. Traditional Cotton 

Beanbags 

Excellent quality polycotton 

beanbags, ideal for a range of 

throwing, catching and target 

games. Bean bags are a highly 

versatile resource, useful for a huge 

number of PE activities and also for a 

number of different sports day races. 

Made from polycotton. Pack of 10. 

36 

078070 Blue £9.99 

078072 Red £9.99 

078071 Green £9.99 

078073 Yellow £9.99 

5 6 

6. Beanbag Minis 

Mini bean bags made from a soft 

felt perfect for Early Years and 

KS1. These beanbags are ideal for 

developing early techniques such as 

throwing and catching. All packed 

in a drawstring bag. Multicoloured. 

Length 6.5cm. Made from fabric. 


PE01953 £49.99 

10 

96 


Playground 

Hop, Skip and Jump 

1 

1. Space Hopper Bouncer 

Have fun developing movement, 

strength, coordination and core 

stability! A great addition to 

sports day events or for the school 

playground to encourage group 

play. To inflate to maximum size 

we recommend using a stirrup or 

electric pump. Colours may vary. 




2 

3 

6 

SAVE 

£53 .00 

2. Rainbow Saturn Skippers 

Great fun! And an excellent balance 

workout that improves coordination, 

balance and core strength. Children 

love hopping around the playground 

on these, can be used individually 

or with others, excellent playground 

fun. Diameter 38cm. Pack of 6. 

PE01083 £119.99 

3. Rainbow Space Hoppers 

A clever, fun way for your children 

to exercise a range of major muscle 

groups in the playground. A closed 

handle really improves grip! Why not 

use the Space Hoppers in sports day 

races, playground races or as part of 

a fitness course? Diameter 55cm. 

PE01082 6pk £119.99 

PE02209 18pk £304.71 

4. Hop, Skip and Jump Kit 

Get your children hopping, skipping 

and jumping all over the playground 

with this variety collection of active 

playground resources. Featuring 

favourites such as skipping ropes 

and space hoppers, excellent value 

set to enhance lunch and play times. 

PE10480 £169.99 

6 

4 

618 


Playground 

Hula Hoop 

Sets 

A traditional playground favourite, these hoops are perfect for fun, 

engaging games and exercise.The number of games which hoops can be 

used for are endless, from skipping and hula to target games and agility 

exercises.Pack of 12. 

Diam 45cm 

PE01060 £26.49 

Diam 60cm 

KH60S £46.36 

KEY 

from 

£26 .49 

BENEFITS 

• Super Long Lasting 

• Bright and attractive colours 

• Ideal for Sports day, PE lessons and the 

playground. 

Diam 75cm 

PE01059 £46.36 

Diam 91cm 

KH91S £50.34 


Playground 

Targets 

1 

1. Double-Sided Sticky 

Target Game 

Portable, double sided target game 

for use with hook and loop balls and 

bean bags. Designed with different 

targets to vary challenge and provide 

variety. Suitable for developing early 

throwing skills, and great fun too! 

Height 1m. Made from felt and 

powder coated metal. Width 1m. 

PE10240 £165.61 

2 3 

2. NEW Hula Hoop Target Set 

Transform your hula hoops! If you 

have two 76cm hoops, you have two 

targets at a price that any budget 

can afford. These targets can be 

hung on a wall or used on the floor 

to teach young children how to 

throw underhanded with any soft 

ball. It only takes a second to put the 

target around the hoop and even 

quicker to remove. Diameter 76cm. 

Made from polyester. 

SP45489 £31.79 

3. Coconut Shy Playground 

Target Game 

Portable and safe target game ideal 

for your playground, PE lessons, 

for sports day or your school fair. 

Rubber crumb weighted base makes 

the game suitable indoors or out. 

Perfect to develop hand eye coordination 

and throwing skills. 

PE10228 £112.61 

4. Height Adjustable Large 

Target Net 

This height adjustable plastic target 

has a built-in net to catch saucers, 

flying discs, quoits, bean bags etc. 

Base can be water or sand filled 

to provide stability, particularly in 

outdoor use. Height 1350mm. 

162118 £43.71 

5. Double Sided Target Mat 

A target game with twice the fun. 

Double sided to vary challenge and 

made of robust material sure to last. 

On one side, a traditional concentric 

circle game, and on the other, a 

more randomised fairground style 

design. Length 1m. Width 1cm. 

PE10176 £62.26 

4 5 

620 


1 

Targets 

Playground 

1. Terrific Targets 

A portable, cross-curricular multitarget 

active learning resource, 

designed to embed knowledge and 

understanding in a variety of subject 

areas. Incorporates four different 

targets with accessories to provide 

various levels of challenge. 

PE10617 £198.74 

2 3 

2. Foam Quoits Games 

Soft and durable quoits and pegged 

stand suitable for both indoors and 

outdoors. A simple playground 

game to encourage throwing 

accuracy and fun! Made from foam. 

ASFQ £26.49 

3. Number Target Boards 

Make maths fun by encouraging 

children to throw the ball at 

numbers on these colourful targets. 

This set encourages children to play 

games, enhance their mathematical 

skills and develop their hand and eye 

co-ordination skills. Diameter 45cm. 

Pack of 3. 

CA05459 £25.16 

3 

4. Knock Down Foam 

Targets 

Play the old favourite game of 

knock em’ down with these 

Carnival Targets. Lightweight cans 

and balls make this game suitable 

for everyone. Handy storage bag 

included. Diameter 10cm. Height 


PE02256 £33.11 

5. Octopus Target 

Traditional game of ring toss with 

an amusing looking octopus target! 

Six legs that can be bent in all 

directions and formations to vary 

the challenge. Includes six throwing 

rings. Legs L25cm, rings D11cm. 

Height 16cm. 

PE02259 £26.49 

4 5 

10 


Playground 

Games 

1 2 

1. NEW Play Tunnel 

These heavy duty tunnels have 

been manufactured to withstand 

energetic play both indoors and out. 

Excellent fun and will help with the 

development of co-ordination skills, 

motor skills and strength to hit key 

physical development goals. Length 

1.83m. 

SP46214CL Clear £132.49 

SP46214RE Red £132.49 

3 4 

5 6 

7 8 

2. Motor Skills Giant 

Obstacle Course 

The components in this set can 

be used separately or combined 

to encourage the development of 

balance and co-ordination. Different 

arrangements can be set up for 

varied challenges depending on age 

and ability. 

FGOC £596.24 

3. Obstacle Course Set 

Set of 6 geometrical obstacles to 

create educational and playful 

courses. Perfect for developing 

balance, co-ordination and agility 

while encouraging creativity with 

different course combinations. 

PE10542 £152.36 

4. Crawl Play Tunnel 

Features a heavy duty PVC base 

for stability and weight, and 

lightweight cover which allows light 

through. Length 240cm. Width 

132cm. 

PE00131 £70.21 

5. RampShot Rebound 

Playground Game 

RampShot is a very interactive game 

that develops motor skills, hand-eye 

coordination, teamwork and good 

fun for four players. Depth 56cm. 


PE10546 £112.61 

6. Boccia Set 

Boccia is a excellent inclusive sport, 

playable by competitors with or 

without a physical disability. 

PE10318 £162.96 

7. Portable Light Up 

Reaction Wall Game 

Highly engaging reaction game, 

featuring 10 light up buttons and 

two fun game modes, providing a 

fun and active physical challenge. 

An infinite mode which continues 

until failure, alongside a timed 60 

second challenge mode, provide 

ample opportunity to develop hand 

eye co-ordination, speed, skill and 

endurance, all while having fun. 

PE10241 £420.01 

8. New Age Kurling Combo 

Bundle 

Great value bundle gives you all the 

main components together to play 

new age kurling! 

037289 £420.01 

622 


1 

Games 

Playground 

1. Playground Games 

Strategy Kit 

A great way to get your pupils 

playing together, incorporating 

strategy skills and also boost 

inclusion. All these games can be 

played by children of all ages either 

inside or outside, encouraging group 

activities and inclusive play. 

PE01900 £861.25 

2. Mega 4 in a Line Game 

This popular game appeals to 

children of all ages and ability. 

The classic game of strategy and 

intelligence for 2 or more players can 

be used outdoors as well as indoors, 

as it is waterproof. Height 1.1m. 

Width 1.2m. 

AS00073 £238.49 

2 3 

3. Foam Hopscotch Game 

Easy to set up and pack away, this 

foam hopscotch game is suitable 

indoors or out. Develop balance and 

co-ordination skills while having fun. 

Height 182cm. Made from eva foam. 

Width 60cm. 

PE10273 £37.09 

4. Giant Noughts and 

Crosses Game Set 

Classic game of Tic Tac Toe, made 

from durable and soft foam, for 

use indoors or out. Large tactile 

pieces present a fun variation on a 

paper based game, and makes the 

activity more inclusive. Storage bag 

included. Height 93cm. Width 93cm. 

PE10274 £39.74 

4 5 

5. Wet Play Board Games 

Pack 

Essential games for those rainy 

days spent inside. Lots of fun 

favourites that incorporate working 

individually, in pairs or as a group. 

PE02311 £132.49 


Playground 

Balance and Control 

1 2 

1. Viking Scooter Maxi 

This Winther scooter is robust and 

sturdy, and is designed for slightly 

older children. This scooter is high 

quality and great for taking outside. 

Children will develop balancing 

skills and core strength. Introduce 

to your setting and encourage 

turn taking with the scooter. The 

turning of the handles will also 

help children to gain essential gross 

motor skills. Supplied flat packed 



Made from rubber and steel. 

CA03542 £264.99 

2. Interlocking Playground 

Scooters 

Different coloured scooters that can 

be connected, ideal for using in the 

playground or in the sports hall. 

These fun and exciting interlocking 

scooters will aid the development of 

communication and team building 

skills! W30 x L30cm. Made from 


PE02104 £149.71 

6 

3. Scooter Board 

Rollerboard Paddles 

Bring rowing to the playground, a 

fun and safe way to move around 

which will also challenge children’s 

fitness. The paddles have a soft foam 

ball on the end which lends grip 

in any weather or on any surface. 

Colours may vary. Length 69cm. 


PE01064 £26.49 

3 4 

4. Storage Pole for 

Playground Scooters 

Finally, a solution for storing away 

scooters! The design means the 

scooters will be piled up neatly and 

able to be moved around using the 

wheels of the bottom scooter. The 

pole will comfortably store at least 

12 scooters. Diameter 2.2cm. Height 

83.5cm. 

PE02007 £23.84 

5 

2 

5. Sit on Scooters 6pk 

Heavy duty, moulded plastic scooters 

with contoured handles and 4 

non-marking plastic and metal 

castors. Great fun and a favourite 

with the children. Perfect for indoor 

use. Improved castor strength for 

durability. Colours may vary. Length 

40cm. Made from plastic. Pack of 6. 

Width 30cm. 

PE00608 £132.49 

6 

624 


1. Balance and Coordination 

Class Kit 

Large selection of equipment 

that can be used for balance and 

coordination Trying different core 

balancing activities is excellent to 

develop core strength and individual 

muscle strength in legs as well as 

co-ordination. 

1 

Balance and Control 

Playground 

PE02326 £185.49 

2. Air Cushion Set 

These colourful air cushions are an 

excellent multi-purpose resource. 

An ideal tool for improving balance 

and posture, children can kneel or 

sit on it while exercising to increase 

the challenge of a workout to help 

them build core strength and tone 

abdominal muscles. Tactile surface 

on one side with non slip on the 

reverse, can be inflated to suit the 

activity. Diameter 30cm. Made from 


2 

PE10177 £119.24 

3. Seesaw Balance 

A personal jinky board. This 

superb balance board promotes 

development of muscular control 

and movement. Track design 

promotes greater motion control, 

balance and fun. Blue. Height 9cm. 

Length 59.5cm. Made from plastic. 

Width 23cm. 

KSEES £39.74 

4. Air Cushion 

An ideal tool for improving balance 

and posture, the inflatable dynamic 

balloon mimics movement and 

shape. Great for using while sitting 

and working at a desk. The cushion 

is essentially ‘unstable’, by simply 

sitting on it, keeps children’s core 

muscles working and their postural 

reflexes stimulated . Made from 

rubber. Circle shaped. 

KAIRC30 Diam 30cm £39.74 

KAIRC60 Diameter 60cm £119.24 

5. Six Colour Balance Boards 

Brightly coloured balance boards 

perfect for developing core strength 

and improving coordination. These 

rugged and resilient balance boards 

feature a gently slopping bottom 

so balancing is challenging, yet not 

extremely difficult. Length 60cm. 

Made from plastic. Pack of 6. Width 

12.5cm. 

PE02139 £99.36 

6. WippSider 

The WippSider is a stable and 

easy-to-use seesaw, which is ideal 

for developing balance and sensory 

motor skills through play. A new 

skill which children will find fun 

and challenging! Can take 120kg of 

weight and will last for years. Blue. 


from plastic. Width 12.5cm. 

KWHIP £31.79 

6 

3 4 

5 6 

6 


Sport 

Bulk Value 

1 2 

4 

3 

1. Junior Hockey Kit 

This fantastic junior hockey set 

contains 32 Slazenger hockey sticks 

(32”), 50 space markers, 12 swirl 

mini hockey balls, 20 medium bibs, 

12 whistles and carry/storage bag. 

All the basic equipment you need 

to introduce field hockey to your 

children. 

PE00439 £430.61 

2. Starter Primary Rounders 

Set 

Primary Starter set is an excellent 

multi skills set for 5-7 year olds 

and beginners rounders players. 

It contains 4 x sets of everything 

so that 4 x games can take place 

simultaneously to ensure that a 

whole class is active. 

PE10133 £225.24 

5 

3. Tennis Starter Pack 

Everything you need to set up your 

school for the tennis season! This 

bumper tennis kit contains 15 Active 

Stinger assorted size tennis rackets 

(2 x 21”, 11 x 23” and 2 x 25”) 96 

training balls and a carry/storage 

bag. 

PE00119 £284.86 

4. Mini Tennis Development 

Kit 

Fantastic value set providing all the 

essentials for a game of Mini Tennis. 

Mini Tennis is a modified version 

of tennis aimed at younger, less 

experienced players. 

PE10478 £231.86 

5. Large Primary Agility Set 

This huge agility set would make a 

superb investment for your school, 

a perfect sustainable use for your 

school sport premium! Carefully 

selected with a view to users being 

able to create a maximum number 

of different layouts. 

PE10020 £3,975.00 

626 


1. Badminton Class Kit 

Great for training and matches 

as skill levels progress Contains 

everything you need, including a 

multipurpose net, to get badminton 

started in your school. 

1 

Bulk Value 

Sport 

PE02324 £317.99 

2. Playground Cricket 

Teaching Pack 



teach the full basics of playground 

cricket. Go from simple beginner 

striking and fielding games, to a full 

match, within a half term. 

PE10427 £159.99 

3. Dance Class Kit 

This bumper kit contains everything 

you need for creative dance lessons. 

Essential dance resources selected 

by teachers to enhance children’s 

dance experience. Enough for over 

40 children to be involved at once! 

Contents may vary. Multicoloured. 

Assorted Sizes. 

PE00676 £198.74 

4. Primary Athletics 

Training Equipment Kit 

Comprehensive starter kit for in and 

outdoor athletics. Cover everything 

from indoor javelin, relay races, 

junior hammer, shot and discus, as 

well as warm up and down training 

equipment. 

PE10264 £298.11 

5. Starter Table Tennis Pack 

Perfect set to introduce table tennis 

to children with attractive, child 

appropriate equipment. Retractable 

nets allow for games to be played 

on almost any flat surface. For 

beginners, play without the net to 

teach the technique of serving and 

rallying. 

2 3 

PE10482 £79.49 

4 5 


Sport 

Athletics 

1 

1. Primary Athletics Training 

Equipment Kit 

Comprehensive starter kit for in and 

outdoor athletics. Cover everything 

from indoor javelin, relay races, 

junior hammer, shot and discus, as 

well as warm up and down training 

equipment. 

PE10264 £298.11 

Contents 

6 x 30cm Hurdles 

6 x 15cm Hurdles 

1 x Agility Ladder 4m 

6 x Foam Javelins 

6 x Aluminium Relay Batons 

6 x Junior Hammers 

4 x Soft Discus 

4 x Soft Indoor Shots 

50 x Space Markers 

1 x Open Reel Measuring 

3 4 

5 6 

2 

2. Junior Athletics Pack 

Get children excited with this 

fantastic value set of athletics 

equipment. It’s an ideal introduction 

to the different events within 

athletics or even create your own 

triathlons or pentathlons! 

030164 £205.36 

3. Sportshall Speed Bounce 

Mat 

Great for testing speed, agility, coordination 

and stamina for all ages. 

Participants jump two-footed from 

side to side over the foam wedge. 


from foam. Single. 

KSPEB £109.96 

4. Sportshall Athletics 

Reversaboards 

Multi-coloured board constructed 

of solid ply wood designed to be 

placed against a wall for indoor 

athletics events. Allows runners to 

turn quickly and safely against walls. 

Used in school games events, as part 

of Sporthall Athletics. Depth 17cm. 

Length 100cm. Single. Width 80cm. 

KRBOAB Blue £317.99 

KRBOAR Red £317.99 

KRBOAG Green £317.99 

KRBOA Yellow £317.99 

5. Sportshall Junior 

Standing Long Jump Mat 

Fully graduated, lightweight, 

folding mat for standing long jump. 

Children will enjoy trying to improve 

their jump length over time as they 

improve their athletic ability. Length 

3m. Made from foam. Width 50cm. 

KJUNM £298.11 

6. Junior Jump/Sit and 

Reach 

Highly versatile piece of equipment 

for measuring explosive leg strength 

and flexibility. The result takes 

height into account, which enables 

comparison across a whole class 

group. Laminated activity card 

included. Length 126cm. 

KVJSR £231.86 

628 


1. Foam Javelins 

Foam javelins are ideal for 

introducing beginners to the sport of 

javelin, an indoor athletics favourite. 

Designed to help develop a good 

throwing technique. Great value to 

practise for the school games javelin 

throwing events. Made from foam. 

1 

SAVE 

£6 .63 

Athletics 

Sport 

PE00059 L90cm Single £9.26 

PE10169 L90cm 6pk £48.94 

2. Bull Nosed Foam Javelin 

Weighted for extra flight during 

outdoor use. An activity for sports 

day and P.E. lessons, javelin throwing 

develops core and upper body 

strength. Length 78cm. Made from 

foam. 

KBULLJ £29.14 

3. Javelin Trainer Mini 

A new unique Javelin, made from 

high quality fibreglass and reinforced 

plastic. The javelin is extremely 

durable while also offers a realistic 

feel and similar flight pattern to a 

traditional Javelin. Length 77cm. 

Pack of 5. Weight 193g. 

PE10144 £185.49 

4. Vortex Howler 

A training aid with hand grip to 

help develop throwing skills for a 

range of sports including javelin, 

tennis and cricket. Its long-distance 

tail sends it flying as far as you can 

throw it and howls as it flies. Design 

may vary. Length 32.7cm. 

PE00296 Single £23.84 

PE02363 10pk £225.12 

5. Whistle Fly ball 

Excellent value throw and catch 

resource, which also teaches correct 

javelin technique. When thrown 

properly, will emit a whistling 

noise and will spiral through the 

air. Suitable indoors or out. Length 

22cm. Made from pu. 

PE10271 Single £15.24 

PE10422 10pk £132.50 

6. Open Winder Measuring 

Tapes 

An open winder style measuring 

tape made from fibreglass, with a 

dual reading system. Create accurate 

measurement for sports competition 

such as long jump, during science 

experiments, or for outdoor maths 

or geography lessons. White. Made 

from fibreglass. Single. 

PE00139 L50m £26.49 

2 3 

4 5 

SAVE 

£13 .25 

6 7 

15 

7. Aluminium Relay Batons 

Senior diameter relay baton, for 

any athletics relay races and sports 

day races. Sturdy and sure to stand 

the test of time, even in the tough 

school environment. Diameter 

3.2cm. Length 29cm. Made from 

aluminium. Pack of 6. 

PE00065 £13.24 

6 


Sport 

Badminton 

1 2 

1. Wheelaway Badminton 

Posts 

A pair of powder coated badminton 

posts with 38mm uprights and net 

hooks, cleats and grooved tops. 

Ideal for school and club use. The 

base has built- in weights and is 

fitted with rubber pads to protect 

the floor. Blue. Height 1.55m. Pack 

of 2. 

PE00071 £370.99 

3 4 

5 

2 

2. Wheelaway Combination 

Badminton/Tennis Posts 

These posts are ideal for both 

badminton and short tennis use in 

both school and club settings. Frame 

has 12Kg base, with double wheels 

for easy and safe movement. Blue. 

Depth 40mm. Height 1.55m. Made 

from powder coated metal. Weight 

12kg. 

024842 £317.99 

3. Multisport Tennis and 

Badminton Net Set 

4 in 1, speedy net. Create 4 different 

size nets for 3m Tennis, 6m Tennis, 

3m Badminton and 6m Badminton 

nets. Can be put up in a matter 

of seconds, portable, very stable 

and very safe for grass or the 

playground. Sold as single sets or 

a three colour three pack. Height 

1.5m. Width 6m. 

PE00127 Yellow £119.24 

PE01962 Multicoloured £324.58 

4. Quick Fit Primary 

Badminton Post Net Kit 

Introduced by Badminton England, 

the quick fit set has everything 

contained in a single mid-sized 

box and only takes 2 minutes to 

assemble. Designed to be totally 

portable and allow you to play a 

game of Badminton anywhere, 

containing outdoor shuttles, rackets 

and all packing in to a sturdy carry 

box. 

PE10522 W3m £105.99 

PE10523 W5m £112.61 

5. NEW Portable Badminton 

& Mini Tennis Net 

A lightweight portable badminton/ 

mini tennis net that can be set on 

any flat ground. The net is 5 meters 

wide which is the size of a regular 

badminton single court. Very easy to 

assemble and disassemble. To use for 

badminton, just raise the end side 

poles. To use for mini tennis, lower it 

down. Height 1.55m. Weight 2.5kg. 

Width 5m. 

SP45527 £119.24 

630 


1. Badminton Class Kit 

Great for training and matches 

as skill levels progress Contains 

everything you need, including a 

multipurpose net, to get badminton 

started in your school. 

1 

Badminton 

Sport 

PE02324 £317.99 

Contents 

1 x Large Carry Bag 

1 x Speedy Net (4 nets in 1, 

either a 3 or 6m net) 

5 x Regulation Size Rackets 

10 x Short Badminton Racket 

24 x Shuttlecocks 

24 x Soft Fleece Balls 

2. The Racket Pack 

Badminton England’s new initiative 

to make introducing badminton 

simple and easy in schools. Contains 

everything you need to get started 

on your badminton journey. 

2 

PE10330 £503.49 

Contents 

6 x Racket Pack Smash 21” 

Rackets 

6 x Racket Pack Tink 23” 

Rackets 

6 x Racket Pack Flo 25” 

Rackets 

6 x Racket Pack Shuttlecocks 

Racket Pack Lightweight Net 

& Post set 

Racket Pack Holdall with 

wheels 

3. Badminton Starter Kit 

This great value class pack contains 

all the equipment needed to help 

get your class learning and playing 

Badminton. Badminton is a great 

game to improve fitness, balance 

and co-ordination and can be played 

individually or in pairs. 

3 

031961 Midi £79.49 

031962 Maxi £76.84 

Contents 

10 x Badminton rackets 

12 x Shuttlecocks 

1 x Holdall 

4. Badminton School Starter 

Kit 

An ideal starter kit for schools and 

clubs, looking to introduce children 

to badminton. Contains quality 

branded rackets and shuttles so you 

can be sure the items will last. 

4 

111939 £165.61 

Contents 

2 x Carlton ISO Mini-blade 4.3 

rackets 

10 x Value badminton rackets 

24 x C100 white shuttlecocks 

2 x Aeroblade 4000 rackets 

1 x team holdall 


Sport 

Basketball 

1 2 

1. Value Training Basketballs 

An excellent value, rubber training 

ball, ideal to stock up for PE lessons. 

Available in 3 sizes for use with 

appropriate ages. Dimple surface 

allows for indoor or outside use 

without too much surface degradation. 

PE10506 Size 5 £7.29 

PE10507 Size 6 £7.62 

PE10508 Size 7 £6.61 

3 4 

5 6 

7 8 

3 3 

2. Mini Rainbow Basketball 

This colourful rubber basketball is 

great for introducing children to 

basketball and also for developing 

hand eye co-ordination. Made with 

high grade rubber making it easy to 

grip and durable. Size 3. 

PE10503 £9.26 

3. SureGrip Basketballs 

Size 5 

Designer basketballs. Made 

with Cell technology providing 

these balls with superior grip. 



PE00175 £35.76 

4. SureGrip Basketballs 

These basketballs are perfect for 

all hand spans! Multicoloured. 

Diameter 17.9cm. Size 3. Pack of 3. 

PE00763 £31.79 

5. Baden Zone Rubber 

Basketball 

An all surface basketball suitable for 

both indoors and outdoors, with 

a durable composite rubber cover 

built to withstand the harshest 

of playing surfaces, including the 

school playground. Single. 

PE10524 Size 3 £9.26 

PE10525 Size 5 £9.26 

PE10526 Size 6 £9.26 

PE10527 Size 7 £9.94 

6. NEW ECO Basketball Size 5 

Basketball convenient for an 

intensive outdoor use. This ball 

contains around 25% of recycled 

materials. Ideal for training. Perfect 

for the school playground, sure to 

last the test of time. Size 5. 

SP45528 £13.24 

7. Baden SX Indoor 

Coloured Basketballs 

A strong, solid, value for money 

basketball suitable for indoor 

courts and sports halls. Colour coordinated 

sizes for easy and quick 

identification and distribution. 

001206 Size 3 £11.91 

001207 Size 5 £12.25 

001208 Size 6 £12.92 

001209 Size 7 £13.24 

8. NEW Midwest League 

Basketball 

School value performance rubber 

basketball, suitable for indoor and 

outdoor use. Excellent durability to 

withstand the school environment 

with dimpled surface for easier grip 

and control. Rubber bladder. Made 

from rubber. 

SP45531 Size 3 £7.94 

SP45532 Size 5 £7.94 

632 


1. NEW Jump Shot 

Basketball Unit w/ 

Backboard & Padding 

The 517 Jump Shot is an affordable, 

full size basketball goal with 

adjustable height setting. The unit can 

be set to height setting between 1.5m 

to official height of 3.05m making it 

ideal for all ages and skill levels. 

SP45890 £225.24 

2. NEW Pro Just Portable 

Basketball Unit w/ Acrylic 

Backboard 

Ideal for youth players and adults 

alike, the Pro Just includes a handle 

adjustment system that allows the 

height of the backboard and ring to 

be adjusted in an easy, convenient 

way. This system allows the height to 

be set anywhere between 7‘ 5” for 

younger players to the official height 

of 10’ for adults (2.3m to 3.05m). 

i 

1 2 

Tech Spec 

• Removable 

backboard and 

ring system 

• Blow moulded 

HDPE to be filled 

with 100kg of 

sand or 70 litres 

of water 

• Height adjustable 

between 1.5m to 

official height of 

3.05m 

• Solid steel 18” 

ring 

Basketball 

i 

Tech Spec 

• Superior Glass 

Imitation 

backboard 

• 18” Solid Steel 

ring 

• Height adjustable 

from 2.3m to 

3.05m 



with 200kg of 


of water 

Sport 

SP45893 £635.99 

3. NEW Telescopic Portable 

Basketball Unit w/ 

Backboard & Padding 

Ideal for youth players and adults 

alike; the unit includes a telescopic 

pole design that allows the height 

of the backboard and ring to be 

adjusted between 7’ 6” to official 

height of 10”, 2.3m to 3.05m. 

SP45891 £298.11 

4. NEW Easijust Portable 

Unit w/ Acrylic Backboard 

& Padding 

The 520 Unit is a heavy duty 

portable unit designed for use in 

schools, Higher Education and 

Leisure centres. The U-Just system 

allows the height to be set anywhere 

up to the official 10 feet. 

i 

3 4 

Tech Spec 

• Durable 

polypropylene 

backboard 


ring 

• Height Adjustable 

2.3m to 3.05m 



with 170kg of 


of water 

i 

Tech Spec 

• Durable acrylic 

backboard 

• Height 

Adjustable 2.3m 

to 3.05m 


ring 


HDPE to be 

filled with 120kg 

of sand or 80 

litres of water 

SP45892 £417.36 

5. NEW Heavy Duty Portable 

Basketball Unit w/ Fan 

Board & Padding 

A heavy-duty basketball hoop and 

stand – a full size unit with a U-just 

system allowing the height to be set 

anywhere up to the official height 

of 10’. With a 261 heavy duty ring, 

this unit can support a weight up to 

a load of 240kg. Including a durable 

47” x 35” fan shaped polypropylene 

backboard with a stylish black and 

white finish with orange details. 

SP45894 £662.49 

6. NEW Gladiator Ground 

Install Outdoor Basketball 

Unit & Padding 

The Gladiator is a heavy-duty, zinc 

finished in-ground unit that includes 

a steel backboard with polycarbonate 

fascia measuring 47” x 35” with 

silver finish and red and blue details. 

The unit offers a 48” extension and 

comes with a white 12-loop nylon 

net and 8 year anti rust warranty. 

Pole padding is provided as standard 

for added player safety. 

SP45895 £2,650.00 

i 

5 6 

Tech Spec 

• Durable 

polypropylene 

backboard 

• 18” heavy duty 

ring 

• 3-piece heavyduty 

3.5” (9cm) 

pole 



with 210kg of 


of water 

i 

Tech Spec 

• Heavy-duty 

steel backboard 

• 18” solid 

galvanised steel 

ring 

• 10cm galvanised 

square pole with 

5mm thickness 


Sport 

Dance 

1 

2 

4 

48 

3 

5 

42 

1. Dance Class Kit 

This bumper kit contains everything 

you need for creative dance lessons. 

Essential dance resources selected 

by teachers to enhance children’s 

dance experience. Enough for over 

40 children to be involved at once! 

Contents may vary. 8 Tap Sticks 

6 Dancing Rings 

6 Rainbow Wands 

1 Tambourine 

10 Glittery Floaty Scarves 

12 Sparkly Ribbon Twirls 

16 Brightly coloured Pom Poms 

1 Storage bag to keep it all in 

Multicoloured. Assorted Sizes. 

PE00676 £198.74 

2. Creative Dance and 

Movement Kit 

Get your pupils playing and 

developing key skills together both 

indoors and out. Twist, twirl and 

step with this kit which has been 

developed to help children learn how 

to move in a variety of fun ways. 6 x 

Plastic Skittles with 2 x Balls 

6 x Dance Streamers 

6 x Balance Stepping Stones 

6 x Floating Scarves with Bean Bag 

6 x Rubber Floor Marker Spots 

1 x Pop Up Crawl Tunnel 

2 x 1m Parachute 

2 x 50cm Space Hoppers 

4 x Bump Balls 

4 x Plastic Hoops 

10 x Glittery Dance Scarves 

12 x 7cm Air Flow Balls 

36 x Pyramid Bean Bags Pack of 48. 

KEYRK £304.74 

3. Parachute Pack 

Massive kit of equipment for 

parachute play. Contents of the pack 

include parachute, balls, scarves and 

more, along with a mesh holdall to 

keep them all in. 1 x Mesh Holdall 

1 x Rainbow Ripple Parachute L2 x W1m 

2 x Sky Divers 

5 x Beach Balls D41cm 

12 x Six Colour Airflow Balls D7cm 

12 x Ribbon Balls D5cm 

12 x Bean Bag Scarves 

PE02329 £158.99 

4. Movement and Dance 

Grab and Go Kit 

Grab and go outside! Get active with 

this collection of movement and 

dance resources. Packed in a sturdy 

folding box. Contents may vary. 1 x 

Rainbow Ripple parachute kit 

1 x Multi ring toss game 

6 x Dance rings 

6 x Streamers 

10 x Scarves 

12 x Ankle/wrist bells 

FMOVGG £172.24 

5. Dance and Movement Pack 

A specially selected pack of equipment 

that will add both visual effects and 

sound to dance and movement 

activities. Create visual impact through 

dance and movement. Suitable for both 

indoor and outdoor use. 8 pom poms 

6 dance rings 

3 tap sticks (pairs) 

6 dance scarves 

6 dance wands 

6 wrist jingle bracelets 

6 ankle jingle bracelets 

Drawstring storage bag Pack of 42. 

SN210160 £149.71 

634 


1. Dance Ribbon Rings Pack 

Each bangle has lengths of coloured 

ribbon attached to create visual 

impact. Children will love waving 

these ribbons in time to music, 

helping them develop their creative 

and imaginative skills. Diameter 9cm. 


Pack of 6. 

1 

Dance 

Sport 

PE00084 £26.49 

2. 6 Colour Ribbon Set 

This set of ribbons is suitable for 

dance and movement activities. 

Single ribbon attached to each 

wand. Multicoloured. Length 


PE00083 £23.84 

3. Six Colour Wands 

These wands feature multicoloured 

streamers which fly behind as 

children move them through the air. 

The shorter streamers make them 

ideal for young children to use, and 

also helps prevents tangles and 

knots. Multicoloured. Length 23cm. 


PE01795 £43.71 

4. Holding Streamers 

Dance, twirl and swirl with 

these brightly coloured nylon 

streamers. An excellent resource to 

demonstrate gross motor skills and 

develop hand-eye co-ordination. 

Includes six coloured ribbons. Length 


FDRIBS £26.49 

5. Music and Dance Wrist 

Jingles 

Create music through movement 

and dance, a great introduction to 

percussion instruments. Hold the 

bells and shake them, or attach 

them round the wrist to add 

excitement and energy to music 

and dance lessons. Features a fabric 

adhesive fastening. Length 23cm. 

MES74 2pk £5.29 

KBELLPK 6pk £23.84 

6 

2 3 

6 12 

4 5 

6 


Sport 

Football 

1 2 

3 4 

5 6 

SAVE 

£6 .63 

1. Super Safe Early Years 

Softy Football D15cm 

A soft-filled, polyester football with 

stitched vinyl outer cover. A perfect 

first play football to get very young 

children used to kicking a ball. 

Yellow. Diameter 150mm. 

160379 £5.97 

2. Foam Skinned Football 

This extra safe football is made from 

soft foam and PU coated to give extra 

durability. A real favourite for schools. 

Perfect as a non-threatening football. 

Diameter 215mm. Made from foam. 

PE00560 Single £7.94 

PE10171 6pk £41.00 

3. Recycled Rubber Urban 

Playground Football 

The Urban Football has been 

specifically created for hard surfaces 

like playgrounds and inner city areas 

where grass is in short supply. Size 

4. Made from recycled and rubber. 

025661 £13.24 

4. Value Footballs 

Lightweight, versatile, low cost 

football, ideal for children who 

are developing new football skills. 

Diameter 23cm. Made from plastic. 

Pack of 3. 

KCFOO £19.22 

5. Safe Playground Footballs 

This is a dimple style football for 

greater control, made of safe 

Phthalate free PVC. Suitable for 

playground catch and throw or 

football games to develop skills. 

Colours may vary. Diameter 20cm. 

Size 4. Made from rubber. Pack of 6. 

PE00624 £52.99 

7 8 

6 

6 

SAVE 

£6 .63 

6. Rubber Football Set 

Six, brightly coloured footballs, 

nylon wound with a durable rubber 

cover, making them suitable for all 

surfaces. The six colours are ideal 

for organisation and group games. 

Designed for both indoor and 

outdoor use. Diameter 21cm. Size 4. 


KFB £66.24 

7. Heavy Duty Nylon Wound 

Playground Footballs 

Hard wearing playground football 

with 32 panels, made from robust 

materials built for the tough school 

playground. The perfect ball for 

inner city schools or schools with 

limited grassy areas. 

PE02444 Size 4 £22.51 

002078 Size 5 £22.51 

8. Value Playground 

Footballs 

A terrific value, robust, 32-panel, 

vinyl football. Solid bounce and nosting 

surface make these balls ideal 

for multi-skill lessons and beginners 

football. 

PE10509 Size 3 Single £7.94 



PE10510 Size 3 12pk £88.62 

PE10512 Size 4 12pk £88.62 

PE10514 Size 5 12pk £88.62 

636 


Football 

Sport 

Precision prides itself on 

delivering quality multi-sport 

training equipment built over 

60 years on a solid foundation 

of trusted suppliers, an expert 

team and loyal customers. 

1. NEW Precision Fusion IMS 

Training Ball 

The Fusion training ball is made to 

International Match ball Standard 

(IMS), delivering strength and 

durability on a host of different 

pitches. Size 3 ball is fluro orange, 

size 4 ball is white and size 5 ball is 

fluro yellow to allow for easy size 

colour differentiation when storing 

and collecting balls. Made from pu 

leather. Single. 

SP45551 Size 3 £9.60 

SP45552 Size 4 £9.60 

SP45553 Size 5 £9.60 

1 

2. NEW Precision Fusion 

Mini Training Football 

Mini version of the Precision Fusion 

football, ideal for very young 

children as a first football or for skill 

development in older age groups. 

Size 1 ball is red with black design 

feature and size 2 ball is black with 

red design feature for easy size 

differentiation. Single. 

SP45557 Size 1 £7.94 

SP45558 Size 2 £8.62 

3. NEW Precision Fusion 

Indoor Football 

Machine stitched quality indoor 

football with predictable bounce 

and strong shooting power. 

Features an acrylic woven felt outer 

skin with polyester lining and a 

nylon wound butyl bladder. Size 4. 

Yellow. Made from felt, nylon and 

polyester. Single. 

SP45561 £18.54 

2 3 


Sport 

Football 

1 2 

1. Pop Up Goal Pair 

The pop up goal pair set literally 

‘pop up’. Ideal for indoor and 

outdoor use, they fold down into a 

bag for easy storage. Set comprises 

two goals and four cones. Depth 

85cm. Height 115cm. Pack of 2. 

Width 85cm. 

KGOAL £62.26 

3 

2 

2. Multipurpose Target 

Game 

Superb value, pop up multipurpose 

target game and goal. Simply pop 

up in seconds for a target or a goal. 

The huge size provides opportunity 

for children of all abilities to get 

involved. Height 110cm. Width 

80cm. 

PE10025 £79.49 

3. Football Goal Set 

There is hours of fun to be had with 

these wonderful Target Goals and 

accessories! Small but sturdy, can 

be used to improve ball control and 

passing skills. Can be used for a 

number of different sports. Depth 



KTARG £96.71 

4 

5 6 

2 

4. 6ft Multipurpose Goal 

Two goals in one! This lightweight, 

PVC plastic goal, complete with net 

is suitable for indoor and outdoor 

use. Two sizes of this goal can be 

made, L183 x H130 x D110cm or 

L183 x H110 x D130cm. Assorted 

Sizes. Length 183cm. Made from 

pvc. 

PE00096 Single £96.71 

PE02368 2pk £176.19 

5. 8FT Multipurpose Goal 

This lightweight 8ft plastic goal is 

easily portable and durable. This 

goal can be used either way up 

which gives you two sizes of goals. 

Suitable for indoor and outdoor use. 

Complete with net. Suitable to be 

left outdoors. Depth 1.08m. Height 

1.5m. Length 2.4m. 

PE01081 Single £112.61 

PE10382 2pk £192.09 

6. Foldable Aluminium Goal 

Sturdy aluminium goal which can be 

assembled in less than 15 seconds. 

Suitable for indoor or outdoor use. 

Excellent play or training goal. Depth 


aluminium. Width 120cm. 

PE10452 £185.49 

638 


1. NEW Precision Match Goal 

Posts 

Match quality PVC goalposts 

available in a range of sizes for 

all different football age groups. 

Super strong and flexible plastic 

composite goals with full locking 

system, anchor marks clearly marked 

on tubing. Net clips and anchors 

included and heavy duty carry bag. 

Made from pvc. Single. 

1 

Football 

Sport 

SP45570 4x5ft £119.24 

SP45571 4x8ft £145.74 

SP45572 2x3m £165.61 

SP45573 4x12ft £182.84 

SP45574 6x12ft £198.74 

SP45575 7x16ft £231.86 

2. NEW Precision “Fold-a- 

Goal” Pair 

Quality folding goals pair, perfect for 

schools with limited storage space. 

Ideal for small sided games, skill 

development and coaching, these 

convenient folding goal are a must 

have. Height 3ft. Width 4ft. 

2 

SP45576 £59.61 

3. NEW Precision Pop-Up 

Goals Set 

Quick and easy to assemble pop 

up goals, perfect for the school 

playground or small sided football 

matches. Comprises 2 goals, ground 

anchor pegs and carry bag. Height 


SP45577 £52.99 

4. NEW Precision Pro Flexi 

Net Goal 

Pop up and play in style with these 

portable pro flexi net goals that 

come in a handy carry bag, ideal 

for schools and clubs. The goal is 

extremely easy to setup and only 

takes one person to assemble with 

no tools required. Simply pull it out 

of the carry bag, fold out the frame, 

slot in the fibre glass poles and 

attach the Flexi Net and your ready 

to play. 

3 

SP45578 5x3ft £92.74 

SP45579 8x4ft £105.99 

4 

• Set up in 3 minutes 

• Portable goals that 

take up minimal 

space in the store 

cupboard 

• All weather design 


Sport 

Gymnastics 

Tumbling Mats 

Deluxe Mats 

Super Blend Mats 

Lightweight Mats 

Type Construction Age Range Use Weight 

Tumbling Chipfoam 5 - 18 years 

Floor exercise, Jumping and Landing, 

can be used with Gym Frames 

(4’ x 3’ x 2” - 7kg) 

(6’ x 4’ x 2” - 14kg) 

(8’ x 4’ x 2” - 18kg) 

Deluxe Chipfoam 5 - 18 years Floor exercise, Jumping 

Super Blend 

Chipfoam and 

Polyethylene 

3 - 9 years Floor exercise, Jumping 

Lightweight Polyethylene 3 - 7 years Floor exercise 

(4’ x 3’ x 1” - 5kg) 

(4’ x 3’ x 1.25” - 6kg) 

(6’ x 4’ x 1” - 10kg) 

(6’ x 4’ x 1.25” - 12kg) 

(4’ x 3’ x 1” - 3kg) 

(4’ x 3’ x 1.25” - 4kg) 

(6’ x 4’ x 1” - 6kg) 

(6’ x 4’ x 1.25” - 7kg) 

(4’ x 3’ x 1” - 1.5kg) 

(4’ x 3’ x 1.25” - 2kg) 

(6’ x 4’ x 1” - 3.5kg) 

(6’ x 4’ x 1.25” - 4.5kg) 

640 


Gymnastics 

Sport 

We have made selecting the right mat as 

easy as possible, decide which type of mat 

is best for you with our guide and compare 

the prices with our price charts. Go online for 

more detailed information about each mat so 

you can decide which is best for you. 

Yellow 

Tumbling Gym Mats 

Colour 4’ x 3’ x 2” 6’ x 4’ x 2” 8’ x 4’ x 2” 

Red PE01124 PE01127 PE01131 

Blue PE01125 PE01128 PE01130 

Black PE01123 PE01126 PE01129 

Price £92.74 £132.49 £172.24 

Lightweight Gym Mats 

Red 

Colour 4’ x 3’ x 1” 4’ x 3’ x 1.25” 6’ x 4’ x 1” 6’ x 4’ x 1.25” 

Red PE01108 PE01111 PE01114 PE01121 

Blue PE01109 PE01112 PE01115 PE01122 

Black PE01107 PE01110 PE01113 PE01120 

Green 

PE01119 

Yellow 

PE01118 

Price £66.24 £72.86 £123.21 £128.51 

Deluxe Gym Mats 

Black 


Red PE01133 PE01143 PE01140 PE01150 

Blue PE01134 PE01144 PE01141 PE01151 


Green PE01138 PE01148 

Yellow PE01137 PE01147 

Price £66.24 £79.49 £105.99 £125.86 

Linking Lightweight Gym Mats 

Blue 


Red PE01153 PE01159 PE01156 PE01167 

Blue PE01152 PE01160 PE01157 PE01166 


Green 

PE01164 

Yellow 

PE01163 

Price £72.86 £79.49 £125.86 £139.11 

Super Blend Gym Mats 

Green 


Red PE01169 PE01183 PE01190 PE01176 

Blue PE01170 PE01184 PE01191 PE01177 


Green PE01181 PE01188 PE01174 

Yellow PE01180 PE01187 PE01173 

Price £72.86 £88.76 £123.21 £125.86 


Sport 

Gymnastics 

1 

1. Team Colour 

ActivBenches Gym Bench 

These brightly coloured balance 

benches are manufactured from 

timber based material with a very 

durable powder coated finish. 

The benches have rubber feet and 

buttons on the top to provide 

stability. The ideal primary school 

gym bench 

PE00702 2m 4pk £1,325.00 

PE00703 2.5m 4pk £1,656.25 

2 

SAVE 

£132 .50 

2. Folding Gymnastics 

Bench 

The world’s only folding gym bench. 

Portable, safe and perfect for any 

school and nursery, the problem 

of heavy, impossible to store 

gym benches is solved with this 

innovative folding leg design. Can be 

set up and packed away in seconds. 

Length 1.2m. Weight 7.5kg. 

PE10433 Red £284.86 

PE10231 Natural £284.86 

PE10434 Blue £284.86 

PE10435 Green £284.86 

PE10436 Yellow £284.86 

PE10437 Multicoloured £1,291.81 

3 

3. NEW Coloured School 

Gymnastics Bench 

Manufactured with specially selected 

hard wearing high quality knot-less 

wood fitted with hooks one end, a 

great primary school bench. Good 

value benches constructed with 

steel brackets for added strength 

and support and fitted with slip 

feet stability. Length 3.35m. Weight 

18.6kg. 

SP45918BL Blue £563.11 

SP45918GR Green £563.11 

SP45918RE Red £563.11 


4. Value Balance Benches 

This fantastic value bench is 

designed to be easy to handle and 

is manufactured using lightweight 

natural timber. Features non marking 

rubber feet and hooks at one end 

for linking to other gymnastics 

equipment. Length 2m. 

031489 Natural £264.99 

4 

642 


1. ActivBench Gym Bench 

with Castors 

The ‘Active’ bench has been 

designed to be lightweight for 

ease of movement. Featuring non 

marking rubber feet, castors at one 

end and inverted 10cm wide balance 

rail. Height 34cm. Made from 

timber. Width 24cm. 

1 

Gymnastics 

Sport 

PE00228 L200cm £298.11 

PE01981 L250cm £331.24 

2. Traditional Balance 

Benches 

The Traditional balance bench is 

made from selected kiln dried pine 

with each bench leg jointed into 

both the bench top and the bench 

foot. The balance rail is dovetail 

jointed to the leg, producing 

optimum structural stability. 

003948 L1.83m £357.74 

KB3 L2.67m £496.88 

003958 L3.35m Hooks One End £596.24 

2 

3. Lita Lightweight 

Aluminium Gym Benches 

Ideal for easy movement and 

storage, particularly in primary 

schools. The bench can also be used 

inverted as the base is fitted with 

an unobstructed 100mm carpeted 

balance rail. Length 2.4m. 

PE00219 Yellow Single £510.13 

PE00217 Green Single £510.13 

PE00218 Blue Single £510.13 

PE00216 Red Single £510.13 

PE00220 Multicoloured 4pk £1,987.50 

4. Upholstered Steel Balance 

Bench 

A robust powder coated steel 

framed balance bench, with a 

comfortable top upholstered and 

padded using flame retardant vinyl 

and foam. Coated metal hooks at 

each end enable the bench to be 

attached to climbing frames, trestles, 

agility tables. The heavy duty rubber 

feet are non marking and provide 

stability. Height 37cm. Length 2m. 

Weight 17.5kg. 

3 

PE10587 4pk £1,192.50 

PE10588 6pk £1,722.50 

SAVE 

£53 .00 

4 

4 

4 


Sport 

Gymnastics 

1 

SAVE 

£331 .25 

1. Gymnastics Apparatus 

Agility Tables 

Niels Larsen agility tables provide 

a range of options for use with 

linking and bridging apparatus. 

Constructed from powder coated 

steel frames with colour coded 

upholstered platforms. Single. 

PE00250 Single 30cm £132.49 

PE00221 Single 46cm £152.36 

PE00222 Single 61cm £185.49 

PE00223 Single 76cm £242.46 

PE00224 Single 91cm £278.24 

PE00225 Single 107cm £317.99 

PE00226 Set 4 30, 46, 61, 76cm £606.80 

PE00227 Set 4 61, 76, 91, 107cm £825.42 

KATAB Set 6 30, 46, 61, 76, 81, 107cm £977.78 

2. Agility Trestles 

The trestles have bars on three 

sides to allow the attachment of a 

variety of linking equipment pieces 

Manufactured in powder coated 

steel, with non marking rubber 

feet, The trestles can be stacked for 

storage. Made from steel. 

2 

3 4 

SAVE 

£192 .13 

PE01977 H61cm £145.74 

PE01978 H91cm £211.99 

PE01979 H122cm £304.74 

PE01980 Bundle Deal £556.46 

3. Steel Gymnastics Linking 

Equipment 

Exciting and challenging pieces 

of equipment, suitable for many 

traversing activities either from 

the floor to, or between, various 

apparatus. All pieces feature hooks 

at each end, and are made from 

powder coated Steel. Red. Length 

213cm. 

PE10016 Pole £132.49 

PE10015 Ladder £172.24 

PE10014 Cat Ladder £165.61 

PE10012 Parallel Tubes £145.74 

PE10013 Floor Beam £198.74 

PE10017 Bundle Deal £622.69 


Vaulting Box 

Designed in three pieces to allow 

easy variation of height. Suitable for 

children of all ages and skill levels. 

Handholds make lifting easy. Each 

section has firm rubber feet allowing 

the vinyl padded top to be used in 

any combination. Multicoloured. 

Height 63cm. Made from multi. 

Weight 40kg. Width 68cm. 

PE01809 £748.63 

SAVE 

£106 .00 

644 


1 

Gymnastics 

Sport 

1. Spectrum Frame 

An important and versatile item 

of equipment used within the PE 

National Curriculum. Y-hinged 

frames provide a space-saving 

configuration and a wide variety 

of activities. When stored the unit 

folds away into a minimal wall area. 

Height 3.05cm. Width 2.74cm. 

KSPECF £5,962.50 

2 

2. Double Hinged Gym 

Frame 

Double-hinged frames, permanently 

connected and braced by a rigid bar 

that provides a unit of exceptional 

stability. One of the most important 

and versatile items of equipment 

used within the PE National 

Curriculum. Height 3.05cm. Made 

from timber. Width 2.74cm. 

KDOUFR £4,637.50 


Sport 

Netball 

1 

2 

1. Regulation Freestanding 

Wheelaway Netball Posts 

10mm Ring 

Designed to conform to England 

Netball regulations and the ideal 

freestanding option for school use. 

Triangular solid steel base with 

nylon wheels and rubber pads. 

Approved by the All England Netball 

Association. Nets not included. 

PE10136 Pink Posts £397.49 

PE00102 Blue Posts £397.49 

111087 Replacement Hoops £100.69 

3 

4 

5 6 

2 

2. Tournament Wheel away 

Netball Posts 

Wheelaway netball posts made from 

tough 63.5mm heavy gauge steel 

and approved by the All England 

Netball Association. Self weighted 

base manufactured from extra heavy 

gauge steel, providing stability and 

strength. Features double wheels on 

each side for easy movement. Height 

adjustable from 8-10ft. Nets not 

included. Supplied fully assembled. 

Not suitable to be left outdoors. Dark 

green. Height 10ft. Made from steel. 

PE10135 £463.74 

3. Netball Post Protector 

Protect your netball posts with this 

foam filled white nylon cover. Comes 

complete with adhesive, fabric 

fastener tape strips. Fits posts up 

to 50mm diameter. Depth 2.5cm. 

Diameter 24.5cm. Height 182.8cm. 


PE00659 £72.86 

4. Netball Nets 

A pair of traditional, weather 

resistant polypropelene netball nets 

to fit a regulation size ring. Please 

note - rings not included. Made from 

polyethylene. Pack of 2. 

PE00461 £4.30 

5. Sure Shot 510 Telescopic 

Netball Unit 

A telescopic unit which offers height 

adjustment and compact storage. 

Wide base for extra stability. Wheels 

for easy storage and movement. 

003706 £251.74 

646 

7 

6. Regulation Socketed 

Netball Posts 

Socketed netball goal posts are safer 

than the freestanding version and 

are the recommended netball post 

choice of England Netball. Complete 

with 300mm deep ground sockets 

with integral hinged flush fitting 

lids. Diameter 16mm. 

021687 £397.49 

024594 £298.11 

7. Regulation Freestanding 

Wheelaway Netball Posts 

16mm Ring 

Designed to conform to England 

Netball regulations and the ideal 

freestanding option for school use. 

Features triangular solid steel base 

with nylon wheels and rubber pads 

for easy movement. 

111088 Gold/Silver Netball Posts £441.21 


1. Junior Netball Kit 

Everything you need to play Netball. 

Contains 20 Sure Grip, size 4 net 

balls in various colours, all with 

cellular grip technology. Also 

contains 2 sets of junior bibs, a 

pump, a whistle, 2 ball bags and a 

set of 50 space markers. 

1 

Netball 

Sport 

PE00174 £298.11 

2. Bumper Netball Bag 

Enough size 4 Netballs for a whole 

class to develop their passing and 

shooting skills before a match. 

Netball Pack includes 10 SureGrip 

Netballs with ‘Cellular Technology’, 

for increased grip and control in all 

weather conditions, and 2 Mitre 

Netballs. Enough for a whole class 

group to develop their passing and 

shooting skills! Size 4. Made from 


PE01876 £132.49 

3. Molten Netballs with Bag 

Excellent value school set of quality 

training and match netballs, 

supplied in robust storage bag. 18 

Panel design, with pimple emboss 

surface for extra grip and control. 

Colour may vary. Pack of 10. 

2 3 

PE10310 Size 5 £172.24 

PE10309 Size 4 £172.24 

4. Netball Starter School 

Equipment Kit 

This great value netball kit contains 

all the kit you need to help get your 

class playing netball. 

031958 £152.36 

5. Mitre Intercept Training 

Netball 

This 18 panel training and junior 

match ball is IFNA approved and 

features a soft feel emboss. Ideal for 

younger children learning to play 

netball. Suitable for both indoor and 

outdoor use. Size 4 for under 11s 

Diameter 22cm. Made from rubber. 

Weight 15oz. 

12 10 

4 5 

SAVE 

£6 .63 



PE10049 Size 4 12pk £168.12 

6. High 5 Training Netballs 

The High 5 Netball is an entry level 

training netball suitable for indoor 

or outdoor use. Featuring a hard 

wearing, robust blended rubber 

embossed pimple surface for easier 

catching for juniors. Size 4. Pack 

of 10. 

6 7 

040596 £185.49 

7. Gilbert Blaze Training 

Netballs Bundle Deal 

Value bundle deal of Gilbert’s 

quality Blaze training netball, 

featuring durable moulded 

construction and a blended rubber 

ball surface giving almost perfect 

roundness. Pack of 10. 

PE10556 Pink Size 4 £139.00 

PE10557 Pink Size 5 £139.00 

PE10558 Blue Size 4 £139.00 

PE10559 Blue Size 5 £139.00 

10 

10 


Sport 

Table Tennis 

1 2 

1. Plastic Table Tennis Bats 

Highly durable, large paddled table 

tennis bats, perfect for beginners 

and sure to last for years. Textured 

face of bats give good contact and 

large handle provides extra grip for 

children. Length 26cm. Pack of 6. 

Width 15cm. 

3 4 

5 6 

6 6 

6 6 

PE10276 £23.84 

2. Unbreakable All Weather 

Table Tennis Racket 

Specifically designed for school use, 

this virtually unbreakable, highly 

durable table tennis racket has a 

good grip and good performance 

in play. Weatherproof bat, suitable 

for intensive outdoor use. Length 

25.5cm. Weight 185g. 

PE10551 £9.94 

3. Reversed Table Tennis Bat 

A strong, 5-ply bat with straight 

plain wooden handle. Red and black 

pimpled in rubber which offers 

great playability. 

PE00800 Reversed Sponge 

£31.79 

4. Starter Table Tennis Bat 

Pimples Out 

A strong, 5-ply bat with straight 

plain wooden handle. Red and black 

pimpled out rubber. 

PE00800 Reversed Sponge £31.79 

PE00501 Pimples Out £4.97 

5. NEW Fox TT Practice Table 

Tennis Balls & Bag 

Value bag of 120 quality Fox 

branded practice table tennis balls, 

perfect for the whole class to get 

plenty of game time with. Supplied 

in robust carry bag for easy storage 

and portability. Diameter 4cm. Pack 

of 120. 

SP45583 £33.11 

7 8 

120 144 

6. 144 Bulk Pack of Table 

Tennis Balls 

Pack of school quality table tennis 

balls. Ideal for training purposes. 

Hard wearing and good value! 

Diameter 40mm. Made from plastic. 

Pack of 144. Weight 2.7g. 

PE00640 £39.74 

7. Practice Table Tennis Balls 

& Bucket 

Great value table tennis balls in a 

handy storage bucket. Perfect for 

school use for practice and training 

play. Pack of 72. 


PE10504 White £23.84 

8. Matthew Syed Coloured 

Table Tennis Balls 

Quality coloured play table tennis 

balls, carrying the Matthew Syed 

endorsement. Supplied in a sturdy 

storage barrel for portability. Pack 

of 60. 

PE10539 £18.54 

60 

648 


1. Butterfly Compact Junior 

Table Tennis Tables 

The Butterfly indoor compact table 

tennis table is suitable for home and 

light school use, featuring a quality 

playing surface. Table top protected 

by strong steel frame, with 

adjustable legs that fold away for 

storage. 3/4 size has 12mm top, full 

size has 19mm top. Height 77cm. 

1 

Table Tennis 

Sport 

PE00663 3/4 Size Green £282.21 

032937 Full Size Blue £443.86 

2. Butterfly Spirit 19” 

Rollaway Table Tennis 

Table 

The Butterfly Spirit rollaway table 

is ideal for use in schools due to 

its maneuverability, easy and quick 

setup and strong stability with 192 

top, designed to last. The centrefold 

system makes it quick and easy to 

set up and play. Blue. Height 77cm. 

Length 275cm. Width 153cm. 

2 

PE10519 £569.74 

3. NEW Playground Outdoor 

Table Tennis Table 

Elegant outdoor table tennis table 

suitable for parks, schools and 

gardens, featuring a quality 7mm 

melamine playing top providing 

good bounce and playability. 

Complete with steel net and post 

set, corner protectors and height 

adjustable legs, the ideal schools 

outdoor table. 

3 

SP45993 £1,325.00 

4. Butterfly Ultimate 

Outdoor Table Tennis 

Table 

The Butterfly Ultimate table 

tennis table is perfect for outdoor 

performance in spaces like school 

playgrounds as its sturdy and 

durable construction are excellent 

even for heavier use. Features longlife 

galvanised steel undercarriage 

and high-resilience weatherproof 

18mm top. Supplied flat packed 


left outdoors. Green. Height 77cm. 

Length 275cm. Weight 161kg. Width 

153cm. 

4 

PE10538 £2,120.00 

5. NEW All Weather Outdoor 

Table Tennis Table 

A long life and heavy duty table 

with playing surface including a 

9mm playing top. The Butterfly All 

Weather table is a premium model 

and suitable for schools looking for a 

long lasting solution. 

5 

SP45997 £2,915.00 


Sport 

Tennis 

1 

2 

3 

4 

1. Multisport Tennis and 

Badminton Net Set 

4 in 1, speedy net. Create 4 different 

size nets for 3m Tennis, 6m Tennis, 

3m Badminton and 6m Badminton 

nets. Can be put up in a matter 

of seconds, portable, very stable 

and very safe for grass or the 

playground. Sold as single sets or 

a three colour three pack. Height 

1.5m. Width 6m. 

PE00127 Yellow £119.24 


2. NEW Portable Badminton 

& Mini Tennis Net 

A lightweight portable badminton/ 

mini tennis net that can be set on 

any flat ground. The net is 5 meters 

wide which is the size of a regular 

badminton single court. Very easy to 

assemble and disassemble. To use for 

badminton, just raise the end side 

poles. To use for mini tennis, lower it 

down. Height 1.55m. Weight 2.5kg. 

Width 5m. 

SP45527 £119.24 

3. Value School Aluminium 


Excellent value aluminium tennis 

racket, ideal for schools and 

beginners. Size appropriate rackets 

are important to allow children to 

play with confidence and develop 

their skills. 

PE00124 L19in £13.24 

PE00121 L21in £13.24 

PE00125 L23in £13.24 

PE00123 L25in £13.24 

PE00122 L27in £13.24 

4. NEW Aresson Vision X 


Excellent quality and well-designed 

racket ideal for education, supplied 

in convenient school packs with 

robust racket holdall. Manufactured 

using with a one-piece carbon 

aluminum alloy frame with 

comfortable PU grip for comfort and 

control, the ideal beginner racket for 

juniors. Pack of 12. 

SP46138 L19in £198.74 

SP46139 L21in £198.74 

SP46140 L23in £198.74 

SP46141 L25in £205.36 

SP46142 L27in £264.99 

12 

650 


1. Tub of 96 Tennis Balls 

A quality tennis ball that’s suitable 

for both practice and match play. 

Comes complete with their own 

storage tub with handy carry handle. 

Diameter 6.86cm. Pack of 96. 

1 

2 

Tennis 

Sport 

PE01095 £105.99 

2. Playground Tennis Balls 

One dozen yellow playground 

tennis balls. Suitable for lots of 

fun playground activities. Yellow. 

Diameter 7cm. Pack of 12. 

PE00559 £10.27 

12 

3. Tennis Balls and Bag 

A bag of 48 standard training grade 

tennis balls. This mid quality ball is 

ideal for juniors in schools. Yellow. 

Diameter 6.8cm. Made from rubber. 

Pack of 48. 

3 

PE00199 £59.61 

4. NEW Aresson All Play 

Tennis Balls Bucket 

Ideal coaching and recreational ball 

with durable rubber core covered 

with hard wearing polyester felt, 

making it suitable for all surfaces. 

Lower compression of ball provides 

a lower bounce so ideal for younger 

children to learn the basics of the 

game. Diameter 65mm. Pack of 60. 

SP46127 £70.21 

4 5 

96 48 96 

5. Consortium Value Tennis 

Ball Bucket 

Excellent value assorted balls for 

school use. Ideal for play times and 

playground games. Supplied in 

robust bucket for easy storage. Pack 

of 60. 

PE10493 £52.99 

6. Slazenger Bucket of 

Recreation Tennis Balls 

Excellent value assorted balls for 

school and recreational use. Great 

for a range of basic training and 

play activities, not recommended for 

serious practice or matches. Green. 

Pack of 60. 

111365 £52.99 

60 96 

6 7 

60 

7. Dunlop Trainer Bucket of 

Tennis Balls 

Top quality, training standard bucket 

of 60 tennis balls. Ideal for schools 

or clubs looking for high value balls. 

Bucket is heavy duty and easy to 

move, making it great for storage. 

Pack of 60. 

PE02255 £132.49 

60 60 

8. Multi-Coloured Tennis 

Ball Bucket 

Ideal for tennis practice and team 

games that involve throwing, 

catching or batting skills but not for 

court use. Diameter 6.5cm. Pack 

of 96. 

PE02303 £83.46 

9. Coloured Tennis Balls 

These wonderfully coloured tennis 

balls are suitable for all playground 

games. Multicoloured. Pack of 12. 

PE00018 £11.91 

8 9 

96 

12 


Storage 


1 

SAVE 

£132 .50 

4 

2 

1. NEW Colourful Outdoor 

Storage Bins 

The perfect, portable, lockable 

and robust school storage option 

for all your playground resources, 

supplied in attractive team colours. 

Manufactured from heavy duty 

weather proof high quality grade 

LLDPE, this storage bin is an excellent 

value school storage solution. Height 


plastic. Weight 17kg. Width 78cm. 

SP11466BL Blue £264.99 

SP11466GR Green £264.99 

SP11466RE Red £264.99 


SP11466 Multicoloured £927.45 

2. Outdoor Metal Storage 

Unit 

A quality PVC coated galvanised 

steel shed with unique spring 

assisted opening action and two 

padlock points. Fire-resistant and 

robust, but unobtrusive, the unit 

comes complete with floor. (Padlocks 

and contents not included). 

CE00245 Small £728.75 

PE02148 Medium £993.75 

PE00110 Large £1,325.00 

652 


1. Mesh Ball Carry Bag 

An extra large mesh ball bag suitable 

for all your requirements. Holds 

approximately 12 size 5 footballs. 

(Balls not included). Black. Made 

from fabric. 

1 2 

Bags and Holdalls 

Storage 

PE00185 £13.24 

2. Mitre Mesh 12 Ball 

Storage Bag 

Durable, polyester sack capable of 

holding 12 fully inflated size 5 balls. 

Cord closure system and adjustable 

shoulder straps. 

PE02179 £23.84 

3. Multicoloured Ball Sack 

A bright and cheerful multi-purpose 

ball bag! Manufactured to stand-up 

to institutional use. Has a pull cord 

opening with locking toggle and 

shoulder carrying strap. Holds the 

equivalent of 12 size 5 footballs. 

(Balls not included). Large. Made 

from nylon. 

3 4 

PE00749 £19.86 

4. Zip Through Mesh Ball 

Storage Bag 

Bag has ventilated panels to assist 

drying and comes with a zip-top 

closure. Store cupboard essential, a 

staple item for any PE co-ordinator, 

sports coach or even lunch time 

supervisor. Up to 12 ball capacity. 

085354 £10.59 

5. Lionstrike Football 

Storage Bag 

This lightweight Lionstrike football 

carry bag is an essential requirement 

for carrying footballs. Comes in a 

bright blue colour and is part-nylon 

and part mesh, allowing air to freely 

circulate inside. Can carry up to 15 

fully inflated footballs. Closes with 

a draw string cord. Height 90cm. 

Width 45cm. 

5 6 

PE10614 £22.51 

6. Ball Storage Carry Nets 

A fantastic value netted ball storage 

bag. Can store 12 fully inflated 

size 5 balls. Ideal for collecting in 

playground balls, or to store your 

sports balls such as footballs, rugby 

balls, basketballs or netballs. Orange. 

085351 £4.64 

7. Coloured Mesh Ball Carry 

Bags 

A set of colourful mesh holdalls each 

with two extremely strong, double 

stitched handles. Colours: Red, blue, 

purple, yellow, green and orange. 

Each bag will hold up to around 12 

size 5 footballs. (Balls not included). 


7 8 

PE01087 £59.61 

8. Mesh Panel Ball Storage 

Bag 

Heavy duty nylon bag with draw 

cord closure and mesh panels to 

allow balls to dry out when wet. 

Store cupboard essential, a staple 

item for any PE co-ordinator, sports 

coach or even lunch time supervisor. 

Capacity up to 12 balls. Single. 

PE00168 £14.56 



Cones 

1 2 

50 50 

1. Sports Marker Cones 

PE cupboard essential, these 

colourful space markers, complete 

with stand are a must have for every 

school and sports club. Features 10 

each of 5 different colours, allowing 

for easy demarcation of team 

activities. Diameter 18cm. 

PE00554 50pk £18.54 

PE10383 100pk £30.45 

2. Dome Training Cone 

Markers 

Plastic dome shaped cones in a 

variety of bright colours. With a 

concave cut to fit 25mm diameter 

poles. With plastic stand. Diameter 


PE02036 £14.56 

3 4 

5 6 

7 8 

50 50 

20 4 

3. Mini Dome Cones 

Mini plastic cones in a mix of 

colours. Big enough to show 

demarcation clearly but small 

enough to be stored easily. Diameter 

14cm. Height 6.5cm. Made from 


PE02035 £13.24 

4. Soft Cones 

Soft plastic cones in a variety of 

bright colours. A bumper pack of 

marking cones useful for all sporting 

activities. Height 16.5cm. Made from 


PE02034 £35.76 

5. Flexible Cone Set 

This set comprises of 20, 9” flexible 

plastic cones. Complete with stand 

for easy carrying and storage. 

Orange. Height 24cm. Made from 


KCF £29.14 

6. Coloured Skittles Set 

Budget set comprising of; red, 

yellow, green and blue skittle cones 

that can be used for a wide range 

of play activities. Set can be formed 

into hurdles of different heights by 

adding bars (not included). Height 


KSKITSET £46.36 

7. Cones and Adhesive 

Pockets 

Set of plastic cones with handy 

self-adhesive pockets for numbers, 

colours or instructions. Ideal for 

obstacle courses or to mark the start 

of an activity area. Colours may 

vary. Pack includes 10 cones and 20 

pockets. 

FBCONE £30.46 

8. Tall Cones 

Set of 4, 18” high cones with a 

25mm diameter hole in the top 

and rubber base for stability. Useful 

where demarcation needs to be seen 

from a distance such as marking out 

pitches. Very stable. Height 45cm. 


PE02033 £39.74 

654 


1. Action Station Spots 

Get active with these throw down 

spots. You can jump, hop, skip, star 

jump, balance, leap, run or walk on 

them. Great for circuit activities or 

playground fun. Non-slip. Diameter 

23cm. Made from pvc. Pack of 8. 

PE00028 £33.11 

2. NEW Wilks Flat Marker 

Discs 

Vinyl rubber markers supplied in 2 

colours on a stand for easy storage 

and transport. Ideal for floor 

marking where a reduced the slip 

hazard is required. Use for sports as 

bases or even in PE as activity station 

markers. Good alternative to cones. 

Diameter 15cm. Pack of 24. 

1 

2 

Throw Down Spots 


SP46146 £19.86 

3. Floor Markers Hands and 

Feet 

These vinyl hands and feet can be 

used for numerous activities and 

in all PE curriculum areas. Strong, 

durable and slip-proof. Uses include 

outlining activities and routes to 

follow. Multicoloured. Length 30cm. 

PE00965 Feet 12pk £19.86 

PE02305 Hands and Feet 24pk £30.46 

3 

8 

4 

24 

4. Sports Court Marker Set 

Flexible vinyl lines and corners 

which have non-slip characteristics, 

particularly on polished surfaces. 

Great for marking out sports courts 

such as basketball, netball, tennis or 

badminton. Pack of 24. 

PE10494 £33.11 

5. Line Markers 

Six straight line floor markers used 

for measuring out spaces, made 

using an anti-skid material so they 

will stay firmly in space. Particularly 

useful for creating small courts. 

Length 35cm. Made from rubber. 


PE02050 £13.24 

5 

24 

6. Floor Markers Arrows 

Made from vinyl these flexible 

markings can be used to mark out 

courts and areas inside and out, 

removing the need for specific courts 

to be permanently marked out. Nonslip 

and durable. In 2 colours - 6 blue 

and 6 red. Length 30cm. Made from 

pu. Pack of 12. 

PE00982 £21.87 

6 

7. Sequencing Floor Marker 

Spots 

This pack of coloured hardwearing 

vinyl spots are ideal for positional 

instruction and movement control. 

Designed to remain in position when 

in contact with any polished surface. 

Diameter 22cm. 

PE02051 6pk £15.89 

PE10172 30pk £72.81 

6 

7 

12 

SAVE 

£6 .63 


music 

contents 

657 rainbow range 

658-661 learn an instrument 

662 drums 

663-664 whole class ensemble 

665 outdoor music 

656 


Learn an Instrument 

SAVE 

£12 .50 

MES Soprano 

Glockenspiels 

The MES soprano glockenspiel is robust enough for daily use 

in the classroom. A moulded carrying case keeps the bars and 

beaters safe, and the handle ensures it can be easily transported 

between classes or taken home to practise. 

Single 

MES1009 £32.49 

10pk 

MES1192 £312.38 

KEY 

from 

£32 .49 

BENEFITS 

• Robust enough for daily classroom use. 

• Carry case keeps the instrument safe! 

• Handle allows for easy movement between 

classrooms or for home practise. 



Recorders 

£18 .75 

MES Sonata’ 

Descant 

Recorders 

An easy to hold, align and clean recorder that produces an excellent 

sound quality, the perfect first instrument! MES have developed this 

quality, budget friendly three piece recorder with Music advisors and 

experts that will last. 

Single 

MES1147 £5.31 

30pk 

MES1149 £140.63 

KEY 

from 

£5 .31 

BENEFITS 

• Easy to hold, align and clean 

• An ideal first instrument for children 

• Lasts from KS1 to secondary! 

658 


1. Axus Digital AXP2 

Electronic Keyboard 

A great value for money electronic 

keyboard with touch sensitive, box 

style keys. It has 200 voices and 128 

rhythms, giving you a big selection of 

sounds, as well as vibrato and pitch 

bend to twist that sound further. 

An Aux In port is ideal for plugging 

in your mp3, (cable included) along 

with stereo headphones, making it 

perfect for the classroom. 

MES10132 £168.74 

1 

Keyboards 

ONLY 

£124 .99 


2. Axus Digital AXP10 

Portable Keyboard 

Portable keyboard with 61 “box 

style” keys. With 255 built in voices 

and 255 backing rhythms making it 

perfect for learning and educating. 

It also comes with a music rest and 

headphones making it great for the 

classroom. 

3. Yamaha PSR-E253 Digital 

Keyboard 

The Yamaha PSR-E253 portable 

digital keyboard is packed full of 

great sounds and features. It is ideal 

for aspiring musicians who are just 

starting out. Use the on-board lesson 

feature, Yamaha Education Suite 

(Y.E.S.), to learn the 100 built-in 

songs, or explore the 385 instrument 

voices and 100 styles to create your 

own music. The AUX line input turns 

the keyboard into a speaker system 

for your MP3 player so you can listen 

to and play along with your music 

collection. 

2 

024755 £249.99 

3 



Ukuleles & Guitars 

1 

ONLY 

£22 .49 

SAVE 

£25 

1. MES Ukulele 

A great starter ukulele, ideal for 

young players. This ukulele is 

soprano sized, making it easier for 

little hands to hold. Play hundreds of 

songs by learning just three chords. 

MES10135 Single £22.49 

MES10141 10pk £218.62 

MES10142 30pk £649.62 

2. Octopus Soprano Ukulele 

Classpack 

Octopus has been providing high 

quality beginner ukuleles for almost 

a decade, and the new model UK205 

is carrying this tradition forward. The 

soprano (or standard) is the most 

widely used size of ukulele. 

It has twelve frets and a total range 

between C4 and A5. The tuning pegs 

are geared like a guitar meaning the 

strings are easier to tighten and will 

hold their pitch for longer. 

Pack of 12. 

MES10188 £349.99 

• Ideal starter ukulele for young players 

• Geared tuning pegs and soprano sized 

• Includes nylon carry bag 

2 

• A great selection of colours 

• Fitted with Aquila Nylgut® strings as standard 

• Free carry case 

12 

660 


Drums 

Gathering 

Drum 

Celebrate, communicate and make a lot of noise with our gathering 

drum.Made from natural materials and sturdy enough to withstand 

regular use with lots of children. Can be played with beaters or with 

hands. Available individually (90cm diameter) or as a set of 3 (90cm, 

60cm and 40cm diameter).Natural. Height 20cm. Made from wood. 

Single 

MES0874 £349.99 

3pk 

MES1103 £437.49 

KEY 

from 

£349 .99 

BENEFITS 

• A great group activity 

• Can be played with beaters or with hands 

• Made from natural materials 


Whole Class Ensemble 

Classroom Sets 

1 

1. Key Stage 1 Set 

The whole class can have their own 

piece of percussion and take part in 

learning how to play. Your pupils will 

love to explore and experiment with 

this collection of quality tuned and 

untuned percussion instruments. 


MES247 £224.99 

2. Key Stage 2 Set 

Expand your range of percussion 

with more tuned instruments, 

including chromatic notes. Easily 

stored away in a sturdy box. 


MES248 £262.49 

25 

Contents 

8 x Chime Bars with Beaters 

2 x Pairs of Claves 

1 x 10cm Triangle 

1 x 15cm Triangle 

1 x 20cm Cymbals 

1 x 20cm Tambourine 

1 x Cowbell 

1 x 20cm Headless Tambourine 

1 x 25cm Hand Drum 

1 x Wooden Agogo 

1 x Guiro 

1 x Woodblock 

1 x Pair of Maracas 

2 x Finger Cymbals 

2 x Castanets 

2 

Contents 

8 x Chime Bars with Beaters 

1 x Chromatic Glockenspiel 

2 x Pairs of Claves 

2 x Wood Blocks 


1 x 20cm Headless Tambourine 

1 x 25cm Hand Drum 


1 x Guiro 

1 x 20cm Cymbals 

2 x Pairs of Castanets 

2 x Hand Bells 

2 x 20cm Triangles 

25 

662 


1. Classroom Percussion Set 

A carefully selected range of 

instruments for whole class 

percussion, practice or performance. 

Why purchase everything separately 

when we can send you enough 

instruments for 35 players, all 

packed away in a sturdy plastic box. 


RB47 £249.99 

2. MES Classroom 

Percussion Instruments 

A set of our most popular hand-held 

instruments in a sturdy box. Includes 

a mix of wooden, metal and skin 

sounds. The curriculum is covered 

and the whole class involved. 


1 

Classroom Sets 

Whole Class Ensemble 

MES627 £143.74 

Contents 

2 x Tom Tom Drums 

1 x Pair of Maracas 

1 x 12.5cm Cymbal 

1 x 18cm Cymbal 

3 x 12.5cm Triangles 

6 x Sand Blocks 

2 x Guiro/Woodblock 

4 x Pairs of Rhythm Sticks 

4 x Wrist Bells 

3 x Jingle Sticks 

2 x Snare Drums 

2 x Hand Bells 


2 x Castanets on Handle 

35 

2 

Contents 

1 x Guiro/Woodblock 


1 x Woodblock 



1 x Tulip Block 

2 x 5 Bell Jingles 

2 x 4 Bell Jingles 

1 x Jingle Stick (plastic) 

1 x Jingle Stick (wooden) 

3 x Finger Cymbals 

1 x Indian Bells 



1 x Pair of Claves 

2 x Castanets on Handles 

2 x Pairs of Maracas 

25 


Rainbow Range 

Rainbow Range 

1 

1. Boomwhackers 

Boomwhackers are a great and 

inexpensive way for delivering music 

to the whole class. Each colourful 

tube is a different note to make 

it visibly easier for the children to 

learn. Pack of 42. 

MES0146 £168.74 

2. Rainbow Range Musical 

Instruments Pack 

Bumper pack of colour-coded 

instruments. Making it easier for 

your children to see which notes 

they are playing. An engaging way 

to get the whole class involved and 

excited about music. 

MES0762 £337.49 

42 

2 

Contents 

8 x Diatonic Boomwhackers C-C 

400 x Boomwhacker Note 

Stickers 

1 x Rainbow Mini Steel C Pan 

8 x Rainbow Combi Bells 

8 x Large Rainbow Chime Bars 

8 x Small Rainbow Chime Bars 

664 


1. Outdoor Music Frame 

Set up this portable frame anywhere 

and let the children explore a wide 

variety of instruments. All except 

the Boomwhackers can be removed 

and replaced with the children’s 

choices. Contents may vary. Supplied 

flat packed for self-assembly. Height 

150cm. Made from metal. Width 

50cm. 


1 

Outdoor Music 

Outdoor Music 

MES0747 £462.49 

2. Outdoor Early Years 

Music Frame 

This easy to move, lightweight frame 

includes a set of instruments to hang 

up and create different sounds. The 

frame can be left outside in your 

music area... just remember to bring 

the instruments indoors! Height 


metal. Width 78cm. 

MES0748 £224.99 

• Play together in groups 

both indoors and out! 

• Great for sound effects 

and compositions 

• Ideal for KS1 and KS2 

• Learn to take turns, work 

together and listen to 

each other! 

2 


art, craft & design 

contents 

667-679 paper, card & display 

680-683 mark making 

684-685 adhesives 

686-700 paint & accessories 

701-703 easels, drying racks 

704-705 block printing 

706-709 modelling 

710-711 drawing 

714-722 collage & craft 

723 scissors 

724 tissue paper 

725 creative papers 

666 


Paper & Card Thickness Guidelines 

GSM Microns Sheet Usage 

150 200 2 Sht 

175 230 3 Sht 

220 280 4 Sht 

280 340 6 Sht 

560 750 12 Sht 

Thin card for general project work. Suitable for 

most printers and copiers. 

Thin card for folding, modelling and 

montage 

Medium/thin card for modelling, mobiles, 

projects etc. 

Medium thickness for modelling and 

construction work. 

Very thick card for mounting, framing and rigid 

modelling structures 

Paper & Card 

GSM = Grams per square metre - a measure of the weight 

of the paper and a general indication of its thickness and 

opacity. 

Microns = A specific measure of the thickness of the paper. 

1 micron is 1/1000th of an inch. 

SHT or sheets is an old imperial measure of thickness. 

Because of the nature of paper manufacture, the conversion 

of weights to thickness is approximate and will vary 

between paper types and manufacturers. 


The Environment 

We are commited to helping 

the environment. Where 

possible we buy from British 

or local sources to reduce 

carbon emissions. Being 

a local supplier also helps 

you to reduce your carbon 

footprint. 

100% 

Recycling 

Many of our papers 

and card are recycled as 

indicated by the symbol 

shown. This includes all 

cartridge papers, sugar and 

kaleidoscope papers and 

black and white cards. 

Paint Staining Information 

• Paint is designed to stain so it is almost impossible to 

make pigments which will wash completely out of fabrics 

and at the same time do their job properly. 

• Water based paints are generally easier to wash out of 

fabrics than acrylic or oil paint but we cannot guarantee 

complete removal. 

• The best way to remove paint from fabrics is to wash the 

stained area with cool running water and household soap. 

Rub the fabric and if necessary use a brush to remove 

stubborn stains. Natural fabrics tend to stain less than 

synthetics. 

• Washing machine cycles, hot water, detergents, bleach 

or stain removers can fix the stain into the fabric and a 

stained article should never be mixed with clean garments 

in a washing machine cycle until the paint stain has been 

removed sufficiently. 

• For a selection of protective aprons and smocks see pages 

204-205. 

A6 

105 x 148 

A5 

148 x 210mm 

A3 

297 x 420mm 

Paper Sizes 

A4 

210 x 297mm 

A1 594 x 840mm 

A2 

420 x 594mm 

• It is recommended that only finger paints are used for 

finger painting as they contain a barrier ingredient and are 

less likely to stain children’s skin. The best way to wash 

stained skin is with cool water and household soap. 

• Often customers find it useful to communicate the above 

information to parents in newsletters or by other methods 

to prevent possible complaints. 

• We advise you not to order more than 6 months’ paint 

requirement at a time as deterioration can occur over 

longer periods. 

If you are uncertain about 

any of the paper sizes, 

colours, or thicknesses 

please phone us for more 

details and we will be 

happy to send you samples. 



Paper & Card 

1 

2 

1. Newsprint 

• Economy art paper 

• 49gsm 

ANEWS 20” x 30” pk 500 £32.99 

2. Junior Art Paper 

• Low cost mechanical paper 

• Off white 

• 80gsm 

JART10 10”x 15” (250 x 375mm) pk 500 £14.99 

JART15 15”x 20” (375 x 500mm) pk 500 £24.99 

JART20 20”x 30” (500 x 750mm) pk 500 £39.99 

3 

3. Black Card 

• 100% Recycled 

• High quality matt black board 

• Ideal for making models and mounts 

230 micron - 3 sheet 

BDBK230A4 A4 pk 100 £6.99 

BDBK230A3 A3 pk 100 £12.99 


BDBK340A4 A4 pk 100 £9.99 

BDBK340A3 A3 pk 100 £14.99 

BDBK340A2 A2 pk 100 £35.99 

07BJ96044 A1 pk50 £34.99 


BDBK750A4 A4 pk 50 £19.99 

4. White Card 

100% Recycled 

Wide range of white board for variety of art 

• 4 weights available 

& craft applications 


BDW230A4 A4 pk 100 £5.99 

4 


BDW280A4 A4 pk 100 £6.99 

BDW280A3 A3 pk 100 £12.99 

BDW280A2 A2 pk 100 £24.99 

BDW280A1 A1 pk 100 £49.99 

360 micron 

BDW360A4 A4 pk 100 £10.99 

5. Coloured Paper & Card Classpack 

• Value pack containing large assortment of papers for art lessons 

for all ages 

• Average pack contents 25kg including: 

Black card 340 micron 

Coloured card various 

White card 

Dual board 200 micron 

Play paper 

• Sheet sizes A4 - A2 

CPC25 Paper & Card Class pack £119.95 

5 

668 


1. Pastel 230 Micron 

BDECOA4 A4 5 Asst - Pastel pk 200 £10.99 



1. Pastel 280 Micron 

BD280PA4 A4 5 Asst - Pastel pk 100 £12.99 

BD280PA3 A3 5 Asst - Pastel pk 100 £19.99 

1 

Paper & Card 


2. Vivid 230 Micron 

BDVIVA4 A4 5 Asst - Vivid pk 200 £14.99 

BDVIVA2 A2 5 Asst - Vivid pk 100 £24.99 

2 

3. Bright 230 Micron 

BDTENA4 A4 10 Asst - Bright pk 200 £14.99 

BDTENA3 A3 10 Asst - Bright pk 100 £17.99 

BDTENA2 SRA2 10 Asst - Bright pk 100 £24.99 

3 Bright 340 Micron 

• Medium thickness board with superb smooth surface 

• 340 micron (270gsm) 

• Ideal for modelling, construction and mounts 

BDBRITEA4 A4 10 Asst - Bright pk 100 £10.99 

BDBRITEA2 A2 10 Asst - Bright pk 100 £29.99 

4. Intensive Colourcard 

• Superb, truly vibrant assortment of ten colours 

• 230 microns 

• Green, red, blue, orange, black, yellow, light green, light orange, 

light blue, and violet 

• SRA2 - 450 x 640mm 

3 

BDINTA4 A4 10 Asst Intensive pk 200 £15.99 

BDINTA2 SRA2 10 Asst Intensive pk 100 £27.99 

5 

4 

Coloured Card 

• 100% Recycled with matt finish 

• Ideal for card making, folding, collage, projects etc 

• 4 weights available 

• Colours may vary from those illustrated 



670 

Paper & Card 

Rosella Red 

Robin Red 

Fantail Orange 

Mandarin Orange 

Kestrel Corn 

Goldcrest Yellow 

Oriole Gold 

Canary Yellow 

Bunting Yellow 

Wheatear Yellow 

Eider Vellum 

Pintail Cream 

Parakeet Green 

Woodpecker Green 

Barbet Green 

Mallard Green 

Warbler Green 

Leafbird Green 

Siskin Green 

Merlin Blue 

Puffin Blue 

Kingfisher Blue 

Peacock Blue 

Swallow Blue 

Skylark Violet 

Plover Purple 

Bullfinch Pink 

Flamingo Pink 

Salmon 

Nuthatch Brown 

Lapwing Brown 

Curlew Cream 

Sandpiper Beige 

Sparrow Grey 

Owl Grey 

Raven Black 

Cerise 

Lime Green 

Orange 

Yellow 

KASKAD COLOURED PAPER AND CARD - Kaskad A4 80gsm 

KA480BY Kaskad A4 80gsm Bunting Yellow pk 500 £9.59 

KA480EV Kaskad A4 80gsm Eider Vellum pk 500 £9.59 

KA480FP Kaskad A4 80gsm Flamingo Pink pk 500 £9.59 

KA480LG Kaskad A4 80gsm Leafbird Green pk 500 £9.59 

KA480PB Kaskad A4 80gsm Puffin Blue pk 500 £9.59 

KA480SA Kaskad A4 80gsm Salmon pk 500 £9.59 

KP480CC Kaskad A4 80gsm Curlew Cream pk 500 £9.59 

KP480MB Kaskad A4 80gsm Merlin Blue pk 500 £9.59 

KP480PC Kaskad A4 80gsm Pintail Cream pk 500 £9.59 

KP480SG Kaskad A4 80gsm Siskin Green pk 500 £9.59 

KP480SR Kaskad A4 80gsm Sandpiper Beige pk 500 £9.59 

KP480SV Kaskad A4 80gsm Skylark Violet pk 500 £9.59 

KP480SW Kaskad A4 80gsm Sparrow Grey pk 500 £9.59 

KP480WY Kaskad A4 80gsm Wheatear Yellow pk 500 £9.59 

KB480BG Kaskad A4 80gsm Barbet Green pk 500 £10.39 

KB480BP Kaskad A4 80gsm Bullfinch Pink pk 500 £10.39 

KB480CY Kaskad A4 80gsm Canary Yellow pk 500 £10.39 

KB480KC Kaskad A4 80gsm Kestrel Corn pk 500 £10.39 

KB480LB Kaskad A4 80gsm Lapwing Brown pk 500 £10.39 

KB480OG Kaskad A4 80gsm Oriole Gold pk 500 £10.39 

KB480OL Kaskad A4 80gsm Owl Grey pk 500 £10.39 

KB480PK Kaskad A4 80gsm Peacock Blue pk 500 £10.39 

KB480PP Kaskad A4 80gsm Plover Purple pk 500 £10.39 

KB480SB Kaskad A4 80gsm Swallow Blue pk 500 £10.39 

KB480WR Kaskad A4 80gsm Warbler Green pk 500 £10.39 

KD480FO Kaskad A4 80gsm Fantail Orange pk 500 £11.19 

KD480GY Kaskad A4 80gsm Goldcrest Yellow pk 500 £11.19 

KD480KB Kaskad A4 80gsm Kingfisher Blue pk 500 £11.19 

KD480MG Kaskad A4 80gsm Mallard Green pk 500 £11.19 

KD480NB Kaskad A4 80gsm Nuthatch Brown pk 500 £11.19 

KD480PG Kaskad A4 80gsm Parakeet Green pk 500 £11.19 

KD480RA Kaskad A4 80gsm Rosella Red pk 500 £11.19 

KD480RR Kaskad A4 80gsm Robin Red pk 500 £11.19 

KD480WG Kaskad A4 80gsm Woodpecker Green pk 500 £11.19 

KK480CE Kaskad A4 80gsm Brilliant Cerise pk 500 £17.59 

KK480GR Kaskad A4 80gsm Brilliant Green pk 500 £17.59 

KK480OR Kaskad A4 80gsm Brilliant Orange pk 500 £17.59 

KK480RB Kaskad A4 80gsm Raven Black pk 500 £17.59 

KK480YE Kaskad A4 80gsm Brilliant Yellow pk 500 £17.59 

KAS480PA Kaskad A4 80gsm Assorted Pastels pk 500 £12.79 

KAS480BA Kaskad A4 80gsm Assorted Brights pk 500 £12.79 

KAS480DA Kaskad A4 80gsm Assorted Deeps pk 500 £12.79 

Kaskad A4 160gsm 

KA4160BY Kaskad A4 160gsm Bunting Yellow pk 250 £9.59 

KA4160EV Kaskad A4 160gsm Eider Vellum pk 250 £9.59 

KA4160FP Kaskad A4 160gsm Flamingo Pink pk 250 £9.59 

KA4160LG Kaskad A4 160gsm Leafbird Green pk 250 £9.59 

KA4160PB Kaskad A4 160gsm Puffin Blue pk 250 £9.59 

KA4160SA Kaskad A4 160gsm Salmon pk 250 £9.59 

KP4160CC Kaskad A4 160gsm Curlew Cream pk 250 £9.59 

KP4160MB Kaskad A4 160gsm Merlin Blue pk 250 £9.59 

KP4160PC Kaskad A4 160gsm Pintail Cream pk 250 £9.59 

KP4160SG Kaskad A4 160gsm Siskin Green pk 250 £9.59 

KP4160SV Kaskad A4 160gsm Skylark Violet pk 250 £9.59 

KP4160SW Kaskad A4 160gsm Sparrow Grey pk 250 £9.59 

KP4160WY Kaskad A4 160gsm Wheatear Yellow pk 250 £9.59 

KB4160BG Kaskad A4 160gsm Barbet Green pk 250 £10.39 

KB4160BP Kaskad A4 160gsm Bullfinch Pink pk 250 £10.39 

KB4160CY Kaskad A4 160gsm Canary Yellow pk 250 £10.39 

KB4160KC Kaskad A4 160gsm Kestrel Corn pk 250 £10.39 

KB4160LB Kaskad A4 160gsm Lapwing Brown pk 250 £10.39 

KB4160OG Kaskad A4 160gsm Oriole Gold pk 250 £10.39 

KB4160OL Kaskad A4 160gsm Owl Grey pk 250 £10.39 

KB4160PK Kaskad A4 160gsm Peacock Blue pk 250 £10.39 

KB4160PP Kaskad A4 160gsm Plover Purple pk 250 £10.39 

KB4160SB Kaskad A4 160gsm Swallow Blue pk 250 £10.39 

KB4160WR Kaskad A4 160gsm Warbler Green pk 250 £10.39 

KD4160FO Kaskad A4 160gsm Fantail Orange pk 250 £11.19 

KD4160GY Kaskad A4 160gsm Goldcrest Yellow pk 250 £11.19 

KD4160KB Kaskad A4 160gsm Kingfisher Blue pk 250 £11.19 

KD4160MG Kaskad A4 160gsm Mallard Green pk 250 £11.19 

KD4160NB Kaskad A4 160gsm Nuthatch Brown pk 250 £11.19 

KD4160PG Kaskad A4 160gsm Parakeet Green pk 250 £11.19 

KD4160RA Kaskad A4 160gsm Rosella Red pk 250 £11.19 

KD4160RR Kaskad A4 160gsm Robin Red pk 250 £11.19 

KD4160WG Kaskad A4 160gsm Woodpecker Green pk 250 £11.19 

KK4160RB Kaskad A4 160gsm Raven Black pk 250 £27.99 

KAS160PA Kaskad A4 160gsm Assorted Pastels pk 250 £13.59 

KAS160BA Kaskad A4 160gsm Assorted Brights pk 250 £13.59 

KAS160DA Kaskad A4 160gsm Assorted Deeps pk 250 £13.59 


1 Kaleidoscope Play Paper 

This play paper is similar to traditional sugar paper but comes in 

darker, richer colours. Easy for younger children to cut but strong 

enough for painting and display applications. Terrific value for money. 

Available in 4 sizes, and assorted colours 

• 100gsm 

PLAYA4 A4 pk 250 £4.79 

PLAYA3 A3 pk 250 £9.59 

PLAYA2 A2 pk 250 £17.59 

PLAYA1 A1 pk 250 £33.59 

1 

Paper & Card 


2. Assorted Sugar Paper 

Brightly coloured sugar paper in 100gsm for 

• Available in black or assorted colours 

a multitude of uses 

SUGPA4A A4 Assorted pk 250 £4.79 




2 

3. Sugar Paper 

• Value pack of A4 and A3 sugar paper. 

• Contains 2500 sheets of assorted colours A4 and 1250 sheets of 

assorted colours A3 

SUGP98000 Sugar Paper each £67.99 

4. White Cartridge Paper 

• Quality white cartridge paper 

• Ideal for pen, pencil and pastel work 

• Choice of 4 popular sizes in 3 weights 

3 

100gsm 

DCPA1100 A1 pk 125 £17.59 

DCPA2100 A2 pk 250 £15.99 

DCPA3100 A3 pk 250 £7.99 

DCPA4100 A4 pk 250 £5.59 

140gsm 

DCPA1140 A1 pk 125 £23.99 

DCPA2140 A2 pk 250 £22.39 

DCPA3140 A3 pk 250 £11.99 

DCPA4140 A4 pk 250 £7.99 

170gsm 

DCPA1170 A1 pk 125 £25.59 

DCPA2170 A2 pk 250 £25.59 

DCPA3170 A3 pk 250 £13.59 

DCPA4170 A4 pk 250 £8.79 

4 

5. Construction Paper 

• High quality activity paper in vivid colours 

• Long, strong fibres provide rigidity needed for modelling projects 

• Ideal for tearing and scoring 

• 50 Sheets 609 x 914mm in 10 colours 

5 

CP6523 Construction Paper pk £15.99 



Paper & Card 

1 

2 

1. Mounting Paper Assorted Colours 

• Brightly coloured mounting paper in 80 gsm 

• Standard A sizes plus surrounding border 

• Pack 100 

MP4864 A2 480mm x 645mm pk 100 £22.39 

MP3548 A3 357mm x 480mm pk 100 £12.79 

MP2735 A4 270mm x 357mm pk 100 £7.99 

2. Inner Mounts - Assorted 

• Creates 10mm border 

• A4+ size 220 x 307mm 

• A3+ size 430 x 307mm 

EIMA4 A4+ Size pk 100 £14.99 

EIMA3 A3+ Size pk 100 £27.99 

3 

3. Outer Mounts - Black 

• Creates 20mm border 

• A4++ size 230 x 317mm 

• A3++ size 440 x 317mm 

EOMA4 A4+ Black pk 100 £15.99 

EOMA3 A3+ Black pk 100 £24.99 

4 

4. Poster Paper Mounts 

• A4 plus size gives 20mm border 

(230 x 217mm) 

• Super value pack for mounting 

• Assorted pack 100 sheets 

PPMA4 PP Mounts pk 100 £9.99 

5 

5. Colourmount Mounting Board 

• 1250 micron card 

• Available in A1 size packs 

• Coloured both sides 

• Pack of 20 boards 

MBA120BK A1 Black pk 20 £35.99 

MBA120WH A1 White pk 20 £35.99 

6. Presentation Boards 

• An assorted pack of trifold, corrugated display boards ideal for 

displaying table top projects 

• Pack of 4 contains 1 each of Red, Blue, Green and Yellow 

• Recyclable 

• Size 1218 x 914mm 

TRBD4AS Presentation Boards pk 4 £27.99 

6 

672 


1 

Sketchbooks 


2 

1. A4 Starter Sketch Book 

• Excellent general purpose book at a very economical price. 

• 40 pages of 100gsm quality acid free drawing cartridge. 

• 280 micron thick black cover 

• Standard colour Black. 

• Other colours available when ordering large quantities 

(Blue, Burgundy and Grey) 

SB100A4BK Starter Sketch Book pk 100 £95.99 

2. Laminated Sketch Books 

• Manufactured with a 380 micron laminated cover for 

extra durability. 

• 40 pages of 140gsm quality acid free drawing cartridge 

• Standard colour Black. 

• Other colours available when ordering large quantities (Blue, 

Burgundy and Green) 

SBL140A4BK A4 pk 40 £39.99 

SBL140A3BK A3 pk 40 £87.96 

3 

3. Value Scrapbooks 

• Oversize A4 and A3 scrapbooks (315 x 230mm or 440 x 315mm) 

• Made from sugar paper 

• Select from black or assorted coloured pages 

• Plain 225gsm coloured covers 

SCA4B A4+ Black Pages pk 25 £23.99 

SCA4C A4+ Coloured Pages pk 25 £23.99 

SCA3B A3+ Black Pages pk 25 £59.99 

SCA3C A3+ Coloured Pages pk 25 £59.99 



Display 

2 

3 

1 

1. Fadeless Extra Wide Art Paper Rolls 

• 1218mm extra wide roll to cover walls quickly 

• Vibrant colours resistant to sunlight fading 

• Quality 85gsm thickness 

• Coloured rolls 15m, metallic gold rolls are 7.5m 

FR1218SC Scarlet roll £14.39 

FR1218FO Fire Orange roll £14.39 

FR1218OR Orange roll £14.39 

FR1218LE Lemon roll £14.39 

FR1218BU Buttercup roll £14.39 

FR1218PE Peppermint roll £14.39 

FR1218LI Lilac roll £14.39 

FR1218LG Leaf Green roll £14.39 

FR1218PG Pale Green roll £14.39 

FR1218EM Emerald roll £14.39 

FR1218AZ Azure roll £14.39 

FR1218SB Sky Blue roll £14.39 

FR1218UB Ultra Blue roll £14.39 

FR1218RTQ Turquoise roll £14.39 

FR1218CB Chocolate Brown roll £14.39 

FR1218BK Black roll £14.39 

FR1218GD Metallic Gold roll £14.39 

FR1218SI Metallic Silver roll £14.39 

FR1218WH White roll £14.39 

FR1218RO Rose roll £14.39 

FR1218PK Candy Pink roll £14.39 

FR1218PU Purple roll £14.39 

FR1218AS1 Assorted 15m pk 10 £87.80 

FR1218AS2 Assorted 5m pk 10 £47.88 

2. Fadeless 48 Roll Assortment 

• 609mm x 3.6m rolls in 10 colours: white, canary, 

orange, apple green, purple, azure blue, violet, flame 

red, pink and black 

• Box of 48 

• Good quality 85gsm 

FRD57559 Fadeless Assortment pk 48 £127.99 

3. Fadeless Extra Wide 24 Roll Assortment 

• 1218mm x 3.6m rolls in 8 assorted colours: canary, 

flame red, black, orange, pink, azure, violet & emerald 

• Quality 85gsm thickness 

• Box of 24 rolls 

FRD57520 Fadeless Assortment pk 24 £127.99 

4. Fadeless® Designs 

• Fade resistant display rolls. Ideal for drama productions 

and friezes 

• 3.6m x 1218mm 

Clouds 

Brick 

4 

56468 Clouds roll £11.99 

56528 Ocean roll £11.99 

56488 Rock roll £11.99 

56498 Flagstone roll £11.99 

56478 Brick roll £11.99 

56228 Night Sky roll £11.99 

56388 Winter Time roll £11.99 

56258 Tropical roll £11.99 

56508 Autumn Leaves roll £11.99 

Rock 

Flagstone 

Ocean 

674 


1. Warm Bordette® Assortment 

• Selection of 6 warm colours of bordette rolls 

• 1 each of flame red, canary, black, orange, violet and 

metallic card 

CWBWM6 Warm Bordette pk 6 £17.59 

2. Cool Bordette® Assortment 

• Selection of 6 cool colours of bordette rolls 

• 1 each of emerald, bright blue, rich blue, nile green, azure 

and white 

1 

Display 


CWBCL6 Cool Bordette pk 6 £17.59 

2 

3. Winter Bordette® Assortment 

• A combination of metallic and icicle rolls 

• 2 rolls of white icicles, and 1 each of Metallic Red, Blue, 

Gold & Silver 

37990 Winter Rolls pk 6 £20.79 

4. Stockroom Assortment 

• 36 Bordette border rolls in a neat and easily accessible 

dispenser box 

• 57mm x 7.5m 

• 6 rolls of each colour: flame, canary, emerald, rich blue, 

bright blue and black 

3 

CWB37950 Bordette Assortment pk 36 £87.99 

5. Safari Print Bordette® Assortment 

• An assorted pack of 6 safari prints (tiger, giraffe, zebra, 

cheetah, alligator and snake) 

• Printed on both the flat and corrugated sides 

37940 Safari Rolls pk 6 £20.79 

4 

6. Design Bordette® Assortment 

• Assorted pack of 6 design Bordette rolls as illustrated 

37600 Design Assorted pk 6 £19.99 

6 

5 



Display 

1 

1. Scalloped Bordette 

• Scalloped edge corrugated rolls available in bright colours 

• 15m x 57mm 

CWB15SC Scarlet each £3.16 

CWB15UB Ultra Blue each £3.16 

CWB15EM Emerald each £3.16 

CWB15PG Pale Green each £3.16 

CWB15LE Lemon each £3.16 

CWB15WH White each £3.16 

CWB15BK Black each £3.16 

CWB15PU Purple each £3.16 

CWB15CP Candy Pink each £3.16 

CWB15SB Sky Blue each £3.16 

CWB15LG Leaf Green each £3.16 

CWB15OR Orange each £3.16 

CWB15SI Silver each £3.16 

CWB15GD Gold each £3.16 

2 

2. Fade Resistant 

Border Rolls 

• 48mm x 90m extra value length 

• Superior quality, textured, strong and fade resistant 

• Superior quality border rolls 

BR6BK Black pk 3 £12.79 

EBR4A Metallic 2 Gold & 2 Silver pk 4 £14.39 

3 

3. Self Adhesive Scalloped Borders 

• 2 x 57mm Strips on each 10m roll 

• Assorted colours: red, yellow, green, blue and black 

• Metallic colours: 2 each of gold and silver 

SABR10 Assorted Colours pk 5 £17.59 

SABR4 Metallic pk 4 £18.39 

Self 

Adhesive 

4. Bulletin Scalloped Card Borders 

• Fade resistant colours 

• Smooth finish, scalloped edge border 

• Ideal for bulletin boards, signs, room decoration 

• 15m x 57mm rolls 

BBMSI Silver roll £5.99 

BBMGD Gold roll £5.99 

BB6AS Assorted pk 6 £19.99 

4 

676 


1. Clear Wrap Sheets 

Perfect for lantern making, this pack contains 48 x A4 translucent 

coloured film sheets. 

• 8 sheets each of 6 colours 

73391 Clear Film Sheets pk 48 £4.99 

If you have tried to cut cellophane sheets you will appreciate these A4 

sheets which are far easier to handle for smaller projects. 

1 

Cellophane & Irridescnt Film 


2. Colour Tinted Cellophane Rolls 

• 508mm x 4.5m roll 

• Available in single colours of violet, yellow, blue, green, red and 

orange or assorted 

• Non-toxic film with excellent transparent qualities 

CELC1VI Violet roll £3.99 

CELC1YW Yellow roll £3.99 

CELC1BL Blue roll £3.99 

CELC1GR Green roll £3.99 

CELC1RD Red roll £3.99 

CELC1OR Orange roll £3.99 

CELC10 50cm x 4.5m Clear pk 10 £19.99 

CELC24AS 508mm x 4.5m Asst pk 24 £33.59 

2 

3. Dual Board 

• Double sided 2 colour card 

• 200 micron 

• 10 sheets of 20 colours (100 sheets) per pack 

• For card making, decorations, mobiles and much more 

3 

BD203A4 A4 Dual Board pk 100 £9.99 

BD203A3 A3 Dual Board pk 100 £14.99 

BD20364 650 x 460mm pk 100 £24.99 

4. Iridescent Film 

• A transparent film that reflects light to give a fantastic shimmering 

effect 

• Can be used for a variety of craft projects to simulate ice, smoke, 

or water 

4 

CI7318 914mm x 3.8m roll £6.99 

5. Iridescent Rolls 

• Iridescent film in clear, white & blue for stunning iridescent effects 

• 70cm x 2m to include clear, white & blue 

IR7023 Iridescent Rolls pk 3 £7.19 

5 



Metallic Papers & Foil 

3 

1 

2 

1. Metallic Card 

• A4 

• 225gsm 

• Available in bronze, gold and silver 

• Pack of 20 

MC002 Silver pk 20 £3.99 

MC001 Gold pk 20 £3.99 

MC0124 Bronze pk 20 £3.99 

2. Bumper Metallic Textured Card 

Assortment 

• An amazing selection of A4 metallic card with a 

wonderful mixture of colours, surface patterns, 

textures and effects. 

• Mirror, holographic, glitter and embossed all 

included 

• These certainly have the WOW factor! 

CLP4535 Metallic Textured Card pk £17.59 

3. Transparent Foil Rolls 

• Multi-pack consisting of: white snow, gold stars 

and silver stars 

• 70cm x 2m 

• Pack of 3 

BI0208 Transparent Rolls pk 3 £5.59 

4 

4. Embossed Foil 

• 500mm x 1.5m rolls 

• 5 assorted colour rolls in red, blue, gold, silver 

and green 

EFR50156 Embossed Foil pk 5 £7.99 

5. Holographic Card 

• An assortment of different colours and designs 

of holographic card 

• Ideal for card making and crafting 

• Colours and designs may vary 

5 

HC7647 A4 Sheets pk 10 £5.99 

6. Paper Backed Foil Rolls 

• 500mm x 4.5m roll 

• Available in individual colour rolls or an assorted 

pack of 6 rolls, one of each colour 

6 

MFRBL Blue roll £3.59 

MFRRD Red roll £3.59 

MFRGR Green roll £3.59 

MFRSI Silver roll £3.59 

MFRGD Gold roll £3.59 

MFR6AS Assorted roll £15.99 

7 

7. Double Sided Foil Rolls 

• Gold backed rolls with metallic face 

• 500mm x 800mm rolls 

• Pack 5 assorted colours 

MFRDS Double Sided Rolls pk 5 £8.99 

678 


1. Day-Glo Poster Paper Rolls 

An excellent aid to communication when you 

require something eye-catching. 

Ideal for creating notices, posters and classroom 

displays 

• Available in 5 stunning bright colours 

• Aurora Pink, Blaze, Flash Green, Sunset 

Orange, Saturn Yellow 

• Size 760mm x 10m 

PPRAP Aurora Pink roll £7.19 

PPRBZ Blaze roll £7.19 

PPRFG Flash Green roll £7.19 

PPRSO Sunset Orange roll £7.19 

PPRSY Saturn roll £7.19 

1 

2 

Display Rolls 


2. Pearlescent Display Rolls 

Eye catching paper rolls with pearlescent effect to 

make your displays stand out 

• 700mm x 4m 

PDRAS Assorted pk 10 £34.99 

3. Poster Paper Sheets 

• 20” x 30” (510 x 760mm) 

• 18 colours of 95g paper 

3 

PPS25WH White £6.99 

PPS25LE Lemon £6.99 

PPS25RS Rose £6.99 

PPS25PG Pale Green £6.99 

PPS25LG Leaf Green £6.99 

PPS25UB Ultra Blue £6.99 

PPS25SC Scarlet £6.99 

PPS25BR Brown £6.99 

PPS25OR Orange £6.99 

PPS25PK Pink £6.99 

PPS25PR Purple £6.99 

PPS25EM Emerald £6.99 

PPS25TQ Turquoise £6.99 

PPS25SB Sky Blue £6.99 

PPS25BK Black £6.99 

PPS25GD Gold £6.99 

PPS25SI Silver £6.99 

PPSA Asst pk 100 £34.99 

4 

4. Poster Paper Rolls 

• 760mm wide rolls in 10m or 50m lengths 

Colour 10m Code 10m £50.00m Code 50m £ 

White PPRWH £3.99 PPJRWH £17.99 

Lemon PPRLE £3.99 PPJRLE £17.99 

Rose PPRRS £3.99 PPJRRS £17.99 

Pale Green PPRPG £3.99 PPJRPG £17.99 

Leaf Green PPRLG £3.99 PPJRLG £17.99 

Ultra Blue PPRUB £3.99 PPJRUB £17.99 

Scarlet PPRSC £3.99 PPJRSC £17.99 

Brown PPRBR £3.99 PPJRBR £17.99 

Orange PPROR £3.99 PPJROR £17.99 

Pink PPRPK £3.99 PPJRPK £17.99 

Purple PPRPR £3.99 PPJRPR £17.99 

Emerald PPREM £3.99 PPJREM £17.99 

Turquoise PPRTQ £3.99 PPJRTQ £17.99 

Sky Blue PPRSB £3.99 PPJRSB £17.99 

Black PPRBK £3.99 PPJRBK £17.99 

Silver PPRSI £3.99 PPJRSI £17.99 

Gold PPRGD £3.99 PPJRGD £17.99 

Asst pk 10 PPR10AS £34.99 

Poster Paper Colour Chart 

OR-Orange 

PK-Pink 

PR-Purple 

EM-Emerald 

TQ-Turquoise 

SB-Sky Blue 

BK-Black 

GD-Gold 

SI-Silver 

WH-White RS-Rose 

UB-Ultra Blue 

CR-Cream PG-Pale Green SC-Scarlet 

LE-Lemon 

LG-Leaf Green 

BR-Brown 



Mark Making 

1 

2 

FROM 

£3 .99 

FROM 

£6 .75 

1. Scola Chunki Chalks 

Easy grip, hard to break coloured 

chalk sticks ideal for young children. 

Perfect for large, colourful mark 

making activities. Use indoors or 

outside on playground floors and 

chalkboard surfaces. Wipe away at 

the end of the day. 

AR0263340pk £3.99 

AR1130840pk x5 £18.99 

034044160pk £13.99 

2. Egg Shaped Chalks 

Palm sized chalks moulded into 

an easy grip egg shape, ideal for 

outdoor mark making activities and 

perfect for little artists! 12 pack 

supplied in six assorted colours, 2 of 

each colour. Multicoloured. Height 

6cm. 

AR0169612pk £6.75 

AR1130912pk x 5 £31.99 

3. Giant Pavement Chalk 

Sticks 

Jumbo pavement chalk that’s pencil 

shaped. Washable chalk in a pack 

of seven bright colours. Ideal for 

giant colourful outdoor art and mark 

making activities, perfect for little 

hands. Diameter 50mm. Length 

190mm. 

AR101617pk £4.25 

AR113077pk x 5 £19.50 

3 

FROM 

£4 .25 

4. Jumbo Playground Chalk 

Large round sticks of white or 

coloured chalk, great for children 

mark making, drawing or colouring 

large areas. Colourful, washable 

chalk ideal for use outdoors or 

indoors on playgrounds, chalkboards 

and thick coloured papers. 

007227Multi - 52pk £4.75 

AR11306 Multi- 52pk x 5 £23.25 

FCHALKMulti - 20pk £2.25 

FCHALKH Multi - 20pk x 4 £8.99 

007228White - 20pk £1.99 

600186White - 52pk £4.25 

4 

FROM 

£1 .99 

52 

680 


1. NEW Eco Outdoor Mark 

Making Chalkboard 

Flowers 

High quality, robust outdoor eco 

chalkboards designed in calming 

pastel shades, transforms dull school 

playground areas into fun all year 

round mark making spaces. Use 

in both the indoor and outdoor 

classroom. Suitable to be left 

outdoors. Multicoloured. Depth 

5mm. Height 93cm. Made from 

foamex. Pack of 5. Width 73cm. 

1 

Mark Making 


AD45174 Multi £199.99 

2. NEW Eco Outdoor Midi 

Daisy Handheld Mark 

Making Chalkboards 

Easy for children to hold, ideal for 

transportation around the outdoor 

classroom these chalkboards 

are practical, versatile and eco 

friendly. Lightweight, robust and 

weatherproof the double-sided 

chalkboards are excellent for 

individual mark making activities. 

Kinder to the planet they contain 

up to 80% recycled plastic and are 

100% recyclable. Multicoloured. 

Depth 5mm. Diameter 28cm. 

Pack of 5. 

Eco friendly boards made from up to 80% recycled plastic, fully recyclable! 

2 

AD45175 £44.99 

3. NEW Eco Outdoor 

Mini Daisy Hanging 

Chalkboards 

These robust, double-sided mini 

eco chalkboards are perfect 

for use in both the indoor and 

outdoor classroom. Printed one 

side, plain chalkboard the other 

and pre-drilled for easy hanging. 

Made from durable material that 

is weatherproof and wipe-clean. 

Multicoloured. Depth 5mm. 

Diameter 10cm. Made from foamex. 

Pack of 30. Daisy shaped. 

3 

5 

30 

AD45173 £44.99 

4. NEW Outdoor Eco 

Chalkboard Flower Mark 

Making Playground Pack 

Exciting selection of eco chalkboards 

in a variety of sizes for use in the 

indoor and outdoor classroom. 

Inspire outdoor learning and create 

opportunities for children to explore 

large and small mark making 

activities with our assorted pack 

of durable, versatile eco friendly 

chalkboards. Suitable to be left 

outdoors. Depth 5mm. Pack of 14. 

4 

AD45257 £63.99 

ONLY 

£63 .99 

Contents 

Chalkboard pack includes: 1 x large flower, 3 x med 

hand held daisies and 10 x mini hanging daisies 



Mark Making 

1 

1. Giant Outdoor 

Chalkboard Caterpillar 

This weatherproof giant minibeast 

chalkboard is suitable for indoor and 

outdoor use. Children can enjoy the 

freedom of zooming along the body 

of this giant minibeast. Supplied 

in two pieces with drill holes for 

attaching to walls. Height 1000mm. 

Length 2000mm. Made from plastic. 

Width 1m. 

AR02057 £105.99 

2. Giant Chalkboard Daisy 

Weatherproof giant daisy chalkboard 

suitable for the indoor and outdoor 

classroom. Supplied with drill holes 

to mount onto walls or cable tie to 

fencing. Suitable to be left outdoors. 

Height 1.2m. Made from plastic. 

Single. Width 1m. 

AR02056 £81.99 

2 

3 

FROM 

£1 .99 

3. Jumbo Playground Chalk 

Large round sticks of white or 

coloured chalk, great for children 

mark making, drawing or colouring 

large areas. Colourful, washable 

chalk ideal for use outdoors 

or indoors on playgrounds, 

chalkboards and thick coloured 

papers. 

007227 Multi - 52pk £4.75 

AR11306 Multi- 52pk x 5 £23.25 

FCHALK Multi - 20pk £2.25 

FCHALKH Multi - 20pk x 4 £8.99 

007228 White - 20pk £1.99 

600186 White - 52pk £4.25 

4. Transport Themed 

Chalkboards 

Transform you outdoor area into an 

exciting, colourful mark making area 

whatever the weather. Light weight 

and strong, the chalkboards are 

easy to hang using the pre-drilled 

holes. Black. Height 730mm. Length 


AR02966 £113.99 

4 

ONLY 

£113 .99 

5 

682 


1 

Mark Making 

FROM 

£23 .99 


1. Outdoor Mark Making 

Chalkboard Daisies 

Bright, attractive and weather 

resistant these colourful chalkboard 

daisies will transform playground 

fencing into an exciting and fun 

area. With pre-punched holes 

and cable ties, the daisies can be 

mounted on a wall or tied to a 

fence. Suitable for 3 to 11 years. 

Made from plastic. Daisy shaped. 

AR00805 5pk Multicoloured £109.99 

AR11449 Single Red £23.99 

AR11448 Single Yellow £23.99 

AR11447 Single Orange £23.99 

AR11450 Single Blue £23.99 

AR11446 Single Purple £23.99 

2. Chalkboard Trees 

Delightful chalkboard trees 

edged with plump, red apples to 

engage children and encourage 

their creativity. Ideal for indoor 

and outdoor signs! Outdoors 

simply attach to fencing using 

the pre-drilled holes and cable 

ties (supplied). Suitable to be left 

outdoors. Multicoloured. Height 



AR01682 £99.99 

2 

5 

ONLY 

£99 .99 

3 



Adhesives 

1 

2 

1. Masking Tape 

• Ideal for spray paint masking and general studio use 

• 24mm x 50mm 

01789 Masking Tape pk 12 £15.99 

2. Spray Adhesive 

• Ideal for repeated mounting of light materials such as film and 

acetate 

• CFC Free 

• Choose from value or 3M branded ‘Spraymount’ 

QMAD Economy Adhesive 400ml £11.59 

3MSPRAY Spraymount 400ml £13.99 

3. Adhesive Tape 

• Strong polypropylene adhesive tape 

• Ideal for packing, sealing and mending 

• 24mm x 66m 

3 

4 

27017 Adhesive Tape pk 12 £9.59 

4. Double Sided Tape 

• Tough vinyl tape with double side adhesive supplied on a liner 

• Suitable for holding, joining and mounting 

• 25mm x 33m 

02221 Double Sided pk 6 £23.99 

5 

6 

5. ClassART High Quality Washable PVA 

• The new classART washable PVA has been designed with purely 

schools in mind, and offers a superior quality for excellent value 

• Also designed to give maximum effect when mixed with readymix 

to give body and texture and aid adhersion to smooth surfaces 

• 5 litre bottle 

PVAW Washable PVA each £7.99 

6. Standard Washable PVA 

• PVA adhesive reccomended for children 

• Formulated to wash out from clothes 

• Available in 600ml or 180ml bottles 

PVA600BL 600ml each £2.39 

PVA180BL 180ml each £1.59 

7 8 

7. Red Label Multi-purpose PVA Glue 

• A multi-purpose PVA adhesive with strong bonding properties 

• Can be used as a craft and painting medium 

• CE certified 

• Aprons should be worn to protect clothing 

• Available in 180ml, 600ml or 5 litre bottles 

PVA180RD 180ml Bottle each £1.99 

PVA600RD 600ml Bottle each £3.99 

PVA5LRD 5 Litre Bottle each £15.99 

8. Blu-Tack 

• The original reusable adhesive 

• Available in 2 sizes 

BLU120 Economy 120g each £1.35 

80108 Economy 120g pk 12 £11.99 

BLU60 Handy Size 60g each £0.95 

00181 Handy Size 60g pk 12 £9.59 

9. Glue Spreaders 

GSP12 Glue Spreaders pk 10 £1.27 

9 

684 


1. Quickstick Gluesticks 

Premium quality gluesticks specially designed for use in schools and 

classroom applications. 

• Manufactured using a special PVP formula to give you guaranteed 

results 

• Kid safe – clean, washable, non-toxic and solvent free 

• Ideal for sticking paper, card, photos, textiles plus much much 

more 

• Classpack supplied in free Gratnell’s tray 

QUICK40 40g Large each £0.79 

CPQUICK40 Classpack 40g + Tray pk 100 £71.99 

1 

Adhesives 


QuickStick 

‘Quickstick gluesticks are an 

excellent alternative to the leading 

brand. We find them better than 

economy gluesticks and certainly a 

lot less money than Pritt. With the 

rate that our students go through 

them, Quickstick has helped us to 

cut cost without compromise of 

quality. We’d highly recommend 

them to every school.’ 

2. Economy Glue Sticks 

• Economical range of gluesticks for quick and easy application 

• Solvent free 

• Brand may vary from picture shown 

2 

GS10Q 10g Small pk 12 £4.79 

GS20Q 20g Medium pk 9 £5.59 

GS40Q 40g Large pk 8 £6.39 

3. Adhesive Combination Pack 

• Great value combination pack in a handy Gratnell tray with lid 

• Includes: 

• 50 x 20g Pritt Sticks 

• 50 x 40g Quickstick Gluesticks 

• 5 x 2 in 1 Power Pritt Gel Sticks 

• 12 x Blu Tack 

• 1 x 1L PVA adhesive 

• 1 x Quick Mount Spray Adhesive 

GCCP Combination Pack £135.96 

All in a 

Gratnell’s tray 

with Lid 

3 

4. Pritt Sticks 

• Brand leading gluesticks 

PSM24 Medium 22g x 24 £30.39 

PSL24 Large 43g x 24 £35.99 

PSL34 Large 43g x 34 £43.99 

PSL100 Large 43g x 100 £103.99 

PSL200 Large 43g x 200 £199.99 

CPPSL100 Tray 43g x 100 £111.99 

4 



Ready Mixed Paints 

BK Black BB-Brill Blue BG-Brill Green BR-Brill Red BY-Brill Yellow BS-Burnt Sienna 

BU-Burnt Umber CE-Cerise CB-Cobalt Blue CR-Crimson YO-Yellow Ochre LG-Leaf Green 

LE-Lemon OR-Orange OB-Ost. SB-Sky Blue VR-Viridian TQ-Turquoise PE-Peach PBL-Pruss Blue 

PR-Purple WH-White 

1 

1. Ready Mixed Paints 

• Quality ready mixed tempera paint for strong opaque colour 

• Handy 600ml squeezy bottles in 20 colours 

RMP600BK Black £0.99 

RMP600BB Brill Blue £0.99 

RMP600BG Brill Green £0.99 

RMP600BR Brill Red £0.99 

RMP600BY Brill Yellow £0.99 

RMP600BS Bt Sienna £0.99 

RMP600BU Bt Umber £0.99 

RMP600CE Cerise £0.99 

RMP600LGN Leaf Green £0.99 

RMP600CB Cobalt Blue £0.99 

RMP600CR Crimson £0.99 

RMP600LE Lemon £0.99 

RMP600OR Orange £0.99 

RMP600PE Peach £0.99 

RMP600PR Purple £0.99 

RMP600PBL Prussian Blue £0.99 

RMP600SBL Sky Blue £0.99 

RMP600TQ Turquoise £0.99 

RMP600YO Yellow Ochre £0.99 

RMP600WH White £0.99 

RMP60010 Assorted pk 10 £9.99 

RMP60020 Assorted pk 20 £19.99 

2. 5 Litre Ready Mix 

2 

3 

RMP5LBK Black 5 litre £7.99 

RMP5LBB Brill Blue 5 litre £7.99 

RMP5LBG Brill Green 5 litre £7.99 

RMP5LBR Brill Red 5 litre £7.99 

RMP5LBY Brill Yellow 5 litre £7.99 

RMP5LWH White 5 litre £7.99 

RMP5LPR Purple 5 litre £7.99 

RMP5LOR Orange 5 litre £7.99 

3. Metallic Ready Mixed Paint 

Ready to use water-based liquid poster paint in shiny metallic colours. 

This top grade liquid tempera delivers a lustrous metallic effect. 

• Set 6 x 300ml 

AR300A6M set 6 £13.59 

4. Skin Tone Paints 

• Range of 6 paints to create real skin colours 

• 500ml bottles 

• Pack 6 assorted: black, white, peach, yellow ochre, burnt umber & 

burnt sienna 

RMPST Skin Tones pk 6 £9.99 

5. Pearlescent Paints 

• Ready and convenient to use water based liquid poster paint, 

which dries to give an attractive pearly lustre 

• This top grade liquid tempera delivers a soft and subtle colour 

palette, and has a thick texture with good coverage making it a 

real pleasure to use 

• It is fully inter-mixable and dries into a stunning coloured pearl 

finish 

• This Ready Mixed Paint can be easily diluted with water or mixed 

with Black Label or Red Label PVA medium to achieve thicker 

results 

• Pack of 6 colours: Blue, Red, Yellow, Green, Pink, Violet 

• 300ml bottles with squeeze tops 

5 

4 

6 

PP3006AS Assorted pk 6 £7.99 

6. UV Glow / Fluorescent Ready Mixed Paint 

• Ready to use water-based liquid poster paint in dazzling 

fluorescent colours that glow brightly under UV light 

AR84 6 x 600ml Set £12.76 

686 


1. Ready Mix Paint 

Great value ready to use water based 

poster paint. Fully inter-mixable 

and dries into an opaque finish. 


Volume 1l. 

AR01012 £24.99 

2. Washable Ready Mixed 

Paint Classpack 

They are fully intermixable and 

as they are washable you can 

have endless amounts of fun. 

Multicoloured. Pack of 20. Volume 

600ml. 

038236 £43.75 

1 2 

ONLY 

£24 .99 

16 1 

lt 20 

Ready Mixed Paint 


3. Ready Mixed Assorted 

Classpack 

This top grade poster paint is 

rich and vibrant in colour. It has a 

thick texture with good coverage. 

It is fully intermixable so let your 

imagination run wild. Multicoloured. 

Pack of 24. Volume 600ml. 

3 4 

ONLY 

£21 .99 

000018 £21.99 

4. People Ready Mixed Paint 

Formulated colours that are 

intermixable to achieve a diverse 

range of skin and hair tones. Easy to 

work with in a smooth consistency. 


RMPST £7.99 

24 16 16 6 

5. Ready Mixed Paint 

Assorted Pack 

Thick, highly concentrated waterbased 

liquid paint with a smooth, 

creamy consistency, and doesn’t 

require water to activate. The paint 

is fully intermixable and dries into an 

opaque finish. Pack of 20. Volume 

600ml. 

5 6 

ONLY 

£15 .99 

RMP60020 £15.99 

6. Fluorescent Ready Mixed 

Paint 

Suitable for finger and brush 

painting activities. Completely nontoxic. 


006185 £11.50 

7. Ready Mixed Paint 

Assorted Pack 

This ready mixed paint can be used 

straight from the bottle or diluted 

for a wash effect. Try adding a PVA 

medium for a gloss finish or add a 

fabric medium to make fabric paint. 


20 6 

7 8 

ONLY 

£10 .99 

005889 £10.99 

8. Pastel Ready Mixed Paint 

A range of beautiful pastel shades, 

suitable for use in a wide range of 

activities. Use with art mediums 

and PVA glues to produce textured 

effects. Pack of 6. Volume 600ml. 

005158 £9.25 

12 

6 



Ready Mixed Paint 

1 2 

6 12 

1. Washable Ready Mixed 

Paint Pack 

Create endless masterpieces with 

these bright colours. As they 

are washable, there is no worry 

about staining meaning more fun! 


600ml. 

AR02579 £17.25 

2. Ready Mixed Washable 

Paint 

Suitable for young children, this 

paint is specially formulated to 

provide superior washability from 

skin and clothing. Multicoloured. 


AR01971 £25.99 

3 4 

ONLY 

£34 .50 

3. Ready Mixed Metallic and 

Pearlescent Paint 

Create a superb lustre finish on 

paper and card using these bright 

pearl and metallic ready mixed paint 

colours.Multicoloured. Pack of 12. 

Volume 300ml. 

AR01017 £34.50 

12 6 30 6 

5 6 

4. Ready Mixed Essentials 

Tray 

High quality fully inter-mixable paint 

with a convenient storage solution. 

Includes: An assortment of 30 paints 

(2 x black, 2 x white, 16 x standard, 

6 x metallic/pearl, 4 x fluorescents). 

Supplied in a deep Gratnell tray 

with lid. Multicoloured. Pack of 30. 

Volume 300ml. 

AR01662 £64.50 

5. Scola Glitter Ready Mix 

Paint 

High quality glitter paint, perfect for 

adding extra sparkle to art and craft 

projects! Pack of 6. Volume 300ml. 

AR02631 £19.75 

6 6 

7 

ONLY 

8 

£13 .99 

ONLY 

£13 .50 

6. Scolamelt Paint Set 

Offering a realistic metallic lustre 

to any craft project this paint 

is of exceptional quality, highly 

pigmented and water based. 


150ml. 

AR01907 £14.75 

7. Scola Ready Mixed 

Assorted Paint 

Ready mixed high quality tempera 

paint in vibrant inter-mixable 

colours. Dries to an opaque finish, 

add water for a watercolour effect, 

PVA for a gloss finish or fabric 

medium to make fabric paint. 


600ml. 

AR10146 £13.99 

688 

12 

6 

8. Scola Pearlescent Paint 

This premium paint adds a rich finish 

to your work. The vibrant, shiny 

pearlescent colours are safe and 

non toxic. Add an iridescent glow 

to your hobby, craft or artwork. 


100ml. 

AR03014 £13.50 


1 

Paints 


1. Watercolour Tablet 

Excellent quality, 12 or 18 colour tablet sets for all ages 

Supplied in a durable metal tin 

2 

WCT 12 Colour Tablet each £1.59 

WCT18 18 Colour Tablet each £2.80 

WCTBK 12 Colour Black Tin each £2.39 

2. 12 Colour Round Assortment 

Plastic 12-disc colour set with brush 

WCP12 Round Assortment each £2.39 

3. Replacement Watercolour Blocks, 

12 assorted colour ready mixed replacement watercolour 

paint blocks Also available in packs containing 12 blocks of 

the same colour. For use with 12-block paint tin 

3 4 

Z1010 £1.59 

4. Oil Pastels Set of 12 

Ideal introductory set of oil pastels in 12 strong colours 

Easy to blend and highly opaque for vivid mark making. 

1cm diameter, length approx. 7cm 

DAOP12AT £3.19 

5. Soft Grey Pastels Set of 12 

Soft pastels in assorted shades of grey, black and white. 

Ideal for creating striking images on a white or black 

background. 1cm square cross section, length approx. 65mm 

Z1017 £4.79 

5 

6. Soft Pastels Set of 24 

Soft pastels in 24 assorted colours. 1cm square cross-section 

allows a variety of marks to be made, and reduces breakages 

from pastels rolling of tables. Length approx. 62mm 

Z1018 £7.96 

6 



Acrylic Paints & Canvas 

1 

FROM 

£3 .99 

1. Acrylic Paint 

This acrylic paint is a good quality 

water-based liquid acrylic, with a 

creamy consistency that dries to 

flexible, opaque, silk finish. Excellent 

all round performer, producing 

fabulous results and suitable for 

students and hobbyists. 

AR02891 500ml Brilliant Red £3.99 

AR02895 500ml Orange £3.99 

AR02892 500ml Brilliant Yellow £3.99 

AR02894 500ml Brilliant Green £3.99 

AR02898 500ml Cyan £3.99 

AR02893 500ml Brilliant Blue £3.99 

AR02890 500ml Black £3.99 

AR02897 500ml Purple £3.99 

AR02896 500ml Burnt Sienna £3.99 

AR02889 500ml White £3.99 

AR02596 2l Red £11.99 

AR02594 2l Yellow £11.99 

AR02597 2l Green £11.99 

AR02598 2l Blue £11.99 

AR02599 2l Black £11.99 

AR02595 2l White £11.99 

000900 Assorted - 8pk £27.50 

AR01414 Assorted - 12pk £35.99 

AR10174 Assorted - 2l 6pk £67.50 

2 3 

ONLY 

£45 .99 

ONLY 

£9 .99 

2. Mini Canvas Class Pack 

Primed and ready to use super-value 

stretched canvas classroom pack. 

Create a gallery of children’s work 

as they enjoy exploring painting and 

mark making the crisp white surface. 

Perfect for sewing/textile and collage 

work too! Height 15cm. Length 


AR01363 £45.99 

3. Canvas Panels 

Good quality primed canvas board 

providing rigid support when 

painting. Ideal for use with ready 

mix, acrylic, oil and mixed media 

work. Length 20.3cm. Pack of 12. 

Width 15.2cm. 

AR02125 £9.99 

4 5 

30 12 

4. Chromacryl Acrylic Paint 

Great priced acrylic paint of high 

specification and especially designed 

for school use. Fully inter-mixable 

colours that wash out of brushes, 

clothes etc even after having dried. 


500ml. 

CHAJ12 £45.99 

5. Canvas Class Pack 

Now a class of children can create a 

gallery of original masterpieces using 

these stretched, primed and ready 

to go canvases. Use with acrylics, oil 

paints or ready mixed paint. Length 

30.5cm. Pack of 20. Width 25cm. 

AR01611 £54.25 

12 20 

690 


1. Splash Mats Class pack 

A pack of 4 coveralls featuring striking designs. One each of letters, 

Numbers, shapes and Colour Splats. 

A super classroom resource! 

• Size 1000 x 1500mm 

91207 Splash Mats pk 4 £12.79 

2. PVC Tablecloths 

• Very Heavy Duty PVC 

• Rectangular tablecloths 

• Durable, washable and indispensable protection for your work 

surfaces 

• Supplied as a set of 4 in assorted colours 

• Size 145 x 89cm 

Aprons and Coveralls 

1 


STCPVC PVC Tablecloths pk 4 £79.99 

We also have circular and large square tablecloths available to 

order, and we can have any size of PVC sheeting made to your own 

specification. Please ask for details. 

2 

3. Lightweight PVC Splashmat 

• Size 150 x 150cm 

• Blue Pattern as shown 

• Set of 3 

Z1022 Lightweight Splashmat pk 3 £11.99 

4. Disposable Aprons 

• Child size Plastic Aprons protect clothes from all art and craft, glues 

and paints etc. 

DA100 Aprons pk 100 £19.99 

3 

5. Painting Overalls 

• Available in red and royal blue 

• Keeping children’s clothes paint free 

• Sizes 2-4 and 4-6 years 

20033081 Red Age 2 - 4 each £5.59 

20031081 Red Age 4 - 6 each £5.59 

20033091 Royal Blue Age 2 - 4 each £5.59 

20031091 Royal Blue Age 4 - 6 each £5.59 

6. Teachers Tabards 

• Available in black, bottle navy, royal, white, red, dark royal and 

burgundy 

• Sizes s and x 

EYT-M Teachers Tabards each £11.99 

4 

5 

6 



Palettes & Pots 

1 

2 

1. Non-Spill Paint Pots 

A paint pot designed to not spill its contents 

Removable lid 

• 90 x 70mm diameter 

if knocked over 

NSPOT Non-Spill Pots pk 10 £8.95 

2. Large Non-Spill Waterpot 

A super stable waterpot with a wide 11cm base 

• Ideal for holding water, paint, pens, pencils 

brushes 

• Accept standard lids and stoppers 

and 

NSPOTL Large Non-Spill Pot pk 4 £5.95 

3. Double Flower Palette 

• Set of 2 flower shaped palettes with 6 

compartments loosely 

fitting together 

17.5cm diameter 

• Suitable for storage of small items and the two parts can be held 

together with a rubber band for overnight storage of non liquid 

materials 

MB7010 Double Flower each £3.99 

3 

4. Easel Palette 

• A light 29 x 18cm palette 

• Contains 6 wells to accommodate size 2 (senior) colourblocks and 

one deep well to accommodate a standard waterpot (code NSPOT) 

• Grooved edge to hold a paint brush 

MB7040 Easel Palette each £3.99 

4 

5. Finger Bowls 

• A set of 4 plastic bowls in assorted colours 

• Ideal for mixing/holding paint and for picking sequins/beads etc. 

• 13cm diameter, 3cm depth 

• Bowls stack for storage 

FB2535 Finger Bowls pk 4 £3.96 

6. 6 Well Palette 

• Holds size 2 colour blocks . Also ideal for readymix and other paints 

as well as sharing small quantities of sequins, beads, glitter etc. 

PAL6S 6 Compartment each £1.99 

5 

6 

692 


1. 6 Pot Paintpot Tray 

• 6 small pots fitting in a 17cm x 12cm plastic tray 

• Perfect for storage of small items such as sequins or beads as well 

as paints 

MB7026 6 Paint Pot Tray each £3.49 

1 

Palettes & Pots 


2. 6 Well Palette 

• Holds size 2 colour blocks . Also ideal for readymix and other paints 

as well as sharing small quantities of sequins, beads, glitter etc. 

2 

PAL6S 6 Compartment each £1.99 

3. 6-well Block Holder Palette 

• A light, durable palette for use with junior and senior paint-blocks 

• Also used for mixing paint 

• Grooved centre for brush-storage 

• 22cm x 16cm, with 58mm diameter wells 

3 

BHP6W 6-Well Block Holder Pk 10 £12.79 

4. 12-Well Mixing Palette 

• A 19cm x 12cm mixing palette with 6 round and 6 rectangular 

shallow wells 

• Ideal for field work 

4 

MB7002 12-Well Shallow Palette each £2.49 

5. Inking Tray 

• A simple 25cm x 20cm light, flexible inking tray for ink rollers and 

sponge rollers 

• Also suitable for paint 

5 

MB7001 Inking Tray each £3.49 



Paint Brushes 

1 

1. Hogs Hair Infant Brushes 

• Short wooden handles, round 

HHBS6A Assorted Sizes, Round pk 6 £3.59 

Hog hair brushes are a favourite for all age groups. 

The coarse hair is ideal for use with ready mixed and 

powder paints, colour blocks, and PVA adhesive. 

2. Short Hogs Hair Brushes 

• Short wooden handles, coloured 

• Assorted Sizes 

2 

HHSR30 

10 each of sizes 8, 12 and 18 

HHSR30 Round Tip pk 30 £12.79 

Sizes 4,6,8,10,12,14,16,18, 

HHSR100 Round Tip pk 100 £26.39 

• Pack of 150 flat and round tips 

• Flat tips have black hair. Round: 20 each sizes 4,8,10,12 + 

10 each sizes 14 & 18. Flat”: 10 each sizes 4,8,10,14,18. 

HHSRF150 Round & Flat Tips pk 150 £43.99 

HHSRF150 

3. Long Hogs Hair Brushes 

Long wooden coloured handles 

10 each of sizes 4, 6, 8, 10, 14, 18 

HHLF60 Asst Sizes, Flat Tips pk 60 £27.99 

HHSR100 

10 each of sizes 8, 12, 18 

HHLR30 Asst Sizes, Round Tips pk 30 £13.59 

3 

4. Junior Chubby Brushes 

• Soft plastic handles 

• Easy to handle and ideal for beginners 

• Supplied in a pack of 4 with assorted coloured handles 

MB6002 Junior Chubby Brushes pk 4 £3.59 

5. Starter Brush Set 

• A terrific set of 25 brushes in a variety of shapes and sizes 

from small to large, bristles to foam 

CS5180 Starter Brush Set set 25 £11.99 

4 

6. Jumbo Non-Roll Brush 

• Short, sturdy, chubby handle designed for easy grip 

• Non-roll handle ensures that brush will not roll off table 

• Ideal for young children & special needs 

MB6000 Non-Roll Brush pk 10 £5.59 

5 

6 

694 


1. Squirrel Substitute Brushes 

• Ideal for watercolour 

• Polished handles 

• Length between 175-195mm depending on size 

SSWCB2 Size 2 pk 10 £3.99 




SSWCB10 Size 10 pk 10 £7.99 

SSWCB12 Size 12 pk 10 £9.59 

1 2 3 

Paint Brushes 


2. White Synthetic Sable Brushes 

• For watercolours, oil and acrylic 

• Traditional Sable-like spring and a good flexible point 


• Length between 170-205mm depending on brush size 

• Available in packs of 10 or classpacks of 30 

WSS1000 size 0 pk 10 £4.79 

WSS1002 size 2 pk 10 £6.39 

WSS1004 size 4 pk 10 £7.19 

WSS1006 size 6 pk 10 £7.99 

WSS1008 size 8 pk 10 £10.39 

WSS1010 size 10 pk 10 £11.19 

WSS3004 size 4 pk 30 £17.99 

WSS3006 size 6 pk 30 £21.59 

WSS3008 size 8 pk 30 £30.39 

WCB5 set 5 £4.79 

3. One Stroke White Synthetic Sable 

• Large flat brush heads 

• Ideal for creating broad colour washes in all mediums 


• Length approximately 210mm 

• Pack of 3 contains 1/4”, 1/2”, 3/4” 

Polished 

Handles 

WSSF10 25mm(1”) pk 10 £26.39 

WSSF14 6mm(1/4”) pk 10 £9.19 

WSSF12 12.5mm(1/2”) pk 10 £15.19 

WSSF34 18mm (3/4”) pk 10 £21.59 

WSSF3A Assorted set 3 £3.99 

4. Synthetic Sable Wash Brushes 

• Flat wash brush for large coverage 

• Chisel edge can be formed for rooftops or horizon effects 


• Sold individually 

WASHB15 38mm(1 1/2”) each £3.19 

4 

5 

5. Pure Sable Watercolour Brushes 

• Artists’ quality watercolour brushes 

• Good colour holding and a fine point 




Pure 

Sable 

SBSR0 Size 0 pk 10 £6.39 

SBSR2 Size 2 pk 10 £9.59 

SBSR4 Size 4 pk 10 £11.19 

SBSR6 Size 6 pk 10 £18.39 

SBSR8 Size 8 pk 10 £25.19 

SBSR5A Assorted pk 5 £6.79 



Paint Brushes 

1 2 3 4 5 

6 

1. Short Handle Round Hog Bristle Brushes 

• Wooden handles 


• Available in individual size packs of 10 brushes or an 

assorted pack of 100 brushes containing 20 of size 4; 

15 each of sizes 6, 8, 10 and 12; 10 of size 14 and 5 

of sizes 16 and 18 

HHBS4 Size 4 pk 10 £2.79 

HHBS8 Size 8 pk 10 £3.19 

HHBS12 Size 12 pk 10 £3.99 

HHBS18 Size 18 pk 10 £6.39 

HHSR100 Assorted pk 100 £26.39 

2. Long Handle Round Hog Bristle Brushes 

• For use with water based paints, acrylics or oils 

• Wooden Handles 



HHBL4 Size 4 pk 10 £2.79 



HHBL10 Size 10 pk 10 £4.39 

HHBL12 Size 12 pk 10 £4.79 

HHBL18 Size 18 pk 10 £6.39 

3. Long Handle Flat Hog Bristle Brushes 

• Straight ends 




4. Long Handle Filbert Hog Bristle Brushes 

• Curved ends 

• Wooden Handles 



HHFL2 Size 2 pk 10 £3.99 

HHFL6 Size 6 pk 10 £4.79 

HHFL10 Size 10 pk 10 £7.19 

5. Short Handle Nylon Round Brushes 




NSRS8 Size 8 pk 10 £5.59 

NSRS12 Size 12 pk 10 £6.39 

NSRS18 Size 18 pk 10 £7.99 

6. Long Handle Nylon Round Brushes 

• Suitable for all paints especially acrylics 




NSRL6 Size 6 pk 10 £6.39 

NSRL8 Size 8 pk 10 £7.19 

NSRL18 Size 18 pk 10 £7.99 

HHBLF4 Size 4 pk 10 £3.99 

HHBLF8 Size 8 pk 10 £4.79 

HHBLF12 Size 12 pk 10 £5.59 

HHBLF18 Size 18 pk 10 £6.39 

696 


1. Palm Printers 

• Set of 6 dense foam printers 

• Includes bell, snowflake, 

snowman, angel, star and tree 

• Elastic strap for secure grip 

• 8.5cm 

MB712PP Palm Printers pk 6 £5.24 

2. Foam Brush Assorted Pack 

• Ideal for large scale painting 

• 3 brush pack containing 25mm, 50mm and 75mm brushes 

1 

Painting Accessories 

2 


FB9863 Foam Brush Pack pk 3 £3.19 

3. Twirl Effect Dabbers 

• Made of foam 

• Creates a huge array of twirls and patterns 

• Easy to hold handles 

• Pack of 8 

PT1598 Twirl Effect Dabbers pk 8 £12.76 

3 

4 

4. Crafty Foam Shapes 

• Vibrant set of foam stamps with 24 assorted fun designs 

• Made of durable EVA foam, easy and comfortable to grip and hold 

• 18mm thick and around 85mm across on average 

• Ideal for use with ink pads or with children’s paint 

CF71324 Crafty Foam Shapes set 24 £15.16 

5 

5. Mini Dabbers 

• Set of 12 

• Foam dabbers mounted in a plastic cup 

• Overall length 7cm, diameter 3.5cm 

• Domed head to produce a variety of effects 

• Fine foam for excellent water retention 

6 

MFD1235 Mini Dabbers set 12 £15.99 

6. Letter Shapes 

• Set of 26 

• Assorted colour foam upper case letters A - Z 

• Each letter approx 4.5cm tall and 2.5cm thick 


• Colours may vary 

• Also available in lower case 

FL5026 Letter Shapes set 26 £13.80 

7 

7. Number Shapes 

• Set of 10 

• Assorted colour foam numbers 0 - 9, each approx 6cm tall and 

2.5cm thick 


• Colours may vary 

FL3010 Number Shapes set 10 £11.32 

8. People Sponges 

• 8 assorted colour foam figure shapes 

• Each figure shape approx 8-11cm tall 

8 

710PE08 People Sponges pk 8 £13.80 




1 2 

3 

4 6 

ONLY 

1. Animal Rocker Stampers 

Assorted animal skin rockers ideal for 

use with paint, ink pads and dough. 

Designed with an easy grip handle, 

these silicon moulded stampers are 

comfortable to hold, easy to clean 

and ideal for use by young children. 

Pack of 4. 

AR01864 £8.75 

2. Clear Trigger Sprayers 

Refillable clear plastic trigger spray 

bottles. An outdoor art must have! 

Have fun and experiment. Why not 

spray water onto powder paint and 

see what patterns/effect it creates! 

Clear. Made from plastic. Pack of 6. 

AR01597 £10.99 

3. Big Art Mark Making Kit 

An exciting pack to explore mark 

making on a grand scale! Giant 

tools to stamp, scrape, roll and splat 

in paint and water. Perfect for big, 

active art in the great outdoors. 

Supplied fully assembled. Not 

suitable to be left outdoors. Pack 

of 48. 

AR10376 £164.99 

4. Giant Outdoor ‘Big Art’ 

Tools 

Use these innovative tools to swirl, 

stamp, scrape and twirl to create 

pattern, texture and mark making 

on a grand scale. Set of four tools 

with assorted texture designs 

ideal for use in ready mixed paint, 

mud, water (puddles) and sand! 

Use outside to engage children’s 

creative curiosity, pattern and mark 

making skills. Ideal for small group 

participation. Roll out some paper 

and get making! Length 550mm. 

Made from plastic. Pack of 4. Width 

220mm. 

AR00797Texture Painters £52.99 

4 

5 

48 

5. Mini Paint Mops 

A very fun way of making big marks 

outside. Simply dip into the paint 

and begin your masterpiece! This 

mini mop looks just like a real sized 

mop but is small enough for little 

hands to hold. 100% cotton head 

and wooden handle. Leave to dry 

naturally after use. Pack of 10. 

AR02886 £18.50 

10 

4 

6 

4 

£164 .99 6. Outdoor Wheelie 

Painters 

A set of wheeled painters to trundle 

through paint or puddles. Each 

painter has a different pattern 

to create various designs on the 

playground or paper. Children will 

love twisting and turning with this 

giant art resource. Suitable for 3 to 


CA01230 £84.99 

698 


1. Easy Access Paint 

Dispenser 

Compact transportable sturdy 

wooden unit for storing and 

accessing ready mixed paint. The 

‘pump’ topped bottles support 

children’s creative independence 

enabling them to choose which 

colours to dispense into small 

pots ready for use. Depth 200mm. 

Height 300mm. Made from wood. 

Width 508mm. 

AR10052 Wooden dispenser 5 bottles £66.99 

AR10387 Bottles - 5pk £16.25 

2. NEW Autumn Festivals 

Ready Mix Paint 

Perfect for autumn crafts, specially 

selected colours to suit a range of 

activities. High quality ready mix 

paint ideal for Halloween crafting, 

includes a mix of standard and 

glitter paint!. 

AD45337 Autumn 6 x 300ml £9.99 

AD46508 Festivals 6 x 300ml £11.99 

3. NEW Bio Glitter Ready 

Mix Paint 

The first ready mixed paint 

containing biodegradable glitter! 

This Bioglitter® Paint is made from 

plants, not plastic! The paint is 

cruelty free, allergen free and 

non-toxic. Designed to provide 

eco-friendly sparkles when painting. 


AD45380 £8.99 

4. Empty Glue Jars with 

Brush 

Refillable empty pots with 

integrated brush attached to the 

lid. Use for both ready mix paint 

and PVA. Simply wash out and use 

again. Great for children’s art and 

craft activities. Pack of 12. 

AR02304 £12.25 

5. NEW Celebration Ready 

Mix Paint Pack 

Celebration pack of ready mix paint 

in assorted festive shades. Vibrant, 

rich colours with a thick texture and 

good coverage, the colours are fully 

intermixable and dry to an opaque 

finish. Pack of 6. Volume 600ml. 

AD45381 £7.99 

1 

• Keeps paint accessible at all times 

• Easy to transport, use on a table or set up a colour mixing area 

• High quality, sturdy varnished wooden unit holding paint 

securely 

• Encourages creative exploration 

2 

Festivals ready mix 

3 



Autumn ready mix 

6 

4 

5 

Use for paint 

or glue! 

12 



Aprons 

1 

1. Nylon Play Apron 

These aprons are polyurethane coated to make them waterproof, half 

length sleeves with elasticated cuffs and Velcro back fastening. They 

may be hand-washed only and never tumble-dried. 

Blue Red Size 

NYA10305 NYA10305R 60cm pk 5 £17.59 

NYA10325 NYA10325R 65cm pk 5 £18.39 

NYA10345 NYA10345R 70cm pk 5 £19.19 

NYA10365 NYA10365R 75cm pk 5 £19.99 

NYA10385 NYA10385R 80cm pk 5 £20.79 

NYA10405 85cm pk 5 £21.59 

2. PVC Waterproof Tabards 

• Durable, wipe clean popover made from waterproof PVC material. 

• Easy to wear featuring hook and loop front fastening. 

• Suitable for creative learning, art, design, textiles or food prep, as 

well a messy outdoor play. Covered areas will be protected from 

getting wet or stained. Easy to put on, pop over head and secure 

the sides. 

2 

CA02669 61x58cm pk 10 £31.92 

CA02670 66x61cm pk 10 £31.92 

AR00710 71x66cm pk 10 £31.92 

AR00712 76x69cm pk 10 £31.92 

3. PVC Aprons 

• Add a splash of colour to your lesson with hygienic, wipe clean, 

PVC aprons. 

• Protects against damage from spills or mess. Safeguard clothing 

from paint, food and other things with these cleanable aprons. 

• For younger cooks or artists who have a tendency to make a bit 

of a mess, this apron is very little maintenance; just a quick wipe 

with a damp cloth and it’s as good as new. Has a neck strap and 

back ties they are easy to use and being waterproof, keep clothes 

protected. 

TAP15S Small pk 15 £63.96 

TAP15M Medium pk 15 £71.96 

TAP15L Large pk 15 £79.96 

3 

4. Premium PVC Coloured Aprons 

• A set of 4 durable aprons available in small and medium sizes 

• 4 assorted colours 

• Small 54cm approx. 3-5 years 

• Medium 63cm approx 6-8 years 

APRSP Small Plain Aprons pk 4 £35.99 

APRMP Medium Plain Aprons pk 4 £35.99 

5. Premium PVC Patterned Aprons 

• A set of 4 durable aprons available in small and medium sizes 

• Small aprons have animal patterns 

• Medium aprons have geometric shapes 

• Small 54cm approx. 3-5 years 

• Medium 63cm approx 6-8 years 

APRSA Small ‘Animal’ Aprons pk 4 £35.99 

APRMS Medium ‘Shapes’ Aprons pk 4 £35.99 

4 

5 

700 


1. Outdoor Multi Panel Easy 

Clean 6 Sided Easel 

Versatile, weather resistant metal 

easels ideal for indoor and outdoor 

art activities. Use with paper, or 

paint direct onto the clear boards. 

Height adjustable. Folds together for 

space saving. Supplied flat packed 

for self-assembly. Depth 30mm. 


Made from metal. 

AR00740 £410.50 

1 2 

Easels 


2. Easy Clean Easel 

Easy clean easel perfect for 

encouraging creativity indoors or 

out! The easels have a sturdy metal 

frame and clear acrylic boards 

that are ideal for finger painting, 

transfer printing and tracing as 

well as traditional painting. Height 


AR01289 

610928 

Three sided, 

Plain 

Four sided, 

Plain 

£270.25 

£309.50 

3. A3 Desktop Easel 

Ideal for use on a table top, on the 

floor, indoors or out. Featuring 2 x 

A3 size clear boards for fun finger 

painting, transfer printing and 

tracing activities. Folds away for easy 

storage. Height 59cm. Single. Width 

58cm. 

3 4 

AR00734 £133.50 

4. Easy Clean Toddler Easel 

Designed and approved especially 

for toddlers, this three-sided easel 

is ideal for indoor and outdoor use. 

Easy to assemble using ‘EasyClips’ 

the frame includes sturdy storage 

trays. Can be painted onto directly 

or simply attach paper. Supplied 

flat packed for self-assembly. Height 

75cm. Single. Width 50cm. 

AR01972 £229.99 

5. Packaway Toddler Easel 

Paint, draw or chalk directly onto 

the large mark making surfaces. 

Perfect for pack away or space 

challenged settings. Ideal for indoor 

and outdoor use, the sturdy frame 

features three large assorted wipe 

clean easel panels; dry wipe, clear 

acrylic and chalkboard. Blue. Height 

1075mm. Length 581mm. Width 

503mm. 

AR021003 Sided Easel £216.99 

5 

A3 



Floor & Wall Dryers 

1 

Integrated apron hooks 

1. Space Saving Drying Unit 

Multi-use, compact unit that keeps 

wet artwork and art materials tidy 

and accessible. Perfect for space 

challenged classrooms. Easy to 

manoeuvre with lockable castors 

to keep it safely in place. Features 

17 removable wire racks to fit A4 

paper, handy adjustable storage 

shelves and apron hooks. Supplied 

flat packed for self-assembly. Not 

suitable to be left outdoors. Depth 


wood. A4. Width 50cm. 

PC10079 £215.99 

Lockable castors 

2. Table Top Drying Rack 

Sturdy, lightweight wooden table 

top drying rack and storage unit 

that keeps wet art projects safely 

stored off the classroom tables and 

work areas. Ensures classrooms are 

kept tidy and creative resources 

easily accessible. Designed with 14 

removable wire shelves and handy 

storage shelf featuring cut out holes 

to hold standard paint pots (pots 

not included). Depth 450mm. Height 


Compact storage for 

a space challenged 

classroom! 

2 3 

ONLY 

£169 .99 

Removable drying shelves 

AR02112 £169.99 

3. Easy Access Drying 

Station 

Easy to manoeuvre drying rack that 

stores and protects wet artwork 

whilst it dries. Keeps work surfaces 

clear and free of clutter. Features 

four castors (two lockable), storage 

shelves and apron hooks keeping 

resources tidy. This innovative design 

allows each shelf to be removed and 

carried to the work area to collect 

wet artwork then back to the dryer 

without the floor getting covered 

in paint drips! Easy to manoeuvre 

drying rack and storage unit for 

busy creative areas. Features 16 wire 

drying shelves. Height 1414mm. 

Length 645mm. Width 495mm. 

AR02113 £299.99 

A2 

2 3 

A3 

Integrated storage pot 

holders designed to fit 

standard water pots 

702 


1. Large 40 Shelf Mobile 

Drying Rack 

Large 40 shelf rack that can hold up 

to A2 size paper. Ideal for moving 

between classrooms, comes with 

lockable castors. Shelves have 

a plastic coated finish for easy 

cleaning. Supplied fully assembled. 

Height 69.5cm. Length 89cm. Made 

from metal. Single. Width 63.5cm. 

AR00698 £189.75 

2. 30 Shelf Mobile Drying 

Rack 

This compact mobile unit makes 

an ideal drying rack for childrens’ 

artwork. Features two rubber wheels 

and a push handle, making it easy 

to move. Enough racks to hold up 

to 30 A2 pieces of paper. Supplied 

fully assembled. H103.5 x W65.5 x 

D64cm. Made from metal. 

1 2 

Drying Racks 

ONLY 

£218 .50 


CE05756 £218.50 

3. Mobile Drying Rack 

Compact, great value drying rack 

ideal for those struggling for space 

or with a smaller setting. Supplied 

with castors the dryer can be easy 

to manoeuvre between creative 

areas whether indoors or outdoors. 

Features 17 shelves. Supplied fully 

assembled. Red. Depth 43cm. Height 

65cm. Made from powder coated 

metal. Single. Width 33cm. 

A2 

A2 

AR02049 £141.50 

4. Double Sided Easel with 

Dryer 

A versatile, sturdy unit enabling 

artwork to be created and dried 

all in one space! Ideal for both the 

indoor and outdoor classroom, 

simply wheel to an area of 

inspiration and lock the castors. 


Width 710mm. 

4 

AR01286 £436.99 

3 

1 

• Easy to manoeuvre art 

activity centre. 

• Suitable for the indoor and 

outdoor classroom 

• Sturdy design with built in 

drying shelves, paint pots and 

storage 

• Encourages small group 

creative exploration 



Block Printing 

1. Primary Curriculum Print Pack 

An ideal all-in-one introduction-kit to printing using 

polystyrene sheets. 

• Contains: 

• 10 x Inking Rollers 

• 5 x Inking Trays 

• 100 x A4 Safeprint Sheets 

• 5 x Block Printing Ink Tubes (Black, White, Brilliant 

Yellow, Brilliant Red, v Blue) 

• Teacher’s notes 

PCP79 Curriculum Print pk £99.99 

2 

3 

2. Transparent Polymer Blocks 

• Transparent double sided polymer similar in 

specification to the traditional polymer blocks 

• Blocks are see-through, enabling users to place 

drawings/designs underneath 

• Soft material that does not crumble and enables users 

to produce sharp lines 

• Approximately 3mm thick 

79102T-10 150 x 200mm pk 10 £19.88 

79104T-10 300 x 200mm pk 10 £29.56 

79106T-10 300 x 300mm pk 10 £38.36 

3. Polymer Blocks 

• Double sided polymer sheets for easy carving 

• Approx 3mm thick 

• Will not distort under pressure or crumble 

• Supplied in a pack of 10 x 150 x 200mm sheets 

MB791 Polymer Blocks pk 10 £13.59 

4. Inking Tray 

• A simple 25cm x 20cm light, flexible inking 

tray for ink rollers and sponge rollers 

• Also suitable for paint 

MB7001 Inking Tray each £2.79 

5. Safeprint Foam Sheets 

• A safer alternative to polymer sheets or 

traditional lino 

• Ideal for making impressions of blunt objects and for 

general model making 

• Can be cut, scored and folded 

• Supplied in a pack of 10 A4 sheets 

• 3mm thick 

DT0036 A4 pk 25 £12.79 

SF16550 165 x 165mm pk 50 £14.39 

MB795 300 x 300mm pk 10 £10.39 

DT0038 500 x 380mm pk 25 £31.99 

4 

704 


1. Block Printing Inks 

Water based inks suitable for lino, potato and stick 

painting techniques. 

• Supplied in 300ml tubes 

BP300WH White £4.99 

BP300YW Yellow £4.99 

BP300BK Black £4.99 

BP300RD Red £4.99 

BP300GR Green £4.99 

BP300BL Blue £4.99 

BP300BS Burnt Sienna £4.99 

BP300CR Crimson £4.99 

BP300LE Lemon £4.99 

BP300OR Orange £4.99 

BP300TQ Turquoise £4.99 

BP300VI Violet £4.99 

1 

Block Printing 


Assorted Sets (pack of 6) 

BP300MET Metallic pk 6 £39.99 

BP300FLU Fluorescent pk 6 £39.99 

BP300PRL Pearlescent pk 6 £39.99 

2. Lino Roller 

• Hard rubber roller with a sturdy handle 

• Handle includes a back rest to hold roller away 

from working surface when turned upside down 

• Roller 102mm/4”, handle length 135mm 

MB793 Lino Roller each £5.99 

3. Lino Cutter Set 

• Cutter handle and set of 5 assorted cutters 

• Handle has adjustable chuck 

MB792 Lino Cutter Set set 5 £4.99 

2 

3 



Modelling 

1. Plaster of Paris Casting Powder 

• Air Hardening 

• Ideal for use with Latex moulds 

• Mix 3 parts plaster to 2 parts water 

• 10 kg Tub 

PP3210 Casting Powder 10 kg £15.99 

2. Papier Mache 

• Art-Mache. Ready made papier mache - just add water 

and mix 

MACHE Papier Mache 1Kg bag £7.99 

3. Modelling Rock 

• A fine gauze impregnated with a quick drying plaster 

that is ideal for creating casts or moulding shapes 

LPMOD 6cm x 2m pk 12 £13.59 

MR15080 150mm X 80m each £31.99 

2 

3 

706 


1 

FROM 

£5 .99 

Modelling 


• Ready to use and 

recyclable reducing 

waste 

• Dries without the use 

of a kiln 

• Nylon and non nylon 

fibre versions available 

1. Air Dry Modelling Clay 

Ready to use high quality clay which 

dries to a durable matt finish. With 

the characteristics of traditional 

clay but air-drying. Clay in 12.5kg 

bags include nylon fibre for added 

strength, clay in 2.5kg tubs are 

WITHOUT nylon fibre. Available in 

two colours. Recyclable. Made from 

clay. Single. 

2 

AR03194 Stone 2.5kg £5.99 

AR03207 Stone 12.5kg £10.25 

AR03193 Terracotta 2.5kg £5.99 

AR03206 Terracotta 12.5kg £10.25 

2. Scola Air Drying Clay 

A natural clay product that helps 

children explore the concepts of 

moulding, shaping and stretching! 

Sculpt and shape with hands, 

modelling tools and textured plates. 

No need for a kiln with this handy air 

dry clay. Weight 1kg. 

AR10495 White £3.50 

042547 Stone £3.50 

042548 Terracotta £3.50 

3. Scola Air Hardening Clay 

This air dry clay is similar to potters 

clay, but includes a nylon fibre 

to give it strength in air-dried 

models. Can be moulded, shaped 

and sculpted to explore the basic 

concepts of modelling. Weight 

4.5kg. 

NCLAY Stone £8.50 

AR10056 Terracotta £8.50 

3 

1 

4.5 



Modelling 

1 

1. Modelling Material 

NONHARDENING 

• Manufactured especially for school use 

• Non-toxic, non-marking, long lasting material 

• Available in 3kg assorted tub of red, yellow, green and blue or 

assorted 3kg tub of multi-racial skin colours 

• Also available in 500g single colour packs 

CC500BK Black 500g £2.39 

CC500DB Dark Blue 500g £2.39 

CC500LB Light Blue 500g £2.39 

CC500BR Brown 500g £2.39 

CC500CE Cerise 500g £2.39 

CC500PE Peach 500g £2.39 

CC500DG Dark Green 500g £2.39 

CC500GY Grey 500g £2.39 

CC500OR Orange 500g £2.39 

CC500RD Red 500g £2.39 

CC500ST Stone 500g £2.39 

CC500WH White 500g £2.39 

CC500YW Yellow 500g £2.39 

MMA3K Assorted 3kg tub £10.39 

CC3569 Skin Colours Pack 3kg tub £10.39 

2 

2. Assorted Colours Modelling Material 

• Non-hardening 

• Non-toxic modelling material 

• 6 colours per 500g bar 

• Available in rainbow, neon & people colours 

CC50004 Rainbow Colours 500g £2.39 

CC50002 People Colours 500g £2.39 

CC50009 Neon Colours 500g £2.39 

3 

4 

3. Soft-Fun 

• An amazing soft modelling material that NEVER DRIES OUT 

• Does not crack or crumble 

• Bright colours and lightweight make it ideal for modelling in early 

years 

• Each block weighs 350g but is double the volume of ordinary 

modelling material 

• 6 x 350g 

SOFTFUN Assorted Box pk 6 £19.99 

5 

4. Air Hardening Clay 

• Mineral and water based, non-fibrous material 

• Stone colour with soft texture 

• 2.5kg in handy pail with lid and handle 

CLAY25 Stone 2.5kg £7.49 

CLAY25TC Terracotta 2.5kg £7.49 

CLAY125ST Stone 12.5kg £12.81 

CLAY125TC Terracotta 12.5Kg £12.81 

6 

5. Crayola Model Magic 

• Unique modelling compound dries in about 24 hours 

• Special clean formulation means it doesn’t stick to skin, carpet or 

room surfaces and avoids clean up time 

• Available in white only, or red, yellow, blue and white assorted tubs 

of 907g 

CMMW White each £29.99 

CMMC Colours each £29.99 

6. Play–Doh 

• Very soft and easily moulded by the smallest hands 

• 140g tubs X 12 assorted colours 

PLAYDOH Play-Doh pk 12 £39.99 

7. Modelling Tools 

Set of 14 assorted plastic tools 

7 

MTOOLS Modelling Tools box 14 £3.99 

708 


1. Modelling Boards 

• Pack of 10 boards 

• Made of MDF with approximate dimensions 

20cm x 30cm x 3mm 

• Inexpensive, portable working surface which 

also protects the surface below from stains and 

scratches 

WMB7807 Modelling Boards pk 10 £9.59 

2. Modelling Pack 

• For dough and soft clay containing: 

• 1 x Plastic Rolling Pin, Plastic Clay Cutter Rollers 

(3 x castellated and 3 x smooth), Plastic Dough 

Gun Assorted Shapes Set of 5 

• Ideal for a wide range of tasks to be performed 

on soft modelling materials 

1 2 

Modelling 


904PACK Modelling Pack £9.59 

3. Tub of Modelling Tools, Clay Cutters 

& Rolling Pins 

• 95 colourful sturdy pieces in a handy storage tub. 

• Pack contains: dough tools and rolling pins, 

modelling tools and an assortment of clay 

cutters including numbers and symbols 

• Suitable for children to use with most 

modelling materials. 

3 

MT6370 Tub of Tools pk 96 £31.99 

4. Dough Modelling Set 

Modelling Tools and Dough all in one box 

Set contains: 

• 1 × 7807-10 Modelling Boards Pk 10 

• 2 × 9000FS2 Dough Station Set 

• 3 × 9000DO-6 Dough Pots Pk 6 

• 1 × 9000GUN-5 Dough Guns Pk 5 

• 2 × 9000CUT-11 Dough Cutters Pk 11 

• 3 × 7816 Plastic Rolling Pin 

• 1 × 782-6 Cutter Wheels Pk 6 

4 5 

DM5685 Dough Modelling Kit £31.99 

5. Modelling Tools 

Set of 14 assorted plastic tools 

MTOOLS Modelling Tools box 14 £3.19 

6. Giotto Patplume 

• Lightweight, vegatable based modeling dough. 

• Excellent plasticity and structure, great for small 

hand-made objects 

• Non sensitive to temperature and can be 

kneaded for a long time 

• Clean, odourless and does not dry out when 

exposed to air 

• 12 inter-mixable bright colours including white, 

grey, light blue, dark blue, yellow, orange, 

black, light green, dark green, red, pink and 

brown 

• Each block 150g 

GT5119 Patplume 12 X 150g £17.59 

6 



Fibre Tip & Felt Tip Pens 

1 

1. eziGlide ColourFun Markers 

Top quality branded felt tips that perform as well if not better than the 

leading brand without the price tag. 

With extremely hard wearing tips, strong, vibrant colour lay down 

and excellent write out length, these pens are ideal for the developing 

artist. 

Available in both broad and fine tip, in wallets of 12, tubs of 48 or as a 

handy classpack of 288. 

Broad Tip 

CCBT12 wlt 12 £2.39 

CCBT36 tub 40 £7.99 

CCBT288 classpack 288 £39.99 

2 

Fine Tip 

CCFT12 wlt 12 £2.39 

CCFT36 tub 40 £7.99 

CCFT288 classpack 288 £39.99 

2. Fila Bullet Tip Colour Pens 

• Bullet tipped 

• Water based ink 

• For colouring and drawing 

• Ventilated caps 

• Available in 3 assortments 

DX0762 12 Assorted pk 12 £2.39 

DX0715 24 Assorted pk 24 £5.59 

GTM96AS 96 Assorted pk 96 £23.99 

3 

3. Fila Fine Tip Colour Pens 

• Fine tipped fibre pens 

• Water based ink 

• Easy grip ventilated tops 

• For colouring and drawing 

• Available in 3 assortments 

DX0714 12 Assorted pk 12 £2.39 

DX0716 36 Assorted pk 36 £6.39 

DX5215 96 Assorted pk 96 £13.59 

4. Berol Colourbroad 

• 1.7mm quality fibre tip for large areas of colour work 

CBW12 Wallet 12 Asst £6.99 

CBT42 Tub 42 Asst £18.99 

CBCP Classpack 288 Asst £99.99 

4 

5. Berol Colourfine 

• 0.6mm quality fibre tip for detailed colouring or writing 

CFW12 Wallet 12 Asst £6.99 

CFT42 Tub 42 Asst £18.99 

CFCP Classpack 288 Asst £99.99 

5 

710 


1. Staedtler Noris Club 

• Full length colouring pencils 

• Available in wallets of 12, box of 144 or Gratnell’s trays of 288 

pencils 

NC12 Staedtler Noris Club wlt 12 £10.39 

NC144 Staedtler Noris Club pk 144 £15.99 

NC288 Staedtler Noris Club pk 288 £31.99 

2. Giotto Stilnovo Schoolpack 

Hexagonal crayon with matching lead/coating and silver plated edges. 

Intense colours, easy to sharpen. 


1 


GT5266 Giotto Stilnovo Tray 192 £39.99 

3. Value Colouring Pencils 

• Standard full length colouring pencils 

• Available in handy wallets, mega bulk boxes of 500 or class packs 

of 288 (12 colours) in Gratnell trays with lid 

2 

ECP12 Colouring Pencils pk 12 £1.19 

ECP500 Mega Bulk Box box 500 £31.99 

ECPCP Class Pack in Tray pk 288 £27.99 

4. Colourland Pencils 

• Excellent quality budget colouring pencil 

• Available as a classpack of 288 

CL0481 Classpack pk 288 £15.99 

5. Lyra Ferby Colour Pencils 

• A half length colouring pencil in a natural wood finish 

• Triangular Grip for easy handling 

• Vibrant, opaque colours 

3 

970H96 Ferby Classpack pk 96 £39.99 

6. Lyra Jockey Jumbos 

• Lyra’s Jockey Jumbos are exceptionally good value 

• Chunky hexagonal pencils for younger children 

• Available in packs of 10 or classpacks of 144 in a Gratnell’s tray 

LY813 Jockey Jumbos pk 10 £11.19 

LY820 Jockey Jumbos tray 144 £39.99 

7. Classroom Pencils 

Standard HB pencils for writing and 

drawing 

• Available in packs of 12 or mega bulk boxes of 500 

4 

C112 HB Pencils pk12 £0.79 

C1500 Mega Bulk Box box 500 £19.32 

• Eraser tipped HB pencils for handy correction 

C212 Eraser Tipped HB pk 12 £1.27 

5 

6 

7 

Tray not 

included. 



Crayons 

FROM 

1 

FROM 

2 

£22 .99 

£5 .25 

£6 .99 

3 

ONLY 

4 

5 6 

40 30 

288 6 

FROM 

£0 .99 

1. Chubbi Stumps Crayons 

These wax crayons are specially 

shaped for small hands. Long-lasting 

and hard to break colouring crayons. 

Brightly coloured to create vibrant 

art work. Great for younger artists 

to start to learn how to draw and 

create shapes. Diameter 14mm. 

Length 57mm. 

FCST40pk £5.25 

AR02634288pk £21.99 

2. Chubbi Eggs Crayons 

Fun egg shaped wax crayons, perfect 

for small hands. Made from a unique 

wax formula these crayons enable 

toddlers to make their first marks 

without the frustration of a normal 

crayon. Multicoloured. Diameter 

45mm. Length 48mm. 

AR016978pk £6.99 

AR0262830pk £22.99 

3. Chunki Chalks and 

Chubbi Crayons Pack 

Excellent value class pack of both 

chubbi stumps and chunki chalks. 

This pack has 144 of both chalks and 

crayons, in 12 bright, fun colours for 

drawing and creating on a range of 

surfaces! Diameter 12mm. Length 


AR01698 £22.99 

4. Easy Grip Crayons 

These easy grip crayons are ideal for 

enthusiastic little artists. Helps young 

children mark make with confidence, 

creating strong, bold lines. Includes 

storage tub with a carry handle for 

an easy, portable solution. Pack of 6. 

AR01610 £9.75 


Standard Wax Crayons 

A great value pack of wax crayons 

in an assortment of vibrant colours. 

Perfect for children’s everyday 

colouring and drawing activities. 


6002788pk £0.99 

600279288pk £15.75 

6. Metallic Crayons 

Set of good quality metallic wax 

crayons in bronze, gold and silver. 

Ideal for use on dark paper for 

exciting mark making activities. 

Suitable for texture rubbings and 

general artwork. Multicoloured. Pack 

of 12. 

AMWC £3.99 

288 12 

712 


1. Brown Ribbed Craft Roll 

An exciting alternative to white 

paper, it can be used with many 

different media particularly oil and 

chalk pastels or charcoal. Superb 

product if you like to work big. 

Will take most mediums: Drawing, 

painting or sketching. Brown. 

Length 250m. Weight 70gsm. Width 

900mm. 

AR01214 £45.99 

2. Oil Pastels 

These oil pastels have strong colours 

are opaque and easy to blend, ideal 

for primary school use. Ideal for use 

on canvas, card, paper and more. 

Can also be mixed with a thinner 

to blend them. Multicoloured. Pack 

of 12. 

AOILP12 £2.25 

1 2 

Oil Pastels 

ONLY 

£45 .99 ONLY 

£2 .25 

250 

12 


3. Pentel Large Oil Pastels 

Great value fade-resistant oil pastels. 

The creamy-softness makes these 

pastels easy apply and blend. The 

large diameter sticks are easy for 

younger hands to hold but are 

suitable for use by a wide range of 

ages and abilities. Diameter 10mm. 

00626312pk £3.99 

00628024pk £7.50 

AR0274248pk £12.50 

4. Pentel Oil Pastels 

Professional quality, rich and smooth 

pastels in an excellent range of 

vibrant colours. Pentel oil pastels 

are long-lasting and fade-resistant. 

They can be blended easily for subtle 

shades or colour mixtures, creating 

beautiful artwork. 

SOP2525pk £3.75 

PC10081144pk £30.25 

SOPCP432pk £48.75 

5. Oil Pastels 

Rich, smooth pastels supplied in a 

range of brilliant colours. Ideal for 

children to experiment with colour 

blending, mark making and sgraffito 

techniques. 

006303Assorted - 12pk £1.50 

610682Assorted - 24pk £3.25 

032679Black/White - 12pk £2.75 

032678 Skin Tones - 12pk £2.75 

3 

4 

5 

FROM 

£3 .99 

FROM 

FROM 

£3 .75 £1 .50 



Collage & Craft 

Glitter is that basic essential resource for all classrooms. These brilliant colours are ideal for all types of art and craft projects 

including collage and crafts. Simply pour glitter onto a pre-glued surface for an added bit of sparkle. Contains a handy scoop. 

1 

1. 1KG Glitter Jars 

• High quality glitter flakes 

• In classroom size dispenser 

GSK1000GD Gold 1Kg £19.99 

GSK1000SL Silver 1Kg £19.99 

GSK1000RD Red 1Kg £19.99 

GSK1000GR Green 1Kg £19.99 

GSK1000BL Blue 1Kg £19.99 

GSK1000WH White 1Kg £19.99 

2 

2. Glitter Shakers 

• High quality glitter flakes 

• In classroom size dispenser - 250g 

GSKGD Gold each £5.59 

GSKSL Silver each £5.59 

GSKRD Red each £5.59 

GSKGR Green each £5.59 

GSKBL Blue each £5.59 

GSKAS Multi Colours each £5.59 

3 

GSK6A Assorted pk 6 £22.36 

GSKS Coloured Stars 150g each £4.79 

GSK20 Classpack in Tray pk 20 £79.99 

3. Glitter Phials 

• A pack of 6 popular colours in easy-to-use shaker-top phials 

• Includes 7.2g each of red, blue, green, silver, gold and multi 

• A great value pack ideal for sharing between tables 

28680 Assorted pk 6 £3.19 

4. Sequins 

• A terrific assortment of eyecatching shapes in various sizes 

• Choose a 500g reusable jar or 25g individual use bags 

4 

SEQBG Sequins 25g bag £3.19 

SEQ Sequins 500g tub £17.59 

5. Shimmer Shower 

• Assorted metallic mosaic foil pieces in a 100g bag 

SHOWER Shimmer Shower 100g bag £3.16 

6. Giant Spangles Mix 

• Extra large shapes which are easier for young children to handle 

7050 Spangle Mix 100g bag £4.79 

5 

6 

714 


1. Acrylic Jewels 

• Assorted colours & shapes 

ACJEWS Assorted 500g bag £16.99 

2. Sequin Mesh 

• Metallic coloured foil mesh 

• 5 metre Assorted Rolls 

• Gold, Silver, Blue, Red and Green 

1 



SM8520 Assorted Rolls pk 5 £7.99 

3. Metallic Foil Shreds 

• 5 bags of different coloured foil shreds. 30g per bag 

2 

MFS Assorted 5 x 30g £8.99 

4. Iridescent Shred 

• 1m iridescent shreds for shimmering effect 

• Supplied in 6 x 30g assorted colours 

BI2900 Iridescent Shred pk 6 £7.99 

3 

5. Doilies 

• Ideal for cutting and decorating, these doilies come in an assorted 

pack of 3 sizes - 101mm, 152mm and 254mm. 

• White 

• Round 


2550 Doilies pk 30 £12.76 

6. Calendar Blanks 2024 

• A4, white card printed calendar sheets. 


• Choice of 2 designs 

CBL10S Square Border pk 50 £11.96 

CBL10P Plain Border pk 50 £11.96 

4 

5 

7. 3D Fireplace 

• A Life size corrugated 3 dimensional fireplace. 

• Sturdy and easy to assemble. 

• Ideal for drama productions and classroom displays. 

• 965 x 175 x 762mm 

53082 3D Fireplace each £31.99 

6 

7 

2024 




1 

1. Pipecleaners 

Assorted colours 

PIPE154 150 x 4mm pk 100 £3.99 

PIPE306 300 x 6mm pk 100 £5.99 

PIPE3012 300 x 12mm pk 50 £5.49 

Glitter Pipecleaners 

PIPEGS 300 x 6mm pk 100 £5.99 

Bumpy Chenille Stems 

PIPEB 300 x 15mm pk 48 £3.99 

Hair Loop Pipe Cleaners 

PC5400 Asst Hair Colours pk 50 £7.99 

PC5500 Asst Bright Colours pk 50 £7.99 

Pipe Cleaners White 

PIPEWH100 White pk 100 £5.99 

Pipe Cleaners, Black 

PIPEBK100 Black pk 100 £5.99 

2 

2. Art Straws 

• Cut, bend, colour & glue these paper straws 

ART4W 4mm White pk 1800 £17.59 

ART6W 6mm White pk 900 £177.59 

ART6C 6mm Coloured pk 900 £19.19 

ARTASS Asst Cols & Sizes pk 1350 £21.59 

3 

3. Remnant Yarn 

• Assorted lengths and sizes of 100% acrylic yarn in bright colours 

and earthtones 

• An excellent value pack for craft and weaving projects. 

00440 Remnant Yarn 226g £10.84 

4. Bucket of Shells 

An assortment of shells all neatly packaged in a handy storage 

container. Perfect for counting and sorting activities and nature tables. 

Approx 500g. 

A-SHELL Assorted Shells 800g £12.79 

4 

5. Foam Letters & Numbers 

A 250g tub of brightly coloured letters and numbers in a handy 

storage tub. Pieces are thick enough for use by small hands. 

Approximately 1500 pieces. 

CS4303 Foam Nos. & Letters tub £11.19 

5 

716 


1. Poly-prop Curling Ribbon 

• 6 x 20m ribbon eggs 

• Colours include Gold, White, Red, Green, Blue and Cerise in clear 

poly-bag 

PPCR205 Curling Ribbon pk 6 £3.19 

2. Metallic Ribbon 

6 x 4.5m x 18mm Metallic Ribbons in assorted colours including: Gold, 

silver, Red, Green, Blue and Cerise. 

MR64518 Metallic Ribbon pk 6 £6.39 

1 

College & Craft 


3. Metallic Curling Ribbon 

• 6 x 10m ribbon eggs 

• Colours include 2 Gold, 1 Silver, 1 Red, 1 Green and 1 Blue in clear 

poly-bag 

MCR105 Metallic Curling Ribbon pk 6 £3.19 

2 

3 

4. Assorted Wire Spools 

• Excellent for design and technology, and crafting projects alike. 

These coloured wire spools offer a great value pack. 

• Pack of 12 spools of 26 gauge 

• 4.5m per spool 

WR28418 Wire Spools pk 12 £10.39 

4 

5. Feathers 

Assorted coloured or natural feathers 

FT6100 Coloured Feathers 50g bag £5.59 

FT7200 Natural Feathers 25g bag £5.19 

6. Indian Quill Feathers 

• Coloured Indian quill feathers each 30cm long for collage & crafts 

IQF3025 Indian Quill Feathers pk 25 £7.99 

7. Speckled Feathers 

• Speckled colour feathers for collage & craft use 

• Assorted 28g 

5 

SF2536 Speckled Feathers pk 28g £6.39 

8. Speckled Feathers Monochrome 

• Speckled monochrome feathers for collage & craft use 

SF2547 Monochrome Feathers 28g £6.39 

6 7 8 



Pom Poms 

1 

1500 

ONLY 

£36 .99 

1. Pom Poms Assorted 

Shades Pack 

Organised by colour tone, this set 

contains six jars for easy storage. 

Each jar contains 250 pom poms. 


AR02357 £36.99 

2. Colourful Assorted Pom 

Poms 

Top quality assorted pom poms in 

assorted colours and sizes. Use for 

all collage activities. Sizes from 0.7 - 

5cm Pack of 300. 

AR02351 £7.25 

2 

300 

3 

1500 10 

3. Double Knit 

Assorted pack of double knit acrylic 

yarn. Use for weaving, threading, 

primary sewing, knitting, creative 

textiles and general art and textiles 

projects. Multicoloured. Pack of 10. 

Weight 100g. 

AR02003 £23.50 

4. Festive Tinsel Pom Poms 

Give your Christmas crafts a glittery, 

fluffy finishing touch with this pack 

of pom poms in three festive shades. 

Pack of 100. 

031584 £3.50 

4 5 

5. Bumper Pom Poms Pack 

Fun, fluffy and tactile, every little 

crafter’s favourite addition to cards, 

collage and decorations. Bumper 

bag in range of colours and sizes to 

add 3D effects to artwork, models 

and cards. Weight 450g. 

600181 £12.99 

1500 100 

450 

6. Glitter Pom Poms 

Light weight, sparkly and fluffy 

glitter pom poms. Multicoloured. 

Pack of 100. 

610377 £11.50 

6 7 

100 100 

8 9 

ONLY 

£13 .75 

7. Festive Pom Poms 

Colourful, tactile pom poms in an 

assortment of sizes and Christmas 

colours. Wonderful for decorating 

pictures, collages, Christmas cards 

and decorations. Multicoloured. 

Assorted. Pack of 100. 

003509 £7.50 

8. Spring Pom Pom Mix 

Fluffy pom poms in pretty pastel 

colours supplied in a range of sizes, 

Perfect for all those classroom spring 

displays, decorations and craft 

projects. Pack of 100. 

AR02647 £4.99 

9. Assorted Pom Pom 

Bumper Pack 

Bumper bag in range of colours (inc 

glitter!) and sizes to add 3D effects 

to artwork, models and cards, 

Multicoloured. Weight 450g. 

AR01290 £13.75 

100 

450 

718 


1. Felt Squares Assorted 

Soft, strong, non-fraying material 

easy to sew acrylic felt in an 

assortment of bright colours. 

TFELT20pk £9.99 

TFELT100100pk £45.99 

TE00828200pk £80.50 

TE00515300pk £114.99 

2. Gold Flecked Cork Display 

Fabric 

A stunning neutral coloured high 

quality craft fabric with a hint of 

gold. Fabric backed cork with a 

subtle golden metallic fleck. Easy 

to cut, soft, strong and malleable. 

Perfect re-usable surface for lining 

classroom display boards. Length 

1m. Width 150cm. 

AR10466 £28.75 

3. Binca Squares 

Brightly coloured pre-cut squares 

perfect for children to learn and 

practise their stitching and sewing 

skills. Multicoloured. 

TE0004050pk £25.99 

TE00813100pk £51.75 

4. Rainbow Binca Pack 

A cross stitch canvas binca, six holes 

per 25mm. Ideal fabric to learn to 

sew. Length 35cm. Pack of 10. 

Width 25cm. 

AR02789 £17.25 

5. Paper Backed Hessian 

Create a calming, natural, textured 

background making children’s work 

stand out. A practical, hard wearing 

and reusable background perfect 

for display spaces. Paper backed 

preventing stretching and helping 

ease of use. Length 5m. Width 

90cm. 

AR10155 £45.99 

6. Cream Display Hessian 

Neutral high quality material for 

natural looking classroom display 

boards. A lighter coloured alternative 

for backing classroom display boards 

long term allowing children’s work 

to be the focus. Cream. Length 5m. 

Width 90cm. 

AR10477 £37.99 

7. Display Hessian 

Perfect for classroom displays, den 

building or outdoor play, this hessian 

is rugged and hard wearing. Length 

5m. Width 1.35m. 

CA03912 £26.99 

1 2 

FROM 

£9 .99 Durable, re-usable 

shimmering fabric! 

3 4 

FROM 

5 6 

7 8 

ONLY 

Fabric Packs 

150 

cm 

£25 .99 20 

10 

5 5 

£26 .99 


8. Flame Proof Natural 

Hessian 

Strong, durable natural coloured 

fabric ideal for long lasting displays. 

Use for working walls, display 

boards or den and 3D display 

areas. Environmentally friendly and 

biodegradable. Fire retardant finish. 

Length 3m. Width 1.8m. 

AR11320 £44.25 



Woodcraft 

1 

2 

1. Lollipop Sticks 

WL8735 Natural Sticks pk 200 £5.99 

WL8740 Natural Sticks pk 1000 £9.99 

WK8545 Coloured Sticks pk 1000 £12.99 

2. Jumbo Lollipop sticks Natural 

• A useful construction material which can be easily coloured 

and glued 

• Easy for small fingers to handle 

• Size: 150mm x 19mm 

• Pack also contains ideas leaflet 

• Can also be used as a simple stir stick or paste spreader Ideal for 

making puppet 

7067100 Jumbo Lollipop Sticks pk 100 £3.16 

3 

4 

3. Match Splints 

8065 Natural Splints pk 2000 £4.99 

8320 Coloured Splints pk 2000 £6.99 

4. Dolly Pegs 

WP8550 Natural Pegs pk 24 £4.99 

WP8210 Coloured Pegs pk 50 £6.99 

5. Wooden Beads 

WD5089 Wooden Beads Asst 454g bag £19.15 

6. Buttons 

5 

6 

BU4510 Assorted Buttons 500g bag £11.99 

7. Rolling Pins 

• Pack of 4 assorted, patterned, wooden rolling pins 

• Patterns : square contours, concave grooves, smooth, & diamond 

contours 

WR8350 Rolling Pins pk 4 £9.99 

8. Woodcraft Assortment 

A superb selection of quality woodcraft products. Great sensory play 

facility providing for foundation stage and SEN. 

7 

8 

• Contains: 

• 2000 coloured matchsplints 

• 2000 natural matchsplints 

• 500g bag of assorted wooden buttons 

• 50 coloured dolly pegs 

• 100 natural dolly pegs 

• 4 wooden rolling pins with assorted patterns 

• 100 natural lollipop sticks 

• 100 coloured lollipop sticks 

• 100g bag of coloured wood shavings 

9 

All this plus a deep Gratnell’s tray with lid, PLUS a 5 litre bottle of 

PVA adhesive! 

WCASST Woodcraft Assortment pk £79.92 

9. Coloured Wood Shavings 

• A fabulous collage material giving bright colours and great 3D 

depth to craft activities 

10 

WS100 Wood shavings Asst 100g £5.99 

10. Wooden Numbers & Letters 

11 

Wooden templates that develop children’s hand eye co-ordination, 

dexterity and motor skills. 

• Lower case letters (pack 26) 3mm x 50mm (average) 

• Numbers (pack 20) 3mm x 70mm (average) 

FF8090 Wooden Letters pk 26 £5.99 

FF8091 Wooden Numbers pk 20 £5.99 

11. Cork tops 

A 100g bag of various sizes of cork bungs. Great for 3D work 

TCORK Cork Tops 100g bag £7.96 

720 


1. Wire Netting 

• Ideal for large scale models 

• Mesh width (hole size) 25mm 

• Galvanised to resist corrosion – suitable for use 

outdoors 

• Wire diameter 0.7mm 

• Supplied as a roll with dimensions 10m × 0.9m 

GNET901025 Wire Netting roll £27.99 

2. Aluminium Wire Mesh 

• Easy to cut, form and contour, yet rigid enough to 

retain its shape 

• Available as a Fine, Medium or Coarse mesh 

• Roll size 3m ◊ 0.5m, mesh hole sizes 1 x 2mm, 

2.5 x 4.5mm, 5 x 10mm 

• Ideal for use with many modelling materials, 

particularly papier-mâché and plaster bandages 

• Fine mesh ideal for detailed artwork, e.g. human 

facial; features, landscapes, etc. 

1 

Wirecraft 


WMF Fine Wire Mesh roll £12.79 

WMM5789 Medium Wire Mesh roll £15.19 

WMC5674 Coarse Wire Mesh roll £17.59 

3. Florist Wire 

• Mild steel wire ideal for modelling and construction 

work 

• Galvanised to resist corrosion – suitable for use 

outdoors 

• Supplied in a 2.5kg bundle, each wire 30cm long 

• 20SWG – diameter 0.9mm 

• Total length approximately 440m 

2 

78601 Florist Wire 440m £18.39 

4. Modelling Wire 

• Mild steel wire ideal for modelling and construction 

work 

• Galvanised to resist corrosion – suitable for modelling 

outdoors 

• Supplied in a coil of 500g 

• Wire diameter 1.0mm 

• Total length approximately 80m 

GWIRE1500 Modelling WIre coil £5.59 

5. Aluminium Rod 

• Soft, malleable and easy to cut 

• Easy to bend, yet retains its shape 

• Ideal for strengthening models, or can be used a 

design medium in its own right 

• Can be painted 

• Available in 3 sizes: Ø2.0mm, length 20m Ø3.2mm, 

length 10m Ø4.5mm, length 5m 

3 

WR220 20m x Ø0.2mm each £6.39 

WR321 10m x Ø3.2mm each £7.19 

WR455 5m x Ø5.5mm each £6.39 

5 

4 




1 

All in a deep 

Gratnell’s tray 

with Lid 

Contents may be 

substituted with suitable 

alternatives of equal or 

greater value in the event 

of stock shortages. 

1. Every Day Craft Box 

• A super value assortment of the most 

popular craft items 

• Quality products suitable from Foundation 

Stage upwards 

• 1 x Tissue Tower: 4600 squares of assorted 

tissue paper 

• Chenille Pom Poms 100 assorted sizes and colours 

• Feathers: assorted colours - 25g 

• Pipecleaners pack of 100 6mm x 300mm assorted 

• Wiggle Eyes: 2 x 100 assorted size eyes 

• Iridescent Shred: 3 x 50g assorted packs 

• Felt Shapes: 1 pack each of peel and stick transport & animal 

felt shapes 

• Wooden letters & numbers: 1 pack of 26 letters and 1 pack 

of 20 numbers 

• Pack of 200 assorted EVA foam shapes 

• Tissue circles and squares: 480 15cm squares and 480 15cm 

circles, assorted 

Sequin Mesh: pack of 5 assorted rolls 

• Foam Transport & Flowers: 2 packs of assorted EVA shapes. 

120 pieces in total 

• All contained in a deep Gratnell’s tray 

EDCCP Craft Classpack Tray £99.99 

2. Wiggle Eyes 

• Wiggle eyes in assorted sizes, and colours. 

• Packs of 560 come in handy plastic stacker tubs 

• All packs contain assorted sizes 

2 

EY5330 Black & White Round pk 100 £3.19 

1842890 B&W Oval & Round pk 560 £5.56 

1842895 Asst Cols Round & Oval pk 560 £7.16 

3. Wiggle Eyes, Peel & Stick 

• Content: 100 eyes 

• Size: Assorted 

• Colour: Black 

• Peel and stick eyes (no glue necessary) bring models and collage 

projects to life 

EY10095 Wiggle Eyes pk 100 £3.19 

3 

4. Dazzle Dots 

• Assorted sparkling strips of self- adhesive ‘dots’ 

• 10 x 1m strips 

DDOTS Dazzle Dots pk 10 x 1m £4.79 

5. Jingle Bells 

• These assorted bells put the finishing touch to any festive art and 

craft activity 

• Contains gold and silver bells in a variety of designs and sizes 

BELL310 Jingle Bells pk 310 £13.56 

4 

5 

722 


1. Children’s Ruler Scissors 

• Slightly larger 13.3cm convenient size 

• Blade is ruled in centimetres 

• Scissor block contains 26 right-handed, 6 left-handed 

RSRHR Right-Handed pk 12 £4.79 

RSLH Left-Handed pk 12 £4.79 

SB32 Scissor Block & 32 Pairs pk 32 £15.19 

Our scissor block represents great value for money. 32 

pairs of children’s scissor rulers (6 pairs left-handed) in a 

wooden holding block for just £NaN 

1 

Scissors 


2. Easy Grip Self-Opening Scissors 

• Self opening 155mm plastic scissors make tough cutting jobs easier 

for young hands or those with handling difficulties. 

• 5cm ruler marked blade 

SC56895 Right Handed pk 10 £27.99 

SC56798 Left Handed pk 10 £27.99 

3. All Plastic Safety Scissors 

• Early years 13cm all plastic safety scissors 

• Tough plastic blades are great for cutting paper but not skin or 

hair! 

• For left or right-handers 

• Pack of 8 

2 

SC56604 All Plastic Scissors pk 8 £5.59 

4. Spring Assisted Scissors 

These scissors are ideal for early years - safer in that the metal tips are 

plastic covered, with chunky handles which are easier for small hands 

to grip, and with a spring which does half the work to assist weaker 

hands. 

• Supplied in a wooden storage box 

3 

SC4504 Scissors block 32 £31.99 

5. Heavy Duty Metal Tacker 

• Heavy duty tacker ideal for constant use in schools and offices 

• Tough all-metal construction 

• Jam removal feature 

• Easy-squeeze handle 

• Take 24/6, 23/6, and 23/8 staples 

• Free box of 800 staples included 

8512 Metal Tacker each £15.19 

4 

3+ 

We recommend that 

young children are 

supervised when 

handling scissors. 

Our scissors are not 

suitable for children 

under the age of 5 

unless specifically 

stated. 

5 



Tissue Paper 

1 

2 

1. Tissue/Squares/Circles 

High quality tissue in range of bright colours 

Assorted colours 

TISSA 450 x 700mm pk 480 £23.99 

TISS15SQ 150mm Squares pk 480 £3.99 

TISS15C 150mm Circles pk 480 £3.99 

2. Tissue Tower 

• Super value assorted squares or circles 

• Classpack of 4600 10cm tissue squares or circles in 

assorted colours 

TISSQA Squares Asst pk 4600 £9.59 

TISSCA Circles Asst pk 4600 £10.39 

3. Rainbow Tissue Paper 

• Colourful colourfast Tissue paper. 

• Size 50 x 70cm sheets 


3 

TISSRB57 Rainbow Tissue pk 26 £6.39 

7 

4 

5 6 

8 

9 

4. Tissue Paper Off-Cuts 

• Lots of colour Tissue Paper off-cuts for craft uses 

TISS5687 Tissue Off-Cuts 500g £5.19 

5. Tissue Paper Rolls 

• High quality tissue in a range of natural and bright shades 

for collage and craft 

• Non-toxic, acid free and bleed resistant 

• 762 x 508mm sheets 

• Roll of 48 sheets 

TR5748AG Apple Green £4.39 

TR5748DG Dark Green £4.39 

TR5748LB Light Blue £4.39 

TR5748DB Dark Blue £4.39 

TR5748LBR Light Brown £4.39 

TR5748BR Dark Brown £4.39 

TR5748BK Black £4.39 

TR5748WH White £4.39 

TR5748YW Yellow £4.39 

TR5748GD Old Gold £4.39 

TR5748LG Light Green £4.39 

TR5748OR Orange £4.39 

TR5748PK Pink £4.39 

TR5748LP Pale Pink £4.39 

TR5748RD Red £4.39 

TR5748TQ Turquoise £4.39 

TR5748LI Lilac £4.39 

TR5748CE Cerise £4.39 

TR5748PR Purple £4.39 

TR574824 Asst Pack 24 £71.99 

6. Lustre Lites Tissue Paper 

• Colourfast pastel tones 

• 508 x 762mm, pack of 12 

• Contains 2 sheets each of lime, aqua, lemon, tangerine, 

watermelon & periwinkle 

TISS5896 Lustre Lites pk 12 £4.79 

7. Xmas Colours Tissue Paper 

SP504118 Xmas Tissue Asst 5s pk 5 £4.79 

8. Warm and Cool Tissue 

• Packs of 10 tissue sheets 750 x 500mm 

• Choose from 10 warm or 10 cool colours 

• Great for curriculum projects, design and art and crafts 

SP325055 Cool Colours pk 10 £4.79 

SP325154 Warm Colours pk 10 £4.79 

9. Safari Tissue Paper 

Excellent range of animal prints. Ideal for ecology habitat, 

environment and pattern displays. 

• Pack contains: giraffe, tiger, zebra, cheetah, alligator and 

snake 

• 750 x 500mm 

SP325352 Tissue Safari Colours pk £6.39 

724 


1. Colourfast Crepe Paper 

• 50cm x 3m 

• Colourfast so won’t run when wet 

• Available in 12 individual colours 

• Packs of 10 folds 

CREP53RD Red pk 10 £5.99 

CREP53LPK Light Pink pk 10 £5.99 

CREP53DG Dark Green pk 10 £5.99 

CREP53LG Light Green pk 10 £5.99 

CREP53OR Orange pk 10 £5.99 

CREP53YW Yellow pk 10 £5.99 

CREP53LB Light Blue pk 10 £5.99 

CREP53DB Dark Blue pk 10 £5.99 

CREP53PR Purple pk 10 £5.99 

CREP53BR Brown pk 10 £5.99 

CREP53BK Black pk 10 £5.99 

CREP53WH White pk 10 £5.99 

1 2 

Creative Papers 


2. Colourfast Crepe Assorted 

• 50cm x 3m 

• Pack of 25 two each of yellow, orange, light green, 

dark green, light pink, light blue, dark blue, purple, 

brown, black, white and red plus one other colour 

not specified (may vary from pack to pack) 

3 

CREP25A Crepe Assorted pk 25 £15.99 

3. Crepe Paper 

• Superior quality crepe suitable for all types of art and 

craft work in 10 assorted colours 

CREPEA 500mm x 3.1m pk 10 £7.95 

Metallic 

CREPM 500mm x 2.5m pk 5 £12.99 

Metallic Crepe 

4. Gummed Shapes 

• 300 shapes in 10 assorted colours 

• Shapes include hearts, moons, 

squares, triangles, circles and stars 

BI1032 Gummed Shapes pk 300 £5.59 

4 

6. Ribbons 

• Ribbons in assorted sizes, colours and materials 

RIBBAS Assorted 100g £9.19 

5 

7. Glitter Ribbon 

10 x 1m lengths of super glitter ribbon for collage, 

applique and textile trimming. Just a little ribbon makes 

a big difference. 

• Width: 1cm 

6 

CRP4570 Glitter Ribbon pk 10 £5.56 

8. Sparkle Ribbon 

A pack of velvet touch ribbon with a lovely metallic 

sparkle. Suitable for all art, collage and textile projects. 

• 10 x 2m pack 

7 

CRP4573 Sparkle Ribbon pk 10 £10.36 


languages 

contents 

727-732 french 

733-735 spanish 

726 


Everyday Essentials 

Developed with the 

help of a Primary 

French teacher, to help 

the non-specialist. 

French 

1. French Vocabulary 

Builders Bumper Pack 

Learn the essential French 

vocabulary for popular topics. 

Developed with the help of a 

Primary French teacher, our French 

Vocabulary Builders are ideal for 

teaching key topic areas. The kits 

contain brightly illustrated bingo 

games and double-sided flashcards 

(with picture on one side and 

text on reverse) for practising 

vocabulary. They also contain 

30 double-sided game boards 

for sentence building (one for 

each pupil) to help reinforce the 

vocabulary learnt. Packaged in a 

handy storage case, these value for 

money kits are designed for whole 

class teaching and small group 

work. Made from laminated card. 

Pack of 21. 

MF10088 Bundle Set £412.49 

MF10034 In the Town £22.49 

MF10025 Drinks £22.49 

MF10016 Months & Seasons £22.49 

MF10033 Body Parts £22.49 

MF10026 Classroom Objects £22.49 

MF10019 Clothing £22.49 

MF10028 Animal Names £22.49 

MF10024 Food £22.49 

MF10014 Colours £22.49 

MF10015 Days & Greetings £22.49 

MF10023 Weather £22.49 

MF10031 Family £22.49 

MF10017 Numbers £22.49 

MF10029 Transport £22.49 

21 

1 

Contents 

Buy all 21 sets: Months and 

Seasons, Numbers, Colours, Days 

and Greetings, Clothes, Accessories, 

Phonics, Fruits, Vegetables, 

Animals, School Subjects, 

Classroom Objects, Drinks, Food, 

Weather, In the Town, Body Parts, 

Head, Family, Shapes and Transport 


French 


1 

1. French Super Sentence 

Tub Pets and Colours 

Introduce grammar and construct 

sensational sentences around 

pets and colours with these sets 

of foam jigsaw pieces. Children 

will have fun constructing simple 

or complex sentences whilst 


vocabulary. The sets contain words 

colour-coded according to their 

classification. Nouns, blue. Verbs, 

green. Adjectives, brown. Pronouns, 

red. Indefinite and Definite Articles, 

purple. Conjunctions, black. 

Punctuation, white. 

MF10040 £56.24 

2 

2. French Super Sentence 

Tub Classroom Objects 

and Colours 

Get to grips with grammar and 

construct sensational sentences 

with classroom objects and colours 

with these foam pieces. Children 

will enjoy constructing simple 

or complex sentences whilst 


vocabulary. The sets contain words 

colour-coded according to their 

classification. Nouns, blue. Verbs, 

green. Adjectives, brown. Pronouns, 

red. Indefinite and Definite Articles, 

purple. Conjunctions, black. 

Punctuation, white. 

MF10041 £56.24 

728 


1. French High Frequency 

Word Chalkboard Sign 

Why not let the children learn while 

playing and having fun or take 

outdoors for a different learning 

environment. This chalkboard 

features high frequency sentence 

starters to encourage sentence 

building. 

1 2 


French 

MF10104 £46.24 

2. Mon Calendrier French 

Calendar 

A great wall chart to help teach 

children the calendar and the 

seasons that go with it. Calendar is 

made from cotton with hook and 

loop for attaching pieces. Made 

from cotton. Single. 

011732 £56.24 

3. French Number Bean 

Bags 

Help children learn and revise 

numbers with this set of bean 

bags. Each feature the number and 

French word embroidered on the 

side and also includes a storage 

sack. Pack of 20. 

3 

MF00517 £24.99 

4. French Food and Drink 

Dominoes Set 

This collection of simple, easy to 

play, self-checking domino games 

build confidence and fluency in 

basic vocabulary Encouraging 

children to say the words to match 

the picture as they play their turn 

adds another level of learning. 

4 

043313 £9.99 

5. French Opinions Fans 

Provide a bank of key vocabulary for 

children to use to develop basic and 

complex sentences, Excellent tool 

for sentence building. Developed by 

Languages expert Jackie Rayment. 

MF10102 £19.38 

20 

5 


French 


1 

2 

1. Talk French 

Interactive French speaking and 

listening activities for small groups. 

Each activity comes with teacher 

notes and resource suggestions. 

Great for practicing French 

vocabulary and grammar. 

MF10063 £43.74 

2. French Feelings and 

Emotions Mirror 

Use these plastic mirrors for cross 

curricular learning by linking PSHE 

and languages lessons. Easily fix to 

any wall with common adhesive 

products. Features six cartoon faces 

with associated emotions. 

MF10097 £22.49 

3. French Vocabulary 

Playground Signs 

Brighten up your playground walls 

and encourage children to learn 

a new language while they play. 

These colourful balloons contain 

the numbers and words 1-10 in the 

French vocabulary. 

MF00489 £67.49 

4. French Puppet 

A French puppet to provide 

opportunities for speaking in class. 

Puppets can encourage reluctant 

speakers in your language classes 

and improve their confidence in 

language learning. Length 40cm. 


MF10010 £29.99 

3 4 

730 


1 

2 


French 

1. Collins Easy Learning 

French Dictionary 

The ideal dictionary for learners 

of French of all ages. Up-todate, 

easy-reference dictionary 

with highlighted key GCSE 

curriculum words and practical, 

fun supplements covering key 

vocabulary areas. Single. 

3 

019082 £13.74 

2. Collins Gem French 

Dictionary 

With Collins Gem French Dictionary 

your pupils will have one less excuse 

for leaving their dictionary behind! 

They include all the latest words in 

both languages, full GCSE coverage, 

verb tables and a user friendly 

phrase finder. Single. 

019086 £6.24 

3. Collins Very First French 

Dictionary 

This dictionary is packed full of 

fun and useful vocabulary to give 

you and your child a head start 

in learning French. This book is 

designed to introduce your child to 

the world of dictionaries in a fun 

and accessible way. 

026484 £8.13 

4. Collins Pocket French 

Dictionary 

This is the ultimate easily accessible, 

comprehensive and portable 

dictionary, and comes with a 

durable vinyl cover. The dictionary 

contains full GCSE coverage. It has 

a clear layout, ensuring you can 

quickly find what you are after. 

Made from paper. Single. 

019087 £7.49 

4 


French 


1 

SAVE 

£12 .50 

2 

1. Large Foam Pocket Dice 

Our best-selling foam dice can 

be used in a large number of 

curriculum topics or subject areas. 

Simply insert your own cards 

featuring pictures or text into the 

transparent pockets on each side 

and get the games going! Height 


foam. Width 12cm. 

MGPD Single £10.63 

MF00928 6pk £51.25 

2. Mini Foam Dice 

A classroom essential for any 

subject area. Now available in a 

miniature version, our mini foam 

dice are great for vocabulary and 

phonics games, story telling and 

much more. Cards not included. 


from foam. Width 6cm. 

PS10029 6pk £27.49 

MF10012 12pk £48.72 

732 


1. Spanish Speaking Maps, 

Flags and Symbols 

Classpack 

Enhance children’s knowledge of 

the geography and flags of Spain 

and Spanish-speaking America. 

This resource enables children to 

discover the countries of the world 

where Spanish is spoken. 

1 

Spanish 

Spanish 

MF10085 £59.99 

2. Spanish Weather 

Vocabulary Builder 

Learn the vocabulary for weather 

with these Spanish Vocabulary 

Builders. Includes handy storage 

case. Designed for whole class 

teaching and small group work. 


MF10037 £22.49 

3. Animal Spanish 


Learn the names of animals in 

Spanish! Ideal for teaching new 

words by reinforcing the spoken 

word with a visual reference. Made 

from laminated card. 

2 

MF10038 £22.49 

4. Spanish Colours 


A selection of activity cards to learn 

the Spanish vocabulary for colours! 

Includes handy storage case. 

Designed for whole class teaching 

and small group work. Made from 


MF10035 £22.49 

3 

4 


Spanish 

Spanish 

1 2 

4 

3 

5 

1. Collins Easy Learning 

Spanish Dictionary 

This Spanish Dictionary is an up-todate, 

easy-reference dictionary ideal 

for language learners of all ages. 

The entries cover everyday English 

and Spanish and key curriculum 

words are highlighted to help with 

exam preparation. Single. 

019037 £13.74 

2. Collins Very First Spanish 

Dictionary 

This Spanish Dictionary is packed 

full of fun and useful vocabulary 

to give you and your child a head 

start in learning Spanish. Introduce 

children to their first 500 Spanish 

words with colourful illustrations 

and example sentences. 

027566 £8.13 

3. Calendario Spanish 

Calendar 

A fabric stitched Calendario with 

attachable fabric stitched pieces. 

The date, day, month, season and 

weather can be changed each day 

to improve your knowledge. 

037421 £56.24 

4. Spanish Dominoes 

This collection of simple, easy to 

play, self-checking domino games 

build confidence and fluency in 

basic vocabulary. Encouraging 

children to say the words as they 

play their turn adds another level of 

learning. 

MF10079 £15.31 

5. Spanish Opinions Fans 

Provide a bank of key vocabulary for 

children to use to develop basic and 

complex sentences, Excellent tool 

for sentence building. Developed by 

Languages expert Jackie Rayment. 

MF10103 £19.99 

6. Spanish Connectives 

Fans 

A quick and easy resource for 

children to use to develop their 

vocabulary and grammar Excellent 

tool for sentence building. 

Developed by Languages expert 

Jackie Rayment. 

MF10101 £19.99 

6 

i 

• Ideal for interactive learning 

• Provide a natural focal point for 

Spanish lessons in the class 

• Teach the main topics for 

introducing Spanish to young 

children 

734 


1. Spanish Puppet 

A Spanish puppet to provide 

opportunities for speaking in class. 

Puppets can encourage reluctant 

speakers in your language classes 

and improve their confidence in 

language learning. Length 40cm. 


1 2 

Spanish 

Spanish 

MF10011 £28.74 

2. Spanish Sentence Tub 

Classroom and Colours 

Get to grips with Spanish grammar 

and construct sensational 

sentences with these sets of foam 

jigsaw pieces. Children will enjoy 

constructing simple or complex 

sentences whilst building their 

writing skills and vocabulary. 

MF10094 £56.24 

3. Spanish Sentence Tub 

Pets and Colours 

Get to grips with Spanish grammar 

and construct sensational 

sentences with these sets of foam 

jigsaw pieces. Children will enjoy 

constructing simple or complex 

sentences whilst building their 

writing skills and vocabulary. 

3 4 

MF10093 £56.24 

4. Spanish Reward Stickers 

A selection of Spanish praise stickers 

with fun drawings on. Mixed pack 

of 120 stickers in several different 

designs. Pack of 125. 

056036 £9.38 

5. Talk Spanish Pack 

Interactive spanish speaking and 

listening activities for small groups. 

The resources and ideas in the pack 

are a stimulus for engaging and 

interactive activities for pairs or 

groups. 

MF10039 £43.74 

125 

5 


humanities 

contents 

737-738 atlases 

739-740 globes 

741-744 maps 

745 geographical skills 

746 archaeology 

747 people & events 

748-752 stone age to 1066 

753-754 ancient civilisations 

755-757 world religions 

736 


1 

1. Teaching Atlas Upper 

Primary 

Designed to fully support all areas 

of the UK geography curriculums 

and support key areas of the UK 

history curriculums. Supports the 

development of key geographical 

and historical knowledge. 70 pages. 

A4. 

GE10001 Single £13.74 

GE10050 6pk £81.11 

GE10051 15pk £199.17 

2. Teaching Atlas Lower 

Primary 

The lower primary Teaching Atlas is 

designed to fully support all areas 

of the lower primary UK geography 

curriculums. Includes high-quality 

cartography with added content 

to support the development of 

key geographical knowledge. 66 

pages. A4. 

GE10000 Single £13.74 

GE10048 6pk £81.11 

GE10049 15pk £199.17 

In partnership with the 

Geographical Association. 

Atlas 

includes historical maps, 

perfect for the UK National 

History Curriculums 

Upper Primary Edition 

SAVE 

High quality cartography with 

£6 .88 

added content to support 

the development of key geographical 

knowledge. 

Upper Primary 

Supports the UK National 

Curriculums. 

Cross-Curricular activities 

Available in two editions; 

Lower Primary and Upper 

Primary. 

2 

Lower Primary 

SAVE 

£6 .88 

Atlas 


Atlas 

Collins 

1 2 

SAVE 

£20 .63 

SAVE 

£20 .63 

1. First Atlas 

Take children on a journey from a 

local school, gradually introducing 

maps of the UK, Europe and the 

World. Globes are compared 

with satellite images to show the 

differences between them. With 

clearly labelled, simple colourful 

mapping. 32 pages. 

GFAT Single £13.74 

GE00673 15pk £185.42 

2. Primary World Atlas 

The Primary World Atlas is designed 

for children aged 7-11 years. A great 

introduction to mapping of the UK, 

Europe and all major regions of the 

world. Including information on map 

reading skills, scale and measuring 

distances. 

3 4 

GCPWA Single £16.49 

GE00672 15pk £226.67 

SAVE 

£13 .75 

SAVE 

£20 .63 

3. Junior World Atlas 

An ideal world atlas for KS2 

geography with topographical 

mapping. This atlas enables your 

students to learn about the world 

today by exploring clear and 

engaging maps, studying satellite 

imagery and reading about key facts. 

GE00260 Single £15.11 

GE00484 15pk £212.92 

5 6 

4. Collins Keystart UK Atlas 

Introduces topics to reflect 

the geography, history and 

environmental studies KS2 

requirements of the National 

Curriculum. Organised into themes: 

landscapes, climate, cities, pollution, 

explorers, global issues etc. 

Paperback. 48 pages. 

GE00261 Single £16.49 

GE00481 15pk £226.67 

5. Collins School Atlas 

School atlas, designed to help 

develop map, atlas and data 

handling skills for secondary 

aged pupils. The ‘map and atlas 

skills’ section is followed by clear, 

accessible reference maps presented 

with locator maps, fact boxes and 

flags. 104 pages. Single 

GE10083 £16.49 

7 

• A starting point 

for any national 

curriculum topic. 

• A great reference 

point for a range of 

Geography lessons! 

• Designed for KS2. 

6. Collins Student World 

Atlas 

The Collins Student Atlas has been 

specifically designed for students 

aged 14-16 years. Features thematic 

mapping, mapping skills, countryby-country 

statistics and index to 

all names on reference maps. 208 

pages. Single. 

GE10082 £20.61 

7. Collins World Atlas 

This world atlas contains detailed 

reference maps of the world, its 

countries and physical features. 

Includes country facts; flags, area, 

population, capital cities, languages, 

religions and currency. 64 pages. 

Single. 

GE10081 £11.69 

738 


1 

Discovery Globes 

Globes 

• Mixed classpack 

• Ideal for KS1 

• Clear 

cartography 

SAVE 

£13 .75 

1. Discovery Globes 

Classpack 

A set of hard-wearing globes with 

removable base, great for group 

work and ideal for KS1. Continent, 

country and major place names 

are featured with countries clearly 

defined in bright colours. 

2 3 

GDSPP £224.06 

2. Discovery Globe KS1 

The Discovery Globe has clear, bright 

cartography making it perfect for 

KS1. Durable and hard-wearing, the 

removable base makes for easier 

handling and interactive learning 

activities. Kept simple to make 

it easy to use for those learning 

cartography basics. Diameter 23cm. 

G-DIS £41.24 

3. KS1 Large Discovery 

Globe 

A large, durable globe ideal for KS1 

with a removable base and vivid 

colours. Our most popular globe 

is now available in a larger format. 

Supplied with a dry wipe marker pen 

to highlight areas of study. Diameter 

30cm. Suitable for 5 to 7 years 

GDILG £72.86 

4. Activity Discovery Globe 

This globe is a fun way for the very 

young to get into geography with 

colourful illustrations and icons to 

show mountain ranges. The globe 

sits atop a circular base which allows 

it to be lifted off and viewed from 

any angle. Diameter 30cm. 

GE10031 Single £59.11 

5. KS2 Discovery Globes 

Up-to-date political mapping with 

exceptional detail, featuring the 

world’s major cities and mounted on 

a clear view stand. Work individually 

or in groups to discover the world 

with cartography, suitable for more 

advanced students. Diameter 23cm. 


4 5 

SAVE 

£20 .63 

GE00435 Single £50.86 

GE00436 5pk £233.68 


Globes 

Classroom Globes 

1 2 

SAVE 

SAVE 

£13 .75 £13 .75 

3 4 

1. Economy Political Globes 

Mounted on a durable plastic base, 

the political globe is colour coded 

with over 2,500 place names The 

cartography gives clear political 

boundaries, ideal for KS2. Continent 

and ocean names are also labelled in 

a larger font. Diameter 30cm. 

GPOL Single £45.36 

GE00494 12pk £530.59 

2. Economy Physical Globes 

The physical globe demonstrates the 

location of deserts, rivers, mountain 

ranges and seas. The cartography 

gives some faint indications of 

political boundaries and beautifully 

shows the natural features of the 

continent landscapes. Diameter 

30cm. 

GPHY Single £45.36 

GE00495 12pk £530.59 

3. Maddison Political Globe 

Great quality, raised relief political 

globe. Mounted on a durable plastic 

base. Features detailed cartography 

and graduated meridian, perfect for 

KS2. Diameter 30cm. 

G-MAD1 £54.99 

4. Maddison Physical Globe 

High quality, raised relief physical 

globe. Mounted on a durable plastic 

base. Features striking cartography 

and graduated meridian, perfect for 

KS2. Excellent for highlighting the 

world’s major features. Diameter 

30cm. 

G-MAD2 £54.99 

740 


1. NEW Map of the British 

Isles Rug 

Durable short pile rug, perfect for 

bringing active geography lessons to 

life. Discover the countries that make 

up the British Isles, Great Britian and 

the UK. A great way for discussing 

the differencs between them and 

exploring each country’s capital city, 

1 

UK Maps 

Maps 

GH45061 £226.86 

• Durable, soft, short 

pile rug 

• Clear cartography 

and bright colours 

2. British Isles Map KS1 

A high quality, double-sided map 

of the UK and British Isles. This KS1 

map has clear, simple cartography 

showing the difference between GB, 

UK and British Isles. A1. 

GE10053 £16.49 

• Double-sided 

• Clear, up-to-date 

cartography 

• Includes locator map, 

key and scale bar 

3. UK Map KS2 

A political and physical/relief 

double-sided map of the UK. One 

side shows a political map of the UK 

which includes country boundaries 

and place names. The reverse shows 

a physical/relief map which includes 

land height and rivers. A1. 

GE10054 £16.49 

4. Map of the UK 

Very clear and attractive map of the 

UK showing principal towns and 

cities, rivers and mountains. Ideal for 

for both KS1 and KS2 studies of the 

UK, contrasting localities or maps 

and mapping. A1. 

GE10097 £20.61 

5. UK Physical map 

A detailed physical map of the 

UK, detailing the cities and towns. 

Shaded to show the land levels and 

illustrating the surrounding seas 

and the UK in relation to the rest of 

Europe. Made from laminate. A1. 

GE00527 £31.61 

2 

4 

3 

5 


Maps 

UK Maps 

1 

• Made from scratch and tear resistant 

vinyl 

• Use with Bee-Bot for cross curricular fun 

• Make walls more appealing or use on 

the floor 

2 

1. Bee-Bot UK Map 

Discover the UK with this highly 

detailed, animated and colourful 

Bee-Bot portrait map. Use on the 

wall, or floor with your Bee-Bot! A 

perfect cross-curricular resource, 

encompassing map reading skills, 

directional skills and more. Made 

from vinyl. 

GE00770 W08 x L145m £75.61 

GE00465 W12 x L21m £109.99 

2. Outdoor UK Map 

Travel through the UK and learn 

while you go with this vibrant, 

colourful and child friendly outdoor 

map. Printed on quality foamex, 

these maps are perfect for aspiring 

geographers. The map is printed 

on weather-resistant signboard so 

can be left outside in all weather. 

Discover iconic places, buildings, 

landmarks and geography and learn 

key curriculum content such as 

counties, rivers and seas. Suitable 


foamex. 

GE00763 W045 x L08m £89.36 

GE00656 W08 x L145m £254.36 

GE00509 W1.2 x L2.1m £453.74 

• Reinforce geography 

learning in your 

playground! 

• Make lessons exciting by 

taking geography outdoors 

• Made from weather 

resistant foamex signboard 

742 


• Simple cartography 

• Bright colours for 

easy identification 

of countries 

1 

World Maps 

Maps 

1. Simple Map of the World 

A clear, basic map of the world 

showing country borders, capital 

cities, oceans, the Tropics and the 

Equator. Bright colours and clear 

cartography makes using this map 

simple enough for both KS1 and 

KS2. Paper size: A1, Vinyl size: A0. 

GE10030 A1 £23.36 

GE10075 A0 £82.49 

2. Biomes World Map 

A simple world map designed to 

identify and locate the world’s 

biomes. Includes tundra, grassland, 

mountains, rainforest, savannah, 

desert, temperate forest and taiga 

forest. A simple key supports 

identification. Made from paper. A1. 

GE10029 £23.36 

3. World Map KS1 

A high quality, double-sided map of 

the world with cartography suitable 

for KS1. The political map has 

clear, simple cartography showing 

colour-coded continents and country 

outlines. A1. Made from laminate. 

2 

GE10058 £16.49 

4. World Map KS2 

A political and physical/relief 

double-sided map of the world 

with cartography suitable for KS2. 

One side shows a political map of 

the world which includes country 

boundaries and place names. A1. 

Made from laminate. 

GE10059 £16.49 

• Supports physical geography 

section of the KS2 Geography 

curriculum 

• Simple map and colour coded key 

for easy identification of biomes 

• Made from laminated paper 

3 4 


Maps 

World Maps 

1 

• Take geography lessons 

outdoors! 

• Reinforce geography 

learning at play and 

lunch times 

• Made from hard wearing, 

weather resistant 

foamex signboard 

1. Outdoor World 

Signboard 

Create a stunning geography 

display in your outdoor classroom 

with this vibrant, colourful and 

child friendly outdoor map. Includes 

coordinates, the Equator, GMT line 

and the Tropics, meeting national 

curriculum requirements. The map 

is printed on weather-resistant 

signboard so can be left outside in 

all weather. Ready drilled with all 

fixings. Suitable to be left outdoors. 

Made from foamex. 

GE00764 W0.45 x L0.8m £89.36 

GE00657 W0.8 x L1.45m £254.36 

GE00510 W1.2 x L2.1m £453.74 

2 

• Perfect for use with 

Bee-Bot® or Blue-Bot® 

• Incorporates images of 

wildlife, landmarks and 

transport 

• Eyelets for wall hanging 

2. Bee-Bot® World Map 

Travel the world and go on a voyage 

of discovery with Bee-Bot® and 

the Bee-Bot® world map! This map 

of the world contains labels for 

oceans, continents, countries and 

capital cities as well as grid lines 

for use with Bee-Bot® Incorporating 

into the cartography are images of 

wildlife, landmarks and transport. 

Perfect for use throughout primary 

education. Please note: Bee-Bot® is 

not included. 

GE00612 W0.594 x L0.42m £45.36 

GE00769 W0.80 x L1.45m £82.49 

GE00466 W2.1 x L1.2m £109.99 

744 


SAVE 

1 2 

£20 .63 SAVE 

Compass 

Geographical Skills 

10 

1. Large Compass 

Large compass, ideal for orienteering 

and for use with young geographers. 

Featuring a large face with simple 

labels and a chunky design, this 

compass is perfect when working 

with younger children. Diameter 

10cm. Circle shaped. 

GE00788 Single £10.32 

GE00789 5pk £48.11 

GE00790 10pk £82.50 

2. Deluxe Compass Pack 

A deluxe pack of 10 compasses 

showing all 8 points of the 

compass. Ideal for class work to aid 

development of basic geographical 

skills. 

Aids development for: 

• Use of basic directional language. 

• Basic orienteering and fieldwork 

skills. Diameter 4cm. Pack of 10. 

GE00734 £27.49 

3. Map Compass 

A high quality compass on a clear 

base. For use with more advanced 

mapping work, compass features a 

magnifier in the base and cm/mm 

ruling on each side. Length 14cm. 


COMPM Single £13.74 

GE00489 15pk £199.17 

3 

4 

£6 .88 

4. Bee-Bot® Infant Compass 

A child-friendly, safe and fun 

introduction to early geography, 

these compasses are designed 

specifically for small hands. 

Featuring simple, easy to read 

compass points, perfect for inspiring 

the little explorers in your class. Pack 

of 10. 

GE00683 £35.74 

• Great for use with Bee-Bot® to introduce 

directional vocabulary 

• Easy to hold and read! 

• Compass fits securely but can be removed and 

replaced 

10 


Archaeology 

1 2 

3 4 

5 6 

1. 12,000BC to 2000AD 

Timeline 

Introducing 14,000 years of human 

civilisation, this beautifully illustrated 

timeline covers an enormous 

amount of human progress. From 

Stone Age, right through to 21st 

century life, how much have we 

really changed in all that time? The 

timeline can be stacked or used as 

one continuious timeline. Height 



HI00543 £37.11 

2. Stone Age to 1066 Indoor 

Timeline 

A beautifully illustrated timeline that 

covers the entire period studied in 

KS2. Starting with the Stone Age this 

detailed and easy-to-read timeline 

follows Ancient Britain all the way 

through to 1066. Height 20cm. 

Length 100cm. Made from laminate. 

HI00401 £27.49 

3. 3500BC-AD2000 Timeline 

This frieze is an ideal overview of 

historical events between 3500BC 

and AD2000, and shows how the 

events relate to each other. From 

Ancient Egypt and Ancient Sumer to 

the Victorian age and ending with 

World War 2. Height 17cm. Length 

400cm. 

B-TIME £34.36 

4. Timeline of British History 

An overview of the major events in 

British history from the Stone Age 

to the current day. This timeline 

features images and photographs 

to help your pupils understand the 

chronology behind the study of 

history. Height 23cm. Length 300cm. 

HI00424 £27.49 

5. British History 

Chronology Tub 

From the Stone Age to 1066, 

discover the greatest events of 

British history with this foam 

chronology builder. Perfect 

for understanding how events 

overlap and length of time. Ideal 

for developing chronological 


HI10059 £59.11 

6. Ancient Civilisations 

Chronology Tub 

Discover civilisations greatest 

accomplishments with this foam 

chronology builder. Perfect for 

understanding how civilisations 

overlap and length of time. Ideal 

for developing chronological 


HI10060 £59.11 

British History 

Ancient Civilisations 

746 


1. NEW Diverse Significant 

Individuals Activity Cards 

KS1 

Learn all about a diverse range of 

very significant historical figures. A 

wonderful cross-curricular resource 

to further develop children’s 

historical and geographical 

knowledge as well as a range 

of 21st Century Learning Skills. 

Activity cards for each significant 

individual provide key information, 

a wide range of discussion points, 

associated geographical tasks, 

and further reading and research 

opportunities. Children can work 

independently or collaboratively to 

locate and highlight key locations 

linked to each individual. The 

timeline cards further encourage 

enquiry skills by allowing children 

to sort and sequence key events in 

chronological order. 

1 

Significant Individuals 

60 x Activity Cards (4 Per Individual, A5) 

15 x Timeline Card Sets (W:8.6cm, 

H:5.4cm) 

1 x Map of the UK (A4) 

1 x Map of the World (A4) 

People and Events 

GH45052 £54.99 

2. NEW Black History Book 

Pack 

A collection of books for supporting 

discussions around important 

black historical and contemporary 

individuals. Titles include: 

Nelson Mandela, Rosa Parks, 

groundbreaking scientists and more. 

Pack of 10. 

GH46188 £192.49 

3. NEW Brilliant Women 

Book Pack 

A great selection of books for 

introducing children to historical and 

contemporary women who have left 

their mark on the world. Includes 

books around inspirational women 

in sports, science, politics and much 

more. Pack of 10. 

GH46186 £192.49 

Includes UK and World Maps! 

Individuals include: 

Alan Turing, Dido Belle, Dorothy Crowfoot Hodgkinson, 

Jesse Owens, John Blanke, Johnson Beharry, Julia Tertia, 

Martha Ricks, Mary Seacole, Neil Armstrong, Nelson Mandela, 

Reasonable Blackman, Rosa Parks, Sophia Alexandra Duleep 

Singh and Wangari Maathai 

• A wide range of diverse 

significant individuals for 

children to study 

• Closely linked to the KS1 

curriculum 

• Helps children develop a 

wide range of cross-curricular 

knowledge and understanding 

• Encourages and supports 

pupil-led learning 

2 3 

10 10 


Stone Age to 1066 

Stone Age to Iron Age 

1 

1 x Fish Harpoon 

1 x Mounted Axe 

1 x Flint Hand Axe 

1 x Small Crystal Quartz 

Arrowhead 

2 x Small Arrowheads 

1 x Medium Arrowhead 

1 x Large Arrowhead 

1 x Large Neolithic Knife 

1 x Large Biface 

1 x Axe Head 

1 x Miniature Flint Dagger 

1 x Rocket-shaped Borer/ 

Stone Drill 

1 x Clay Pot 

1 x Stone to Iron Age Desktop 

Timelines 

1 x 12ltr Storage Box 

1. Stone Age Archaeo-Box 

Artefact Collection 

Imagine what life was really like 

in Stone Age Britain with this 

authentic collection of replicas. 

A fantastic tool for providing an 

artefact handling opportunity and 

a fun and engaging activity for the 

whole class. Pack of 16. 

HI00501 £178.74 

16 

2. Iron Age Archaeo-Box 

Artefact handling provides a great 

opportunity for historical enquiry in 

your classroom. Who would have 

used or made the artefacts? What 

were they used for? Where were 

they found? Artefacts really can 

provide great discussion points and 

strengthen understanding of the 

time period. Pack of 6. 

HI10017 £114.11 

2 

Contents 

1 x Clay Pot 

1 x Iron Age Brooch 

1 x Iron Age Scissors 

1 x Haematite 

1 x Iron Age Timeline 

1 x Archaeology CD 

6 

748 


1. Ancient Greece Archaeo- 

Box Artefact Collection 

Explore the rich heritage of the 

Ancient Greeks. Packed with 

artefacts exploring mythology, 

entertainment, games and much 

more. This set will help children 

discover more about the Greeks by 

undertaking their own investigation. 

Pack of 17. 

HI00126 £178.74 

1 

Ancient Greece 


Contents 

1 x Corinthian Hydria (15cm) 

4 x Replica Greek Coins 

2 x Theatrical Masks 

1 x Oil Lamp (8cm) 

1 x Greek Spinning Top 

1 x Victory Plaque 

1 x Greek Discus 

2 x Wax Tablets and Styli 

Stamp 

1 x Trowel 

1 x Brush 


1 x Storage Box 

2. Ancient Greece Artefact 

Collection 

Introduce your class to Ancient 

Greece with this historical collection 

of replica artefacts. Children can 

explore, touch and feel the artefacts 

and gain an understanding of what 

they would have been used for and 

the importance of them. Pack of 10. 

17 

HI10034 £178.74 

2 

Contents 

1 x Corinthian Hydria 

4 x Ancient Greek Coins 

1 x Discus Replica 

1 x Steel Corinthian Helmet 

2 x Replica Sandals 

1 x Ancient Greece Timeline 

10 



Romans 

1 

• Why not turn your class into an 

archaeological dig? 

• A great opener for any Roman topic! 

• Encourage questioning and historical 

research 

25 

2 

Contents 

11 x Roman Coins 

8 x Roman Jewellery 

1 x Roman Helmet 

2 x Roman Sandal 

1 x Roman Desktop Timeline 

1. Roman Archaeo-Box 


Stimulate historical research and 

enquiry, using the power of real life 

archaeological artefacts! Provide 

thoughtful, fun and stimulating 

multi-sensory educational activities, 

to enable quality historical learning. 

Pack of 25. 

Contents 

1 x Roman Spoon 

1 x Roman Thimble 

1 x Roman Strigil 

11 x Roman Coins 

1 x Roman Oil Lamp 

1 x Chatelaine Set 

1 x Roman Torch 

1 x Wax Tablet, Styli 

1 x Set of Tile Pieces 

1 x Set of Moratorium Pieces 

1 x Set of Knucklebones 

1 x Set of Archaeology Tools 

1 x Archaeology Book 


1 x Archaeology Card 

HI00050 £178.74 

2. Roman Artefact 

Collection 

This selection of replica artefacts 

are designed to help you find out 

more about everyday life in Roman 

Britain. Perfect for classroom 

historical enquiry. Who would have 

used the artefacts? Why was they 

made? Pack of 23. 

23 

HI10033 £178.74 

750 


1. Anglo-Saxon Archaeo-Box 


Authentic replica items, perfect for 

supporting any study of the Anglo- 

Saxon settlers. Uncover your very 

own Staffordshire Hoard! Sure to 

inspire awe and wonder as well as 

being ideal for developing historical 

enquiry skills. Pack of 24. 

Contents 

5 x Replica Staffordshire Hoard 

Pieces 

2 x Chain Mail Patches 

1 x Anglo Saxon Cooking Pot 

10 x Anglo Saxon Coins 

1 x Anglo-Saxon Shield Boss (18cm) 

1 x Anglo-Saxon Brooch 

1 x Anglo-Saxon Clay Pot 


1 x Set of Anglo-Saxon Runes in 

Leather pouch 

1 x Set of Knucklebones 

1 

Anglo-Saxon 


HI00502 £178.74 

2. Viking and Anglo Saxon 

Book Pack 

Take a trip back in time and discover 

what life was like in Anglo-Saxon 

and Viking times. Stunning 

photography will engage children 

while giving fun, informative and 

exciting information. Titles may vary. 

Pack of 6. 

2 

24 

HI00478 £100.36 

3. Viking And Anglo-Saxon 

Timeline 

Explore the period when Anglo- 

Saxon rule in Britain was contested 

and passed to the Vikings! Full 

colour illustrations show the people, 

the way they lived and critical 

moments in the period. Easy to 

understand with clearly marked 

dates. Height 10cm. Length 50cm. 

Made from laminate. Pack of 5. 

HI00448 £16.49 

6 

3 

5 



Vikings 

1 

6 

1. The Vikings Book Pack 

A fantastic series of informative 

books about The Vikings. With 

beautiful imagery sure to engage, 

aimed at KS2 and accessible to a 

wide range of abilities. Covering 

curriculum requirements for 

invaders and settlers. Titles may 

vary. Pack of 6. 

HI00479 £100.36 

2. Viking Archaeo-Box 


Explore the life of a Viking in your 

classroom. Encourage discussion 

and historical enquiry with an 

artefact handling opportunity to 

engage different learning styles 

and abilities. Pack of 15. 

Contents 

8 x Viking Jewellery 

2 x Viking Coins 

1 x Viking Axe Head 

1 x Viking Horn 

1 x Viking Helmet 

1 x Timeline 


HI10003 £178.74 

2 

15 

752 


1. Ancient Egypt 

Curriculum Pack 

A selection of resources for studying 

Ancient Egypt. This comprehensive 

pack supports a wide range of 

National Curriculum requirements 

including vocabulary, perspective, 

evidence, chronology and an 

understanding of events, people 

and daily life in Ancient Egypt. 

Suitable for KS2. Pack of 12. 

HI10072 £41.24 

1 

Ancient Egypt 


2. Egyptian Archaeo-Box 


Step into Howard Carter’s shoes 

and unearth the treasures of 

Ancient Egypt. Full of replica 

artefacts to explore all aspects of 

this fascinating ancient culture. 

Great for investigating evidence, 

historical enquiry, role play and 

more! Contents may vary. Pack 

of 10. 

Contents 

1 x Spinning Top 

1 x Wooden Headrest 

2 x Sandal 

1 x Kohl Pot 

1 x Pack of Parchment Paper 


1 x Trowel 

1 x Brush Set 

1 x Storage Box 

HI00125 £178.74 

12 

2 

10 



Maya 

1 

1. Maya Archaeo-Box 


Transport your class back to the 

classic period of the Maya Empire 

with this authentic collection of 

replica resources. Engage pupils 

with hands-on historical enquiry, 

an archaeological dig or try a 

history mystery activity. Pack of 10. 

Contents 

1 x Maya Calendar Stone 

1 x Mini Metate 

1 x Maya Glyph Painted onto 

Amate Paper 

1 x Maya Copal Incense 

1 x Clay Incense Burner 

1 x Maya Plaque 

1 x Maya Pot 

1 x Set of Cacao Beans 

1 x Maya Ceramic Stamp 


HI00546 £178.74 

2. Maya Chocolate Artefact 

Kit 

Explore the origins of chocolate 

with the Maya chocolate artefact 

kit. A great introduction to any 

chocolate or Maya topic. Did you 

know that chocolate was once a 

form of currency? Pack of 9. 

• A great artefact handling 

opportunity! 

• Why not turn your classroom into 

an archaeological dig? 

• Immerse your whole class in Mayan 

life 

10 

Contents 

3 x Dried Cocoa Pods 

1 x Flint Millipede 

1 x Whisk 

1 x Metate (Grinding Stone) 

1 x Bowl 

1 x Bag of Cocoa Beans 

1 x Bark Paper 

HI10063 £158.11 

2 

9 

754 


SAVE 

£165 .00 

World Faith 

World Religions 

Artefacts 

Collection 

Have your religious artefacts slowly gone missing, or are you looking to 

top up on inspirational resources? 

This huge pack contains artefacts and lesson activity cards for all six 

major world faiths. 

RE00177 £632.41 

from 

£632 .41 

BENEFITS 

• A huge collection of resources 

• Great for exploring different cultures and 

beliefs 

• Includes resources from Buddhism, 

Christianity, Islam, Hinduism, Sikhism and 

Judaism 


World Faith 

World Faith 

1 

Contents 

1 x Baptism Card 

3 x Plain Cross 

1 x Set of Rosary Beads 

1 x Old & New Testament 

Illustrated Childrens Bible 

5 x Wooden Christian Symbols 

1 x Deluxe Wooden Nativity Set 

10 x White Candles 

6 x World Religions Faith 

Child Images 

1 x Teaching Christianity 

Reference Book 

1 x Doll 

1 x Artefact Bag 

1. Christian Childs Artefact 

Collection 

Introduce Mary to your pupils! In 

her bag she has brought to show 

you a wonderful collection of 

Christian faith artefacts. Why not 

add non-religious items to Mary’s 

bag to make her more relatable to 

your class? Artefacts can add some 

fascination to your RE lessons and 

really put religious practice into 

context. These resources can also 

be great starting points for creative 

writing, role play and religious story 

telling. 

CHCHILD £158.11 

2 

2. Hindu Childs Artefact 

Collection 

Say Hello to Indira! In her bag 

she has brought many artefacts. 

Bringing religious artefacts in to 

your classroom will give the children 

context and is sure to raise interest 

levels and enquiry based learning. 

The artefacts included can be 

used to discuss a range of topics 

around the Hindu faith for example, 

festivals, Diwali, weddings and daily 

worship. Contents may vary. 

HICHILD £158.11 

Contents 

1 x Child Size Sari 

1 x Aarti Lamp 

2 x Indian Festival Music Sticks 

5 x Diwali Cards 

3 x Diva Lamps 

1 x Model of Lakshmi 

1 x Story of Ramayana Model 

2 x Mehndi Silhouettes 

1 x Henna Paste (not to be used) 

6 x Faith Children Images 

1 x Rakhi Bracelet Set 

1 x Doll 


3. Jewish Childs Artefact 

Collection 

Welcome Reuben! He has a variety 

of items related to his faith to 

explore. Religious artefacts are a 

great way to give a faith context and 

engage a range of learning styles. 

Sure to spark discussion these Jewish 

artefacts can be used for a range of 

RE topics including festivals and daily 

worship. Why not add non-religious 

items to the bag to make Reuben 

more relatable? Contents may vary 

JD-NCLD £158.11 

3 

1 x Havdalah Candle 

1 x Wooden Dreidel Game Set 

1 x Embroidered Jewish Cap 

1 x Hanukkah Card 

1 x Mezuzah Case 

1 x Paper Insert for Mezuzah 

1 x Jewish Rabbi Soft Puppet 

1 x Individual Seder Plate 

1 x Jewish Story Book 

6 x Children of Faith Images 

1 x Doll 


756 


1. Muslim Childs Artefact 

Collection 

Meet Hanif! In his bag, he has 

lots of Muslim faith artefacts to 

show you. The religious artefacts 

included provides starting points 

for discussing a range of topics 

including religious festivals, daily 

worship and more. Why not add 

some non-religious items to make 

Hanif more relateable? 

1 

World Faith 

World Faith 

ISCHILD £158.11 

1 x Set of Prayer Beads 

1 x Qur’an with Cover 

1 x Qur’an Rack 

1 x Illustrated Qur’an Story 

Book 

1 x Embroidered Prayer Cap 

5 x Eid Celebration Cards 

1 x Prayer Mat with Compass 


1 x Doll 

1 x Artefacts Bag 

2. Sikh Childs Artefact 

Collection 

In Sikander’s bag, he has a variety 

of items for you to explore. A fun 

and engaging way to discuss and 

learn about different religions. Why 

not add some non-religious items 

to make Sikander more relatable? 

The religious artefacts included in 

Sikander’s bag can be used to cover 

a range of RE topics from festivals to 

daily worship. 

2 

1 x Kara 

1 x Kangha 

1 x Kirpan 

1 x Patka 

1 x Set of Prayer Beads 

1 x Sikh Faith and Practice 

Book 

1 x Storybook on The Life of 

All Ten Gurus 

1 x Doll 


SICHILD £158.11 

3. Buddhist Childs Artefact 

Collection 

Meet Dylan, she has a collection of 

artefacts in her bag. The religious 

artefacts included can create 

discussion points around festivals, 

culture, daily worship and more. 

Contents may vary. When studying 

Buddhism a collection of artefacts 

can really put the faith into context 

for your pupils. Why not place some 

non-religious artefacts in Dylan’s bag 

to make her more relatable? 

BU-CHILD £158.11 

3 

Contents 

1 x Buddha Figure 

1 x Puja Bowl Set 

1 x A Journey Through Life 

Book 

1 x Symbols and Story Book 

1 x Prayer Beads 

1 x Singing Bowl 


1 x Doll 



pshe 

contents 

759-765 rewards 

766-770 feelings & emotions 

771-773 relationship education 

758 


1. Mini Sparkly Star Praise 

Stickers 

Super value sparkly stars praise 

stickers. Ideal for paper based 

marking, reward charts, reading 

records and much more. Diameter 


1 

2 

Stickers 

Rewards 

PS10143 £2.61 

2. Sparkly Gold Star Praise 

Stickers 

Star shaped smiley stickers with a 

sparkly gold effect. A great reward 

for hard work or progression chart. 

Pack of 360. 

360 

PS10144 £9.18 

3. Gold Star Stickers 

A lovely selection of gold metallic 

stars with smiley faces. Great for 

using on wall charts, clothing or 

finished work. Metallic gold. Pack 

of 720. 

3 

PS10141 £10.49 

4. Smiley Face Praise 

Stickers 

A selection of smiley face stickers in 

bright colours. Great for rewarding 

hard work. Includes a mixture of 

coloured designs. Diameter 15mm. 

Pack of 450. 

PS10164 £10.49 

280 720 

4 5 

5. NEW Sparkling Praise 

Animal Stickers 

A pack of sparkly animal design 

stickers. Includes a mixture of 35mm 

and 10mm stickers, each with a 

positive message and lots of happy 

animal character designs. Pack of 

690. 

RS46014 £15.74 

6. Praise Bookmark Stickers 

A mixture of caption and no caption 

miniature stickers. Ideal for using 

as a progression marker for reward 

bookmark or charts. Pack of 750. 

PS10165 £9.85 

450 

690 

6 7 

7. Mini Cartoon Praise 

Stickers 

A miniature sticker perfect for 

sticking in exercise books or reward 

charts. Supplied on A5 Sheets. 

Includes a mixture of designs and 

praise words. Pack of 800. 

PS10145 £10.49 

8. NEW Mixed Scented 

Stickers 

Give your praise stickers an extra 

dimension with these wonderful 

scented stickers. Scents include: 

blueberry, grapefruit, cherry 

blossom, candy floss, coconut, and 

apple. 30 of each design. Diameter 


750 800 

8 9 

RS46011 £18.36 

9. Mini Mixed Praise Stickers 

A selection of mini motivational 

stickers in a variety of designs. Great 

for use with reward charts. Includes 

a variety of different captions. 


PS10170 £9.18 

180 

847 


Rewards 

Stickers 

1 2 

1. Animals, Stars and 

Gadgets Praise Stickers 

Supplied on A4 sheets. Includes 

350 x 35mm(dia.) stickers and 340 

x 10mm(dia.) stickers. Diameter 


PS10142 £15.74 

690 262 

3 4 

285 690 

690 320 

5 6 

348 393 

7 8 

567 650 

9 10 

741 1310 

2. Sparkly Animal Praise 

Stickers 

A selection of sparkly motivational 

stickers. Supplied on A4 sheets. 

Includes 126 x 25mm(dia.) stickers 

and 136 x 10mm(dia.) stickers. Pack 

of 262. 

PS10168 £3.93 

3. Animals and Stars 

Compilation Praise 

Stickers 

A selection of motivational stickers. 





PS10167 £5.91 

4. Rainbow Star Stickers 

Colourful, smiley star stickers. Great 

for encouraging good behaviour. 

Diameter 22mm. Portrait. Pack of 320. 

PS10068 £4.60 

5. Smiles Star Praise Stickers 

Combination Pack 

Assorted colour smiley star stickers. 





PS10137 £6.24 

6. Smiles Praise Stickers 

Combination Pack 

Smiley face stickers in assorted 

colours. Diameter 25mm. Pack of 

393. 

PS10146 £6.55 

7. Assorted Sparkly Praise 

Stickers 

A bumper pack of beautiful sparkly 

stickers that children will love to get 

their hands on. Pack of 567. 

PS00389 £23.61 

8. Simple Praise Stickers 

Great value, single colour designs. 

Includes captions: brilliant, well 

done, very good etc. Assorted 

colours. Pack of 650. 

PS10166 £6.55 

9. Variety Praise Stickers 

A multipack of motivational stickers 

in a variety of designs. Diameter 


A multipack of motivational stickers 

in a variety of designs. 

PS10147 £15.74 

10. Animals and Stars Praise 

Stickers 

A great selection of designs 

including: brilliant, good work, great 

work, great and very good. Diameter 


PS10134 £18.36 

760 


1. Reward Sticker Bus 

Bright and colourful rectangular 

motivational stickers, stored inside 

a decorative bus-shaped box. Great 

for sticking on clothing. Includes 

24 different designs. Height 24mm. 


1 

Stickers & Pencils 

Rewards 

PS10148 £23.61 

2. Praise Pencils Bulk Pack 

Boost your pupils confidence and 

self-esteem with these assorted 

praise pencils! Adding variety to 

your rewards can really keep your 

class motivated and willing to learn. 

Featuring messages such as “Good 

Job”, “Super Reader” “Star Award” 

and “Do Your Best”. Pack of 288. 

800 

PS00904 £39.36 

3. Praise Words and Thumbs 

Up Stickers 

A bulk pack of large word stickers, 

ideal for older children. Phrases 

include Star pupil, Brilliant Effort, 

Fabulous Work, Star Award and 

much more. The small thumbs up 

stickers are ideal for sticking on 

children’s work. Pack of 3930. 

2 3 

PS00459 £34.11 

4. Stars and Smiles Praise 

Stickers 

Bulk pack of colourful stickers 

featuring a variety of smiley face and 

star designs. A mixture of designonly 

stickers and phrase stickers, 

ensuring that you have a sticker 

suitable for any occasion! Pack of 

3930. 

288 3930 800 

PS00489 £34.11 

5. Praise Star Stickers 

A bulk sticker pack containing mixed 

sizes, perfect for rewarding children 

of all ages. Mixture of colourful 

star designs featuring phrases such 

as Brilliant, Star Worker and Good 

Work! Pack of 3930. 

4 5 

PS00488 £34.11 

6. Motivational Reward 

Praise Stickers 

This sticker pack contains everything 

you need to reward children for 

good behaviour, an essential for 

every classroom. Contains stickers 

designed to praise effort and 

behaviour but also to provide 

encouragement. 

3930 800 

3930 

PS00388 £48.55 

7. Maths Reward Pencils 

Give children a reason to excel in a 

task you set for them by rewarding 

them with these colourful pencils. A 

great way to reward those that do 

super work in maths lessons or their 

homework Pack of 36. 

6 7 

PS00683 £19.68 

1149 

36 


Rewards 

Stampers 

1 

1. Motivational Stamps 

A set of pre-inked and re-inkable 

stamps in a storage box. Messages 

include: smart, keep it up, got it, 

wow, getting there and magic work. 

PS10139 £30.18 

2. Motivational Stamps 

Classpack 

A bumper classroom collection 

of self-inking marking stampers. 

Brightly coloured, attractive designs 

with messages of praise for every 

occasion. Comes with handy storage 

cases. 

PS00585 £78.74 

3. Stackable Stamps 

Four really useful messages in one 

handy, pre-inked stack. Messages 

are: Teacher Assisted Work, 

Independent Work, TA Assisted Work 

and Objective Achieved. 

PS10138 £19.68 

2 3 

12 

762 


1. NEW Sports Day Medals 

A set of sports day 2023 medals. 

Available in gold, silver and bronze. 

Supplied with red lanyard. Diameter 


1 

Medals 

Rewards 

RS45940GO Gold £32.80 

RS45940SI Silver £32.80 

RS45940BZ Bronze £32.80 

2. Well Done Reward Medals 

A multipack of versatile reward 

medals with lanyard. These medals 

can be used across the curriculum 

for supporting achievements and 

positive participation. Includes 

coloured lanyard. Pack of 10. 

PS00632 £19.68 

3. Well Done Reward Trophy 

A well done trophy for rewarding 

pupils. Give an extra special reward 

to really motivate your pupils. A 

lightweight trophy which is easy to 

hold, sure to put a smile on your 

pupils’ faces. Height 7.75cm. 

10 

2 3 

PS00888 £7.86 

4. Sports Sticker Pack 

Encourage competition and praise 

participation in sports day with this 

sticker pack. Messages including 1st, 

2nd and 3rd as well as ‘I had fun at 

sports day’ and ‘I’m a sports star’. 


PS00689 £15.74 

5. Reward Pin Badges 

Perfect set of mixed award badges 

in a shiny finish. Great for sports 

day prizes, but could also be used in 

the classroom. Includes 15 of each. 


PS10063 £19.68 

10 

4 5 

Contents 

185 20 x 1st Stickers, 20 x 2nd Stickers, 

45 

20 x 3rd Stickers, 125 x Mixed Sparkly Stickers 


Rewards 

Badges & Certificates 

1 

2 

20 

ONLY 

£9 .18 

1. NEW Mixed Praise Badges 

These praise badges are a brilliant 

way for your pupils to show off their 

achievements! Includes two of each 

design. Small: 25mm. Large: 37mm. 

Pack of 20. 

RS45995 Small £7.86 

RS45996 Large £9.18 

2. Small Colourful Pin 

Badges 

Ideal for use as team colours for 

classroom or outdoor activities. 

Assorted colours: red, blue, green 

and yellow. 10 of each colour. 

Includes pin fixings. Multicoloured. 

Pack of 40. 

PS00873 £10.49 

3. Play Leader Enamel 

Badges 

Appoint ‘play leaders’ for the 

week, month or term. Encourage 

children to develop responsibility 

and leadership skills by organising 

games and activities at lunchtimes 

and inviting everyone to join in. 

Length 40mm. Made from metal. 

Pack of 15. 

PS00614 £30.18 

4. Sparkly Certificate Pack 

Extra special general rewards 

that can be used across the 

curriculum. Messages include: 100% 

Attendance, Star of the Week, Well 

Done Award, Special Award, Pupil 

of the Week Award and Star Award. 

6 different designs. Landscape. Pack 

of 120. A5. 

PS00653 £39.36 

40 

3 

15 

4 

A5 

120 

764 


1. Star of the Week Desk 

Cards 

Colourful awards that sit proudly 

on the recipient’s desk. A great gift 

for your ‘star of the week’ pupil as it 

can also be taken home. Pack of 20. 

Width 113mm. 

1 2 

Star of the Week 

Rewards 

PS10076 £3.93 

2. Star of the Week Badges 

These pin badges are a great reward 

for your ‘star of the week’ pupils. 

The badge can be worn with pride 

and taken home to show to parents/ 

carers. Diameter 25mm. Pack of 20. 

PS10082 £6.55 

3. Star of the Week Pencils 

These make a great incentive for 

good behaviour or for an excellent 

piece of work. Children can see 

their award all day and show it off 

to others with pride. Pack of 24. 

Contents 12 x Blue, 12 x Red 

20 20 

3 

4 

PS10081 £17.05 

4. Sparkly Golden Crown 

Designed for special occasions, use 

this crown for children’s birthdays, 

‘star of the week’ or to reward good 

behaviour! Children love to dress 

up, but how special would they feel 

when wearing this beautiful golden 

crown! Diameter 26cm. Height 

13.5cm. Made from fabric. Single. 

24 

PS00480 £15.74 

5. Star of the Week Certificate 

A set of A5 ‘star of the week’ 

certificates with a sparkly finish. 

They shimmer in the light, proving 

an impressive reward for children. 

Perfect to take home to show 

parents/guardians. A5. Pack of 20. 

5 

PS10075 £7.86 

6. Star Worker Cushion 

Extra special praise can really boost 

self-esteem and motivate your 

pupils! Reward a different pupil each 

day or week by presenting them 

with this soft velvet cushion to sit 

on. Colour may vary. 

20 

LSTCUS £32.80 

6 




1 

2 

3 

36 

Contents 

1 x Dry-Wipe ‘Tree of Us’ Classroom Display Board (L:1100 x W:782mm) 

1 x Re-Useable Set of Classroom ‘Tree of Us’ Stickers (L:1200 x W:500mm) 

1 x Individual ‘Tree of Me’ Flip Book (30 Sheets, A3, 100gsm) 

30 x Set of Individual ‘Tree of Me’ Stickers (A3) 

1 x Teacher Guide (A4, 46pp) 

1 x Book Bag (L:360 x W:660mm) 

4 

1. NEW Tree of Me 

A hard-wearing classroom display, 

sticker pack and teacher’s guide to 

introduce the Tree of Me to your 

classroom. The Tree of Me has been 

designed to help build children’s 

sense of identity and belonging 

and to help them realise the type of 

person they want to be. Each part of 

the tree has two lesson plans, split 

into ‘A’ and ‘B’. Lesson ‘A’ introduces 

the idea of what each part of the 

tree represents and encourages 

children to think about how it 

applies to the whole class (Tree of 

Us). In lesson ‘B’, children consider 

the same ideas, but as individuals 

(Tree of Me). Refill pack contains: 1 

x ‘Tree of Me’ Flip Book (30 Sheets, 

A3) and 30 x Set of ‘Tree of Me’ 

Stickers (A3) so the resource can 

be used again and again. Written 

by Dr Paula Williams, Educational 

Psychologist. 

PS10050 Class Pack £196.86 

PS10180 Sticker Refill Pack £65.61 

2. NEW ‘All About Me’ 

Feelings Activity Set 

Learn social-emotional learning 

(SEL) skills with these feelingsfilled 

play figures and counters! 

Includes six emotions in six bright 

colours. Helping children talk about 

happiness, sadness, surprise, anger, 

embarresment and being proud. 

Pack of 36. 

RS45919 £26.24 

3. NEW Stack & Build 

Emotion Set 

Great for exploring the various ways 

people show their feelings and learn 

how body language can help us 

recognise different emotions! Great 

for matching up facial expressions 

with arm and leg positions to create 

figures representing five different 

emotions. Children are also able to 

self-check their creations using the 

coloured marker on the back of each 

block. Includes 15 wooden blocks 

for making 5 figures, plus a 12” 

hardwood base. 

RS45938 £32.80 

4. NEW Gel-Bead Emotion 

Friends 

Fun-to-touch emotion friends 

provide a unique sensory experience. 

As children explore how they’re 

feeling and learn to regulate their 

emotions! Four different gel-bead 

friends have an illustrated face and a 

corresponding emotion word on the 

front, plus colorful gel beads inside 

that help soothe children with every 

squeeze! A great visual and tactile 

resource. Four different colors. 

Includes guide. Pack of 4. Width 4in. 

RS45925 £18.36 

4 

766 


1. NEW Who’s Feeling What 

Game 

Help children build social-emotional 

learning (SEL) skills with this fun 

identification game inspired by 

distance learning! Fill the ‘video call’ 

style puzzle board with some of the 

caller cards, then use conversation 

prompts and emoji tokens to identify 

and name different emotions. 

RS45924 £17.05 

2. Let’s Talk Wellbeing 

Cubes 

Roll the dice and get the 

conversation going. There’s a 

new conversation in every roll! 

Get children talking, sharing and 

learning with this set of cubes 

featuring engaging prompts 

targeting Social and Emotional 

Learning (SEL). Depth 4cm. Height 


1 

3 

2 

6 



PS10178 £18.36 

3. Emoji Wellbeing Cubes 

Develop social and emotional skills 

with these brightly coloured cubes. 

Images and prompts will encourage 

young children to think about how 

they’re feeling and to talk about 

their emotions. Depth 4cm. Height 


PS10179 £18.36 

4. See My Feelings Mirror 

Set 

See my feelings mirror helps children 

recognise and identify emotions in 

themselves and others. This childsafe 

mirror comes with six slide-in 

photos of real children expressing 

real emotions. Height 20cm. 


4 

4 5 

PS10177 £52.49 

5. Express Your Feelings 

Pocket Chart 

An innovative way for children to 

identify and express feelings to 

their teachers in a safe way. Ideal 

for social emotional learning (SEL), 

self-awareness and social awareness. 


PS10176 £26.24 

6. Big Feelings Pineapple 

Helps preschool children learn about 

how emotions and facial expressions 

show what people are feeling. Ideal 

for giving children the opportunity 

to identify and talk about 

expressions and feelings through 

hands-on play. Height 16cm. Length 


6 

6 7 

PS10172 £15.74 

7. NEW Anxiety and Worry 

Kit 

This kit uses the principles of 

cognitive behaviour therapy (CBT), 

which empowers the individual to 

make their own decisions and take 

control. Within it are lots of self-help 

techniques that young people can 

use depending on their personal 

situation and what they are worrying 

about. Suitable for 8-16yrs. Pack of 17. 

17 

RS46121 £52.49 




1 

16 

2 

8 

1. Emotion Faces Throw 

Down Spots 

A set of visually stimulating, 

double sided spots, showing fun 

representations of emotions with 

the written emotion on the reverse. 

Encourage active learning by getting 

children to run/jump on to the 

different emotions. Diameter 25cm. 

Made from silicone. Pack of 16. 

PS10055 £91.86 

3 

2. Emotion Faces Bean Bags 

Help children to understand facial 

expressions while developing gross 

motor skills and coordination skills. 

Encourages cooperative play, maths 

skills, colour and word recognition, 

and social awareness. Suitable for 

age 3 years and up. Length 100mm. 


44 

Contents 

12 x Emotion Balls 

16 x Emotion Face Mats 

16 x Emotion Bean Bags 

PS10054 £26.24 

3. Emotions and Feelings 

Active Wellbeing Pack 

A fun kit to help children explore and 

discuss their own and others feelings 

and emotions, by encouraging active 

learning. Can be used for a number 

of physical education and curricular 

activities. Pack of 44. 

PS10104 £157.49 

768 


1. NEW Dr Treisman’s Big 

Feelings Stories 

These stories take children on 

wonderful therapeutic adventures. 

Helps children’s difficulties with 

anxiety, bereavement, trauma, 

nightmares and sleep-related 

problems, low self-esteem and selfregulation 

and relaxation. Pack of 6. 

RS45973 £65.61 

2. NEW Dr Treisman’s 

Therapeutic Activity Books 

These activity books feature a fun 

illustrated story followed by a 

treasure trove of fun activities and 

therapeutic worksheets. The final 

section of the activity books features 

CBT-informed guidance for parents, 

carers and professionals. Pack of 6. 

RS45970 £157.49 

3. Feelings and Emotions Kit 

A kit to help educate children on 

different types of feelings. Children 

will be able to use the contents to 

help them identify and discuss a 

range of different feelings together. 

PS10049 £144.36 

4. Worries and Wonders 

Circle Time Bag 

A multi-purpose reversible bag with 

a “?” on one side and “Worries and 

Wonders” written on the reverse. 

Get children to write their worries 

or questions on paper and place in 

the bag. Suitable for 3 to 11 years. 

Length 36cm. Width 26cm. 

PS00337 £17.05 

1 2 

3 

6 6 

Contents 

1 x Binnie the Baboon and the Big Worries 

1 x Cleo the Crocodile’s New Home 

1 x Gilly the Giraffe Learns to Love Herself 

1x Ollie The Octopus and the Memory Treasures 

1 x Neon the Ninja Meets the Nightmares 

1 x Presley the Pug and The Tranquil Teepee 

Contents 

8 x Books 

1 x Feelings Ball 

1 x Feelings Mirror 

1 x Feelings Cards 

Contents 

4 


1 x Binnie the Baboon Anxiety and Stress 

Activity Book 

1 x Cleo the Crocodile Activity Book for Children 

Who Are Afraid to Get Close 

1 x Gilly the Giraffe Self-Esteem Activity Book 

1 x Neon the Ninja Activity Book for Children Who 

Struggle with Sleep and Nightmares 

1 x Ollie the Octopus Loss and Bereavement 

Activity Book 

1 x Presley the Pug Relaxation Activity Book 


5. Emotions and 

Expressions Fans 

A simple way for children to express 

how they are feeling emotionally, 

or to show how their sensory 

environment is affecting them. 

Each fan contains 8 faces depicting 

different emotions along with the 

matching vocabulary; happy, sad, 

surprised, ill, laugh, cry, angry and 

confused. Length 12cm. Made from 


PS00101 £32.80 

6. Feelings Wall Mirror 

Plastic mirror featuring six cartoon 

animals with associated emotions. 

A3. Made from plastic. Single. 

5-MIRW £36.74 

7. Feelings Talk Ball 

Get young children talking about 

feelings with this colourful inflatable 

ball. The pictures and words make 

this a simple but interactive resource 

for reception and KS1. Diameter 

40cm. Made from plastic. Single. 

PTALK £18.36 

8. Feelings and Emotions 

Book Pack 

Books to help you teach your pupils 

about feelings and emotions. Titles 

include; Happy, Sad, Shy, Proud, 

Caring, Worried, Angry and Jealous. 

Pack of 8. 

PS00601 £82.68 

5 

7 

10 

6 

8 

8 




1 

1. NEW Griff The Wellbeing 

Dog 

Help your pupils become as happy 

and healthy as Griff the Wellbeing 

Dog. This adorable Border Collie 

puppet and book collection is the 

perfect way to introduce a school 

dog to your school - no training 

required! The six-book collection 

covers the core themes of the new 

2020 PSHE curriculum such as health 

and wellbeing, relationships and 

living in the wider world. Each book 

comes with a double-sided activity 

card, helping facilitate discussion 

and embed learning. 

PS10191 £131.24 

Contents 

1 x Griff the Wellbeing Dog Puppet 

1 x Griff ‘Goes to School’ Storybook 

1 x Griff ‘Joins In’ Storybook 

1 x Griff ‘Gets Better’ Storybook 

1 x Griff ‘Eats Well’ Storybook 

1 x Griff ‘Listens’ Storybook 

1 x Griff ‘Exercises’ Storybook 

6 x Double-Sided Storybook 

Activity Cards 

1 x Griff Collar with Tag 

1 x Basket 

A double-sided activity card per book! 

2 3 

4 8 

4 5 

2. Small People Hand 

Puppets 

Aid discussion in the classroom and 

encourage communication and 

expression. Give shy or quiet children 

the confidence to speak in front of a 

group, or make difficult topics easier 

using puppets. Brightly coloured 

with moveable mouths. Height 


PS00597 £124.68 

3. Family Finger Puppets 

Beautifully designed, life-like and fun 

finger puppets featuring boys, girls, 

dads and mums. Perfect for family 

role playing, relationship education 

and interpersonal story-telling. 


PS10189 £65.61 

4. PSHE Book Pack KS1 

Cover and discuss a broad range 

of topics from across the PSHE 

curriculum. Topics include: going to 

the Doctor, moving house, feelings 

and emotions, healthy eating and 

death. Titles may vary. Paperback. 

Pack of 18. 

PS00204 £190.30 

5. PSHE Book Pack KS2 

A selection of books which explores 

a range of PSHE topics. Healthy 

eating, money, hygiene and 

staying safe online are discussed 

in these books. Supports the 

development of fundamental skills 

and understanding in key areas to 

prepare children for their futures. 

Pack of 20. 

LB00600 £347.80 

18 20 

770 


1. Social Skills Board Games 

This great value set of six board 

games models good social skills 

and behaviour. A comprehensive 

approach to promoting the social 

and emotional skills. Includes 

counters and die. Pack of 6. 

SD09163 £39.36 

2. Personal Safety and Well- 

Being Board Games 

Learn the essentials for a safe and 

healthy life with these exciting 

board games! Each game promotes 

discussion and allows pupils to reach 

informed decisions, helping them to 

develop social skills, whilst learning 

vital information. Includes answer 

cards, counters and die. Pack of 6. 

PS00348 £36.74 

3. PSHE Board Game 

Selection 

An amazing pack of twenty four board 

games to help children with all aspects 

of PSHE. Help pupils to learn and 

develop their skills, whilst providing 

opportunity for discussion on a range 

of important topics. Pack of 24. A3. 

PS00415 £144.36 

4. PSHE Board Game 

Collection 

This variety pack of games, posters 

and stickers tackle all the key issues 

of PSHE including feelings and 

emotions, social skills and health 

and well-being. A fantastic value for 

money kit for supporting PSHE and 

SEAL work in school. Pack of 100. 

PS00354 £209.99 

5. Families Book Pack 

Encourage your pupils to explore 

a variety of families and discuss 

similarities and differences to their 

own. What is normal for them, might 

not be normal for others. Titles may 


PS00438 £144.36 

1 2 

3 

6 

24 100 

Contents 

6 x Speaking & Listening Board Games 

6 x Social Skills Board Games 

6 x Personal & Emotional Skills Board Games 

6 x Personal Safety Healthy Living and 

Wellbeing Board Games 

5 6 

4 

6 

Contents 

Family & Friends 

50 x Feelings & Emotions Cards 

10 x Positivity Posters 

10 x Positivity Sticker Sheets 

6 x Speaking and Listening Games 

6 x Social Skills Games 

6 x Personal Safety Games 

6 x Healthy Living and Well-Being Games 

6 x Personal and Emotional Skills Games 

Relationships 

6. Managing Change Book 

Pack 

Help children to manage change in 

their lives. Change is an inevitable 

part of life, this pack contains fiction 

books that will develop children’s 

ability to cope in different situations. 


PS10032 £223.11 

7. Family and Friends 

Relationships Book Pack 

A great selection of fiction stories 

to help teach children what a 

relationship is, what friendships 

are for and what family means. 


PS10031 £227.05 

12 20 

7 8 

8. Real Life Issues Book Pack 

A lovely collection of fiction and 

non-fiction books covering sensitive 

issues such as bereavement, divorce 

and personal choices. Titles are 

suitable for KS1 and KS2 children. 

Titles may vary. Pack of 10. 

PS00382 £108.93 

20 

10 


Relationships 

Family & Friends 

1 2 

1. Buddy Stop Playground 

Sign With Stand 

Help the children in your school 

make friends during break times. 

Best used with the ‘playground 

pals’ range to ensure children are 

not singled out. Weather and fade 

resistant. Diameter 45cm. Height 

167cm. Made from foamex. Single. 

PS00346 Wall mountable £52.49 

PS00532 With stand £91.86 

3 4 

2. Friendship Stop 

A focal point for playground pals 

to meet by and ensure that all 

children have a positive playground 

experience. Two different designs 

to choose from (wall-mountable or 

free-standing). Comes pre-drilled 

complete with fixtures and fittings. 

Depth 5mm. Diameter 45cm. Height 

167cm. Made from foamex. Single. 

PWSTOP Wall mountable £52.49 

PSTOP With stand £91.86 

3. Online Safety Lesson 

Openers 

These activity cards will help children 

to stay safe online and gain digital 

resilience. Follow Ben as he comes 

across online safety issues whilst 

using technology at school and 

at home. Read the cards and get 

children to discuss what they think 

Ben should do. Length 12cm. Pack of 


PS00612 £39.36 

60 1 

5 6 

Contents 

16 x Face Cards 

26 x Feeling Cards 

28 x Thinking Cards 

28 x Whoops Cards 

6 x Player Counters 

1 x Egg Timer 

1 x Board 

1 x Dice 

4. Feel Good Friends Board 

Game 

This is a non-competitive team 

game, helping children to become 

familiar with feelings, emotions and 

expressions. A fun way for children 

to gain confidence and self-esteem. 

Players work as a team to take away 

all the sad faces. Single. 

PFGFFG £43.30 

5. Bullies, Victims and 

Bystanders Board Game 

A game designed to raise a child’s 

awareness of bullying and how it 

feels to be bullied. Every card has 

been weighted based on the severity 

of the bullying so that children can 

see how harmful this behaviour is. 

Board size: 510x510mm. Single. 

PS10094 £39.36 

6. Online Safety Book Pack 

This collection of books will educate 

children on how to stay safe in the 

digital world and give them handy 

tips and advice. The online world has 

many implications for children, from 

their health, identity, lifestyle, and 

relationships. Paperback. Pack of 15. 

PS10030 £223.11 

15 

772 


1. Answer Buzzers 

These “game-show buzzers” turn any lesson 

into a game and liven up student response! 

Four different colours and fun sounds - 

honking horn, boxing bell, doorbell and 

boing! Each measures 9cm in diameter and 

requires 2 AAA batteries, 

which are not included. Ages 3+ 

3774 £19.94 

2. Traffic Light Fans 

Enables children to communicate 

their understanding or feelings directly, 

visually and confidently to the teacher. 

Fans measure 13cm in length. 

Visual Communication 

pack of 4 

buzzers 

1 

Visual Communitcation 

AU01 Pack of 10 £13.64 

AU11 Pack of 30 £36.74 

3. Magnetic Behave-O-Meters and 

talk dials set 

Get pupils talking (or not as the case may be) 

with these magnetic visual communication 

resources! Show pupils expected noise 

and behaviour levels for the whole class or 

individual pupils with these magnetic meters, 

complete with movable arrows and name 

discs. Sit down at circle time or during small 

group sessions with the ‘Emotion’ and ‘About 

Me’ Talk Dials and move arrows to topics 

or emotions to be discussed. Great visual 

prompts especially for those who struggle 

with oral instruction. Set includes: 

• Noise-o-meter 

• Behave-o-meter 

• Emotions Talk Dial 

• About Me Talk Dial 

• 4 x Arrows 

• 12 x Name Discs 

PS08 £29.39 

3 

show 

expected 

noise 

2 

allows 

for clear 

non-verbal 

communication 

DISPLAY ON 

TABLES OR AT 

THE FRONT OF 

CLASS 

OVER 60CM 

show 

expected 

behaviour 

move the 

arrows to 

talk about 

life & 

emotions 


special needs 

contents 

775-779 sensory & wellbeing spaces 

780-783 keeping calm 

784-787 concentrating 

788-789 mental health & welllbeing 

790-791 organisation & planning 

792-793 dyslexic learners 

794-797 motor skills coordination 

774 


1. Causeway Sensory Trolley 

The Causeway Cruiser Sensory 

Trolley is the ultimate portable 

sensory solution for any 

establishment that is finding space 

a challenge, although requires a 

sensory environment. 

Standard Trolley Includes: 

1.2m Interactive Bubble Tube 

Mirror Panel 

4 Storage Boxes 

8 Colour Wireless Controller 

Deluxe Trolley Includes: 

All of the above, plus 

Fibre Optic Strands 

LED Projector with Effect Wheels 

Interactive Activity Panel 

4 Senses Activity Boxes 

Disco Ball with Speaker 

All power with one plug 

Dimensions: L945 x W700 x 

H1325mm 

MSE1102 Standard £2,495.95 

MSE1107 Deluxe £4,750.00 

2. Infinity Miror Panel 

Let this sparkling panel passively 

amaze you with lots of effects 

& rainbow colours and adjust 

intensity, volume, speed anyway 

you prefer. Use the panel in an 

active way and determine the 

effect, direction, play/pause and 

sound effects of the built-in micro 

SD card. 

H900 x W500 x D100mm 

MSE1014 £995.00 

3. Colour Blending Panel 

Experience how red, green and 

blue colours blend together to 

create countless colours. Contains 

a series of interactive modes for 

different levels & challenges. The 

panel will also communicate all 

colour choices to other Causeway 

Interactive products in the room. 

H900 x W500 x D100mm . 

MSE1015 £995.00 

4. Bubble Panel 

This special panel lets you choose 

colours while your own music 

plays in the background through 

the built-in speakers and micro 

SD card. The action reaction 

effect by influencing the different 

bubble flows make it a unique & 

magical panel. 

H900 x W500 x D100mm 

MSE1016 £995.00 

5. Rhapsody Panel 

This panel offers both visual & 

auditory stimulation and contains 

numerous modes for developing 

self-confidence as well as 

speech & language therapy. The 

panel responds to volume and 

pitch via either micro SD card or 

microphone. 

H900 x W500 x D100mm 

MSE1017 £995.00 

6. Snow Panel 

Follow the swirling movement of 

real film snow. Great for visual 

tracking and relaxing works due 

to the circulating movement. 

Influence colour and intensity 

through the buttons and play 

sounds via supplied micro SD 

card. 

H900 x W500 x D100mm 

MSE1018 £995.00 

Sensory Room 

1 

2 

3 4 

5 6 

1. Modern Design, Slim, 

Lightweight 

2. Large, Interactive 

Screen Experience 

3. Intuitive 4 Button 

Control 

4. Low Maintenance, 

Digital LED Technology 

Social, Emotional & Mental Health 



Dens 

1 

3 

2 

4 

1. Bubble Tube 

Bubble tubes are used as a complimentary 

focal tool for sensory 

regulatory activities or used interactively 

with encouraging visual 

tracking, colour recognition, 

physical movement and hand 

eye-co-ordination. 

MSE1000 1.2M Buble Tube £674.95 


2. LED Waterless Tube 1.8M 

Perfect for customers who love 

bubble tubes but need a water-free 

alternative! Ideal for environments 

where infection control 

is of paramount importance. 

MSE1003 £899.99 

3. LED Projector Saver Pack 

Energy-efficient, cool running, quiet 

and virtually maintenance free. 

Integral 40W LED lamp provides 

bright, white light and typically 

lasts 100,000 hours. Low power 

consumption. Compatible with accessories 

such as the Clip-On Prism. 

Requires Wireless Wheel Rotator. 

85mm lens. 1200 lumens. Weight 

3.3kg. 

Size : L37 x W13.3 x D23cm. 

MSE1019 £599.99 

4. Fibre Optics 

Sensory tactile light that you can 

touch, hold and feel! Robust and 

durable strands are ultra-resitand 

to accidental damage to ensure 

for all users. 

MSE1004 

MSE1005 

2m x 100 Fibre 

Optic Strands 

Interactive Light 

Source 

£149.95 

£199.95 

5 

6 

5. Liquid Floor Tiles 

A wonderful visual and tactile 

experience that really will 

encourage you to move around 

and explore the surfaces. Ideal for 

use in sensory rooms.The bright 

colours and ever changing shapes 

encourage visual stimulation as 

well as movement and touch. 

Size 500 x 500mm 


7 

6. LED Strip Lighting 

Lighting that’s as flexible as it is 

interactive. Perfect for edging, 

highlighting and bordering walls, 

stairs, ceilings, doorways or 

virtually wherever you want in 

your indoor area. Includes 5m of 

self-adhesive WiFi LED Light Strip 

and power supply. Compatible 

with our WiFi controllers for 

remote control of colours. 

MSE1064 £249.99 

6. LED Sky Ceilings 

Transform an uninspiring or 

dark space into an inviting, cosy 

environment. The ultra-thin LED 

panels replace the desired number 

existing ceiling tiles. The high 

quality image helps create an atmosphere 

and provide an illusion 

of daylight, as if it were a real 

window. Set of 4 Sky Ceiling Tiles. 

Must be used in conjunction 

with a suspended ceiling. 

MSE1065 Sky £1,095.00 

MSE1066 Tree £1,095.00 

776 


1. Interactive Colour 

Controller Cube 

Causeway Colour Cube Controller 

allows you to wirelessly control 

the colours of your multi-sensory 

room. Simply link your Wireless 

Colour Controller Cube to one or 

more items in the Causeway 

Sensory Range, and roll to the 

cube to control the colour. Fully 

compatible with all items in our 

Causeway Sensory Range - allowing 

you to simply add pieces to 

your range over time to build up 

your sensory room without any 

need for additional components. 

MSE1125 £295.00 

2. 8 Colour Wirefree 

Controller 

Causeway 8 Colour Wireless 

Controller can be used to control 

the colours in your multi-sensory 

room. Compatible with bubble 

tubes, fibre optics, wall washer 

and interactive panels. 

1 

4 

2 

3 

Dens 


MSE1124 £299.99 

3. Wall Washer Interative 

Provides a flood of colour using 

ultra bright, low-maintenance 

LED bulbs. Dramatic and striking 

lighting from one compact unit! 

Dimensions - 1m 

MSE1062 £385.00 

4. Rainbow Vibration 

Bumpas 

Interactive vibration and interactive 

colour control options. 

Designed & made to measure 

- speak to our sales team about 

your own project. Size (each 

Bumpa) 30W x 15cmD x 115cmH. 

SFP3004 Set of 4 £1,245.00 

SFP3005 Set of 8 £1,895.95 

5. Honeycomb Tactile Panel 

A large variety of fluid shapes, 

raised and recessed areas as 

well as contrasting textures in 

a unique honeycomb pattern 

make this a modern panel for any 

environment. Textures have been 

carefully chosen to offer a range 

of temperatures, softness/hardness, 

smoothness/coarseness. 

Size: 1000 x 1000mm 

5 

TAC5087 £499.00 

6. Sensory Corridors 

This bespoke product is designed 

to the requirements of the school 

and the schools logo and motto 

can be incorporated into the design. 

Our customers have found 

it to be a very useful tool offering 

a fun and engaging activity to 

promote health and well-being. 

They look great and brighten up 

the area where they are installed. 

These are used to achieve a number 

of goals. 

CALL FOR PRICES 

SCAN TO 

WATCH THE 

CASE STUDY 



Sensory Room 

1 

2 

1. Causeway Sensory Set 4 

Kit Contains: 

• 2 Mirror Panels 

• 1.75m Bubble Tube 

• 2m 100 Strand Fibre Optics 

& Light Source 

• 1 Square Podium 

• 2 Quadrant Podiums 

• 2 Wall Pads 

• Bubble Tube Bracket 

• Deionised Water 

• 8 Colour Wireless Control 

MSE1090 £3,250.00 

2. Causeway Sensory Set 6 

Kit Contains: 

• 2 Mirror Panels, 

• 1.75m Bubble Tube, 

• 2m 100 Strand Fibre Optics 

& Light Source, 

• 1 Quadrant or Square 

Podium, 

• Bubble Tube Bracket, 

• Deionised Water 

• 8 Colour Wireless Control 

SS45656 Square Podium £1,995.00 

MSE1094 Quadrant Podium £1,995.00 

778 


A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

Dept. Technical reference Created by Approved by 

Thomas Rafferty 07/12/2021 

Document type 

Document status 

Rev. Date of issue Sheet 

1/2 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

Title 

DWG No. 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

F 

Sensory 

Hive 

Our All-New Sensory Hive is a recent 

innovation from the team. The Sensory 

Hive is another mobile solution 

assisting in creating a sensory space 

within a larger open space. 

Featuring a fully padded, unique 

hexagonal shape, this Sensory Hive 

can be customised in many ways 

to suit the needs of your space. The 

possibilities with this Hive are endless, 

so contact our team today to discuss 

your requirements. 

Comes as standard with: 

• Full Padding on the Walls, Floor, 

Ceiling, and Seating Podiums 

• Bubble Tube / LED Waterless 

Bubble Tube (Please state your 

choice at time of ordering) 

• 8-Way Wirefree Colour Controller 

MSE1111 £4,449.95 

Sensory Room 

PRICED FROM 

£4,449.95 


1868 

2010 

1869 

889 

Sensory Modular Unit Mk01 

IS SPACE A CONSTRAINT? 

Why not choose a 

fully-customisable shipping container 

to use as your sensory room? 



Keeping Calm 

1 

2 

• Help avoid sensory 

overload and audible 

distractions 

• Encourage focus and 

concentration 

• Relieves stress and 

anxiety 

MULTIBUY 

SAVING 

£18 .75 

Ideal for children with Autism 

and Sensory Processing issues, 

who are sensitive to noise and 

certain sounds. They are designed 

to not only reduce noise but are 

comfortable and user-friendly. They 

offer children a quiet “time out” to 

regroup, reducing behaviour issues 

and relieves stress and anxiety. 

Lightweight and fully adjustable. The 

padded ear cushions offer superior 

comfort and a snug fit. 

LSR7126 Red Single £19.99 

LSR7127 Blue Single £19.99 

LSR7128 Green Single £19.99 

LSR7129 Red 5pk £69.99 

LSR7130 Blue 5pk £69.99 

LSR7131 Green 5pk £69.99 

2. Pop-Up Barrier 

These lightweight desk barriers, 

provide children with an instant 

distraction free environment. 

Keeping children focused on 

their own work and encourages 

independent learning to promote 

self-confidence. Height 32cm. 

Length 32cm. Made from polyester. 

Width 32cm. 

SD11014 Red Single £31.24 

SD12324 Blue Single £31.24 

SD12552 Green Single £31.24 

SD12573 Grey Single £31.24 

SD12267 Red 5pk £131.19 

SD10052BL Blue 5pk £131.19 

SD10052GR Green 5pk £131.19 

SD10354 Grey 5pk £131.19 

1. Ear Defenders 

MULTIBUY 

SAVING 

£25 .00 

Available in a choice of 4 colours 

780 


• Having the lap buddy on the 

knee will improve concentration 

and focus 

• The deep pressure impact helps 

children to stay calm and relax 

• Helps to reduce excessive 

fidgeting 

• Perfect addition to any 

classroom as school animal 

1. Weighted Lap Buddies 

These friendly lap buddies makes 

it easy to introduce the concept of 

weighted equipment for calming 

without the focus being on the 

therapeutic benefits. Children will 

enjoy holding, stroking, talking 

to and carrying the weighted pet. 



from velour. 

INT4039 Beagle £49.99 

INT4040 Schnauzer £49.99 

INT4041 Cat £49.99 

INT4042 Rabbit £49.99 

1 

Billy the Beagle 

Keeping Calm 

Rosie the Rabbit 

Sherlock the Schnauzer 

Children will enjoy holding, stroking, 

talking to and carrying the weighted pet. 


2. Weighted Blanket 

These blankets provide deep 

pressure stimulation, which helps 

children to calm down, relax, rest 

and improve anxiety levels. Many 

sensory seeking children find the 

weight and deep pressure input 

to be calming, as it feels like they 

are being given a hug Made from 

polyester. 

2 

SD12229 1.4kg £93.74 

SD12319 2.3kg £106.24 

SD12320 3.6kg £112.49 

3. Weighted Neck Pad 

The sensation of calming deep 

pressure on the shoulders can be 

helpful in reducing anxiety and 

bringing a sense of calm. This 

shaped neck pad snuggles around 

the shoulders and upper back and 

provides a grounding effect for 

children when they are anxious. 

Length 43cm. Made from velour. 

Weight 1.4kg. Width 34cm. 

Available in 3 weights 

INT4027 £49.95 

3 

Reversible neck pad - choose between blue or green 



Keeping Calm 

1 

• Provides sensory input 

and calms children down 

• Helps children to relax 

and provides a soothing 

effect on the body 

• Improve focus and 

concentration 

1. Vibrating Snuggle 

Cushion 

Many children with sensory 

difficulties love soothing vibration. 

This cushion provides this by simply 

turning it on and gently squeezing. 

From calming to stimulating, this 

cushion will be a popular way to 

provide tactile input. Length 30cm. 

Width 30cm. 

SD10083 £31.24 

2. Sensory Cuddle Ball 

By simply squeezing and cuddling 

the ball, children will experience a 

deep and calming pressure, that 

will help them deal with all of the 

anxiety and stress they are going 

through. There are gaps in the 

ball to allow hands and arms to 

be placed inside providing extra 

comfort and warmth. Diameter 

25cm. 

SD10427BL Blue £41.24 

SD10427GY Grey £41.24 

3. Vibrating Calming 

Cushion 

These cushions are perfect for 

children with sensory processing 

disorders. Pressure activated pillow 

with 6 firm knobs on one side and 

ultra soft and smooth vinyl on the 

other. It starts vibrating as soon as 

you squeeze it, to turn it off, just 

remove pressure and the vibration 

stops. Length 30cm. Width 30cm. 

SD12115 £56.24 

4. Cuddle Ball 

Hug the soft ball tightly to bring 

deep pressure to the sensory system. 

There are gaps in the ball to allow 

hands and arms to be placed 

inside providing extra comfort and 

warmth. Will also reduce anxiety and 

provides a calming aid for excitable 

or hyper children. Diameter 30cm. 

Made from cotton and polyester. 

SD08216 £49.99 

2 3 4 

Great as a calming aid 

to help children relax 

Helps to reduce anxiety 

782 


1. NEW Vibrating Weighted 

Lap Buddy 

Our weighted lap buddy offers a 

gentle vibration when the child 

strokes its back, which provides 

a relaxing, calming and tactile 

stimulation. The animal also comes 

with a weighted blanket to provide 

additional deep pressure input. The 

combination of weight and gentle 

vibration will help children to focus 

and concentrate, soothe anxiety and 

aid self-regulation. The vibration 

can be switched off, to enable all 

children to enjoy the lap buddy. 



from polyester and polyethylene. 

Weight 2.26kg. 

INT4038 Cat £59.99 

INT4286 Guinea Pig £49.99 

2. Sensory Bags 

Delight all of a child’s senses with 

this amazing combination of 

textures, smells, shapes and sounds. 

Each sensory bag comes complete 

with a number of activity ideas and 

have been designed to appeal to 

both boys and girls. Set includes: 

Hidden treasures, smelly sticks, 

lacy leaves, jagged gems, dazzling 

diamonds, magic loofah, orangey 

circles, bumpy shells and fluffy 

feathers. Pack of 8. 

1 

Keeping Calm 

• Applies deep calming 

pressure to aid selfregulation 

• Helps to satisfy sensory 

input cravings 

• Supports children to 

focus and concentrate 

• Helps to soothe anxiety. 


210006 £62.49 

3. Aroma Bags 

A set of voile drawstring bags 

each filled with dried natural 

materials. Use the aroma bags for 

a sensory guessing activity. the 

set contains rosebuds, oranges, 

apples, cinnamon, lavender, 

aniseed or cloves. Adult supervision 

recommended. Suitable for age 

4 years and up. W9 x L10cm. Pack 

of 7. 

CA02040 £39.99 

Stroke the back of the buddy 

to activate the vibration 

2 3 

8 

7 



Concentrating 

1 

4 

2 

Removable lanyard for versatile use 

• Promotes focus and 

concentration 

• Provides oral sensory 

input for sensory seekers 

• Helps decrease oral 

defensiveness 

• A discreet and simple 

fidget aid 

1. Sensory Chew Pendants 

Our stylish and eye-catching sensory 

oral chews, will provide comfort 

and help to calm children who need 

to chew, bite, and fidget. Keeping 

hands free, enabling them to 

continue to work. Can be worn like 

a necklace on its lanyard with child 

safety clasp, looped in a belt hoop or 

clipped to clothing with the key-ring 

clasp, or just held in the hand. It is 

a readily accessible fidget or chew 

to allow the brain/mind to keep 

calm and focus. Made from silicone. 

Pack of 4. 

SD10363 £28.74 

4 

Chunky design makes them easy to hold 

2. Sensory Clear Fidget 

Chews 

These are fun and appropriate 

alternatives for children who chew 

on their clothing, pencils, or other 

objects! These fun shapes are 

great for children who crave oral 

stimulation. Each has a textured 

surface that provides a varied 

sensory experience. Clear. Made 


SD10080 £31.24 

3 

3. Fidgety Bit 

This fashionable and discreet wrist 

band provides self regulation for 

fidgeting and chewing needs. The 

dial can twiddled by the fingers, 

whilst worn on the wrist or held in 

the hand, for extra sensory feedback. 

Diameter 5.5cm. Made from silicone. 

SD10313 Single £22.49 

SD10329 3pk £48.71 

4 

Quiet and discreet fidget aid 

MULTIBUY 

SAVING 

£18 .75 

4. Chewable Fidget Bangle 

Provides a safe, wearable, discreet 

and fun solution for those who need 

to chew. It can also be used as a 

sensory fidget toy as you can twist 

it, bend it, run your fingers over the 

smooth or textured design. Depth 

1cm. Diameter 6cm. Made from 

silicone. 

SD10138 Textured £11.24 

SD10100 Smooth £11.24 

SD10345 Buy all and save £16.22 

MULTIBUY 

SAVING 

£6 .25 

784 


1. Fidget Starter Pack 

A whole tin of wonderful fidget toys 

in a variety of textures and colours. 

The tin is full of durable, flexible 

fidgets to suit all learners that can 

be moved, stretched, squeezed or 

chewed. Pack of 19. 

Contents 

4 x Clear Fidget Chews 

4 x Coloured Fidget Chews 

4 x Chewable Pendants 

2 x Fidgety Bit 

2 x Textured Chewable Bangles 

2 x Smooth Chewable Bangles 

1 x Storage Tin 

SD10517 £132.38 


concentration 

• Keeps restless fingers 

busy 

• Helps to reduce anxiety 

• Provides sensory 

stimulation 

2. Tangle-Tastic Fidget Set 

Children can explore tactile sensory 

stimulation in a discreet manner 

and aid concentration with these 

handheld, pocket-sized, fun 

manipulatives while at home or at 

school. Each with a different texture 

for a multi-sensory experience, these 

tangle fidget toys allows children’s 

hands to keep busy so they focus on 

the task in hand. Pack of 5. 

Contents 

1 x sensory tangle 

1 x sensory fuzzy tangle 

1 x textured tangle 

1 x metallic tangle 

1 x relax therapy tangle 

1 

19 

2 

5 

SAVE 

£37 .50 

SAVE 

£6 .25 

Concentrating 


SD09301 £41.19 

3. Stretchy Elastic Fidget 

Snakes 

These colourful textured snakes 

make an ideal fidget toy helping to 

keep children calm and focussed. 

Keeping hands occupied as they 

stretch, squish and pull them into 

any shape. Length 29.5cm. Made 


3 

TAC6094 £4.95 

4. Giant Rainbow Springy 

Slinky 

The rainbow springy will provide 

children with hours of fun whilst 

developing their fine and gross 

motor skills. Provides a visual 

stimulus as the rainbow colours 

change as it tumbles from hand to 

hand and walks down steps/stairs. 

H15cm. Made from plastic. 

4 

SD10561 £18.74 



Concentrating 

1 2 

6 4 

3 4 

1. Stretchy String 

These stretchy strings are soft and 

durable, and resist squeezing, 

pulling, pounding and pinching. 

A great quiet fidget toy that also 

provides proprioceptive input. Made 


SD10399 £14.99 

2. Sensory Fidget Tubes 

Help children to focus, calm and 

self-regulate with the mesmerising 

motion inside the Sensory Fidget 

Tubes. The tubes are robust, securely 

sealed and easy for little hands to 

grip. Height 22cm. Pack of 4. Width 

5cm. 

TAC7001 £34.99 

3. NEW Liquid Double 

Coloured Timers 

When turned upside down these 

clear sensory liquid timers will keep 

children mesmerised as the droplets 

fall or rise. They will captivate and 

fascinate and are an ideal resource 

for quiet focus, as well as inspiring 

curiosity, developing creative 

language and understanding simple 

scientific principles. 

SS45616 £17.49 

63 63 

5 6 

10 

4. NEW Liquid Motion Timers 

Simply turn the timers upside down 

and watch the two differently 

coloured bubbles glide down to 

the bottom. The action of the 

liquid showers will provide visual 

stimulation as the children watch the 

colours move down the timer. 

SS45619 £17.49 

5. Sensory Fidget Kit 

This sensory fidget set gives children 

hands on ways to calm their minds 

and bodies. A great way to reduce 

anxiety and stress and to help 

children focus and stay on track. 

Pack of 10. 

SD10547 £37.49 

6. Tangles 

Provides children with fun and 

enjoyment as well as fine-motor 

manipulation. Along with the 

therapeutic benefits of control, 

dexterity, concentration, focus, and 

problem solving. Made from plastic. 

7 

8 

SD07032 Tangle £8.74 

SD07034 Fuzzy Tangle £9.99 

7. Textured Tangle 

Help restless children to focus and 

concentrate by keeping minds and 

hands occupied. The tangle fidget is 

perfect for both sensory and tactile 

fun, fits into the palm of the hand or 

into a pocket. Length 170mm. 

SD07532 £8.74 

8. Metallic Smooth Tangle 

A perfect solution for keeping 

children that like to fidget focused 

and on task. Encourages fine motor 

development and tactile exploration. 

Features a shiny, smooth and 

reflective surface that feels great to 

touch and manipulate. 

786 

SD08130 £8.74 


1. Fidgety Feet 

Our foot fidget helps children to sit 

at the correct posture and avoids 

restlessness in the classroom. Place 

the discreet foot fidget under the 

desk and let the children twist and 

turn their legs and fidget away. 


Made from plastic. Width 392mm. 

SD10004 Single £53.74 

SD10063 3pk £142.46 

2. Sit on Wedge 

This inflatable wedge cushion 

actively promotes a proper seating 

posture, back alignment and 

improves the core stability of 

children while sitting. The tactile 

bumps on the top and smooth 

on the bottom provides sensory 

feedback. Made from rubber. 

FUR2115Small £29.95 

FUR2116 Large £39.95 

1 

Surviving Sitting 

MULTIBUY 

SAVING 

£18 .75 


3. NEW Wiggle Seat Cushion 

The wiggle seat chair cushion helps 

children sit comfortably while they 

are working. Each gel-filled, tiny 

square provides the ultimate feel 

in both pressure and wiggle relief., 

helping children to concentrate and 

focus. Green. Length 27cm. Made 

from pu. Square shaped. Weight 

900g. Width 27cm. 

2 

FUR3019 £59.95 

4. PosturePad 

An innovative multi-function wedge 

which assists child development, 

provides comfort and improves 

posture. Designed by a Chartered 

Physiotherapist to open up the 

angle between the body and legs. 

The increased angle encourages the 

natural inward curve of the lower 

back to remain and leads to more 

comfortable sitting. Blue. 

SD12203 W35 x L35cm £49.99 

SD12091 W28 x L28cm £37.49 

3 4 



Multi-sensory materials will help to keep 

children calm 

Activities to help children develop 

skills and coping strategies 

Use in one to one sessions or as group activities 

Calming Cat & 

Coaching Cards 

The engaging, huggable, tactile cat can help to facilitate conversations 

and can also be used as a worry aid. 

Our mental health and wellbeing programme, helps children to talk 

about their feelings, thoughts and behaviours, as well as offering 

coping strategies. 

Contains over 140 coaching cards, giving insight, advice and activities 

to develop knowledge, skills and understanding. The appealing cat 

design has soft, soothing fur and a weighted body making it calming 

to hold. There is a tummy pocket that can be used for a personal 

comforting object or for a child to put a worry or concern. 

SD10362 Calming Cat £28.74 

KEY 

from 

£28 .74 

BENEFITS 

• Encourages children to discuss their 

worries and anxieties 

• Helps children to identify and talk 

about their feelings 

• Includes tummy pocket for holding 

comforting objects 

• Help to develop coping strategies 

PS10105 Calming Cat & Coaching Cards £68.74 

788 



Our go to toolbox offers over 180 strategies that can be used to deliver 

therapeutic support to develop children’s wellbeing and self-regulation 

skills. This easy to use toolbox is portable and can be taken from 

room to room and comes with a collection of fidgets for use within the 

intervention sessions. Written by Dr Tina Rae, child psychologist who has 

over 30 years’ experience specialising in the mental health and wellbeing 

of children and young people. This toolbox is designed to be used within 

the context of a calm corner or safe space, either with an individual or as 

part of a small group. 

SD10625 £168.74 

KEY 

from 

£168 .74 

BENEFITS 

• Screening tool to help prioritise areas of 

support 

• Supports children and young people to 

develop and sustain their emotional 

resilience in times of heightened stress and 

anxiety 

• Seven CPD training videos included from 

Dr Tina Rae, explaining the theory and 

practical ideas for each aspect 

• Supports teachers in delivering a 

therapeutic intervention 


Cognition & Learning 

Organising Yourself 

1 

SAVE 

£18 .75 Can be used on a desk 

or hung on the wall 

Perfect as a visual 

timetable 

2 3 

Helps children to plan 

and organise tasks 

6 

4 

7 

5 

SAVE 

1. Recordable Talking Panel 

A useful visual and auditory aid that 

can be used in a number of ways, 

for example, a timetable, a menu, a 

2. Visual Communication 

4. Emotions and 

Expressions Fans 

5. I Feel Expressions Fan 

Help children identify expressions 

2 

6. Mood Wrist Bands 

Children can indicate their feelings 

£12 .50 

transition aid or a favourites board. 

This can act as a useful transition tool 

when children are going through 

changes to routines, toilet training or 

learning hand washing for example. 

Slot in up to six images, photos or 

words, record a 10 second message 

per slot and press play to hear 

the recording. Inserting images of 

favourite things or family members 

can support attachment disorder. 

EL00153 Single £47.49 

SD10609 3pk £123.71 

Starter Pack 

This visual aid set has been designed 

to help children set out a routine. 

Includes a visual timetable, now/next 

and choosing board. These strategies 

help children to plan and organise 

their tasks. 

SD12016 £39.99 

3. Emotions Faces Fan 

Help children identify how they are 

feeling and to empathise with other 

emotions. The symbols support 

children who have communication 

difficulties. Length 125mm. Made 

from laminated card. Width 45mm. 

SD12389 Single £6.24 

SD12390 6pk £28.74 

Ideal to use when a child is feeling 

anxious about a situation or how they 

are feeling in general. They will help 

to prevent meltdowns and shutdowns. 

Length 125mm. Width 45mm. 

SD12396 Single £3.74 

SD12397 10pk £21.24 

and what feelings they represent. 

Useful to use after incidents, during 

social stories or when discussing 

emotions in circle times. Length 

125mm. Made from laminated card. 

Width 45mm. 

SD12392 Single £4.99 

SD12393 6pk £28.74 

by just flipping the band over. These 

wristbands are coloured green (I’m OK) 

on the outside, and orange (I’m not 

OK) on the inside. Diameter 180mm. 


SD12436 £11.24 

7. Desktop Communicator 

The three coloured sides can also be 

used as a traffic light system. The 

child can show the red side if they 

require help immediately, yellow if 

they need assistance when you are 

free or green if they are getting on 

happily with their work. 

SD08024 Single £4.99 

SD10525 10pk £43.63 

SD10617 30pk £137.13 

790 


1. Task Slicing Tool 

A visual aid to break down tasks 

into smaller, more achievable 

chunks using few words or images. 

These dry-wipe magnetic pieces 

will provide structure, build time 

management skills and raise selfesteem. 

Height 14.9cm. Width 

38cm. 

SD10002 Single £31.24 

SD10064 3pk £81.21 

2. Widgit in Print3 Software 

The range of Widgit symbols, 

provides children with a clear 

structured language, ideal for 

communication and learning. Just 

about any piece of information, 

document or teaching resource 

can be made more accessible 

and inclusive when symbols are 

added, perfect for flashcards, visual 

timetables or for supporting books. 

1 

Organising Yourself 

MULTIBUY 

SAVING 

£12 .50 

Cognition & Learning 

SD09151 £312.49 

3. Write and Wipe Work 

Storage Pockets 

Reduce photocopying time and 

budget with these clear dry wipe 

pockets. Simply slot in any activity 

sheet through the side opening, 

write over the top with a dry-erase 

marker and wipe away when 

finished. Pack of 5. 

2 3 

SD12658 £18.74 

4. Desktop Visual Timetable 

Holder 

Designed to fit on a small desk 

top this visual timetable stand is 

great for children who need help 

organising their day. Made of clear 

perspex with an adhesive strip 

across the front for attaching cards 

(not included). Height 10cm. Made 

from plastic. Width 30cm. 

4 5 

5 

SD09074 £24.99 

5. Desk Privacy Partition 

Place this handy partition on a 

desk or table to create an instant, 

distraction-free environment. Great 

for children who have difficulty 

concentrating or just needs some 

quiet time. Height 36cm. Made 

from cardboard. Pack of 10. Width 

107cm. 

SD10107 £49.99 

6. Now and Then 

Communication Kit 

This kit is designed to support 

children to know what is about to 

happen next, or to provide choices. 

Use the word tiles in between 

symbols to indicate ‘then’, ‘and’, 

‘or’, ‘now’. 

6 7 

10 

SD12479 £26.24 

7. Positive Social Rules Fan 

Help children to understand and 

remember positive rules. The fan 

provides a visual clue so the children 

know what you would like them 

to do in relation to social rules and 

instructions. Length 125mm. Made 

from laminated card. Width 45mm. 

SD12401 £6.24 


Literacy Support 

Dyslexic Learners 

1 

10 

2 

3 

100 

4 

Presented 

in a clear, 

easy to 

follow 

format 

1. Assorted Coloured 

Overlays 

These overlays can help to alleviate 

visual difficulties that sometimes 

occur alongside dyslexia. A great 

alternative to reading rulers, 

freeing up both hands for writing 

or typing. Really simple to use, 

just remove from packaging, place 

over text and read. The overlays 

have a shiny side and a matt side 

to provide improved usability over 

a range of lighting conditions. 

Reading from the shiny side gives a 

subjectively crisper appearance to 

the underlying text, but can reflect 

overhead lighting. The matt side 

trades slightly decreased clarity for 

less reflection. Made from plastic. 


SD08143 £33.74 

2. Visual Stress Assessment 

Pack 

Written and designed for ease of 

use by non-specialists, it includes 

everything necessary to carry 

out a thorough assessment. 

Provides anyone involved in 

detailed assessment of the colour 

overlay needs of individuals with 

a full battery of information and 

assessment tools. Presented in a 

clear, easy to follow format that 

is accessible to professionals and 

non-professionals alike. Includes 

background information and 

research references for those new 

to Visual Stress interventions, and 

follow-up material that ensures 

parents and others can be easily and 

fully informed of assessment results 

and recommended further action. 

SD09203 £74.99 

3. Blank Flash Cards 

A highly visual and engaging tool 

for teaching young children a range 

of literacy and numeracy skills. 

Presented in bright and engaging 

colours to hold attention, each 

of these high-quality cards can 

be numbered to help developing 

addition and subtraction skills 

or used to split up words when 

teaching sentence joining or 

phonetics. A great tool in all 

learning environments and will 

encourage interactive learning with 

the whole class. Multicoloured. 

SD10278 W76mm 51x76mm £14.99 

SD10279 W228mm 76 x228mm £14.99 

4. Sentence Strips 

Sentence strips ideal for whole or 

group sentence writing. Printed 

guidelines to show upper and lower 

case letter sizes. Pack of 100. 

L-STRIP £12.49 

100 

A great addition to any literacy working wall 

792 


1. Plain Window Reading 

Rulers 

Help to overcome reading difficulties 

and improve reading speed, accuracy 

and fluency. Ideal for dyslexic learners 

or those who suffer with visual stress. 

Made of a plain window of transparent 

plastic that both underlines the text 

by the use of an opaque line and 

highlights it in a coloured tint. Assorted 

colours in each pack. Height 10mm. 

Length 230mm. Made from plastic. 


1 

Dyslexic Learners 

Literacy Support 

SD07553 £13.74 

• Increase reading 

speed and accuracy 

• Improve concentration 

• Reduce eyestrain and 

headaches 

• Gloss or matt surface 

2 

10 

2. Duo Window Eye Level 

Reading Rulers 

Simply read the text through either of 

the tinted plastic strips from the choice 

of colours and track down the page. 

The ruled line underlines the text and 

assists tracking (preventing losing the 

place when reading or copying) and 

combines the glare reduction benefit 

of reading through a coloured overlay. 

Length 8cm. Made from plastic. Pack of 

10. Width 20.5cm. 

Made of a combination of opaque 

and transparent plastic that both 

underlines the text and highlights it in 

a coloured tint. Simply read the text 

through either of the tinted plastic 

strips of your selected colour, and track 

down the page. Use the broad strip for 

paragraphs and narrow strip for single 

lines. Made from recyclable, stratch 

resistant PET. Assorted colours. 

SD08142 £13.74 

3. Reading Windows 

Great for children who have problems 

with visual tracking and need a line 

finder to help them down a page of 

text. For children with dyslexia who 

need colour to make the letters clearer, 

just slot in one of the coloured strips 

to make reading easier. Reads text size 

up to 14pt. Five colours. Length 17cm. 


SD10017 £17.49 

4. Linetrackers 

A simple but ingenious resource to 

improve reading and concentration 

skills. The arrow indicator promotes 

left-right orientation and keeps both 

eyes focused on the line of text, while 

allowing a partially masked view of 

adjoining text. Height 5cm. Made 

from plastic. Pack of 10. Width 10cm. 

LSR7110 £17.95 

3 

4 

10 

10 

10 


Motor Skills Coordination 


1 Improves 

finger 

2 

flexibility and 

grip strength 

1. Hand & Finger 

Strengtheners 

This starter selection of 

strengtheners, provides a complete 

strength training solution for fingers, 

hands, wrists, and forearms. The 

ergonomic designs ensures an even 

comfortable grip for all hand sizes. 


SD10512 £18.74 

2. Hand & Finger 

Strengthening Loops 

These finger loops provides a 

complete strength training solution 

for fingers, hands, wrists, and 

forearms. The ergonomic design 

ensures an even comfortable grip for 

all hand sizes. Made from silicone. 

Pack of 6. 

SD10511 £16.24 

5 6 

3 4 

53 65 

5 6 

3. Hand Grip Strengthening 

Rings 

These hand exercise rings will help 

children to build strength in the 

fingers, hands, wrist and forearms. 

Can be used for a variety of exercises 

including crushing and pinching that 

will improve the dexterity of both 

the hands and fingers. Made from 

silicone. Pack of 3. 

SD10510 £16.24 

4. Therapy Putty 

A fun and effective occupational 

therapy tool for finger and hand 

strengthening. A popular sensory 

tool for providing tactile input, 

sensory stimulation, bilateral 

coordination play, or other types of 

sensory therapy. Height 8cm. Length 

8cm. Pack of 5. Weight 57g. Width 

15cm. 

TAC6026 £19.99 

5. Therapy Putty Tubs 

A great way to effectively exercise 

and strengthen hands. Designed to 

meet a wide range of strengthening 

needs, putty can be squeezed, 

stretched, twisted or pinched. 

Weight 500g. 

TAC6023 Green £19.99 

TAC6024 Red £19.99 

TAC6025 Yellow £19.99 

6. Thera-Band 

This resistive exercise band helps to 

strengthen muscles and improve 

balance. Good fun to use in 

group sessions. Supplied with a 

light powder coating to enhance 

durability. Resistance level: light. 

Length 5.48m. 

SD12117 £32.49 

Available in 

a choice of 

strengths 

794 


• Fun and engaging 

activities 

• Easy and hard activities 

that can be adapted to 

each child 

• Contains pre and post 

assessments 

• Can be used as quick 

motivator breaks 

1. Fine Motor Skills Activity 

Box 

These fun and engaging fine 

motor activities are a great way 

of developing skills that children 

need. Using games and activities to 

practice fine motor skills can reduce 

anxiety and frustration. Contains 

all the resources in one place and 

is a quick and easy grab and go 

kit. Fine motor skills are essential 

for independence and functioning 

within the classroom. 

1 



SD07560 £149.99 

2. Fine Motor Skills Boards 

Support early preparation for 

handwriting by developing 

movement pattern skills, of common 

letter formations. Encourages left 

to right movement as the child 

re-creates the motions used to form 

letters. The pencil tracks are ideal 

for all sizes of pencil, crayon or felt 

pen. When the fine motor board 

is removed, the child can see their 

work and the pattern they have 

created. Length 296mm. Width 

105mm. 

2 

SD12339 

Complete Motor Skills 

Board Set 

£74.99 

SD12686 Paper Refill £4.99 

3. Get a Grip 

Created by popular demand and 

developed in partnership with 

NASEN this fabulous assorted kit 

contains 13 of our best-selling pencil 

grips. The goal of a pencil grasp is 

to position the pencil in such a way 

that it is stable, comfortable, and 

can be moved by finger movements 

rather than whole-hand movement. 

Comes with a leaflet packed with 

practical guidance and advice for 

grip users. Contents may vary. Pack 

of 33. 

SD08031 £59.99 

4. Developmental Pencil 

Grip 

Support individuals who have 

difficulty transitioning to the tripod 

grip. It could also benefit children 

who are later developing fine 

motor control due to coordination 

difficulties such as dyspraxia. As the 

motor skills and eye coordination 

for pen use increases, the size of 

the grip can reduce to the next size 

down. Made from foam. Pack of 5. 

SD12325 £16.24 

Includes fifteen pattern boards 

3 4 

Children can try out 

the pencil grips to find 

33 their favourite 

5 




1 2 

1. Balance Ball Body Fitness 

Set 

A unique and versatile fitness tool 

that can be used to build strength 

and improve balance. It offers 

a dynamic surface that children 

can stand, sit, kneel or lay on to 

challenge their whole body. Depth 

59cm. Diameter 59cm. Height 21cm. 

Made from abs and pvc. 

SD10574 £81.24 

2. Body Sox 

The four way stretch lycra sensory 

body sox, is an all round movement, 

proprioceptive, tactile and deep 

pressure experience. An essential 

part of any sensory diet to reinforce 

resistive awareness and encourage 

creative movement. 

INT4245 Small £79.99 

INT4246 Medium £89.99 

INT4247 Large £94.99 

3 4 

5 6 

3. Sit On Peanut Balance 

Ball 

Offers a great sensory range of 

activities (rolling on the tummy, 

rolling forwards onto hands 

to weight bear and strengthen 

shoulders), the possibilities are 

endless! Sit as you would on a ball, 

or sit astride to rock from side to 

side. Supplied ready to inflate. Made 

from rubber. 

SD10616 L76cm Smooth £62.49 

SD09129 L80cm Bumpy £71.24 

SD10061 L90cm Smooth £68.74 

4. Gym Roll 

The special shape of ball can help 

children improve motor skills and 

enhance the sense of touch and 

balance. Ideal for therapeutic 

use, especially for those who 

have problems with balance and 


months and up. Length 80cm. Width 

40cm. 

SD10449 £62.49 

5. Stretch-eze® 

Provide sensory feedback that 

facilitates a more efficient use of 

energy and body mechanics while 

strengthening and stretching. The 

stretch-eze provides pressure on 

the body while the child is moving. 

It offers a better body awareness, 

helps to develop coordination and 

balance. 

SD10415 Small £104.99 

SD10416 Medium £111.24 

6. Balance Fitness Ball 

This seat is a gym ball that can 

double up as a therapy ball for 

core stability work. It provides less 

support than the fit chairs, and will 

allow tipping back. 

SD09133 Diameter 40cm £31.24 



796 


• Children will be 

comforted by a 

calming squeeze 

• Provides deep 

pressure touch 

stimulation 

• Assists with motor 

skills and processing 

1. Squeeze Machine 

Children with sensory processing 

disorders caused by a range of 

conditions, can find being tightly 

held very calming and comforting. 

The squeeze machine is designed 

to provide a firm, deep pressure 

sensation which sends sensory 

feedback to the brain, helping 

children integrate their bodies 

with their immediate environment. 

Robustly constructed and featuring 

soft, padded bumpers, the light 

weight, and easy to squeeze 

machine, is the ideal addition to any 

sensory space used by children that 

need deep proprioceptive input. 


1 



INT4238 £399.95 

2. Squeeze Seat 

This comfortable chair tightens 

gently, applying a calming effect on 

children. The supportive seat helps 

to provide a better seating posture. 

Children can gently rock back and 

forth to aid concentration during 

activities such as reading, listening 

and also in the classroom. This seat 

provides soothing pressure with a 

gentle hug compression. H170 x 

W49 x L56cm. 

Provides deep pressure as you squeeze between the rollers 

INT4003 £249.95 


Reception Play Arch 

This Pikler inspired climbing and 

rocking arch supports development 

of motor skills, balance and 

strength. Made from lacquered 

premium sustainable Birch ply with 

35mm pine rungs, this beautifully 

natural resource will enhance 

any setting. Children can use the 

arch to develop agility, strength 

and reaction skills for physical 

development or as tunnels and forts 

for imaginative play. 


CA12118NT Natural £256.24 

2 3 

• Robust design for 

everyday use, tested 

to support 100kg. 

• Made from 


• Made in the UK. 

Helps to provide better seating posture 


Index 

Index 

3D Fireplace 715 

5 Litre Ready Mixed Paints 686 

6 Well Palette 692 

A 

Abacuses 428 

Academic Diaries 22 

Acrylic Jewels 715 

Acrylic Paint 690 

Active Curriculum 764, 769, 772 

Active Maths 438 

Active World Mats 331, 336, 338 

Active World Stands & Trays 

166-167, 177, 331, 336, 338 

Activity Cards 269, 367, 

373, 423, 444, 455, 499 

Activity Mats 139-140, 466, 563, 565, 

568, 571-573, 577, 742 

Activity Packs 372, 399-400 

Activity Stations 237, 273 

Activity Trackers 604 

Activity Tray Table 226, 228 

Addition 449, 451 

Address Labels 29 

ADHD 312, 315, 625, 776-777, 781-783, 

787 

Adhesives 31-33, 521, 553 

Adhesive Spray 684 

Agility Trestles 644 

Air Cushions 625 

Air Drying Clay 707 

Alarms 540 

Algebra 469 

Alice Sharp Resources 257, 269, 

280-281, 324 

Alphabet 290-291, 362, 366, 373 

Alphabet Letters 274 

Alphabet Rockets 290 

Alphabet Sets 214, 274, 

279, 290-291, 361-362, 377 

Aluminium Rod 721 

Aluminium Wire Mesh 721 

Anatomy 509-511 

Ancient Egypt 388, 746, 753 

Ancient Greece 388, 749 

Anglo-Saxon 751 

Animal Counters 419 

Animal Habitats 176, 322 

Animal Mats 139-140 

Animal Rocker Stampers 698 

Animals 246, 328-332, 498-499 

Aprons 691, 700 

Art Mark Making Kit 698 

Art Straws 716 

Assorted Classpack Paint 687 

Assorted Pom Poms 718 

Autumn Paint 699 

B 

Baby Books 294 

Baby Changing 181 

Baby Soft Furnishings 203, 208 

Badges 763-765 

Badminton Sets 627, 630-631, 650 

Bags 361, 653 

Baking 557-558 

Balance & Control 303, 622, 624-625 

Balance Benches 642-643 

Balance Boards 

303, 599, 609, 624-625 

Balance Games 195, 303-305 

Balance Scales 264, 462 

Balance Tops & Rockers 303-304 

Balance Trails 622 

Balance Walkers 625 

Balancing & Climbing 169, 296- 

297, 300-304, 625, 797 

Balloons 539 

Ballpoint Pens 35-36 

Balls - Basketball 597-598, 632 

Balls - Foam 598 

Balls - Football 598, 636 

Balls - Netball 597, 647 

Balls - Playground 616 

Balls - Sensory 616 

Balls - Tennis 597, 651 

Ball Storage 611, 653 

Balsa Wood 547-549 

Bamboo Building Blocks 242 

Bangles 784 

Bar Magnets 521 

Bar Modelling 435, 444, 455 

Base Ten 441-443 

Basketball Hoops 633 

Basketballs 597-598, 632 

Baskets 321, 344 

Bats 648 

Batteries 507, 524 

Battery Holders 524 

Bead Strings 310, 362, 427 

Beakers 263, 463, 486 

Bean Bags 144, 147, 312, 475, 477, 617, 

729, 768, 777-778 

Bee-Bot 467, 561-563, 569-570, 574 

Bee-Bot Accessories 466, 563, 

565, 568-573, 577, 742 

Bells 635, 722 

Benches 102, 104, 170 

Bench Hooks 551 

Bereavement 771 

Berol 38, 50, 52 

Berol Colour Broad & Colour Fine 710 

Bianca Squares 719 

BIC 35-36, 52 

Big Points 594 

Bike Accessories 654 

Binding 78 

Binoculars 492, 504 

Bins 71 

Bio Cars 335 

Bio Glitter Paint 699 

Birds 500 

Black Card 668 

Black History 747 

Blankets 777 

Block holder Palette 693 

Block Printing Pack 705 

Blocks 197, 240-241, 

244, 252-254, 259-260 

Blocks Light-Up 249, 272, 314 

Blocks Wooden 197, 240-242 

Block Trolleys 240-241 

Blu-tack 684 

Blue-Bot 466, 561, 564-565, 567, 574 

Blue-Bot Accessories 466, 561, 566-567 

Blu Tack 32 

Board Games 399, 407, 

480, 512, 623, 767, 771-772 

Boats 206 

Body Sox 796 

Bones 508-509 

Book Bands 361, 383, 384, 385, 392 

Book Browsers 112-113, 130- 

133, 183, 188 

Book Covering Film 21 

Book Marks 386, 394 

Book Packs 293-294, 321, 367, 370, 

380-381, 383-385, 387, 389, 391-392, 

405-406, 447, 498-499 

Books & Storysacks 278, 284, 

294, 405 

Books 278-279, 284, 292, 294, 321, 

383-385, 388-390, 392, 398, 405, 447, 

497-499, 505-506, 512, 515-516, 532, 

747, 751-752, 769-773 

Book Storage 129-133, 149- 

150, 361 

Boomwhackers 532, 664 

Border Rolls 675 

Bostik 32 

Boulders 251, 252 

Bowls 220, 221, 348 

Boxes 116-117, 166, 586 

Box Files 66 

Breeze Blocks 197, 354 

Bricks & Blocks 194, 197, 

238-239, 242-244, 249-250, 253-255, 

260, 266, 270, 272, 314, 354 

Bricks - Foam 197, 238, 354 

Bricks - House 354 

Bricks - Ice 244 

Bricks - Real 354 

Bridges 300 

Bright Card 669 

British Values 390 

Bubble Tubes 313, 775, 778 

Bucket of Shells 716 

Buckets 166, 215, 219, 235, 273 

Buddhism 757 

Bug Viewers 501, 503 

Build a World 257, 324 

Builders Tools 197, 212, 354 

Building Block Storage 240 

Buildings 207, 337 

Building Sets 372 

Bulbs 526 

Bullying 772 

Butterfly Gardens 498 

Buttons 720 

Buzzers 526 

C 

Caddies 219 

Calander Blanks 715 

Calculation 62, 412, 425, 428, 434, 

446, 449, 451, 453, 471 

Calculators 62, 434 

Calendars 729, 734 

Calming & Wellbeing 195, 310, 315, 

318, 776-777, 780, 786-788 

Cameras 323, 500 

Canvas Panels 690 

Capes 350 

Card 27 

Card Games 412, 449 

Cards 295, 589 

Carpets 135, 138-142 

Cars 335, 518, 561 

Cartridge paper 671 

Cash Boxes 73 

Cash Registers 265, 349, 458 

Catch a Cup 613 

Catch Mitts 612 

Catering 559 

Caterpillar Chalk Board 682 

Caterpillars 299, 498 

Cauldrons 222 

CD Players 593 

Celebration Ready mixed paint 699 

Cellophane Rolls 677 

Certificates 764-765 

Chairs 86-87, 89, 92, 154-155, 185-186 

Chalk 680 

Chalkboard Daisies 683 

Chalkboard Numbers 262, 480 

Chalkboards 201, 214, 476, 729 

Chalk Boards 681 

Chalkboard Trees 683 

Changing Tables and Units 181 

Channelling & Guttering 172, 204, 

228, 230-231 

Charging Cables 578 

Chews 784 

Children Of Our Community Dolls 320 

Childrens Scissors 57 

Childrens Scissors 723 

Chinese New Year 321 

Chopping Boards 558 

Christianity 756 

Chromacryl Acrylic Paint 690 

Chubbi Stumps Crayons 712 

Chunki Chalks 680, 712 

Churns 219 

Circle Time 769 

Circuits 507, 523-527, 534-538, 540 

Clamps 551 

Class Kits 507, 536-542, 557 

Classpack Colouring pencils 711 

Classpack Felt Tips 710 

Classroom Chairs 84-88, 100- 

101, 184, 186, 192 

Classroom Tables 90-101, 184-187 

Claw Hammers 550 

Clay 224 

Clay 707 

Cleaning 343 

Clear Tape 33 

Clear Trigger Sprayers 698 

Clear Wrap Sheets 677 

Climate Change 505-506 

Clipboards 63 

Cloakroom Trolleys 118, 127, 352 

Clocks 73, 265, 459 

Clothing 211 

Coding 466, 563, 565, 568, 570-573, 

577-578, 742 

Cog Boards 323 

Collage & Craft 722 

Colour Book Band Books 385-386, 

394 

Coloured Lollipop sticks 720 

Coloured Overlays 792-793 

Coloured Paper & Card Pack 668 

Coloured wood Shavings 720 

Colourfast Crepe paper 725 

Colouring pencils 711 

Colour Mixing 528, 531, 533 

Communication Starters 281, 285, 287 

Community Figures 320-321, 327 

Compasses 745 

Comprehension 394 

Computer Mice 595 

Computing & AVIT Activity Cards 

570-573 

Concave 531 

Concentration 318, 625, 

780, 784-787, 790-791 

Cones 255, 654 

Construction 212, 239, 243, 248, 507, 

518, 544, 554-556 

Construction Blocks 243, 259 

Construction Kits 243-246, 

260, 465 

Construction Paper 671 

Construction Sets 194, 236, 

238-239, 242-250, 255, 261, 270, 354, 

465, 539, 541, 554-555 

Construction Small World 336-338 

Cooking 343, 557-559 

Cool Tissue Paper 724 

Core Balance 796 

Cork 244 

Cork tops 720 

Cornflour 224 

Cosy Pods 316 

Cottages 324 

Counters 268-269, 362, 412, 419- 

421, 439-441, 451, 475, 502 

Counting 259, 268-269, 412, 420- 

421, 424, 425, 427, 429-431, 436, 442, 

447, 449, 457 

Counting Bars 259 

Counting Cars 268 

Counting Frames 412, 425, 

428, 441, 450 

Counting Sets 259, 268- 

269, 422-423 

Counting Sticks 430, 457 

Counting Stones 268 

798 


Craft Box 722 

Craft Roll 713 

Crafty Foam Shapes 697 

Crates 190-191, 218, 231 

Creative Writing 398, 401 

Crepe Paper 725 

Cricket 600, 627 

Crowns 765 

Crumble 536 

C Type Batteries 524 

Cubes 421 

Cuisenaire Rods 435 

Cupboards 114-115, 149-151 

Curling Ribbon 717 

Cursive Letters 403 

Curtains 200 

Cushions 143-146, 312, 625, 765, 777, 787 

Cutting Mats 558 

Cylinders 249, 272, 313, 463, 486 

D 

Daisies 214, 309, 318 

Daisy Chalk Board 681 

Dance 627, 634-635 

Dark Dens & Accessories 271, 312-313, 

777 

Dartboards 621 

Data Logging 460, 482- 

484, 487, 511, 532 

Day-Glo Poster paper Rolls 679 

Dazzles Dots 722 

Decimals 456 

Den Frames 178, 180, 209, 271, 316-317 

Den Making Kits 210, 317 

Dens 143, 168, 178, 180, 209, 316-317 

Dentistry 512-513 

Desk Barriers 780, 791 

Desk Bins 71 

Desk Pads 25, 375 

Desk Storage 70-71 

Desktop Easel 701 

Diaries & Planners 22-23, 386 

Dice 433, 732, 767 

Dictionaries 23, 405, 409-410, 731, 734 

Digital Cameras 323 

Dining Tables 102-104 

Dinnerware 220, 346 

Dinosaurs 308, 329, 338 

Directional Compasses 745 

Discovery Bags 498, 769 

Dishes 346 

Display & Presentation 158-164 

Display Boards 158-161 

Disposable Aprons 691 

Diversity Figures 320 

Dividers 64 

Diwali 321 

Docking Stations 565 

Document Folders 66, 67, 70 

Document Wallets & Dividers 64-69 

Dodgeballs 598, 604 

Doilioes 715 

Dolls & Accessories 207, 320, 355, 356 

Dolls Houses 179, 207, 316, 326, 339 

Dolly Pegs 720 

Dominoes 259, 375, 399, 400, 432, 

449, 451, 480, 729, 734 

Donuts 252 

Double Sided Foil Rolls 678 

Double sided Tape 684 

Dough Modelling Set 709 

Dowel 545 

Drawer Units 70 

Drawing 39, 63 

Drawing Pins 58 

Dressing Up & Dress Up Furniture 

206, 350-352 

Dressing Up - Accessories 354 

Dressing Up Trolleys 206, 352 

Drills 552 

Drums & Tambourines 661 

Dry-Wipe Markers 49-52 

Drying Rack 702-703 

Dry Wipe Boards 54-55, 295, 

452, 457, 468 

Dual Board 677 

Dyslexia 276, 403, 792-793 

Dyspraxia 794-796 

E 

EAL 406 

Early Motor Skills 298-299 

Early Reading 294 

Early Years Communication, Language 

& Literacy Activity Cards 279, 291 

Early Years Furniture 117, 127, 143, 

168, 170, 173, 178-179, 180, 182-183, 186, 

188-189, 198-199, 209, 264, 300, 317, 

476 

Early Years Maths 447 

Easel Palette 692 

Easels 164 

Easels 701 

Easi-Ears 588 

Easi-Scope 488-489 

Easi-Torches 273, 529 

Easi-View 361, 585 

Easy Access Paint Dispenser 699 

Easy Grip Crayons 712 

ECO Mark Making Chalkboards 681 

Eco Sand & Water 233 

Eco Tweezers 311 

edding 37-39, 48, 50, 52 

Elastic Bands 58 

Electrical Wire 525 

Electricity 507, 523-527, 534, 538, 

540 

Electric Pumps 605 

Elves & Fairies 325 

Embossed Foil Rolls 678 

Emotional Literacy 769, 771 

Emotions Pebbles 319 

Empty Glue Jars with Brush 699 

Enchanted Worlds 207, 337 

Envelopes 28 

Erasers 43-44 

Eveque 628-629 

Every Day Craft Box 722 

Exercise Bands 794, 796 

Exercise Books 10-21, 23 

Experiment Kits 493, 501- 

504, 507, 513, 517-519, 521, 528, 531- 

534, 542 

Explorers & Forest Schools 212-213, 217, 

322 

Exploring Senses 308-309, 

318, 783 

Eyes 508 

Eyes 722 

Eziglide Colour Broad 710 

Eziglide Colour Fine 710 

F 

Fabric Packs 516 

Facsimilie Money 458 

Fadeless Rolls 674 

Fairgrounds 538 

Fairies 324-325, 331, 333, 337 

Families 771 

Fans 729, 734, 767, 769, 790-791 

Fantasy Figures 331, 333 

Farm Animals 285, 328, 332 

Farm Small World 332, 337 

Feathers 717 

Feelings & Emotions 195, 318-319, 

766,-772, 788, 790-791 

Felt Pens 40 

Felt Squares 719 

Felt Tip Pens 710 

Fences 200 

Festive Paint 699 

Festive Pom Poms 718 

Fibre Optics 313, 778, 779 

Fibre Tipped Colouring Pens 40 

Fidgets & Chews 318, 784-786, 794 

Filing 70-71, 148 

Financial Education 772 

Fineliner Pens 37 

Fine Motor Skills 201, 218, 

260-261, 267, 269, 305, 310-311, 321, 

323, 501, 786, 794 

Fine Motor Skills Kits 214, 276, 310, 795 

Finger Bowls 692 

Finger Puppets 282-283 

Fireplace 715 

Fire Stations Small World 334 

Fitness Balls 796 

Flame Proof Hessian 719 

Flash Cards 373, 423, 432, 731 

Flat Brushes 696 

Flexigrab Balls 612 

Flipchart Pads 25, 164 

Flip Stands 400 

Floor Robots 567, 569-570, 578 

Florist Wire 721 

Flower Chalk Board 681 

Flower palette 692 

Flowers 259, 388, 493, 497 

Fluorescent paint 686 

Foam 456 

Foam Breeze Blocks 197, 354 

Foam Brush Pack 697 

Foam Letters & Numbers 716 

Foam Shapes 697 

Foam Shapes 728, 735 

Foil Shreds 715 

Foldback Clips 58 

Folding Mats 208 

Folding Tables 102-103 

Food & Tableware 220, 224, 

285, 344-346 

Food Chains 499 

Food Colouring 224 

Food Role Play 285, 344-345 

Football 597-598, 636-639, 653 

Foot Fidgets 787 

Forces & Motion 518-519, 534 

Forest Schools 210, 212-213, 322 

Forming Numbers 262 

Fossils & Bones 263 

Four In A Row 480 


454, 456 

French 727-731 

Friction 518 

Friendship 766, 772 

Friezes 375 

Frisbees 609, 614 

Frogs 267, 286, 407, 474 

Fur Rugs 134 

G 

Games 214, 290, 319, 394, 412, 432, 449, 

451, 480, 499, 509, 608-609, 622-623 

Gardening 174-176, 212, 322, 493-496 

Gel Pens 37 

Gemstone Blocks 259 

Geography & History Activity Cards 

747 

Geometric Shapes 260, 464-465 

Giant Chalk 680 

Giant Messy Play 202, 223 

Giant Polydrons 245, 465 

Giant Potion Bottles 222 

Giant Sand & Water 234 

Giant Shapes 261 

Giant Spangles mix 714 

Index 

Giant Utensils 202, 223 

Giant Wooden Scales 264 

Gingerbread Maths 269 

Giotto Felt Tips 710 

Glaciers 337 

Glasses 212, 552 

Glitter 714 

Glitter Paint 688 

Glitter Pipecleaners 716 

Glitter Pom Poms 718 

Glitter Shakers 714 

Globes 258, 739-740 

Glockenspiels 657 

Gloves 493 

Glow & Go Bots 277, 314, 561 

Glow Balls 313 

Glow Construction 249, 272, 314 

Glue Guns 553 

Glue Jars with Brush 699 

Glue Spreaders 684 

Glue Sticks 31, 553, 685 

Goals 606, 620, 638 

Goggles 212, 552 

Grab & Go Kits 224 

Grammar 371, 396-398 

Graphite Pencils 42-43 

Graters 558 

Gratnells 105, 109, 119, 543 

Grey Pastels 689 

Gross Motor Skills 195, 298- 

307, 313, 625 

Guided Reading 392 

Gummed Shapes 725 

Gusset Envelopes 28 

Guttering 204, 231 

Gymnastics 208, 626, 641-645 

H 

Habitats 499-500, 502, 504 

Hacksaws 550 

Hammers 550 

Handheld Whiteboards 360-361, 

376-377, 402-403, 429, 450 

Hand Strengtheners 794 

Handwriting 38-39, 42, 214, 276, 360- 

361, 403, 795 

Handwriting Books 20, 23 

Hanging Storage 166 

Hard Bodied Dolls 355 

HB Pencils 711 

Headphones 587-588 

Health & Fitness 604 

Healthy Eating 512 

Heart 508, 511 

Helix 44, 70 

Hessian 719 

Highlighters 46-47 

High Resistance Wire 525 

Hi Jump Laths 629 

Hinduism 756 

History 388, 746-754 

Hobs 559 

Hockey 598, 626 

Hogs Hair Paint Brushes 694, 696 

Hole Punches & Staplers 59-61, 552 

Hollow Blocks 197, 240-241 

Holographic Card 678 

Home Corner Accessories 218, 220- 

221, 343, 348 

Home Resources 471-472 

Homework Diaries 23 

Hook & Loop 32, 606, 620 

Hoops 619 

Hop, Skip Jump 618 

Hoppers 599, 618 

Hopscotch 623 

Horseshoe Magnets 521 

Hospitals 334 

Houses 207, 324, 337 

Index 


Index 

Index 

Hula Hoops 619 

Human Body 508-513 

Hundred Frame 475 

Hundred Squares 429 

I 

ICT Accessories 578, 587, 595 

ICT Kits 215, 323, 353, 593 

Igneous Rocks 514-515 

Illuminated Boards 262, 276 

Imagemaker 78 

Immersive Projectors 237, 271, 323 

Inclusion 321, 622 

Index Dividers 64 

Indian Quill Feathers 717 

Indoor Climbing 296-297 

Infant Changing 181 

Inking 705 

Inking Tray 693, 704 

Inner Mounts 672 

InO-Bot 561, 579 

Insects 498, 502, 503 

Intensive Card 669 

Interlocking Cubes 421 

Intervention & Assessment 470, 789 

Investigate & Explore 215, 323, 

353, 561, 593 

Investigation 361, 585 

Ipads 574 

Iridescent Film 677 

Iridescent Pebbles 251 

Iridescent Rolls 677 

Iridescent Shred 715 

J 

Islam 757 

Jars 223 

Javelins 598, 629 

Jewels 715 

Jigsaws 260, 321, 371, 376, 396, 400, 

499 

Jingle Bells 722 

Jockey Jumbos 711 

Jolly Back 192 

Jugs 202, 219, 348, 463, 486 

Jumbo Colouring Pencils 41 

Jumbo Lollipop sticks 720 

Jumbo Non-roll Brush 694 

Jumbo Playground Chalk 680 

Jumbo Small Worlds 328, 329, 330 

Jump Mats 628 

Junior Art Paper 668 

Junior Chubby Brushes 694 

K 

Kaskad 670 

Keyboards 595, 659 

Key Rings 453, 471 

Keys 290 

Kinderboxes 133 

Kitchen Accessories 202, 218, 

220-221, 343, 346, 348, 557-558 

Kitchens 206, 342, 347 

Kitt 584 

Kneeling Pads 493 

Knights & Dragons 333 

Knives 558 

K’NEX 507, 554-556 

L 

Labels 29 

Lacing Tree 310 

Ladders 213, 324 

Laminators, Binders & Trimmers 

74, 75, 78 

Language Development 279-285, 

287, 399, 404-405, 732 

Large Construction Sets 197, 240- 

241, 244-245, 261, 465 

Large Dice 433 

Learning at Home 471-472 

Learning Location Pyramid Den 317 

LEDs 526 

Left Handed Scissors 57 

Lesson Openers 772 

Letter Shapes 697 

Letter Trays 71 

Letters & Sounds 292 

Letters and Phonemes 140, 214, 

274, 279, 290-291, 361, 377 

Lever Arch Folders 66 

Life Cycles 498-499 

Light & Colour 273, 528-529, 531-533 

Light & Dark 275, 531, 538 

Light Boards 262, 276 

Light Boxes 237, 270-271, 275, 323 

Light Bulbs 526 

Light Meters 528 

Light Panels 260, 274-275, 530 

Light Up Resources 215, 235, 

237, 249, 255, 260, 262, 270-276, 281, 

312-314, 318, 323, 353, 530, 775-776 

Lightbox 237, 255, 260, 270-271, 274, 

323 

Lightweight Splashmat 691 

Line Markings 655 

Linking Apparatus 421, 644 

Linking Shapes 246, 249, 261, 272 

Lino Cutter Set 705 

Lino Roller 705 

Liquid Volume Sets 454 

Listening Stations 593 

Literacy Activity Cards 284, 366, 

372, 393-394, 398, 401, 404-405 

Literacy Essentials 54, 360-361, 468 

Literacy Games 360, 367, 395 

Literacy Kits 288, 360, 382, 406, 408 

Local Area Maps 743 

Log-Box 483 

Lollipop Sticks 720 

Long Handle Brushes 696 

Long Jump Mats 628 

Loose Parts 197, 231, 239-241, 243, 

250-252, 254, 256, 258-259 

Loose Parts Stores 122-125 

Loti-Bot 580-581 

Lunchbox Trolleys 119 

Lusture Lites 724 

Lyra 42 

Lyra Ferby Colouring pencils 711 

M 

Magazine Files 71 

Magical Jars 223 

Magnetic 360, 377, 402, 420, 423- 

424, 426, 429, 450, 454, 456, 458, 465 

Magnetic Constructions 248, 261, 

465 

Magnetic Letters 367, 377, 398 

Magnets 366, 377, 398, 456, 517, 

520-522, 534 

Magnification 215, 488- 

492, 501, 503-504 

Makerspaces 543 

Mallets 212 

Manipulatives 443, 454 

Manipulative Toys 304, 313 

Maps 741-744 

Marbles 518, 520 

Marker & Highlighter Pens 46, 47, 48, 

49, 50, 51, 52 

Market Stalls 206, 349 

Mark Making 201, 214, 218, 308-309, 

318, 795 

Mark Making 680 

Mark Making Chalkboards 681 

Mark Making Kit 698 

Marvellous Metallics 252-254 

Masking Tape 32, 684 

Massagers 796 

Matching Games 214, 269, 

290, 319 

Match Splints 720 

Materials 516-517, 522, 533 

Maths Activity Cards 412, 423, 

425, 444-446, 448, 455, 467, 472, 477 

Maths Books 447 

Maths Class Kits 266, 268, 

413-418, 423-424, 439-440, 450, 452, 

455, 457, 469, 470, 472 

Maths Games 429, 432, 449, 451, 480 

Maths Mastery 266, 413-418, 455 

Maths Rewards 761 

Mats 135, 138, 141-142, 208, 214, 304, 

452 

Maze Boards 318 

Measurement 62, 263-265, 

454, 459, 460, 463, 476, 486, 487, 519 

Measuring Cups 263, 454 

Measuring Spoons 454 

Medals 763 

Memory & Sequencing 516 

Mental Health & Wellbeing 

195, 318, 788-789 

Mental Math 445-446, 448, 472, 477 

Mermaid Sequins 308 

Messy Play Accessories & Ingredients 

202, 216-226, 263, 322, 348 

Messy Play Furniture 203, 228, 

229, 322 

Metal Detectors 215, 323, 353, 593 

Metal Jugs 202, 219, 348 

Metallic Blocks 254, 260 

Metallic Card 678 

Metallic Crayons 712 

Metallic Foil Shreds 715 

Metallic Ready Mixed Paints 686 

Metallic Ribbon 717 

Metallics 243, 252-254 

Metamorphic Rocks 514-515 

Metre Rules 62 

Microphones 353, 586, 594 

Microscopes 488-489, 492 

Millhouse 116, 180, 182-183, 206, 317, 

349 

Minibeasts 498-499, 501-502 

Mini Blocks 241 

Mini Canvas 690 

Mini Dabbers 697 

Mini Paint Mops 698 

Mirror Blocks 243 

Mirror Dens 317 

Mirror Numbers 473, 479 

Mirrors 253, 317, 513, 531, 730, 767, 769 

Mitre 597, 647, 653 

Mixing Spoons 558 

Mobile Drying Rack 703 

Mobiles, Canopies & Soft Furnishings 

203, 208 

Modelling 224 

Modelling Boards 709 

Modelling Material 708 

Modelling Rock 706 

Modelling Tools 708-709 

Modelling Wire 721 

Model Magic 708 

Mod Roc 706 

Money 265, 349, 458 

Motors 525 

Motor Skills Coordination 214, 276, 

310, 318, 794-796 

Motor Tool Set 311 

Mounting Paper 672 

Mouse 595 

Mud Kitchens 203, 206, 224, 347 

Multicultural Resources 321, 350, 

355, 391 

Multiplication & Division 412, 425, 

451-453, 471 

Multipurpose Trolleys 240-241, 611 

Musical Instruments 321 

N 

Music Frames 665 

Natural Lollipop sticks 720 

Netball 597, 646-647 

Newsprint 668 

Noah’s Ark 331 

Non-roll Brush 694 

Non Spill Paint Pots 692 

Note Books 23-24 

Noticeboards 158-161 

Number & Amount 142, 259, 

262, 266-269, 290, 412, 419-433, 441, 

449-452, 457, 473-475, 479-480 

Numberblocks 422 

Number Boards 429 

Number Bonds 267, 473, 479 

Number Bricks 266 

Number Cones 475 

Number Frames 420-428, 

436, 442, 478 

Number Games 449, 621 

Number Lines 262, 266, 

431, 436, 459, 480 

Number Rods 435-436, 468 

Number Sets 267-269, 290, 419, 422, 

469, 473-475, 479 

Number Shapes 697 

Number Squares 142, 452 

Number Stackers 266 

Number Stones 262, 268, 423 

Number Trays 259, 266, 423 

Numerals 267, 473, 479 

Numicon 436-437 

Nursery Rhyme Books 291, 294 

Nutrition 512 

Nylon Brushes 696 

O 

Outdoor Play Furniture 127, 169-170, 

173, 198-199, 206, 300, 347 

Object Bags 292 

Observation 215, 488-492, 501-504 

Occupation Dress Up 351 

Octoplay 245 

Office Chairs 155 

Office Desks 97, 152-153 

Oil pastels 689, 713 

One Stroke Synthetic Brushes 695 

Online Safety 772 

Organising & Planning 790-791 

Oti-Bot 561, 575, 582-583 

Outdoor 169, 360, 368, 373, 382, 399, 

408 

Outdoor Art 63 

Outdoor Clothing 211 

Outdoor Dens 210 

Outdoor Dividers 200-201 

Outdoor Furniture 168, 300 

Outdoor Kitchens 203, 206, 

347 

Outdoor Maths 268, 322, 

426, 433, 438-439, 475-480, 604 

Outdoor Messy Play 228-229 

Outdoor Multi Panel Easel 701 

Outdoor Music 532, 664- 

665 

Outdoor Numbers 262, 480 

Outdoor Role Play 206, 352 

Outdoor Seating 171, 208 

Outdoor Small World 207, 339 

Outdoor Staging 168 

Outdoor Storage Units 120-121, 124- 

125, 166-167, 194, 201, 305, 322, 610-611, 

652 

800 


Outdoor Wheelie Painters 698 

Outdoor Wooden Units 120, 175, 610 

Outer Mounts 672 

Ovens 559 

P 

Paddles 624 

Paint 686-688 

Paint Brushes 694-697 

Painting Accessories 218 

Painting Aprons & Tabards 700 

Painting Overalls 691 

Paint Pots 692-693 

Paintpot Tray 693 

Palettes & Pots 692-693 

Palm Printers 697 

Paper & card 668-679 

Paper backed Foil Rolls 678 

Paper Clips 58 

Paper Fasteners 58 

Paper Mache 706 

Paper Pads & Books 23-25 

Parachutes 634 

Parcel Tape 32 

Partitions 206, 352 

Pastel Card 669 

Pastel Paint 687 

Pattern & Sequencing 242, 259 

Pearlescent Display Rolls 679 

Pearlescent Paints 686 

Pebbles 250-252, 267, 291, 319, 473, 479 

Pedal Rollers 303 

Peelers 558 

PE Equipment Trolleys 611 

Peg Puzzles 260 

Pencil Cases 62 

Pencil Grips 795 

Pencils 42, 761, 765 

Pencil Sharpeners 45 

Pen Pots 70, 570 

Pen Refills 35 

Pens 35 

People Who Help Us 321, 327, 

334, 350-351 

Percentages 454-456 

Percussion Instruments 635, 662- 

664 

Periscopes 539 

Permanent Markers 48 

Pestle & Mortar 202, 348 

Phase 1 Letters & Sounds 292, 364 

Phase 2 Letters & Sounds 362 

Phase 5 Letters & Sounds 375 

Phones 214, 287, 353 

Phonic Readers Books 293, 367, 

370, 380-383 

Phonics & Spelling 361, 366- 

367, 372-377, 402 

Phonics 292-293, 358, 362-383, 395- 

397, 402, 792 

Phonics Kits 284, 292-294, 363-365, 

369-370 

Photo Albums 592-593 

Photography 323, 361, 585 

Physical & Sensory 312, 776, 783 

Physical Development 169, 300, 

303, 306-307, 477, 624 

Picnic 170, 344 

Pigeon Holes 70 

Ping Pong Balls 375 

Pin Hammers 550 

Pipecleaners 716 

Pirates 331 

Place Value 435, 438-443, 475 

Planks 197 

Planners 22 

Planters 174-175, 496 

Plants 388, 493, 497, 514 

Plaster Paris 706 

Plastic Boxes 117 

Play-Doh 708 

Play Dens 178, 209, 317 

Play Dinnerware 220, 346 

Playdough 224 

Play Equipment 599-609, 

612-625, 634-638, 648, 651, 654-655 

Play Food 285, 344-345, 348 

Playground Balls 612-613, 616, 

636, 651 

Playground Barriers 607 

Playground Chalk 682 

Playground Kits 600-604, 

615, 618, 623, 626-627, 634 

Playground Signs 730, 772 

Play Houses 206, 347 

Playing Cards 429, 432 

Play Kitchens 206, 342-343, 347 

Play Mats 139-142, 173, 366-368, 

373, 475 

Playmats 477 

Play Panels 183, 200, 206, 352 

Play Phones 281, 287, 353 

Play Tables 183, 203, 343, 347 

Play Tills 349, 354 

Playtime Leaders 764 

Play Tunnels 302, 622 

Polar 337 

Police Station 334 

Polydron 245, 248, 261, 465 

Polymer Blocks 704 

Pom poms 718 

Popper Wallets 68 

Poppits 412, 425 

Portable Whiteboards 54-55, 360, 468 

Poster Paper Mounts 672 

Poster Paper Rolls 679 

Poster Paper Sheets 679 

Posters 508 

Posting Games 288 

Posture Aids 625, 787, 796 

Potions & Concoctions 202, 216-217, 

222, 263, 322 

Pre-Writing & Mark Making 

201, 214, 291, 295 

Presentation Boards 672 

Printer Labels 29 

Printer Paper 27 

Printing Pack 704 

Pritt 31 

Pritt Sticks 685 

Pro-Bot 578 

Probability 433 

Problem Solving Cards 445-446, 

472 

Programmable Robots 466, 561- 

574, 577, 742 

Programming 466-467, 

561-584, 742 

Programming Kits 277, 314, 561 

Programming Software 578 

PSHE 214, 290, 319, 389-390, 432, 480, 

509, 512, 766-773 

Puberty 773 

Pulsemeters 511 

Pumps 228 

Punched Pockets 65 

Punctuation 399 

Puppets 282-283, 730, 735, 770 

Pushchairs 356 

Push Pins 58 

Puzzles 319, 509 

PVA Glue 32, 684 

PVC Aprons & Tabards 700 

PVC Tablecloths 691 

Q 

Quickstick 685 

Quoits 615, 621 

R 

Rabo 306-307 

Rackets 631 

Rainbow 209, 225, 256-258, 298, 302 

Raised Beds 496 

Ramps 518 

Rapesco 15, 33, 45, 59-68, 73 

RE & PSHE Games 766-767, 771-772 

Reaction Wall 608, 622 

Reading 382-394, 406 

Reading Comprehension 383, 393- 

394 

Reading Records 23 

Reading Rulers 383, 393 

Reading Spaces Indoor 316 

Ready mixed paint 699 

Ready Mixed Paints 686-688 

Real World Maths 448, 477 


445-448, 472, 477 

Rebounders 609 

Recordable Resources 214, 267, 

286, 295, 353, 377, 407, 474, 586, 589- 

594, 790 

Recorders & Wind Instruments 

658 

Recycled Resources 420, 441 

Refill Pads 24 

Registers 23 

Relationship Education 771-773 

Relay Batons 629 

Remanant Yarn 716 

Remote Control 561 

Renewable Energy 507, 542 

Resin Stones 291 

Rewards 759-765 

Rexel 76-77 

Rhythm & Rhyme 288, 291, 362 

Ribbon 717 

Ribbons 725 

Ride Ons 307 

Ring Binder Folders 67 

Ring Magnets 520 

Roads 260 

Robot Motion Sensors 569 

Rockets 370 

Rocks & Fossils 263, 514-515 

Role Play 171 

Role Play Accessories 208, 344, 

349, 356 

Role Play Basket 285 

Role Play Construction 197, 238, 

244, 354 

Role Play Food 285, 344-345 

Role Play Furniture 203, 206, 

316, 349, 352 

Role Play Kitchens 342, 347 

Role Play Panels 282 

Rollerball Pens 36 

Rollers 314 

Rolling Pins 720 

Rolling Toys 314 

Romans 750 

Room Scenes 182-183, 188 

Rope Ladders 213 

Round Brushes 696 

Rounders & Softball 598, 604, 626 

Rubber Bands 58 

Rubbing Boards 262 

Rugby 597 

Rugged Robot 561, 574-577 

Rugs 134-142, 208, 452, 741 

Rulers 62, 457, 476 

S 

Sable Brushes 695 

Index 

Safeprint Foam Sheets 704 

Safety Goggles 212, 552 

Sand & Water 195, 204, 

218-220, 226-228, 232-234, 263, 290, 

311 

Sand & Water Trays, Tables & Sand Pits 

173-174, 203-205, 226-229, 347 

Sand Timers 265, 460, 484 

Sandpaper 550 

Saws 550 

Scales 264, 462, 476, 558 

Scalloped Border Rolls 676 

Science Activity Cards 499, 512 

Scissors 57, 723 

Scoops 202, 218-220, 311, 613 

Scooters 306, 624 

Scrapbooks 673 

Sea Life Animals 330 

Seat Balance Aids 787 

Seating 84-89, 92, 97, 100-107, 144-145, 

154-157, 170-171, 184-186, 192, 208, 779 

Security Products 73 

Sedimentary Rocks 514-515 

See-Saws 303 

Self Adhesive Border Rolls 676 

Sellotape 32-33 

Senses 508 

Sensory & SEN Games 375, 394, 796 

Sensory Bags 783 

Sensory Balls 313 

Sensory Dens 312, 315, 776-777 

Sensory Lights 249-250, 

275, 312-314, 776 

Sensory Processing 797 

Sensory Room 249-250, 

253, 275, 313-314, 775, 778-779, 783, 

797 

Sensory Stones 262 

Sensory Tubes 786 

Sentence Strips 400, 792 

Sequencing 242, 310 

Sequin Boards 308-309, 318 

Sequin Mesh 715 

Sequins 714 

Sex Education 773 

Shakers 314 

Shape, Space, Measure & Weight 

243, 254, 260-264, 464 

Shapes Lightbox 274 

Sharpeners 45 

Sharpie 48 

Sheds 121, 166, 194, 305 

Shells 716 

Shelters 168, 209 

Shelving 112-113, 128-131, 133, 150, 183, 

188-191 

Shimmer Shower 714 

Ships 331 

Shopping 206, 344, 349, 354 

Short Handle Brushes 696 

Show-me 50-54, 360, 468 

Shredders 76-77 

Significant People & Events 

746-747, 751 

Signs 362, 399, 504, 604, 772 

Sikhism 757 

Silent Dice 433 

Sing It Bag 288 

Singapore Colours 442 

Sinks 228-229 

Size Sorting 260 

Skeletons 508-509 

Sketch Books 673 

Skin Tone Paints 686 

Skipping Ropes 618 

Slazenger 651 

Slopes & Ramps 518 

Small World Accessories 282, 324, 

337 

Small World Animals 328-332, 337 

Small World Buildings 179, 207, 

257, 316, 324-326, 330-339 

Index 


Index 

Index 

Small World Castles 333 

Small World Construction 336-337 

Small World Figures 320-321, 

324-327, 331-333, 337 

Small World Habitats 337 

Small World Vehicles 331 

Snap Construction 246 

Snap Cubes 421 

Snopake 75 

Social Emotional & Mental Health 389 

Sofas 154-157 

Soft Baskets 321 

Soft Bodied Dolls 355 

Soft Furnishings 134-147, 173, 

200, 208-209 

Soft Gym Apparatus 644 

Soft Pastels 689 

Soft Play 298-299, 797 

Soft-Fun 708 

Soil Kits 514 

Solar Power 507 

Sorting 260, 266, 370, 423 

Sorting Bags 261 

Sorting Counters 412, 419-421 

Sorting Sets 261, 269, 288, 370 

Sorting Trays 256-259, 266, 423 

Sound 532-533 

Sound Games 292 

Space Dividers & Panels 165 

Space Hoppers 618 

Space Markers 654 

SPaG 375-376, 395-399 

Spangles mix 714 

Spanish 733-735 

Speaking & Listening 214, 279-281, 

285-287, 353, 377, 407, 586-594 

Speckled Feathers 717 

Spectacles 212, 552 

Spelling 399-400 

Spheres 272, 318 

Spinners 401 

Spinning Tops 304, 323 

Splash Mats Class pack 691 

Spoons 221-223, 558 

Sports Accessories 265, 461, 

484-485, 605, 654-655 

Sports Day 763 

Sports Games 609, 612, 621-623 

Sports Kits 626, 631, 647 

Sports Storage 610-611, 652- 

653 

Spray Adhesive 684 

Square Cut Wallets 66 

Squidgy Sparkles 274 

Squirrel Brushes 695 

Stabilo 37-38, 42-46 

Stack & Build 196, 249, 272 

Stacking Cones 255, 270 

Stacking Pebbles 250-251 

Stacking Toys 252-255, 

257, 266, 270, 324, 330, 337 

Staedtler 36-38, 41-45, 52 

Staedtler Colouring pencils 711 

Staging 168 

Stampers 762 

Staple Guns 60-61 

Staplers 60-61 

Star Pupil Awards 765 

Starter Brush Set 694 

STEAM 196, 236-237, 273, 507, 527, 536- 

543, 554-556 

STEAM Trolleys 543 

Stickers 759-763 

Sticky Notes 30 

Sticky Pads 32 

Stilts 599 

Stirrers 221, 348 

Stone Age to Iron Age 746-748 

Stones 262, 268, 319 

Stools 88, 97, 144 

Stopwatches 265, 461, 484-485, 605 

Storage 70-71, 105, 108-133, 148-152, 

166-167, 175, 183, 188-191, 194, 305, 352, 

543, 559, 610-611, 653 

Story Books 389 

Story Sets 278 

Streamers 635 

Struggling and Reluctant Reader Books 

387 

Subtraction 449 

Sugar Paper 671 

Sum Building 267, 473, 479 

Sure Shot 633, 642, 646 

Surviving Sitting 625, 787 

Swash 45 

Swings 213 

Switches 527 

Swivel Chairs 155 

Synthetic Brushes 695 

T 

Tabards 350 

Tabards 700 

Table & Chair Packs 89, 92, 106- 

107, 184-185 

Table Light Panels 275 

Tables 89-104, 152-153, 184-187, 192, 

205, 226-227, 275, 644 

Tables Classroom 90-96, 99, 

184-186 

Tables Desk 152 

Tables Dining 102-103 

Tables Office 152 

Tables Toddler 185-186 

Table Tennis 627, 648-649 

Table Top Drying Rack 702 

Table Top Storage 70 

Table Trolleys 104 

Tablets 574 

Tackers 60-61, 723 

Tactile Discs 303 

TacTile Reader 466, 561, 566-567 

Talk-Time Resources 295, 589-591 

Talk Balls 769 

Talking Points 594 

Tangle 785-786 

Tape Dispensers 33 

Tape Measures 263, 457 

Tapes 32-33, 521 

Targets 477, 606, 609, 612, 620-622, 

638 

Teaching Clocks 265, 459-460 

Teaching Tins 446 

Teeth 512-513 

Telephones 214, 287 

Temperature 483, 487 

Ten Frames 423-424, 450 

Tennis 597-598, 626, 650-651 

Textiles 317, 516 

Textured Card 678 

Theatre 206, 349 

Therabands 794 

Theraputty 794 

Therapy Kits 766 

Thermometers 487 

Thesaurus 409-410 

Threading & Lacing 310, 373 

Throw & Catch 612-617, 621, 629 

Throw Down Spots 655, 768 

Tilted Tray Storage 116, 189 

Time 265, 459-460 

Timelines 746, 751 

Timers 265, 460, 484, 786 

Times Tables 453, 471 

Time to Talk Baskets 285 

Tissue paper 724 

Tissue Tower 724 

Toddler Books 294 

Toddler Furniture 186 

Tongs 218 

Tools 59, 212, 218, 234, 354, 493-495, 

525, 550-552, 558 

Topics 512, 747, 753, 770-773 

Torches 273, 528-529, 777 

Towers 301 

Traditional Tales Books 294 

Transparent Foil Rolls 678 

Transport 331, 335-338 

Transport Chalkboard 682 

Tray Lids 105 

Trays 105, 109, 221, 226, 229, 348 

Tray Storage Trolleys 116, 125, 166, 559 

Tray Storage Units 105, 108-113, 

128, 183 

Tray Tables 94 

Tree Threading 310 

Trikes, Bikes, Scooters & Accessories 

306-307, 624, 654 

Trimmers 78 

Trolleys 119, 240-241, 559, 611 

Trophies 763 

Trundle Wheels 476 

Tubs 116, 202, 219, 292, 371, 374, 395- 

397, 401 

Tuff Spot Mats 331, 336-338 

Tuff Tray Stands 166-167, 177 

Tunics 510 

Tuning Forks 532 

Tunnels 299, 302 

Tweezers 218, 311, 490, 501-503 

Twirl Effect Dabbers 697 

Twist & Turn 323 

U 

UK Maps 741-742 

Ukuleles 660 

USB Headsets 587-588 

Utensils 202, 218-223, 343, 348 

UV paint 686 

Vehicles 260, 335-337, 537 

Velcro 32 

Vices 551 

Vikings 751-752 

Visual Aids 790-793 

Visualisers 361, 585 

Vivid Card 669 

Vocabulary 284-285, 294 

Voice Recorders 295, 586, 589-594 

VTech 323 

Valencia Range 112-113 

W 

Walkie Talkies 287 

Wall Clocks 73 

Wallet Envelopes 28 

Wall Hangings 360, 497, 

508, 511-513, 517, 522, 767 

Wall Planners 70, 162 

Warm Tissue paper 724 

Washable PVA 684 

Washable Ready Mixed Paint 

687, 688 

Waste Disposal 71 

Water Channelling 172, 204, 

230-231 

Watercolour blocks 689 

Watercolour Tablet 689 

Water Play Accessories 172, 195, 

202-204, 219-221, 228, 232-234, 263, 

348 

Waterproof Sets 211 

Water Trays 226 

Water Walls 172 

Wax Crayons 712 

Weaving 201, 317, 322 

Weaving Sets 261, 267 

Wedges 787 

Weight & Measurement 62, 263-264, 

454, 457, 462, 476, 519, 558 

Weighted Resources 781-783 

Well-Being Kits 195, 318, 766, 

788-789 

Wellies 211 

Wellie Storage 120, 126-127, 

167 

Well Palette 693 

Wheelbarrows 494 

Wheel Counters 420 

Wheelie Painters 698 

Wheels 544 

Whiteboard Erasers 53 

Whiteboard Markers 49-52 

Whiteboards 162-163, 295, 360-361, 

376-377, 398, 402-403, 429, 450 

White Card 27 

White Card 668 

White Rose Maths 413-415 

White Synthetic Brushes 695 

Widgit Symbols 791 

Wiggle Eyes 722 

Wild Animals 328, 331 

Wildlife Observation Equipment 

500-503 

Winther 305-307, 624 

Wirecraft 721 

Wireless Headsets 587-588 

Wire Netting 721 

Wire Spools 717 

Wire Strippers 525 

Wobble Shell 304 

Women’s History 747 

Wood 545-549 

Woodcraft Assortment 720 

Wooden Animals 328 

Wooden Beads 720 

Wooden Blocks 197, 240-242, 259 

Wooden Bowls 221, 348 

Wooden Construction 241-243, 

246, 260 

Wooden Cups 220 

Wooden Dens 180, 209, 316 

Wooden Figures 327 

Wooden Letters/Words 369, 372-373 

Wooden Loose Parts 256-258 

Wooden Numbers & Letters 720 

Wooden Pebbles 250, 319 

Wooden Planks 197 

Wooden Threading 310 

Wooden Tools 354 

Wooden Wheels 544 

Woodland Furniture 337 

Wood Shavings 720 

Woodworking 212 

Woodwork Tools 551 

Word Strips 792 

Workstations 192 

World Maps 743-744 

World Religions 755 

Worries 767 

Wristbands 453, 471, 784, 790 

Write & Wipe Tablet 295 

Writing 214, 360-361, 367, 376-377, 398- 

403, 792 

Writing Tubs 371, 397 

X 

X-Rays 508-509 

Xylophones & Glockenspiel 657 

Y 

Yamaha 659 

Yoga 304 

Z 

Zig Zag Tunnel 302 

Zip Wallets 69 

802 


Terms & Conditions 

PRICES 

Goods will be invoiced at prices ruling at the date of despatch. All prices are subject to the addition of Value Added Tax at the rate ruling on the date of the invoice. From time to time 

we may have to alter prices at short notice. For the Republic of Ireland this could be due to currency fluctuations. Discounts have already been taken for the education boards, 

therefore all prices are net. 

MINIMUM ORDER & CARRIAGE 

All products requested will be delivered by Creative Activity free of charge unless the order is under £100.00 / €150.00 + VAT in which case a service charge of £7.95 /€12.94 + VAT will 

apply. Carriage to UK Mainland and other areas will be quoted at time of order. Any item that required installation or fitting will be quoted at time of order. 

COLLECTION OF GOODS 

Goods collected should be supported by an official order form and or some means of identification. Please give as much notice as possible to avoid delay. 

PACKING 

Wherever possible non-returnable free packing is used but if we are unable to supply goods to you this way, we will let you know in advance. 

SPECIAL CONSIGNMENT 

Where you instruct us to deliver goods to a third party, we do not accept responsibility for those goods once we have delivered them to that third party. We do not accept responsibility 

for the loss or damage when goods are consigned to a third party. 

SPECIAL ORDERS 

Orders for products not included in the Catalogue or Price List, and those made to order will be accepted only on receipt of an official purchase order and are subject to the following 

conditions: 

(a) Special products correctly supplied against the purchase order are non-returnable. 

(b) Delivery items quoted for special products ordered must be in Manufacturer’s pack quantity. 

RETURNS 

Unless faulty, goods correctly supplied to order are not returnable except by previous agreement and these must be consigned carriage paid to our warehouse within 21 days in their 

original packing. A handling charge of up to 25% may be incurred. If they are returned faulty, they will only be credited if the manufacturer accepts that the product has not been 

misused, overloaded, incorrectly installed or incorrectly stored. In certain circumstances a faulty product evaluation form will need to be completed. Once a credit is received from 

the manufacturer, we will in turn credit your account. If r the manufacturer confirms that goods were not faulty no credit will be issued. 

CREDIT NOTES FOR RETURNED GOODS CANNOT BE ISSUED UNLESS OUR INVOICE NUMBER IS QUOTED ON ALL CORRESPONDENCE RELATING TO THE RETURNS. 

CLAIMS 

Claims for shortages or goods damaged in transit must be notified in writing within 24 hours of receipt of the goods. 

RETENTION OF TITLE 

The risk of goods shall pass immediately upon delivery to you or collection by you. Legal title to the goods will not pass to you until we have received payment in full for them. You must 

store the goods separately from other goods and in a manner which makes them readily identifiable as goods delivered by us. 

PAYMENTS 

Our preferred payment method is BACS or Bank Transfer. We also accept payments from all major Debit and Credit Cards. Cheques should be made payable to Creative Activity and 

crossed A/C Payee only not negotiable. Each payment remains the responsibility of the buyer until such time it is actually received and acknowledged by the seller. Unless otherwise 

agreed in writing, payment will be made by the buyer by the end of the month following the month of invoice. In some situations we may ask you to either pay a deposit or pay in 

full at the time you place your order with us. 

LATE PAYMENTS 

If you do not pay our invoice in full on the due date, we may charge interest from the due date at 5% above Bank of Ireland Ltd base rate on the amount outstanding. 

RECOVERY OF MONIES 

If after reasonable attempts we have failed to recover monies due to us, slow accounts will be passed to our collection agents who will have the authority to collect monies on our 

behalf. If this cause of action is implemented the cost of this service will be added to the accrued account. 

PUBLICATION DATES 

Monthly special offers are applicable for the months of issue only. Any other special offers that we promote may have additional terms and conditions attached to them. 

DELIVERY 

We will endeavour to deliver the good son the dates agreed, or within a reasonable time if no time is agreed, but dates given are estimates only and we will not be liable for loss or 

damage of any kind whatsoever caused directly or indirectly by any delay in the delivery of goods. 

THIRD PARTY DELIVERIES 

These will attract a separate charge, details available from the local Creative Activity Service Centre. 

CATALOGUES 

The items displayed in our catalogues are for illustrative purposes only and we cannot guarantee their availability. 

QUOTATIONS 

Unless otherwise specified, all quotations will last for a maximum period of 30 days. When the quotation period expires it is the customer’s responsibility to check out current pricing 

agreements. We will base our quotations on information that you give to us and it is your responsibility to check that you have supplied all relevant, accurate information. 

LIABILITY 

To the extent that it is permitted by law, our liability to you is limited to the value of the order that you have placed with us. We accept liability only for direct, mitigated losses. 

STATEMENT OF CREATIVE ACTIVITY POLICY REGARDING QA SOURCES 

Creative Activity source and supply, wherever possible, products from Quality Assured Sources. That is, products manufactured under the ISO 9000 series of International Standards. All 

other products are inspected and checked by Creative Activity to ensure that they meet the Company’s own Quality System requirements. If you have any specific Quality Assurance 

needs, please make them known at the time of ordering 

MATTERS OUTSIDE OF OUR CONTROL 

Whilst we will do our best to ensure that we deliver the goods that you have ordered in the time frames that we agree, we cannot guarantee this where events occur that are outside 

of our control and we are unable to accept liability for any losses that you incur as a result. Although we sincerely hope that this does not happen, we will notify you if we experience 

difficulties in proceeding with your order.

Head Office: Learning House 

Altnagelvin Industrial Estate 

Trench Road 

L’Derry 

BT47 2ED 

t: +44 (0)28 7134 6767 

e: sales@creative-activity.co.uk 

UK Office: 

Dunston Innovation Centre 

Dunston Road 

Chesterfield 

S41 8NG 

t: 01246 382419 

e: sales@creative-activity.co.uk 

creative-activity.co.uk

Creative Activity Educational Resources 2023

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?